Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences

> = i ie ada et re ate er ek
% hy Meta ORI BR Ph em Ae te rurewien Waintbeeurten nate
wie nin tah eeciantin, a Ne Ete ee oN, Pat dccgmep. eh aa te Antina <a So AeA ttf pepe
tiie he ae. ek ee ae ee Cee Cua, eee Ald peeie meen TAA te me ae

ee ey OD ON ERM oye Bey Ret heD Be A nee,

: - ball at ee
eye en Tbe halen ie
: > fl wind a PEE athe es
x EPL Els tants pe NA helt on be ae atotnRoate "th
_ . ‘otc hmehehiot oat ee ~~ ~ nd
- i oe FPN FS Gath the-art tan “J posh %
Poe -bon-Gateienre ea + ~™ ~e!

4

333

t
+”

Le Oe iy 4, - Are
teow, 4 DO De teme n am ~ baht
- ‘ melon’ Aeepdhenana ie ne: “ Pree WE whee,
eerie ee “via 7 et een,
eee? © - a. es “~y ihe ae. dete asin. on + en Sa wee A et Retet
; area oaipaapaeanati aay ole TT ae oan mune wee ee re See a reds Ne ten he Se Lt earn hae ee
SS IK RS ee Co Te EER NCE eS SA asap epeean be me osteoma er ee
a ee Bs ca eemlan eee Pridgen Ph ae le - oe Ro Roll hae ke Peete are Pine ee eric ~~ rs Ces btn, Upon iaten ete
ta Arnot nor edie Neen eewrser eee Ion Ray Fr nan tr nete Pyierar Letbsmaminaregent) _— wee Rena ty we . Slietin “ y wri Se ee terts
ee ervey ; Pe rane a , 9a enteet ~ : : + . 2 . eae , gn “* Teas ehcabeinbe ree a
‘ , fv ; a a . “anamgy . a ly Me Saati ti on mayen mn oe
a £ fhe f leaned ~ t . +, f f - ~ “ y eteti etnias. ote wit.
. ne : v oon " : Pp te tar sictaantinaen a te Yo
Aida ire Re Poe : wae ut th a ~ ; > aes : ra - tines cee ee se eer Me bas tis
irk rar baceion tae ee é : : ae a ren nt ATM edt a “
= AR mr one sea 2 . .- ipl yw ay the hee Pr ane
we Pe cles t= natty | Wate Vpn Niaurbineroaritenen a Bl tay Dewy tein tae, Pabubi~eamapemiom en a
het telly tt telly Me betinr atten lbeRotn tem eh haPeeke fe. Pn Ste Anatole ~

tit hg "
GR ot CAP one

bs abe PO Oe Aa eechon beans re A ae
4 ANE A ae AN RS ARE Boge RA ete PhD alerting Ara Tne em 2
ee ret Hehe Se BBO Wet Sn pad-I- SA L-Gn be Pee Orie ba Welewe berth deaeae ein pate r * “m, a

> MMe Dank meter ae ee ee
BD 4 cae EBS Ga? Piatt bm. Goth Pam tek hen es a We

tp te Perry goo oy » et ic eae .
“ hae Sn tirana a Tete fe Ap imagen Ee eee a ' ipwiiaanae al a me
an athe eater eee aR? eateries eth aoa Re aT Sar 2-o-eahit mae NENG Foe vires ae > Ce enna
Vea Ge atin be Ot Geely Me eat tn eh gh. altace ope ie ae Fe face BP Ra Fa BoB an te oe iL Ite te Rng Ae Aven i owt ee ee SM Bm,
~ Pie ee em Ren ett Me Rl tte dn OB aay Ain St Berge Wp OT PAF St EP Oy LAN ticle OA LE, nde SS ae ers
Sanne wt aes Aiea ; > a “ v- patria ala ” ite tee ee
Midna 2 r IP oto ate ere “ “
~ Sidhe ae Miek moe hapa, Aaa meat aa has - ~~ ~~ a
a (2 Feber ea Be nee Autert none mane pet ee Mie Ope Ainley Mf F. Ma Pe Ste the 5. Up tadieraeenn Minadidie ne eee te Mh BLS 2 . te Si oes ers e-
Ohare hyt a fe te hye ste oe ictpageent>ata uti -% Pete. ®t at tee ee ain Ce ee ae seer - e ; ‘ > ¥ PE Ne Siege ce “ oS
kn rie tee-peey Seren ee ee Ship ong: ort arate ag ta ON etahy : eae hie We Nae Senin . > a
Pm nD ie gh 8 ee ade ne ee ee ee tae i> ~ Bx wt» te oe ~ A A
pirate —enreet Wes We deteetsbelpinas-o tahy> Semodae hier mae heete yal oo an ede enamine ee ee

- a toe & Ps He De
Leo el TaMige —e > ae Roe® Pe Pe oR ig ge padatidachln eae '
o>. Fae

a ee
:: aaiehiiirn i. hae Ne Ce Gna my
<n Re? ON eee ee Sa Be ee: Rae aed, merece es Pers OO4r bape naa
alee gy ttt Phin hia Pe YO eee TY ’

2) 2 pert

oe eget eerie ean mae ee ee eS Jn Bal:
fhe oe wer al aaa dng deleted ao ee be ee ert

pet F ee-9
nh we Pome

ete ga ars
— eet <a
be ee te aay 4

ee Shee ey
ee ee oe
a Ae:

a eee
ie ee ae
A A cm Pile le Pe Me

Es ate Barty, ~~
bd cil tmeeltes en peepee a
es ee ee emp > ree Meh ey
QAI oe 8 Sy Oy hei neal wap a
ti AW So te Say Tom Fan, Si i eagles Oo : S-L .>

SN a ne era
nb tir FP Tn 9 Rosingy

1S ae

.

a. (a eto etn Me
Pqe tem Be Paints

. . Retiny an - aa . ain
> ——— or 2 | ~ ?

; Pett ae

Pe PRR OX Ray oes en eR ERIC SIM

Og A Ph, AEDs by yas, hat he,

23s tee
Boonen

Up, # : z s Y,2 =
Bolus Z = i A adel = 2
= S > = >” = >
” 2 ” = a = :
TION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS _LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTI
” 4 > Pa
ud uy uJ ,
: . : Z = %°
a 4 = <x Cae | Vb 7 Y fe ua ;
< Cc : < dab Las Cc
oc o oc ~ cr fee? 4
mn fea) _ *- on
vad @) = Oo sa fo)
a 2 , _ 2 wy i
ig/7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINWS
z
aD 5 = ra a oats cs
as ae = 5 ei =
es ee = i os =
¥ Zz tb z ieee =
TION, NOLLALLLSNI oes | uWeal Lis si ! ES. of
| = << = x ee = <
» z zn E: 2 =
R > m 2
~ 2 a > a . B =
igi SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
n a8 tn = ” sa
5 e z : : :
<x %, :
c Pe ba ac = oc
ro) * ji o se 5 a
= es me al = ee
TION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI
z age z 7 z Ripa 7
oO ~ Ait aes 0
: i : : i Gy >
ae | pa os fe 2,
a a te > “aa >
2 - E : - ix
@!I7_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSN! NWINOSHLINS S3IU
= ”) ee 7) z a?)
ys = = = = oN |S
; z ~ a
Ye 3 : : : = zy
= SS > = ~ = = >"

Ww Pd ” + fe 2 w” Pi :
TION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI
iJ Ww Lal Ww? Ls i wm
“a =a Pe — ae Yo a.

o ed 2 a
< = _< c < re
a 3 oe S ae > U4
git LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS $3 1y
id = | ey = r z :
= co a
a i 20 = - i
> be % > = > - oe
3 ES : : 2 =
w ca
TION NOILNILILSNI SAIYVYGIT_ LIBRARIES. SMITHSONIAN INSTI
= < z I a ae < «
ie z = “2 NS 5 api &
‘ aT. re) ae oO AN Boy AGS ollie “VG 3
ae e ae oR 2 EE 32
4 9 aS O # cr WH O \ae. .92/ x

NVINOSHLIL
NVINOSHLIV
SMITHSONI/
NVINOSHLII

lOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

ES SMITHSON}

oe) ne Ww Ww
4 em + lt =
me pa oc We eee
ek _< oa <x i
= fe = = an y 4
oO & SS — oO ons i '@)
a Le z2 ie a
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NYINOSHLINS S3!iuvugIT L

z z

| ° te S ~ 5
= —_ - -
EY : :
n bf -~ a tn
z ms z =

NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYaII SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONI

NVINOSHLINS S3IYUVUSI

z g = =
+i oO ra 3S ae oO
Wwf w O y n Y -
; Up patches z = E
-IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYNVYUd eee
a eM” a w in w
x. = o =a oa =
<x % c <x pa : <x eS
Ss a 3 3
ie z= — = aa =
JOILNLILSNI NYINOSHLINS S3I8¥Vuyglt I
ac: r z c 3
ow S _— ow er wo =
. Yy = 2 = 2 5
> ty WN Le > al *. > =
> WYN = ees = ied —
2]. | o a oO sae on
wo ioe = Ww = 7 z

——

IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS Saruvudil

” = no z 7) i

: 5 Wy? s Gf

oes | 4 “ Ny, = = S ts

AW e SG fer = oY fe?
mee ae = :
JOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS SIIYVEYSIT LIBRARIES _INSTITUTION

Zz 2 - Zz

wn 77) 77)

pa Sipe.

=f =| Tis

— Ss S cc

Oo ra re) Oo

= = =

IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Saiuvugit |

ra a a
° S) S
= - -
a.

es = >
a me _
”

Z Z Z

S SJ!IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA

NOILALILSNI SSIYVYeSIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION

OSHLINS S3JIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

OSHLINS SAIYVYGIT LIBRARIE

= = =

a oe ome ? Xt is — Ve te

5 = aN CWE 2 SS

° x=. oO WX. oS = z\ O Ns XN.
” a DY WX, *- : 41D WS \
pa @ hye Fi ad SQ a oa =

a"
;
a A
: i
x
4
eet aes
(ea
i
h

fii. avs hieten te
f yay nat
, Lira

'SOG6./D

D2Vi/ig3
Journal of the A raat

WASHINGTON “"”
ACADEMY .. SCIENCES

Issued Quarterly

at Washington, D.C.
.
| CONTENTS
| Feature:
MALCOLM C. HENDERSON: Music in the Air: Hot or Cold,
| het, in Ds ie 0s St ON i ee ee ea a ee 3
} Profiles:
| DAVID F. HERSEY: Society and the Research Dollar ....... 10
| IRVIN C. MOHLER: A Profile of the Biological Sciences
Communication PrOpeeh so oe ee ee ee ew + Se ee es 15

Research Report:
HAROLD G. MARSHALL: | Phytoplankton in Tropical Surface Waters
Between the Coast of Ecuador and the Gulf of Panama ...... IS

Society Affairs:

Boand-o Managers Meeting Notes.:2:5 6... 2 8 we 22
DCISMIS SIM ELICWNOWS <0. bcc son, Sok ae. yee 8 we ent ee we ee 25
Five Scientists Receive Academy’s Annual Awards .......... 26
Bylaws of the Washington Academy of Sciences ............ 33
wtTHSo,
= May

Washington Academy of Sciences

=

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

President

George W. Irving, Jr.
President-Elect

Alphonse F. Forziati
Secretary

Mary L. Robbins
Treasurer

Richard K. Cook
Board Members

Kurt H. Stern

Harry A. Fowells

BOARD OF MANAGERS

All delegates of affiliated
Societies (see facing page)

¢€

EDITOR

Richard H. Foote

ACADEMY OFFICE

9650 Rockville Pike
Washington, D.C. 20014
Telephone (202) 530-1402

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT
Elizabeth Ostaggi

Founded in 1898

The Journal

This journal, the official organ of the Washington Aca- |
demy of Sciences, publishes historical articles, critical

reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; proceedings »}

of meetings of the Academy and its Board of Mana- |
gers; and other items of interest to Academy members. _

The Journal appears four times a year (March, June, | :

September, and December) — the September issue |
contains a directory of the Academy membership.

Subscription Rates

Members, fellows, and patrons in good standing re- |
ceive the Journal without charge. Subscriptions are |
available on a calendar year basis only, payable in ad- ©
vance. Payment must be made in U.S. currency at the |
following rates:

U.S. and Canada . .2 5225 $8.00
Foreign... 2... Siete 9.00
Single Copy Price....... 2.50

There will no longer be special 2- and 3-year rates after |
December 1969. Those subscribers who have paid for |
special rates and are now receiving the Journal at these |

rates will continue to receive the publication until the }

date of expiration of their agreement.
Back Issues

Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (Volumes
1-52, 1911-1962) can be purchased direct from Walter |
J. Johnson, Inc., 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y. This
firm also handles the sale of the Proceedings of the
Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) and the Jndex |
(to Volumes 1-13 of the Proceedings and Volumes {
1-40 of the Journal). Issues of the Journal from 1963 |
to present may still be obtained from the Academy |
office. |

Claims for Missing Numbers

Claims will not be allowed if received more than 60 |
days after date of mailing plus time normally required |
for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be al- |
lowed because of failure to notify the Academy of a |
change in address. :

Changes of Address

Address changes should be sent promptly to the Aca- :
demy office. Such notification should show both old |
and new addresses and zip number. i

Published quarterly in March, June, September, and December of each year by the
Washington Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville Pike, Washington, D.C. Second class

postage paid at Washington, D.C.

”

DELEGATES TO THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
REPRESENTING THE LOCAL AFFILIATED SOCIETIES |

PPapiicrlSociety OF Washington 2.0. 7. be eww she ee ke et le et ee ee John O’Keefe

meio polopical Society of Washington... 2... 2... 6 eee ee ee tw te Jean K. Boek
memericausocicty Of Washington . 2... 2-6 ese ee et Delegate not appointed
Eeeienmeal Society of Washington .. / 0... ee ee ee ee Joseph C. Dacons
Baimmolorical Society Of Washington . 0... 0 6 Reece I. Sailer
Bene maIEG@COPTApINC SOCICLY <6 2 ee we ke a ee ee Alexander Wetmore
| Pe oaeicalsociety of Washingston i 23. a. ee ee a ee Ch wee Ralph L. Miller
| Mmediealusociety of the District of Columbia :......-.-...60.2.04. Delegate not appointed
Menminibidenlistonical SOCIETY ~. |. 2. et te te Delegate not appointed
Botanical Society of WEIS DITTO) os -eascele toe ike ae Rie ta Sa Re a ae meres Se a ec ee Peter H. Heinze
j Pere mG NIC HICATMNOLESTCTS 20% 2 sfoce coco ws + 8-6 6 oe + oe ae ee oes Harry A. Fowells
SESOMAAIGMIESOCICLY, Ol MPMICETS: i565 shine ise 4, eye ie dey ba) wipers ey ww ek ee George Abraham
msniute-on Electrical and Electronics Engineers. ..........5-2..+2082 Leland D. Whitelock
meumcncanesocicty of Mechanical Engineers ...........2.0 0200 cece cease William G. Allen
memamthnolosical Society of Washington ...........6000- cee er vaneee Aurel O. Foster
PaERICANEOOCIE Dye IOn MICTODIOIOLY «2 a). 62s se we ee el ee wee Elizabeth J. Oswald
aMcmeotmamencan Military Engineets . . 9)... 6 6 sles be eS ee ee ee H.P. Demuth
2 Pimertcan Society of Civil Engineers... . 2... 0 0. ee ee ee ee es MGSyril J. Galvin, Ir.
mesocicty for Experimental Biology and Medicine ...-........0-22222505 Carlton Treadwell
| PimenicanmesOciciya@r Metals 6 55-6. 06 cee le Se ee he ee ee Melvin R. Meyerson
Pcnacional Association for Dental Research ....-. 2... 2% 2 oe ee et tt hy N.W. Rupp
| American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics .........-........ Robert C. Smith, Jr.
| American MeteonoloricaltSociety “ae. e cs ss are le slabs eh aS Le ate ees Harold A. Steiner
Bascenicidce Society Of Washington .. 62... 6 we ee ee ee H. Ivan Rainwater
PemMIScamsOcietyiol America i iy..0. 6 ie. SSO eS ek Pe wae hee ee Alfred Weissler
eat Me AMENUCICATENOCICLY. oo ieeeh, ct etn are ae mele GS ka ee be ee ee Oscar M. Bizzell
PSPC EO MMOOCeNCCHNOIOSISTS:, fa a eed Go. ee eee Fy aw we ee ee George K. Parman
-Patnean Cergnnihe SOcrSiny BE 6 eo eee Sree ee en a ae J.J. Diamond
Pe PELMCuC UMC OOCICtys eamns We tsn chan seid kon Da we es LS. howe. Dn Kurt H. Stern
Pemuenevoniaistory of science Club... 6. 0 ee ee ee Morris Leikind
Punenican Association of Physics Teachers ... =... . 0 0.005 eee eee ee Bernard B. Watson
PP ERUESOCIS NAO IeNINICHICAU AME es, ac vance oc. SR dee a ewe Ne Es. ye elas @ SkSee wae « David L. Ederer
Pmenicanesociety of Plant PhysiolopistS «sc... . 2 23 be ee ek we ee Walter Shropshire
Srishimeton Operations Research Council .. 1... ee ee ee John G. Honig
PesmimiMcmsSOCIety Ol AMENCA 0-2 cc 5 wc ee Be ee ee ee Alfred M. Pommer

American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical

SM ERC TRO CUM MOIMCCTS# wucer ui, uke ceeh cis de ss eos eR a ee ee woe ws es Bernardo F. Grossling

SemonaleCamitol AStrOMOMEES . 105s 5 6 6 ee ee ee ee Delegate not appointed

Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective societies.

1. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

EDITORIAL

During the past ten months the officers and many concerned
members of the Academy have been searching for new vitality for the
programs and services of their organization. With the conviction that
the Academy can once more become a significant force in the scientific
affairs of the Nation’s capitol, they have looked at other organizations,
asked for and listened to advice, considered many proposals, and even
dreamed a bit. Emerging from the amorphous cloud generated by these
many activities are some yet nebulous shapes that one day soon will
certainly attain meaningful reality to guide the Academy into the role
everyone hopes for it.

To assist in promoting this reality, a brochure descriptive of the
Academy is soon to be released. In explaining services, programs, and
objectives, its mission is to encourage applications for membership from
those who have not previously been aware of the Academy’s many
potentials. Numerous copies of the brochure will be made available to
members of the Academy and the affiliated Societies, and extra copies
will be available from the Academy office in Bethesda. All of you are
urged to give copies.of this brochure to your colleagues and friends,
using it to emphasize the many advantages of membership or fellowship
in the Academy.

A strengthened membership will contribute materially to the
strength of the Academy in many ways, not the least of which may well
be the invigoration of its programs and services. - ED.

2 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

Music in the Air:
Hot or Cold, Wet or Dry

~ Malcolm C. Henderson

Catholic University (Retired), Washington, D.C.”

In discharging the final official duty of
the President of the Academy, which is to
deliver a formal lecture to the membership,
the President has the opportunity to wander

off into a discussion of any subject that

pleases him, assured of a captive and well-
behaved audience. This is so in spite of the
fact that, thanks to the example set by
modern students, one cannot be sure these
days that what starts as a lecture won’t end
as a riot. Nevertheless, I doubt that the
custom of taking over the podium from the
President has filtered upward (I think that is
the right direction) to members of the Acad-
emy.

Since this is an address to a mixed scien-
tific audience, I have tried to keep what I
shall have to say as non-technical as possible.
The function of this annual affair should be,
I feel, quite as much to edify and entertain
as to inform.

With a feeling of security and trust in my
audience, then, I for some time canvassed in
my own mind just what to talk about: which
of the many subjects on which I have strong
feelings but little knowledge would be most

1. This paper is the major portion of Dr.
Henderson’s 1969 Presidental Address to the Wash-
ington Academy of Sciences. It was delivered at a
dinner meeting of the Academy at the Windsor
Park Hotel, Washington, D.C., on Nov. 20, 1969.

2. Present mailing address: Glenview Ave.,
Glenview, Ky. 40025.

FEATURE

appropriate, most entertaining, or even most
iconoclastic, to present to you. There were
at least three that intrigued me, but they
would all have required research, the accu-
mulation of references, and a certain amount
of intellectual vigor on my part. Sad to say
from the 15th of March until April 27th
when I started to write, all my energies were
being used in a struggle with what turned
out to be an attack of tuberculosis. In con-
sequence I have fallen back on my own field
of expertise: the nature of the musical sound
wave and the conditions that influence its
behavior in reaching your ear from the
orchestra.

I have deliberately used the word music in
the title instead of sound, and have added
the “Hot or Cold, Wet or Dry” in keeping
with the current vogue of non-descriptive
and hopefully obscure titles. This was of
course done with a view to enveigling you to
come hear me.

Sound, then, rather than music, is what
this talk is about, but after all music is
merely sound that has been arranged and
aesthetically disciplined--although the quality
of the aesthetic discipline is sometimes less
than gratifying to an elderly ear. In the
Harper Encyclopedia article on consonance
and dissonance, the statement is made that
“The modern ear, through musical sophis-
tication, tolerates a greater degree of dis-
sonance than formerly.”

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL. VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 | 3

The transmission of music from the in-
strument to the ear seems to offer nothing
particularly complicated, even from a phys-
icist’s standpoint. What the students in an
elementary physics course meet very early
are things like the velocity of propagation,
the frequency of vibration, the wave length,
the relation of frequency to pitch, of in-
tensity to loudness, and of tone color or
harmonic distribution to quality or timbre.
If the instructor is on his toes, there will also
be amusing tidbits like whispering galleries
(of which we have an excellent example
tight here in Washington), the Doppler effect
(carried over from astronomy, oddly
enough), and the inverse square law of
spreading with distance, carried over intact
from gravitation, light, and electrostatics.

The arrival of music at the audience’s ear,
carried by the air between the stage and the
loges, does not accordingly seem a very
subtle or recondite subject. Even when the
student moves on in later courses to
examine, with the help of the calculus, those
properties of the air that determine wave ve-
locity (the square root of a ratio of a stiff-
ness to a density) no great difficulty presents
itself. And when the student finally meets
absorption, as explained by the coefficients
of viscosity and heat conduction, as in Lord
Rayleigh’s “Theory of Sound” or some sim-
ilar text, unless there is a warning note inter-
jected somewhere he may feel that all is
well-understood and there is no further use-
ful research to be done.

Such in fact was the general feeling until
about 1928, when refined measurements of
velocity and absorption began to be possible.
In that year Herzfeld and Rice suggested
that there might be a third mechanism, in
addition to viscosity and heat conduction,
that would cause both absorption and dis-
persion (by dispersion is meant change of

velocity with frequency).
Parenthetically, you are all aware that dis-.

persion in air is practically nonexistent.
Every time you hear music at a distance this
is demonstrated. Suppose the piccolo’s or
the E-flat clarinet’s tones from a band trav-
elled significantly faster than the notes of
the tuba or bass drum -- what a fantastic
effect! I have always wanted to set up some

kind of system that would produce an arti-
ficial distortion of this sort -- the results
would be most interesting to listen to. It
might even be an amusing subject for a
Master’s dissertation for an electronically
minded student.

It was the work of Knudsen in 1932 that
made it dramatically evident that there was
more to absorption than met the ear, so to
speak. He, and Delsasso and Leonard later,
showed that not only was the absorption by
air larger than the amount given by the
theory enshrined in Lord Rayleigh’s classic
text, but that it was wrong not by a mere
100% but by at least two or three orders of
magnitude. Instead of being 0.01 db per
kilometer (this was done by projecting a
musical note from mountain top to moun-
tain top -- in California, of course) it was
something like 8.0 db per kilometer -- 800
times larger. And it wasn’t constant but
varied with the weather; that is why I have
added “hot or cold, wet or dry” to the title.
In cold, bone dry air, the absorption drops
dramatically to a mere 50% larger than clas-
sical (a sound “down 3 db” sounds per-
ceptibly weaker to the hearer, and is in fact
delivering just one half the energy per square
cm per sec to him.)

Going back to Delsasso’s sound skipping

from mountain top to mountain top, you

will realize that allowance was of course
made for the inverse square law spreading of
the beam, and that proper averages were
taken over time to iron out the fluctuations.
Working with sound in the open air is quite
different from working under controlled
conditions in the laboratory. A whole bat-
tery of unwanted effects appear -- thermal
inhomogeneities, turbulence, fog and dust
scattering reflections from the ground, and
any other object scattering and diffraction
around buildings or trees. These effects all
becloud the basic question of the magnitude
of the absorption itself, although they are
evidently important in determining how
much undistorted music you will hear how
far.

In enclosed spaces, like this auditorium
for example, the problem is largely one of
controlling reverberation and of getting
enough undistorted sound to all the seats

4 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

and has very little to do with the actually
very small absorption of energy by the air.
‘Solving the auditorium problem is still very
largely an art and one that is still not at all
‘understood. Witness the difficulties that
have plagued the new Philharmonic Hall in
New York. It may amuse you to know that
‘the absorption by a person - you, for
‘example -- sitting in an auditorium seat is
roughly equal to that of a two-square-foot
‘open window or hole. Nothing absorbs
sound as completely as a hole.
| Only when we listen to music over quite
long distances, say the rear-row seats in the
Hollywood Bowl, does the absorption itself
matter. It is in fact true that on a dry night
with a “Santa Ana” blowing at, say, less
‘than 10% relative humidity, the absorption
_is low and approximately uniform across the
“musical frequency range. If there is a nice
wet fog blowing in (about smog I have no
information) the absorption will be much
lower at low frequencies but will increase
roughly as the square of the frequency in the
: classical fashion, thus attenuating the high
‘notes much more than the low ones and
changing the apparent orchestral balance
quite significantly.
_ You are all familiar with the fact, though
you may not be aware of it, that the absorp-
tion of music at appreciable distances
depends strongly upon the pitch -- ie., fre-
quency. At a distance of a mile or so one
hears only the drums, with perhaps a hint of
the tune. As for the piccolo obligatto of
“Stars and Strips Forever,” that is wholly
inaudible at a mile, which is perhaps odd
because if the piccolo player wants you to,
you will hear him in a concert hall above the
entire orchestra playing fortissimo. To make
all this more precise, the classical absorption
coefficient in air, though small, increases as
the square of the frequency.

You may perhaps wonder why it was as
late as 1928 before real studies of the pro-
perties of the air began. Perhaps for three
reasons. First, because it was not realized
that anything but density and bulk viscosity
were involved in propagation. In the second
place, since sufficiently accurate instruments
of measurement had not been developed,
there was little or no inducement to explore

the field. To see what this meant to the ex-
perimenter, just compare the instruments
and techniques needed for an accurate meas-
urement of the wave length of a spectral
line with those needed even for the simple
measurement of the frequency of a pure
tone. On the one hand we need only a
source of light, a lens or two, a prism or
grating, and a photographic plate. That is,
we need nothing more recondite or modern
than a few simple, although precise, mechan-
ical devices and a chemical process. On the
other hand, although good sources of mus-
ical and other sound waves have been known
since prehistoric times, even such elementary
measurements as relative intensity or har-
monic composition are all but impossible
without electronic assistance (here one must
make a due apology to Helmholz and his
resonators). We have to remember that elec-
tronics is not yet two generations old. You
realize that the ear, with a minimum dif-
ferential sensitivity not much smaller than 3
db (a factor of two!) is hardly a suitable
instrument for precise laboratory meas-
urement, no matter how wonderful -- and
on the whole satisfactory -- it may be for its
biological purpose. |

A third reason for the apparent lack of
interest in the effect of molecular structure
on the propagation of sound was, perhaps,
that the phenomena are so minute. If you
express the intensity of sound conven-
tionally as watts/cm? it becomes clear why
it ordinarily produces no chemical or phys-
ical effect. No one can boil a kettle by
shouting at it, whether watching it or not!
And there is no convenient concentration of
energy at a point in time and space as there
is in quantum phenomena. As a quantitative
example, when music at 120 db above thres-
hold [which is the level at which it becomes
painful (10-* W/cm?)] is expressed in elec-
tron-volts/cm? and divided among the 10°
atoms/square cm of most solids, there is
only about half an electron-volt per atom
per second available, even it it were all
absorbed in the first surface layer.

The intense sound used in ultrasonic
cleaning, (1 to 10 W/cm? or more), will
indeed produce dissociation in some liquids,
particularly if there is cavitation, and this

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 5)

phenomenon has been used as a method of
measuring high intensity sound.

After this rather lengthy introduction,
then, what is the mechanism behind the
really quite enormous anomaly? The early
work of Knudsen and his collaborators
showed that not only is the amount of ab-
sorption given wrongly by the classical
theory, but the variation with frequency and
with temperature is not right, and the effect
of impurities such as water vapor is wholly
irrational. The effects are not due to mere
dilution of the air by the impurity, since
only very small concentrations are involved
and the basic parameters of density, bulk
modulus, viscosity, and thermal conductivity
are shifted no more than proportionally to
the very small dilution. A new mechanism is
at work and a new explanation is needed.

To see why this is, let us consider the pas-
sage of a musical sound through the air. I
take a musical sound as a way of saying a
sound of just one frequency. This musical
sound is a succession of compressions and
rarefractions chasing each other into your
ear at a steady cyclic rate. Taking it to be A
of the orchestra, this rate will be 440 Hz, or
440 cycles per second. Consider just one
instant in time and at just one point in space
at your ear where there is a momentary com-
pression. You all know that compressing a
gas makes it hotter. Anyone who has ever
repaired a flat bicycle tire on the road knows
this. So our compressed gas at this point in
time and space has become a little hotter
than the quiet gas is.

Now we have to ask, how much hotter?
The crude but correct answer is that the
amount of energy supplied divided by the
specific heat gives the temperature rise. We
know the amount of energy, in principle, if
we know the intensity of the sound waves.
What about the specific heat? Well, let us
first consider a gas in thermal equilibrium.
Each cubic centimeter has a certain amount
of energy and a certain temperature. The
energy is distributed among the following
three specific heats. First, there is the trans-
lational energy of the molecules considered
as mass points, and theory says that there
being three directions, x, y, and z, each of
these will have a specific heat of R/2 calories

per mole per degree, or a total of 3/2 R.'
Second, the molecule of air or oxygen is a }
bi-molecular dumbbell and can rotate )
around two axes perpendicular to the line |
joining the atoms. Each of these rotations |
adds R/2 calories per mole per degree (rota- }
tion around the third axis has no energy, |
since the moment of inertia is zero). |
Lastly, the molecules of oxygen can Vi-’
brate like elastic dumbbells along the line of
centers at a fixed and well known infrared
frequency. This vibration of course repre-_
sents energy. At room temperatures, or |
thereabouts, practically all the molecules are |
in the so-called ground state -- effectively )
not vibrating -- but the fraction that is)
vibrating is determined by the temperature; }
the higher the temperature the larger the |
fraction in the first excited state. Thus, |
adding energy to the gas increases the frac-
tion of molecules that are vibrating, as well
as increasing the kinetic and rotational |
energy. Consequently, the specific heat of |
the vibrating gas depends upon how many
more molecules get into vibration per degree |
rise in temperature. The formula for this is |
not so simple as for the specific heat of |
translation and rotation, but it is equally |
well established. We owe it, as you know, to,
Planck and eee and is as follows: |

Go: sare e hv/kT
v a !
16 kT e hve 14

The symbols have their usual meanings.
As you readily see, this is indeed a func-
tion of the temperature, the variable part |
goes from zero at T = 0, to unity when kT is |
large compared to hv. This is quite unlike |
the constant 5R/2 supplied by translation |
and rotation. Here is where the “hot or)
cold’”’ of my title comes in. If it is in fact to
the vibrational specific heat that we may |
attribute the anomalous absorption -- and I /
shall show shortly that we can -- then evi- |
dently we have here the explanation of why |
absorption depends upon temperature -- why |
sound in the Arctic is so little attenuated, |
while in the Sahara sounds die very quickly. |
This statement anticipates the argument a |
little, but I want to leave temperature |
behind for good at this point; I am much |
more concerned with “‘wet or dry”’.

i
6 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970!

' So now we have the three specific heats of
‘the three kinds of motion. How do they
‘behave when a compression adds energy at
the point we are considering? The first two
offer no difficulty -- at least at the level of
‘sophistication appropriate to this presen-
tation. The temperature rises instantly by
(dT = dE/(C, + C,) and then after a time
‘the vibrational specific heat, which is not
‘operative instantly, takes effect and we wind
‘up with dT = dE(C, + C, + C,). I can make
‘this slightly more meaningful by writing it
fat) = dE(C, + C, + C\(i-e /%). This
formula describes a lagging specific heat
‘which does not soak up its share of energy
all at once.

When the compression that added the
‘energy passes on, the expansion phase draws
‘energy back from the vibration, but again
‘with a lag in the response. The characteristic
time involved here is written as 7 and is
‘called the relaxation time, or as I have sug-
gested calling it, the napier time. This quan-
tity is the parameter that is the objective of
‘most of the measurements that I have been
| doing the last fifteen years.
| Perhaps it is not clear why a lag in
“response of this kind leads to an absorption
of energy. To see how this works consider a
hypothetical mechanical system consisting
of a long pipe in which we can control the
pressure, or down which we can send a
‘sound wave. In this pipe I ask you to place a
‘large number of curious objects that I have
invented, or perhaps I should say conceived.

These objects are like small ping-pong
balls, hollow but whose rigid skins are
slightly porous -- porous so that if the out-
‘side pressure changes, the inside pressure
builds up in an exponential approach fashion
characterized by a time constant, lets say
about 0.01 sec. You will recognize the type
of formula:

P int = P ext (1 -e ~t/T7)

ena ge

Lets say that the internal pressure is sud-
-denly changed throughout the tube from P,
to P,, then the internal pressure in the ball
rises from P, to P, according to:

: J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

P=P, +(P, - P,) (1-e */7)

As t becomes indefinitely large, P ap-
proaches P, as it must, with a time constant,
or a “napier time” of 7. This 7 is the time it
takes the pressure to get to (1-1/e) on the
way to equilibrium -- to repeat, about 0.01
sec.

This is a hypothetical “step-function-
in-pressure”’ experiment, of course. Now lets
see what happens if in our tube we let a
musical tone go down its length and out the
end. As the pressure rises in the compres-
sional part of the wave, some of the gas leaks
into the balls that are in the compression
zones. When the compression passes, the gas
leaks out again into the rarefaction phase. In
so doing it raises the pressure of the rare-
faction phase, just as it acted to take a little
of the pressure of the compressional phase,
thereby reducing the pressure difference
between peaks and troughs. The whole pro-
cess represents an absorption of energy char-
acterized by the time lag r. It is true in
general that any lag in response to a change
in some parameter will cause an absorption
of energy. In the case of our tube the mus-
ical note will emerge from the end of the
tube attentuated by the work done pulling
and pushing the gas in and out of my hypo-
thetical ping-pong balls with porous skins.

If you consider this system again for a
moment, you will see that if the sound wave
is of a frequency high enough, say 10,000
Hz, so that the corresponding period of the
wave (0.0001 sec.) is short compared to the
napier time (7) of the absorbing balls, very
little gas will have had time to leak in and
back out during one cycle. The absorption at
high frequencies will accordingly be small. It
is easy to show mathematically that if the
period T of the sound wave is equal to 2 pit
there is a maximum absorption per cycle.
And in the same way, if the period is very
long compared to 2 pit, then the difference
in pressure inside and outside the little hypo-
thetical balls will always be small and the
absorption per cycle will again be small.

At this point I think we can drop the little
fuzzy ping-pong balls and confess at once
that they are stand-ins for the oxygen mole-
cules of the air.

A curious feature that might be remarked
on here is how extraordinarily effective a lag
is in causing absorption. The total in-phase,
non-lagging, specific heat is 2.5R while the
vibrating specific heat from the Planck-
Einstein formula at room temperature
amounts to only 0.03R, about 1%, and yet
the absorption is a thousand times the clas-
sical at the central frequency. Perhaps it
would be more sensible to comment on how
small is the classical absorption produced by
viscosity and heat conduction.

What is the actual mechanism that gets
more of the molecules vibrating? When the
music goes by and the gas is momentarily
compressed and heated near a molecule, how
does the extra energy get into the vibration
of the extra molecules? And why does it lag
in doing so? The answer is that in oxygen
the collisions of the faster moving gas mole-
cules with those that are going to get extra
vibration (and only a very few of them will)
are very inefficient. In fact it takes the order
of 10® collisions before the molecule on
which we are fixing our attention will pick
up vibration. Since there are the order of
10!° collisions per second, it will be about
0.01 sec on the average before the molecule
gets into vibration. A time interval of 0.01
sec. corresponds to a sound wave of 100
cycles/sec., or 100 Hertz. So it is easy to see
that if the sound wave is 1000 Hertz or more
there won’t be time in one cycle for much
absorption to take place.

Going back to this 10° collisions required
to excite or de-excite the oxygen atom, this
number is usually called the collision
number (though I like to call it the napier
number) and is the basic quantity toward
which all the measurements are aimed in this
work. It is related to the frequency of max-
imum absorption per wave length, f, and
through that to the relaxation or napier time
of the gas, f, = 1/2m7. For Z we have
Z = 1/T,, where 7, is the time between col-
lisions in the gas itself. Determination of
these quantities is at the heart of the work I
have been doing for the last fifteen years.
For any one pure gas at one atmosphere and
a given temperature they are specific
numbers that may or may not be easily de-
termined; usually not!

Hinted at a moment ago was the effi- -

—s

ciency of the oxygen-oxygen collision in |
stimulating vibration. In this concept of effi- —
ciency lies the answer to our “wet or dry” |

problem. To give you the answer in a sen- |

tence, water vapor molecules are a thousand

times more efficient in setting the oxygen |
molecule into vibration than are the faster ©
oxygen molecules themselves. To say it |
pedantically: heteromolecular collisions are |

far more effective than homo-molecular

ones. So the presence of water vapor reduces |

the lag with which the oxygen follows the
fluctuating pressure and temperature of the
sound wave. If the lag is reduced, by the
same token the frequency of maximum ab-
sorption per wave length is increased, tau is
reduced correspondingly, and Z is dimin-
ished in the same ratio. Here is the answer to
the difference between the wet and the dry
night at the Hollywood Bowl.

Those of you in the audience who have
some knowledge of the field will be aware of
what a lot I am leaving out: rotational relax-
ation, dependence on temperature, and the
basic theory that we owe to Schwartz,
Slawsky and Herzfeld that, following
Landau and Teller, attempts to calculate

from quantum theory what the efficiency of |

a collision, hence what the napier number,
should be. And there are other side lines,
such as the dispersion in velocity associated
with the absorption.*

In 1963 I published an article in a since |

defunct journal -- as a matter of fact in the
last issue of it, but that is not what killed it

-- in which I tried to summarize the state of ©

our knowledge of absorption and dispersion
of sound in air. I said then that much was
not understood, and that the data were
exiguous. Since then, thanks to Harris, to
Evans and Bazley, and to my own student’s
work and some of my own, together with
the theoretical work of Boudart and of
Herzfeld, we may fairly say we have nailed
down the oxygen/water system pretty
completely.

3. Since the foregoing was written, J.E. Piercy
(J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 46, 602-604, 1969) has de-

scribed the role the nitrogen plays in the sonic ab- —
sorption of air — small but significant at the tem- |

perature and humidity of the normal human
environment.

8 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS, INC.

~The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. will sponsor its 1970
- International Computer Group Conference on June 16, 17, and 18 at the Washington
- Hilton Hotel, Washington, D.C. The theme “Memories, Terminals and Peripherals” will
_ include plenary sessions and presentation of technical papers in which international
_ authorities from all over the world are scheduled to participate. Over 60 leading domestic
| and foreign computer-related companies are committed to exhibit displays which will be
open to participants and visitors. An outstanding feature of the Conference will be a
_ luncheon address by Lee A. DuBridge, Science Advisor to President Nixon.

| As the Conference will emphasize subjects that are at the forefront of computer
- and computer-related technology, it will be of interest to a large segment of the scientific
' public. To request an advance registration packet or to obtain additional information,
| please contact Mr. Donald E. Doll, IBM Corporation, 18100 Frederick Pike, Gaithersburg,

Maryland 10760. His telephone is (301) 840-6217.

SIGMA XI LECTURES

Dr. William C. Dement, Professor of Psychiatry in the Stanford University School
' of Medicine, will deliver a Sigma XI lecture entitled “Sleep” on April 8 at Catholic
University. He will be sponsored by the University’s Sigma XI chapter.

During his North Atlantic lecture tour, Dr. B.J. Bray of Brown University will
present an address entitled “The Vitreous State” on April 16. He will be sponsored by the
Naval Research Laboratory RESA Branch.

“The writings of the wise are the only riches our posterity cannot squander.”’
Walter Savage Landor

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

PROFILES

Society and the Research Dollar

David F. Hersey, Ph.D.

Deputy Director, Science Information Exchange, Smithsonian
Institution, 1730 M Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036

ABSTRACT

Research administrators and scientists serving in a research review capacity have two
important commitments to society. First, and perhaps more easily recognized, is their role
in the management of well planned research by competent investigators. The second, and
perhaps less in evidence, is their decision-making function in the support of research which
will provide maximum return on the research dollar. The present article will describe a
resource available to the research administrator who is attempting to fulfill these

commitments.

The news media and literature have re-
cently abounded with discussions on “tech-
nology assessment.” This is a phrase which
the National Academy of Engineering
ascribes to Congressman Emilio Daddario, to
characterize “the sociotechnical research
that discloses the benefits and risks to so-
ciety emanating from alternative courses in
the development of scientific and techno-
logical opportunities” (Anon., 1969a). At
the request of his House Science and Astro-
nautics Committee in 1968 three groups
were asked for their advice on how to bring
full consideration of technology’s social and
environmental effects into public decisions.
This request resulted in three rather inter-
esting studies and reports (Anon., 1969b, c,
d).

It is the purpose of this paper to present
information on a resource available to ad-
ministrators and scientists which for more
than 20 years has been a useful tool to those
involved in research support and manage-
ment by helping to avoid unwarranted dupli-

cation and by presenting data on the level of
support in various research areas. The po-
tential value of this service in technology as-
sessment of research supported over a period
of years is emphasized.

Background

The Science Information Exchange of the
Smithsonian Institution began more than
twenty years ago, when a number of Federal
Agencies decided to pool their information
about on-going research they were sup-
porting in the medical sciences. Its inception
in 1948 coincided with an increase in Fed-
eral support of both basic and applied re-
search and these agencies had the foresight
to see the importance of knowing what each
of the others were doing in various areas of
research. The by-product of their foresight
was the Medical Sciences Information Ex-
change, originally begun at the National
Institutes of Health (NIH). By 1950 it was
sufficiently well organized to be moved from

10 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

a ee eee

—— —

— —-- -

NIH and operated under the auspices of the
National Academy of Sciences — National
Research Council as authorized by an agree-
ment among the major Federal Agencies of
that period with responsibility for research
in the medical sciences. Rapid expansion of
scope and volume of work led to its transfer
to the Smithsonian Institution in 1953 and
its redesignation as the Bio-Sciences Infor-
mation Exchange. By 1960 its role and use
by research scientists and administrators had
expanded sufficiently to once again cause a
change in the name to the Science Infor-
mation Exchange. Its history has been
adequately documented over the years
(Diegnan, 1951; Diegnan, 1954; Fitzpatrick
_and Freeman, 1965).

Uniqueness

From its inception the Exchange has been
unique in several respects. First, its active
records have covered only on-going research
and not technical reports or published ar-
ticles arising from such research. A one-page
form which was devised twenty years ago to
provide the necessary data elements about
each project is still in use today with essen-
tially those same data elements (Fig. 1). The
basic items considered desirable for an ex-
change of information are those involving
who is doing what and where, when, how,
and with what level of support. The intent,
of course, was to provide a data bank cov-
ering research in progress from the time a
study was first funded or undertaken and
the time when published literature resulting
from it began to appear. An attempt is made
to update the approximately 100,000 re-
search projects registered, on an annual
basis, so that information is reasonably cur-
rent and reflects changes in projects which
are now in a second or later year.

Another unique feature is the method of
multidisciplinary indexing of the 200-word
abstract generally included with each pro-
ject, by a group of SIE scientists and engi-
neers. Research projects are indexed not
from an agency- or mission-oriented view-
point but for their overall interest to the
research community. A detailed account of
the Exchange’s philosophy and method of

indexing has already been reported (Hersey,
et al., 1968) and will not be discussed here,
since our major concern is to explain how
the information developed by SIE from its
records can be used to maximum advantage.

A third unique feature is represented by
the Exchange’s historical file of on-going re-
search projects which have been registered
over the past 20 years. These project records
are retrievable for both administrative and
subject data content and may well provide
an excellent retrospective link to technology
assessment over the past 10-20 years in cer-
tain specific areas of research. This potential
will be emphasized later in the paper.

Today, as in the very beginning, the infor-
mation registered at SIE is only as good as
the material provided to it for input. For
example, if only old and inaccurate project
information is received from the agencies
supporting research, then that is the material
that will enter the system. The responsibility
for the timeliness and correctness of the in-
formation contained in SIE and provided to
its users relies almost entirely with the
agencies which support the research and re-
gister it with SIE. By and large such infor-
mation is both timely and accurate.

The ability of the Exchange to take the
individual bits and pieces from 100,000 re-
search projects such as the one shown in Fig.
l, re-sort, recombine, and reconstruct infor-
mation meaningful to the research scientist
or administrator is in itself unique. It is
accomplished through the medium of a staff
of scientists and engineers who not only
analyze and index the information but also
are responsible for retrieving it at a later
date, in whatever context an inquiry may
pose. At the Exchange the computer is
simply one of the tools available to the
scientist for responding to requests for infor-
mation in the most expeditious manner pos-
sible. Without the intervention of a staff
scientist trained in information processing,
the material stored in the computer would
remain largely unavailable, even to the
efforts of outside scientists attempting to
use the data bank directly. This interplay
between the SIE scientist and the computer
is essential if maximum relevance and recall
are to be achieved with a minimum of time

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 11

On OF Or 107 7O Os 1OF 2g OO) BOC

OF ©

D

/
u

2° © OF i©7, ©. ©F-Ov ©

1

a SCIENCE INFORMATION EXCHANGE

PUBLICATION REFERENCE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
1730 M STREET, N.W. PHONE 202-381-5511
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036 7ZXYR—-1 2 1

NOTICE OF RESEARCH PROJECT

SUPPORTING AGENCY: AGENCY’S NUMBER(S):
HFALTH, EDUCATION & WELFAR? NPS (CF) -67 PE/ID 1503
PUBLIC HEALTH SURVICT
NATIGNAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH
WATL. INST. NEURO. DIS. STROKE

TITLE OF PROJECT:

JEPSEN ITOWGE AE SPIES; OVI OMA ICRP NI ICNP ENSSE WOES)

PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR, ASSOCIATES AND DEPARTMENT/SPECIALTY:
DR wilh Sees SCH OW LIF RSWLOWS MISE ASAE
DM YARNICK

RECIPIENT INSTITUTION: PERIOD FOR THIS NRP:
Wis Sip Dae Oa OSS a Soe ese Wen Ts UAH VO GS
Pedose hth. NSS. OO iA oa FY59 FUNDS UNKNOWN
WASHLIRGYO:; - RETHESOA, MARYLAWD 20014

SUMMARY OF PROJECT:

To utilize information from the Collaborative Ferinatal Research
Study and other cooperative studies to identify prewmancies complicated

by maternal infections or infections in childhood; to further del vmeate

rhese cases by-serologic testing of the stored sera; to utilize
‘ollaborative Study and related data to detsarmine outcome of these
pregnancies in relation to the outcomes of matched controls and the

general study population in order to gain information on the trequency

of maternal infections during prejynancy and their eftects on tne

developing fetus. Studies include BronchodilatorsAsthmay Inguinal

Hiernia-Infection and Associated Malformations; Toxoplasmosis and

Parasitic Infections; Syphilis-Toxoplasmesis; Unknown Infections—

Toxoplasmosis; Herpes Simplex; Rubella; Neoplastic %iseases and/or other
umors; Grade III Pap Smears.

Fig. 1. Form containing data elements used in the Science Information Exchange.

J.. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

OPO] O10. ©7@. ©O> ©O2 OF ©8.©- © 08 On ©. O= OF Oo CRemne

delay. The cost of scientists, without train-
ing in information processing, attempting to
utilize most data banks is apt to be pro-
hibitive in terms of both their time and
money. The role of scientists in technical in-
formation systems was forcefully stated in
the President’s Science Advisory Committee
Report of 1963 (Anon., 1963).

In short, the Exchange represents a cen-
tral clearinghouse for on-going research,
both currently and in historical retrospect,
and as such can eliminate the need for mul-
tiple inquiries to a number of different
agencies or organizations. As a result of in-
creased research support and additional
registration by research supporting organi-
zations developing over the past twenty
years, the Exchange has progressed from an
initial registration of some 5,000 records to
approximately 100,000 projects registered
each year. It has progressed technologically
from a manual filing system to a sophis-
ticated IBM 360 data bank system without
the loss of a single day’s work, even though
transitions were made through several gen-
erations of computers.

Utilization

Let us turn our attention for the moment
to the Exchange’s output and how it bene-
fits scientists and research administrators
directly, and society ultimately. One of the
Exchange’s most important functions has
been in helping to avoid unwarranted dupli-
cation of research efforts resulting from a
lack of awareness of other related research
efforts in different disciplines or locations.
The individual scientist finds that knowledge
of other on-going grants and contracts simi-
lar to his own planned research, prior to sub-
mitting his proposal to an agency for sup-
| port, is not only desirable in reinforcing his
| proposed research but may save him count-
| less hours of wasted time should he dupli-
| cate unknowingly someone else’s work still
| in progress but not yet published. By the
'| same token the research administrator re-
sponsible for awarding grants and contracts
Or administering a large laboratory program
|) needs assurance that existing funds are allo-

cated in areas where research is most needed
or where the ultimate pay-off in benefits to
mankind may be the greatest. It is important
that he not only know about other Federally
supported research in his area of interest and
concern but also be aware of non-Federally
supported efforts. It is because of this latter
need that the Exchange began, almost from
its inception, to register research supported
by such non-Federal groups as the fund
raising agencies, private foundations, univer-
sity supported research, and state and local
governments. The Exchange registers as
much non-Federally supported research as it
can solicit on a voluntary basis. In FY 1969
this amounted to about 20,000 research pro-
jects. Such factors as geographical distri-
bution of research funds by state or insti-
tution can be analyzed to study the national
picture from a geographical or institutional
viewpoint.

A recent request from a user illustrates
how one type of typical request is answered.
The subject request involved an analysis of
research in the field of cancer and involved a
comparison of research support over the past
20 years as reflected by research registered
at the SIE. The data were also used to reflect
the difference in Federal versus non-Federal
support for the same period. In addition to
these general data a more detailed analysis
was made of the field by breaking it up into
more specific subject areas such as cancer
virology, cancer chemotherapy, etc. An as-
sessment of specific research projects in
selected areas was further made by exam-
ining the individual research projects in-
volved in a selected area. The requester was
then able to assess research accomplishments

by a survey of the literature to determine

the results obtained from the support of
selected projects and to examine whether
new drugs, vaccines, or diagnostic techniques
were actually established as a result. By such
a process it is actually possible to study the
relationship of research support to benefit
for society although the determination in
most cases will be made in retrospect. What
can be done on a timely basis is to insure
that money is not wasted by unwarranted
duplication of research efforts and to insure
that necessary areas of research are receiving

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 13

adequate support. It was by the concen-
tration of research funds and effort of both
the Federal and private sector that the de-
velopment of poliomyelitis vaccines was
accomplished. Once the mission was accom-
plished, research funds were devoted to
research and development of other vaccines,
such as the new German measles vaccine de-
veloped recently after more than 7 years of
effort.

There are many other uses made of SIE
services that benefit scientists and research
administrators who in turn help make pos-
sible the advances in technology that benefit
society as a whole. One of these involves the
preparation of on-going research catalogs on
a regular basis in selected areas of interest,
nearly all of which are of interest and con-
cern to the general public. Typical examples
of such catalogs are the compilations on
Water Resources Research, Outdoor Recrea-
tion Research, and Current Population
Research, most of which are printed and
available through the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office. These compilations represent in-
dexed collections of on-going research pro-
jects supported by both Federal and non-
Federal sources and registered at the Ex-
change. As a result of chapter designations,
detailed subject indexing and a number of
other special indices, they represent a ready
source of reference for all concerned with
assessing the present state of our research
effort in these major areas of concern.

Not all of these Exchange efforts are of
such a broad and comprehensive nature.
Thousands of requests are received each year
just for information on individual investi-
gator’s research programs or for specific sub-
ject matter requests where the interest is in
identifying specific individuals engaged in a
similar area of work. Here the intent may be
to use such information for preparing a
symposium or as an aid to seeking out any
published reports by a given scientist or
group. While the Exchange’s input and out-
put documents do not specifically refer to
any published reports or articles connected
with the research they are useful for ob-
taining bibliographic leads resulting from
such work. This tie-in is accomplished

14 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 |

through (1) the name of the principal or co-
investigators in the case of journal articles or
(2) through a notation of the agency sup-
porting the project and the grant or contract
number, if a search for a technical report is
desired. A call or letter to the Federal Clear-
inghouse for Scientific and Technical Infor-
mation, Department of Commerce,
Springfield, Virginia, will usually produce
any reports developed during the project if
supported by Federal funds.

It is evident from the Exchange’s con-
tinually rising workload, in both the accu-
mulation of research records and output of
services, that the organization has justified
its existence in the research process. It was
this increasing demand for services, in fact,
which was primarily responsible for the Ex-
change’s going from an entirely free service
to one which now requires a modest fee for
its output services. The Federal Government
has continued its support of the acquisition
and indexing of all records involved in input
to the Exchange but has asked that users of
the Exchange bear the cost of retrieval of
information therefor. In many respects this
will prove advantageous to the users, since
use is now limited to those who feel the Ex-
change’s services are of sufficient value to
warrant their continued use and eliminates
passing curiosity as a motive for service at
the Government’s expense.

References Cited

Anon., 1963. Science, Government and Infor-
mation — A Report of the President’s Science

Advisory Committee, 1963. Superintendent of |
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, |

Washington, D.C.

Anon., 1969a. News Report, Volume 19 (Novem- |
ber 1969) National Academy of Sciences, Na- |
tional Research Council, National Academy of |

Engineering, Washington, D.C.

Anon., 1969b. Technology: Processes of Assess- |
ment and Choice. National Academy of Sciences |

Report, Committee on Science and Astro-
nautics, U.S. House of Representatives.

Anon., 1969c. Technical Information for Congress
— A Report by the Library of Congress, Science |
Policy Division, Legislative Reference Service, to |

the Committee on Science and Astronautics,
U.S. House of Representatives.

Anon., 1969d. A Study of Technology Assessment |
— Report of the Committee on Public Engi |

neering Policy, National Academy of Engi

|
.

1

{

oo -

neering. Committee on Science and Astro-
nautics, U.S. House of Representatives.

Diegnan, S.L., 1951. The Medical Sciences Infor-
mation Exchange of the National Research
Council. Science 113: 584-5.

| Diegnan, S.L., 1954. The Bio-Sciences Information

Exchange of the Smithsonian Institution. Amer-
ican Institute Biological Sciences Bulletin 4:
22-24.

Fitzpatrick, W.H., and Freeman, M.E., 1965. The

Science Information Exchange: The evolution of
a unique information storage and retrieval sys-
tem. Libri 15: 127-137.

Hersey, D.F., Foster, W.R., Snyderman, M. and
Kreysa, F.J., 1968. Conceptual indexing and re-
trieval of current research records: an analysis oi
problems and progress in a large scale infor-
mation system. Methods of Information in
Medicine 7: 172-87.

A Profile of the

livin C. Mohler

Biological Sciences Communications Project

Department of Medical and Public Affairs, George
Washington University, 2000 P St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036

History

Spawned by the biological community,

/ nourished by government and private agen-

cies, and raised by a university describes the
life cycle, to date, of the Biological Sciences
Communication Project (BSCP). Originating
in 1960 with support from the National Sci-
ence Foundation, the BSCP was an attempt
by the American Institute of Biological Sci-
ences to “assemble, evaluate and commun-

-icate information on man, his environment

99

and the life sciences,” as well as dramatize
the Institute’s growing concern over the bio-
medical information problem.

In 1963 the Project was accepted by the
George Washington University as an off-
campus research project and through this

[)/ move was able to retain the contractual sup-

port it enjoyed. During the period

- 1963-1968, the BSCP was able gradually to

increase the scope of its work and support.
In 1967, a new department within the G.W.
Medical Center, the Department of Medical
and Public Affairs, was established under the
chairmanship of Dr. Murdock Head. The De-
partment’s initial mission was the produc-
tion of educational and documentary TV
films and other visual aids that commun-

icated a message to the public on matters of
concern to us all such as air pollution and
drug abuse. In 1968, the BSCP was invited
to join this Department since its activities
with the biomedical literature was a much
needed asset to the Department. The BSCP
has now completed one and a half years in
this association and considers itself very
much a part of the University community.

Activities

The BSCP uses the tools of today ranging
from conventional literature searches to elec-
tronic data processing to collect, organize
and analyze information in the life sciences.
Research programs generate new infor-
mation, some assemble existing data, and
others develop new services and systems for
subject control and access to technical litera-
ture in varied disciplines.

Information Services
For the NASA Bioscience Programs, the

BSCP conducts literature searches, maintains
a space biology data bank using the optical

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 15

coincidence (Termatrex) storage and _ re-
trieval system, prepares special biblio-
graphies, and upon request develops critical
literature reviews on specialized topics. Ex-
perience gained serving NASA as a spec-
ialized information center has equipped the
Project to conduct a study for the Research
and Training Centers Division of the HEW
Social Rehabilitation Service. The present
Objective is to determine the feasibility of
establishing a current awareness service and
exchange of information program among the
19 Research and Training Centers supported
by the Service and the regional and state re-
habilitation agencies.

Current awareness services are being per-
formed currently for the Office of Naval Re-
search in the areas of meningitis research and
research on the preservation of red blood
cells by freezing. Each month the applicable
literature is searched for pertinent articles,
the selected papers are abstracted, and the
complete citation plus abstract mailed on 5
x 8 cards to a selected group of ONR sup-
ported researchers. A similar service on the
topic of submarine medicine and deep sea
diving, is being initiated by the Navy. The
project is beginning with the compilation of
a comprehensive, annotated bibliography
which will be kept current by the monthly
mailing of selected items to interested
researchers.

Other bibliographical efforts now under-
way include exhaustive literature searches on
a continuing basis on the use of baboons and
chimpanzees in medical research for the
Southwest Research Foundation; two ex-
tensive bibliographies for the Rockefeller
Foundation on corn and on wheat literature
for the past 10 years which will result in two
volumes of 35,000 to 40,000 citations each;
and background library information and bib-
liographic information on specific subjects
for a large agricultural research center in
Colombia, South America.

The quality of library science experience
and know-how represented by the BSCP
staff is important to several other projects
presently underway. The resources and
major subject holdings of Federal libraries
are being surveyed to determine the subject
holdings of some 500 Federal libraries and

to classify these holdings. This work is sup-
ported by the Office of Education for the
Federal Library Committee. Also for the
Office of Education, the BSCP studies the
receipt of books and pamphlets, classifies

and catalogs them for the Children’s Book ©

Library. As a follow-up to a study of the
interlibrary loan activity of the National
Library of Medicine, the BSCP is assisting
NLM to establish a system and test equip-
ment for the gathering and analysis of daily
statistics on the Library’s interlibrary loan
and reader service activities.

Finally, a slightly different approach to
information services is seen in the design and
management of biomedical applications
systems project being supported by the
NASA Technology Utilization Division.
Under this contract, BSCP personnel manage
biomedical application teams which function
to apply NASA developed technology to the
problems of biomedical researchers in hos-
pitals and universities.

Research

With U.S. Air Force Office of Research
support, the BSCP is researching the rela-
tionship of the universal decimal classifi-
cation for computer retrieval. The UDC
system is used largely in Europe and Asia
and exclusively in communist oriented coun-

tries, but not in the U.S., for the classifi-

cation of library materials. If, however, there

is any serious intention of ever exchanging ©

computerized information, specialists in this
country must understand and be able to

manipulate the system. To this end, staff —

members are working on various special

schedules and other aspects of the system to ©

prepare scientific data for computer analysis.

Since its inception, the BSCP has contri-
buted time and effort to assist the biological _

community in organizing information sci-

ence activities. The Project has been, for ex- _

ample, a cosponsor for the past two round
tables on society information problems held

at annual AIBS meetings and is entering the |
second year of association with the Ento- |

mological Society of America to determine’
the feasibility of establishing a specialized in-
formation center for entomology. This

16 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

a ee, ee a Se. ey OE EE Ee eee ——— ae

= - = tae = oS - . = -
eee

_ work, supported by an NSF grant to the
| Society, has involved determining the needs

for information by entomologists using a
specially designed questionnaire sent to the
membership, studying the primary serial lit-
erature of entomology and studying the
secondary literature sources of the field. The
second year of the project will be directed
toward a systems analysis and design model
of capabilities which a Society Information

_ Service effort would require.

Education

Over the years the BSCP has had a major
interest in education and in practical training
with a number of students participating in

‘various programs. A program of special in-

terest was initiated in 1966 when a training
grant was received from the National Library
of Medicine. This grant made it possible for
the Project to select four students with
varying backgrounds as doctoral candidates
for degrees in information science. Under
the Washington area university consortium

agreement, American University accepted
_ the students into its Center for Technology
_ with fees and stipends paid through George

Washington University. The students work at
the BSCP a minimum of two days per week
on practical problems complementing their
course work. Two students presently are en-
gaged in completing their doctoral disser-
tations performing research in methods and
language of communicating scientific infor-

mation based upon biomedical sciences and
information science. A third student is per-
forming an analysis of the Lister Hill Na-
tional Center for Biomedical Communi-
cation and its implication for the develop-
ment of other scientific and technical infor-
mation networks as her doctoral
dissertation.

The project is striving to expand its edu-
cational activities within its own University
through discussions with the Department of
Biology, as well as with other departments
within the Medical Center to develop some
curriculum recognition of the need for grad-
uate students to receive exposure to such
simple aspects of information as how to use
the literature, what secondary sources are
available, and how to use them.

Staff and Facilities

Celebrating its tenth anniversary in 1970,
the Project has grown to a staff of 52 profes-
sional, administrative, and clerical personnel.
This staff is engaged in 22 different studies
supported by nine Federal agencies and
three private foundations. The Project is
physically separated in rented quarters from
the Medical School and University. This is a
temporary situation until the University can
construct a basic sciences building in the
vicinity of the George Washington University
Hospital which will bring together in one
area the entire University medical complex.

“The reading which has pleased will please when repeated ten times.”

Horace

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 17

RESEARCH REPORT

Phytoplankton in Tropical Surface Waters
Between the Coast of Ecuador and the Gulf of Panama

Harold G. Marshall

Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia 23508

Fifty three phytoplankton species are listed in collections made aboard the
R/V ANTON BRUNN during cruise 19 of the Southeastern Pacific Biological
Oceanographic Program, sponsored by the National Science Foundation. Cocco-
lithiphores and silicoflagellates were most abundant in pelagic waters, and
dinoflagellates and diatoms were prominent in the shallower waters of the Gulf of

Panama.

The cold waters of the Peru coastal cur-
rent flow northward along the South Amer-
ican coast to continue westward as part of a
great gyre that passes just below Cabo
Blanco. An oceanic front separates this cold
current from the tropical surface waters that
usually extend south to the Gulfo de
Guayaquil, located to the north of Cabo
Blanco. These surface waters typically have
temperatures above 25°C. and salinities
below 34% (Wyrtki, 1966). Gunther (1936)
and Hendy (1937) reported the diatom com-
position of the Peru coastal current and in-
cluded several stations as far north as off the
Colombian coast. Their results indicated an
ubiquitous chaetoceron population, with
abundant Rhizosolenia spp. and Plank-
toniella sol. Coscinodiscus spp. and Thalas-
siosira spp. were common in the more
northern samples, in contrast to Synedra and
Corethron species which were more abun-
dant in the southern portion of the current.
Krasske (1941) has discussed diatoms found
off the coast of Chile, whereas King, et al.
(1957), and Forsbergh and Joseph (1964)
have conducted productivity measurements
off the western South American coast. A
limited collection of diatoms was observed
by Mann (1907) in dredgings just east of the
Archipielago de Colon, with additional
phytoplankton collections made west of,
these islands by Pavillard (1935), Rampi
(1952), Hasle (1959, 1960 a, b), and

18

Desrosieres (1969).

The present paper lists phytoplankton
species identified in collections made aboard
the R/V ANTON BRUUN during cruise #19
of the Southeastern Pacific Biological
Oceanographic Program, sponsored by the
National Science Foundation.

Methods

Phytoplankton samples were obtained be-
tween 2-6 October 1966 at eight stations
placed along a transect from Pta Santa
Elena, Ecuador, to the Gulf of Panama. The
station locations are given in Table 1.
Nansen bottles were used to obtain surface
temperatures and water samples. A 500 ml.

water sample was preserved immediately
with neutralized formalin for phytoplankton
analysis. After a settling period of 3 weeks, a
20 ml. concentrate was obtained by a
siphoning procedure. Five 0.1 ml. portions
of each concentrate were .placed in Palmer-
Maloney counting cells and examined with
an AO Spencer Phase Contrast microscope
(10X ocular and 45X dark phase objective,

NA 0.68). Diatoms, pyrrhophyceans, and sil-

icoflagellates were counted as numbers of
cells per liter. Coccolithiphores were re-
moved by micropipette to grids for further
examination with an electron microscope.
These are listed as to their presence in the
samples.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

Results

A total of 53 species is recorded for
these samples. The largest numbers of phyto-
plankton and diversity of species occurred at
stations #799 and #800 (Table 2). Diatoms
predominated at these locations, with their
numbers decreasing at stations in deeper
waters. The coccolithiphores and silicofla-
gellates were the most abundant forms in the
pelagic waters, with the dinoflagellates and
diatoms becoming prominent in the more
_ shallow waters of the Gulf of Panama. The

common diatoms included Chaetoceros spp.,
Nitzschia spp., and Rhizosolenia spp. Plank-
toniella sol was ubiquitous.

The samples indicated basically a warm
water flora north off Pta Santa Elena, with
the diatoms predominating in offshore
waters and the phytoflagellates in the pelagic
waters. The Corethron and Synedra species,
mentioned by Gunther (1936) as charac-
teristic of the Peru current were not found.

Table 1. Location of stations, surface water temperatures, and depth.

oO

Station Location Depth(m) iC.
799 2°00’ S. Lat, 81°00’ W. Long 76 25.5
800 0°00’ X. Lat, 80°45’ W. Long 912 25.0
801 2°00' N. Lat, 80°13’ W. Long 1824 27.5
804 4°00' N. Lat, 79°46’ W. Long 2432 26.2
806 6°00 N. Lat, 79°25’ W. Long 2736 29.0
808 7°30’ N. Lat, 79°10 W. Long 608 26.5
809 8°17 N. Lat, 79°18 W. Long 67 DES
810 8°44’ N. Lat, 72°24’ W. Long 23 DLS

Table 2. Concentrations of diatoms, pyrrhophyceans, and silicoflagellates in numbers of cells per liter.
The presence of the coccolithiphores in the sample is indicated by “X”’.

STATIONS
DIATOMS 799 800 S801 804 805. 808 809 810
| Bacteriastrum cosmosum - = 5 = - 70 = <
| Bacteriastrum delicatulum 210 280 - 5 - - - -
|) Bacteriastrum elongatum - 210 = - 2 - - =
_ |Chaetoceros compressus - = : = - 280 - ;
| Chaetoceros decipiens 490 350 = 70 : - 210 1350
\Chaetoceros didymus 490 240 ; = - = : 5
| Chaetoceros laciniosus - 70 70 - = - - 700
| Chaetoceros laevis - = = 70 : - - 560
| Chaetoceros messanensis = - - - 140 2 - 210
| |Chaetoceros peruvianus - - 70 - Z - - -
| chaetoceros sociale 280 - : 280 - = 5 7
| oscinodiscus sp. 70 = > - - = =
|| Soscinodiscus excentricus = - 70 - 2 = - -
| Coscinodiscus radiatus 70 = 70 - < - - :
_ 2ucampia cornuta 210 140 - - = - - -
J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 9

Table 2 (Continued).

DIATOMS

Eucampia zoodiacus
Ditylum brightwellii
Hemiaulus hauckii
Hemiaulus membranaceus
Leptocylindrus danicus
Melosira sp.

Navicula sp.

Nitzschia delicatissima
Nitzschia longissima
Nitzschia pacifica
Nitzschia pungens-atlantica
Planktoniella sol
Rhizosolenia alata
Rhizosolenia bergonii
Rhizosolenia delicatula
Rhizosolenia hebetata
Rhizosolenia setigera
Rhizosolenia stolterfothii
Rhizosolenia styliformis
Skeletonema costatum
Striatella delicatula
Thalassionema nitzschioides
Thalassiothrix delicatula
Thalassiothrix mediterranea

Unidentified diatoms
Total diatoms
PYRRHOPHYTA

Ceratium furca

Ceratium pentagonium
Exuviaella sp.
Gymnodinium simplex
Dinophysis sp.
Glenodinium trochoideum
Peridinium sp.
Prorocentrum micans
Oxytoxum sp.

Total Pyrrhophyceans
SILICOFLAGELLATES

Distephanus speculum
Dictyocha fibula

Total Silicoflagellates
COCCOLITHIPHORES
Coccolithus huxleyi

Gephyrocapsa oceanica
Cyclococcolithus leptoporus

801

STATIONS

804 805 808 809 810

= 560 630 350 630 |

630 910 1050 2240 5410

- - 70 140
70 - 70
2 70 210 70
70 70 70 =
- - 70 140
: 70 140 280
= 140 = 70

70 - - -
70 70 70 -
140 70 70 :
: X & !
x xX : -
xX = = =

20

References Cited

Desrosieres, R., 1969. Surface macrophyto-
plankton of the Pacific Ocean along the Equa-
tor. Limnol. Oceanogr. 14: 626-632.

Forsbergh, E., and J. Joseph, 1964. Biological pro-
duction in the eastern Pacific Ocean. Inter.

Amer. Trop. Tuna Comm. Bull. 8: 478-511.

Gunther, E.R., 1936. A report on oceanographical
investigations in the Peru Coastal Current. Dis-
covery Reports 13: 107-276.

Hasle, G.R., 1959. A quantitative study of phyto-
plankton from the equatorial Pacific. Deep-Sea
Res. 6: 38-59.

, 1960a. Phytoplankton and ciliate spe-
cies from the tropical Pacific. Skrifter Norske
Videnskaps-Akad. Oslo, I: Mat.-Naturv. K1.,
1960 (2): 50 p.

, 1960b. Plankton coccolithiphorids from
subantarctic and equatorial Pacific. Nytt Mag.
Bot. 8: 77-88.

Hendey, N.I., 1937. The plankton diatoms of the
Southern Seas. Discovery Reports 16: 151-364.

King, J.E., T.S. Austin, and M.S. Doty, 1957. Pre-
liminary report on expedition EASTROPIC.
U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. — Fish.
200: 1-155.

Krasske, G., 1941. Die Kieselagen des chilenischen
Kustenplanktons. Arch. Hydrobiol. 38:
260-287.

Mann, A., 1907. Report on the Diatoms of the
Albatross Voyages in the Pacific Ocean,
1884-1904. U.S. Nat. Herbarium 10: 221-419.

Pavillard, J., 1935. Peridiniens et Diatomees pela-
giques recueillis par Alain Gerbault entre les iles
Marquises et les iles Galapagos. Bull. Inst.
Oceanog. 4669.

Rampi, L., 1952. Ricerche sul Microplanancton di
superficie del Pacifico tropicale. Bull. Inst.
Ocean. No. 1014. Monaco.

“The art of reading is to skip judiciously.”

P.G. Hamerton

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 21

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

BOARD OF MANAGERS MEETING NOTES

December

The Board of Managers held its 605th
meeting on December 18, 1969 at the
Cosmos Club, with President Irving presi-
ding.

The minutes of the 604th meeting were
approved as distributed.

President’s announcements. Norman
H.C. Griffiths has requested life fellowship
in the Academy — — the Treasurer will re-
port the payment required at the next meet-
ing. Dr. Francis J. Weiss has requested
emeritus status in the Academy. Dr. Leland
D. Whitelock has replaced George Abraham
as Delegate to the Academy from the Insti-
tute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
— — he was nominated for fellowship in the
Academy. Dr. James E. Fearn has accepted
fellowship in the Academy.

Secretary. Ballots for amending the
bylaws have been send to the membership
and the returned ballots are now in the
hands of the Committee of Tellers. The bal-
lots for the annual election of officers and
managers were mailed on December 11. No
write-in nominations were received.

A letter from Fred Blumenfeld of the Na-
tional Science Teachers Association announ-
ced the NSTA Eastern Regional Conference
in Atlantic City, May 7-9, 1970, and re-
quested the Academy to inform its members
of the conference, through our organi-
zational publication, with a call for presen-
tation of papers applicable to the theme
“Society and Survival, a Challenge for
SGience.—

Tellers. Chairman Fowells reported the
following results of the vote on the amend-
ment to the bylaws to permit the Board of
Managers to fix the annual dues: For, 339;

against, 90; invalid, 5 (total, 434). A motion
to increase the dues 40% was tabled.

A brief discussion of the requested “poll”
of delegates regarding assessment of affil-
iated societies was held. Delegates reported
as follows: Anthropological Society voted
to pay $20.00; Electrochemical Society had
no objection to assessment; Geological So-
ciety requests specific information on the
benefit to the affiliated society of affiliation
with the Academy; Institute of Electrical
and Electronics Engineers would not pay
$0.10 per member but might increase its
contribution over the present one and ques-
tions whether benefits to affiliates are suf-
ficient; Philosophical Society voted not to
make the suggested contribution.

Membership. In a written report the
Chairman presented Dr. Wallace P. Murdoch
and Dr. Patricia Ann Sarvella for election to
fellowship in the Academy.

Policy Planning. Chairman Stern pre-
sented an application by the National Cap-
ital Astronomers, Inc., for affiliation with
the Academy. A move for the affiliation was
passed unanimously.

Speaking for the Ways and Means Com-
mittee as well as the Policy Planning
Committee, Dr. Stern reported that the only
additional adequate means of increasing in-
come to be found by the committees was to
increase the membership of the Academy.
His report stated that active recruiting is es-
sential, and that both potential recruiters
and potential candidates for membership
need to be fully informed about the activ-
ities of the Academy. The committees re-
commend that a new brochure be prepared
to emphasize the Academy’s current activ-
ities. Dr. Stern moved that an ad hoc com-
mittee be appointed to prepare a brochure

22 J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

Dr. Lee A. DuBridge, Science Advisor to the President (left) receives certificate of Honorary
Membership in the Academy from Dr. George W. Irving, Jr., the Academy’s President, on January 15,
1970 in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium, Cosmos, Club, Washington, D.C. Dr. DuBridge addressed
the Academy and its guests on “Problems in Federal Support of Science.”

that will describe the functions of the Aca-
demy and to look into aspects of improving
public relations. The motion was passed
unanimously. The President stated that he
will request the Editor to serve on the
committee.

Meetings. Chairman Slawsky announced
that Dr. Lee A. Dubridge will be the speaker
at the January 15 meeting of the Academy.
It was unanimously agreed that Dr. Dubridge
be awarded honorary fellowship in the Aca-
demy at that meeting. Dr. Forziati agreed to
prepare a suitable certificate.

Grants-in-Aid. Chairman Sherlin re-
ported that the AAAS accepted the letter
giving the names of ten high school students

who attended American University’s summer
science program with financial help from the
Academy. AAAS thereby agreed to allow
$300 of the AAAS fund to be considered a
grant-in-aid for the purpose. It was agreed
that the $157 balance be used to finance a
group project for high school students to
identify interesting trees in Washington.

Joint Board. No official report was pre-
sented, but new “Blue Books” (directories)
of the Joint Board were distributed. Mr.
Sherlin stated that the Joint Board needs
money because the National Science Foun-
dation no longer contributes to its support.
He requested contributions to the Joint
Board as Christmas gifts.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 23

January

The Board of Managers held its 606th
meeting on January 15, 1970 in the John
Wesley Powell auditorium of the Cosmos
Club. Minutes of the 605th meeting were
approved as distributed.

President’s announcements. The com-
position of the ad hoc committee to prepare
a brochure on the Academy’s functions is as
follows: John G. Honig, Chairman; Maurice
Apstein, Richard H. Foote, and Kurt H.
Stern.

The following persons have been recom-
mended by the Committee on Awards for
Scientific Achievement to receive the Aca-
demy’s awards:

For the Biological Sciences: Maxine F.

Singer, National Institutes of Health

For the Engineering Sciences: Thomas E.

McGunigal, Goddard Space Flight Center

For the Physical Sciences: W. Kent Ford,

Jr. Carnegie Institution of Washington

For Mathematics: William W. Adams,

University of Maryland

For the Teaching of Science: John

Fowler, University of Maryland

The following Delegate changes were re-
ported: Joseph C. Dacons replaces Mary
Aldridge for the Chemical Society of Wash-
ington; John O’Keefe replaces George T.
Rado for the Philosophical Society of Wash-
ington; George Abraham replaces Clement
L. Garner for the Washington Society of
Engineers; Reece I. Sailer replaces W. Doyle
Reed for the Entomological Society of
Washington.

Dr. Kurt H. Stern and Dr. Harry A.
Fowells have been appointed to serve on the
Executive Committee through the current
term.

Executive Committee. The President
announced that, because the membership
voted for the Board to fix dues, and because
the Treasurer states that the Academy still
has a deficit of approximately $6000, the
Executive Committee recommends the fol-
lowing actions:

1. As of January 1, 1971, dues for Fel-
lows be fixed at $15.00 for fellows
and dues for members be fixed at
$10.00.

2. A letter be sent to the membership ex-
plaining the reason for the action.

3. The letter contain the suggestion that
for 1970 a contribution of $5.00 each
be made by fellows and $2.50 each for
members.

The recommendations were approved

unanimously.

In further discussion it was suggested that
the letter list other ways of making money
that the Academy is considering; e.g. a fee
for affiliated societies; increased members in
the Academy; the Editor’s proposed method
of reducing costs of the Journal; and other
means suggested by Dr. Forziati.

Treasurer. The annual report for 1969
was distributed. It will be published in the
June issue of the Journal after submission to
the Auditing Committee.

Life membership for Dr. Griffiths has
been calculated to be $135.00, and the Gov-
erning Board voted to offer life membership
to Dr. Griffiths for that amount.

The Treasurer reported receiving a letter
from Dr. Leo Schubert requesting financial
support for American University’s 1970
summer science program for high school
students.

Special Events. Dr. Forziati proposed a
series of live television panel discussions on
critical issues relating to science to be used
as programs for some of the Academy’s
meetings. He is exploring the possibility of
financial support for the project. High-
ranking experts would be selected for each
side of each issue. Programs would be taped
for distribution to other Academies through
educational broadcasting stations.

Grants-in-aid. Chairman Sherlin
announced that $457 is available from
AAAS. It was unanimously agreed that $330
be offered to American University for the
1970 summer science. program for high
school students.

Public Information. Chairman DeVore
reported that information on tonight’s meet-
ing featuring Lee Dubridge had been widely
disseminated.

Editor. Dr. Foote reported that the de-
lay in the appearance of the December issue

t
(
1
i
i.
I
i
')
a

24 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 |

has been caused by a move of McArdle Press
from the District to a new location in Silver
Spring. He briefly announced a new method
for producing the Journal, to begin in 1970,
might cut publication costs by nearly one-
half.

The President requested the Editor to in-
clude in the next issue of the Journal the
announcement of the forthcoming National
Science Teachers’ Association’s Eastern Re-
gional Conference (see minutes of 605th
meeting).

SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS

Contributions to this section of your
Journal are earnestly solicited. They should
be typed double-spaced and sent to the
Editor by the 10th of the month preceding
the issue for which they are intended.

JOHN MCELHINNEY, Superintendent of
NRL’s Nuclear Physics Division, is on a
year’s sabbatical leave as a visiting scholar in
the Physics Department of Stanford Uni-
versity. He is auditing several graduate
courses and research seminars in the Depart-
ment and is also participating in photo-
nuclear research at the Linac, of the
Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Livermore,
where he is using the excellent mono-
energetic photon beam available at that fa-
cility. ELIGIUS WOLICKI, Consultant on
Nuclear Applications to the Nuclear Physics
Division, has been appointed Acting Super-
intendent during his absence.

L.S. BIRKS, Head, X-Ray Optics Branch,
is author of the second edition of his book
_ ‘X-Ray Spectrochemical Analysis,” pub-
lished by Wiley-Interscience, New York. In
the book, X-ray optics are thoroughly
treated, a chapter on energy dispersion has
been added, and the application chapter has
been revised and reorganized to group the
types of specimens more realistically.

JOSEPH B. MORRIS, Associate Professor
of Chemistry, served recently as a panelist
for the National Academy of Sciences in
evaluating applications for NATO Post-
doctoral Fellowships in Science. He is also
serving under an appointment by the Presi-
dent of the University as Chairman of the
Appellate Judiciary Board for all of the
undergraduate colleges.

Speakers scheduled for the Distinguished
Lecture Series in the Department of Chem-
istry for Spring 1970 are the following: Dr.
Harry B. Gray of California Institute of
Technology (January 8 and 9); Dr. Terrel L.
Hill of the University of California at Santa
Cruz (February 24 and 25); Dr. W. Lincoln
Hawkins of Bell Telephone Laboratories
(March 11 and 12); Dr. E.B. Fleischer of the
University of Chicago (April 9 and 10); Dr.
Herbert C. Brown of Purdue University
(April 29); Dr. William Klemperer of
Harvard University (May 11 and 12); and Dr.
Jerrold Meinwald of Cornell University (May
20 and 21).

C.H. HOFFMAN, Entomology Research
Division, joined members of the Insects Af-
fecting Man and Animals Research Branch
staff in the annual ADP-ENT Work Con-
ference in Albuquerque, New Mexico, Sep-
tember 30-October 1, 1969.

MORTON BEROZA, Entomology Re-
search Dvuvision, travelled to Lausanne,
Switzerland October 7-10 to present a ple-
nary lecture at the International Symposium
on Column Chromatography. Dr. Beroza was
recently elected to the Board of Managers of
the Chemical Society of Washington.

R.I. SAILER reviewed laboratory pro-
grams at the Entomology Research Division
Branch stations in Rome, Italy, and Gif-sur-
Yvette, France, and also reviewed PL 480
programs in Yugoslavia. He also attended a
conference convened by the International
Union of Biological Sciences on World Or-
ganization of Biological Control as an invited
participant and representative of ENT. This
conference, held in Amsterdam on Novem-
ber 17-19, was for the purpose of developing

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 25

a world organization for biological control
to coordinate biological control activities
and exchange of biological control infor-
mation and material throughout the world.

EARL STADTMAN, Chief, Laboratory of
Biochemistry, National Heart Institute, and
BERNHARD WITKOP, Chief, Laboratory of
Chemistry, National Institute of Arthritis
and Metabolic Diseases, were elected to the
National Academy of Sciences in April in
recognition of their achievements in original
research.

CARL BREWER, Chief, General Resour-
ces Support Branch, was a participant at a
3-day Antioch College conference sponsored
by the Sloan Foundation to explore new
methods for teaching science.

BERNARD BRODIE, National Heart In-
stitute, received the Schmiedeberg-Plakette,
given by the German Pharmacological
Society, for his outstanding contributions in
biochemical pharmacology.

G. BURROUGHS MIDER has been
named Acting Deputy Director of the Na-

tional Library of Medicine. He had been
Special Assistant to the Director for Medical
Program Development and Evaluation since
May 1968.

KOLOMAN LAKI, Chief, Laboratory of
Biophysical Chemistry, National Institute of
Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases, taped four
15-minute broadcasts on biological aspects
of space flights for Voice of America. The
programs are being beamed to audiences in
Hungary.

THEODOR VON BRAND, parasitologist
and physiologist, has retired from the Na-
tional Institute of Allergy and Infectious
Diseases.

KENNETH M. ENDICOTT has been ap-
pointed Director, Bureau of Health Profes-
sions Education and Manpower Training. He
was presented the American Cancer Society
National Award for his leadership and ad-
ministration of the National Cancer Insti-
tute.

FIVE SCIENTISTS RECEIVE ANNUAL AWARDS

Awards for outstanding scientific
achievement were conferred upon five re-
search scientists and one science teacher at
the Academy’s annual awards dinner meet-
ing on February 19 at the Cosmos Club.

The research investigators honored were
Maxine F. Singer of the National Institutes
of Health, in the biological sciences; W. Kent
Ford, Jr., of the Carnegie Institution of
Washington in the physical sciences; Thomas
E. McGunigal of the NASA Goddard Space
Flight Center, in the engineering sciences;
and William W. Adams of the University of
Maryland, in mathematics. The science
teacher honored was John M. Fowler of the
University of Maryland.

Award winners were introduced by
Claude Klee, National Institute for Arthritis
and Metabolic Diseases; Ellis T. Bolton,
Director of the Department of Terrestrial

Magnetism, the Carnegie Institution of Wash-
ington; Robert J. Coates,~ @iieh aon the
Advanced Development Division, Goddard
Space Flight Center; Jacob K. Goldhaber,
Chairman of the Mathematics Department,
University of Maryland; and Howard Laster,
Chairman of the Physics Department, Uni-
versity of Maryland.

The Academy’s awards program was ini-
tiated in 1939 to recognize young scientists
of the area for “noteworthy discovery,
accomplishment, or publication” in the bio-
logical, physical and engineering sciences. An
award for outstanding teaching was added in
1955, and another for mathematics in 1959.
Except in teaching, where no age limit is set,
candidates for awards must be under 40.
Previous award winners are listed at the end
of this article.

26 J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

|

zh

W. Kent Ford, Jr. Thomas E. McGunigal William W. Adams

Maxine F. Singer

Biological Sciences

Maxine F. Singer was cited “for distin-
guished contributions on the enzymatic
action of polynucleotide phosphorylase”
and the general mechanisms of poly-
nucleotide formation and breakdown; for
making available an extremely useful enzy-
matic reagent; and for determining the struc-
tures of ribonucleic acids and related poly-

fF MerTs.

As a major contributor to the field of
nucleic acid biochemistry, Dr. Singer has
been concerned with the enzyme polynucle-

| otide phosphorylase and those products of

the reaction catalyzed by it. Much of what
we know about the reaction is due to her
imaginative experimentations.

Recently the enzyme has been obtained
as a homogeneous preparation and this has
allowed the application of the techniques of
protein chemistry to the problem of rela-
tionship between protein structure and func-
tion, and has served as a model for elucida-
tion of the biological polymerization in
general. It is, as well, an excellent tool for
the study of interaction between nucleic
acids and proteins.

Polynucleotide

degradation also has

attracted Dr. Singer’s attention. RNase II, an

enzyme discovered by her, has been impli-

_ cated in the degradation of messenger RNA,
a mode of degradation that has been named
“processive”. This is of major importance

because it suggests that fragments of par-
tially digested messenger RNA will not

) accumulate in the cell thereby interfering

with the information essential for protein

\\ synthesis.

John M. Fowler

With her productivity and high quality
research, Dr. Singer has achieved an interna-
tional reputation in contributing to the field
of nucleic acid biochemistry. In addition,
she serves as consultant to other investi-
gators throughout the world, and her exper-
tise has been recognized by an invitation to
serve on the editorial board of the Journal of
Biological Chemistry.

Dr. Singer was born in New York City on
February 15, 1931. She received her Bache-
lor of Arts degree from Swarthmore College,
was then a National Science Foundation
Fellow at Yale where she received her
doctorate in biochemistry in 1957. She
began research at the National Institutes of
Health as a U.S. Public Health Service
Fellow and joined the permanent staff of the
National Institute for Arthritis and Meta-
bolic Diseases in 1958. Dr. Singer received
the Triennial Research Award of lota Sigma
Pi in 1963. She is a member of the Society
of Biological Chemists and the American
Chemical Society.

Physical Sciences

W. Kent Ford, Jr. was cited “for achieve-
ment in the design and use of image intensi-
fications for astronomy”’.

Dr. Ford’s work, the development of
image intensifying devices which are both
astronomically useful and simple to operate,
has best been summarized by Dr. John Hall,
Director of the Lowell Observatory, and of
the Carnegie Image Tube Committee:

“From 1955 until the present time,

Ford has played an increasingly impor-

tant role in the development of image

a. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 27

tubes. Indeed, over a period of several
years, he was almost solely responsible
for the developmental research which led
to the production of the cascaded image
tubes. He has played an important role in
introducing the use of these tubes in
more than 30 observatories throughout
the world.”

Dr. Ford has assembled, tested and in-
stalled sets of image tube equipment in 34
major observatories throughout the world,
including England, Canada, Japan, Australia,
Italy and Sweden. He has personally in-
structed the observatory staffs on the proper
operation of the equipment. His efforts have
made possible, for many more institutions
and for many more astronomers, the study,
with telescopes of moderate sizes, of prob-
lems previously restricted to the few astron-
omers with access to the largest instruments.

Dr. Ford has further demonstrated the
scientific usefulness of these image tube
techniques by his own observations at tele-
scopes of moderate sizes. These include
measurements of the spectra of quasi-stellar
objects, infrared stars, peculiar galaxies, and
a detailed study of the velocity field and
emission line strengths in the Andromeda
galaxy.

Dr. Ford was born in Clifton Forge,
Virginia on April 8, 1931. He was graduated
with a Bachelor of Arts degree from Wash-
ington and Lee University in 1953, then
attended the University of Virginia as a
Carnegie Predoctoral and Postdoctoral Fel-
low, receiving his Ph.D. in 1957. He joined
the staff of the Department of Terrestrial
Magnetism, Carnegie Institute of Washing-
ton, becoming Chairman of the Astrophysics
Section in 1966. He is a member of the
American Astronomical Society, the Interna-
tional Astronomical Union-Commission on
Astronomical Instruments, and the Astro-
nomical Society of the Pacific.

Engineering Sciences

Mr. Thomas E. McGunigal was cited “for
major contributions to the technology of
space communications.” He has made signifi-
cant contributions in three major areas;
ground transmitters for communicating with

spacecraft, ultrastable signal source genera-
tion and signal synthesis, and communica-
tion systems utilizing lasers.

He has played the key role in the ad-
vanced technological development of eight
types of ground to spacecraft communica-
tion transmitters which have served well in
NASA’s Manned Space Flight Program and
Orbiting Scientific Satellite Program. Over
100 of the resulting production transmitters,
which are a key element in spacecraft
scientific data retrieval, have been placed in
the Goddard Space Flight Center worldwide
tracking and data acquisition networks. His
2.5-kilowatt VHF tone-modulated unit was
the first high-power transmitter to be de-
livered to the field for spacecraft control and
contributed to the success of the NIMBUS
Program. This unit required a quick change-
over from one frequency band to another
and was an advance in the transmitter
state-of-the-art. This transmitter was the
forerunner of the GSFC Range-and-Range-
Rate transmitters operating at VHF and
S-bank, the SYNCOM spacecraft communi-
cations transmitter which is a 10-ke S-band
unit, and a 5-kw tone-modulated VHF trans-
mitter used throughout the scientific satel-
lite tracking network. He was solely respon-
sible for all phases of the Apollo Project
ground communication transmitter from the
original design concept to its successful
performance in the field. This 20-kw S-bank
phase-modulated transmitter is capable of
simultaneously communicating with both
the Lunar Excursion Module and the Com-
mand Service Module. The excellent per-
formance of these units is well known
through GSFC and is a testament to Mr.
McGunigal’s ability.

Mr. McGunigal revolutionized NASA’s
approach to VHF spacecraft command with
his development of a completely solid state
transmitter which provides a continuous-
wave power level of 1 kilowatt at VHF. This
pioneer development, the first in existence,
provides a host of benefits among which are:
A direct-current supply voltage of only 40
volts instead of the hazardous kilovolts
hitherto required, virtually unlimited unat-
tended life expectancy instead of the period-
ic difficult high-power tube replacements, an

28 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

increased efficiency with greatly reduced
requirements for dissemination of heat, a
striking reduction in unit size, and greatly
‘increased reliability. Twenty-seven of these
units are now being fabricated for the field.
When the development of atomic fre-
quency standards was in its infancy, Mr.
McGunigal recognized that the hydrogen
maser was the most suitable standard for
NASA’s future applications. The hydrogen
maser exhibits vastly superior short term
\stability, while its long-term frequency sta-
bility is equal to or superior to much more
highly developed atomic standards such as
»\cesium or rubidium units. These characteris-
tics make the hydrogen maser suitable for
' stabilization of NASA’s transmitters and
receivers as well as the more obvious appli-
ccability to precision timing. Accordingly, he
undertook a program to exploit the inherent
stability possibilities of the hydrogen atom
‘maser for future NASA tracking and com-
‘munication systems. This program has culmi-
mated in the development, within his group
at GSFC, of the most advanced hydrogen
frequency standards in the world. These
‘standards not only exhibit the excellent
frequency stability characteristics expected
of hydrogen standards but they are reliable,
compact, and completely suitable for opera-
tional use in field station environments. The
‘final phase of this program — field testing
jand applications research — is now well
‘junderway. Hydrogen standards have been
‘installed at MIT’s Haystack Observatory, Cal
\Tech’s Owens Valley Observatory, and at the
)National Radio Astronomy Observatory to
/be used as master standaras in a number of
“very long baseline interferometry experi-
"ments where the stability of the hydrogen
/)maser makes possible order-of-magnitude im-
'\provements in determining the position and
movement of a wide variety of radio stars.
During the Apollo XIII Mission, a series of
‘experiments will be carried out using these
hydrogen standards to demonstrate experi-
‘}mentally the relationship between master
)joscillator accuracy/stability and tracking
system performance.

Mr. McGunigal heads a group responsible
| for certain phases of research and develop-
)/ment of laser communications systems and

components associated with the U.S. Space
Program as well as joint responsibility across
the. board for this Nation’s first two-way
spacecraft ground laser communication ex-
periment. Mr. McGunigal has guided his
group’s work in the design and in-house
fabrication of stable laser signal sources and
a unique transverse laser which obtains the
discharge excitation from a comb of elec-
trodes along the tube, thereby requiring
greatly reduced excitation voltage which is
most significant for spacecraft use. A signifi-
cant invention that has come out of this
group is the Optically Induced Free Carrier
Light Modulator which operates on the
principle that illuminating GaAs material
with a high frequency laser beam affects the
atomic energy states in the material in a
manner such that low-modulating voltages
applied to the crystal can modulate a
10-micron laser beam with high modulation
indices. Present external laser beam modula-
tors require very high voltage swings which is
a severe handicap for both ground and
spacecraft use.

Mr. McGunigal was born in Youngstown,
Ohio, January 31, 1937. He received both
the B.S. and M.S. degrees from Carroll
University, with majors in physics. His entire
professional career has been at the Goddard
Space Flight Center, but he has found time
to acquire a law degree from Georgetown
University (1963). He is a member of the
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engi-
neers, the Washington Philosophical Society
and the District of Columbia Bar Associa-
tion.

Mathematics

William W. Adams was cited “for out-
standing contributions to the theory of
diophantine approximations.”

His primary research field is number
theory, with particular emphasis on diophan-
tine approximations, both in the complex
number field and in p-adic number fields. In
his thesis, published in the Am. J. Math. 88
(1966), he proved a general theorem on
p-adic meromorphic functions from which
he deduced Mahler’s Theorem concerning
the transcendency of numbers of the type

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 29

a®. He obtained also a lower bound for the
transcendence degree of a, i.e. inf IF(a) lp
for all F(x) eZ[x]. Later he published papers
on symptotic diophantine approximations,
i.e., the asymptotic determination, when B
+ co, of the number A(B,w) of solutions of
the diophantine inequalities | qa - pl <
«(q)/q, 1 <q SB fora real irrational a anda
positive valued function w(x) satisfying
certain conditions. He determined the
asymptotic values of A (B,w), in particular,
for Hurwitz numbers a. Recently, he
determined the infinum Cg of the numbers c
such that the simultaneous diophantine
inequalities | qB, - py |< (c/q)”, !q82 - po!
—< (c/q)? have an infinite number
of solutions for any basis 1, B,, B2 of any
totally real cubic field. This is a remarkable
result. If the infimum is taken for all real
numbers $,, 62, it is known that the
inti sis’ mot, Jess than 2/7. He
conjectured, -om the basis- "ol. some
experiments, that Co = 2/7.

Dr. William W. Adams was born July 23,
1937 in Redlands, California. He received his
baccalaureate degree from U.C.L.A. in 1959
and his Ph.D. in 1964 from Columbia
University. Dr. Adams was an assistant pro-
fessor at the University of California, Berke-
ley, 1966 to 1969, and is now an associate
professor at the University of Maryland. He
was a member of the Institute for Advanced
Study 1966 to 1968.

Teaching of Science

John M. Fowler was cited “for his na-
tional leadership in designing programs to
improve the teaching of physics.”

Dr. Fowler is a physicist who serves with
distinction as Director of the Commission on
College Physics. He also has been Visiting
Professor in the Department of Physics and
Astronomy at the University of Maryland,
since the Commission moved to the College
Park campus in 1967. Dr. Fowler received
his Ph.D. in 1954 at Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity, where he was an outstanding student in
nuclear physics. He joined the faculty of
Washington University in St. Louis imme-
diately afterwards, and remained there with

brief leaves of absence until he accepted his
current position with the Commission on
College Physics.

At Washington University, Dr. Fowler
served as a leader of the institution’s strong
nuclear physics program and one of its truly
outstanding teachers. He taught a wide
variety of courses and also engaged in two
major efforts in teaching innovation. One
involved co-authorship of a splendid intro-
ductory physics course with Dr. Edward
Lambe, now on the faculty at Stony Brook.
The Fowler-Lambe course has been a major
influence in curriculum development within
the college physics community. It helped
stimulate and guide the important introduc-
tory courses recently developed at Berkeley,
M.I.T., and Caltech. In addition to this
work, Dr. Fowler produced exciting new
laboratory materials for the introductory
and advanced physics laboratories, under a
National Science Foundation grant. Since
September, 1965, Dr. Fowler’s main efforts
have been concentrated on the important
work of the Commission on College Physics.
The Commission is the national group
charged with responsibility for encouraging
and guiding the improvement of college
physics teaching. In his key role as a leader
of this national organization, he has helped

stimulate the development of several re- —
gional centers for cooperation of college —

physics departments (such as the Chesapeake
Physics Association recently established in
this area), major new approaches to intro-
ductory physics courses, major restudies of
the physics major curriculum, and a number
of closely related efforts toward improve-
ment of college physics teaching. Under his
leadership, the CCP is now engaged in the
development of the divergent laboratory for
introductory courses, is studying the impact
of new technology of science teaching, and
is studying ways of assisting in the physics
programs of junior colleges and the prepara-
tion of high school physics teachers.

Dr. Fowler currently is developing, in

collaboration with Professor Philip Morrison |

of M.I.T., a new general education course
giving insights into modern approaches to
astronomy and physics. This course, called

Introduction to Space and Time, was first |

30 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 !

taught by Dr. Fowler on a trial basis to a
group of non-science honors students at the
University of Michigan. Further develop-
“ment of the material has continued over the
past year at the University of Maryland.

At the Maryland campus, Dr. Fowler also
has participated in programs of the Chesa-
peake Physics Association for regional im-
‘provement of physics teaching. He has
served as a member of the Department of
Physics and Astronomy’s Elementary Course
Committee. He is leading in development of
a new graduate student seminar on the
'| teaching of college physics.

In sum, Professor Fowler has proved
himself a remarkably talented and versatile
physics teacher. He has been a brilliant
undergraduate teacher and an inspiring re-
search supervisor. He is personally respon-
sible for developing two influential new
physics courses as well as valuable new
laboratory and demonstration materials.
Most important, however, has been his wise
and effective leadership of the national
organization most responsible for programs
to improve the teaching of physics in U.S.
colleges.

“There are three classes of readers -- some enjoy without judgment;
others judge without enjoyment; and some there are who judge while

they enjoy, and enjoy while they judge.”

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

Goethe

31

32

1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950

939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948

£939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951

£959
1960
1961
1962
1963

1955
1956
1957
1958
£59

1960

195i

Past Winners of Scientific Achievement Awards

Herbert Friedman
No award given

G. Arthur Cooper
Robert S. Campbell
Jason R. Swallen
Norman H. Topping
Henry K. Townes
Waldo R. Wedel

No award given
Robert J. Huebner
Edward G. Hampp
David H. Dunkle

Paul A. Smith

Harry Diamond
Theodore R. Gilliland
Walter Ramberg
Lloyd V. Berkner
Galen B. Schubauer
Kenneth L. Sherman
Martin A. Mason
Harry W. Wells
Maxwell K. Goldstein

Wilmot H. Bradley
Ferdinand G. Brickwedde
Sterling B. Hendricks
Milton Harris
Lawrence A. Wood
George A. Gamow
Robert Simha

G.W. Irving, Jr.
Robert D. Huntoon
J.A. Van Allen

John A. Hipple
Philip H. Abelson
Milton S. Schechter

Geoffrey S.S. Ludford
Philip J. Davis
Lawrence E. Payne
Bruce L. Reinhart
James H. Bramble

Helen N. Cooper
Phoebe H. Knipling
Dale E. Gerster
Carol V. McCammon
Betty Schaaf

Helen Garstens.

Karl F. Herzfeld
Pauline Diamond

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

1951 Edward W. Baker
1952 Ernest A. Lachner
1953 Bernard L. Horecker
1954 Leon Jacobs

1955 Clifford Evans
Betty J. Meggers
Robert Traub

Earl Reese Stadtman
Maurice R. Hilleman
Ellis T. Bolton

H. George Mandel
1959 Dwight W. Taylor

ENGINEERING SCIENCES

1949 Richard K. Cook
1950 Samuel Levy

1951 Max A. Kohler

1952 William R. Campbell
1953 Robert L. Henry
1954 WS. Pellini

1955 Arthur E. Bonney
1956 M.L. Greenough
1957 Joseph Weber

1958 San-fu Shen

PHYSICAL SCIENCES

19572
£955
1954
1955
1956
1957

1956
1957
1958

Harold Lyons

John R. Pellam
Samuel N. Foner
Terrell Leslie Hill
Elias Burstein
Emest Ambler
Raymond Hayward
Dale Hoppes

Ralph P. Hudson
Lewis M. Branscomb
Meyer Rubin

Alan C. Kolb

1958

1959

MATHEMATICS

1964 David W. Fox

1965 Joan R. Rosenblatt

1966 George H. Weiss
Marvin Zelen

TEACHING OF SCIENCE

1961 Ralph D. Myers
Charles R. Naeser
1962 Francis J. Heyden, S.J.
1963 Frank T. Davenport
George M. Koehl
Leo Schubert
1964 Donald F. Brandewie
Herman R. Branson

1967
1968

1965

1966
1967
1968

TEACHING OF SCIENCE SPECIAL AWARDS

Howard B. Owens

1952 Keith C. Johnson

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

Louis S. Baron
Robert W. Krauss
Marshall W. Nirenberg
Brian J. McCarthy
Bruce N. Ames
Bordon M. Tomkins
James L. Hilton

Marie M. Cassidy
Charles S. Tidball
Janet Hartley

Harvey R. Chaplin, Jr.
Romald E. Bowles
Rodney E. Grantham
Lindell E. Steele
Gordon L. Dugger
Thorndike Saville, Jr.
Ronald E. Walker
Henry H. Plotkin
Robert D. Cutkosky
Charles R. Gunn

Richard A. Ferrell
John D. Hoffman
Edward A. Mason
George A. Snow
James W. Butler
Albert J. Schindler
Robert P. Madden
Keith Codling
Robert W. Zwansig
Charles W. Misner
Marilyn Jacox
Dolphus E. Milligan

Leon Greenberg
Joseph Auslander

Irving Lindsey
Stephen H. Schot
Martha Walsh
Raymond A. Galloway
Kelso B. Morris

|

|| J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

BYLAWS

Washington Academy of Sciences
Last Revised in February 1970

Article I. OBJECTIVES

Section 1. The purposes of the Washington Academy of Sciences shall be: (a) to stimulate
interest in the sciences, both pure and applied, and (b) to promote their advancement and the
development of their philosophical aspects by the Academy membership and through cooperative
action by the affiliated societies.

Section 2. These objectives may be attained by, but are not limited to:

(a) Publication of a periodical and of occasional scientific monographs and such other
publications as may be deemed desirable.

(b) Public lectures of broad scope and interest in the fields of science.

(c) Sponsoring a Washington Junior Academy of Sciences.

(d) Promoting science education and a professional interest in science among people of high
school and college age.

(e) Accepting or making grants of funds to aid special research projects.

(f) Symposia, both formal and small informal, on any aspects of science.

(g) Scientific conferences.

(h) Organization of, or assistance in, scientific expeditions.

(i) Cooperation with other Academies and scientific organizations.

G) Awards of prizes and citations for special merit in science.

(k) Maintaining an office and staff to aid in carrying out the purposes of the Academy.

Article Il. MEMBERSHIP

Section 1. The membership shall consist of three general classes: members, fellows and patrons.

Section 2. Members shall be persons who are interested in and will support the objectives of
the Academy and who are otherwise acceptable to at least two-thirds of the Committee on Member-
ship. A letter or application form requesting membership and signed by the applicant may suffice for
action by the Committee; approval by the Committee constitutes election to membership.

Section 3. Fellows shall be persons who by reason of original research or other outstanding
service to the sciences, mathematics, or engineering are deemed worthy of the honor of election to
Academy fellowship.

Section 4. Nominations of fellows shall be presented to the Committee on Membership as a
form approved by the Committee. The form shall be signed by the sponsor, a fellow who has
knowledge of the nominee’s field, and shall be endorsed by at least one other fellow. An explanatory
letter from the sponsor and a bibliography of the nominee’s publications shall accompany the com-
pleted nomination form.

Section 5. Election to fellowship shall be by vote of the Board of Managers upon recom-
mendation of the Committee on Membership. Final action on nominations shall be deferred at leas.
one week after presentation to the Board, and two-thirds of the vote cast shall be necessary to elect.

Section 6. Each individual (not already a fellow) who has been nominated as a Delegate by a
local affiliated society or who has been chosen to be the recipient of an Academy Award for Scientific
Achievement shall be considered nominated for immediate election to fellowship by the Board of
Managers without the necessity for compliance with the provisions of Sections 4 and 5.

Section 7. An individual of unquestioned eminence may be recommended by vote of the
Committee on Membership Promotion for immediate election to fellowship by the Board of Managers,
without the necessity for compliance with the provisions of Sections 4 and 5.

Section 8. Persons who have given to the Academy not less than one thousand (1,000) dollars
or its equivalent in property shall be eligible for election by the Board of Managers as patrons (for life)
of the Academy.

33

Section 9. Life members or fellows shall be those individuals who have made a single payment
in accordance with Article III, Section 2, in lieu of annual dues.

Section 10. Members or fellows in good standing who are retired and are no longer engaged in
regular gainful employment may be placed in emeritus status. Upon request to the treasurer for
transfer to this status, they shall be relieved of the further payment of dues, beginning with the
following January first; shall receive notices of meetings without charge; and at their request, shall be
entitled to receive the Academy periodical at cost.

Section 11. Members or fellows living more than 50 miles from the White House, Washington,
D.C., shall be classed as nonresident members or fellows.

Section 12. An election to any dues-paying class of membership shall be void if the candidate
does not within three months thereafter pay his dues or satisfactorily explain his failure to do so.

Section 13. Former members or fellows who resigned in good standing may be reinstated upon
application to the Secretary and approval by the Board of Managers. No reconsideration of the
applicant’s qualifications need be made by the Membership Committee in these cases.

Article III. DUES -

Section 1. The annual dues of each class of members shall be fixed by the Board of Managers.
No dues shall be paid by emeritus members and fellows, life members and fellows, and patrons.

Section 2. Members and fellows in good standing may be relieved of further payment of dues
by making a single payment to provide an annuity equal to their annual dues. (See Article II, Section
9.) The amount of the single payment shall be computed on the basis of an interest rate to be
determined by the Board of Managers.

Section 3. Members or fellows whose dues are in arrears for one year shall not be entitled to
receive Academy publications.

Section 4. Members or fellows whose dues are in arrears for more than two years shall be
dropped from the rolls of the Academy, upon notice to the Board of Managers, unless the Board shall
otherwise direct. Persons who have been dropped from membership for nonpayment of dues may be
reinstated upon approval of the Board and upon payment of back dues for two years together with
dues for the year of reinstatement.

Article 1V. OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of the Academy shall be a President, a President-elect, a Secretary, and
a Treasurer. All shall be chosen from resident fellows of the Academy.

Section 2. The President shall appoint all committees and such non-elective officers as are
needed unless otherwise directed by the Board of Managers or provided in the Bylaws. He (or his
substitute—the President-elect, the Secretary, or the Treasurer, in that order), shall preside at all
meetings of the Academy and of the Board of Managers.

Section 3. The Secretary shall act as secretary to the Board of Managers and to the Academy at
large. He shall conduct all correspondence relating thereto, except as otherwise provided, and shall be
the custodian of the corporate seal of the Academy. He shall arrange for the publication in the
Academy periodical of the names and professional connections of new members, and also of such |
proceedings of the Academy, including meetings of the Board of Managers, as may appropriately be of
interest to the membership. He shall be responsible for keeping a register of the membership, showing
such information as qualifications, elections, acceptances, changes of residence, lapses-of membership,
resignations and deaths, and for informing the Treasurer of changes affecting the status of members. |
He shall act as secretary to the Nominating Committee (see Art. VI, Sect. 2).

Section 4. The Treasurer shall be responsible for keeping an accurate account of all receipts
and disbursements, shall select a suitable depository for current funds which shall be approved by the #
Executive Committee, and shall invest the permanent funds of the Academy as directed by that |
Committee. He shall prepare a budget at the beginning of each year which shall be reviewed by the :
Executive Committee for presentation to and acceptance by the Board of Managers. He shall notify
the Secretary of the date when each new member qualifies by payment of dues. He shall act as

34 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

business advisor to the Editor and shall keep necessary records pertaining to the subscription list. In
view of his position as Treasurer, however, he shall not be required to sign contracts. He shall pay no
bill until it has been approved in writing by the chairman of the committee or other persons author-
ized to incur it. The fiscal year of the Academy shall be the same as the calendar year.

Section 5. The President and the Treasurer, as directed by the Board of Managers, shall jointly
assign securities belonging to the Academy and indorse financial and legal papers necessary for the uses
of the Academy, except those relating to current expenditures authorized by the Board. In case of
disability or absence of the President or Treasurer, the Board of Managers may designate the Presi-
dent-elect or a qualified Delegate as Acting President or an officer of the Academy as Acting
Treasurer, who shall perform the duties of these officers during such disability or absence.

Section 6. An Editor shall be in charge of all activities connected with the Academy’s publi-
cations. He shall be nominated by the Executive Committee and appointed by the President for an
indefinite term subject to annual review by the Board of Managers. The Editor shall serve as a member
of the Board.

Section 7. An Archivist may be appointed by the President. If appointed, he shall maintain the
permanent records of the Academy, including important records which are no longer in current use by
the Secretary, Treasurer, or other officer, and such other documents and material as the Board of
Managers may direct.

Section 8. All officers and chairmen of standing committees shall submit annual reports at the
May meeting of the Board of Managers.

Section 9. Prior to November 1 of each year the Nominating Committee (Art. VI, Sect. 2),
having been notified by the Secretary, shall meet and nominate by preferential ballot, in the manner
prescribed by the Board of Managers, one person for each of the offices of President-elect, of Secre-
tary and of Treasurer, and four persons for the two Managers-at-large whose terms expire each year. It
shall, at the same time and in like manner, make nominations to fill any vacancy in the foregoing. Not
later than November 15, the Secretary shall forward to each Academy member a printed notice of
these nominations, with a list of incumbents. Independent nominations may be made in writing by
any ten active members. In order to be considered, such nominations must be received by the
Secretary before December 1.

Section 10. Not later than December 15, the Secretary shall prepare and mail ballots to
members and fellows. Independent nominations shall be included on the ballot, and the names of the
nominees shall be arranged in alphabetical order. When more than two candidates are nominated for
the same office the voting shall be by preferential ballot in the manner prescribed by the Board of
Managers. The ballot shall contain also a notice to the effect that votes not received by the Secretary
before the first Thursday of January, and votes of individuals whose dues are in arrears for one year or
more, will not be counted. The Committee of Tellers shall count the votes and report the results at the
annual meeting of the Academy.

Section 11. The newly elected officers shall take office at the close of the annual meeting, the
President-elect of the previous year automatically becoming President.

Article V. BOARD OF MANAGERS

Section 1. The activities of the Academy shall be guided by the Board of Managers, consisting
of the President, the President-elect, the immediate past President, one Delegate from each of the
affiliated societies, the Secretary, the Treasurer, six elected Managers-at-Large, and the Editor. The
elected officers of the Academy shall hold like offices on the Board of Managers.

Section 2. One Delegate shall be selected by each affiliated society. He shall serve until re-
placed by his society. Each Delegate is expected to participate in the meetings of the Board of
Managers and vote on behalf of his society.

Section 3. The Board of Managers shall transact all business of the Academy not otherwise
provided for. A quorum of the Board shall be nine of its members.

Section 4. The Board of Managers may provide for such standing and special committees as it
deems necessary.

Section 5. The Board shall have power to fill vacancies in its own membership until the next
annual election. This does not apply to the offices of President and Treasurer (see Art. IV, Sect. 5),
nor to Delegates (see Art. V, Sect. 2).

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970 =

Article VI. COMMITTEES

Section 1. An Executive Committee shall have general supervision of Academy finances, ap-
prove the selection of a depository for the current funds, and direct the investment of the permanent
funds. At the beginning of the year it shall present to the Board of Managers an itemized statement of
receipts and expenditures of the preceding year and a budget based on the estimated receipts and
disbursements of the coming year, with such recommendations as may seem desirable. It shall be
charged with the duty of considering all activities of the Academy which may tend to maintain and
promote relations with the affiliated societies, and with any other business which may be assigned to it
by the Board. The Executive Committee shall consist of the President, the President-elect, the Secre-
tary and the Treasurer (or Acting Treasurer) ex officio, as well as two members appointed annually by
the President from the membership of the Board.

Section 2. The Delegates shall constitute a Nominating Committee (see Art. IV, Sect. 9). The
Delegate from the Philosophical Society shall be chairman of the Committee, or, in his absence, the
Delegate from another society in the order of seniority as given in Article VIII, Section 1.

Section 3. The President shall appoint in advance of the annual meeting an Auditing Com-
mittee consisting of three persons, none of whom is an officer, to audit the accounts of the Treasurer
(Art Wil Sectial):

Section 4. On or before the last Thursday of each year the President shall appoint a committee
of three Tellers whose duty it shall be to canvass the ballots (Art. IV, Sect. 10, Art. VII, Sect. 1).

Section 5. The President shall appoint from the Academy membership such committees as are
authorized by the Board of Managers and such special committees as necessary to carry out his
functions. Committee appointments shall be staggered as to term whenever it is determined by the
Board to be in the interest of continuity of committee affairs.

Article VII. MEETINGS

Section 1. The annual meeting shall be held each year in May. It shall be held on the third
Thursday of the month unless otherwise directed by the Board of Managers. At this meeting the
reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Auditing Committee (see Article VI, Sect. 3), and Committee of
Tellers shall be presented.

Section 2. Other meetings may be held at such time and place as the Board of Managers may
determine.

Section 3. The rules contained in “Robert’s Rules of Order Revised” shall govern the Academy
in all cases to which they are applicable, and in which they are not inconsistent with the bylaws or
special rules of order of the Academy.

Article VII. COOPERATION

Section 1. The term “affiliated societies” in their order of seniority (see Art. VI, Sect. 2) shall
be held to cover the:

Philosophical Society of Washington

Anthropological Society of Washington

Biological Society of Washington

Chemical Society of Washington

Entomological Society of Washington

National Geographic Society

Geological Society of Washington

Medical Society of the District of Columbia

Columbia Historical Society

Botanical Society of Washington

Washington Section of Society of American Foresters

Washington Society of Engineers

Washington Section of Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Washington Section of American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington

Washington Branch of American Society for Microbiology

Washington Post of Society of American Military Engineers

National Capital Section of American Society of Civil Engineers
District of Columbia Section of Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine

36 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

Washington Chapter of American Society for Metals

Washington Section of the International Association for Dental Research
Washington Section of American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics
D.C. Branch of American Meteorological Society

Insecticide Society of Washington

Washington Chapter of the Acoustical Society of America

Washington Section of the American Nuclear Society

Washington Section of Institute of Food Technologists
Baltimore-Washington Section of the American Ceramic Society
Washington-Baltimore Section of the Electrochemical Society
Washington History of Science Club

Chesapeake Section of American Association of Physics Teachers
National Capital Section of Optical Society of America

Washington Section of American Society of Plant Physiologists
Washington Operations Research Council

Washington Section of Instrument Society of America

American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers
National Capital Astronomers

and such others as may be hereafter recommended by the Board and elected by two-thirds of the
members of the Academy voting, the vote being taken by correspondence. A society may be released
from affiliation on recommendation of the Board of Managers, and the concurrence of two-thirds of
the members of the Academy voting.

Section 2. The Academy may assist the affiliated scientific societies of Washington in any
matter of common interest, as in joint meetings, or in the publication of a joint directory: Provided, it
shall not have power to incur for or in the name of one or more of these societies any expense or
liability not previously authorized by said society or societies, nor shall it without action of the Board
of Managers be responsible for any expenses incurred by one or more of the affiliated societies.

Section 3. No affiliated society shall be committed by the Academy to any action in conflict
with the charter, constitution, or bylaws of said society, or of its parent society.

Section 4. The Academy may establish and assist a Washington Junior Academy of Sciences for
the encouragement of interest in science among students in the Washington area of high school and
college age.

Article IX. AWARDS AND GRANTS-IN-AID

Section 1. The Academy may award medals and prizes, or otherwise express its recognition and
commendation of scientific work of high merit and distinction in the Washington area. Such recog-
nition shall be given only on approval by the Board of Managers of a recommendation by a committee
on awards for scientific achievement.

Section 2. The Academy may receive or make grants to aid scientific research in the Wash-
ington area. Grants shall be received or made only on approval by the Board of Managers of a
recommendation by a committee on grants-in-aid for scientific research.

Article X. AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Amendments to these bylaws shall be proposed by the Board of Managers and
submitted to the members of the Academy in the form of a mail ballot accompanied by a statement of
the reasons for the proposed amendment. A two-thirds majority of those members voting is required
for adoption. At least two weeks shall be allowed for the ballots to be returned.

Section 2. Any affiliated society or any group of ten or more members may propose an
amendment to the Board of Managers in writing. The action of the Board in accepting or rejecting this
proposal to amend the bylaws shall be by a vote on roll call, and the complete roll call shall be entered
in the minutes of the meeting.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

37

ACT OF INCORPORATION OF
THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

We, the undersigned, persons of full age and citizens of the United States, and a majority being
citizens of the District of Columbia, pursuant to and in conformity with sections 545 to 552, inclu-
sive, of the Revised Statutes of the United States relating to the District of Columbia, as amended by
an Act of Congress entitled “An Act to amend the Revised Statutes of the United States relating to
the District of Columbia and for other purposes,”’ approved April 23, 1884, hereby associate ourselves
together as a society or body corporate and certify in writing:

1. That the name of the society is the Washington Academy of Sciences.
Dn, That the term for which the Corporation is organized shall be perpetual.
35 That the Corporation is organized and shall be operated exclusively for charitable, educa-

tional and scientific purposes and in furtherance of these purposes and for no other purpose shall have,
but not be limited to , the following specific powers and purposes:

a. To encourage in the broadest and most liberal manner the advancement and promotion
of science.
b. To acquire, hold, and convey real estate and other property and to establish general and

special funds.

To hold meetings.

To publish and distribute documents.

To conduct lectures.

To conduct, endow, or assist investigation in any department of science.

To acquire and maintain a library.

And, in general, to transact any business pertinent to an academy of aciences.

Provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing enumerated powers, the Corpora-
tion shall not engage in activities, other than as an insubstantial part thereof, which are not in
themselves in furtherance of its charitable, educational and scientific purposes.

4. That the affairs, funds, and property of the Corporation shall be in general charge of a
Board of Managers, the number of whose members for the first year shall be nineteen, all of whom
shall be chosen from among the members of the Academy.

D: That in the event of dissolution or termination of the Corporation, title to and posses-
sion of all the property of the Corporation shall pass to such organization, or organizations, as may be
designated by the Board of Managers; provided, however, that in no event shall any property of the
Corporation be transmitted to or vested in any organization other than an organization which is then
in existence and then qualified for exemption as a charitable, educational or scientific organization
under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended.

Editor’s Note: This Act of Incorporation is shown as amended in 1964 by Francois N.
Frenkiel, President, and George W. Irving, Jr., Secretary, acting for the Washington Academy of
Sciences, in a Certificate of Amendment notarized on September 16, 1964. A copy of the original Act
of Incorporation dated February 18, 1898, appears in the Journal for November 1963, page 212.

S09 mo a0

“Every book is, in an intimate sense, a circular letter to the friends
of him who writes it.”’
Robert Louis Stevenson

38 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 1, MARCH, 1970

General

_ Type manuscripts on white bond paper
either 8% by 11 or 8 by 10% inches. Double
space all lines, including those in abstracts,
tables, legends, quoted matter, acknowledg-
/ments, and references cited. Number pages
‘consecutively. Place your name and com-
plete address in the upper right hand corner
of the title page.

Title, Author, and Affiliation

Page 1 of your manuscript should contain
only this information and your name and
address. Choose a concise but complete and
meaningful title. In research papers con-
cerning biological subjects, include an indi-
cation of the order and family of the taxa
‘discussed. Academic degrees will not nor-
mally be included unless the author so
specifies. If possible, combine your affilia-
tion and mailing address (including Zip) so
|that readers can write to you directly.

Abstract

Type on a separate sheet at the end of the
manuscript. Make the abstract intelligible
jwithout reference to the text of the paper.
Write an informative digest of the significant
zontent and conclusions, not a mere descrip-
\tion. Generally, the abstract should not ex-
seed 3% of the text.

|

|Footnotes

Use footnotes as sparingly as possible.
\Number text footnotes consecutively with
‘Arabic numerals and type them on a sepa-
jrate sheet of paper at the end of the manu-
\script. Type table footnotes, if any, below
each pertinent table on the same page.

illustrations and Legends

The quality of all original illustrations
must be high enough to facilitate good offset
‘eproduction. They should have ample mar-
Zins and be drawn on heavy stock or
| astened to stiff cardboard to prevent bend-
jng. They should be proportioned to column
| 1 x 3) or page (2 x 3) type-dimensions,
faving space for legend material. Photo-

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Instructions to Contributors

graphs should have a glossy finish. They re-
produce best when the contrast is fairly
high. Identify each illustration with number
and author in light pencil marks on the
reverse side. Submit all illustrations sepa-
rately — please do not glue or clip them to
the pages of the manuscript.

Do not type or write legends directly on
the illustrations. Type legends on a separate
sheet or sheets at the end of the manuscript.
Indicate where you want illustrations to
appear in the printed paper by writing the
figure numbers lightly in the text margins,
and be sure that each figure is properly re-
ferenced in the text itself. Original “art” will
be returned only at the author’s request and
expense.

Tables

Include tables only when the same infor-
mation cannot be presented economically in
the text, or when a table presents the data in
a more meaningful way. Consider preparing
extremely complicated tabular matter in a
form suitable for direct reproduction as an
illustration. In such cases, the use of the
typewriter is not recommended.

References to Literature

Limit references within the text and in
synonymies to author and year (and page if
needed). In a “Reference Cited” section, list
alphabetically by senior author only those
papers you have included in the text. Like-
wise, be sure all the text references are
listed. Type the “References Cited” section
on a separate sheet after the last page of
text. Abbreviations should follow the USA
Standard for Periodical Title Abbreviations,
Z39.5-1963.

Submission of Manuscripts

Send completed manuscripts and sup-
porting material to the Academy office (see
address inside front cover) in care of the
Editor. Authors will be requested to read
Xerox “proofs” and invited to submit re-
print orders prior to publication.

Reprints - Prices for reprints may be obtained on request.

——

ee EE ee

oe aes

ew

Washington Academy of Sciences 2nd Class Postage
Room 29, 9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda) Paid at
Washington, D.C. 20014 Washington, D.C.
Return Requested with Form 3579

oe VY Oe trw

D2Was
| VOLUME 60
| Number 2
Journal of the JUNE, 1970

WASHINGTON
ACADEMY ..SCIENCES

(THSON
a a Issued Q l
at : ssued Quarterly
AUG D 1970 at Washington, D.C.
nearness
|
|
| CONTENTS
| Lite dalle! oobi tow 2 alee hr 40
| Features:
| HAROLD WOOSTER: The Future of Scientific Publish-
it ing — Or, What Will Scientists Be Doing for Brownie
i Lefan? oo Ra eh a es nr 41
RAYMOND J. SEEGER: On Research Evaluation .......... 46
C. F. RAINWATER: Prospects for the Eradication of
ile MIOMMNV COMME pout ne fied ate 4 4 soos t oa d.5--40K st ade ees 48
Profile:

ROBERT W. KRAUSS: New Biological Control Me-
claiisme bneaered by Might: M2r0¥ 45. hcch le coc c ee ee bee 54

Research Report:
RAYMOND J. GAGNE: A Family Reassignment for

Mocha Prichard (Diptera: Sciaridaé) .... 2.626.052.0050 60
CE en ee ee oe er 61
Academy Affairs:

Annual Report of Secretary, 1969 2.222.082 cau re vac oa eee 64

Annual wepore Or Predsurer, 1969 .. 6. wee che bec ew aoe he 65

Board ot Nemasers Meeting Notes. .....5..4..62555+5..00: 66

Election Results Anmouneed ci. lao cea es bss cee oe dee ews 69

SWicimiIsusiiMme NEWS) 92 f0.524554 22044 2ene sce ese deb eas 70

~

Washington Academy of Sciences

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

President
Alfonse F. Forziati

President-Elect

Mary Louise Robbins
Secretary

Grover C. Sherlin
Treasurer

Richard K. Cook
Board Members

Kurt H. Stern

Harry A. Fowells

BOARD OF MANAGERS

All delegates of affiliated
Societies (see facing page)

EDITOR

Richard H. Foote

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT

Elizabeth Ostaggi

ACADEMY OFFICE

9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)

Washington, D. C. 20014

Telephone (301) 530-1402

Founded in 1898

The Journal

This journal, the official organ of the Washington Aca-
demy of Sciences, publishes historical articles, critical
reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; proceedings
of meetings of the Academy and its Board of Mana-
gers; and other items of interest to Academy members.
The Journal appears four times a year (March, June,
September, and December) — the September issue
contains a directory of the Academy membership.

Subscription Rates

Members, fellows, and patrons in good standing re-
ceive the Journal without charge. Subscriptions are
available on a calendar year basis only, payable in ad-
vance. Payment must be made in U.S. currency at the
following rates:

U.S. and Canada. 7) see $8.00
Foreign’. . i .< + ss see 9.00
Single Copy Price ....... 2.90

There will no longer be special 2- and 3-year rates after

December 1969. Those subscribers who have paid for
special rates and are now receiving the Journal at these
rates will continue to receive the publication until the
date of expiration of their agreement.

Back Issues

Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (Volumes
1-58, 1911-1968) can be purchased direct from Walter
J. Johnson, Inc., 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y.

10003. This firm also handles the sale of the Proceed- —

ings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) and
the Index (to Volumes 1-13 of the Proceedings and
Volumes 1-40 of the Journal). Single issues from 1969
to present may be obtained directly from the
Academy office (address elsewhere this page).

Claims for Missing Numbers

Claims will not be allowed if received more than 60
days after date of mailing plus time normally required
for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be al-
lowed because of failure to notify the Academy of a
change in address.

Changes of Address

Address changes should be sent promptly to the Aca-
demy office. Such notification should show both old
and new addresses and zip number.

Published quarterly in March, June, September, and December of each year by the
Washington Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville Pike, Washington, D.C. Second class
postage paid at Washington, D.C.

DELEGATES TO THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
REPRESENTING THE LOCAL AFFILIATED SOCIETIES
Emlosapliigal society Of Washington . 2... 6. ow ke ei John O’Keefe
Prmbaropotopical society of Washington .. 2... 6. 6 ce ee ee ee Jean K. Boek
Exororicadoociety Of Washington 9. . 2. 6. ee et te ee we Delegate not appointed
BremucanSocicty Of Washington . .. 6 6 we we ee ee ee Joseph C. Dacons
Pamenteorical society Of Washington... 2... eee pe Reece I. Sailer
Mariott MEG COCTAPMIC SOCICTN 2.0.) oie se a ee ee ee Be oe Alexander Wetmore
omericamSocictyral WaShingtON 22s. 506. 2 eek eh ee ee ee ee Ralph L. Miller
_ Medical Secietyon the Districtot Columbia os 2 220665 2000 2 6 22a ea Delegate not appointed
Salmmbianistonical S@Ciety =. .-. 25: i. sie wos ee Delegate not appointed
Be MBatenical Socicty of Washington ............00.-(eecceeceeceuee Peter H. Heinze
SOE ZI OL ANCTSTOR TOG Bey CS KT Sa Harry A. Fowells
SE SMIDMEOMESOCICLY Ol NSINCELS: oa eo. eth ee ce ee ee ee ew Sue ee George Abraham
institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ............220502002: Leland D. Whitelock
Pmenican society Of Mechanical Engineers .... 1... 6 we ee William G. Allen
Felminthological Society of Washington ... 2... 26+ eee ee te ee Aurel O. Foster
Pienican society for Microbiology ... 2... 5:0 ce ee ee ee Elizabeth J. Oswald
Sacicwmotvmesican Military Engineers ..¢. 202.64. we ee ee ee H.P. Demuth
Pinenicanesociety Oh Civil PNGINECeTS . . 6. ew ee es Cyril J. Galvin, Jr.
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine ..................... Carlton Treadwell
APPSTICTIN SOCKET CTE IY IC Nas ae ge ra Melvin R. Meyerson
ivernational Association for Dental Research ... 6... ee ee ee ee ee N.W. Rupp
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics ................. Robert C. Smith, Jr.
Pairenicamuvie(eOrolopical SOCIELY 4. css vied oe ee ew we ee ee we ee Harold A. Steiner
Iescemeides Society, of Washington. 6.2 6 65 ee ee ee ie ee ee el H. Ivan Rainwater
Pre CUSPICdIESOCICtY Or AMOTICAN cs. score eG 6 be Ob Re be Sow ee eee ele Alfred Weissler
Perce aIPNUCLOAaT SOCICLV hes) el sb k ae se eA ole a SRE Rae Ee a ele ws Oscar M. Bizzell
fastice ot Food Nechnolopists 2 2... 2 6 ie ke ee ee George K. Parman
PeeniGaA@cralmiG SOCICLY 4 ow 6 6 ke ew week ee ee eee ee bee J.J. Diamond
Dat rocinemmnicall Soretsihe eG aaa ge cere ae me em eae Kurt H. Stern
Mashingtoniaistory of Science Club « 00.5 «c:ce ee ee Re ee ee Morris Leikind
american Association of Physics Teachers ........ 52 66s e ee ee es ee ee Bernard B. Watson
pealeSOCichymOleAINEhCAl «fo... sete aoe os eb) & vee ws SS We ae ee David L. Ederer
iuencan Society of Plant Physiologists . 2.2... 52 ee ee ee Walter Shropshire
Mashimeton Operations Research Council. .... 5.6.2.5 05 - e ee ee wet wee John G. Honig
isenuiment»SOciety Of AMEnCA .< .2. oc 6 nw eek ee we we we we Alfred M. Pommer
American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical
ANGsheTROlE UME NPINCENS, Gen so aye 2 = ym ww al Geel ore ef els) s ox ees Bernardo F. Grossling
NabrionaleCapitol AStrOnOMers 2. 2c. 6 eee 8 ek eS ee eh we ee Delegate not appointed

Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective societies.

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970 39

EDITORIAL

The Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences for 1970
presents a new tace to the world. We believe it is one of the few
non-newsletter serials currently being published entirely in a cold-type
offset mode in the United States. The advantages lie mainly in a
somewhat lower cost of production, the use of magnetic tapes pro-
duced along with final manuscripts to drive the office-type composing
machine, and affording the editor a sense of the pioneer in using this
particular means of producing a serious, formal scientific journal.

For the technically minded: Composition is by IBM Magnetic
Tape Selectric Typewriter (MT/ST) and IBM Composer; type face :
Press Roman Medium, Italic and Bold Face; type size 10 pt. on 11-pt.
leading for text; 8 pt. on 9-pt. leading for abstracts, footnotes, |
references, and other special material; 11- or 12-pt. bold face caps for |
most minor headings. Article titles are set in 18-pt. Head Liner Style
No. 149. The issue is printed on 70-lb. White Patina, and the cover is |
65-lb. Navajo. |

We most sincerely hope this new format for the Journal will find )
some appeal among its users. We are even encouraged to believe that
more scientists of all persuasions will be motivated by the New Look
to contribute material that will significantly improve the status of the
Academy’s publication. — ED.

40 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

FEATURES

The Future of Scientific Publishing - Or,
What Will Scientists Be Doing for Brownie Points?

Harold Wooster
Director of Information Sciences, Air Force Office
| of Scientific Research, Arlington, Virginia 22209

ABSTRACT
| Several pertinent aspects of the current practices in scientific publication are discussed,

and means are suggested for alleviating some of the problems. It is obvious that present-day
and future economic considerations will force changes in these practices that will not

readily be accepted by the scientist.

People, scientists or not, want love, sex,
power, prestige, freedom, and money, in
various proportions depending on the person.
Scientists (and artists) typically put more
emphasis on prestige and freedom than
other people do. This emphasis on prestige
starts early in a scientist’s career. As
Lawrence Kubie has written:

“The intellectually gifted child is likely
to turn away from athletics and the social
life which he finds difficult to more bookish
activities. . . If success rewards his consola-
tory scholarly efforts during adolescence, he

)/ may in later years tend to cultivate intel-

lectual activity exclusively. . . As a result,
by the time adult life is reached his only
triumphs and gratifications will have been

won in the intellectual field, his range of
| skills will have become restricted, and the

An address delivered to the Washington Acade-
my of Sciences, John Wesley Powell Auditorium,
Cosmos Club, Washington, D. C. on February 19,
1970.

ne WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

tt... eee

life of the mind will be almost the only
outlet available. Because of the extra drain
of the laboratory on the student’s time, the
young man who sets out to become a
scientist spends (more of) his adolescence
putting every emotional egg in the intel-
lectual basket than is true for most other
young intellectuals. By such steps as these,
the sense of security and the self-esteem of
the young intellectual come to stand on one
leg, so that when research is begun he invests
in it a lifetime of pent-up cravings. . . it is
inevitable that scientific research will be
supercharged with many irrelevant and un-
fulfilled emotional needs; so that the life-
work of the young scientist tends to express
both the conscious levels of his intellectual
aspirations and his unfulfilled intellectual
needs and unconscious conflicts.”
Unfortunately for outsiders who try to
intervene in the family quarrels, chief among
the scientist’s emotional outlets is his life-
long love-hate affair with the scientific
literature. There are, for all practical pur-

41

poses, three things you can do with the
scientific literature: you can write it, you
can read it, you can put it in piles.

Putting it in piles is one of the few places
where the value structures of the scientist
and the librarian conflict, as can be attested
to by anyone who has ever overheard a
conversation between a librarian who wants
a book back, and a scientist who wants it on
permanent loan:

“lve got to have this book. Who wants
it? Him! What’s he going to do with it? He
can’t read it. ’m the only man in the place
who can understand it.”

Librarians (and wives) just don’t seem to
understand that one’s books and journals
must be kept within arm’s reach; that the
inverse-square law (the strength falls off as
the square of the distance between the
the source and the target) also applies to the
talismanic psychic aura of well-being given
off by the scientific literature or, for that
matter, that this aura can diffuse through
the covers of unopened books and un-
wrapped journals!

Keeping the literature in piles is perhaps
just another example of the standard de-
sultory warfare between the sexes. Writing
the literature is where the real emotional
involvement lies. The young scientist learns,
as part of the formal code of behavior of the
scientist, that publication of the results of
his research in a standard, authorized, re-
fereed scientific journal is not merely right
and proper but a high duty and a behavior
expected by his peers and employers. He
learns informally that promotion comes
about through visibility and that, at least up
to a certain critical point in his career,
visibility comes about through publication.
He learns that there are “good” journals,
and others not as good, but that every
manuscript can eventually find a home
somewhere and that, for all the platitudes
about refraining from unnecessary publi-
cation, this must apply to someone else — it
is better to publish something in anything,
even if only a government report, than not
to publish at all.

As is the way with things with which one
is emotionally involved, the average scientist
manages somehow to take the scientific

42

literature for granted and think that it’s
wonderful. So let’s look for a moment at the
anatomy of the scientific literature.

World-wide, there are probably 25,000—
35,000 journals in existence at any one
time. We’ve probably reached equilibrium
in this respect, with as many dying as being
formed. There are some 6,200 journals of
science and technology in the U.S. — 3470
in technology, 1430 in agriculture, 800 in
medicine, and 500 in natural and physical
sciences.

The most common publication frequency
is quarterly; average circulation is 4400
copies. Average annual publication is 1,000
pages per journal, each page containing 600
words. Printing cost is about $0.075 a word
or about $400 per paper, which will reach
about 100 actual readers!

The American Psychological Association
has been carrying out a study, sponsored by
the National Science Foundation, of publi-
cation practices in psychology. They found
that work on a paper published today was
actually started some 36 months ago; about
26 months ago the author started talking
about the work at small informal seminars.
The author started writing for publication
at about the same time. About 12-15 months
ago the author presented his paper at a large
national meeting (with no more than 100 in
the audience) and more or less simultaneous-
ly sent it in to the journal.

The paper is published; about % of the
papers in core journals will be read in detail
by no more than 1% of readers; no paper
will be read by more than 7%! About 90%
of the authors will receive reprint requests,
average number being between 11 and 15
copies.

Another depressing aspect of the journal
literature shows up when you start collecting
frequency-of-use statistics. Our own experi-
ence with this problem showed up when we
ran a frequency curve on the 550 journals

which have published 5500 articles sponsor- .

ed by our headquarters, the Office of
Aerospace Research. We found that the first
10 journals published 35% of the articles;
the second 10 brought the total to 45%; the
third 10 to 50%. The cross-over curve was at
70 journals and 70%, with perhaps 400 of

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

the journals running from 5 to 1 articles
each. We discovered the curve was shaped
the same over and over — from sources of
abstracts in Chemical Abstracts to photo-
copying records of libraries.

On this basis, have come up with 3
numbers applying to the journal literature —
10, 100, and 1,000:

@ 10— The maximum number of
journals any average scientist
can be expected to “keep up
with.”

e 100— Will meet 90% of the needs
of any reasonably specialized
information center.

e 1,000 — Probably the number of first
class scientific journals in the
world today.

The National Science Foundation has
estimated that, at $30 per page for both
scientific and technological journals, the
' total annual cost of publishing of all U.S.
| journals is approximately $250 million. And
Iyet at the same time, as the director of
| marketing for one of the major publishers
| of commercially sponsored scientific journals
said in testimony before Congress, “an
important and successful journal may have
_ one thousand or fewer subscribers — where
1500 copies of a book can saturate the
market.”

The verb “to publish” has two different
meanings depending on whether one uses it
as a Scientist or as a publisher.

If I as a scientist “publish” a paper, I go
_ through the following steps: I write a paper
summarizing my research to a given point,

and I send this manuscript to a scientific
journal where it is reviewed and eventually
accepted. This article is set in type and
eventually printed in a scientific journal. I
receive no direct tangible remuneration for
_ this publication. In fact, I may be asked to
| pay page charges on the order of $30 a page.
| I eventually receive, say, 100 reprints of
the article which I then mail to my friends
and use to answer reprint requests. If I get
more than 25 of these I feel highly flattered.
When I finish I say that I have “‘published”’
an article in such and such a journal.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

As explained earlier, the scientific pub-
lisher is basically quite different and makes
his livelihood from processing scientific
information.

A scientist’s rewards from publishing are
intangible, and include the approbation of
his peers, being promoted, perhaps having
his grant renewed. None of these is subject
to income tax. The scientific publisher’s
rewards are highly taxable. It would be silly
of me to claim that scientists aren’t interest-
ed in money nor publishers in prestige, but
these are not really the basic values of their
societies. Nevertheless, the two communities
are highly interdependent; scientists couldn’t
get promoted without publishers, and pub-
lishers would have nothing to publish with-
out scientists.

The scientific publisher, whether he be
with a commercial publisher or scientific
journals or is the business manager of a
professional society, sees two major threats
to his economic survival — the computer and
office copying machine.

The use of the central time-shared com-
puter is a remote but very real threat. Any
one of perhaps a hundred firms would be
delighted to lease you time on their central
computer. All you need in your office is a
“console,” which may be as simple as a
touch-tone telephone; will most probably
be a teletypewriter; but could, if you are
willing to pay the tab, have full display-
screen and light-pen capabilities. The time-
shared computer offers no threat to scientific
publishing when it is used for business or
scientific computations. The threat comes
when, as many enthusiasts of mechanized
information storage retrieval systems will
explain, scientific text is fed into a central
computer and users call for selected portions
on their consoles. After one copy of a book
is bought and fed into a central computer,
no one else would need buy the book but
simply read it through their consoles.

Office copying machines represent yet
another, but not new, threat to scientific
publishing. Most of us tend to forget that,
in the days when typists’ salaries were much
lower, the typewriter was the first feasible
office copying machine. When the USDA

43

started a mail reference service in the early
1900’s, requesters got typed excerpts of
pertinent articles.

This was a relatively slow and cumber-
some process as was its successor, photo-
statting. The crisis really occurred with the
advent of today’s quick and inexpensive
office copying machine, which can copy a
page of a journal at perhaps 3-5 cents a page.
It is no longer necessary for the individual
user to buy a copy of an article which he
wishes to have for his own permanent
retention.

Coincidentally, many libraries have found
that the cost of maintaining charge and loan
records is high enough to make it desirable
to give customers copies of journal articles
rather than go to the trouble of charging
out and loaning bound volumes. Publishers
have nightmares of journals moving into
limited editions of about 300 copies pub-
lished for the convenience of copying ma-
chine owners, lessors, and the people they
serve.

However moral and law abiding scientists
may be in other matters, their consciences
become almost non-existent when dealing
with books and journal articles they want
for their very own. As long as copying
machines, scientists, and journal articles
occur in such close and dangerous proximity,
no amount of statutory labeling will deter
the man who wants to copy an article. As
George Bernard Shaw once said, one of the
few arguments in favor of marriage is that
“it combines the maximum of temptation
with the maximum of opportunity.”

If one is involved both emotionally and
financially in an industry threatened with
technological obsolescence, there are two
major strategies to follow. One is to play
King Canute and call for legislation outlaw-
ing, or at least making financially prohibitive,
the use of these new technologies. The
other alternative is to live with and even
anticipate them, on the theory that as long
as there are producers and consumers there
is a fair profit to be made by the middle
man.

Some of my wilder-eyed friends in the
information trade have scared the publishers
with visions of a world-wide network of

44

optical speed computers transmitting in-
stantaneous information in any form and in
any language to many requesting users of
the system. Theoretically, users will not
even have to leave their homes to sit in
front of a multi-channel console with input-
output channels for audio video image re-
production, instantaneous language trans-
lation, and even logical filters indicating
whether a given request makes sense.

Unfortunately, both now and in the
foreseeable future, any material that enters
a computer has to go through a keyboard.
It comes out at a rate of perhaps 100 words
per minute on a teletypewriter. I am not
denying the possibility of either a display of
this information on a video screen or a
| ,000-line-per-minute printer. I merely re-
mind you that the voice-grade telephone
lines now in use have trouble at much over
100 words per minute. I also remind you
that a typed page of such material may take
three minutes to transmit and cost $10 in
computer and transmission line time before
you get it. I would rather pay $10 for a
properly printed and bound book than the
same amount for one page of computer
print-out.

There is one class of publication, though,
to which the foregoing does not apply —
handbooks, encyclopedias, and dictionaries.
These all go out of date as soon as printed.
Revisions may and should be commissioned
immediately, but these all have to be held
for the next edition which may be several
years away, and a new edition may contain
as little as 20% new material!

If the central computer utility for li-
braries ever comes into being, I foresee a
major market for such reference materials
on tape, perhaps leased rather than sold,
with a guarantee that new material will be
entered immediately rather than held for
the next edition. I would hate to dispense
with the printed reference works in my
office, but there are times when I would pay
a premium to make sure that I am using
the latest information.

As someone once did not say, God must
love the scientific journals because he made
so many of them. Scientific journals are
about as clumsy, archaic, and expensive a

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

| method of distributing scientific and techni-
| cal information as one could devise, yet
| they continue to flourish. There are so
many journals that no library possibly can
| subscribe to all of them. It is difficult to
| identify any given relevant article within
the 10 million that have been published
since science began. Once it is identified, it
_ is almost impossible to determine who has a
copy to be borrowed.

| Many plans for national information
| systems have been proposed. I am surprised
_ how few of them have proposed what seems
to be a necessary first step — a central
| warehouse for scientific journals. This need
| be no more complicated than any other
| mail-order operation. It would respond only
_ to hard citations — those where author,
| volume, page, and title were correctly given.
Stock clerks, not librarians, would then pull
_ these off the shelf, photocopy the wanted
articles and air-mail them to the requestors.
_ The job of translating soft citations into
hard citations would be done out in the
field by reference specialists. One other
aspect of this central warehouse should
- appeal to the journal publishers. It also
_ would centralize photocopying and there-
fore make it far easier to keep track of
royalty payments due, say at a flat rate of
five cents per page copied.

Another alternative would be to let
journal publishing find its natural economic
level, for example, by requiring all page
charges to be paid by the authors personally,
not from grants, and if that didn’t work,
suggesting that they ask for royalties pro-
_ portional to the cost of the research report-
ed. I suspect that if this happened, only a
few hundred of the strongest journals would

| survive. The rest might well become shadow

| journals. A “shadow journal” by my de-
_ finition would have all the usual para-
| phernalia of editor, advisory boards, and
| teferees. The difference would only show
; up when it came time to ship copy off to
| the printer. The printer would only get
titles, abstracts, and a good gossip column,

) say, on who’s changing jobs and what’s

happening to the Federal R&D budget. The
actual text of the articles would go into a
| central store, either on microfilm, as Watson

) J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

Davis proposed some 40 years ago, or into
the memory banks of a computer, where it
could be retrieved by any of the 10 or so
people who really want to read a given
article.

It turns out that the real problem is not
in substituting for journal publication, which
is a fairly simple technical matter, but in
substituting for the prestige arising from
journal publication, which is something else
again.

I have occasionally proposed that this
problem could be solved by authorizing the
central computer to issue Brownie points
which by universal academic convention
would be fully substitutable for items in
personal bibliographies. My tentative Brown-
ie point scale goes something like this:

5S points .... Published doctoral disserta-
tion — a once-in-a-lifetime
event.

3 points .... Review state-of-the-art pa-
pers.

1/N points .. Joint-authored papers.
Meeting papers — choice of 1
point or a paid-up travel

voucher.
-1 points.... Published after-dinner speech.
-5 points.... Claiming authorship of a pro-
posal as if it were a scientific
paper.

At the end of the year the computer
would add up individual scores and issue
warrants entitling the recipient to wear a
simple button-hole insignia:

10 points ...A bronze X
20 points ...A gold XX
SO points. . A silver
100 points ...A diamond-studded C

Since it is difficult to enter a room
waving a personal bibliography, this would
give American science what it has so sorely
lacked — a simple recognition of scientific
stature based on true merit!

45

On Research Evaluation

Raymond J. Seeger

National Science Foundation, Washington, D. C. 20550

ABSTRACT

The author discusses basic vs. applied research, where these types are best undertaken,
how investigators can be selected, and by what means the results can be most effectively

evaluated.

Let us focus our attention briefly upon
four questions: What is research? Where
should it be done? How can a proper in-
vestigator be selected? How can the scientific
worth of the completed research be evalu-
ated?

What is basic research? In general, one
understands basic research (pure, pioneering,
exploratory, et al.) to be that which is done
in order to understand — viz., knowledge
for its own sake. On the other hand, when
one seeks to understand in order to do,
one speaks of applied research — viz.,
knowledge is power. At best, this distinction
is arbitrary; it serves essentially to differen-
tiate the extreme positions of a continuous
spectrum. Actually, at any particular place
in the spectrum one can view a given
problem from two different points of view,
which are, relatively, basic or applied.

Suppose, for example, one needs to
select a particular material for electrical
insulation — obviously an engineering prob-
lem. An understanding of the final selection
would be dependent upon a knowledge of
the physical and chemical properties of all
materials — what might properly be called
engineering science. To understand, how-
ever, the fundamental electrical behavior
within any solid would necessitate also a
knowledge of the atomic binding forces —

This article was prepared for the Institute
on Research Contracting, The American University
and the George Washington University, Washington,
D. C., September 20, 1966.

46

chemistry and physics. An understanding of
the properties of the individual atom or
ion, in turn, would require, further, a
knowledge of atomic nuclei. Finally, to
understand the nucleus itself would call for
a knowledge of so-called elementary parti-
cles — the very frontier of nuclear physics.
Thus at each level of understanding we en-
counter underlying questions requiring more
basic information. Nevertheless, the greater
the depth of understanding the more remote
the initial problem! I believe this onion-
skin theory of research illustrates the inti-
mate relation between basic and applied
research, which cannot be practically iso-
lated in separate compartments. There is a
coherent unity of nature, and consequently,
one hopes, an ultimate unity of science. In
all investigations, therefore, one has to allow
for marginal developments, for borderline
serendipity, for interesting by-paths.

Where should basic research be done? It
is actually being done in universities, in
industry, and in the Government (or some
combination of these). Each of these places,
however, has its own peculiar objectives.
In the case of a university, the dominating
motive is unquestionably education; where-
as in industry it is presumably profit. The
Government, in tur, must watch out for
the general welfare and national defense;
it has a special mission to safeguard critical
areas that may be currently unrelated to
either curiosity or profit (for instance, high
explosives), or too costly for immediate
results (for example, nuclear power).

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

Let us bear in mind that good research,
both basic and applied, has been done at
each of these types of institutions. Un-
doubtedly some practical people were quite
surprised at the excellent war work per-
formed by academic groups. On the other
hand, industrial scientists have received
Nobel prizes for their basic research. More-
over, a Government laboratory like the
Naval Research Laboratory played a unique
role in the development of radar. Good
) research can evidently be accomplished at
any of these places. It does seem, however,
that the university generally affords an
_ atmosphere most favorable for germinating
new ideas, and that industry provides a
more fruitful soil for growing deeply rooted
ones. Yet, Faraday, Dalton, Darwin and
| others were not at universities; and Einstein
performed his fundamental work in a
| government patent office, having been re-
_ jected by universities. During World War II,
_ strangely enough, the development of super-
| sonic wind tunnels in the United States was
not sponsored initially by universities, or
| industry, or even the federal NACA. It was
- only the U.S. Army, sensitive to the chang-
ing complexion of war, that perceived the
imminent need for basic research on high-
speed aerodynamics. Nevertheless, it was
not until 1943 that the Army itself had an
adequate supersonic wind tunnel, whereas
the Germans had already completed all
their supersonic aerodynamics for the V-2
four years earlier. The lesson is clear; there
is an intimate relationship between basic
and applied research, between theoretical
interests and practical problems. Some-
times theory encourages practical appli-
cations, sometimes practice stimulates theo-

' retical ideas.
How can one select an investigator ap-

propriate for prosecuting a given research
project? Ordinarily one calls upon expert
| consultants to review the proposal. But
| who reviews the reviewers? For reviewers
| themselves are people; there are radicals
and the conservatives; some are broad, some
narrow. Then, too, does the individual prefer
gambling or a sure bet? (In general, the
desire to gamble seems to vary inversely
| with the cost and with the size of a review-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

ing group.)

In many instances, personal bias cannot
by wholly eliminated. In the early days of
the National Science Foundation, for in-
stance, I was surprised to find a professor at
one of our top technological schools rating
a particular proposal “very poor,” although
it had been scored “excellent” by several
others. The proposal was sent to still others,
all of whom had been recommended as
knowledgeable people by the professor him-
self. Finally, there were nine ‘“‘excellents”
and still only the one “very poor.” Meeting
the professor sometime later, I asked him
about this project. He boasted that he
himself had a much better way of achieving
the same scientific objective. One has to
take into account points of view represent-
ative of both the natural conservatism of
groups and the uninhibited comments of
individuals. The nascent sociology of re-
viewers is becoming increasingly important.

How does one evaluate the completed
research? A few years ago the National
Science Foundation conducted an explora-
tory investigation along this line. The
chemistry staff selected ten NSF chemistry
grants that had all been completed by top
professors six Or more years previously; five
in organic chemistry, and five in physical
chemistry. With an organic chemist of the
staff and a physical chemist, respectively,
I visited each of the grantees. We asked,
“What particular scientific results were
achieved in this grant?” Surprisingly, we
found the question practically unanswerable.

_A partial explanation is the following. In

the first place, an individual research is
rarely concerned with an isolated scientific
point, but rather one has probably evolved
out of previous investigations and is directed
toward future research. It would seem that
some finite duration of time in an investi-
gator’s scientific life is requisite for the
evaluation of any particular work (unless
spectacular). Secondly, a worker is rarely
engaged on a problem that is independent
of all other research currently in progress.
Here, too, there seems to be a minimum
spread essential for understanding the
scientific significance of the correlated re-
sults. Both of these together suggest a

47

“critical area’ for any possible evaluation,
dependent upon the particular field and the
time of investigation.

Although this approach has not been
pursued further, it is pregnant with sug-
gestive thoughts for long-range planning. A
group of experts might periodically re-view
the status of achievements in a given field
and indicate the direction of expected pro-
gress — ana priori mirror for deduction. Or,
the sources of a published result of recog-
nized scientific value might later be traced
back through its citations a posteriori.

Some persons insist that scientists can
seldom identify the significance of their
work until the whole picture has been
outlined. And yet in every article and every
textbook written the author himself, not to
mention the editor and the publisher, has
already exercised some selection. Every
time a grant is given to one person, several
others have been automatically denied; a
selection has been made. Paradoxically as
the above project showed, scientists appear
to be more willing (and able) to judge the
possible value of a given research before it
is done rather than afterwards.

Prospects for the Eradication of the Boll Weevil

C. F. Rainwater

Entomology Research Division, ARS, U.S. Department of Agriculture,

Beltsville, Maryland 20705

ABSTRACT

A large-scale pilot experiment to provide technology for the eradication of the boll
weevil is described. A 10,000-acre cotton-growing area in southern Mississippi will be
isolated and used for the integrated application of four previously tested control methods.

Everyone is familiar with the boll weevil
(Fig. 1); if not from personal experience,
certainly from legend. Dr. W. D. Hunter, one
of the pioneer researchers on this insect,
once described it as “the evil spirit that
dwelleth amongst us.” It might still be
described in that manner. Any insect or
other entity which has had as much eco-
nomic impact as the boll weevil might be
classified as evil. Several years ago the
National Cotton Council estimated that the
boll weevil had destroyed cotton valued at
more than $10 billion, and it has been

Anthonomus grandis Boh.

Curculionidae).

48

(Coleoptera:

referred to many times as the $10-billion
bug. It is still destroying cotton valued at
about $200 million annually. This does not
include the cost of controlling it, which is
estimated at $50-$75 million annually.
Despite the fact that these tremendous
losses have occurred and are still occurring,
research has done a good job in making it
possible for the cotton farmer to stay in
business. Entomologists have developed con-
trol measures which have assured the farmer
that he could make a profit in producing
cotton. But it has been a hard and persistent
fight. Calcium arsenate, of course, was the
first insecticide which showed real promise
in controlling the boll weevil. It was highly
effective, but it had certain drawbacks and

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

— Se Eee

was far from a panacea. Then in the mid-

40’s, the organics came along (benzene

_hexachloride and toxaphene first), and these
_ were followed by a long list of chlorinated

hydrocarbons, many of which were highly
effective. It looked like we were really in
business, but suddenly in 1955 we realized

_ that something had gone wrong. We were

not getting control. The insect had out-
smarted us and had developed a high degree
of resistance to these insecticides. We were
not wholly unprepared, however, because
we had already experimented with some of
the organophosphorus insecticides developed
by industry and found them effective at

lower dosages than the chlorinated hydro-
carbons. In time, methyl parathion became

the most widely used insecticide for boll
weevil control, and it enjoys that position
today.

So, up to this point we have managed to
live with the boll weevil, but we have not

_ solved the problem, which is as vexing today

as it was 48 years ago when the weevil had

completed its march eastward from Texas
' to the Atlantic. As for most of our insects,

our research to date has not been designed

' to solve the problem—merely to learn how

to live with it. Our technology has been
insufficient to do anything else. But we
have gradually added to our know-how, and
perhaps we are arriving at a threshold where
we can do something about attaining a
solution.

We think we are about at that point in
our research now, and we are making plans
to demonstrate the feasibility of eradicating
the boll weevil. The following is a brief
description of the technology which we
propose to use in accomplishing this.

First of all, it should be understood that

} the proposed effort is merely to determine

if our present technology is at a level to
make eradication feasible—it is not an at-

tempt at eradication other than on an

experimental area. Last summer Dr. E. F.

‘Knipling, Director of the Entomology Re-
search Division, was chairman of a special

committee appointed by the National Cot-
ton Council to select an area in the boll
weevil belt and make recommendations

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

Fig. 1. — The boll weevil — the “‘ten-billion-
dollar bug”’ (x7).

concerning a pilot eradication experiment.
The committee visited several locations
from the Carolinas to Texas and finally
decided on an area in South Mississippi
as the core area, with the adjacent treated
area extending into southeastern Louisiana
and southwestern Alabama. The core area—
that where eradication hopefully will be
demonstrated — is approximately in the
center of a circle 150 miles in diameter
which contains approximately 75,000 acres
of cotton. Hopefully, funds will be made
available in time to initiate this pilot
eradication experiment (remember, it is
only an experiment) in the Fall of 1971.
Essentially the plan consists of 4 phases,
as follows:

e A reproductive-diapause control program
carried out in the fall to reduce the
overwintering boll weevil population to
an extremely low level.

e The use of sex pheromone traps in the
spring to lure and capture a high per-
centage of the surviving boll weevil
population.

49

e One insecticide application just as the
plants begin to fruit to kill any weevils
that may have escaped the pheromone
traps.

e Release of sterile male boll weevils to
complete the job.

The reproductive-diapause control pro-
gram has been amply demonstrated in
several States to be highly effective in re-
ducing the number of weevils entering
hibernation in the fall. A diapause control
program was developed soon after Brazzel
and Newsom (1959) discovered that in
order to survive the winter the boll weevil
had to enter a state of diapause in the fall,
and in order to attain a state of diapause it
had to feed for a considerable time after
emergence. This period of feeding essential
to diapause often took place after all
insecticide applications had been made to
protect the crop. Consequently, feeding was
uninhibited, and large numbers of weevils
were able to attain the diapause condition
before frost and to enter hibernation in a
state for adequate winter survival. Several
investigators, among them one of the dis-
coverers of diapause Brazzel (1959). Brazzel
et al (1961), and Lloyd et al, (1964, 1966),
theorized that if insecticide applications
were made following crop maturity and
before frost, most of the diapausing popu-
lation would be killed. They determined
that 3 to 4 insecticide applications applied
at 10-day intervals beginning in October
would reduce the overwintering population
by approximately 90% and that natural
winter mortality would further reduce the
remaining population by another 90%. This
meant that not more than 1% of the original
diapausing population would survive the
winter and emerge into the fields in the
spring. Large-scale community-wide tests
demonstrated that this program would save
several applications of insecticides in the
spring, but generally the population built
up during mid- and late-season to the level
where insecticides were required.

Knipling (1968) studied the results of
several of the large-scale tests and as a
result proposed a reproductive-diapause con-
trol program. He reasoned that a tremendous

50

population of weevils built up after normal
insecticide applications had ceased and that,
even though the diapause control program
might reduce the diapausing population by
90%, enough weevils were left to develop a
damaging infestation under favorable con-
ditions before the next crop was made. He
then theorized that if the last reproductive
generation was destroyed, there would be
fewer individuals left to enter diapause,
and that if the diapause control was then
undertaken, the population left to enter
hibernation would be at an extremely low
level. He proposed that the normal control
program be continued during September by
applying 7 additional applications scheduled
to limit reproduction by the last repro-
ducing generation and to destroy most of
the weevils remaining in the field. This
program was tried at several locations in
Texas and Mississippi—it essentially con-
firmed the theoretical calculations showing
the benefits of the reproduction-diapause
schedule of treatments. Where a large
enough area was treated, no economic
damage was caused by the boll weevil until
the crop was made.

Thus, the reproductive-diapause control
program has been amply demonstrated to
reduce the overwintering population of boll
weevils to an extremely low level and
therefore is an important part of the tech-
nology to be employed in the proposed
eradication experiment. Every acre of cot-
ton within the 10,000-acre core area and
within a 25-mile radius will receive a full
reproductive-diapause control program con-
sisting of 7 applications of insecticides in the
late summer and fall preceding the eradi-
cation attempt. Cotton up to a 75-mile
radius exclusive of the core area will be
treated with varying numbers of treatments
to suppress the populations and reduce

possible movement into the center test area.

The boll weevil sex pheromone pro-
duced by the male has recently been iso-
lated, identified, and synthesized. It at-
tracts both females and males and can
therefore be considered both a sex and
aggregating pheromone. It has been demon-
strated in large-scale field tests (Hardee,

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

ee

et al., in press) to be highly effective in
attracting weevils which have emerged from
hibernation in the spring of the year. Male
weevils were confined in individual small
screen cells attached to a sticky board wing
trap (Fig. 2). Five male weevils were con-
fined in individual cells and supplied with
food—either a fruiting bud, young cotton
boll, seedling cotton, or a synthetic diet
plug. Males do not produce the pheromone
until they have fed. The results with these
traps have been nothing less than phenom-
enal. Weevils have been taken in the traps
more than 25 miles from the nearest cot-
ton. We don’t know what percentage of the
~ overwintered population was actually trap-
_ped, but in a large-scale test conducted in
Monroe County, Miss., in 1969 enough were
trapped in an area where most of the
cotton received a reproduction-diapause
treatment schedule that no_ insecticide
applications were required to produce a
crop on farms where the fall treatments
were carried out on schedule!

The synthetic pheromone has been used
in limited field tests which show that
traps baited with the synthetic were com-
parable in effectiveness to traps baited with
the male weevils. During January 1970,
tests conducted in a half-acre screen cage
in Iguala, Mexico showed that the traps
baited with the synthetic material were
equally as effective as traps baited with
males for 4 days, the length of the test.
The traps with the synthetic might have
been effective for a longer period, and we
hope that it can be formulated so that it
will be effective for a week or longer. It is
currently formulated in pellets containing
a nylon resin on attapulgus clay plus a
small amount of antioxidant [Tenox]. Bids
received for commercial production of the
first batch indicated each pellet would cost
3.3 cents; we expect that this cost will be
greatly reduced—to | cent—when production
is underway. The current concentration
is 100,000 male equivalents per pellet; we
hope that this may be reduced to at least
25,000 male equivalents. If this pellet is
effective for a week, one can see that the
cost of the synthetic material will be very
/| low. The cost of the trap is about 50 cents

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

and the “Stickem” is not a high-cost item.

So the second phase of the pilot experi-
ment will consist of the use of sex phero-
mone traps placed in and around the fields
at about the time cotton is planted in the
spring. We don’t know yet exactly how
many traps may be required per acre, but
there is some indication that one per acre
may be sufficient. Large-scale tests are
planned this spring to yield further infor-
mation on this and several other phases of
the trapping program, including trap design.

Fig. 2. — Sticky board wing trap used to
entrap boll weevils lured by the male sex phero-
mone. Five virgin male weevils are confined in
separate screen cages with food as shown in top
center. The synthetic pheromone will replace the
male weevils.

Step 3 in the pilot eradication experi-
ment is the use of one application of a
conventional insecticide to every acre of
cotton in the experimental area, including
the 10,000-acre core area and the 75,000-
acre buffer area. This application will be
made just as the cotton begins to fruit and
is designed as a precautionary measure to
kill any weevils which may have survived
the traps.

a

The final step in the pilot eradication
experiment is the release of sterile male
weevils to mate with any females that
escaped the pheromone traps and the single
insecticide treatment, or to mate with
females that emerge from hibernation after
cotton has begun fruiting. Hopefully, the
sterile males will further suppress repro-
duction by overwintered survivors, but they
are also being counted upon to prevent or
limit successful reproduction by any F,,
F,, and F3 boll weevils that may be
produced. The question that is probably
uppermost in the minds of many who are
concerned with this problem is, “Do we
have a competitive sterile male?” There is a
difference of opinion among our scientists
about this. Some think that we do have, but
others are not so sure that we have the
type of sterilization procedure desired.

Efforts have been concentrated on
chemicals that will effectively sterilize the
boll weevil. Sterilization can be accomplish-
ed by radiation but the treatment is so
drastic that the males are not very com-
petitive, and they generally die within a
week after receiving a sterilizing dosage, so
we have been forced to look for a
chemosterilant. The most promising one to
date is busulfan [Myleran]. The emerging
males are fed for 5 days on a diet containing
0.1% of this compound. At the end of this
time, the males are generally sterile for life,
but some may regain their fertility. How-
ever, even if 10% of the males regained
their fertility, and if the ratio of treated to
normal males for the greatly reduced
natural population is 100:1, the sterilized
males should achieve a high degree of
suppression. It is not essential that the boll
weevils be eradicated immediately. The
whole concept of the suppression methods
to be integrated is to keep the boll weevil
population at a low enough level that it
cannot survive. If the boll weevils can be
held down to a virtual extinction level
during the first season, the additional
suppressive measures the next fall, together
with natural winter mortality, should lead
to elimination of the weevil by or during
the second year. Another suppression
feature that will be built into the system is

32

the use of boll weevils that cannot diapause
normally. The ability to diapause has been
largely bred out of the strain that will be
sterilized and released.

Thus, there are improvements that we
hope can be made in the various suppression
techniques to be used, but there is optimism
that we already have the means to eliminate
boll weevil populations. The pilot test is
proposed to see if eradication is in fact
technically and operationally feasible.

Such are the plans which have been
developed to conduct a pilot boll weevil
eradication experiment. One alternative, or
a supplement to those described, might be
mentioned. We have been working with
systemic insecticides for cotton insect con-
trol since 1948 and have had some successes.
During the past 3 years we have been much
encouraged over results we have gotten with
aldicarb [Temik] against the boll weevil. In
a large scale test conducted in West Texas
last summer, a combination of reproductive-
diapause treatments applied in the fall of
1968, the use of the pheromone traps in
the spring, and a systemic treatment con-
sisting of one pound of aldicarb at planting
plus two pounds applied as a sidedress
treatment at squaring, apparently resulted
in eradication of the weevil until migration
occurred from the outside. We believe that
aldicarb could be used in an eradication
effort, and extensive tests are planned with
it this year—it has been registered for use
on cotton, and it may find an important
place in cotton insect control. The principal
disadvantage to its use is that it kills most
parasites and predators in the cotton field,
usually resulting in a heavy bollworm attack.
But if for any reason the other suppressive
measures are not capable of eliminating the
reduced population, we believe that we
could use aldicarb to do the same job—that
is, t0 mop up on any remaining weevils that
might survive the reproductive-diapause
treatment followed by the pheromone traps
and the one application of a conventional
insecticide.

We predict that this pilot eradication
experiment, designed to provide adequate
technology to eradicate the boll weevil, will
be successful.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

References Cited

Brazzel, J. R., and L. D. Newsom. 1959. Diapause
in Anthonomus grandis Boh. J. Econ. Entomol.
$2(4): 603-11.

Brazzel, J. R. 1959. The effect of late-season
applications of insecticides on diapausing boll
weevils. J. Econ. Entomol. 52(6): 1042-44.

Brazzel, J. R., T. B. Davich, and L. D. Harris.
1961. A new approach to boll weevil control.
J. Econ. Entomol. 54(4): 723-30.

Hardee, D. D., W. H. Cross, P. M. Huddleston, and
T. B. Davich. Survey and control of the boll
weevil in west Texas with male-baited traps.
J. Econ. Entomol. (in press).

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

Knipling, E. F. 1968. Technically feasible ap-
proaches to boll weevil eradication. 1968
Beltwide Cotton Production-Mechanization
Conference, Hot Springs, Arkansas, Jan. 11-12,
1968.

Lloyd, E. P., M. L. Laster, and M. E. Merkle. 1964.
A field study of diapause, diapause control,
and population dynamics of the boll weevil.
J. Econ. Entomol. 57(4): 813-816.

Lloyd, E. P., F. C. Tingle, J. R. McCoy, and
T. B. Davich. 1966. The reproduction-diapause
approach to population control of the boll
weevil. J. Econ. Entomol. 59(4): 813-816.

53

PROFILE

New Biological Control Mechanisms

Triggered by Light

Robert W. Krauss

Head, Department of Botany, University of Maryland, College Park 20742

ABSTRACT

Studies in the Botany Department at the University of Maryland have recently revealed
a new family of high-intensity photochemical reactions which exert profound control over
the biochemistry of the cell. Such studies indicate these reactions direct the metabolism of
cells and provide a subtle and sensitive link of the organism to its environment.

The large team of workers in the Botany
Department at the University of Maryland,
professors, graduate students, and techni-
cians alike, under support from a wide
variety of granting agencies — AEC, NASA,
NSF, and NIH — is currently striving to add
to our scientific wealth in the area of
photobiology. All of them — Drs. Krauss,
Karlander, Terborgh, Galloway, Sorokin,
Curtis, and graduate students Stark,
Chimiklis, Reger, Williams, Osretkar — know
from their joint association in this work that
progress is made by individual initiative
attacking a common problem with different
techniques that will add the priceless facts
so critical if man is to understand the inter-
action between the biological and physical
worlds within which he lives.

Because of its unusual interest, this paper
has been reprinted from the Graduate School
Chronicle (University of Maryland), August, 1969,
p. 8-12. — Ed.

54

The radiation reaching the surface
of the earth arrives in the form of waves with
lengths from more than 10° cm to less than
10-11 cm. Man has developed sophisticated
mechanical sensors for detecting and measur-
ing this electromagnetic radiation covering a
truly remarkable range. However, during
the billions of years in which life has evolved,
biological sensors have also evolved which
perceive and respond to radiation. From
what we know thus far, organisms sense
primarily the shorter radiation of less than
10-4 cm. By far the greatest number of
those biological phenomena which are acti-
vated by electromagnetic energy are trigger-
ed by radiation between 8,000 A and
4,000 A—a very narrow part of the spectrum
which is familiar to most laymen as the
visible segment responsible for the rainbow
of color seen by the human eye. Although
certain important reactions, such as the
deletion or breakage of chromosomes, occur
at the level of the ultra-violet and X-rays, it
is in the visible spectrum that we find most

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

ee esse

of the energy which can be absorbed to
bring about the initial chemical reactions
that are so critical to life.

It is not by accident that this small band
of radiation exerts such a profound influence
on living systems. One must look to the
structure of atoms and molecules for the
reason. The radiation in the visible part of
the spectrum is of frequencies that generate
just sufficient energy to elevate molecules to
an excited or reactive state and, consequent-
ly, bring about subtle energy transfers and
chemical reactions which would be disrupted
at greater frequencies and insufficiently
activated at lesser ones. Therefore, one finds
pigments absorbing in the visible spectrum
that are associated with biological energy
reception—the red and purple visual pig-
ments, the green chlorophylls, and the
yellow carotenoids—their colors in each case
the reciprocal of the spectral color where
absorption is the greatest.

Since the discoveries by Priestly (1772)
and by Ingen-Housz (1779) of the role of
green plants and of light in evolving oxygen
and absorbing CO,, most photobiological
work with plants has concentrated on photo-
synthesis. By far the greatest bulk of the
literature on the photo-responses of plants
deals with this process. Although as early as
1897 Charles Darwin observed closely the
phototropism of the coleoptile of the Canary
grass seedling, it was not until 1920 that
light was suspected of exerting a control
function on plant growth and development.
At that time, Garner and Allard (1920)
demonstrated that the length of day con-
trolled flowering, fruiting, tuber formation,
and stem elongation. This event was follow-
ed by an intense search for the photo-
| receptors and timing mechanisms involved
| in photoperiodism. The discovery and
description of the action spectrum for
photoperiodism by Parker, Borthwick, and
_ Hendricks and Scully (1946, 1950) directed
the attention of botanists to the role of
| light in processes other than photosynthesis

~ and created new excitement in photobiology.
Now light in the visible spectrum transduced
by the pigment phytochrome is known to
control a remarkable range of regulatory

‘| reactions in the growth and development of

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

Fig. 1. — Dr. Krauss adjusts the carbon dioxide
supply to a temperature-controlled cultural device
designed for studies of the effects of light intensity
on cellular growth and development.

higher plants from seed germination to
flowering and fruiting, from anthocyanin
formation in seedlings to coloring of fruits,
and from leaf morphogenesis to protein
synthesis. The pigment responsible for this
was first found in higher plants, but now
appears widely distributed in the plant
kingdom. It absorbs primarily at the red and
far red end of the visible spectrum and
consequently is bluish in color and is closely
related to the straight chain tetrapyrole,
phycocyanin, found in blue-green algae. It
is called phytochrome.

During the period when the exciting ex-
periments with phytochrome were under-
way, a team of investigators in the Botany
Department at the University of Maryland
was carrying on studies aimed at elucidating
the role of light on the growth and develop-
ment of algae. The work was primarily con-
cerned with the unicellular green alga
Chlorella and was aimed at learning as much
about the physiology and biochemistry of

55

this important genus as possible. Of special
interest was the study of the changes in the
growth of the cell from a small, newly
formed autospore to the large adult. The
variation in cell size in a random population
of cells of all ages can be seen in Fig. 2.
Studies by Constantine Sorokin (1957) had
led to a technique for synchronizing the
culture in such a way that all cells could be
at the same stage of development at a given
time. With this technique it had been
possible to chart the metabolic changes in
the cells as they aged. However, a curious

Fig. 2. — Cells of the green alga, Chlorella
emersonii Shihira and Krauss, grown in the light,
showing a random distribution of cell size from
recently formed cells to mature adults ready for
reproduction.

fact emerged from repeated observations of
the process of growth. Cells which were kept
in the light failed to divide into daughter
cells as rapidly as those which were trans-
ferred to the dark. In a paper to the National
Academy of Sciences, Sorokin and Krauss
(1959) discussed this phenomenon and sug-
gested a light reaction which blocked or
delayed the process of cell division.

56

The observation concerning delayed di-
vision was confirmed by other workers, but
Tamiya (1967) interpreted the delay to be
due to a competition between the process of
cell division and photosynthesis. While this
explanation appeared to have serious flaws,
the crucial experiment was difficult to per-
form because of two processes occurring at
once—photosynthesis, which was catabolic
and clearly promoted cell growth and di-
vision, and the hypothetical delay me-
chanism, also catalyzed by light, which
worked toward a reduction in the rate of
reproduction and growth. The problem was
resolved by employing a sister genus to
Chlorella known as Prototheca—spe cifically,
Prototheca zopfii. This organism is similar
in size, morphology, reproduction, and
heterotrophic growth to Chlorella soro-
kKiniana, the photosynthetic organism in
which the phenomenon had first been ob-
served, except that it lacks chlorophyll and
consequently does not photosynthesize. The
absence of photosynthesis makes possible
the examination of an inhibiting light re-
sponse not obscured by the comparatively
massive counter effect of photosynthesis.

Experiments with Prototheca proved
most revealing. First it was shown that white
light exhibited a depressing effect on the
growth of the alga even when adequate
carbohydrate sources were provided in the
medium. At 1200 foot-candles, which is
about 1/8 the intensity of the sun at high
noon, the alga grew at a rate less than 10%
of the normal rate in darkness! The response
curve to radiation was linear. The next step
was to ascertain whether this phenomenon
was one of general biological significance.
Cultures of a bacterium, Pseudomonas, a
protozoan, Tetrahymena, and a fungus,
Saccharomyces, were also examined. The
results were startlingly similar. An irradiance
of 1000 f.c. was, in fact, lethal to Tetrahy-
mena. This left little doubt that the phe-
nomenon was common to the major groups

within the biological world.
The next question to be asked was “What

is the photoreceptor for this phenomenon?”
Biologists have learned that the gateway to
such information is the “‘action spectrum”,
which is essentially a plot of biological

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

response to wave length. Such a spectrum
identifies those wave lengths which are most
effective in causing a reaction. At the same
time it reveals the necessary color of the
_ pigment which is activating this response.
For example, the action spectrum for photo-
synthesis shows that red and blue light are
most effective in causing the liberation of
oxygen. Green is not as effective and most
photons in the green part of the spectrum
are transmitted or reflected. Consequently,
the receptor pigment, chlorophyll, is green
and its absorption spectrum matches its
action spectrum exactly. Therefore, it be-
came of great interest to develop an action
spectrum for the inhibition of growth in
Prototheca. Perhaps in this way it would be

| possible to predict the interference of strong

light on photosynthetic algae which Sorokin

and Krauss (1958) had reported.
As is always the case with biological

|| experiments, instrumentation problems were

in the way of the necessary experiment.
First of all, unlike photosynthesis, the in-
hibiting response was easy to measure only
at comparatively high light intensities, and
the response, measured as growth, required
considerable time to detect. It was necessary,
therefore, to build a high intensity light
source to drive sufficient energy through a
grating to obtain enough pure, mono-
chromatic light at each wave length we
wished to study. Most of the energy of the
white light source is lost when only that
part being transmitted in a narrow 20 mu
band is allowed to pass. The instrument
finally employed consisted of a high in-
tensity mercury arc, cooled by jets of
compressed air delivering light to a grating
monochromator with quartz optics. Cut-off

| filters were also used to delimit the active

region of the spectrum. The monochro-
} mator provided pure and bright bands of
| light which irradiated cultures of the micro-
| organisms which were growing at an optimal
| tate and could be compared to dark con-

1) trols. Energy determinations were made with
_} an evacuated thermopile so that the irradi-

| ation could be quantitized. The resulting
| action spectrum is given in Fig. 3.

| This curve reported by Epel and Krauss
‘| (1966) shows that inhibition can be due in

}) J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

RELATIVE EFFICIENCY PER INCIDENT QUANTUM

320 370 420 470
WAVE LENGTH (my)

Fig. 3. — The action spectrum for the inhibiting
effect of light on Prototheca.

part to the effect of ultra-violet radiation
between 320-400 my. This is simply the
tail of the massive UV effect measured by
Hollaender at an earlier time. What was
exciting was the pronounced effect in the
visible spectrum which showed a response
to blue light with a peak of 420 my. This
was the first identification of that part of
the visible spectrum which was responsible
for the inhibition of cell growth. It clearly
demonstrated that visible light could be
damaging to cells. Although it was difficult
to measure precisely, there was some indi-
cation of a slight inhibitive effect at 550 as
well, but this was small. The receptor pig-
ment, therefore, was probably reddish in
color and we were compelled to suggest the
porphyrins and the cytochromes as the
group of pigments most likely to be involved.

At about the same time, another set of
photobiological experiments was being con-
ducted at Maryland. The aim of these
experiments was to understand a phenome-
non in numerous photosynthetic algae called
the “‘dark block.” The “dark block” de-
scribes the failure of certain species to grow

By)

in darkness even though a rich medium of
sugars, amino acids, and other energy sources
were provided. Such obligate “photoauto-
trophs”, for some reason, are unable to
derive energy or carbon from externally
supplied materials, although most photo-
synthetic forms appear quite ready to exist
on the presynthesized compounds made by
other organisms—see Shihira and Krauss
(1965). This phenomena has perplexed biol-
ogists for years. Although it had been
learned that small amounts of light would
permit growth on organic substrates, little
was known about the mechanism. We de-
termined to learn whether a minimal amount
of photosynthesis catalyzed growth or
whether some unknown photochemical pro-
cess was responsible. Another species of
Chlorella, this time Chlorella vulgaris, which
demonstrated the dark block was chosen.
Experiments soon revealed that the amount
of light necessary to support growth on
Organic media was below the compensation
point—that is, the amount of light received
was not sufficient to provide the cells with

GROWTH RATE (\) “GROWTH RATE (DARK)

500 600 700

WAVELENGTH, Mu
Fig. 4. — The action spectrum for the stimulat-
ing effect of light on dark-grown cells of Chlorella
vulgaris Beij.

58

enough energy even to make up for that lost
by respiration. Consequently, a photo-
synthetic contribution to growth seemed
unlikely. The conclusive test to apply was
obviously to develop an action spectrum.
The results of these experiments are shown
in Fig. 4. Again it is clear that the pigment
activating the system which overcomes the
dark block is red, showing an absorption
peak at 425 my—probably a cytochrome or
porphyrin-like compound. Further experi-
ments supported the view that the pigment
involved is intimately related to respiration
and activates the process which for some
reason is depressed in darkness (Karlander
and Krauss, 1968).

Recently Dr. John Terborgh (1966), who
has joined the Botany Department at Mary-
land, reported studies on photosynthesis
with the large-celled alga Acetabularia. In-
terestingly enough, he was able to identify a
stimulus of photosynthesis by blue light
reminiscent of that reported by the Nobel
Prize winner, Otto Warburg, in 1954. Al-
though these experiments may involve res-
piration, they do appear to indicate an
involvement with the CO,/O, system of
photosynthesis more directly. In this case
the action spectrum shows a peak in the
blue, but somewhere in the area of 450 my
with no peak at 550, suggesting an orange
carotenoid or flavenoid.

Here are three examples of contradictory
photochemical reactions, one inhibiting and
two stimulating, that are of great interest in
that they involve pigment systems not
formerly believed to have photoregulatory
roles in cellular metabolism. There is every
reason to believe that within cells of many
plant and animal species there are reactions
activated by light which overlay the per-
formance of the cell in a way that is pro-
foundly responsive to the visible part of the
electromagnetic spectrum. Not only do such
reactions affect processes like photosynthe-
sis, respiration, cell division, and growth, but
current studies being conducted on reefs in
the Caribbean by Krauss and Stark indicate
that calcium precipitation in coralline plants
may also be conditioned by such photo-
chemical regulating systems. This is a plant

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

process that is adding thousands and prob-
ably millions of tons of limestone to the
earth’s crust annually, the rate control being
clearly electromagnetic in origin. There is
also reason to suspect that the coherence of
radiation, as exemplified by the pulsing of
the gas helium laser, can have regulating
effects that parallel those of wave length
differences. Such a phenomenon has been
recently described by Karlander and Krauss
(1968). At the molecular level, light has been
shown by Mans (1966) to be involved with
amino acid and nucleotide incorporating
systems derived from higher plants, and
there is hope that the years ahead will reveal
the nature of its direct effect on the trans-

'_ mission of the genetic code.

References

Darwin, Charles, 1897. The Power of Movement in
Plants. New York, D. Appleton & Co., Inc.

Epel, B., and R. W. Krauss, 1966. The inhibiting
effect of light on growth of Prototheca zopfii
Kruger. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 120: 73-83.

Garner, W. W., and H. A. Allard, 1920. Effect of
length of day on plant growth. J. Agr. Res. 18:
553-606.

Ingen-Housz, John, 1779. Experiments on Vege-
tables, Discovering Their Great Power of Puri-
fying the Common Air in the Sunshine, and of
Injuring It in the Shade and at Night. London.

Karlander, E.P. and R.W. Krauss, 1966. Responses
of heterotrophic cultures of Chlorella vulgaris
Beyerinck to darkness and light. Il. Action
spectrum for and mechanism of the light
requirement for heterotrophic growth. Plant
Physiol. 41: 7-14.

Karlander, E., and R. W. Krauss, 1968. The laser
as a light source for the photosynthesis and
growth of Chlorella vannielit. Biochim. Biophys.
Acta 153: 312-314.

Mans, Rusty J., 1966. A light effect on amino
acid and nucleotide incorporating systems de-
rived from higher plants. In T. W. Goodwin
(ed.) Biochemistry of Chloroplasts II. New
York, Academic Press, Inc., 351-369.

Parker, M. W., S. B. Hendricks, H. A. Borthwick,
and N. J. Scully, 1946. Action spectrum for
the photoperiodic control of floral initiation
of short day plants. Bot. Gaz. 108: 1-26.

Parker, M. W., S. B. Hendricks, and H. A. Borth-
wick, 1950. Action spectrum for the photo-
periodic control of floral initiation of the long
day plant Hyoscaymus niger. Bot. Gaz. 111:
242-252.

Preistley, Joseph, 1772. Observations on different
kinds of air. Philosophical Transactions of the
Royal Society of London 62: 166-170.

Shihira, I., and R. W. Krauss, 1965. Chlorella: The
Physiology and Taxonomy of Forty-one Iso-
lates. Baltimore. Port City Press.

Sorokin, Constantine, 1957. Changes in photo-
synthetic activity in the course of cell develop-
ment in Chlorella. Physiol. Plant. 10: 659-666.

Sorokin, C., and R. W. Krauss, 1958. The effects
of light intensity on the growth rates of green
algae. Plant Physiol. 33: 109-113.

Sorokin, C., and R. W. Krauss, 1959. Maximum
growth rates of Chlorella in steady state and in
synchronized cultures. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
45: 1740-1744.

Sorokin, C., and J. Myers, 1957. The course of
respiration during the life cycle of Chlorella
cells. J. Gen. Physiol. 40: 579-592.

Tamiya, H., 1967. Growth and cell division of
Chlorella. In Zeuthen, E. (ed.) Synchrony in
Cell Division and Growth. New York, Inter-
science Publishers.

Terborgh, John, 1966. Potentiation of photo-
synthetic oxygen evolution in red light by
small quantities of monochromatic blue light.
Plant Physiol. 41: 1401-1410.

Warburg, O., G. Krippahl, W. Schroder, W. Bach-
holzn, and E. Thiel, 1954. Uber die Wirkung
sehr schwachen blaugrunen Lichts auf den
Quantenbedarf der Photosynthese. Z. Natur-
forsch. 9b: 164-165.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

59

RESEARCH REPORT

A Family Reassignment for Moehnia Pritchard

(Diptera: Sciaridae)

Raymond J. Gagné

Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agricultural Research Service, U.S.D.A.
Mail address: c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560.

ABSTRACT

Moehnia Pritchard is transferred from the Cecidomyiidae to the Sciaridae because it
possesses tibial spurs and a short costa. Moehnia is compared with Epidapus Haliday.

Moehnia Pritchard, which contains only
M. erema Pritchard, was originally placed in
the subfamily Lestremiinae of the Ceci-
domyiidae (Pritchard, 1960). The genus is
here transferred to the Sciaridae because it
possesses tibial spurs and the costa does not
extend around the posterior margin of the
wing. The small wing with the faint M and
abbreviated Cu fork, the flattened head,
the laterally reduced eyes connected at the
vertex by a narrow bridge, and the reduced
thoracic sclerites are typical of the sciarid
genus Epidapus Haliday, and Moehnia will
readily key to that genus in Steffan (1966).
Unlike females of M. erema, however, those
of Epidapus spp. are wingless and halterless.
The type specimens of M. erema all have 14
antennal flagellomeres, the number typical

60

for the Sciaridae, although Pritchard (ibid. )
stated there were 12. Pritchard (ibid. ) erect-
ed the tribe Moehniini to contain Moehnia
within the context of the Lestremiinae, but
there is at present no tribal classification
within the Sciaridae.

References Cited

Pritchard, A. E. 1960. A new classification of the
paedogenic gall midges formerly assigned to
the subfamily Heteropezinae (Diptera: Heter-
opezinae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 53: 305-
316.

Steffan, W. A. 1966. A generic revision of the
family Sciaridae (Diptera) of America North of
Mexico. Univ. Calif. Pub. Entomol. i-iv + 77 p.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

Handbook of Probability and Statistics with Tables,
| 2/e, by Richard Stevens Burington and Donald

Curtis May, Jr. 434 pages plus index; 46 illustra-
_ tions; 5 3/8 x 8; McGraw-Hill; $9.95. Publication
| date: March, 1970.

The second edition of Handbook of
|| Probability and Statistics with Tables serves
a dual role: it offers the nonspecialist a
guide to the more common statistical appli-
cations and provides the specialist with a
convenient summary of the material most
| often needed. This valuable handbook re-
tains the concise, practical approach of the
first edition while including much new
material, with particular emphasis on the
impact of the computer on a wide range of
fields. |
Following the general arrangement of the
first edition, the new edition is divided into
two main sections. Part I contains a com-
_ prehensive summary of the more important
formulas, definitions, theorems, tests and
_ methods of elementary statistics and prob-
ability theory. Part II consists of selected
tables of distributions and other quantities
of frequent use in the application of statis-
tics. New sections have been added on such
subjects as order statistics, nonparametric
methods, the analysis of variance, regression
theory, acceptance sampling, and reliability
theory. Included are many numerical ex-
amples illustrating the principles involved.
Additional tables on tolerance intervals and
random numbers have been included.

The first part of the volume is subdivided
into eighteen incisive chapters. With an
introductory chapter that explains the nature
of statistics and probability theory, this
| section includes discussions on the defini-
tions used in statistics; frequency distri-
butions and probability distributions in one
dimension; generating and characteristics
functions; design of experiments; and finite
| differences and interpolation. Material is

A a —

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

BOOK REVIEWS

provided on binomial, negative binomial,
hypergeometric and related distributions;
poisson, exponential and Weibull distri-
butions; and normal distribution. Other
chapters deal with probability distributions
in two or more dimensions; correlation
methods; sequential analysis; sampling in-
spection; and quality control.

The tables provided in Part II of this use-
ful handbook provide information on such
subjects as discrete and continuous distri-
bution functions; factorials and their
logarithms; random numbers; and tolerance
factors for normal populations. Other areas
covered are natural and common logarithms;
powers, roots, and reciprocals; and natural
trigonometric functions.

A glossary of symbols follows the tables,
and special indices are provided on symbols,
names, Greek symbols, and numerical tables.
An extensive bibliography of easily found
reference material has been included.
Throughout the book, pertinent references
are made to sources which include material
too detailed or bulky for inclusion in a hand-
book.

The second edition of the handbook is a
natural companion to another volume by
Richard Stevens Burington, Handbook of
Mathematical Tables and Formulas, fourth
edition.

Electronic Flash, Strobe by Harold E. Edgerton,
Professor, Department of Electrical Engineering,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 347 pages
plus index; 209 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill;
$22.50. Publication date: May, 1970.

Written by a world authority on high-
speed photography using electronic flash
and strobe techniques, Electronic Flash,
Strobe presents numerous useful techniques
on the industrial and commercial appli-

61

cations of the methods developed by the
author. This authoritative volume presents
the theory and application of the electronic
flash system, a discussion of light measure-
ment techniques and related topics, and
some of the unusual and interesting appli-
cations of electronic flash in industry and

Science.
Offering a thorough treatment of the

theory and application of the xenon flash
lamp design, the book also includes a
dimensional analysis of flash lamp design.
Numerous calculations of the Guide Factor
for actual photographic situations are given.
This comprehensive book describes several
uses of electronic flash that are new: light-
houses, aircraft beacons, double-flash for
microscope photography, and high-speed
multiflash of fast subjects. Discussions are
included of underwater photography, nature
photography, and ultra-short-flash photo-
graphy of dynamite caps and bullets.

Following an introductory chapter, Elec-
tronic Flash, Strobe examines the theory of
the electronic flash lamp method of produc-
ing pulses of light. The following chapters
deal with the spectral distribution of light
from various flash sources; typical circuits
for operating flash lamps; energy require-
ments for photography; and _ single-flash
equipment of several types. Subsequent
chapters investigate very short-flash sources;
the special equipment necessary for nature
photography; the stroboscope and its uses
in science and industry; and details of
exposure calculation for several unusual
photographic systems. The final two chap-
ters describe light-measuring equipment and
discuss various aspects of highly specialized
photography — such as underwater and
aerial. Twelve experiments are provided at
the end of the book for the reader who
wishes to learn the strobe system.

Harold E. Edgerton, Institute Professor
Emeritus of the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, is perhaps best known for his
development of the modern stroboscope,
which makes possible high-speed photo-
graphy of moving objects and “stop motion”
analysis of machinery, processes, and other
high-speed events. He has worked on the
adaptation of a flash illumination system to

62

night aerial reconnaissance photography;
designed an electronic flash tube camera
capable of operating in the deepest parts of
the ocean (which he used in oceanographic
expeditions with Jacques Cousteau); and
perfected several pulsed sonar exploration
devices for geology and archeology. Dr.
Edgerton has received numerous honors and
awards from various photographic and
academic organizations.

Practical Electrical Wiring: Residential, Farm, and |

Industrial, 8th edition, by H. P. Richter. 654 pages }

plus index; 474 illustrations; 5 3/8 x 8; McGraw-
Hill; $12.50. Publication date: May, 1970.

Written for the layman with no prior
knowledge of the subject, the eighth edition
of Practical Electrical Wiring enables the
reader to learn in simple steps how to wire
homes and farms, small industrial and com-
mercial buildings, schools and churches —
all in strict accordance with the latest
National Electrical Code. This useful volume
carefully explains and compares all the
many new requirements of the latest Code
with the previous requirements, and covers
the new Code “Simplified Wiring Table”.

The author follows a logical step-by-step
procedure, proceeding from principle to
method of execution. He not only tells how
to accomplish a specific task, but also clear- |
ly explains the reason why. The only |
mathematics required by the reader is the —
most ordinary arithmetic; numerous tables _
are provided to explain further any arith- |
metic that becomes necessary. Special chap- |
ters are devoted to farm wiring problems |
and to good lighting in both residential and
nonresidential buildings.

For the new edition of Practical Electrical
Wiring, many chapters have been completely
rewritten to include the latest information
on newly developed wires, cables, and
similar materials. Emphasis has been placed |
on the increasingly important subject of |
grounding.

This comprehensive book is divided into
three major parts, with a total of thirty-five |
chapters. Part I is concerned with the theory |

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

and basic principles of electrical wiring. modernization of wiring in an older home;

Included in this section are discussions on and emergency generating plants. Part III
/such topics as the importance of codes, discusses nonresidential installations and
licensing, inspectors, etc.; the difference offers material on wiring in offices, wiring
between direct and alternating current; the for stores, and wiring for schools and

/ construction and operation of devices such churches. Various chapters examine non-
as receptacles and switches; fuses and circuit residential lighting; panelboards and switch-
‘breakers; and the differences between boards; and problems encountered in some
various wiring systems. Part II deals with the nonresidential installations — garages, service
» actual wiring of homes and farms and pro- stations, theaters and halls, and small
vides information on the planning of an factories.

installation; testing the installation; how to

install lighting fixtures; wiring for motors; An appendix provides tables and ex-
miscellaneous wiring; heavy appliances; the amples from the National Electrical Code.

ANNOUNCEMENT

| A new and expanded edition of DRAFT FACTS FOR GRADUATES AND GRADUATE
} STUDENTS 1969-70 (April 1970) answers questions about student deferment, occupational
} deferment, deferment for teaching and research assistants, fatherhood deferment, appeal and
|) personal appearance procedures, order of calls for induction under the new lottery system,
|) the lottery sequence, etc., and explains the differences between the optional and required
_actions of local and appeal boards in determining classifications. The 40-page booklet includes
information on various service alternatives and forms for potential draftees among the
| graduate and graduate student population who would like assistance in trying to obtain
/ military assignments which utilize their civilian training. The question and answer format is
| correlated by a complete cross-index.
_ Students, including new draftees, employers, faculty advisors and university administrators
will find it an indispensible guide to Selective Service rules, regulations and procedures as they
apply to college graduates and graduate students.
Single copies are available for $1.00 (10 or more copies, 75¢ each) from the Scientific
)) Manpower Commission, 2101 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, D. C. 20418.

\J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970 63

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SECRETARY FOR 1969

The activities of the Washington Academy
of Sciences are published in detail in the
‘““Academy Proceedings” section of each is-
sue of the Journal. The Directory Issue
(September 1969) includes a complete list
of the officers and managers of the Acad-
emy, the chairmen of standing and special
committees, the editorial board, officers and
delegates of the affiliated societies, and
officers of the Washington Junior Academy
of Sciences.

Membership: The total membership as of
December 31, 1969, was 1177, consisting of
776 resident fellows, 134 nonresident fel-
lows, 89 resident members, 10 non-resident
members, and 168 emeriti. During 1969, 33
fellows were elected, including two members
who were promoted to fellowship. Four
new members were elected.

The following deaths were reported to
the Academy during 1969:

Eduard Farber

R. S. Hollingshead
y.-C. Hostetter

Hugh D. Miser

Mary E. Reid

Stuart A. Rice

Oscar Riddle

Harry W. Schoening
Waldemar T. Schoening
Waldemar T. Schaller
George W. Vinal

Meetings: This year’s program began with
the Annual Awards Dinner, on February 20.
The Academy’s 1968 awards for scientific
achievement were presented to: Janet W.
Hartley, National Institutes of Health, for
the biological sciences; Charles R. Gunn,
Goddard Space Flight Center, for the engi-
neering sciences; Marilyn E. Jacox and

64

Dolphus E. Milligan, National Bureau of |
Standards, for the physical sciences; Joseph |
Auslander, University of Maryland, for |
mathematics; and Kelso B. Morris, Howard |
University, for the teaching of science. Dr. |
Philip Abelson, Director of the Geophysical —
Laboratory and Editor of Science, spoke on |
“Science, Technology, and Ethics.” |

At the 514th meeting, in March, Dr. —
Julius Segal, Chief, Program Analysis and ©
Evaluation Branch, National Institute of |
Mental Health, spoke on “Insomnia: Causes |
and Remedy.”

Dr. Alfred Blumstein, Director, Office of |
Urban Research, Institute for Defense Anal- _
ysis, discussed ‘“‘Crime Control as a System |
Problem” at the April (515th) meeting.

The Annual Dinner Meeting (516th meet- |
ing) for 1969 was postponed from May |

until November because of the illness of the J

retiring president, Dr. Malcolm C. Hender- |
son. Dr. Henderson’s address was on ‘“‘Music |
in the Air: Hot or Cold, Wet or Dry!”

At the 517th meeting, in December, Dr. |
William J. Buehler, of the Naval Ordnance |
Laboratory, presented a lecture and demon- |
stration of “An Alloy With a Memory.” |

Junior Academy: The Junior Academy of |
Sciences continues its vigorous activity. Itis |
working under the slogan ‘“‘Save the Science |
Fair” to help the D. C. Science Fair program |
in view of Keith Johnson’s resignation as |
Science Supervisor of the D. C. Public |
Schools. The Junior and Senior Academies _
held a joint meeting in October, on “Man |
and his Environment.” The principal speak- |
er, and moderator of the panel discussion, |
was Dr. T. C. Byerly, Vice Chairman, Inter- |
national Biological Program. Again this year |

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970 |

the Junior Academy awarded $100 for the
best paper at the annual Christmas Con-
vention.

Journal: In January, Samuel B. Detwiler,

of Science was used to give financial help to
ten students who participated in American
University’s summer science program for
high school students.

Jr., resigned as editor of the Journal of the
Washington Academy of Sciences after nine
years of devoted service. His enthusiastic
replacement is Dr. Richard H. Foote, of the
_ Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture. In accordance with
responses to a questionnaire sent to the
membership, the Journal is now issued
quarterly instead of nine times a year, but it
has not materially changed in editorial policy
except once more to welcome reports of
_ original research.

Miscellany :

| Grants-in-Aid: A $300 grant from the
I! American Association for the Advancement

New Affiliate: The Washington Section
of the American Institute of Mining, Metal-
lurgical, and Petroleum Engineers became
the 36th affiliate of the Academy.

Office Operations: The Philosophical
Society of Washington and the Geological
Society of Washington are participating in
the Academy’s plan of providing certain
office services to affiliated societies, at cost.

a

al

Mary Louise Robbins
Secretary

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR 1969

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Receipts and Income

Men canbensanGitetlOws)) .. 4.0.0 5.20. 00 neces cade sede beut odes vesecvewgersuds $10,923.28
|| Journal
SWE SCTNOTIOMG. J oc Gkb BO ero She CO AGOeS en A Eee am nEE eae na aE ne nr er 2,008.65
| Sale of reprints (reimbursements from authors) ............. ee eater 606.89
. SEE OF Dak ESOS a5 SE ee a a ene ee ee 262.43
| “Investment Income (cash dividends, plus $1,137.37 received as capital gains)............. 4,314.59
EU OMS meer ye RA ol soe oa Savi s Kes ae See ele, Sem aR Ee ode HLS 3S 255.14
| Reimbursement by The Philosophical Society for Academy ......... 0.0 cc cee eee ee eee 1,275.00
Services (for personnel services, rent & telephone beginning
| 2/1/69)
| Reimbursement by Geological Society for Academy Services (for ..........00 eee eees 400.00
: | personnel services, rent & telephone beginning 7/1/69)
Beers 7-470 (reimbursements from AAAS)... . 2... 2.22000. en nec c eee cee see e eee eees 457.00
Bee eetolreturm of student erant 7/69... 0... ce ce ee ee ee eee ene 31.00
')) Miscellaneous (including sale of typewriter & filing cabinet) ................. 0-2 e neers 166.79
MOTI ERECCIOUS ONG HLCOMCL: «IRE Ge. cs ea ne ee eee Ete en beeen $20,700.77
SCeMmities LIGUIGAOMA(UUNE) 6242. ce ee ce ee ew ete ew ee oe 4,483.23
Secunitiesmhguidation (Oct) ase)... . nme. de ae oh be Cod cee tone lees 4,579.89
5,013.42

SCapitalGainsmecelved imiShares . . 4. 2.3 eek wc i 6 seein os sim see

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970 65

Expenses and Disbursements

Journal

Mantla@turine: COSti5 8c eo aes pte eae ko we
Reprints (reimbursable by authors) ............
Miscellaneoussen oc. 6 onic sk oe cee os mete SinPES Gen
Honorariune todsGttop. ss .<.-ceets.. ws cee ww

Office Expenses

Rentahen: thrusDec: io se a4 cabs Seea. wale deus 2
Sp plicS andssenvaCes sue. s 2 ool iege wee mong = ee
Office HUurmttites. wees. e ee ee in eis
Salaries (reimbursable in part by Philosophical & Geological Societies) ................
[FTI cat ua i be i a ps a aa a Nh TROIS rig ge

Meetings

Arrangements (including printing, mailing & addressograph, ...................0000.

Committees and Board)

PANTS ESS OAT A LRM ae i ee ane ee ee PO ae
Encouragement of Science Talent (Jr. Academy) ....
Grants-in-Aid (reimbursable by AAAS) ............
Gifts and Contributions (ISF, JBSE)~ ~... 0... 3... «
IVEESCCNMMCOUIG rem om ee oc eee ne ce at hate ont te Ree ees sae

Cr , ]
?
Ce

Cr CC |

cy
Ce Ty

er)

i )

ee ee 8 8 ee sl ee 8 8 lee 8 le ele Ue 8 we ee ee) ee eens

i i i
cy
i
i |

CC ee et Se Ye YO TM CT Cty cc) Ct

ee Se $25,963.74 |

6,274.97
613.25
340.07
875.00

2,368.74
882.55
581.68

7,100.06
340.78
225.06

3,989.65

505.23
530.15
300.00
800.00
236.55

Capital Assets and Cash

The capital assets are in mutual funds whose total market value on December 31, 1969 was $69,892.48.
This amount represents the total number of shares after securities liquidation. The total market value on
December 31, 1968 was $95,337.85. Personal property, mostly in office equipment and furniture, is

valued at an estimated $1000.00

The checking account balance on December 31, 1969 was $10,728.40
WASHINGTON JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Checking Account

Balance asiof £2/30/68 2. 2 05. s. $1,883.82

INECEIpiShes Sotyeek ee ASE . Rae 4,631.75
IOC pt Pa Ge Bh Fe alg $6,515.57

DISDUTSEMENTSis os.5 nck ahr ie eee 4,492.30

Balance as.of 12/31/69) 2.5.0. -~s $2-023.27

Savings Account

Total (12/31/69) .. .1 342 eee
Guaranteed security

$171.64 |

certificate pur-

chased 11/68 .... 2. 2000.00

Submitted to the Board of Managers on January 15, 1970, and amended on May 20, 1970.

R. K. Cook, Treasurer

BOARD OF MANAGERS MEETING NOTES

March, 1970

The 607th meeting of the Board of
Managers of the Academy was called to
order by President Irving at 5:15 p.m. in the
Board Room of the Cosmos Club. The
minutes of the 606th meeting were read,
and after correction by the Treasurer, were
approved.

Announcements: President Irving intro-
duced Dr. Joseph C. Dacons, the new dele-

66

gate from the Chemical Society of Washing-
ton. He also read an announcement of the
Computer Group Annual Conference, spon-
sored by the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers, to be held at the
Washington Hilton Hotel June 16-18, 1970.

Committee of Tellers: In the absence of
Chairman Fowells, the President presented
the report of the mail ballots for officers and
managers of the Academy and for affiliation
of the National Capital Astronomers. The

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

summarized report follows (see elsewhere
this issue for details):

Elections:
President-elect. Mary Louise Robbins
Sreeneyaly, . =... 2... Grover C. Sherlin
Mic asieh a... ss Richard K. Cook
Managers ....Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr.
Francis J. Heyden, S.J.
Affiliation:

. tal Astronomers approved.

|

)
| Proposal for affiliation of National Capi-

Treasurer: Treasurer Cook presented the
proposed budget for 1970. He explained that
the apparent discrepancy between receipts
'| and income on the one hand, and expenses
and disbursements on the other, is the result
of making up an operating loss with invest-
_ ment income.

He then referred to a letter in which the
' Joint Board on Science Education offered to
\ refund the Academy’s $500 contribution
} toward expenses of the International Science
| Fair because of the change in location from
' Washington to Baltimore. According to the
letter the Joint Board would welcome the
_ opportunity to keep the $500 contribution.
i Since the Board of Managers voted on
| September 18, 1969, not to ask for a re-
' fund, President Irving declared the issue
| closed.

| Mr. Sherlin announced that the AAAS
had notified the Academy that the amount
of money available for grants-in-aid is now
$602, rather than $330 as given in the pro-
posed budget.

After discussion of the expense of print-
ing the brochure on the Academy’s func-
tions, it was decided that the item should
be included in the $300 budgeted for mis-
cellaneous expenditures, since the antici-
pated cost is $150 or less.

| Executive Committee: Dr. Irving an-
|) nounced that Miss Ostaggi had been granted
| a salary increase reflecting a cost-of-living
» increase plus a small raise, to a total salary
| of $7500 per year, retroactive to January 1,
a). 1970.

The President stated that a copy of the
proposed brochure on the Academy’s func-
tions was sent to each Board member for
/} comment. The Executive Committee made

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

the following recommendations regarding
the brochure:

1. That it be sent out in the fall of 1970.

2. That the affiliated societies assume
the cost of distribution to their mem-
bers.

Dr. Stern suggested having the delegates
ask the affiliated societies if they are willing
to distribute the brochures and report back
to the Board at the April meeting. Dr. Irving
requested the delegates to do so. Dr. Honig
suggested having the brochures available at
appropriate national meetings in Washington,
and Dr. Pommer suggested having them at
local meetings of affiliated societies. Dr.
O’Keefe recommended including in the
brochure some statement about the use of
the Academy office, and sharing of the
office expenses, by affiliated societies.

President Irving then read a copy of his
letter to the membership requesting contri-
butions to help remove the deficit for 1970.

Membership: In the absence of the chair-
man, the Secretary read the names of Dr.
William W. Gage and Dr. Ralph R. Goodman
who were nominated for fellowship in the
Academy, and of Dr. Rex Thomas who is
the new delegate from the Botanical Society
of Washington and therefore automatically
nominated for fellowship. The election of
all three nominees was implemented.

Grants-in-Aid: Chairman Sherlin referred
again to the $602 in the AAAS fund, stating
that no disbursements have been made as
yet, but that $330 will be requested when
the high school students for the American
University summer science program have
been designated.

He announced that the Montgomery
County Science Fair is being held at the
Montgomery Mall and reported increased
interest in the fair. He then requested volun-
teers for judging the Charles County Science
Fair.

Joint Board on Science Education: Chair-
man Oswald reported that Saturday con-
ferences on the teaching of mathematics
and physics had been held, and that future
conferences would include teaching of an-
thropology and chemistry.

67

New Business: The President reported
receiving a letter from Dr. Zaka Slawsky of
the Joint Board of Science Education,
requesting financial support. The letter was
given to the Treasurer with a request to get
more information and to give a report, with
recommendations, at the next Board meet-
ing. Discussion revealed that the Joint
Board’s annual expenses are about $3000
and include travel expenses for science fairs,
awards, painting, and a portion of salaries.
A major source of income was lost when the
National Science Foundation discontinued
its contribution.

April, 1970

The 608th meeting of the Board of
Managers of the Washington Academy of
Sciences was called to order by President
Irving at 5:10 p.m., April 16, 1970, in the
John Wesley Powell Auditorium. The min-
utes were read and approved after the
following correction had been made by Dr.
Cook: In the first sentence, delete ‘“‘a” be-
fore “‘letter,” add “‘s” to “letter” and insert
“dated February 2 and March 3, 1970” after
sletters.”

Announcements: President Irving made
the sad announcement of the death of Dr.
Benjamin D. Van Evera, who had served two
terms as President of the Academy. (See
obituary elsewhere this issue).

The President introduced Mr. George
Gould, President of the National Capital
Astronomers, the new affiliate of the Acad-
emy. Dr. Gould then introduced the af-
filiate’s delegate to the Academy, Dr. John
Legowik.

The Annual Meeting of the Academy will
be held on Wednesday, May 20.

The response to the President’s letter
requesting financial contributions from the
membership has been encouraging. A num-
ber of members have contributed amounts
ranging from $5.00 to $100.00.

Invitations to the following events have
been received:

a. A meeting of the Geological Society
of Washington, May 13, 8:00 p.m., in the
John Wesley Powell Auditorium.

68

b. A birthday-retirement dinner for Dr.

Louis R. Maxwell, U. S. Naval Ordnance
Laboratory, May 26, at the Washingtonian ©

Motel.
c. A conference on biology and an-

thropology, sponsored by the Joint Board |
on Science Education, 9:00 a.m., April 25, §

at the National Arboretum.

Treasurer: Treasurer Cook recommended —

that the Joint Board on Science Education

be authorized to use our contribution of |
$500 for the purposes set forth in their |
letters of February 2 and March 3, 1970, to ©
Dr. Irving. The contribution in question was |
made on April 17, 1969, to the JBSC 1970 |
fund, for the purposes of the International |

Science Fair.

$800 has been received from members in |
response to the President’s letter requesting |
contributions to reduce the Academy’s defi- ©

cit.

The current balance in the operating ac- |

count is approximately $7000. Because ex-
penses before the next Board meeting (in
the fall) will probably exceed that amount,
Dr. Cook moved, seconded by Mtr. Farrow,
that the Treasurer be authorized to liquidate
an amount of securities not to exceed $5000
to pay operating expenses until dues come

in during the fall. Motion passed unanimous- |

y.
The Treasurer requested that the Presi- |

dent arrange for the chairman of the Audit- |
ing Committee to contact the Treasurer and |

Miss Ostaggi in regard to the annual audit.

Executive Committee: The Committee
recommended approval of the Treasurer’s
suggestion regarding the use of the $500
contribution to the Joint Board on Science
Education (see report above).

The Committee approved the President’s
suggestion that a committee be appointed to
consider an appropriate memorial to Dr.
Benjamin D. Van Evera, in view of his long
activity in science in the Washington area,
including approximately 45 years of service
at George Washington University, and of his
many friends and colleagues in the area. The
President will appoint such a committee.

Grant-in-Aid: Chairman Sherlin reported

that $272 remains in the AAAS Grants-in- |

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

| Aid Fund after designating $330 for the American Society of Civil Engineers,

American University summer science pro- National Capital Section
gram. As an appropriate use of the $272, Mr. Insecticide Society of Washington
‘Sherlin moved, seconded by Dr. Pommer, International Association for Dental Re-
that permission be granted to propose that search, Washington Section
the AAAS Grants-in-Aid Fund support a National Capital Astronomers (who will
student research project to be called ““Mathe- republish the brochure in their own
matical Models.” Motion carried unanimous- » publication)
ily. Institute for Electrical and Electronics
Encouragement of Science Talent: Chair- Engineers

' man Heyden announced that the Annual New Business: The Annual Awards Din-

| Awards Dinner given by the Senior Acad- ner Meeting of the Joint Board on Science

emy for the Junior Academy will be held on Education will be held on the third Monday
| May 4. He suggested that pins for Science in May.

|| Fair winners be given to high school seniors The President spoke of the “Forziati
only, instead of to all winners. The cost of | Plan” for service by the Academy to the
| giving pins to all winners has reached $750. D. C. Government. The possibility of a
Unfinished Business: The president asked § meeting with Mayor Washington is being

|

for a request for the delegates on the pro- considered, to discuss the overall subject and

| posal that the affiliated societies handle the possible plans.

| distribution of the proposed Academy bro- Dr. Honig mentioned his appointment on

\chure to their members. The following | Governor Mandel’s new science advisory

| affiliates have replied affirmatively: committee.

| Philosophical Society of Washington Mr. Gould invited the Academy to set
Anthropological Society of Washington up a program with the National Capital
Instrument Society of Washington, Wash- Astronomers to show projects on which

| ington Section area children are working with area astrono-

| Society of American Foresters mers. The President agreed to have an

) Electrochemical Society, National Capital Academy member contact Mr. Gould in this

Section regard.

ELECTION RESULTS ANNOUNCED

Returns from the annual end-of-year mail _— positions, Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr. and
balloting for officers were tallied on March Francis J. Heyden, S. J., defeated George C.
|| 6 by a Committee of Tellers consisting of Cohee and Leland A. Depue. They will serve
| Harry A. Fowells (Chairman), Kenneth A. three-year terms beginning in May, 1970.

Haines, and Calvin Golumbic. The new officers were installed during

Mary Louise Robbins of the George the Annual Dinner Meeting on May 20,
| Washington University was named President- 1970 at the Cosmos Club. Alfonse F.
elect; Grover C. Sherlin of the National Forziati automatically assumed the presi-

=

_| Bureau of Standards was elected Secretary, dency at that time.
|| replacing Mary Louise Robbins; and Richard In concurrent balloting, the membership
_K. Cook of ESSA was re-elected Treasurer. approved the affiliation of the National
The candidates were unopposed. Capital Astronomers, which thus becomes

In a contest for two manager-at-large the Academy’s 37th active affiliate.

1) J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970 69

SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS

Contributions to this section of your
Journal are earnestly solicited. They should
be typed double-spaced and sent tc the
Editor in care of the Academy office by the
10th of the month preceding the issue for
which they are intended.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE

EDWARD F. KNIPLING, Director, En-
tomology Res. Div., Beltsville, Md., cited by
Donald Robinson in “The 100 Most Im-
portant People in the World,” to be publish-
ed this spring by G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New
York, according to the April, 1970 issue of
ESQUIRE (pages 2, 104). Recognized as
“the first man to wage war on insects by
creating a technique of sterilizing the males
en masse by atomic radiation,” Dr. Knipling
was picked as one of the hundred people
who will have the greatest impact on our
world between 1965 and 1975.

C. H. HOFFMANN, Associate Director,
Entomology Research Division, attended the
Central Plant Board meeting, February 16-
19, 1970, Minneapolis, Minnesota. He pre-
sented a talk entitled “The Direction of
Entomological Research, USDA, in Regard
to Cooperative Pest Control Programs.” Dr.
Hoffmann also attended the Pesticide Re-
search Center dedication and symposium on
Pesticides in the Soil: Ecology, Degradation,
and Movement, Michigan State University,
East Lansing, Michigan, February 24-26,
nO7O!

MARTIN JACOBSON, Entomology Re-
search Division, traveled to Tarrytown, New
York, to present a talk on “Love Potions of
the Insects: Chemistry and Biological Acti-
vity” at the invitation of the Westchester
Chemical Society (New York Section, ACS),
January 15. At the invitation of the Univer-
sity of California at Davis he presented a
talk on January 29 on the use of phero-
mones for regulating pest populations.

M. BEROZA, Entomology Research Di-
vision, traveled to Rome, Italy to attend
the FAO Working Parties of Experts on
Official Control of Pesticide Residues, De-

70

cember 1 - 15, 1969. While enroute home,
Dr. Beroza visited Dr. Keuleman’s Labora- |
tory in The Netherlands.

R. I. SAILER, Entomology Research ©
Division, attended the Third Annual North- |
eastern Forest Insect Conference at New |
Haven, Connecticut, February 17-19, 1970,
where he presented a paper entitled “In- ©
vertebrate Predators.”

HAROLD H. SHEPARD, retired from —
the U. S. Department of Agriculture, was |
appointed in January to be consultant in |
pesticides in the Office of Agriculture and ©
Fisheries, Bureau of Technical Assistance, —
Agency for International Development, |
State Department. He is also consulting ©
editor on the magazine “Farm Chemicals” |
and prepares the “Pesticide Dictionary” for |
the annual “Farm Chemicals Handbook.” |

AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY

MILTON HARRIS, Chairman of the —
Board of Directors of the American Chemi- |
cal Society, spoke on “‘The Science Revo- |
lution: Phase III’ at the annual meeting of |
the Toilet Goods Association in Miami |
Beach, Florida on January 8 and also on his ©
lecture tour for the Robert A. Welch §
Foundation in Texas at Rice University, |
the University of Texas and Texas Tech. In |
February, Dr. Harris participated in the |
Student Affiliate Meeting of the ACS Puerto |
Rico Section in Mayaguez, Puerto Rico and |
also presented “The Science Revolution:
Phase III” for the Marvel Lecture at the |
University of Arizona. On February 27, Dr.
Harris accepted the Society of Chemical |
Industry’s Perkin Medal. His Award Address
was entitled, ‘““The Paradoxical Years.” |

NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH

MILOSLAV RECHCIGL, JR. has been
awarded an Honorary Membership in Delta
Tau Kappa, International Social Science |
Honor Society, by the Alpha Chapter of the |
University of Bridgeport, ‘for distinguished |
work in the field of social science, contri- |
buting greatly to the better understanding |
of intercultural problems, which have been |
so conducive to the advancement of inter- |
national understanding on the global level.” |

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970 |

EARL STADTMAN, chief, Laboratory of
‘Biochemistry, National Heart and Lung
Institute, was presented with the National
_ Academy of Sciences Award in Micro-
_ biology. He was honored “‘in recognition of
outstanding contributions in the field of
» microbial biochemistry.” The sum of $5,000
| _ was given to him at ceremonies held April

27 in the Great Hall of the Academy Build-
! ing in Washington, D. C. Dr. Stadtman, the
second recipient to win the award, was
| chosen by fellow members of the Academy.
His latest awards include the DHEW Dis-
|| tinguished Service Award, and the Hillebrand
» Award of the Chemical Society of Washing-
§ ton.

DEAN BURK, National Cancer Institute,

has been elected a Knight and Commander
) in the medical “Order of Bethlehem.” The
order was founded in 1459 by Pope Pius II.
|The election took place in Rome on Feb.
| 15—the same day Dr. Burk completed 41
).years of continuous research work in the
Federal Government. During this period, he

‘spent 31 years on the staff of the NCI. He
‘now heads the Cytochemistry Section in
\NCI’s Laboratory of Biochemistry. The
Jelection to the order was based on his con-
| tributions in the area of cancer research. Dr.

)Burk had reported on these studies while
) attending scientific meetings in Italy and
Germany last October. He received the
| Gerhard Domagk Award for Cancer Research
‘yin 1965, and earlier, the Hillebrand Award
of the American Chemical Society. In 1955
he was made a Foreign Scientific Member of
'the Max Planck Society, a leading scientific
organization in Germany.

ROBERT J. HUEBNER, National Cancer
|| Institute, received the National Medal of
Science from President Nixon in ceremonies
at the White House February 16. Dr.
‘Huebner, chief of the Institute’s Viral Car-
-cinogenesis Branch, was cited for his ‘‘con-
‘tribution to the modern understanding of
‘| the biology of viruses and their role in the
‘induction of diverse diseases.”

MARGARET PITTMAN, of the National
) Institutes of Health’s Division of Biologics
-)Standards, received one of the six 1970

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

Dr. Margaret Pittman

Federal Woman’s Awards on March 4. The
winners of the tenth annual Award were
honored for their ““outstanding contributions
to the quality and efficiency of the career
service of the Federal Government, for their
influence on major Government programs,
and for personal qualities of leadership,
integrity, and dedication.” Dr. Pittman, who
is Chief of the DBS Laboratory of Bacterial
Products, is a pioneer in the development of
sound principles of pertussis vaccine stand-
ardization, and is a recognized authority
on pertussis, cholera, and typhoid vaccine
standardization. The awards were presented
by Mrs. Patricia Reilly Hitt, Assistant Secre-
tary of Health, Education, and Welfare, and
Chairman of the Award Board of Trustees,
at a banquet at the Statler Hilton Hotel in
Washington, D. C.

OBITUARY
BENJAMIN DOUGLASS VAN EVERA, 1901-1970
Professor Benjamin Douglass Van Evera,
born May 28, 1901 near Davenport, lowa,
died on April 9, 1970 in Washington, D.C.
His formal education was obtained in his
home state of Iowa — he received his B.S.,
M.S., and Ph.D. degrees from Coe College,

(a

Iowa State College, and State University of
Iowa, respectively. Coe College honored him
with the degree of Doctor of Science, in
honoris causa, in 1952. Dr. Van Evera spent
his entire professional career, almost 45
years, in the Washington, D. C. area, where
he was active in science education, adminis-
tration, and professional societies.

Benjamin D. Van Evera

Professor Van Evera came to Washington
in 1925 when he accepted the position of
Instructor in Chemistry at the George Wash-
ington University. He was appointed Pro-
fessor of Chemistry in 1938, and in 1957
was appointed as Dean for Sponsored Re-
search. He also served as the Executive
Officer of the Chemistry Department from
1931 to 1947 and as Co-ordinator of
Scientific Activities from 1947 to 1956. He
returned to full-time teaching and student
counselling in 1966 and served in this
capacity until his recent illness.

Dr. Van Evera was a dedicated teacher
with a deep interest in people and science
education. He was loyal to his principles and
inspired loyalty in those with whom he
worked. These attributes led to his election

12

and appointment to many offices. He was
chairman of The Chemical Society of Wash-
ington in 1949 and served two consecutive
terms as president of the Washington Acade-
my of Sciences, 1961 and 1962. He served as
an Associate Editor of the Journal of
Chemical Education from 1944 to 1955.
The American Institute of Chemists con-
ferred its Honor Award on him in 1956 and
Alpha Chi Sigma, professional chemical
fraternity, conferred its Service Award on
him in 1965. On the completion of forty
years service at the George Washington
University he was honored in an impressive
testimonial ceremony in Lisner Auditorium
by students past and present, his colleagues,
and members of the Washington scientific
community.

As a teacher, Dr. Van Evera insisted on
high standards but always maintained a
sympathetic attitude toward his students.
He was always ready with a word of en-
couragement for the faltering student and
was never too busy to help a student with
a problem in chemistry or a personal prob-
lem. As a firm believer in the spirit of a
liberal education he wisely and successfully
counselled students against over-speciali-
zation. During the past four years he served
as an advisor to first- and second-year
students who planned to major in fields out-
side of science, and he taught the physical
science course for nonscience majors. It has
been previously remarked that he taught
students as well as chemistry.

During the years of World War II he
served as the administrator of a University
research contract on propellants. This oper-
ation finally culminated in the formation of
the Allegheny Ballistics Laboratory at
Cumberland, Maryland with Dr. Van Evera
successfully administering both that program
and the work of the Chemistry Department
at the George Washington University. After
the close of the war, Dr. Van Evera was
appointed as a Co-ordinator of Scientific
Activities to administer the large number of
research contracts and grants with which the
University was involved. Later, as the pro-
gram expanded, the Office of Dean for
Sponsored Research was created, with Dr.
Van Evera appointed to the deanship. He

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970 |

held this office until he reached the age of
65. He not only carried out the administra-
tive duties wisely, but used his office to
encourage and assist young research workers
to get their programs underway. Frequently
_he would spend an hour or more to help a
_ young faculty member prepare his first
research proposal. His great effectiveness as
_ an administrator was based on his attitude
| that common sense must prevail over rules
_ and regulations.
In 1953 he served as Deputy Chairman of
| a Committee on International Technologic
| Assistance for the National Research Coun-
| cil. This entailed a trip around the world
visiting fertilizer manufacturing plants to
' collect data for international assistance to
India under the Technical Cooperation
| Administration.
/ Dr. Van Evera’s writings were in the
field of chemical education and research
| administration. He was contributor to the
' Journal of Chemical Education, Chemical

and Engineering News, The Science Teacher,
The Chemist, The Federal Bar Journal and
the Journal of the Washington Academy of
Sciences.

Professor Van Evera was a Fellow of The
American Institute of Chemists and of the
Washington Academy of Sciences and a
member of American Association for the
Advancement of Science, American Chemi-
cal Society, American Society for Industrial
Security, Sigma Xi, Alpha Chi Sigma,
Omicron Delta Kappa, Phi Lambda Upsilon
and the Cosmos Club. He was a board
member of the Washington Planetarium and
Space Flight Center, and the National Con-
ference of Administration of Research.

In addition to his professional services,
Professor Van Evera will long be remember-
ed for his ready wit, his grand sense of
humor, his unselfishness, and his high regard
for his fellow man.

He is survived by Margaret L. Van Evera
of Falls Church, Virginia.

—C.R. Naeser

ANNOUNCEMENT

The present soft job market for scientists and engineers (as well as for college graduates at
») all levels in most other fields) is a matter of increasing concern to the educational institutions
'| that train them, to the professional societies that represent them, to the employers that hire

‘them, to the Congressmen considering necessary levels of support for their education, and

“certainly not least to the new graduates themselves. Many of these same groups are also aware
| that the supply of trained scientists and engineers over the next decade or two will be deter-
| mined in part by reaction to the current employment situation, because of the long lead time

required to train men and women in these professions.

In a special issue of MANPOWER COMMENTS (April 1970), manpower experts discuss
|| various aspects of this subject in both short range and long range terms. A bibliography of

+) current materials is included.

§| SUPPLY, DEMAND AND UTILIZATION OF SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS is avail-
able for $1.00 (10 or more copies 75¢ each) from the Scientific Manpower Commission,
+ / 2101 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, D. C. 20418.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

73

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON: PROCEEDINGS FOR 1969

915th Meeting

The 915th meeting of the Society was
held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on January 8 with President Montis R.
Klepper presiding.

Program

Richard P. Sheldon, U.S.G.S.: “Conti-
nental Drift, Geosynclines and Phosphates.”
Discussed by Baker, Herz, Robertson, Kin-
ney, Guild, and Sato.

William E. Davies, U.S.G.S.: “Coal Waste-
Bank Stability.” Discussed by Sheldon,
Kirkemo, Wood, Kiilsgaard, and Henbest.

Henry O. Meyer, Geophysical Labora-
tory: “Inclusions in Diamonds.” Discussed
by Papike, Boyd, Toulmin, Sato, Guild,
Peterson, Hern, Robertson, and Zen.

916th Meeting

The 916th meeting of the Society was
held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on January 22 with President Montis R.
Klepper presiding.

Informal Communication: Charles Denny
reported on “Plans for the Powell Centennial
Celebration.”” Harold Kirkemo announced
the plans for the 98th Annual Meeting of
the American Institute of Mining, Metal-
lurgical and Petroleum Engineers (AIME)
sponsored by the local section on February
16-20, 1969 in Washington, D. C.

Program

Benjamin A. Morgan, U.S.G.S.: “Eclogites
and Eclogite-Amphibolites from Puerto
Cabello, Venezuela.”’ Discussed by Papike,
Shaw, Robertson, and Zen.

James P. Owens, N. F. Sohl, and J. P.
Obradovich, U.S.G.S.: “Applicability of
Glauconite Age Determinations in Strati-
graphic Studies.” Discussed by Cohee, Hazel,
Lee, Shaw, Sohl, Henbest, and Jones.

Donald W. Peterson, U.S.G.S.: “Gold-
Bearing Channel Gravel of the Sierra
Nevada.” Discussed by Reed, McKelvey,
Shaw, Kirkemo, Sato, Cohee, and Segovia.

74

Special Meeting

On February 17, 1969, the Geological
Society of Washington and George Washing-
ton University co-sponsored AAPG Distin-
guished Lecturer, Dr. Robert F. Dill of the
U. S. Navy Electronics Laboratory, San
Diego, California: “Pleistocene Sea Levels
and Continental Margin Sedimentation.”

917th Meeting

The 917th meeting of the Society was
held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on February 26 with President Montis R.
Klepper presiding.

Informal Communication: Richard Fiske
reported on “A Recent Eruption in the
Alea Lava Lake Area, Kiluea Volcano,
Hawaii.”’ Ellis Yochelson discussed “‘Monu-
ments Dedicated to Famous National Geolo-
gists” in observance of the Powell Centennial.
Discussed by Denny.

Program

Ellis L. Yochelson, U.S.G.S.: “Preliminary
Ideas on Primary Mullosks—or Vice Versa.”
Discussed by Roedder, Toulmin, and Zen.

Herbert E. Hawkes, Consultant: ‘‘An
Exploration Case History from New
Zealand.” Discussed by Hubbert and Guild.

Bevan M. French, NASA: ‘“‘Petrologic
Evidence for Meteorite Impact Origin of the
Sudbury Structure.”’ Discussed by Herz and
Roedder.

918th Meeting

The 918th meeting of the Society was
held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on March 12 with President Montis R.

Klepper presiding. Walter S. White read a |

memorial to James Clifton Wright.

Informal Communication: D. W. Rankin |

described “U/Pb Ages from Zircons in Five
Localities of the Blue Ridge.’ Discussed by
Papike. D. M. Kinney discussed “The Jan-
uary 7 and 8 Eruption of Merapi Volcano,
Island of Java, Indonesia.”

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970 |

Program

Eugene C. Robertson, U.S.G.S.: “Rock
Strength and High Pressure Minerals in the
sCrust.”

_ Maurice J. Grolier, U.S.G.S. (Flagstaff):
| “Giant Basalt Flows of the Columbia River
Plateau.” Discussed by Cohee, Shaw, H.T.U.
Smith, and Thayer.
Charles C. Bates, U.S. Coast Guard: “‘Big
Oil in the American Arctic—What are the
| Chances?” Discussed by Shaw, Weeks, and
| Klemic.

919th Meeting

| The 919th meeting of the Society was
) held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
/on March 26 with President Montis R.
| Klepper presiding.

| Informal Communication: W. P. Benson
\ described “Preliminary Results of the
| Glomar/Challenger of Geophysical Sounding
|.and Drilling, On and Near the Southern

| Mid-Atlantic Ridge.”

|
| |

Program

| Luna B. Leopold, U.S.G.S.: “Pools and
' Rapids in the Grand Cayon.” Discussed by
' James, Van Valkenburg, Cox, Schweinfurth,
Toulmin, McKee, Hack, and Rankin.

George -F. Pinder, US.G.S.: “Digital
Modeling of Ground Water Systems.” Dis-
cussed by Klepper, Baltz, Stewart, and
Toulmin.

Harold Masursky, U.S.G.S. (Flagstaff):
“Preliminary Interpretation of Apollo 8
Lunar Photography.”

920th Meeting

The 920th meeting of the Society was
i held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on April 9 with 2nd Vice President F. R.
| Boyd, Jr. presiding.

| John H. Moss, Franklin and Marshall

) College: Mummy Cave, Wyoming: Geology
') at Work at an Early Man Site.” Discussed by
| Denny, Zen Toulmin, Benson, Boyd, Weigle,
| and Rubin.

Program

Brian Mason, Smithsonian Institution:
“Meteorite Shower near Parral, Mexico,
February 8, 1969.” Discussed by Roedder,
Douglas, Toulmin, and Boyd.

Paul Hoffman, Franklin and Marshall
College: “Sedimentary History of a Pre-
cambrian Geosyncline, Great Slave Lake,
Canadian Arctic.” Discussed by Shaw, Zen,
McKelvey, Benson, Roedder, and Robertson.

921st Meeting

The 921st meeting of the Society was
held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on April 30 with President Montis R.
Klepper presiding.

Informal Communication: Gilbert Corwin
discussed “The Successful Completion of
Project Tektite, a 60-Day Undersea Habitat
Experiment, Virgin Islands.”

Program

John C. Maxwell, Princeton University:
“Ocean Floor Spreading and Orogeny.”
Discussed by Thayer, Toulmin and Wood-
ring.

Roald Fryxell, Washington State Univer-
sity: “Prehistory of Marmes Rock Shelter
Archeological Site, Southeast Washington.”
Discussed by Davis and Moss.

Meyer Rubin, U.S.G.S.: “Earliest Woman
in North America—Evidence in 1969 from
Radiocarbon Dating.” Discussed by Jones.

922nd Meeting

The 922nd meeting of the Society was
held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on May 14 with President Montis R. Klepper
presiding.

Informal Communication: Paul D. Low-
man, NASA Goddard Spaceflight Center,
Described and Displayed Apollo 9 Color
Infrared Photographs of the Earth. Discussed
by Warren. Edward Clifton, U.S.GS.
Aquanaut, Described His Experience During
Operation Tektite I, Virgin Islands. Discuss-
ed by Whitmore, Keeside, B. French.

75

Program

James R. Heirtzler, Woods Hole Ocean-
ographic Institution: Unanswered questions
and Problems with the Theory of Sea Floor
Spreading. Discussed by Lanphere, Lowman,
Fiske, and Guild.

Roy A. Bailey, U.S.G.S.: “Form of the
Glen Coe Magma Chamber and Main Fault-
Intrusion, Scotland.” Discussed by Toulmin,
Shaw, and Stewart.

Thomas Simkin, Smithsonian Institution:
“1969 Caldera Collapse in the Galapagos
Islands.” Discussed by Cox, Robertson, and
Zen.

923rd Meeting

The 923rd meeting of the Society was
held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on October 8 with President Montis R.
Klepper presiding.

Informal Communication: V.E. McKelvey
described various aspects of the International
Geological Correlation Program.

Program

John G. Vedder, U.S.GS.: “Late Tertiary
Shorelines and Basin Evolution—Evidence
for Cumulative Slip on the San Andreas
Fault.”” Discussed by Herz, James, and
Woodring.

Isidore Zeitz and B. Carter Hearn,
U.S.G.S.: “Interpretation of Eastern Mon-
tana Geophysical Surveys.’ Discussed by
Hubbert, Peterson, and Klepper.

Richard P. Nickelsen, Bucknell Univer-
sity: Aspects of the Structure of Valdres,
Southern Norway. Discussed by Guild and
Zen.

924th Meeting

The 924th meeting of the Society was
held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on October 22 with First Vice President
Frank C. Whitmore, Jr. presiding. The Vice
President announced the deaths of the
following members: John Alden Grimes,
William H. Heers, Hugh D. Miser, Wilbur
Nelson, and Chester Wentworth. Arthur A.
Baker announced the very recent death of
Francis Wells.

76

Informal Communication: Ross Shipman,
AGI, announced that First Day Issue Stamps
and Envelopes memorializing the John
Wesley Powell Centennial could be pur-
chased at AGI. Peter Fenner, AGI, an-
nounced two 3-day geology “‘short” courses
to be held in Philadelphia on November 7-9.

Program

“A Program Dedicated to John Wesley
Powell”

Mary C. Rabbitt, U.S.G.S.: “John Wesley
Powell and the Development of Federal
Science — The Lesser Known Story of
Powell’s Passage Through the Uncharted
Whirlpools and Falls of Federal Administra-
tion.”

John Wesley Powell: Canyon Geologist:
A new color motion picture, produced by
the U. S. Geological Survey—Introduced by
Charles S. Denny, U.S.G:S.

Eugene M. Shoemaker, California Insti-
tute of Technology: The Footsteps of
Powell: A Trail Gone Cold Recovered.”
Discussed by Buckley, Sohn, M. French,
and Roedder.

925th Meeting

The 925th meeting of the Society was
held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium
on November 5 with 2nd Vice President
F. R. Boyd, Jr. presiding.

Informal Communication: Frank Clark,
U.S.G.S., described “The September 1969
Floods in Tunisia and Algeria.”

Program

A Symposium on Man-made Earthquakes
Moderator—John H. Healy, U.S.G:S.,
Menlo Park

Robert M. Hamilton, U.S.G.S., Menlo
Park: “Earthquakes following Nuclear Ex-
plosions.” Discussed by Zen and others.

Francis A. McKeown, U.S.G.S., Denver:
“Structural Deformation Caused by Nuclear
Explosions.” Discussed by Davies and
Tweto.

C. B. Raleigh, U.S.G.S., Menlo Park:
“Role of Fluids in Earthquake Generation.”
Discussed by Hubbert.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970 |

=

i

926th Meeting
The 926th meeting of the Society was

held in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium

on December 10 with First Vice President

_ Frank C. Whitmore, Jr. presiding.

Program
Presidential Address by Montis R.
Klepper: “Reflections on the Boulder

Batholith, Montana.”

77th Annual Meeting
The 77th Annual Meeting was held im-

mediately following the 926th regular meet-
ing. The reports of the secretaries, treasurer,

and Auditing Committee were read and
approved. The award for the best paper of
the year went to Paul Hoffman, Canadian
Geological Survey, for his paper “Sedi-
mentary History of a Precambrian Geo-
syncline, Great Slave Lake, Canadian
Arctic.” Second prize went to Richard P.
Sheldon for his paper “Continental Drift,

Geosynclines and Phosphates.” The Great
Dane Award for the best informal com-
munication was presented to Frank Clark
for his graphic description of “September
1969 Floods in Tunisia and Algeria.” The
Sleeping Bear Award was presented to
David Stewart. Officers for the year 1970
were elected as follows:

PRESIDENTE jee. 2 oe Frank C. Whitmore, Jr.
First Vice-President . . Eugene H. Roseboom
Second Vice-President . . .William G. Melson
Secretary (two year term)..............
Daniel E. Appelman

CO SUN CT ia jrciia, sree cases. Hees ae Wilna B. Wright
Council (two year term). . Roy C. Lindholm
James F. Mello

Dallas L. Peck

The Society nominated Ralph L. Miller

to be delegate to the Washington Academy
of Sciences for the year 1970.

William D. Carter, Secretary

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

by

78

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 2, JUNE, 1970

General

| Type manuscripts on white bond paper
either 8% by 11 or 8 by 10% inches. Double
space all lines, including those in abstracts,
tables, legends, quoted matter, acknowledg-
ments, and references cited. Number pages
consecutively. Place your name and com-
_plete address in the upper right hand corner
| of the title page.

| Title, Author, and Affiliation

Page 1 of your manuscript should contain
only this information and your name and
} address. Choose a concise but complete and
meaningful title. In research papers con-
| cerning biological subjects, include an indi-
‘cation of the order and family of the taxa
‘discussed. Academic degrees will not nor-
‘mally be included unless the author so
“specifies. If possible, combine your affilia-
| tion and mailing address (including Zip) so
that readers can write to you directly.

eS ets 7: =

7
Abstract

| Type on a separate sheet at the end of the
, manuscript. Make the abstract intelligible
) without reference to the text of the paper.
| Write an informative digest of the significant
| content and conclusions, not a mere descrip-
| tion. Generally, the abstract should not ex-
| ceed 3% of the text.

| Footnotes

Use footnotes as sparingly as possible.
| Number text footnotes consecutively with
| Arabic numerals and type them on a sepa-
| tate sheet of paper at the end of the manu-
|| script. Type table footnotes, if any, below
|| each pertinent table on the same page.

| Illustrations and Legends

\ The quality of all original illustrations
| must be high enough to facilitate good offset
| teproduction. They should have ample mar-
) gins and be drawn on heavy stock or
) fastened to stiff cardboard to prevent bend-
) ing. They should be proportioned to column
| (1 x 3) or page (2 x 3) type-dimensions,
') leaving space for legend material. Photo-

Ai ee

_ JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Instructions to Contributors

graphs should have a glossy finish. They re-
produce best when the contrast is fairly
high. Identify each illustration with number
and author in light pencil marks on the
reverse side. Submit all illustrations sepa-
rately — please do not glue or clip them to
the pages of the manuscript.

Do not type or write legends directly on
the illustrations. Type legends on a separate
sheet or sheets at the end of the manuscript.
Indicate where you want illustrations to
appear in the printed paper by writing the
figure numbers lightly in the text margins,
and be sure that each figure is properly re-
ferenced in the text itself. Original “art” will
be returned only at the author’s request and
expense.

Tables

Include tables only when the same infor-
mation cannot be presented economically in
the text, or when a table presents the data in
a more meaningful way. Consider preparing
extremely complicated tabular matter in a
form suitable for direct reproduction as an
illustration. In such cases, the use of the
typewriter is not recommended.

References to Literature

Limit references within the text and in
synonymies to author and year (and page if
needed). In a “Reference Cited” section, list
alphabetically by senior author only those
papers you have included in the text. Like-
wise, be sure all the text references are
listed. Type the “References Cited” section
on a separate sheet after the last page of
text. Abbreviations should follow the USA
Standard for Periodical Title Abbreviations,
Z39.5-1963.

Submission of Manuscripts

Send completed manuscripts and sup-
porting material to the Academy office (see
address inside front cover) in care of the
Editor. Authors will be requested to read
Xerox “proofs” and invited to submit re-
print orders prior to publication.

Reprints - Prices for reprints may be obtained on request.

Washington Academy of Sciences

Room 29, 9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)
Washington, D.C. 20014

Return Requested with Form 3579

LIBRARY
U.S. NAT

&
ee
WASHING

IONAL MUSEUM
ON, D.C. 20025

2nd Class Postage
Paid at
Washington, D.C.

J-WAS

i We fF =
b2Was
|

|

| VOLUME 60

Journal of the See

WASHINGTON

ACADEMY ..SCIENCES

Issued Quarterly
at Washington, D.C.

ee neat ty err hE ks eu ele ae we 2a ks a wee

Announcement:
ManveveraWMemonalPUNG «26 ise eo cst waco eeacdewesdens

Feature:

H. E. LANDSBERG: Climatic Consequences
CMU EDAWIAAUIOM: 2 ewes tees hog aces eel Seow SR a ders

Profile:

H. A. FOWELLS: Science anda _
|S ETE AWOL G0 ier Bee ae mye eee

Sy Key a).6) (oL a) Te ie dete 1e| je @) “s, (e a) @) 8) 6) 0 S, « 2 © @: (9) Bue 8 @ (© (6 (o's (ee @ © @ a Js 6 © S's 8

\ Academy Affairs:

\) Washington Junior Academiy of Sciences’ ...............+- oF
I Seremiisissin Whe News. jc. os ede Se al ee ee ee ee 98
IPTC TION ay We San es rae 99
Wi PIG RRO arenes. key Palate es ts cic n @ Gd geno cue abe wile alae 8s 99
i Mey to societies and ONicers -. 3. ee eee eee 100
| PeitAbe edilbisht a. wane hk Wd kiae kc kine 2d ede elee ae oes

i LIBRARIED

Washington Academy of Sciences

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

President

Alfonse F. Forziati
President-Elect

Mary Louise Robbins
Secretary

Grover C. Sherlin
Treasurer

Richard K. Cook
Board Members

Kurt H. Stern

Harry A. Fowells

BOARD OF MANAGERS

All delegates of affiliated
Societies (see facing page)

EDITOR

Richard H. Foote

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT

Elizabeth Ostaggi

ACADEMY OFFICE

9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)

Washington, D. C. 20014

Telephone (301) 530-1402

Published quarterly in March, June, September, and December of each year by the
Washington Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville Pike, Washington, D.C. Second class”
postage paid at Washington, D.C. |

Founded in 1898

The Journal

This journal, the official organ of the Washington Aca-
demy of Sciences, publishes historical articles, critical
reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; proceedings
of meetings of the Academy and its Board of Mana-
gers; and other items of interest to Academy members.
The Journal appears four times a year (March, June,
September, and December) — the September issue
contains a directory of the Academy membership.

Subscription Rates

Members, fellows, and patrons in good standing re-
ceive the Journal without charge. Subscriptions are
available on a calendar year basis only, payable in ad-
vance. Payment must be made in U.S. currency at the
following rates:

U.S. and Canada... 96 $8.00
Foreign . ... » s</ «<5 9.00
Single Copy Price....... 2.50

There will no longer be special 2- and 3-year rates after
December 1969. Those subscribers who have paid for
special rates and are now receiving the Journal at these
rates will continue to receive the publication until the
date of expiration of their agreement.

Back Issues

Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (Volumes
1-58, 1911-1968) can be purchased direct from Walter
J. Johnson, Inc., 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y.
10003. This firm also handles the sale of the Proceed-
ings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) and
the Index (to Volumes 1-13 of the Proceedings and
Volumes 1-40 of the Journal). Single issues from 1969
to present may be obtained directly from the
Academy office (address elsewhere this page).

Claims for Missing Numbers

Claims will not be allowed if received more than 60
days after date of mailing plus time normally required
for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be al
lowed because of failure to notify the Academy of a
change in address.

Changes of Address

Address changes should be sent promptly to the Aca-
demy office. Such notification should show both old
and new addresses and zip number. . |

‘-. -.2-~—

pereter ..

i) J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

DELEGATES TO THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
REPRESENTING THE LOCAL AFFILIATED SOCIETIES

Rutamahtc al SOCICLY OF WaShinetom 2.2. 5 2 + <2 vin ce se Soe ew ee ee ee John O’Keefe
marinopelocical society Of Washington . . .o. - 26.6. os we ee ee ee ee we we Jean K. Boek
Eataciealtsocietyof Washington ».- 2... 6 see ee eee ee Delegate not appointed
saemucaleSociety Of Washington . 2... 25. 6 ek a ee ele ee ce ee ee Joseph C. Dacons
HimGimmnOrPicalSOcicty Of WaSshiNGtOM . . 2. < - bi oie ce ob bye ee es eee ee Reece I. Sailer
PER EECOSTADING SOCICLY | i 5 - 0. 58 bates we Oe ee oe ee ee ee Alexander Wetmore
RoemiatiedESOcicty OF WaSMINStOM .... 2 be ee ee et ee Ralph L. Miller
Mewicaisociety of the District of Columbia ....°.....5...-..+.-4- Delegate not appointed
MammiinbimeAIStOnICdInSOCICty 2 2. 6 ew ee ee we Delegate not appointed
EeesibiceSOcicrysOl Washington 2... 6 2 = 2 6 2.2 2 bole ee eee eS wwe 8S be he de H. Rex Thomas
epi NiMeTICATMOTESECES 20. eo am iz Soe ete Sos a wei wie. ae eo woke ee ee 8 Harry A. Fowells
PEMAPEGIESOCIChyAOl ENZINCERS: .< i255 02.5 6. ee ee ee ee ee ee George Abraham
fnsninie or Electrical and Electronics Engineers... .........-.....2258.. Leland D. Whitelock
muecricanssociety or Mechanical Engineers ... .. 265 2 6 2 ee he we oe William G. Allen
Beimunimolorical society Of Washington .. . «2. 6 2 666 62 wie 6 eee ee ee es . Edna Buhrer
Pi nC AUISOCIE LY fOr MICEODIOIOPY « ~ po. 2 6. Says eee wy sce ols ee) thie ere ees Elizabeth J. Oswald
Seri mOle incrican NiitaryeENCIMECCTS:. << 9.03.56. 2 3 alee s 2 Sl eh er ee ei ee ee ee H.P. Demuth
picnicanisociety OF Civil ENGINee4rs. .2 2 -. kl le eg ee we ee Cyril J. Galvin, Jr.
SOcicty tor Expermental Biology and Medicine ..........-..--++++-:- Carlton Treadwell
EMM IMG TMESOCICHVNOR MCTAIS 2. 6 00. so 2 ce ee mee we ep ew ew we Melvin R. Meyerson
Maina MonaP Association tor Dental Research, 2.2. soi seis esos ao oe ew wis ee ee N.W. Rupp
American mstiute of Acronautics and Astronautics, ....-.-+.--:-.++.-.-. - Robert J. Burger
PmeChicAapMeicOLrolocicaliSociety,. &. 2.is is Gis Bs See See oe ee ee eee Harold A. Steiner
USC ICIS SOC D7 Cig ENT 4 50) ) ini ne err a er err a H. Ivan Rainwater
PUMA CAIESOCICLY OL AINCIICA’ 2155. 6 ne sk ee te ws et ee ew Alfred Weissler
SST EE CAT INTG Ser SOC een ocean a rr eee ee Delegate not appointed
MEsPMUECION NN OOG MICCHNOIOSISES <2... gs. o.oo eG) 6) oi uer epee epee erie ome, eye George K. Parman
Pee PMO CTAIINICESOCICUY ae taut noe .cu isi os. Mas) 3a Pe ks) Ser deat Se ged J.J. Diamond
Bieta pucanCamSOCiChyanet tee coef eave ek is ene SN Ble ale See Pk CR es ee Kurt H. Stern
ReMunerommistoryeot science Club 2. bb ie ee ee bs ee ete Morris Leikind
Pane ANeASSOCIAaTION Of EMYSICS Teachers. . . 2 2.0 5 6 2 ee ce ee wt ee Bernard B. Watson
Mepis MESO CICTV AO Ie ATC TIC AW p toa a nine dh dopey con ay. saoenls) <Syyecein'e, ep 6iAbin Sis. enim ba a> ager . Terry Porter
EMmcmeanuSOciety (Of blant Phy SIGIOPSISES at.n.tsat Gales leeks oe ere ere eel pe Walter Shropshire
Bashineton Operations Research Council. . 2. 6 2. ee be ee ale ee ee ee es John G. Honig
MEEistnCMe SOCICLYTOL AMETICAl Ges 29.8. as) 2 ee Sk ss ee se ee a le eek ee ee H. Dean Perry
American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical

Zeid! Perit erirentd Bear 5s ie ee eee Bernardo F. Grossling
emieeesluCapitOlAStONOMENS A cc dxers 5 sce ey csi epbue oom Soe 8 ere SS oe ee . John T. Legowik

Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective societies.

79

EDITORIAL

A MESSAGE FROM YOUR PRESIDENT —

Much has been said about poor attendance at meetings of the Washington
Academy of Sciences but, just as in the case of the weather, little appears to have
been done about it. Perhaps little can be done. We, your executive officers, are
willing to try and earnestly seek your support.

Among the reasons given for the lack of attendance are: (1) inadequate
parking facilities: (2) exclusion of the general membership from the “select”
dinners given for speakers before the meeting; (3) high cost of these and general
dinners; (4) no opportunity to meet the Speakers, Academy Board Members,
and Executive Officers informally at a social hour; and (5) programs of limited
interest.

After considerable thought, your Executive Committee offers the
following solutions to the above “‘reasons.”

1. Meetings of the Academy for the academic year 1970-71 will be held
at Georgetown University instead of at the Cosmos Club. Ample free
parking will be available at Georgetown.

2. Group dinners will be held in the Faculty Dining Room at a cost not
to exceed $5 per person, including one drink (hard or soft).

3. All members and the general public interested in attending the
meeting, are invited to attend the dinner.

4. A social hour will precede the dinner. Tickets for cocktails, in
addition to the complimentary one attached to dinner ticket, will be
available at a special table, manned by volunteers, at approximately
50 cents each.

5. The monthly meetings will consist of joint sessions with the
affiliated societies. Topics of general interest will be presented by
the co-sponsoring society.

In addition, all-day symposia on topics of current interest are being
considered. A symposium might consist of eight to ten papers presented by
outstanding investigators in the pertinent scientific disciplines, e.g., chemistry,
engineering, nutrition, public health, entomology, microbiology, marine biology,
etc. Suitable topics might be the banning of DDT from pesticides, cyclamates
from foods, phosphates from detergents, lead from gasoline, and so on. The
presentations would be equally divided between those in favor of the ban and
those against. Hopefully, the papers would present unbiased scientific data in
depth to support the speaker’s position. The presentations would be followed by
a general discussion in the evening. The speakers would form a panel of experts
on the stage of the auditorium and be questioned by the audience as well as by
each other. The moderator, an eminent scientist in any appropriate field, would
sum up the presentations of the specialists and make a “judgment” on the basis
of the evidence presented at the symposium as to whether the material in
question should or should not be banned.

80 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

The proceedings of the symposium could be published by the Washington
Academy of Sciences as inexpensive paperbacks or as books similar to the
present monographs. An abbreviated account of the proceedings, including the
concluding “judgment” of the moderator, could be prepared for the general
public to aid laymen understand the problem, form independent opinions based
on sound scientific evidence, and perhaps guide them and their legislators when
voting on these issues. If funds permit, it may even be possible to audio or video
tape the evening discussion and the “judgment” proceedings for dissemination to
other academies, governing bodies, and schools. About three symposia a year
could be scheduled.

You can help by offering suggestions as to suitable topics and speakers for
the symposia, by volunteering to organize a symposium on a subject within your
sphere of competence or to assist in developing any part of a symposium, by
volunteering to sit at a dinner ticket table, by assisting the program committee in
locating sources of financial support, and finally, and most important, by
attending the monthly meetings and the symposia.

We are looking forward to an interesting year. Hope you will be with us

Alphonse F. Forziati
President

ANNOUNCEMENT
Van Evera Memorial Fund

Friends of the late Benjamin D. Van Evera, former dean of sponsored research at George
Washington University, have called attention to a Van Evera Memorial Fund that was set up
at the University following Dean Van Evera’s death on April 9, 1970.

An informal group of Washington scientists, including former students of Dr. Van Evera
as well as his professional colleagues, has met during the summer to aid the University in
establishing a tangible reminder of “‘Van’s” more than 40 years of service at GWU, as an
inspiring teacher of chemistry as well as a research administrator. Spokesmen for this group
are George W. Irving, Jr., administrator of the Agricultural Research Service, USDA, and
Charles R. Naeser, head of the Chemistry Department of GWU.

While the nature of the memorial will be influenced by the size of the fund that is
collected, present thinking favors an annual Van Evera Award to a graduate teaching fellow
in the University’s Chemistry Department, in recognition of excellence in the teaching of

| chemistry.

| Other friends of Dean Van Evera who wish to contribute to the fund may make checks
| payable to George Washington University, earmark them for the ‘‘Van Evera Memorial
\ Fund,” and mail them to the University at 2121 I Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.

S. B. Detwiler, Jr.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 81

FEATURE

Climatic Consequences of Urbanization

H. E. Landsberg

Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics,

University of Maryland, College Park 20742

ABSTRACT

The local effects of cities on their climate are readily measurable. Most notable are the
increase in temperature and precipitation, and the decrease of wind speed and relative
humidity. These have now not only been demonstrated by comparison of existing cities
with their environment but as changes during urbanization of a rural sector in Maryland.
The well-known increase in air pollution also starts at an early stage. It cannot be assessed
entirely as a local factor but has regional aspects in the conurbations of the eastern U. S.
Under certain meteorological conditions an autonomous local circulation system can

further aggravate pollutant concentrations.

speculative but deserve close attention.

Effects on climate at a larger scale are still

The principal demographic fact of the
twentieth century is the population explosion
and the continuing concentration of the new
masses of human beings in urban areas. The
development from town to city to metropolis
and finally megalopolis is now an accelerating
process. Like all artificial changes, urbani-
zation has an influence on the environment.
In this context let us scrutinize the atmos-
pheric environment. This is not a new con-
cern. Early last century Thomas Jefferson
raised the question if the change from forest
to agricultural land might provoke a notable
climatic change in the U. S. Observations
were scarce then, and no systematic survey

Paper presented as part of the symposium
“Climate and Man,” Annual Meeting, AAAS,
Boston, Massachusetts, December 1969. The work
reported in this paper is being supported by the
National Science Foundation under Grant No.
GA-13353.

was made to ascertain that human influence
on the environment. In the hindsight of
increased knowledge about such changes it is
quite clear that, locally, such shifts in the
surface conditions caused measurable climatic
changes, but it is very unlikely that they
exceeded the local scale.

On the other hand, the atmospheric changes
caused by urbanization are definitely more
radical. They require closest surveillance to
prevent ecological catastrophes.

The theme of climatic changes caused by
towns is also not new. It was first treated
by Luke Howard (1818), who documented
the effects in the world’s first large city,
London. He noticed temperature changes
and murky fogs. Since then an ever-growing
literature on this subject has accumulated.
In a recent bibliography produced for the
World Meteorological Organization, Chandler
(1969) has listed about 1300 pertinent pub-
lications. The salient facts have been review-

82 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

ed several times (e.g., Kratzer, 1956; Lands-
berg, 1956; 1962). They are obvious enough
on the local scale. Let me cite a few of
them. First there is a notable temperature
| increase. This has led to the descriptive
_ term “heat island.” Next is an appreciable
reduction of the wind speed. Last, and
noticeable without any recourse to instru-
ments, is the marked rise in air pollution,
which reduces the atmospheric transparency.
| These are not the only effects, as we shall see

’ later.

Most of these effects have been demon-
strated by comparisons between measure-
| ments made in urban centers and suburban
| areas, primarily at airports. Although the
| gross picture was never in doubt, there
| remained considerable uncertainties because
|) cities are often located in special topographic
| settings, which would a priori show micro-
climates at variance with their surroundings.
We have had opportunities in the past two
_ years to observe and verify some of the local
climatic changes caused by urbanization in
the new town of Columbia, Maryland, which
is just emerging from a rural environment.

Although _ this 28-km2 development has
' grown only from a few hundred to a few
thousand inhabitants, eventually to reach
100,000, the changes are already measurable.
They are all consistent with the physical
| model of a town.
A brief verbal sketch of this model will
_teveal the salient features, compared with
| the rural antecedents. The changes affect
| the heat balance and turbulence conditions.
To take the latter first, there are appreciable
changes in surface roughness. Although
some urbanized areas become smoother, such
as large parking lots, the overall roughness of
a city area increases. This is the major reason

‘| for the change in the vertical wind profile,

with the already noted decrease of wind
_ speed near the surface. Another result is the
' increase in short-periodic turbulence.
'| However, the radical change takes place
in the heat balance. Let a poorly conducting
| and evaporating vegetative surface be re-
| placed by a well conducting, essentially dry
_ surface of high heat capacity and low albedo.
| Asan immediate consequence, large amounts
‘| Of radiative heat in daytime will be stored

and available for heating the air adjacent to
the ground, both during day and night. In
rural areas some of this heat will be used for
evaporation — during the growing season
the albedo will be larger there and the heat
storage in the soil smaller. The net result is
a higher thermal balance in urban areas com-
pared with the rural surroundings. The model
quite correctly predicts the end result with-
out any resort to other elements which
change the heat balance even more in favor
of towns. These include the artificial pro-
duction of heat by a variety of human
activities, including metabolic heat produc-
tion which, in many densely populated
areas, has reached an appreciable fraction of
the solar heating of the same area. In recent
years it has been notably increased by the
external heat rejection of air-conditioning
units, and there is a good prospect of further
increases by the inevitable heat production
of atomic power plants.

The change in the water balance, which
affects the energy balance too, deserves more
than passing attention. In replacing the
natural spongy surface of a rural area, where
the plant-soil system readily absorbs pre-
cipitation and gradually releases this moisture
through evapotranspiration, man creates by
an impermeable surface a radical change.
This leads in case of intense rainfalls in
urbanized areas to rapid run-off and quick-
cresting streams and rivers. The model antici-
pates lower humidities even though com-
bustion processes add appreciable amounts
of water vapor. In spite of this the water
balance of built-up areas is akin to that of
badlands.

The energy budget of the atmosphere in
the vicinity of the city is also profoundly
affected by a prodigious production of pol-
lutants. The solid ejecta of the man-operated
volcano, insofar as they do not immediately
fall out, have also an appreciable effect on
the radiative equilibrium. In the first place
they eliminate most if not all of the ultra-
violet radiation. Secondarily, they scatter
other radiation back in to space and absorb
a certain amount of both the incoming radi-
ation and that emitted by the surface. The
net result is a heating of the air layer above
the city in which these suspensions are con-

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 83

centrated. Much more complicated are the
effects of the pollutants on the formation of
clouds and precipitation in the city-near area,
but we can only surmise what they do at a
distance. A definitive model for the climatic
effects of air pollutants has yet to be de-
veloped.

The observations yield some quantitative
data which put some flesh on the skeleton
of the model. It can be shown that a single
building complex creates a miniature heat
island, even in the absence of any artificial
heating (Landsberg, 1969). The differential
absorption due to low albedo and high heat
storage compared, for example, to a grass
surface under clear skies shows as much as
1°C temperature difference in the night
hours. Cities are agglomerates of building
complexes, and Chandler (1965) has con-
clusively shown for London that the magni-
tude of the differential is a direct function of
the density of settlement. Yet it is not ex-
clusively geared to the man-made influences
but remains somewhat under the control of
the general wind flow. Depending upon the
size of asettlement, weaker or stronger winds
can reduce or even completely eliminate the
heat island. Considering, however, the usual
diurnal variation of wind speeds and for-
mation of stable layers near the surface, even
in the windy middle latitudes a pronounced
heat island will develop on about half of the
nights. The heat island has secondary effects,
one of which is not altogether unwelcome.
It will reduce the amount of snowfall and
persistence of snow covers in temperate and
higher latitudes. In daytime it will increase
convection and at night it might raise the
level of the nocturnal temperature inversion.
This, as indicated below, has some further
effects on the pollution pall.

The altered radiation balance is readily
reflected in the surface temperatures as
measured by an infrared radiation thermo-
meter. A helicopter survey on a clear sunny
day over Columbia showed that water sur-
faces and woods were 1 - 2°C cooler than
the 2m air temperature. But built-up areas,
shopping centers and parking lots showed
from 4 - 10°C higher surface temperatures
(integrated over several thousand m7). Let

84 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 |

me emphasize here that in our surveys,
which are supported by many others, the
effect of park areas is marked. These retain
the characteristics of open country and do,
indeed, represent natural and also climatic
enclaves in the stony deserts of cities.

Our measurements confirmed the reduc-

tion of relative humidity in the urbanized —

area, a finding that stands in somewhat
paradoxical contrast to the fact that cloud-
iness over towns is increased. The reason for
this is found in the increased convection
over cities and, possibly, the discharge of
stream and water vapor from combustion
processes. A quantitative atmospheric water
budget for the atmosphere over a city area
remains yet to be established. Fog and low
visibility are common in metropolitan areas
and result from the enormous quantities of
hygroscopic nuclci brought into the air,
partly as a result of the many combustion
processes. Sulfur dioxide plays an important
role in this connection. These nuclei begin
to absorb water vapor and to grow long
before saturation is reached. In some
instances photochemical reactions intensify
the process. Some cities, by air pollution
control measures, have succeeded in revers-
ing this process and, after decades with
increasing fog frequency and reduced visi-
bilities, have shown improvements in recent
years.

Intimately tied to the condensation and
cloud formation process is, of course, the
problem of precipitation. This is neither a
simple question nor is the answer unam-
biguous. By and large, it can be asserted that
the city influence increases precipitation. The
main cause is the thermal instability caused
by the heat island. This will produce isolated
showers or thunderstorms over cities or re-
inforce convective rainfall caused by the
general synoptic weather situation. There is
also evidence that cities can reduce the
speed of fronts and, due to their lingering,
prolong precipitation. Here again quantitative
statements are difficult to make. The prob-
lem is inherent in the inadequate methods of
measuring precipitation, which make decades
of observations necessary before statistically
significant results can be obtained. Yet the

data on hand indicate that a 5 - 10% increase
in precipitation is a common result of
_ urbanization.

The question whether any increase in
_ precipitation is caused by cloud nucleation
is an intriguing one. Some occasional ob-
servations indicate that it may have occurred
under special circumstances. The fact that
weekends show lesser amounts of precipi-
tation in some cities also support this view-
| point (Frederick, personal communication).
_ However, it is also quite reasonable to suspect
a hindering effect of the polluting nuclei, as
| pointed out by Schaeffer (1969). The large
| number of nuclei competing for water vapor
_ can lead to clouds with many very small
| droplets per unit volume. These clouds are
likely to be more stable than those with
fewer but larger droplets, an effect that may
well govern in the smoke plume downwind
from a city where the convective influence
of the city has vanished.

The effects of recent urbanization upon
air pollution in settled regions can be meas-

| ured only in relative terms. In the Washing-

ton-Baltimore corridor, while the two cities
stand out as cores of pollution, the general
background of pollutants is rising. This
background equals the minima measured in
these metropolitan centers. Even such a
small new settlement as Columbia already
has raised pollutants over 10% above this
| background. The SO, concentration has also
already measurably increased, especially dur-
ing the winter months. One can only gloom-
ingly speculate on the pollutant concentra-
tions of the area under stagnation conditions
when the various population centers grow
| together by gradual sprawl. We already have
| conclusive evidence that with slight winds
| the pollution maximum has shifted to the
| lee of the major production area. Slade’s
) (1968) model for the Northeast urban cor-
tidor seems to lead to entirely conservative
| estimates.

In this connection the structure of the
| low-level wind is pertinent. It is not yet clear
which effect is dominant — reduced surface
winds or the increased turbulence in city
areas. An offhand guess suggests that the

former effect is predominant at night, the
latter in day-time. Measurements of the
roughness coefficient indicate an order of
magnitude jump in urban areas compared
with pasture land. This is on general agree-
ment with Lettau’s (1969) recent analyses.

The reduction of the nocturnal flow com-
bined with the heat island leads to a closed
circulation pattern which will prevail in the
absence of major macro-scale wind systems.
This pattern is characterized by a temperature
lapse over the city with a higher-level in-
version. Over the surrounding countryside
the inversion is located at or near the ground.
The temperature difference — country cold,
city warm — causes a pressure gradient
directed toward the city. Continuity con-
siderations dictate that a slightly upward
rising city flow be replaced by a country
breeze. The upper flow subsides over the
country and then returns near the surface.
Thus the whole circulation resembles a giant
doughnut. If this picture is correct (complete
proof is still outstanding), the pollutants in
nights with low general winds will not be
dispersed but recirculate to the city and
raise the overall concentration. This is not
inconsistent with some air pollution obser-
vations. It may also account for the bio-
meteorological fact that asthma attacks often
strike the sensitive early in the morning
hours. This could be a result of allergic
provocations by the pollutants. There is also
evidence of smaller circulations in a metro-
politan area between built-up and park areas.
This small-scale mixing has as yet to be
assessed for its effects.

It has become customary to classify ex-
cessive noise also as a man made pollutant.
We will accept here this somewhat aberrant
terminology. Noise propagation is indeed an
important concern of atmospheric environ-
mental studies. Wind and atmospheric strati-
fication play the governing role in dispersing
or ducting noise. The general noise levels in
urban areas reach considerable levels. Auto-
motive traffic, just as in the case of air
pollutants, is probably the most important
source if we exclude the exorbitant sporadic
noises of the construction trade. Near air-
ports aviation contributes its full measure to

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 85

this problem of modern life. Temperature
inversions and low wind speeds are again the
factors that can produce noise ducting over

considerable distances. These are primarily
nocturnally prevalent conditions and, al-

though overall noise generation is lower at
that time of day, there is also a natural desire
to keep noise levels low for sound sleep. But
major thoroughfares and interstate highways
are rarely without traffic. In fact some inter-
state truck traffic uses these off-peak hours
for greater ease of travel. There is no regard
for the fact that the sounds carry farther and
attenuate less than in daytime when turbu-
lence dissipates noises through a deeper air
layer than at night. This is stated in full re-
cognition of the fact that nature through surf
or high winds can also produce high noise
levels.

Our observations in the developing town
of Columbia show that the general noise
level in the newly developed business district
is already 10 decibels above the rural back-
ground noises. Here, too, the inevitable trash
truck adds its own special, if sporadic, noise
above the general traffic. Shelter belts of
vegetation, if high and wide enough, can
provide protection against traffic noises. Thus
a deciduous tree belt 15m high and 75m
wide caused a 1 2-decibel drop in traffic noise.

It remains to assess the extent of the
effects of urbanization on climate. In the
past there has been general agreement that
this effect is strictly localized. For the most
part, in the light of all available data, this is
a correct judgment. The heat island is con-
fined to the city area. The change of the
roughness parameter has an influence on the
vertical wind profile only a short distance
downwind. At any rate, the roughness values
or urbanized areas are not too different from
values observed over natural forest areas and
hence probably come closer to the original
state of the surface prior to deforestation
and farm development. At the present stage
of development the urban effects on relative
humidity, fog formation, and shower activity
seem to be also strictly local.

The major substantive changes affecting
a larger segment of the atmosphere, if not the

whole atmosphere, are primarily due to
chemical pollutants. Although the surface
concentrations fall off exponentially from
the edge of the settled areas, much material
is carried aloft. It participates in all kinds of
chemical and photochemical transformations.
Its actions as condensation and freezing
nuclei are, as yet, not fully understood. But
in view of the complexity of condensation
and precipitation processes, the contaminat-
ing substances will not necessarily have a
single uniform effect. It is rather to be
expected that under certain conditions they
will increase cloudiness and precipitation
downwind and under others cause a decrease.

The long-term effects of pollutants de-
pend greatly on their half-life. Some, such as
fine dusts, can accumulate and show a
general rise in background concentration.
This same condition obtains for carbon
dioxide, which seems to show a slow steady
rise. Although dust and carbon dioxide have
opposing effects on the atmospheric heat
balance, one cannot view the continuing
contamination of the whole atmosphere with
complacency. The present effort for monitor-
ing just the changes in background atmos-
pheric condition is wholly inadequate. Until
this deficiency is remedied all claims to
knowledge of cause and effect relationships
remain mainly in the realm of scientific
speculation.

Regarding the future, with accelerating
urbanization one can predict that climatic
changes will increase from a local to a
regional scale and will appreciably affect the
ecological balance. The remedies to mitigate
adverse effects are well known. Among them
are large park and green areas, open con-
struction of variable height, and elimination
of pollutants at the source. Here the lack of
knowledge is not nearly as great as the lack
of foresight in using it.

References Cited

Chandler, T. J. 1965. The Climate of London.
Hutchison, London, 292 pp.

Chandler, T. J. 1969. Selected Bibliography of
Urban Climate World Meteorological Organi-
zation, Geneva. 289 pp.

86 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

H
i
i
|

| Howard, L. 1818-1820. The Climate of London,
1st Ed. Vol. 1 (1820), Vol. 2 (1822).

Vol. 90. Friedr. Vieweg u. Sohn. 184 pp.

| Landsberg, H. E. 1956. The Climate of Towns, in
| Man’s Role in Changing the Face of the Earth.
| Univ. Chicago Press, pp. 584-606.

Landsberg, H. E. 1962. City Air — Better of Worse,
in symposium “Air Over Cities.” R. A. Taft
| Engr. Center Tech. Rep. A 62-5: 1-22.
| Landsberg, H. E. 1969. Micrometeorological Dif-
ferentiation Through Urbanization in Sym-
posium on Urban Climates and Building Cli-

Kratzer, A. 1956. Das Stadtklima; Die Wissenschaft.

matology. World Meteorology Organization,
Tech. Note 105.

Lettau, H. 1969. Note on acrodynamic roughness —
parameter estimation on basis of roughness —
element description. J. Appl. Meteorol. 8(5):
828-32.

Schaeffer, V. J. 1969. The inadvertent modification
of the atmosphere by air pollution. Bul. Amer.
Meteorol. Soc. 50(4): 197-206.

Slade, D. H. 1967. Modelling air pollution in the
Washington, D. C.-to-Boston megalopolis. Sci-
ence 157: 1304-1307.

_J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 87

PROFILE

Science and a Hungry World

H. A. Fowells

Assistant Director, International Programs Division, Agricultural Research Service,

USDA, Hyattsville, Md. 20782

ABSTRACT

A primary objective of Public Law 480 was to combat hunger in the world. Several
provisions of the Law authorized the use of foreign currencies generated by PL 480 sales
for scientific purposes. Several government agencies have used the authorization to make
research grants. These research grants have enhanced scientific activities in a number of
countries and have improved international cooperation among scientists.

In passing Public Law 480, the 83rd
Congress made available to a hungry world
the productivity and abundance of American
agriculture. In the Agricultural Trade Devel-
opment and Assistance Act of 1954, Con-
gress declared it to be the policy of the
United States to expand international trade,
to use the abundant productivity of US.
agriculture to combat hunger and malnu-
trition and to encourage economic devel-
opment in the developing countries. The
Law initially provided that surplus agri-
cultural commodities could be sold to
friendly nations for their currencies. A part
of these currencies was reserved for the use
of the United States; a major part was
available as long-term loans for country
development. From the beginning of the

! Data on the Law from “The annual report on
activities carried out under Public Law 480, as
amended, during the period January 1 through
December 31, 1969.” Richard Nixon, June 18,
1970.

program in Fiscal Year 1955 through Fiscal
Year 1970, more than $12 billion! worth of
agricultural commodities had been sold for
foreign currencies, of which about $3 billion
were reserved for uses of the United States
Government.

The Act of 1954 provided (Sec.104(a) )
that the foreign currencies accruing under
the Act could be used to help develop new
markets for United States agricultural com-
modities on a mutually benefitting basis.
This subsection was interpreted to include
research necessary for market development.

In 1958 and 1959, the Act was amended
to authorize the use of foreign currencies
“to collect, collate, translate, abstract, and |

disseminate scientific and technological in- )).

formation and to conduct research and ©
support scientific activities overseas includ- |
ing programs and projects of scientific co-
operation between the United States and
other countries such as coordinated research
against diseases common to all of mankind
or unique to individual regions of the globe,

88 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

-and to promote and support programs of
medical and scientific research, cultural and
educational development, health, nutrition,
Hungry people in many nations of the
‘world were fed as the result of this farsight-
ed legislation. Also, scientifically-starved uni-
versities and research institutes were nourish-
ed by grants for research, under the pro-
visions of Sec. 104(a) and (k) (now
| 104(b)(1) and (b)(3) ), as a consequence of
the humanitarian effort to feed people.
_ Several U.S. agencies seized the oppor-
tunity to cooperate with foreign institutions
‘in research of mutual interest. Among these
are the Department of Agriculture, the
Department of Commerce, the Department
of Health, Education, and Welfare, the De-
partment Of sethe Interior, “and? the
Smithsonian Institution. In addition, the
National Science Foundation has used the
foreign currencies to defray the cost of
‘translating into English more than 400,000
pages of foreign scientific literature and of
publishing the translations. Also, the Library
of Congress has used the foreign currencies

|

to acquire and distribute English and
foreign-language publications in the foreign
countries and the U.S. Other agencies are
considering programs using the foreign cur-
rencies.

Of about $166 million, equivalent in
foreign currencies, used for research grants,
the Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare and the Department of Agriculture
have sponsored, by far, the largest programs.

USDA Program

The Department of Agriculture was the
first government agency to take advantage of
the research-grant provisions of PL 480. This
early start resulted in an extensive program,
with about 1,100 grants totalling more than
$70 million as of the end of Fiscal Year
1970. Grants were made to scientific in-
stitutes and universities in 31 countries in all
continents except North America. By policy,
grants were limited to a period of 5 years,
and the majority of them were made for that
period of time. The Agricultural Research

Prof. Artturi Virtanen, Finnish Nobel Prize winning biochemist, conducted a study on properties of
_ milk from cows fed with a synthetic diet.

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 89

Service (ARS) was designated as the agency
in USDA for administration of the program,
which spanned the interests of the Depart-
ment’s research agencies, ARS, the Forest
Service, the Economic Research Service, and
the Statistical Reporting Service.

Included in the program were grants for
research on all phases of agricultural pro-
duction; for improved uses of agricultural
products, especially for those crops for
which surpluses existed; for better marketing
and storage of agricultural products; pro-
duction, protection, and utilization of
forests and forest products; and economic
analyses of agricultural technologies and
systems. At the outset of the program, teams
of agricultural scientists visited research in-
stitutes in the various countries to explain
the program and to develop proposals for
research of mutual interest. Subsequently, as
the program became understood, most pro-
posals have originated from the institutes
directly. There are now more acceptable
proposals on hand than can be funded in any
single year.

To administer the program, the Division
of International Programs (originally de-

Indian forest scientists have been studying the
physiology of rooting of pines—trees which are
difficult to propagate vegetatively.

signated differently) was created in ARS,
and regional offices were established in
Rome. and in New Delhi. The staffs of these
two regional offices administer the on-the-
ground aspects of the grants.

One of the unique features of the pro-
gram, adopted by USDA to get the most out
of the research, has been the assignment of a
sponsoring scientist for each grant. He,
usually the most knowledgeable USDA
scientist in the particular field of study,
reviews progress in the research and suggests
different approaches or techniques when
appropriate. He may conduct an on-the-
ground review of the research, and he is
encouraged to correspond freely with the
foreign scientist. In many instances, lasting
scientific relationships have resulted from
these contacts in the PL 480 grants.

Also, the grants usually contain pro-
visions (except now in India and Pakistan)
for the foreign scientist to visit the U.S. or
other countries where similar research is
underway. These visits not only broaden the
visiting scientist but the host scientist as
well.

In addition, USDA scientists visiting
foreign institutions are requested to be
prepared to give seminars in their fields of
research. This feature of the program has
been extremely popular in some countries.

Benefits of USDA Program

This foreign-grant program has not been
another U.S. give-away program. At the
outset, the policy was adopted that the
research should be relevant to the program
of the Department of Agriculture and the
results of potential value to the U.S. All
proposals are screened with these guidelines
and many are rejected because they do not
fulfill these requirements. As in all research |
programs, few of the grants have resulted in |
earth-shaking discoveries. However, a great
many have yielded results of value to the |
UES?

Breeders of farm crops in the U.S. have |
received much new germ plasm for incor- }
poration into domestic breeding programs.
More than 8,000 samples of seed of crop

90 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

plants have been received. Some, like the oat
from Israel, hold promise of very valuable
new varieties. In searching for resistance to
stem and crown rusts of oats, Israeli patholo-
gists found an isolated colony of the wild
‘oat which exhibited resistance. Carefully
controlled inoculation tests verified that the
/ oats were resistant. Seed was sent to ARS
‘for use in a breeding program to develop a
resistant variety. In addition to the very
important characters of resistance, the Israeli
ts had a large groat and exceptionally high
protein content. New oat varieties are now
being developed for commercial use, based
on the germ plasm from Israel.
Especially important, in this period of
| de-emphasis on the use of chemical pesti-
| cides, is the research on biological control of
harmful insects. Many of our most damaging
insect pests came from abroad without their
\natural control agents. More than 100 ship-
‘ments of potential parasites and predators of
| insect pests have been received from grantees
‘in foreign countries. These putative control
agents were identified and screened in their
native habitat for control possibilities before
being sent to the U.S. Parasites or predators
have been received for such disastrous pests
jas the gypsy moth, the boll weevil, the
balsam woolly aphid, the sugarcane borer,
jthe corn earworm, and the cereal leaf
beetle. This last insect, endemic to much of
|) Europe, was first found in the U.S. in 1962.
It threatens 40 million acres of grain pro-
duction. The alternative to successful biolog-
ical control may be expensive—and un-
desirable—chemical control.
| The PL 480 grant program has enabled
animal scientists to learn much about exotic
animal diseases. Some of these diseases have
been kept from the U.S. by strict quarantine
‘and inspection procedures. But they are
always a threat. An outbreak of African
\swine fever, for example, could be a disaster
(for the swine industry in the U.S. The
| disease does not exist here and cannot be
|studied here. But it is found in southern
|Europe and north Africa, where American
(tourists frequently visit. Spanish scientists
\discovered that the disease could be trans-
) mitted by ticks, and they verified diagnostic
techniques on more than 20,000 infected

scientists screened wild oats for

Israeli
resistance to rusts.

animals. A number of projects have been
concerned with the nature and control of
foot-and-mouth disease. Altogether, about
60 grants in 10 countries have been made for
studies of animal diseases and parasites.

Much new information on plants, fungi,
and insects has been developed by investi-
gators in the research projects. A number of
new species of fungi and of insects, and even
a few new genera, have been described and
specimens added to international collections.

Also, botanical information not readily
available to western scientists is being made
available. For example, a professor of
dendrology at the University of Taiwan is in
the final phases of preparation of a mono-
graph on the genus Abies. This genus con-
tains about 40 species, a great number of
which are native to Asia and are little known
to western foresters. Already available in
report form is a monographic revision of the
tamarisks, prepared by an Israeli botanist.
Taxonomy in this genus has long been
confusing to American botanists.

Studies on various physical and chemical
properties of farm products, such as cotton,
wool, corn, wheat, soybeans, and leather,
have contributed much new knowledge for
the processing industries. Seventeen patents
have been issued so far, and more are under
consideration. Of very practical significance,
with an immediate payoff, was research in
Japan on the use of soybeans. Scientists

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 91

there found that certain American varieties
of soybeans were superior to Asiatic varieties
for certain traditional Japanese foods. A new
market for variety-identified soybeans result-
ed, worth quite a few million dollars a year
to American farmers.

In the United Kingdom, studies on the
interaction of modified linseed oil and metal
surfaces led to a new rust preventive coating
for iron or steel. Five public service patents
resulted from this one research project.

Benefits to Grantee Country

No estimates can be made of the value to
the grantee countries of the new information
resulting from this program of mutual
interest research. But it is reasonable to
believe that there has been a significant
improvement in agricultural and forestry
technology.

One very obvious benefit has been the
upgrading of research facilities. The grants
have provided a certain amount of money
for the purchase of scientific equipment.
With the termination of the grant, the
equipment, usually purchased on a cost-
sharing basis, becomes the property of the
laboratory.

Also of apparent benefit to the grantee
country has been the opportunity for young

scientists to further their scientific training
while participating in the research. Con-
servative estimates show that at least 3,000
young scientists have been employed in the
grant program. A great many have used
phases of the grant research for their
graduate degrees. A summary prepared by
the Polish Academy of Sciences showed that
during a 9-year period, 57 masters degrees
and 41 doctorate degrees resulted from 63
grants. In addition, seven scientists progress-
ed to their docent degrees. In Israel, five
M.S. and Ph.D. degrees resulted from the
research in a single grant.

More intangible has been the benefit
resulting from interchange of ideas among
scientists. The designation of a USDA
scientist as a counterpart or sponsoring
scientist in each grant has resulted in many
associations that continue after the grant
terminates. In fact, an official of ministry
level in one of the participating countries
remarked that his government felt the
scientific contacts were the most valuable
benefit of the program.

Although a primary objective of the Law,
to use the abundance of American agri-
culture to combat hunger, has been met in
some of the participating countries, the
scientific spin-offs will continue for years to
come.

92 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 |

| Man the Builder by Gosta E. Sandstrom. 275 pages
| plus index; 205 illustrations (54 in full color);
9% x 10-3/8; McGraw-Hill; $16.00. Publication
date: May, 1970.

In the foreword to his book, Gosta E.
| Sandstrom writes, “This book may perhaps
_ be classified as an exercise in technological
| history, because it is primarily concerned
| with man in his capacity of builder.
|| But...an attempt has been made to fit
> engineering into a general frame of refer-
f ence.” This thoroughly documented volume
| provides insights into the techniques of
| building that have evolved from prehistoric
) days to the present.

Mr. Sandstrom discusses both the simple
and the bold design in building: reed houses
'and giant cathedrals, simple tombs and the
{ pyramids, fences and huge dams. He shows
, the interrelationship of buildings from dif-
|| ferent cultures, caused by diverse economic,
social, and political forces. He writes, “‘It is
R very well to give the known facts and

figures on the Cheops pyramid, or for that
|) matter the High Dam at Aswan. The pyra-
|} mid — like the dam — makes sense only
\ when viewed in context with its contemp-
| orary society — the totalitarian state, relig-
' ious ideas, farm economics, the nature and
| behavior of the Nile, and so on.” He points
) out that Greek temples, Roman aqueducts,
) medieval canal works and fortifications serve
| “definite and different ends but express in
| their construction the social, mental eco-
| nomic, political, and technical capabilities of
_ their age.”

Profusely illustrated with more than 200
illustrations (54 in full color), this compre-
hensive book also provides a pictorial history
with its sketches, engravings, maps, draw-
ings, and photographs.

Divided into sixteen chapters, Man the
Builder first investigates the neolithic revolu-

=

- teh a A eS —— — =

BOOK REVIEWS

tion. Subsequent chapters discuss river
control and irrigation, the megalith builders,
the great pyramid at Gizeh, and building in
the west. Other chapters are devoted to the
decline and rise of western Europe, the
Gothic revolution in building, the fortified
city, European reclamation and canal build-
ing, and the British century of engineering.
Useful discussions are included on roads,
bridges, and harbors; the railway age; new
materials and new sources of power. A com-
plete glossary, bibliography, and index are
provided.

Gosta E. Sandstrom is a technical and
economic writer, and for many years, he was
research correspondent for The Economist
Intelligence Unit. His History of Tunnelling,
first published in 1964, rapidly came to be
regarded as a classic in the field of under-
ground construction. According to a re-
viewer in The Times Literary Review, he
“writes with the insight of the true histor-
ian.”

Fine Ceramics: Technology and Applications by
F.H. Norton, Consultant, Gloucester, Massachu-
setts. 484 pages plus index; 336 illustrations;
6-5/8 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $24.50. Publication date:
June, 1970.

Providing an overall picture of the indus-
try both here and abroad, this book by F. H.
Norton emphasizes the economic aspects,
production methods, raw materials, and
applications of the product. This compre-
hensive volume thoroughly discusses the
theory underlying the various processes
before proceeding to a complete analysis of
the practical aspects.

Profusely illustrated to facilitate a quick
grasp of the ideas that are presented, this

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 93

authoritative volume features flow sheets,
graphs, and special diagrams as well as
photographs of plants and processes. Hun-
dreds of formulae are presented for the prep-
aration of bodies, glazes, and colors,
together with flow sheets which show step-
by-step production methods.

The most recent advances in the mechani-
zation of processes are described, and the
latest practices in modern production
methods for fine ceramic articles are dis-
cussed in detail, with special attention given
to the fields of electrical ceramics and refrac-
tories.

Handbook of Thin Film Technology by Leon
Maissel and Reinhard Glang, Components Division,
IBM Corporation, East Fishkill, New York —
Editors. 1,180 pages plus index; 787 illustrations;
6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $29.50. Publication date: July
351970.

Since major advances in the important
field of thin film technology have taken
place within the last ten years, this authori-
tative volume presents considerable material
that either has not been published before or
has never been presented in such compre-
hensive form. It is written for engineers who
are not experts in the field, as well as for
experienced practitioners.

With individual sections contributed by
23 specialists in the area, this fundamental,
practical book provides a thorough treat-
ment of the art of preparing and utilizing
thin films. Because deposition techniques are
critical operations and the properties of the
films themselves are subject to wide varia-
tion, the execution and technology of
vacuum evaporation and sputtering methods
are carefully described. Chemical methods
for film preparation, pattern generation,
nucleation and growth, structure, and other
aspects of thin films are extensively treated.

Handbook of Thin Film Technology has
twenty-three chapters which are divided into
four major sections. The first section, “Prep-
aration of Thin Films,” includes chapters on
film deposition techniques, high vacuum
technology, thin film substrates, and genera-
tion of patterns in films. “Nature of Thin

Films,’ the second unit, discusses such
topics as determination of film structure,
single crystal films, and film thickness and
composition. The third part, “Properties of
Thin Films,” investigates mechanical, con-
ductive, dielectric, piezoelectric, and ferro-
magnetic properties. “Application of Thin
Films,” the final section, discusses thin film
components such as resistors, capacitors, and
active devices; magnetic and superconductive
devices; and integrated circuits. Tables and
illustrations are used extensively throughout
the handbook to provide numerical informa-
tion and practical examples.

Biomedical Engineering Systems by Manfred
Clynes, Rockland State Hospital, Orangeburg, New
York, and J. H. Milsum, McGill University, Mont-
real, Canada. 653 pages plus index; 333 illustra-
tions; 6x9; McGraw-Hill; $27.50. Publication
date; July 20, 1970.

This, the tenth volume in the Inter-
University Electronics Series published by
McGraw-Hill, is an extensive treatment of
modern electronic and systems techniques in
medical instrumentation, analysis, control,
and prostheses. The valuable book is com-
posed of chapters by outstanding specialists
on topics of particular interest, selected
either because of their intrinsic importance
or because of their significance for future
development.

Individual chapters discuss such key sub-
jects as the recording of eye position, elec-
tronic anesthesia, and on-line computer
systems in patient care. Material on artificial
devices and prosthetics, such as electronic
aids for the heart and kidney and sensory
aids for the blind, is included. The chapters
on analysis not only indicate how to extract
the maximum information from the
measurements and signals, but also suggest
how analytical techniques may aid in the
original experiment design.

A unifying biocybernetic approach to the
function of the human organism allows bio-
medical engineering to expand for the first
time to include human emotions. A stimulat-
ing chapter by the senior author explores }
some extraordinary basic patterns and |

94 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 |

shapes that can be extracted from subjects
experiencing and expressing classic human
emotions. Some of his explorations into the
| language of music are illustrated by experi-
ments with prominent composers and
_ musicians.

Biomedical Engineering Systems is di-
vided into fifteen chapters which are
grouped into four major sections. The first
section, “Instrumentation,” has three chap-
ters which investigate the recording of eye
position; electrical-impedance cephalog-
_ raphy; and biotelemetry. “Analysis,” the
second section, includes chapters on biologi-
cal signal analysis, biosystems modeling, and
biological systems analysis and control
_theory. Energy sources for implanted devices
and physiological stimulators for clinical use
are among the topics discussed in the third
section, ‘“‘Control of Information and
Energy.” The final section, “Artificial De-
vices or Prostheses,’ contains chapters on
limb prosthetics and orthotics and neurons
in vitro.

| International Dictionary of Metallurgy, Miner-

| alogy, Geology, and The Mining and Oil Industries:

English, French, German, Italian compiled by
Angelo Cagnacci-Schwicker, Technoprint Inter-
national, Milan. 1,530 pages; 6% x 9; McGraw-Hill;
$38.50. Publication date: July, 1970.

Containing more than 27,000 entries in
four languages, this comprehensive diction-
ary is the result of a collaboration by more
than one hundred scientists and professional
translators, working under the editor-in-
chief, Angelo Cagnacci-Schwicker. It enables
the user to translate simultaneously to and

|) from each of the four languages — English,

French, German, and Italian.

Part I of this valuable reference consists
of 1,096 pages, each four columns across.
The first column on each page is devoted to
English terms arranged in alphabetical order

and numbered from / — abacus to
| 20372 —zygadite. (An additional 6,874
terms were included during printing for a
total of 27,246 entries.) The second, third,
and fourth columns give the French, Ger-
man, and Italian equivalents of the English

terms. Part II gives the user the option of
working from either a French, German, or
Italian term to any one or all of the other
languages.

By consulting the Index in Part II, which
lists each word alphabetically by language,
the reader may find the entry number or
numbers which give the equivalent terms in
the other languages. For example, a German
metallurgist who wishes to translate an
Italian report can look up the Italian
sovrastampo in the Index and find the refer-
ence to entry no. 11301 which will provide
him with the German equivalent, Formman-
tel. (The equivalents in French, surmoule,
and English, mantle, would also be available,
if needed.)

The symbol appearing beside each English
term tells the user if the term applies to
geology and mining, metallurgy, or oil. This
is particularly helpful for terms such as the
English “‘to draw.” Although this term is
appropriate in English for each field, differ-
ent equivalents exist in the other languages
for each industry. “To draw” is listed, num-
bered, and coded on five separate lines in
accord with its one oil, two metallurgical,
and two geological translations.

Management of Technical Field Operations by
L. L. Farkas, Chief, Technical Training and Certifi-
cation Unit, Vandenberg Operations, California,
Martin Marietta Corporation. 257 pages plus index;
35 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $12.50. Publi-
cation date: July, 1970.

This volume is the first work to treat the
management of such operations as a separate
area of management, explaining the specific
practices, problems, and solutions involved.
It examines various types of field organiza-
tions and provides guides for the field super-
visor or manager to use for different field
functions.

The aim of this comprehensive volume is
threefold: to instruct the newcomer to tech-
nical field operations, to provide a guide for
the supervisor transferred to the field from
an in-plant position, and to broaden the
management capabilities of the existing field
supervisor. Detailed and practical discussions

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 95

of all major aspects of a technical field
operation are presented. Additional aids to
the reader include sample plans, outlines for
field brochures and field manuals, and
checklists. Of particular interest is the inclu-
sion of the Mission Index as a resource for
evaluating and updating the planning of con-
secutive field programs, and the use of input
-output curves as a means of controlling field
operations.

Introduction to Matrix Analysis, 2nd edition, by
Richard Bellman, University of Southern Calif-
ornia, 389 pages plus index; 12 illustrations; 6 x 9;
McGraw-Hill; $14.75. Publication date: July, 1970.

The second edition of this work combines
both the analytical and algebraic aspects of
the discipline. The author, an authority in
differential equations and control theory
and the father of dynamic programming,
retains the wealth of information and origi-
nality of treatment of the first edition and
adds considerable new, up-to-date material
for this revised edition.

This authoritative volume includes dis-
cussions on the three basic fields of the anal-
ysis of matrices; symmetric matrices and
their use in probability theory and mathe-
matical economics. A feature of this prac-
tical work is the inclusion of exercises in
varying grades of difficulty.

96 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

WASHINGTON JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

On Saturday, July 25, 1970, movies on
deep sea exploration were shown at
Georgetown University, Reiss Building,
' room 103 from 10:00 A.M. until noon. The

annual picnic honoring the area winners of
the Westinghouse Science Talent Search was
held on August 8, 1970, at 11:30 on the

grounds of the Georgetown College
Observatory at Georgetown University. This
gathering provided an excellent: opportunity
for WJAS members to meet area students
with similar interests and to become
acquainted with the outstanding young
scientists being honored.

Tentative Calendar For 1970-1971

October 7) Joint Meeting with Senior Academy
24 Philadelphia trip
31 Summer Science Job Opportunities Meeting
November 7, 14, Philadelphia trips
& 21
27-28 Junior Science and Humanities Symposium
December 5 Philadelphia trip
28 Christmas Convention
January 16 Speaker
February 13 Field trip
March Area Science Fairs and Westinghouse Science Talent Search
April 10 Joint Meeting with Chemical Society
May ] Interviews for 1971-72 Governing Council Candidates
29 Election Meeting

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 a7

1970-71 WJAS Officers

President Elizabeth Miller
Vice-Pres. Richard Lober
Secretary Judith Gallant
Treasurer Murray Brilliant

Woodrow Wilson 966-0195
J.E.B. Stuart 532-5794
Montgomery Blair 587-7952
Crossland 899-1924

Membership Councilors

Arlington-Alexandria David Thompson 524-2918
Fairfax Ann Pulliam 591-4744
District of Columbia Tena Macaluso 332-8947
Montgomery Betsy Brooks 654-4150
Prince Georges Wayne Olson 839-4310
Independent Caroline Giles 536-7813
Alumni Advisors Karen Bayer 534-5990

Gary Tickel 671-1338

SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS

Contributions to this section of your
Journal are earnestly solicited. They should
be typed and double-spaced and sent to the
Editor in care of the Academy office by the
10th of the month preceding the issue for
which they are intended.

AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH SERVICE

EDWARD F. KNIPLING, Director,
Entomology Research Division, was honored
recently by being elected President of the
Bee Research Association. This was in
recognition of his support of the objectives
and goals of this international organization.
He was awarded an honorary Doctor of
Science degree at the 74th commencement
of Clemson University on May 8, 1970.

LOUISE M. RUSSELL, Entomology
Research Division, traveled to points in India
and Pakistan to review progress and provide
technical guidance on the PL 480 foreign
research program. Enroute home she visited
aphid specialists in London, Paris, and The
Netherlands and studied the three most
important aphid collections in Europe.

FLOYD F. SMITH, Entomology
Research Division, has recently retired from
active service in the Department.

C. H. HOFFMAN, Associate Director,
Entomology Research Division, spoke on
“Alternatives to Conventional Insecticides
for Control of Insect Pests” at the 56th
Mid-Year Chemical Spectaltres
Manufacturers Association meeting on May
20, Chicago, Illinois.

RICHARD H. FOOTE, Entomology
Research Division, attended the Spring
annual meetings of the Federal of American
Societies for Experimental Biology and the
American Society for Microbiology, where
he presented talks on scientific information
problems in the biological sciences.

MILTON S. SCHECHTER, Entomology
Research Division, presented two lectures on
chemistry of organo-chlorine insecticides to |
a class at Perrine, Florida sponsored by
HEW.

98 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 |

NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH

MILOSLAV RECHCIGLE, JR., Special
Assistant for Nutrition and Health, Regional
Medical Programs Service was presented an
honor scroll by the International College of
Applied Nutrition following his address on
“Nutrition and Health — A National Chal-
lenge,’ at the College’s annual convention
held in Palm Springs, Calif. He was also one
| of the three featured speakers at the Work-
shop Conference on Nutrition at West
Columbia, S.C., sponsored by the South
Carolina Regional Medical Program with
cooperation from the S.C. State Board of
Health. He spoke on the subject, “Malnu-
trition and Hunger, USA — Problems and
Solutions.”

| BERNARD B. BRODIE, NHLI, was given
the Golden Plate Award of the American
Academy of Achievement during the annual
Salute to Excellence weekend June 25-27 in
| Dallas. He was also honored by presentation
| of the Oscar B. Hunter Memorial Award by
| the American Therapeutical Society June 20
in Chicago for his “outstanding achievement
/ in experimental therapeutics.” On June 2, he
| was awarded an honorary Doctor of Science
| degree by the New York Medical College,
| and a conference June 29-July 1 dedicated

entirely to him was sponsored by the New
York Academy of Sciences. —

WADE MARSHALL, NIMH, who has
spent the major portion of his career investi-
gating the physiology of the central nervous
system, retired in June, 1970.

FRANK J. McCLURE, consultant to the
director of NIDR since his retirement in
1966 after 30 years of distinguished service,
has authored a new book on the history of
fluoridation entitled ‘Water Fluoridation,
the Search and the Victory.” The book is
available for $3.25 from the Superintendent
of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, D. C. 20402.

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

RICHARD A. DURST, Acting Chief of
the Electrochemical Analysis Section of the
NBS Division of Analytical Chemistry,
recently served as the 1969-70 Sigma Xi—
RESA National Lecturer in the New York
area. The topic of his talk was “Ion-Selective
Electrodes in Science, Medicine, and Tech-
nology”. Dr. Durst is also editor of the
recent NBS Special Publication 314 “‘Ion-
Selective Electrodes’, a state-of-the-art
monograph on the theory and practice of
these new electrochemical sensors.

THE DIRECTORY OF THE ACADEMY FOR 1970

Foreword

The present, 45th issue of the Academy’s
directory is again this year issued as part of
| the September number of the Journal.
Departing from a pattern established and
‘followed since 1962, we present only an
| alphabetical listing of members and fellows.
This has been done in the interests of
economy, as the computer capability
previously used to automate the listings in
their various forms is no longer available to
us. We hope that when additional
publication funds are made available,

appropriate keys can be provided for place
of employment and membership in societies
affiliated with the Academy.

The present alphabetical listing is based
on a postcard questionnaire sent to the
Academy membership. Members were asked
to update the data concerning address and
membership in affiliated societies by August
10, 1970. In cases in which cards were not
received by that date, the address appears as
used during 1969, and the remaining data
were taken from the directory for 1969.
Corrections should be called to the attention
of the Academy office.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 99

Code for the Affiliated Societies and Society Officers

1 Philosophical Society of Washington (1898)

President: Herbert A. Hauptman, Naval Research Laboratory
President-elect: Langdon Crane, Jr., University of Maryland
Secretary: Robert S. Allgaier, Naval Ordnance Laboratory
Delegate: John A. O’Keefe, NASA, Goddard Space Flight Center

2 Anthropological Society of Washington (1898)
President: Conrad C. Reining, American Anthropological Association
Vice-president: Gordon D. Gibson, Smithsonian Institution
Secretary: Mary Elizabeth King, Howard University
Delegate: Jean K. Boek

3 _— Biological Society of Washington (1898)
President: Joseph Rosewater, Smithsonian Institution
Secretary: Richard C. Banks, Smithsonian Institution

4 Chemical Society of Washington (1898)
President: Mary H. Aldridge, American University
President-elect: Joseph C. Dacons, Naval Ordnance Laboratory
Secretary: Fred E. Saalfeld
Delegate: Joseph C. Dacons

5 Entomological Society of Washington (1898)
President: Karl V. Krombein, Smithsonian Institution
President-elect: Edson J. Hambleton
Secretary: David R. Smith, Agricultural Research Service
Delegate: Reece I. Sailer, Agricultural Research Service

6 National Geographic Society (1898)

President: Melvin M. Payne
Secretary: Melville B. Grosvenor
Delegate: Alexander Wetmore, Smithsonian Institution

7 Geological Society of Washington (1898)

President: Frank C. Whitmore, Jr., Geological Survey
Vice-president: Eugene H. Roseboom, Geological Survey
Secretary: Daniel E. Appleman, Geological Survey
Delegate: Ralph L. Miller, Geological Survey

8 Medical Society of the District of Columbia (1898)
President: William S. McCune
President-elect: Frank S. Bacon
Secretary: Thomas Sadler

9 Columbia Historical Society (1899)
Vice-president: Homer Rosenberger
Exec. Director: Robert J. McCarthy
Secretary: Winifred M. Pomeroy

10 _— Botanical Society of Washington (1902)

President: Conrad B. Link, University of Maryland

Vice-president: John R. McGrew, Agricultural Research Service

Secretary: Ruby R. Little, Agricultural Research Service

Delegate: H. Rex Thomas, Agricultural Research Service
11 Society of American Foresters, Washington Section (1904)

Chairman: Richard K. Ely, U.S. Department of Interior

Vice-chairman: Malcolm E. Hardy, USDA

Secretary: Gene S. Bergoffen, Forest Service

Delegate: Harry A. Fowells, Agricultural Research Service

100 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

12 Washington Society of Engineers (1907)

President: John H. Mitton
Vice-president: Thomas M. Robertson
Secretary: Gerald H. Laird
Delegate: George Abraham

13 Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers, Washington Section (1912)

Chairman: Charles DeVore, Office of Naval Research
Vice-chairman: Harry Fine, Federal Communications Commission
Secretary: Robert E. Miller, Control Data Corp.

Delegate: Leland D. Whitelock

14 American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Washington Section (1923)

Chairman: Charles P. Howard, Catholic University of America
Vice-Chairman: Robert A. Cahn, Agency for International Development
Secretary: Patrick F. Cunniff, University of Maryland

Delegate: William G. Allen

115 Helminthological Society of Washington (1923)

President: A. James Haley, University of Maryland
Vice-president: E.J.L. Saulsby, University of Pennsylvania
Secretary: Robert S. Isenstein, Agricultural Research Service
Delegate: Edna Buhrer

16 American Society for Microbiology, Washington Branch (1923)

President: Ruth G. Wittler, Walter Reed Army Inst. of Research
Vice-president: William A. Clark, American Type Culture Collection
Secretary: Hope E. Hopps, National Institutes of Health
Delegate: Elizabeth J. Oswald, Food & Drug Administration

| 17 Society of American Military Engineers, Washington Post (1927)

President: Col. Claude A. Hays, Department of The Army
Vice-president: Col. Loren D. Clark, U.S. Air Force

Secretary: Maj. Bruce Cowan, Department of The Army
Delegate: Cdr. Hal P. Demuth, ESSA

|
| 18 American Society of Civil Engineers, National Capital Section (1942)

President: James O. Granum
Vice-president: Myles R. Howlett
Secretary: Robert E. Spicker
Delegate: Cyril J. Galvin, Jr.
19 Society for Experimental Biology & Medicine, D. C. Section (1952)
President: Gertrude Maengwyn-Davies, Georgetown University
Vice-president: Earl Usdin, National Institute of Mental Health
Secretary: I. R. Telford, Georgetown University
Delegate: Carleton Treadwell, George Washington University
20 American Society for Metals, Washington Chapter (1953)
Chairman: Eugene A. Lange, Naval Research Laboratory
Vice-chairman: Klaus M. Zwilsky, U. S. Atomic Energy Commission
Secretary: Harvey P. Utech, National Bureau of Standards
Delegate: Melvin R. Meyerson, National Bureau of Standards

21 International Association for Dental Research, Washington Section (1953)

President: H. I. Copeland, Andrews Air Force Base
Vice-president: Jeanne C. Sinkford, Howard University

Secretary: Maj. E. F. Huget, Walter Reed Army Medical Center
Delegate: Nelson W. Rupp, National Bureau of Standards

)) J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 101

22

23

24

25

26

DT

28

29

30

31

32

102

American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, National Capital Section (1953)

Chairman:
Vice-chairman:
Secretary:
Delegate:

Robert H. Herrmann, Thiokol Chemical Co.

James D. Redding, Univac

Charles K. Kraus, Rocketdyne Division of North American Rockwell Corp.
Col. Robert J. Burger, National Academy of Engineering

American Meteorological Society, D. C. Chapter (1954)

Chairman:
Vice-chairman:
Secretary:
Delegate:

Clifford J. Murino, National Science Foundation

James K. Angeli, ESSA
Mary Ann Ruzecki, ESSA
Harold A. Steiner, U.S. Air Force

Insecticide Society of Washington (1959)

President:
Vice-president:
Secretary:
Delegate:

Maynard J. Ramsay, Agricultural Research Service

Alexej B. Borkovec, Agricultural Research Service

Robert E. Menzer, University of Maryland

H. Ivan Rainwater, Agricultural Research Service

Acoustical Society of America (1959)

Chairman:
Vice-chairman:
Secretary:
Delegate:

Alan O. Sykes, Office of Naval Research
Richard K. Cook, National Bureau of Standards

Gerald J. Franz, Naval Ship R & D Center

Alfred Weissler, Food & Drug Administration

American Nuclear Society, Washington Section (1960)

Chairman:
Vice-chairman:
Secretary:

Oscar M. Bizzell, Atomic Energy Commission
Justin L. Bloom, Atomic Energy Commission
Leslie S. Ayers, Arms Control & Disarmament Agency

Institute of Food Technologists, Washington Section (1961)

Chairman:
Vice-chairman:
Secretary:
Delegate:

V. H. Blomquist, Food & Drug Administration
George K. Parman

Cleve B. Denny

George K. Parman

American Ceramic Society, Baltimore-Washington Section (1962)

Chairman:

Chairman-elect:

Secretary:
Delegate:

Paul W. Corbett, Glidden-Dirkee Div. Baltimore, Md.
John B. Wachtman, National Bureau of Standards

Wate T. Barker

J. J. Diamond, National Bureau of Standards

Electrochemical Society, National Capital Section (1963)

Chairman:

Vice Chairman:

Secretary:
Delegate:

Thomas J. Hennigan

Stanley D. Jones, Naval Ordnance Laboratory
James R. Huff, USAMERDC

Kurt H. Stern, Naval Research Laboratory

Washington History of Science Club (1965)

Chairman:

Vice Chairman:

Secretary:
Delegate:

Richard G. Hewlett, Atomic Energy Commission
Deborah Warner, Smithsonian Institution

Dean C. Allard

Morris Leikind

American Association of Physics Teachers, Cheaspeake Section (1965)

President:
Vice-president:
Secretary:
Delegate:

John D. Trimmer, Washington College

Lee S. Anthony, Roanoke College

John B. Newman, Towson State College
Bernard B. Watson, Research Analysis Corp.

Optical Society of America, National Capital Section (1966)

President:
Vice-president:
Secretary:
Delegate:

Terry Porter, National Science Foundation
E. Dupre, Naval Research Laboratory

I. Malitson, National Bureau of Standards
Terry Porter

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

33 American Society of Plant Physiologists, Washington Section (1966)

President:

Glenn W. Patterson, University of Maryland

President-elect: Patricia Jackson, Agricultural Research Service

Secretary:
Delegate:

34 Washington Operations Research Council (1966)
Murray Kamrass, Institute for Defense Analysis

President:

Donald Krizek, Agricultural Research Service
Walter Shropshire, Radiation Biology Laboratory

President-elect: Samuel E. Eastman, Economic Sciences Corp.

Secretary:
Delegate:

Ellison Burton, Ernst & Ernst
John G. Honig, Office Chief of Staff, Army

35 Instrument Society of America, Washington Section (1967)

President: Francis C. Quinn
President-elect: John I. Peterson
Secretary: Frank L. Carou
Delegate: H. Dean Parry

36 American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical & Petroleum Engineers (1968)

President: Robert N. Morris, Southern Railway Systems
Vice-president: Ralph C. Kirby, Bureau of Mines

Secretary: Harold W. Lynde, Jr., Department of Commerce
Delegate: Bernardo F. Grossling, Geological Survey

37 National Capital Astronomers (1969)
Delegate: John T. Legowik

Alphabetical List of Members

M = Member; F = Fellow; E = Emeritus Member. Numbers in parentheses refer to numerical code in previous

list of affiliated Societies.

A

ABBOT, CHARLES G., Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D.C. 20560 (E-1, 23, 32)

ABELSON, PHILIP H., Geophysical Lab., 2801
Upton St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1,
4,7, 16)

ABRAHAM, GEORGE, M.S., 3107 Westover Dr.,
S.E., Washington, D.C. 20020 (F-1, 6, 12, 13,
31)

ACHTER, M.R., Code 6340, U.S. Naval Research
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-20, 36)

ADAMS, CAROLINE L., 242 North Granada St.,
Arlington, Va. 22203 (E-10)

ADAMS, ELLIOT Q., 1889 Edgewood Dr., Twins-
berg, Ohio 44087 (E)

ADAMS, WILLIAM W., Dept. of Mathematics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20740 (F)

AFFRONTI, LEWIS, Dept. of Microbiology,
George Washington Univ. Sch. of Med., 1339 H
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (M-16, 19)

AHEARN, ARTHUR J., 9621 East Bexhill Dr.,
Kensington, Md. 20795 (F-1)

AKERS, ROBERT P., 9912 Silverbrook Dr., Rock-
ville, Md. 20850 (F-6)

ALDRICH, JOHN W., Ph.D., 6324 Lakeview Dr.,
Falls Church, Va. 22041 (F-3)

ALDRIDGE, MARY H., Ph.D., Dept. of Chemis-
try, American University, Washington, D.C.
20016 (F-1, 4)

ALEXANDER, A.D., D.V.M., Div. of Veterinary
Med., Walter Reed Army Med. Ctr., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20012 (F-16, 19)

ALEXANDER, ALLEN L., Ph.D., Code 6120,
Naval Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-4)

ALEXANDER, BENJAMIN H., 2522 S. Dakota
Ave., N.E., Washington, D.C. 20018 (F-4)

ALGERMISSEN, S.T., 3904 Mt. Olney Lane,
Olney, Md. 20832 (F-6)

ALLAN, FRANK D., Dept. of Anatomy, George
Washington Univ., 1335 H St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20005 (M-6)

ALLEN, WILLIAM G., 8306 Custer Rd., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-14)

ALLISON, FRANKLIN E., 4930 Butterworth Pl.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-4, 6)

ALTER, HARVEY, Ph.D., Gillette Research Insti-
tute, 1413 Research Blvd., Rockville, Md.
20850 (F)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 103

ALTMAN, PHILIP L., 9206 Ewing Dr., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (M)

AMIRIKIAN, ARSHAM, 6526 Western Ave.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-17, 18)

ANDERSON, ELIZABETH P., 3768 McKinley St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (M)

ANDERSON, MYRON S., 1433 Manchester Lane,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20011 (F-4)

ANDERSON, WENDELL L., 7507 Elmhurst St.,
District Heights, Washington, D.C. 20028 (F-4)

ANDREWS, JOHN S., Beltsville Parasitological
Lab., Agric. Res. Cent., Beltsville, Md. 20705
(F-15)

APPEL, WILLIAM D., B.S., 12416 Regent Ave.,
N.E., Albuquerque, N. Mex. 87112 (E-6)

APSTEIN, MAURICE, Harry Diamond Labs., Con-
necticut Ave. & Van Ness St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20438 (F-1, 6, 13)

ARMSTRONG, GEORGE T., Ph.D., Natl. Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4,
6)

ARSEM, COLLINS, 6405 Maiden Lane, Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (M-1, 6, 13)

ASLAKSON, CARL I., 5707 Wilson Lane, Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 6, 12)

ASTIN, ALLEN V., Ph.D., 5008 Battery Lane,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-1, 13, 22, 31, 35)

AUSLANDER, JOSEPH, Dept. of Mathematics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F)

AXILROD, BENJAMIN M., 9915 Marquette Dr.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1)

AYENSU, EDWARD S., 103 G St., N.W., #8219,
Washington, D.C. 20024 (F-10)

BAILEY, J.M., Biochemistry Dept., Geo. Washing-
ton Univ. Sch. of Med., 1335 H St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20005 (M-16, 19)

BAILEY, WILLIAM J., Dept. of Chemistry, Univ.
of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F-4)

BAKER, ARTHUR A., 5201 Westwood Dr., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-7)

BAKER, LOUIS C.W., Ph.D., Dept. of Chemistry,
Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.
20007 (F-4)

BANKS, HARVEY W., 6233 N. 23rd St., Arling-
ton, Va. 22205 (F)

BARBROW, LOUIS E., Natl. Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 13, 32)

BARGER, GERALD L., 1527 Ainsley Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20904 (F-23)

BARNHART, CLYDE S., Sr., Land Warfare Lab.,
Aberdeen Proving Ground, Md. 21005 (F-5)

BARRETT, MRS. MORRIS K., Ph.D., 5528 John-
son Ave., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-6)

BARSS, H.P., 2545 S.W. Terwilliger Blvd., Apt.
534, Portland, Oreg. 97201 (E-3, 10)

BARTONE, JOHN C., School of Medicine, Howard
University, Washington, D.C. 20001 (M-19)

BASS, ARNOLD M., Ph.D., 11920 Coldstream Dr.,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-32)

BATEMAN, ALAN M., Ph.D., 91A Yale Station,
New Haven, Conn. 06520 (E)

BATES, P.H. 307 Skyhill Rd., Alexandria, Va.
22314 (E)

BATES, ROGER G., Dept. of Chemistry, Univ. of
Florida, Gainesville, Fla. 32601 (F-29)

BEACH, LOUIS A., Ph.D., 1200 Waynewood
Blvd., Alexandria, Va. 22308 (F-1, 6)

BEACH, PRISCILLA A., 616 Lake Dr., Towson
Md. 21204 (M)

BEACHAM, LOWRIE M., Jr., 2600 Valley Dr.,
Alexandria, Va. 22302 (F-4, 27)

BEACHEM, CEDRIC D.:, Code 6322 Metallurgy
Div., Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-20)

BECKER, EDWIN D., Building 2, National Insti-
tutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-4)

BECKETT, CHARLES W., 5624 Madison St.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-1, 4)

BECKMANN, ROBERT B., DEAN, College of
Engineering, Univ. of Maryland, College Park,
Md. 20740 (F-4, 6)

BEDINI, SILVIO A., 4303 47th St., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F-30)

BEIJ, K. HILDING, B.S., 69 Morningside Dr.,
Laconia, N.H. 03246 (F-1)

BEKKEDAHL, NORMAN, Ph.D., 301 N. Ocean
Blvd., Apt. 1103, Pompano Beach, Fla. 33062
(E-6)

BELKIN, MORRIS, National Inst. of Neurological
Diseases & Stroke, N.I.H., Bethesda, Md. 20014
(F)

BELSHEIM, ROBERT, Ph.D., Code 8401, U.S.
Naval Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-1, 12; 14)

BENDER, MAURICE, Ph.D., 6516 Bannockburn
Dr., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-4, 6, 27)

BENEDICT, WILLIAM S., 4935 Mass. Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-32)

BENESCH, WILLIAM, Inst. for Molecular Physics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(F-1, 32)

BENJAMIN, C.R., Ph.D., Natl. Fungus Collections,
Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. 20705
(F-10)

BENNETT, JOHN A., 7405 Denton Rd., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-20)

BENNETT, LAWRENCE H., 6524 E. Halbert Rd.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-20)

BENNETT, MARTIN TOSCAN, 1775 Church St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 (F)

BENNETT, ROBERT R., 5312 Yorktown .Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-6, 7)

BENNETT, WILLARD H., Dept. of Physics, North
Carolina State Univ., Raleigh, N.C. 27607 (F)

’

104 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

BERCH, JULIAN, Gillette Res. Inst., 1413 Res.
Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F-4)

BERLINER, ROBERT W., M.D., Deputy Dir. for
Science, National Institutes of Health, Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (F)

BERNTON, HARRY S., 3701 Massachusetts Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-8)

BEROZA, MORTON, Ph.D., USDA, Rm. 105
South Lab., Agriculture Research Center, Belts-
ville, Md. 20705 (F-4, 5, 19, 24)

BESTUL, ALDEN B., Natl. Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 6)

BICKLEY, WILLIAM E., Ph.D., Dept. of Entomol-
ogy, Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F-5, 24)

BIRCKNER, VICTOR, 1608 Tucker Rd., Oxon
Hill, Md. 20022 (E)

BIRD, H.R., Dept. of Poultry Science, Univ. of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. 53706 (F)

BIRKS, L.S., Code 7680, U.S. Naval Research
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F)

BLAKE, DORIS H., M.A., 3416 Glebe Rd., North,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (E-5)

BLANC, MILTON L., c/o W.M.O. Case Postal 1,
1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland (F)

BLANDFORD, MISS J., 1703 East West Highway,
Apt. 409, Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F)

BLANK, CHARLES A., 5110 Sideburn Rd., Fair-
fax, Va. 22030 (M-6)

BLOCK, STANLEY, National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

BLUM, WILLIAM, 5225 Partridge Lane, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20016 (E-4, 6, 20, 29)

BLUNT, ROBERT F., 5411 Moorland Lane, Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (F)

BOEK, JEAN K., 5400 Grosvenor Lane, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-2)

BOGLE, ROBERT W., 519 Foxen Drive, Santa
Barbara, Calif. 93105 (F-1, 6)

BONDELID, ROLLON O., Ph.D., Code 7610,
Naval Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F)

BORTHWICK, HARRY A., 13700 Creekside Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (E-10, 33)

BOWER, VINCENT E., Natl. Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

BOWLES, RONALD E., Ph.D., Bowles Fluidics
Corp., 9347 Fraser Ave., Silver Spring, Md.
20910 (F)

BOWMAN, PAUL W., Westwood Bldg., Rm. 922,
Inst. of Gen. Med. Science, Natl. Institutes of
Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

BOWMAN, THOMAS E., Ph.D., Div. of Crustacea,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
20560 (F-3)

BOZEMAN, F. MARILYN, Dept. of Rickettsia
Disease, Walter Reed Army Inst. of Res., Walter
Reed Army Med. Ctr., Washington, D.C. 20012
(F-16, 19)

BRAATEN, NORMAN F., U.S. Coast & Geodetic
Survey, 6001 Executive Blvd., Rockville, Md.
20852 (F-1, 12, 17)

BRANCATO, E.L., Code 4004, U.S. Naval Re-
search Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F)

BRANDEWIE, DONALD F., 1107 Kennedy St.,
Falls Church, Va. 22046 (F)

BRANSON, HERMAN, President, Central State
Univ., Wilberforce, Ohio (F)

BRAUER, G.M., Dental Research A-123 Polymer,
Natl. Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-4, 21)

BRAZEE, RUTLAGE J., 619 Kenbrook Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (M)

BRECKENRIDGE, F.C., 5301 Broad Branch Rd.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-1, 32)

BRECKENRIDGE, R.G., Atomics International,
P.O. Box 309, Canoga Park, Calif. 91364 (F)

BREGER, IRVING A., Ph.D., 212 Hillsboro Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-4, 7)

BREIT, GREGORY, State Univ. of N.Y. at Buf-
falo, 4248 Ridge Lea Rd., Amherst, N.Y.
14226 (F)

BRENNER, ABNER, Natl. Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4, 6, 29)

BREWER, CARL R., Ph.D., 8113 Lilly Stone Dr.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-16)

BRICKWEDDE, F.G., Ph.D., Osmond Laboratory,
Dept. of Physics, Penn. State University, Uni-
versity Park, Pa. 16802 (F-1)

BRIER, GLENN W., M.A., 1729 N. Harrison St.,
Arlington, Va. 22205 (F-23)

BROADHURST, MARTIN G., 504 Calvin Lane,
Rockville, Md. 20851 (F)

BRODIE, BERNARD B., Lab. of Chem. Pharma-
cology, Natl. Heart and Lung Inst., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F)

BROMBACHER, W.G., 6914 Ridgewood Ave.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (E-1)

BROOKS, RICHARD C., M.S.E., 876 N. Kentucky
St., Arlington, Va. 22205 (M-13)

BROWN, B.F., Sc.D., Code 6320, Naval Research
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-20, 29)

BROWN, J.R.C., Dept. of Zoology, Univ. of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F)

BROWN, RUSSELL G., Dept. of Botany, Univ. of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F-6, 10)

BROWN, THOMAS McP., Arthritis Clinic of N.
Virginia, S. 25th St., and Army-Navy Dr.,
Arlington, Va. 22206 (F)

BRUCK, STEPHEN D., 10606 Montrose Ave.,
Apt. 203, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-4, 6)

BRYAN, MILTON M., U.S. Forest Service, Rm.
3025, S. Agriculture Bldg., Washington, D.C.
20250 (M-4, 6)

BUGGS, C.W., Sch. of Allied Hlth Professions,
King-Drew Hlth Ctr., 1635 East 103rd St., Los
Angeles, Calif. 90002 (F-6, 16, 19)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 105

BUNN, RALPH W., M.P.H., Box 411A, Route 3,
Wild Rose Shores, Annapolis, Md. 21403 (F)

BURAS, EDMUND M., Jr., Gillette Research Inst.,
1413 Research Bivd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

BURGERS, J.M., D.M.P.S., 4622 Knox Road, Apt.
7, College Park, Md. 20740 (F-1)

BURINGTON, RICHARD S., Ph.D., 1834 N.
Hartford St., Arlington, Va. 22201 (F-1, 6)
BURK, DEAN, Natl. Cancer Institute, Bethesda,

Md. 20014 (F)

BURKEY, LLOYD A., 1212 Harding Lane, Silver
Spring, Md. 20904 (E-16)

BURNETT, H.C., Metallurgy Division, Natl. Bu-
reau of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

BYERLY, PERRY, Dept.
physics, Univ. of California,
94720 (F)

BYERLY, T.C., Asst. Director, Science Education,
U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.
20250 (F)

of Geology & Geo-
Berkeley, Calif.

C

CALDWELL, FRANK R., 4821 47th St.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-1, 6)

CALDWELL, JOSEPH M., 2732 N. Kensington St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (E-18)

CAMERON, JOSEPH M., A345 Physics Bldg.,
Natl. Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-1)

CAMPANELLA, S. JOSEPH, 18917 Whetstone
Circle, Gaithersburg, Md. 20760 (F)

CAMPBELL, F.L., Ph.D., 2475 Virginia Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037 (F-5, 24)

CANDELA, GEORGE A., Natl. Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

CANNON, E.W., 5 Vassar Circle, Glen Echo, Md.
20768 (F-1)

N.W.,

CARDER, DEAN S., Ph.D., 390 Main St., Rm.
7021, San Francisco, Calif. 94105 (E)
CAREY, FRANCIS E., 12 N. Edison St., Arling-

ton, Va. 22203 (F)

CARHART, HOMER W., 6919 Lee Place, Annan-
dale, Va. 22003 (F-1, 6)

CARLSTON, RICHARD C., Calif. State Polytech-
nic Coll., San Luis Obispo, Calif. 93401 (F-6,
20, 29)

CARMICHAEL, LEONARD, Natl. Geographic
Society, 17th & M Sts., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20036 (F)

CARROLL, THOMAS J., 4522 N. Charles St.,
Baltimore, Md. 21210 (F-1, 13, 25, 31, 32)

CARROLL, WILLIAM R., Room B-18, Bldg. 4,
National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.
20014 (F)

CARRON, MAXWELL K., U.S. Geological Survey,
Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-4, 7)

CARTER, HUGH, 2039 New Hampshire Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20009 (F)

106

CASH, EDITH K., 126 Tennessee Ave.,
Washington, D.C. 20002 (E-10)

CASSEL, JAMES M., Route |, Sunnyview Dr.,
Germantown, Md. 20767 (F-20)

CASSIDY, MARIE M., George Washington Sch. of
Med., 1339 H St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20005 (F)

CATHEY, HENRY M., 1817 Bart Dr.,
Spring, Md. 20904 (F-33)

CAUL, HAROLD J., Polymer Bldg., Natl. Bureau
of pena Washington, D.C. 20234 (E-4, 20,
21

CHALKLEY, HAROLD W., 4609 Highland Ave.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (E-19)

CHAPIN, EDWARD J., 7123 Burtonwood Dr.,
Alexandria, Va. 22307 (F-14, 20)

CHAPLIN, HARVEY P., Jr., 1561 Forest Villa
Lane, McLean, Va. 22101 (F-22)

CHAPLINE, W.R., 4225 43rd St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20016 (E-6, 10, 11)

NES

Silver

CHAPMAN, GEORGE B., Dept. of Biology,
Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.
20007 (F)

CHEEK, CONRAD H., Ph.D., Code 8330, U.S.
Naval Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-4)

CHEZEM, CURTIS G., Ph.D., Head, Dept. of
Nuclear Engineering, Kansas State Univ., Man-
hattan, Kans. 66502 (F)

CLAIRE, CHARLES N., 4403 14th St.,
Washington, D.C. 20011 (F-1, 12)

CLARK, FRANCIS E., ARS Research Lab., P.O.
Box E, Ft. Collins, Colo. 80521 (F)

CLARK, GEORGE E., Jr., 4022 North Stafford
St., Arlington, Va. 22207 (F)

CLARK, JOAN ROBINSON, Ph.D., U.S. Geologi-
cal Survey, Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-7)

CLARK, KENNETH G., 4816 46th St.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (E)

CLAUSEN, CURTIS P., University of California,
Riverside, Calif. 92507 (E-5)

CLEMENT, J. REID, Jr., 3720 Weltham St.,
Washington, D.C. 20023 (F)

CLEVEN, GALE W., 8313 Forrester Blvd., Spring-
field, Va. 22150 (F-1, 6)

CODLING, KEITH, University of Reading, Physics
Dept., Reading, England (F)

COHEE, GEORGE V., U.S.. Geological Survey,
Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-6, 7)

COHN, ERNST M., 103 G St., S.W., Apt. 620-B,
Washington, D.C. 20024 (M-4, 29)

COHN, ROBERT, 7221 Pyle Road, Bethesda, Md.
20034 (F)

COLE, KENNETH S., National
Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-1)

COLLINS, HENRY 6B., 2557 36th St.,
Washington, D.C. 20007 (E-2)

N.W.,

N.W.,

Institutes of

N.W.,

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

COLWELL, R.R., Ph.D., Dept. of Biology, George-
town University, Washington, D.C. 20007
(F-16)

COMPTON, W. DALE, Director, Chem. and Phys.
Sciences, Ford Motor Co., 20000 Rotunda
Drive, Dearborn, Mich. 48121 (F)

CONGER, PAUL S., M.S., U.S. National Museum,
Washington, D.C. 20560 (E)

COOK, HAROLD T., Ph.D., Mkt. Quality Res. Div.
Ams., U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Hyattsville,
Md. 20250 (F-1, 10, 27)

COOK, RICHARD K., Ph.D., Environmental
Science Service, Adm. Geo-acoustics Group, R
45 X 7, Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-1, 25)

COOK, ROBERT C., Population Consultant, 1701
18th St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20009 (F-10)

COOKE, C. WYTHE, Ph.D., Princess Issena Hotel,
Daytona Beach, Fla. 32020 (E-7)

COOLIDGE, HAROLD J., 2101 Constitution Ave.,
Washington, D.C. 20037 (E-6)

COONS, GEORGE H., Ph.D., 7415 Oak Lane,
Chevy Chase, Md., 20015 (E-10)

COOPER, G. ARTHUR, U.S. Natl. Museum, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20560 (F-7)

CORNFIELD, JEROME, 9650 Rockville Pike,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

CORRELL, DAVID L., Radiation Biology Lab.,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
20560 (F-4, 33)

CORY, ERNEST N., Ph.D., 4710 College Ave.,
College Park, Md. 20742 (E-5)

COSTRELL, LOUIS, Chief, 502.02, Natl. Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 13)

COTTAM, C., Welder Wildlife Foundation, Box
1400, Sinton, Texas 78387 (F-3, 6)

COULSON, E. JACK, Ph.D., Allergens Lab. Eurrd,
Agric. Research Service, U.S. Dept. of Agricul-
ture, Washington, D.C. 20250 (F-4, 19)

COX, EDWIN L., Biometrical Services, ARS, Ag.
Res. Center, Bldg. 228, Beltsville, Md. 20705
(F-6)

COYLE, THOMAS D., National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4, 6)

CRAFT, CHARLES C., U.S. Dept. of Agriculture,
Box 700, Pomona, Calif. 91766 (F)

CRAFTON, PAUL A., P.O. Box 454, Rockville,
Md. 20850 (F)

CRAGOE, CARL S., 6206 Sengleton Place, Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (E-1, 6)

CRANE, LANGDON T., Jr., 7103 Oakridge Ave.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 6)

CRAVEN, JOHN P., Special Projects Office, Dept.
of the Navy, Washington, D.C. 20350 (F-1, 25)

CREITZ, E. CARROLL, 10145 Cedar Lane, Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (E)

CRESSMAN, GEORGE P., 9 Old Stage Court,
Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-23)

CRETSOS, JAMES M., 3210 Saber Circle, Fairfax,
Va. 22030 (M-4)

CROSSETTE, GEORGE, 4217 Glenrose St., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (M-6, 9, 11, 17)

CULBERT, DOROTHY K., 812 A St. S.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20003 (M-6)

CULLINAN, FRANK P., 4402 Beechwood Rd.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E-6, 10, 33)

CURRAN, HAROLD R., 3431 N. Randolph St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (E-16)

CURTIS, ROGER W., Ph.D., 6308 Valley Rd.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F)

CURTISS, LEON F., 1690 Bayshore Drive, Engle-
wood, Fla. 33533 (E-1)

CUTHILL, JOHN R., Ph.D., 12700 River Rd.,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-20, 36)

CUTKOSKY, ROBERT DALE, 19150 Roman
Way, Gaithersburg, Md. 20760 (F-6, 13)

CUTTITTA, FRANK, 12911 Bluhill Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20906 (F-4, 6, 7)

D

DACONS, JOSEPH C., Naval
White Oak, Md. 20910 (F)

DALY, JOSEPH F., 6217 85th Place, New Carroll-
ton, Md. 20784 (F)

DARRACOTT, HALVOR T., M.S., 3325 Mansfield
Rd., Falls Church, Va. 22041 (F-13)

DARWENT, B. DE B., Chemistry Dept., Catholic
Univ. of America, Washington, D.C. 20017
(F-1, 4)

DAVIS, CHARLES M., Jr., 8458 Portland Place,
McLean, Virginia 22101 (M-25)

DAVIS, MARION MACLEAN, M.M.D., 5315 29th
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-4, 6)

Ordnance Lab.,

DAVIS, R.F., Head, Dairy Science Dept., Univer-

sity of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F)

DAVIS, RAYMOND, 5315 29th St., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20015 (E-1, 4)

DAVIS, STEPHEN S., Dean, School of Engrg. &
Arch., Howard University, Washington, D.C.
20001 (M-6, 14)

DAVISSON, JAMES W., 4654 Cedar Ridge Dr.,
S.E., Washington, D.C. 20021 (F-1)

DAWSON, ROY C., 4019 Beechwood Rd., Univ.
Park, Md. 20782 (F-16)

DAWSON, VICTOR C.D., 9406 Curran Road,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F-6, 14, 20, 22)

DE BERRY, MARIAN B., 1116 Lamont St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20010 (M)

DE CARLO, MICHAEL, 2101 Constitution Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20408 (M-6)

DE FERIET, J. KAMPE, Prof. A. La Faculte
Des-Sci., de !’Univ. de Lille, 82 Rue Meurein,
Lille, France (F)

DE PACKH, DAVID, 100 Vista Terrace, S.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20022 (F-1)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 107

DE PUE, LELAND A., Ph.D., Code 2305, Naval
Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-6,
20)

DE VOE, JAMES R., 17708 Parkridge Dr., Gai-
thersburg, Md. 20760 (F-4, 6)

DE VORE, CHARLES, 2243 N. Trenton St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (M-12, 13, 26)

DE WIT, ROLAND, Metallurgy Division, National
Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
(F-1, 6, 36)

DEHL, RONALD E., 3895 Rodman St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

DEITZ, VICTOR R., 3310 Winnett Rd., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F-28)

DEMUTH, HAL P., 4025 Pinebrook Rd., Alexan-
dria, Va. 22310 (F-17)

DERMEN, HAIG, Plant Industry Station, Belts-
ville, Md. 20705 (E)

DESLATTES, RICHARD D., Jr., 610 Aster Blvd.,
Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

DETWILER, SAMUEL B., Jr., 631 S. Walter Reed
Drive, Arlington, Va. 22204 (F-4)

DI MARZIO, E.A., 14205 Parkvale Rd., Rockville,
Md. 20853 (F)

DIAMOND, J.J., Materials A-329, National Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4,
6)

DIAMOND, MRS. JACOB, 6436 Bannockburn Dr.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 4, 28)

DICKSON, GEORGE, M.A., Dental Research Sec-
tion, National Bureau of Standards, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20234 (F-6, 21)

DIEHL, WALTER S., 4501 Lowell St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-22)

DIEHL, WILLIAM W., 1512 N. McKinley Rd.,
Arlington, Va. 22205 (E-3, 10)

DIGGES, THOMAS G., 3900 N. Albemarle St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (E-20)

DINGER, DONALD B., U.S. Army MERDC, Attn:
SMEFB-A, Ft. Belvoir, Va. 22060 (F-13)

DOCTOR, NORMAN, B.S., 3814 Littleton St.,
Wheaton, Md. 20906 (F-13)

DOETSCH, RAYMOND N., Microbiology Dept.,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(F-16)

DOFT, FLOYD S., Ph.D., 6416 Garnett Drive,
Kenwood, Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (E-19)

DOSS, MILDRED A., 109 Park Valley, Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-15)

DOUGLAS, CHARLES A., Section 232.11, Natl.
Bureau of Standards, Washington D.C. 20234
(F)

DOUGLAS, THOMAS B., Ph.D., 3031 Sedgwick
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-4)

DRAEGER, R. HAROLD, M.D., 1201 N. 4th St.,
Tucson, Ariz. 85705 (E)

DRECHSLER, CHARLES, Ph.D., 6915 Oakridge
Rd., University Park (Hyattsville), Md. 20782
(F-6, 10)

DU PONT, JOHN ELEUTHERE, Newton Square,
Pennsylvania 19073 (M)

DUERKSEN, J.A.,. 3134 Monroe St., N.E., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20018 (E-1, 6)

DUNCAN, HELEN M., U.S. National Museum,
Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-7)

DUNNING, K.L., Ph.D., Code 7670, Naval Re-
search Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1)

DUPONT, JEAN R., 818 Moore St., Sikeston, Mo.
63801 (F-19)

DURST, RICHARD A., Ph.D., Chemistry Bldg.,
Rm. A219, National Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

DURY, ABRAHAM, Ph.D, 5510 Cornish Rd.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-19)

EASTER, DONALD, Code SL., NASA Headattrs.,
Washington, D.C. 20546 (M-4, 6, 13)

EBY, RONALD K., Chief, Polymers Division,
National Bureau of Standards, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F-25)

ECKERT, W.J., IBM Watson Laboratory, 612 W.
115th St., New York, N.Y. 10025 (F)

ECKHARDT, E.A., 840 12th St., Oakmont, Alle-
gheny County, Pa. 15139 (E-1)

EDDY, BERNICE E., Ph.D., Div. Biologic Stan-
dards, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-6, 16, 19)

EDDY, NATHAN B., 7055 Wilson Lane, Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-4, 6, 19)

EDERER, DAVID L., FAR U V Physics Section,
Rm. A251, Bldg. 221, National Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-32)

EDMUNDS, LAFE R., Ph.D., 6003 Leewood Dr.,
Alexandria, Va. 22310 (F-5)

EGOLF, DONALD R., 3600 Cambridge Court,
Upper Marlboro, Md. 20870 (F-10)

EISENHART, CHURCHILL, National Bureau of
Standards, MET A-123, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

ELBOURN, ROBERT D., 8221 Hamilton Spring
Ct., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 13)

ELLINGER, GEORGE A., 739 Kelly Dr., York,
Pa. 17404 (E-6)

ELLIOTT, F.E., 7507 Grange Hall Dr., Oxon Hill,
Md. 20022 (F)

ELLIS, N.R., 4011 Van Buren St., W. Hyattsville,
Md. 20782 (E)

ELLISON, ALFRED H., Gillette Research Inst.,
1413 Research Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850
(F-4)

EMERSON, W.B., 415 Aspen St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20012 (E-32)

ENNIS, WILLIAM B., Jr., 4011 College Hgts. Dr.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-6)

ESTERMANN, |., Dept. of Physics, Technion,
Haifa, Israel (F-1)

108 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

EGZEL. HOWARD W., 7304 River Hill Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20021 (F)

EVANS, W. DUANE, 364 Ives Hall, Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca, N.Y. 14850 (F)

EWERS, JOHN C., 4432 26th Road, North,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (F-2)

F

FAHEY, JOSEPH J., U.S. Geological Survey,
Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-4, 6, 7)

FARR, MARIE L., National Fungus Collections,
Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. 20705
(F-10)

FARR, MARION M., 515 Thayer Ave., Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-15)

FARRE, GEORGE L., Georgetown Univ., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20007 (F-30)

FARROW, RICHARD P., National Canners Assn.,
1133 20th St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036
(F-4, 6, 27)

FAULKNER, JOSEPH A., 1007 Sligo Creek Pky.,
Takoma Park, Md. 20012 (F-6)

FAUST, GEORGE T., 9907 Capitol View Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-7, 31)

FAUST, WILLIAM R., Ph.D., U.S. Naval Research
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1, 6)

FEARN, JAMES E., Ph.D., Polymer Chemistry
Section, National Bureau of Standards, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

FELSENFELD, OSCAR, Tulane Research Center,
Covington, La. 70433 (F-6)

FELSHER, MURRAY, Amer. Geological Inst.,
2201 M St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006
(M-7)

FERGUSON, ROBERT E., 6307 Tone Dr., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20034 (F-4)

FERRELL, RICHARD A., Dept. of Physics, Uni-
versity of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(F-6, 31)

FIELD, WILLIAM D., Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-5)

FINLEY, HAROLD E., Head, Dept. of Zoology,
Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20001
(F-3)

FISK, BERT, Code 5418, U.S. Naval Research
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-6)

FIVAZ, ALFRED E., 804 Dale Drive, Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (E-11)

FLETCHER, DONALD G., Natl. Bureau of Stan-
dards, Rm. A102, Bldg. 231 - IND, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (M-4)

| FLETCHER, HEWITT G., Jr., Box 217, Sandy
Spring, Md. 20860 (F)

|) FLINT, EINAR P., U.S. Bureau of Mines, 4071
. Interior Bldg., Washington, D.C. 20240 (F-4,
20, 28, 36)

FLORIN, ROLAND E., Polymer Chemistry Sec-
tion, B-328 Poly, National Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

FLYNN, DANIEL R., 17500 Ira Court, Derwood,
Md. 20855 (F)

FLYNN, JOSEPH H., 5309 Iroquois Rd., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20016 (F-4)

FONER, S.N., Applied Physics Lab., Johns
Hopkins University, Silver Spring, Md. 20910
(F-1)

FOOTE, PAUL D., 5144 Macomb St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F)

FOOTE, RICHARD H., Sc.D., 8807 Victoria
Road, Springfield, Va. 22151 (F-5, 6)

FORD, W. KENT, Jr. Dept. of Terrestrial Magne-
tism, Carnegie Institution of Washington, 5241
Broad Branch Rd., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20015 (F)

FORD, TIREY FOSTER, Code 6170, U.S. Naval
Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-4)

FORZIATI, ALPHONSE F., Ph.D., 9812 Dameron
Dr., Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-1, 4, 21, 29)

FORZIATI, FLORENCE H., Ph.D., CFE, ARS,
USDA, Federal Center Bldg., Hyattsville, Md.
20781 (F-4)

FOSTER, AUREL O., Parasitological Lab., Agri-
culture Research Center, Beltsville, Md. 20750
(F-15)

FOURNIER, ROBERT O., 1550 Dana Avenue,
Palo Alto, Calif. 94303 (F-6, 7)

FOURT, LYMAN, 5510 Johnson Ave., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F)

FOWELLS, H.A., Ph.D., 10217 Green Forest,
Silver Spring, Md. 20903 (F-11)

FOWLER, EUGENE, U.S. Atomic Energy Comm.,
Washington, D.C. 20545 (M-26)

FOWLER, JOHN, Dept. of Physics, Univ. of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20740 (F)

FOX, DAVID W., The Johns Hopkins Univ.,
Applied Physics Lab., Silver Spring, Md. 20910
(F)

FOX, M.R. SPIVEY, Ph.D., 6115 Wiscassett Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-19)

FOX, ROBERT B., Naval Res. Lab., Washington,
D.C. 20390 (F-4, 6)

FRAME, ELIZABETH G., Ph.D., 7711 Radnor
Rd., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F)

FRANKLIN, PHILIP J., 5907 Massachusetts Ave.
Extended, Washington, D.C. 20016 (F)

FRANZ, GERALD J., M.S., 9638 Culver St.,
Kensington, Md. 20795 (M-6, 25)

FREDERIKSE, H.P.R., Ph.D., 9625 Dewmar Lane,
Kensington, Md. 20795 (F)

FREEMAN, ANDREW F., 5012 N. 33rd St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (M)

FREEMAN, DAVID H., 11903 Devilwood Dr.,
Rockville, Md. 20854 (F-4)

FREEMAN, MONROE E., 1200 N. Nash St.,
Arlington, Va. 22209 (F-4, 19)

FRENKIEL, FRANCOIS N., Dept. Applied Mathe-
matics, Naval Ship Res. & Develop. Ctr., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20034 (F-1, 22, 23)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 109

FRIEDMAN, LEO, Ph.D., Director, Div. of Toxi-
cology (BF-140), Bureau of Foods and Pesti-
cides, Food & Drug Admin., H.E.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20204 (F-4, 19)

FRIESS, S.L., Ph.D., Physical Biochemistry Div.,
Naval Med. Res. Inst. NNMC, Bethesda, Md.
20014 (F-4)

FULLMER, IRVIN H., Warwick Towers, Apt.
1003, 1131 University Blvd. W., Silver Spring,
Md. 20902 (F)

FULTON, ROBERT A., 530 Merrie Dr., Corvallis,
Oreg. 97330 (E-24)

FURUKAWA, GEORGE T., National Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4, 6)

FUSILLO, MATTHEW H., V.A. Hospital, 50 Irving
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20422 (M-6, 16)

G

GABRIELSON, IRA N., 2500 Leeds Rd., Oakton,
Va. 22124 (F-6)

GAFAFER, WILLIAM M., 133 Cunningham Dr.,
New Smyrna Beach, Fla. 32069 (E)

GAGE, WILLIAM, Ph.D., 2146 Florida Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-2)

GALLER, SIDNEY, Asst. Secy. of Science, Smith-
sonian_ Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560
(F-6)

GALLOWAY, RAYMOND A., Dept. of Botany,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F-33)

GALTSOFF, PAUL S., P.O. Box 167, Woods Hole,
Mass. 20543 (E-3)

GALVIN, CYRIL J., Jr., 2915 Tennyson St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-7, 18, 30)

GANT, JAMES O., Jr., 1801 Eye St., N.W., Suite
812, Washington, D.C. 20006 (M)

GARDNER, IRVINE C., Ph.D., 9531 E. Stanhope
Rd., Rock Creek Hills, Kensington, Md. 20795

wlE-1,6;,32}

GARGUS, JAMES L., 7108 Wayne Dr., Annan-
dale, Va. 22003 (M)

GARNER, C.L., The Garfield, 5410 Connecticut
Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (E-1, 4,
12 Ag atch

GARSTENS, MRS. HELEN L., 913 Buckingham
Drive, Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F)

GARVIN, DAVID, 4000 Tunlaw Rd., N.W., Apt.
323, Washington, D.C. 20008 (F)

GEIL, GLENN W., 211 N. Wakefield St., Arling-
ton, Va. 22203 (F-20)

GELLER, ROMAN F., 4977 Battery Lane, Apt.
406, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (E-28)

GHAFFARI, ABOLGHASSEM, Ph.D., D.Sc.,
NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, Greenbelt,
Md. 20771 (F-1)

GIBSON, JOHN E., Box 96, Gibson, N.C. 28343
(E)

110

GIBSON, KASSON S., 4817 Cumberland St
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (E)

GIBSON, RALPH E., Johns Hopkins Applied
Physics Lab., 8231 Georgia Ave., Silver Spring,
Md. 20910 (F-1, 4, 22)

GINNINGS, DEFOE C., Physics Bldg., Rm. B-328,
National Bureau of Standards, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F)

GINTHER, ROBERT J., Code 6060, U.S. Naval
ala Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-28,
29

GISH, OLIVER H., 7107 S. Indian River Dr., Fort
Pierce, Fla. 33450 (E-1, 6)

GIUFFRIDA, MRS. LAURA, 1600 S. Joyce St.,
Apt. B-211, Arlington, Va. 22202 (F)

GLASGOW, A.R., Jr., 4116 Hamilton St., Hyatts-
ville, Md. 20781 (F-4, 6)

GLASSER, ROBERT G., Ph.D., 2812 Abilene Dr.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-1, 6)

GLICKSMAN, MARTIN E., 2223 Hindle Lane,
Bowie, Md. 20715 (F-20)

GODFREY, THEODORE B., 7508 Old Chester
Rd., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (E)

GOLDBERG, MICHAEL, 5823 Potomac Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F)

GOLUMBIC, CALVIN, Agr. Res. Service, Rm.
358, Bldg. A, Washington, D.C. 20250 (F)

GONET, FRANK, 4007 N. Woodstock St., Arling-
ton, Va. 22207 (F-4)

GOODE, ROBERT J., B.S., Strength of Metals Br.,
Code 6380, Metallurgy Div., U.S.N.R.L., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20390 (F-20)

GOODMAN, RALPH, 6600 Melody Lane, Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F)

GORDON, CHARLES L., 5512 Charles St., Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (F-1, 4, 6)

GORDON, FRANCIS B., Ph.D., M.D., Dir. Dept.
of Microbiology, N.M.R.I. Naval Medical Cen-
ter, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-6, 16, 19)

GORDON, NATHAN, 1121 Univ. Blvd., Apt. 205,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F)

GORDON, RUTH E., Inst. of Microbiology, Rut-
gers Univ., New Brunswick, N.J. 08903 (F-16)

GOULD, |.A., Dept. of Dairy Technology, 2121
Fyffe Rd., Ohio State University, Columbus,
Ohio 43210 (F)

GRAF, JOHN E., 2035 Parkside Dr., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20012 (F-3, 5, 6)

GRASSL, CARL O., Sugar Plant Field Station,
P.O. Box 156, Canal Point, Fla. 33438 (F)

GRATON, L.C., Apt. B., 600 Prospect St., New
Haven, Conn. 06511 (E-7)

GRAY, ERNEST P., Applied Physics Laboratory,

8621 Georgia Ave., Silver Spring, Md. 20910
(F-1)

GRAY, IRVING, Georgetown Univ., Washington,
D.C. 20007 (F)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

GREENOUGH, M.L., M.S., Rm. A109 Poly, Na-
tional Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

GREENSPAN, MARTIN, 12 Granville Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (F-1, 25)

GRIFFITHS, NORMAN _ H.C., Dental School,
Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20001
(F)

GRISAMORE, NELSON T., National Academy of
Sciences, 2101 Constitution Ave., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20418 (F-1, 6, 13)

GROSSLING, BERNARDO F., 10903 Amherst
Ave., Apt. 241, Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-7,
36)

GROVES, DONALD G., c/o Town House Apt.
817, 601 19th St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20006 (F)

GUARINO, P.A., 6714 Montrose Rd., Rockville,
Md. 20852 (F-13)

| GUILDNER, LESLIE A., Ph.D., National Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 6)

GUNN, CHARLES R., 10321 Seven Locks Rd.,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-22)

GURNEY, ASHLEY B., Ph.D., c/o Systematic
Entomology Lab., USDA, U.S. National Mu-
seum, Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-3, 5, 6)

H

HAAS, PETER H., 9232 E. Park Hill
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (M)

HACSKAYLO, EDWARD, Ph.D., Plant Industry
Station, USDA, Beltsville, Md. 20250 (F-6, 10,
11, 33)

HAENNI, EDWARD O., Food and Drug Adminis-
tration, H.E.W., Washington, D.C. 20204 (F-4)

HAGUE, JOHN L., National Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4, 6, 7)

HAHN, FRED E., Dept. of Molecular Biology,
Walter Reed Army Inst. of Res., Washington,
D.C. 20012 (F)

HAINES, KENNETH A., ARS, USDA, Federal
Center Bldg., Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-5, 24)

HAKALA, REINO W., Mathematics Dept., Okla-
homa City U., Oklahoma City, Okla. 73106 (F)

| HALL, E. RAYMOND, Museum of Natural His-
tory, Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. 66044
(F)

HALL, R. CLIFFORD, M.F., 316 Mansion Drive,
Alexandria, Va. 22302 (E-11)

| HALL, STANLEY A., 9506 E. Stanhope Rad.,
Kensington, Md. 20795 (F-4, 24)

"| HALL, WAYNE C., Naval Research Lab., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20390 (F-1, 6, 13, 31)

HALLER, H.L., 4407 38th St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20016 (E-4, 5, 6, 24)

HALLER, WOLFGANG, National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

Drive,

HALSTEAD, BRUCE W., World Life Research
Institute, 23000 Grand Terrace, Colton, Calif.
92324 (F-6, 19)

HAMBLETON, EDSON J., 5140 Worthington Dr.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 3, 5)

HAMER, WALTER J., Bureau of Standards, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20234 (F-6, 13, 29)

HAMILTON, C.E. MIKE, Federal Power Comm.,
441 G St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20426 (M-7,
36)

HAMILTON, CANON M., Washington Cathedral,
Mt. Saint Alban, Washington, D.C. 20016 (M)

HAMME RSCHMIDT, W.W., 7818 Holmes Run Dr.,
Falls Church, Va. 22042 (M-1)

HAMMOND, H. DAVID, 14 Chappel St., Brock-
port, N.Y. 14420 (M-10)

HAMPP, EDWARD G., D.D.S., National Institutes
of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-21)

HAND, CADET H., Jr., Bodega Marine Lab.,
Bodega Bay, Calif. 94923 (F-6)

HANSEN, IRA B., Ph.D., Dept. of Biological
Sciences, George Washington University, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20006 (F-3, 6)

HANSEN, LOUIS S., School of Dentistry, Univer-
sity of California, San Francisco, Calif. 94122
(F-21)

HANSEN, MORRIS H., M.A., Westat Research,
Inc., 7979 Old Georgetown Road, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-34)

HARDENBURG, ROBERT EARLE, Ph.D., Plant
Industry Station, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F)

HARDER, E.C., 486 Strathcona Ave., Westmount,
Montreal 217, Que., Canada (F-6, 7, 11)

HARRINGTON, M.C., Physics Directorate, Air
Force Off. Sctfc., 1400 Wilson Blvd., Arlington,
Va. 22209 (F-1, 13, 22, 31, 32)

HARRIS, MILTON, 3300 Whitehaven St., N.W.,
Suite 500, Washington, D.C. 20007 (F)

HARRIS, THOMAS H., Office of Pesticides, Public
Health Service, HEW, Washington, D.C. 20201
(F)

HARRISON, W.N., 3734 Windom PI., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 6, 28)

HARTLEY, JANET W., Ph.D., National Inst. of
Allergy & Infectious Diseases, National Insti-
tutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

HARTMANN, GREGORY K., 10701 Keswick St.,
Garrett Park, Md. 20766 (F-1, 25)

HASELTINE, NATE, Medicine & Science, The
Washington Post, Washington, D.C. 20005
(F-23)

HASKINS, C.P., Carnegie Inst. of Washington,
1530 P St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F-4,
5,6, 17)

HASS, GEORG H., 7728 Lee Avenue, Alexandria,
Va. 22308 (F)

HAUPTMAN, HERBERT, Medical Foundation of
Buffalo, 73 High St., Buffalo, N.Y. 14203 (F)

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 111

HAWTHORNE, EDWARD W., Head, Dept. of
Physiology, Howard University, Washington,
D.C. 20001 (F-8, 19)

HAZLETON, L.W., Ph.D., Hazleton Labs., P.O.
Box 30, Falls Church, Va. 22046 (F-4, 19)

HEINRICH, KURT F., 4826 Montgomery Lane,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

HEINZE, P.H., Ph.D., Horticultural Crops Re-
search, USDA, ARS, MQ, Rm. 803 F.C.B.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-4, 6, 10, 33)

HELLER, ISIDORE, Dept. of Mathematics, Catho-
lic University, Washington, D.C. 20017 (F)

HENDERSON, E.P., Div. of Meteorites, U.S. Na-
tional Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560 (E)

HENDERSON, MALCOLM C., Ph.D., 2900 29th
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 6, 25,
26, 30)

HENNEBERRY, THOMAS J., 2608 Shenandale
Dr., Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (F-5, 24)

HERMACH, FRANCIS L., 2415 Eccleston St.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-13, 35)

HERMAN, ROBERT C., Theoretical Physics Dept.,
General Motors Research Lab., 12 Mi & Mound
Rds., Warren, Mich. 48091 (F-1)

HERSCHMAN, HARRY K., 3349 Military Rd.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-20)

HERSEY, MAYO D., M.A., Div. of Engineering,
Brown University, Providence, R.!. 02912 (F-1)

HERZFELD, KARL F., Dept. of Physics, Catholic
University, Washington, D.C. 20017 (F-1)

HERZFELD, REGINA F., Ph.D., Dept. of Anthro-
pology, Catholic University, Washington, D.C.
20017 (F-1)

HESS, WALTER C., 3607 Chesapeake St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (E-4, 6, 19, 21)

HETRICK, FRANK, Dept. of Microbiology, Uni-
versity of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(M-16)

HEWITT, CLIFFORD A., 305 N. Lee St., Falls
Church, Va. 22046 (M-4, 6)

HEXNER, PETER E., 7117 Dalhouse St. N.,
Springfield, Va. 22151 (F)

HEYDEN, FR. FRANCIS, Georgetown Univ. Ob-
servatory, Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-6, 32)

HIATT, CASPAR W., Ph.D., Univ. of Texas Medi-
cal School, San Antonio, Texas 78229 (F)

HICKLEY, THOMAS J., 10605 Amherst Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-13)

HICKOX, GEORGE H., 9310 Allwood Ct., Alex-
andria, Va. 22309 (F-6)

HICKS, GRADY T., Institute of Physics, Univ. of
Oslo, Oslo 3, Norway (M-6)

HICKS, V., Ph.D., 4000 Sunset Blvd., Minneapolis,
Minn. 55416 (F)

HILDEBRAND, EARL M., Plant Health Service,
3414 Bradley Lane, Chevy Chase, Md. 20015
(M)

HILL, FREEMAN K., 9611 Underwood St., Sea-
brook, Md. 20801 (F-1, 6, 22)

HILSENRATH, JOSEPH, 9603 Brunett Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F-1)

HILTON, JAMES L., Plant Industry Station,
USDA, ARS, Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-33)

HINMAN, WILBUR S., Jr., Marlborough Point, Rt.
2, Box 102, Stafford, Va. 22554 (F-13)

HOBBS, ROBERT G., 7715 Old Chester Rad.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 4, 6)

HOCHMUTH, M.S., 3 Baskin Rd.,
Mass. 02173 (M)

HOERING, THOMAS C., Carnegie Inst. of Wash-
ington, Geophysical Lab., 2801 Upton St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-4, 7)

HOFFMANN, C.H., Ph.D., 6906 40th Ave., Uni-
versity Park, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-5, 11,
24)

HOGE, HAROLD J., Head, Thermodyn. Lab. Prd.,
eee Natick Labs., Natick, Mass. 01760
(F-1

HOLLIES, NORMAN R.S., Gillette Research Insti-
tute, 1413 Research Blvd., Rockville, Md.
20850 (F-4, 22)

HOLLINSHEAD, ARIEL C., Lab. for Virus &
Cancer Research, Dept. of Medicine, 2300 K
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037 (F-16, 19)

HOLMGREN, HARRY D., Ph.D., P.O. Box 391,
College Park, Md. 20740 (F-1)

HOLSHOUSER, WILLIAM L., Bureau of Aviation
Safety, Natl. Trans. Safety Board, Washington,
D.C. 20591 (F-6, 20)

HONIG, JOHN G., 7701 Glenmore Spring Way,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 4, 34)

HOOKER, MISS MARJORIE, U.S. Geological Sur-
vey, Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-7)

HOOVER, JOHN |., 5313 Briley Place, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 6)

HOOVER, THOMAS B., Ph.D., Fed. Water Pollut.
Control Adm., 1421 Peachtree St., N.E.,
Atlanta, Ga. 30309 (F-4)

HOPKINS, STEPHEN, M.Ed., Trash Masters Corp.,
2135 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20007 (F)

HOPP, HENRY, Ph.D., c/o Ministry of Agriculture,
P.O. Box M37, Accra, Ghana, Africa (F-11)

HORNSTEIN, IRWIN, 5920 Bryn Mawr Rad.,
College Park, Md. 20740 (F-4, 27)

HOROWITZ, E., Assistant Director, Institute for
Materials Res., National Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

HORTON, BILLY M., 3238 Rodman St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 6, 13)

HOUGH, FLOYD W., Woodstock, Virginia 22664
(E-6)

HOWE, PAUL E., 3601 Connecticut Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-3, 4, 6, 8, 19)

HUBBARD, DONALD, 4807 Chevy Chase Dr.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-4, 6, 32)

HUBERT, LESTER F., 4704 Mangum Rd., College
Park, Md. 20740 (F-23)

Lexington,

112 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

HUDSON, COLIN M., Chief Scientist, U.S. Army
Weapons Command, Rock Island, III. 61201 (F)

HUGH, RUDOLPH, George Washington Univ. Sch.
of Med., Dept. of Microbiology, 1339 H St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F-16, 19)

HUMPHREYS, CURTIS J., Ph.D., Williamsburg on
the Wabash, 400 N. River Rd., Apt. 1122, W.
Lafayette, Ind. 47906 (F-1)

HUNDLEY, JAMES M., American Heart Associa-
tion, 44 E. 23rd St., New York, N.Y. 10010 (F)

HUNT, W. HAWARD, 11712 Roby Ave., Belts-
ville, Md. 20705 (M)

HUNTER, G.W., III, P.O. Box 5418, Sun City
Center, Fla. 33570 (E-15)

HUNTER, RICHARD S., 9529 Lee Highway,
Fairfax, Va. 20230 (F-27, 32)

HUNTER, WILLIAM R., Code 7143, U.S. Naval
Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1, 6,
32)

-HUNTOON, R.D., Ph.D., 13904 Blair Stone Lane,
Wheaton, Md. 20906 (F-1, 13)

HUTCHINS, LEE M., Cacao Ctr., Institute of
Agriculture, Turrialba, Costa Rica (E-10, 11)

HUTTON, GEORGE L., 6304 Kirby Road, Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (F-5, 6)

IMAI, ISAO, Dept. of Physics, University of Tokyo,
Tokyo, Japan (F)

INSLEY, HERBERT, 5219 Farrington Rd., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 7)

IRVING, GEORGE W., Jr., Ph.D., 4836 Langdrum
Lane, Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-4)

IRWIN, GEORGE R., 7306 Edmonston Rd., Col-
lege Park, Md. 20740 (F-1, 6)

ISBELL, H.S., 4704 Blagden Ave., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20011 (F)

J

JACKSON, H.H.T., 6913 Ridgewood Ave., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (E)

JACKSON, L.J., Chmn., Dept. of Chem. Eng. &
Material Sciences, Wayne State Univ., Detroit,
Mich. 48202 (F)

JACOB, K.D., 3812 Woodley Rd., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20016 (F-4)

JACOBS, WALTER W., 1812 Metzerott Rd., Apt.
31, Adelphi, Md. 20783 (F)

| JACOBS, WOODROW C., Ph.D., 6309 Bradley
| Blvd., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-23)

JACOBSON, MARTIN, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture,
Agric. Research Center, Beltsville, Md. 20705
(F-4, 24)

JACOX, MARILYN E., National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

JAMES, L.H., The James Laboratories, 189 W.
Madison St., Chicago, III. 60602 (F)

JAMES, MAURICE T., Ph.D., Dept. of Entomol-
ogy, Washington State University, Pullman,
Wash. 99163 (F-5)

JANI, LORRAINE L., 2731 Ontario Rd., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20009 (M)

JEN, C.K., Applied Physics Lab., 8621 Georgia
Ave., Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F)

JENKINS, ANNA E., Route 3, Walton, N.Y.
13856 (E-3, 6, 10)

JENKINS, WILLIAM D., 1829 Ingleside Terrace,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20010 (M-20)

JESSUP, R.S., 7001 W. Greenvale Pkwy., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 6)

JOHANNESEN, ROLF B., National Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

JOHNSON, DANIEL P., 9222 Columbia Bivd.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-1)

JOHNSON, KEITH C., 4422 Davenport St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F)

JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T., Ph.D., 355 Princeton
Dr., Costa Mesa, Calif. 92626 (F-5, 6)

JOHNSTON, FRANCIS E., 307 W. Montgomery
Ave., Rockville, Md. 20850 (E-1)

JONES, HENRY A., Desert Seed Co., Inc., Box
181, El Centro, Calif. 92243 (F)

JORDAN, GARY BLAKE, 629 Manhatten Ave.,
Hermosa Beach, Calif. 90254 (M-13)

JORDAN, REGINALD C., 501 N. York Rad.,
Hatboro, Pa. 19040 (M)

JUDD, NEIL M., Georgian Towers, Apt. 120-C,
8715 First Ave., Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (E)

JUDSON, LEWIS V., Ph.D., 314 Main St., Cumber-
land Center, Maine 04021 (E-1, 6)

K

KAGARISE, RONALD E., 339 Onondaga Dr.,
Oxon Hill, Md. 20021 (F)

KAISER, HANS E., 433 South West Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20901 (M-6)

KALMUS, HENRY P., Ph.D., 3000 University
Terrace, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-13)

KARLE, JEROME, Code 6030, U.S. Naval Re-
search Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1, 4)

KARR, PHILIP R., 5507 Calle de Arboles, Tor-
rance, Calif. 90505 (F)

KARRER, ANNIE M.H.,
20676 (E)

KARRER, S., Port Republic, Md. 20676 (F-1, 4, 6,
Sieoz)

KAUFMAN, H.-P., Box 266, Fedhaven, Fla. 33854
(F-12)

KEARNEY, PHILIP C., Ph.D., 13021 Blairmore
St., Beltsville, Md. 20702 (F)

Port Republic, Md.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 113

KEGELES, GERSON, RFD 2, Stafford Springs,
Conn. 06076 (F)

KENNARD, RALPH B., Ph.D., 3017 Military Rd.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (E-1, 4, 6, 31,

32)

KENNEDY, E.R., Biology Department, Catholic
University, Washington, D.C. 20017 (F-16)

KESSLER, KARL G., Chief, Optical Physics Divi-
sion, National Bureau of Standards, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20234 (F)

KEULEGAN, GARBIS H., 215 Buena Vista Dr.,
Vicksburg, Miss. 39180 (F-1, 6)

KING, PETER, 1120 Cameron Rd., Alexandria,
Va. 22308 (F-4, 6)

KINNEY, J.P., Hartwick, Otsego County, N.Y.
13348 (E-11)

KLEBANOFF, PHILIP S., Aerodynamics Sect.,
National Bureau of Standards, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F-1, 22)

KLEIN, WILLIAM H., 7921 Maryknoll Ave., Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F-23)

KLINGSBERG, CYRUS, Natl. Academy of
Sciences, 2101 Constitution Ave., Washington,
D.C. 20418 (F-28)

KLUTE, CHARLES H., Apt. 118, 4545 Connecti-
cut Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1,
4)

KNIPLING, EDWARD F., Ph.D., Sc.D., Dir., Ento-
mology Res. Div., ARS, Plant Industry Sta.,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-5)

KNIPLING, PHOEBE H., Ph.D., 2623 N. Military
Rd., Arlington, Va. 22207 (F)

KNOBLOCK, EDWARD C., 12002 Greenleaf Ave.,
Rockville, Md. 20854 (F-4, 19)

KNOPF, ELEANORA B., Ph.D., Sch. of Earth
Sciences, Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif.
94305 (E)

KNOWLTON, KATHRYN, Apt. 837, 2122 Massa-
chusetts Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008
(F)

KNOX, ARTHUR S., M.A., M.Ed., U.S. Geological
Survey, Washington, D.C. 20006 (M-6, 7)

KOHLER, HANS W., 607 Owl Way, Bird Key,
Sarasota, Fla. 33577 (F-6, 13, 31)

KOHLER, MAX A., U.S. Weather Bureau (ESSA),
Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F)

KOLB, ALAN C., Maxwell Labs, San Diego, Calif.
(F)

KOSTKOWSKI, HENRY J., Ph.D., 3506 Jeffry St.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20906 (F-1, 32)

KOTTER, F. RALPH, B344 MET, Natl. Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

KRASNY, J.F., Gillette Res. Inst., 1413 Research
Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

KREITLOW, KERMIT W., Plant Industry Sta.,
Beltsville, Md. 20250 (F)

KRUGER, JEROME, Ph.D., Rm B254, Materials
Bldg., Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F-29)

KULLBACK, SOLOMON, Statistics Dept., George
pegs Univ., Washington, D.C. 20006
F-13

KULLERUD, GUNNAR, Geophysical Lab., 2801
Upton St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-6)

KURTZ, FLOYD E., 8005 Custer Rd., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-4)

KURZWEG, HERMAN H., 731 Quaint Acres Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (F-1, 22)

KUSHNER, LAWRENCE M., Ph.D., Dept. Dir.,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-36)

L

LADO, ROBERT, Ph.D., Dean, SLL, Georgetown
Univ., Washington, D.C. 20007 (F)

LAKI, KOLOMAN, Ph.D., Bldg. 4, Natl. Inst. of
Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

LAKIN, HUBERT W., U.S. Geological Survey,
Bldg. 25, Denver Fed. Ctr., Denver, Colo.
80201 (F)

LAMANNA, CARL, 3812 37th St., N., Arlington,
Va. 22207 (F-16, 19)

LAMBERT, EDMUND B., Plant Industry Sta.,
Beltsville, Md. 20250 (E-6, 10)

LAMBERTON, BERENICE, Georgetown Univ.
Observ., Washington, D.C. 20007 (M)

LANDER, JAMES F., ESSA Coast & Geodetic
liad Seismology Div., Rockville, Md. 20852
(F

LANDIS, PAUL E., 6304 Landon Lane, Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-6)

LANDSBERG, H.E., 5107 53rd Ave., Yorkshire
Village, Washington, D.C. 20031 (F-23)

LANG, WALTER B., M.S., Kennedy-Warren, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20008 (E-6, 7)

LANG, MRS. WALTER B., B.S., Kennedy-Warren,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-6, 7)

LANGFORD, GEORGE S., Ph.D., Dept. of Ento-
mology, Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F)

LAPHAM, EVAN G., 5340 Cortez Ct., Cape Coral,
Fla. 33904 (E-1)

LASHOF, THEODORE W., 10125 Ashburton
Lane, Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F)

LASTER, HOWARD J., Ph.D., Dept. of Physics &
Astron., Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F-1, 31)

LATTA, RANDALL, 2122. California St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (E)

LE CLERG, ERWIN L., 68C4 40th Ave., Univer-
sity Park, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E)

LEE, RICHARD H., 106 Hodges Lane, Takoma
Park, Md. 20012 (F)

LEINER, ALAN L., 222 Martling Ave., Apt. 6M,
Tarrytown, N.Y. 10591 (F)

LEJINS, PETER P., Univ. of Maryland, Dept. of
Sociology, College Park, Md. 20742 (F-10)

114 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

LENTZ, PAUL LEWIS, 5 Orange Ct., Greenbelt,
Md. 20770 (F-6, 10)

LEVERTON, RUTH M., Office of Administrator,
ARS, USDA, Washington, D.C. 20250 (F)

LEVIN, ERNEST M., 7716 Sebago Rd., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-28)

LEVY, SAMUEL, 2279 Preisman Dr., Schenec-
tady, N.Y. 12309 (F)

LEY, HERBERT L., Jr., M.D., P.O. Box 34434,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-6, 8, 16)

LI, HUI-LIN, The Morris Arboretum, Chestnut
Hill, Philadelphia, Pa. 19118 (F)

LIDDEL, URNER, 8312 Westmont Terr., Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 13, 22)

LIEBERMAN, MORRIS, 107 Delford Ave., Silver
Spring, Md. 20904 (F-4, 6, 33)

~ LINDQUIST, ARTHUR W., Rte. 1, Bridgeport,
Kans. 67424 (E-6)

LINDSEY, IRVING, M.A., 202 E. Alexandria
Ave., Alexandria, Va. 22301 (E)

LING, LEE, Food & Agri. Organ. of U.N., Viale
Delle, Terme Di Caracalla, Rome, Italy, (F)

LINNENBOM, VICTOR J., Code 8300, Naval Res.
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-4)

LIPPINCOTT, ELLIS R., Dept. of Chemistry,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(F-1, 32)

LIST, ROBERT J., 1123 Hammond Pkwy., Alex-
andria, Va. 22302 (F-23)

LITOVITZ, THEODORE A., Physics Dept., Catho-
lic Univ. of America, Washington, D.C. 20017
(F-1)

Slice ELBERT L., Jr., Ph.D., U.S. Forest
Service, Washington, D.C. 20250 (F-10, 11)

LLOYD, DANIEL BOONE, 5604 Overlea Rad.,
Sumner, Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-6)

LOCKARD, J. DAVID, Botany Dept., Univ. of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20740 (M-33)

LOCKHART, LUTHER B., 6820 Wheatley Ct.,
Falls Church, Va. 22042 (F)

LOGAN, HUGH L., 222 N. Columbus St., Arling-
ton, Va. 22203 (F-20)

LORING, BLAKE M., 8104 Carey Branch Dr.,
Oxon Hill, Md. 20022 (F-6, 20)

LUDFORD, G.S.S., Dept. of Mechanics, Thurston
Hall, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y. 14850 (F)

LUSTIG, ERNEST, Ph.D., U.S. Dept. of HEW,
Food & Drug Admin., BF-115, Washington,
D.C. 20204 (F-4)

LYMAN, JOHN, Ph.D., 404 Clayton Rd., Chapel
Hill, N.C. 27514 (F)

LYNCH, MRS. THOMAS J., 4960 Butterworth PI.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (M)

LYNN, W. GARDNER, Catholic Univ. of America,
Washington, D.C. 20017 (F-1)

M

MA, TE-HSIU, Dept. of Biological Science, West-
ern Illinois Univ., Macomb, Ill. 61455 (F-3)

MACHTA, LESTER, 6601
thesda, Md. 20034 (F-23)

MADDEN, ROBERT P., Natl. Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20034 (F-32)

MAENGWYN-DAVIES, G.D., Ph.D., 2909 34th
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-4, 6, 19)

MAGIN, GEORGE B., Jr., 7412 Ridgewood Ave.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-6, 7, 26)

MAHAN, A.|I., 10 Millgrove Gardens, Ednor, Md.
20904 (F-1) 7

MAIENTHAL, Millard, 10116 Bevern Bivd., Poto-
mac, Md. 20854 (F-4)

MALONEY, CLIFFORD J., Div. of Biologic Stan-
dards, Natl. Insts. of Health, Bethesda, Md.
20014 (F)

MANDEL, H. GEORGE, Dept. of Pharmacology,
George Washington Univ. Sch. of Med., 1339 H
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F)

MANDEL, JOHN, A307 Polymer Bldg., Natl. Bur.
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1)

MANNING, JOHN R., Metal Physics Section, Natl.
Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
(F-6, 20, 36)

MARCUS, MARVIN, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. of
California, Santa Barbara, Calif. 93106 (F-6)

MARCUS, SIDNEY O., Jr., 3603 80th Ave., S.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20028 (M-23)

MARGOSHES, MARVIN, 4920 Wyaconda Rad.,
Rockville, Md. 20853 (F)

MARSHALL, LOUISE H., Div. of Med. Sciences,
2101 Constitution Ave., Washington, D.C.
20418 (F)

MARSHALL, WADE H., 4209 Everett St., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (F-1)

MARTIN, BRUCE D., P.O. Box 234, Leonard-
town, Md. 20650 (F-7)

MARTIN, GEORGE W., Dept. of Botany, Univ. of
lowa, lowa City, lowa 52240 (E)

MARTIN, JOHN H., 124 N.W. 7th St., Apt. 303,
Corvallis, Oregon 97330 (E-6)

MARTIN, MONROE H., Univ. of Maryland, Col-
lege Park, Md. 20742 (F)

MARTIN, ROBERT H., 2257 N. Nottingham St.,
Arlington, Va. 22205 (M-23)

MARTON, L., Editorial Office, 4515 Linnean
Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 13)

MARVIN, ROBERT S., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
B354 MET, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4, 6)

MARYOTT, ARTHUR A., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4, 6)

MARZKE, OSCAR T., Westchester Dr., Pittsburgh,
Pa. 15215 (F-14, 20)

MASON, EDWARD A., Brown Univ., Providence,
R.1. 02912 (F)

Brigadoon Dr., Be-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 115

MASON, HENRY LEA, 7008 Meadow Lane,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 6, 14, 35)

MASON, MARTIN A., President, Capitol Institute
of Technology, Kensington, Md. 20795 (F-12,
14, 18)

MASSEY, JOE T., Ph.D., 10111 Parkwood Dr.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

MATHERS, ALEX P., 320 Mansion Dr., Alexan-
dria, Va. 22302 (F-4)

MATLACK, MARION, 2700 N. 25th St., Arling-
ton, Va. 22207 (E)

MAUSS, BESSE D., Rural Rt. 1, New Oxford,
Pa. 17350 (F)

MAXWELL, LOUIS R., 3506 Leland St., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1)

MAY, DONALD C., Jr., 5931
McLean, Va. 22101 (F)

MAY, IRVING, U.S. Geological Survey, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20242 (F)

MAYER, CORNELL H., 1209 Villamay Blvd.,
Alexandria, Va. 22307 (F-1, 6, 13)

MAYOR, JOHN R., A.A.A.S., 1515 Massachusetts
Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F)

MAZUR, JACOB, Natl. Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-6)

MC BRIDE, GORDON W., 100 Park Ave., Suite
2209, New York, N.Y. 10017 (F)

MC CABE, LOUIS C., Environmental Develop.
Inc., 1246 Taylor St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20011 (F)

MC CAMY, CALVIN S., 11601 Georgetowne Ct.,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-32)

MC CLAIN, EDWARD FIFER, Jr., 225 Maple Rd.,
Morningside, Md. 20023 (F-13)

MC CLELLAN, WILBUR D., Ph.D., Plant Ind.
Station, USDA, Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-10)

MC CLURE, FRANK T., 810 Copley Lane, R.F.D.
1, Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (F-1, 4)

MC CULLOUGH, JAMES M., 6209 Apache St.,
Springfield, Va. 22150 (M)

MC CULLOUGH, N.B., Ph.D., M.D., Dept. of
Microbiology & Public Health, Michigan State
Univ., East Lansing, Mich. 48823 (F-6, 8)

MC ELHINNEY, JOHN, 11601 Stephen Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20904 (F-1, 6, 26)

MC GRATH, JAMES R., 5900 Madawaska Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (M-25)

MC INTOSH, ALLEN, 4606 Clemson Rd., College
Park, Md. 20740 (E-6, 15)

MC KEE, S.A., 5431 Lincoln St., Bethesda, Md.
20034 (F)

MC KELVEY, VINCENT E., Ph.D., 6601 Brox-
burn Dr., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-7)

MC KENZIE, LAWSON M., 5311 Westpath Way,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1)

MC KIBBEN, EUGENE G., 4226 Longfellow St.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20781 (F-12)

Oakdale Rad.,

MC KINNEY, HAROLD H., 1620 N. Edgewood
St., Arlington, Va. 22201 (E-6, 10, 16, 33)

MC KNIGHT, EDWIN T., 5038 Park Place, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F-7)

MC KOWN, BARRETT L., M.S., 6700 Belcrest
Rd., No. 817, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (M-6)

MC MILLEN, J. HOWARD, Ph.D., 4200 Stanford
St., Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1)

MC MURDIE, HOWARD F., Natl. Bur. of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-28)

MC NESBY, JAMES R., NBS Meaures for Air
Quality, Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F)

MC PHEE, HUGH C., 3450 Toledo Terrace, Apt.
425, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E-6)

MC PHERSON, ARCHIBALD T., Ph.D., 4005
Cleveland St., Kensington, Md. 20795 (F-1, 4,
6, 27)

MEADE, BUFORD K., Coast & Geodetic Survey,
Washington Science Ctr., Rockville, Md. 20852
(F-17)

MEARS, FLORENCE, 8004 Hampden Lane, Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (F)

MEARS, THOMAS W., B.S., 2809 Hathaway Ter-
race, Wheaton, Md. 20906 (F-6)

MEBS, RUSSELL W., 6620 32nd St., N., Arling-
ton, Va. 22213 (F-6, 12, 20)

MEINKE, W. WAYNE, Analytical Chemistry Div.,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

MELMED, ALLAN J., 732 Tiffany Court,
Gaithersburg, Md. 20760 (F)

MENDLOWITZ, HAROLD, 708 Lamberton Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F)

MENIS, OSCAR, Analytical Chem. Div., Natl.
Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
(F)

MENKART, JOHN H., Gillette Res. Inst., 1413
Res. Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20852 (F)

MERRIAM, CARROLL F.,
Maine 04669 (F)

MEYERHOFF, HOWARD A., 3625 S. Florence
PI., Tulsa, Okla. 74105 (F)

MEYERSON, MELVIN R., Ph.D., Rm. A349,
Bldg. 224, National Bureau of Standards, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20234 (F-20)

MEYKAR, OREST A., P.E., 200 E. Luray Ave.,
Alexandria, Va. 22301 (M-13, 14)

MEY ROWITZ, ROBERT, 555 Thayer Ave., Apt.
209, Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-4)

MICHAELIS, ROBERT E., National Bureau of
Standards, Chemistry Bldg., Rm. B330, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20234 (F-20)

MICKEY, WENDELL V., U.S. Coast & Geodetic
Survey ESSA, Washington Science Ctr., Rock-
ville, Md. 20852 (F-1, 25)

MIDDLETON, H.E., 430 E. Packwood, Apt.
H-108, Maitland, Fla. 32751 (E)

Prospect Harbor,

116 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

MIDER, G. BURROUGHS, M.D., Deputy Director,
Natl. Library of Medicine, Bethesda, Md. 20014
(F)

MILLAR, DAVID B., NMRI, NNMC, Physical
Biochemistry Div., Washington, D.C. 20014 (F)

MILLER, CARL F., 18 W. Windsor Ave., Alexan-
dria, Va. 22301 (E-6)

MILLER, CLEM O., Ph.D., 6343 Nicholson St.,
Falls Church, Va. 22044 (F-4, 6) ;

MILLER, J. CHARLES, 4217 Canoga Dr., Wood-
land Hills, Calif. 91364 (E-7)

MILLER, PAUL R., Ph.D., Plant Industry Sta.,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-10)

MILLER, RALPH L., Ph.D., 5215 Abington Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-7)

MILLER, ROMAN R., 1232 Pinecrest Circle, Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-4, 6, 28)

MILLIGAN, DOLPHUS E., National Bureau of
| Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

MILLIKEN, LEWIS T., Natl. Bur. of Standards
408-03, Washington, D.C. 20234 (M-4, 7)

MILTON, CHARLES, Dept. of Geology, George
Washington Univ., Washington, D.C. 20006
(M-7)

MISNER, CHARLES W., Dept of Physics and
Astron., Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F)

MITCHELL, J. MURRAY, Jr., 1106 Dogwood Dr.,
McLean, Va. 22101 (F-6, 23)

MITCHELL, JOHN W., 9007 Flower Ave., Silver
Spring, Md. 20901 (F)

MITTLEMAN, DON, 53376 Oakton Dr., South
Bend, Ind. 46635 (F)

MIZELL, LOUIS R., 108 Sharon Lane, Greenlawn,
N.Y. 11740 (F)

MOHLER, FRED L., 2853 Brandywine St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (E-1, 6, 32)

MOLLARI, MARIO, 4527 45th St., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (E-3, 5, 15)

MOLLER, RAYMOND W., Ph.D., Catholic Univ.
of America, Washington, D.C. 20017 (F)

MONCHICK, LOUIS, 2801 Greenvale St., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 4)

MOORE, GEORGE A., Ph.D., Natl. Bur. of Stan-
dards 312.03, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-6,
20, 29, 36)

MOORE, HARVEY C., Office of the Dean, CAS,
American Univ., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-2)

MORAN, FREDERICK A., 7711 Kipling Pkwy.,
Washington, D.C. 20028 (M-18, 23)

| MORRIS, J.A., 23-E Ridge Rd., Greenbelt, Md.

20770 (M-6, 15, 16)

~ MORRIS, JOSEPH BURTON, Chemistry Dept.
Howard Univ., Washington, D.C. 20001 (F)

MORRIS, KELSO B., Howard Univ., Washington,
D.C. 20001 (F)

MORRISS, DONALD J., 102 Baldwin Ct., Pt.
Charlotte, Fla. 33950 (E-11)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCIL., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

MORTON, JOHN D., M.A., 10217 Forest Ave.,
Fairfax, Va. 22030 (F-16, 23)

MOSHMAN, JACK, LEASCO, Inc., 4033 Rugby
Ave., Bethesda, Md. 20014 (M-34)

MOSTOFI, F.K., M.D., Armed Forces Inst. of
Pathology, Washington, D.C. 20012 (F)

MUEHLHAUSE, C.O., 9105 Seven Locks Rad.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 26)

MUELLER, H.J., 4801 Kenmore Ave., Alexandria,
Va. 22304 (F)

MUESEBECK, CARL F.W., U.S. Natl. Museum,
Washington, D.C. 20560 (E-3, 5)

MURDOCH, WALLACE P., Ph.D., 13220 Limetree
Rd., Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (F-5)

MURPHY, LEONARD M., Seismology Div., U.S.
Coast & Geodetic Survey, Rockville, Md. 20852
(F)

MYERS, ALFRED T., USGS Geochemistry &
Petr., Denver Federal Ctr., Denver, Colo. 80225
(F-4, 6)

MYERS, RALPH D., Physics Dept., Univ. of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20740 (F-1)

MYERS, WILLIAM H., Natl. Oceanographic Data
Cir., Washington, D.C. 20390 (M)

N

NAESER, CHARLES R., Ph.D., 6654 Van Winkle
Dr., Falls Church, Va. 22044 (F-4, 7)

NAMIAS, JEROME, Chief, Extended Forest Div.
NMC, ESSA, Washington, D.C. 20233 (F)

NELSON, R.H., 7309 Finns Lane, Lanham, Md.
20801 (E-5, 6, 24)

NEPOMUCENE, SR. ST. JOHN, Trinity Coll.,
Michigan Ave. & Franklin St., N.E., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20017 (E)

NEUENDORFFER, J.A., 911 Allison St., Alexan-
dria, Va. 22302 (F-6, 34)

NEUSCHEL, SHERMAN K., U.S. Geological Sur-
vey, Washington, D.C. 20240 (F-7)

NEWMAN, MORRIS, Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

NEWMAN, SANFORD B., Adm. Bldg. A-1117,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

NEWTON, CLARENCE J., 1504 S. 2nd Ave.,
Edinburg, Texas 78539 (F)

NICKERSON, DOROTHY, 2039 New Hampshire
Ave., Washington, D.C. 20009 (F-32)

NIKIFOROFF, C.C., 4309 Van Buren St., Univer-
sity Park, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E)

NIRENBERG, MARSHALL W., 7001
Pkwy., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-4)

NOFFSINGER, TERREL L., Spec. Weather Serv.
Br., ESSA, 8060 13th St., Silver Spring, Md.
20910 (F-23)

NOLLA, J.A.B., Ph.D., Apartado 820, Mayaguez,
Puerto Rico 00708 (F-6)

Orkney

117

NORRIS, KARL H., 11204 Montgomery Rad.,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F)

NOYES, HOWARD E., 4807 Aspen Hill Road,
Rockville, Md. 20853 (F)

NUTTONSON, M.Y., American Inst. of Crop
Ecology, 309 Dale Dr., Silver Spring, Md.
20910 (M)

O

O’BRIEN, JOHN A., Ph.D., Dept. of Biology,
Catholic Univ. of America, Washington, D.C.
20017 (F-6, 10)

OHERN, EEIZABEDH) Mir Gas “G Stz-S.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20024 (M-6, 16)

O’KEEFE, JOHN A., Code 640, Goddard Space
Flight Ctr., Greenbelt, Md. 20771 (F)

O'NEILL, HUGH T., 571 Coover Rd., Annapolis,
Md. 21401 (E)

OBOURN, ELLSWORTH S., Ph.D., 2100 S. Ocean
Dr., Apt. 2CD, Ft. Lauderdale, Fla. 33316 (E-1,
6)

OEHSER, PAUL H., 9012 Old Dominion Dr.,
McLean, Va. 22101 (F-1, 3, 30)

OKABE, HIDEO, Ph.D., Div. 31603, Natl. Bur. of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

OLIPHANT, MALCOLM W., P.O. Box 64, Hono-
lulu, Hawaii 96810 (F)

OLIVER, VINCENT J., Applications Group,
NESC, Federal Office Bldg. No. 4, Rm. 0215,
Suitland, Md. 20233 (F-23)

ORDWAY, FRED, Artech Corp., 2816 Fallfax Dr.,
Falls Church, Va., 22042 (F)

ORLIN, HYMAN, ESSA, C & GS, Rockville, Md.
20852 (F)

OSER, HANS J., 1111 Downs Dr., Silver Spring,
Md. 20904 (F-6)

OSGOOD, WILLIAM R., 2756 Macomb St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (E-14, 18)

OSMUN, J.W., 7219 Churchill Rd., McLean, Va.
27101 (F-6, 22, 23)

OSWALD, ELIZABETH, 9107 Jones Mill
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-16)

OWENS, HOWARD B., 11208 Stephen Lane,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-3, 5, 6)

OWENS, JAMES P., M.A., 14528 Bauer Dr.,
Rockville, Md. 20853 (F-7)

Rd.,

P

PACK, DONALD H., 1826 Opalacka Dr., McLean,
Va. 22101 (F-23)

PAFFENBARGER, GEORGE C., ADA Res. Div.,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-21)

PAGE, BENJAMIN L., 1340 Locust Rd., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20012 (E-1, 6)

118

PAGE, CHESTER H., 15400 Layhill Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20906 (F-1, 6, 13)

PAGE, R.M., 6672 Shay Lane, Paradise, Calif.
95969 (F-13)

PALLOTTA, ARTHUR J., Bionetics Res. Lab.,
P.O. Box 26, Falls Church, Va. 22046 (M-4, 19)

PARK, HELEN D., NIAMD, Natl. Insts. of Health,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

PARK, J. HOWARD, 3614 59th Ave., S.W.,
Seattle, Wash. 98116 (F-13)

PARKER, KENNETH W., 6014 Kirby Rd., Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (E-3, 10, 11)

PARKER, ROBERT L., Ph.D., Chief, Crystalliz of
Metals Sect., Rm. B-164 MATLS, Natl. Bur. of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

PARLETT, ROBERT C., M.D., Ph.D., George
Washington Univ. Sch. of Med., 1339 H St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F)

PARMAN, GEORGE K., B.S., 2410 | St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20037 (F-27)

PARR, L.W., 302 Scientists Cliffs, Port Republic,
Md. 20676 (E-16, 19)

PASSAGLIA, ELIO, Metallurgy Div. 31200, Natl.
Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
(F-20)

PASSER, MOSES, Ph.D., American Chemical
Society, 1155 16th St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20036 (F)

PATTERSON, GLENN W., 8916 2nd St., Lanham,
Md. 20801 (F-4, 33)

PATTERSON, WILBUR I., Ph.D., Blakely Island,
Washington 98222 (F)

PAUL, FRED, Goddard Space Flight Ctr., Mail
Code 320, Greenbelt, Md. 20771 (F-32)

PEACOCK, ELIZABETH D., 3140 Highland Lane,
Fairfax, Va. 22030 (M)

PECORA, WILLIAM T., Geological Survey, Dept.
of Interior, Washington, D.C. 20242 (F)

PEISER, H. STEFFEN, 638 Blossom Dr., Rock-
ville, Md. 20850 (F-1, 4, 28)

PELCZAR, MICHAEL J., Jr., V.P. for Graduate
Studies and Research, Univ. of Maryland, Col-
lege Park, Md. 20742 (F)

PELL, WILLIAM H., National Science Fndn., 1800
G St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20550 (F-6, 14)

PERKINS, LOUIS R., USAID, Ethiopia, c/o Amer-
ican Consul. Gen., Asmara, Ethiopia, APO, New
York 09843 (M)

PERROS, THEODORE P., Dept. of Chemistry,
George Washington Univ., Washington, D.C.
20006 (F-1, 4)

PHAIR, GEORGE, 14700 River Rd., Potomac,
Md. 20854 (F-7)

PHILLIPS, MRS. M. LINDEMAN, Union Farm,
Mount Vernon, Va. 22121 (F-1, 13, 25)

PIGMAN, WARD, Ph.D., Dept. of Biochemistry,
New York Med. Coll., 5th Ave. & 106th St.,
New York, N.Y. 10029 (F)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

PIKL, JOSEF, 211 Dickinson Rd., Glassboro, N.J.
08028 (E)

PIPKIN, ALAN C., Sr., Ph.D., P.O. Box 66,
Simpsonville, Md. 21150 (F-6, 15, 19)

PITTMAN, MARGARET, Natl. Insts. of Health,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

! PITTS, JOSEPH W., 5714 Beech Ave., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-6, 20, 28)

PLOTKIN, HENRY H., 1801 Briggs Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20906 (F-1)

POLACHEK, HARRY, 12000 Old Georgetown
Rd., Rockville, Md. 20852 (F)

| POLING, AUSTIN C., R.C. No. 1, Bufflick
Heights, Winchester, Va. 22601 (F)

|} POMMER, ALFRED M., 3117 Fayette Rd., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (F-4, 7, 35)

| POOS, F.W., 3225 N. Albemarle St., Arlington, Va.
| 22207 (E-5, 6, 24)

- POPENOE, WILSON, Antigua, Guatemala, Central
America (E-3, 11)

|} POTTS, B.L., 119 Perwinkel Ct., Greenbelt, Md.
20770 (F)

PRESLEY, JOHN T., 3811
Bryan, Texas 77801 (F)

| PRO, MAYNARD J., 7904 Falstaff Rd., McLean,
| Va. 22101 (F-26)

|) PROSEN, EDWARD J., 621 Warfield Dr., Rock-
ville, Md. 20850 (F-4)

| PUTNINS, PAUL H., 10809 Georgia Ave., Apt.
202, Wheaton, Md. 20902 (F-6, 23)

|

Courtney Circle,

ae ae

/) RABINOW, JACOB, Control Data Corp., 1455
Research Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F-13)

-RADER, CHARLES A., 15807 Sherwood Ave.,
Laurel, Md. 20810 (F-4)

|| RADO, GEORGE T., 818 Carrie Court, McLean,
Va. 22101 (F-1)

|) RAINWATER, H. IVAN, 2805 Liberty Place,
) Bowie, Md. 20715 (F-5, 6, 24)
i RALL, DAVID P., National Cancer
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-6, 19)

|) RAMBERG, WALTER, Stone Hall, Cuba Ra.,
| Cockysville, Md. 21030 (F-1, 14)

| RANDOLPH, WILLIAM D., 1111 University Blvd.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (M)

-RANDS, ROBERT D., Route 2, Box 128, Lake
Wales, Fla. 33853 (E)

| RAPPLEYE, HOWARD S., 6712 4th St., N.W.,
| Washington, D.C. 20012 (F-1,6, 12, 17, 18)

| RAUSCH, ROBERT, Arctic Health Res. Center,
|) U.S. Public Health Service, College, Alaska
99701 (F-3, 15)

| RAVITSKY, CHARLES, M.S., 1808 Metzerott
| Rd., Adelphi, Md. 20783 (F-32)

Institute,

—

READING, O.S., 6 N. Howells Point Rd., Bellport
Suffolk County, New York, N.Y. 11713 (E-1)

REAM, DONALD F., 4005 East West Highway,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F)

RECHCIGL, MILOSLAV, Jr., 1703 Mark Lane,
Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-4, 19)

REED, JOHN C., Jr., 708 College Parkway, Rock-
ville, Md. 20850 (F)

REED, WILLIAM D., 3609 Military Rd., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20015 (F)

REEVE, WILKINS, 4708 Harvard Rd., College
Park, Md. 20740 (F)

REEVES, ROBERT G., 12524 W. Virginia Ave.,
Denver, Colo. 80228 (F)

REHDER, HARALD A., U.S. National Museum,
Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-3, 6)

REICHELDERFER, F.W., 3031 Sedgwick St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 6, 22, 23)

REICHEN, LAURA E., U.S. Geological Survey,
G.S.A. Building, Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-4)

REINHART, BRUCE L., Dept. of Mathematics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20741 (F)

REINHART, FRANK W., 9918 Sutherland Rd.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F-4, 6)

REINHART, FRED M., 1001 N. Drown Ave., Ojai,
Calif. 93023 (F-20)

REINING, PRISCILLA, 3512 Runnymede PI.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-2)

REITEMEIER, R.F., 7563 Spring Lake Dr., Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F)

REYNOLDS, HELEN L., 1201 S. Court House
Rd., Arlington, Va. 22204 (M-4, 6)

REYNOLDS, HOWARD, 6815 Dartmouth Ave.,
College Park, Md. 20740 (F-16, 27)

REYNOLDS, ORR E., 2134 LeRoy Place, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F)

RHODES, IDA, 6676 Georgia Ave., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20012 (F)

RICE, DONALD A., 1518 East West Highway,
Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F)

RICE, FREDERICK A.H., 8005 Carita Court,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-4, 6, 19)

RICHMOND, JOSEPH C., 4822 Morgan Dr., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 6, 12, 22, 28)

RICKER, P.L., 623 Town House Motor Hotel, San
Angelo, Texas 76901 (E)

RINEHART, JOHN S., 756 Sixth St., Boulder,
Colo. 80302 (F-6, 20)

RIOCH, DAVID McK., 4607 Dorset Ave., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F-3, 8)

RITT, P.E., General Telephone & Electronics,
208-20 Willets Pt. Blvd., Bayside, N.Y. 11360
(F)

RIVELLO, ROBERT M., Dept. of Aerospace
Engng., Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20740 (F-14, 22)

RIVLIN, RONALD S., Lehigh University, Bethle-
hem, Pa. 18015 (F)

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 119

ROBBINS, MARY LOUISE, Ph.D., George Wash-
ington Univ. Sch. of Med., 1339 H St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20005 (F-6, 16, 19)

ROBERTS, ELLIOT B., 4500 Wetherill Rd., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (E-1)

ROBERTS, RICHARD B., Dept. Terrestrial Mag.,
5241 Broad Branch Rd., N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20015 (F)

ROBERTS, RICHARD C., 5170 Phantom Court,
Columbia, Md. 21043 (F)

ROBERTSON, A.F., 4228 Butterworth Pl., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F)

ROBERTSON, RANDAL M., 6736 North 26th St.,
Arlington, Va. 22213 (F-1, 6, 11)

ROBINSON, GEORGE S., Jr., Ph.D., SODIVNAV-
FAC, P.O. Box 10068, 2144 Melbourne St.,
Charleston, S.C. 29411 (M)

ROCK, GEORGE D., Ph.D., The Kennedy Warren,
3133 Conn. Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20008 (E)

RODENHISER, HERMAN A., 124 N.W. 7th St.,
Apt. 403, Corvallis, Oreg. 97330 (F-10)

RODNEY, WILLIAM S., 8112 Whites Ford Way,
Rockville, Md. 20854 (F-1, 32)

RODRIGUEZ, RAUL, 3533 Martha Custis Drive,
Alexandria, Va. 22302 (F-17)

ROGERS, L.A., Patten, Maine 04765 (E-16)

ROLLER, PAUL S., 703 Colorado Bldg., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20005 (F)

ROMANOFF, MELVIN, 2807 Harris Ave., Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (F)

ROMNEY, CARL F., 4105 Sulgrave Dr., Alexan-
dria, Va. 22309 (F-7)

ROSE, JOHN C., Dean, Georgetown Univ. Sch. of
Med., Washington, D.C. 20007 (F)

ROSEN, STEPHEN I., Ph.D., Dept. of Anthropol-
ogy, U. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(M-2, 6)

ROSENBLATT, DAVID, 2939 Van Ness St., N.W.,
Apt. 702, Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1)

ROSENBLATT, JOAN R., 2939 Van Ness St.,
N.W., Apt. 702, Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1)

ROSENSTOCK, HENRY M., 10117 Ashburton
Lane, Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F)

ROSENTHAL, SANFORD, M., Bldg. 4, Rm. 122,
National Insts. of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014
(E)

ROSS, SHERMANN, National Research Council,
2101 Constitution Ave., N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20418 (F)

ROSSINI, FREDERICK D., 411 North lronwood
Dr., South Bend, Ind. 46615 (F-1)

ROTH, FRANK L., M.Sc., Box 441, Nogales Star
Rt., Amado, Ariz. 85640 (E-6)

ROTH, ROBERT S., Solid State Chem. Sect.,
National Bureau of Standards, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F)

ROTKIN, ISRAEL, 11504 Regnid Dr., Wheaton,
Md. 20902 (F-1, 13, 34)

120

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970)

RUBEY, WILLIAM W., Dept. of Geology, Univ. of
California, Los Angeles, Calif. 90024 (F-7)

RUBIN, MEYER, U.S. Geological Survey, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20242 (F-7)

RUBIN, MORTON J., M.Sc., Bldg. 5, ESSA, 6010
Executive Bldg., Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-23)

RUBIN, VERA C., Ph.D., 3308 McKinley St3
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F)

RUFF, ARTHUR W., Jr., 11807 Kim Place,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-1, 6)

RUPP, N.W., D.D.S., American Dental Assoc.,
Research Division, National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-21)

RUSSELL, LOUISE M., M.S., Entomology Res.
Div., U.S. Dept. of Agric., Washington, D.C.
20250 (F-3, 5, 6)

RUSSELL, RICHARD W., 4807 Webster St.,
Omaha, Nebr. 68132 (M)

RYALL, A. LLOYD, Route 2, Box 216, Las
Cruces, N. Mex. 88001 (E-6, 10, 27)

RYERSON, KNOWLES A., M.S., Dean Emeritus,
15 Arlmonte Dr., Berkeley, Calif. 94707 (E-6)

S

SAENZ, ALBERT W., Nuclear Physics Div., Naval
coo Laboratory, Washington, D.C. 20396
F

SAILER, R.I., Ph.D., Entomology Research Div.,
Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. 20705
(F-5, 24)

SALISBURY, HARRISON B., Tuslog Det. 95,
APO New York, N.Y. 09324 (M-6, 7)

SALISBURY, LLOYD L., 10138 Crestwood Rd., |

Kensington, Md. 20795 (M)

SANDERSON, JOHN A., Ph.D., 303 High St. |

Alexandria, Va. 22203 (F-1, 32)

SANDOZ, GEORGE, Ph.D., Code 6320, Naval
Research Laboratory, Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-6, 20)

SANTAMOUR, FRANK S., Jr., U.S. National
Arboretum, Washington, D.C. 20250 (F-11)

SARVELLA, PATRICIA A., Ph.D., 4513 Romlion |

St., Apt. 302, Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F)

SASMOR, ROBERT M., 4000 Massachusetts Ave., |

N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-34)

SAULMON, E.E.,
Arlington, Va. 22201 (M)

202 North Edgewood St., |

l
it
|

SAVILLE, THORNDIKE, Jr., M.S., 5601 Albia /

Rd., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-6, 18)

SAYLOR, CHARLES P.,
Adelphi, Md. 20783 (F)

10001 Riggs Rad., |

SCHAFFER, ROBERT, Chemistry A 367, Na-)
tional Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C. |

20234 (F)

SCHAMP, HOMER W., Jr., 521 Overdale Rd.,/
Baltimore, Md. 21229 (F-1) i

SCHECHTER, MILTON S., 10909 Hannes Court, :

Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F-24)

SCHEER, MILTON D., 811 N. Belgrade Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (F-1, 4)

| SCHERTENLEIB, C., Consul of Monaco, 2614
; Woodley Pl., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008
(M-6)

| SCHINDLER, ALBERT I., Code 6330, U.S. Naval
Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1)

SCHMID, HELLMUT, 20740 Warfield Court, Gai-
| thersburg, Md. 20760 (F-6, 17)

| SCHMITT, WALDO L., Ph.D., U.S. National Mu-
seum, Washington, D.C. 20560 (E-3)

*SCHNEIDER, SIDNEY, 239 N. Granada St.,
/ | Arlington, Va. 22203 (M)

| SCHOEN, LOUIS J., 8605 Springdell Pl., Chevy

Chase, Md. 20015 (F)

\SCHOENEMAN, ROBERT LEE, 217 Sachem
* Drive, Forest Heights, Washington, D.C. 20021
(F)

SCHOOLEY, ALLEN H., 6113 Cloud Dr., Spring-
| field, Va. 22150 (F-6, 13, 31)

| SCHOOLEY, JAMES F., Rt. 3, Box 198, Gaithers-
burg, Md. 20760 (F-6)

-SCHOONOVER, IRL C., National Bureau of Stan-
|| dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4)

-SCHOT, STEVEN H., American University, Wash-
| ington, D.C. 20016 (F)

|) SCHRECKER, ANTHONY W., National Institutes
: of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-4, 6)

-SCHUBAUER, G.B., Ph.D., 5609 Gloster Rad.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-22)

'SCHUBERT, LEO, The American Univ., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 4, 30)

SCHULMAN, JAMES H., 6469 Livingston Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20021 (F-32)

SCHULTZ, E.S., 2 Martins Lane, Benwyn, Pa.
19312 (E-6)

|) SCHUYLER, ROBERT L., M.A., Dept. of Anthro-
pology, City College of New York, Convent
ey & West 138th, New York, N.Y. 10031
M-2

| SCHWARTZ, ANTHONY M., Gillette Research
Inst., 1413 Research Blvd., Rockville, Md.
20850 (F-4)

SCHWARTZ, BENJAMIN, 888 Montgomery St.,
Brooklyn, N.Y. 11213 (E)

)) SCHWERDTFEGER, WILLIAM J., B.S., 9200
Fowler Lane, Lanham, Md. 20801 (F-13)

‘SCOFIELD, FRANCIS, 2403 Eye St., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20037 (M-4, 32)

| SCOTT, ARNOLD H., Mease Manor, Apt. 427,
Dunedin, Fla. 33528 (E-1, 6, 13)

|| SCOTT, DAVID B., Case Western Reserve Univ.,
Sch. of Dentistry, 2123 Abington Rd., Cleve-
land, Ohio 44106 (F-21)

)» SCOVILLE, HERBERT, Jr., 6400 Georgetown
Pike, McLean, Va. 22101 (F)

‘) SCRIBNER, BOURDON F., National Bureau of
| Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4, 32)

SS aa ————

—=——

=

SEABORG, GLENN T., U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission, Washington, D.C. 20545 (F)

SEEBOTH, CONRAD M., Mathematics Dept.,
Board of Education, Upper Marlboro, Md.
20870 (M-6)

SEEGER, RAYMOND J., 4507 Wetherill
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 31)

SEITZ, FREDERICK, Rockefeller University, New
York, N.Y. 10021 (F-36)

SERVICE, JERRY H., Cascade Manor, 65 W. 30th
Ave., Eugene, Oreg. 97405 (E)

SETZLER, FRANK M., 950 E. Shore Dr., Culver,
Ind. 46511 (E-2, 3, 6)

SHAFRIN, ELAINE G., M.S., Apt. N-702, 800 4th
St., S.W., Washington, D.C. 20024 (M-4)

SHALOWITZ, A.L., 1520 Kalmia Rd., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20012 (E-17)

SHANAHAN, A.J., 7217 Churchill Rd., McLean,
Va. 22101 (F-16)

SHAPIRO, GUSTAVE, 3704 Munsey St., Silver
Spring, Md. 20906 (F)

SHAPIRO, MAURICE M., Ph.D., U.S. Naval Re-
search Lab., Code 7020, Washington, D.C.
20390 (F-1)

SHELTON, EMMA, National
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

SHEPARD, HAROLD H., Ph.D., 2701 S. June St.,
Arlington, Va. 22202 (F-5, 24)

SHERESHEFSKY, J. LEON, Ph.D., 9023 Jones
Mill Rd., Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (E)

SHERLIN, GROVER C., 4024 Hamilton St.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20781 (F-1,6, 13, 31)

SHIELDS, WILLIAM ROY, A.M.S.S., Natl. Bur. of
Standards, Physics Bldg., Rm. A25, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20234 (F)

SHMUKLER, LEON, 151 Lorraine Dr., Berkeley
Heights, N.J. 07922 (F)

SHROPSHIRE, WALTER A., Radiation Bio. Lab.,
12441 Parklawn Dr., Rockville, Md. 20852 (F)

SIEGLER, EDOUARD HORACE, Ph.D., 201
Tulip Ave., Takoma Park, Md. 20012 (E-5, 24)

SILBERSCHMIDT, KARL M., Instituto Biologico,
Caixa Postal 7119, Sao Paulo, Brazil (F)

SILVERMAN, SHIRLEIGH, Academic Liaison,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-1)

SIMHA, ROBERT, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
Univ., University Circle, Cleveland, Ohio 44106
(F)

SIMMONS, JOHN A., Rm. A157, Bldg. 223, Natl.
Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
(F)

SIMMONS, LANSING G., 4425 Dittmar Rd., N.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (F-18)

SINGER, MAXINE F., Ph.D., Natl. Inst. of Arthri-
tis & Metabolic Diseases, National Institutes of
Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

Rd.,

Cancer Institute,

\\ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 121

SITTERLY, BANCROFT W., Ph.D., 3711 Brandy-
wine St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1,
on, o2)

SITTERLY, CHARLOTTE M., Ph.D., Natl. Bur. of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 6, 32)

SLACK, LEWIS, 106 Garden Rd. Scarsdale, N.Y.
10583 (F)

SLADEK, JAROMIL V., 2940 28th St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-4)

SLAWSKY, MILTON M., 8803 Lanier Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-6, 12, 22, 31)

SLAWSKY, ZAKA I., Naval Ordnance Lab., White
Oak, Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F)

SLOCUM, GLENN G., 4204 Dresden St., Kensing-
ton, Md. 20795 (E-16, 27)

SMITH, BLANCHARD DRAKE, M.S., 2509 Rye-
gate Lane, Alexandria, Va. 22308 (F-6, 13)

SMITH, EDGAR R., Box 52, Lottsburg, Va. 22511
(E-4)

SMITH, FLOYD F., 9022 Fairview Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-5, 24)

SMITH, FRANCIS A., Ph.D., 1023 55th Ave.,
South, St. Petersburg, Fla. 33705 (E-6)

SVITH, HENRY LEE, ‘Jr.,
Buffalo, N.Y. 14214 (F-2)

SMITH, JACK C., 3708 Manor Rd., Apt. 3, Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F)

SMITH, NATHAN R., 322 S. Washington Dr., St.
Armands Key, Sarasota, Fla. 33577 (E-6, 10,
16)

SMITH, PAUL A., 4714 26th St., N., Arlington,
Va. 22207 (F-6, 7, 18, 22)

SMITH, PAUL L., Ph.D., Crystal Branch 6430,
Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-13, 28)

SMITH, ROBERT C., Jr., B.S., Atlantic Res. Corp.,
Shirley Hwy. at Edsall Rd., Alexandria, Va.
22314 (F-4, 22)

SMITH, SIDNEY T., D.Eng., 5811 Sunderland
Court, Alexandria, Va. 22310 (F-1, 13, 32)

SMITH, WILLIE, Natl. Insts. of Health, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-19)

SNAY, HANS G., 17613 Treelawn Dr., Ashton,
Md. 20702 (F-6, 25)

SOKOLOVE, FRANK L., 2311 S. Dinwiddie St.,
Arlington, Va. 22206 (M)

SOLLNER, KARL, Lab. of Physical Bio., Natl.
Insts. of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-4, 29)

SOMMER, HELMUT, 9502 Hollins Ct., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-1, 13)

SONN, MARTIN, Ph.D., 30 Thurston Ave., New-
port, R.!. 02840 (F)

SOOKNE, ARNOLD M., Burlington Industries
Res. Ctr., P.O. Box 21327, Greensboro, N.C.
27420 (F-4)

SORROWS, H.E., 8820 Maxwell
Md. 20854 (F)

112 Depew Ave.,

Dr., Potomac,

SPALDING, DONALD H., Ph.D., 1305 Oakview
Dr., Silver Spring, Md. 20903 (F-6, 10)

SPECHT, HEINZ, Ph.D., Fogarty International
Citr., Natl. Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.
20014 (F-1, 6, 19)

SPENCER, LEWIS V., Box 206, Gaithersburg, Md.
20760 (F)

SPENCER, R.R., M.D., 931 Norsota Way, Sara-
sota, Fla. 33581 (E)

SPERLING, FREDERICK, 9039 Sligo Creek Park-
way, Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F)

SPICER, H. CECIL, 2174 Louisa Drive, Belleair
Beach, Florida 33534 (E-7)

SPIES, JOSEPH R., 507 N. Monroe St., Arlington,
Va. 22201 (F-4)

SPOONER, CHARLES S., Jr., M.F., 346 Spring-
vale Rd., Great Falls, Va. 22066 (F)

SPRAGUE, G.F., 10206 Green Forest Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20903 (F)

ST. GEORGE, R.A., 3305 Powder Mill Rd.,
Adelphi Station, Hyattsville, Md. 20783 (F-3,
5. 11; 24)

STADTMAN, E.R., Bldg. 3, Rm. 108, Natl. Insti-
tutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

STAIR, RALPH, 6100 Walhonding Rd., Glen Echo
Heights, Md. 20016 (E-6)

STAKMAN, E.C., Univ. of Minnesota, Inst. of
Agric., St. Paul, Minn. 55101 (E)

STAUSS, HENRY E., Ph.D., 8005 Washington
Ave., Alexandria, Va. 22308 (F-20)

STEARN, JOSEPH L., 6950 Oregon Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20015 (F)

STEELE, LENDELL €E., 7624 Highland St.,
Springfield, Va. 22150 (F)

STEERE, RUSSELL L., 6207 Carrollton Ter.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20781 (F-6, 10)

STEGUN, IRENE A., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

STEIDLE, WALTER E., 2439 Flint Hill
Vienna, Va. 22180 (F)

STEIN, ANTHONY C., Jr., D & T Enterprises,
4600 Duke St., Suite 325, Alexandria, Va.
22304 (M-13)

STEINER, HAROLD A., 5109 Spring Dr., Temple
Hills, Md. 20031 (F)

STEINER, ROBERT F., Dept. of Phy. Biochy.,
Naval Med. Res: Inst., Natl. Naval Med. Ctr.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-4)

STEINHARDT, JACINTO, Georgetown Univ.,
Washington, D.C. 20007 (F)

STEPHAN, ROBERT M., Ph.D., 4513 Delmont
Lane, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

STEPHENS, ROBERT E., Ph.D:, 4301 39th St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1)

STERN, KURT H., Naval Res. Lab., Code 6160,
Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-4, 29)

STERN, WILLIAM L., 9209 Three Oaks Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20901 (F-10)

Rd.,

122 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

STEVENS, HENRY, 5116 Brookview Dr., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F)

STEVENS, ROLLIN E., 35 Yankee Point Dr., Rt.
1, Carmel, Calif. 93921 (E)

STEVENS, RUSSELL B., Ph.D., Div. of Biology &
Agric. N.R.C., 2101 Constitution Ave., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20418 (F-10)

| STEVENSON, FREDERICK J., 7404 Glenside Dr.,
Takoma Park, Md. 20012 (F)

STEVENSON, JOHN A., 4113 Emery Pl., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-6, 10)

STEWART, |.E., 4000 Tunlaw Rd., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20007 (F)

STEWART, SARAH E., 9305 Kingsley Ave., Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (F-19)

STEWART, T. DALE, M.D., 1191 Crest Lane,
| McLean, Va. 22101 (F-6)

STIEBELING, HAZEL K., 4000 Cathedral Ave.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (E)

STIEF, LOUIS J., Ph.D., Code 691, NASA God-
dard Space Flight Ctr., Greenbelt, Md. 20771
(F-4)

-STIEHLER, ROBERT D., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4, 6, 14)

STILL, JOSEPH W., M.D., 11401 East Valley
Blvd., El Monte, Calif. 91731 (F)

| STILLER, BERTRAM, 3210 Wisconsin Ave.,
| N.W., Apt. 501, Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1)
}

STIMSON, H.F., 2920 Brandywine St., N.W.,

Washington, D.C. 20008 (E-1, 6)

STIRLING, MATHEW W., 3311 Rowland PI.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-2, 6)

| STRAUB, HARALD W., 7008 Richard Dr., Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F-32)

| STRAUSS, SIMON W., 316 Irvington St., S.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20021 (F-4)

STRINGFIELD, V.T., 4208 50th St., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F-6, 7)

: STROMBERG, ROBERT R., 808 Lamberton Dr.,

Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F)

STUART, NEIL W., Plant Industry Sta., Beltsville,
Md. 20705 (F-10, 33)

SULZBACHER, WILLIAM L., Meat Lab. Eastern
Util., Res. & Del. Div., Agric. Res. Ctr.,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-16, 27)

|, SUTCLIFFE, WALTER D., C.E., 3644 Forest Hill
| Rd., Baltimore, Md. 21207 (E-1, 6, 12, 17)

|) SWEENEY, WILLIAM T., 2717 Highland Ave. S.,
Apt. 809, Birmingham, Ala. 35205 (F-16, 21)

SWICK, CLARENCE H., 5514 Brenner St., Capitol
| Heights, Md. 20027 (F-1, 6, 12)

|) SWINDELLS, JAMES F., 3426 Macomb St., N.W.,
i Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 6)

PRINGLE, CHARLES F., Ph.D., Pauma Valley,
| Calif. 92061 (E)

SYSKI, RYSZARD, Ph.D., Dept. of Mathematics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F)

T

TALBERT, PRESTON T., Dept. of Chemistry,
Howard Univ., Washington, D.C. 20001 (F-4)

TALBOTT, F. LEO, Stonehenze Court D-8, 2117
Cloverdale Rd., Bethlehem, Pa. 18018 (F-1, 6,
31)

TASAKI, ICHIJI, M.D., Ph.D., Res. Branch Natl.
ee of Mental Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014
(F

TATE, DOUGLAS R., B.A., 11415 Farmland Dr:
Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-1)

TAUSSKY, OLGA, California Inst. of Technology,
Pasadena, Calif. 91104 (E)

TAYLOR, ALBERT L., 3913 Wyoming Ave.,
Tampa, Fla. 33616 (E-15)

TAYLOR, JOHN K., Chemistry Bldg., Rm. B-326,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-4, 29)

TAYLOR, LAURISTON S., 7407 Denton Rad.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

TAYLOR, MODDIE D., 4560 Argyle Terrace,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20011 (F-4)

TEAL, GORDON K., Ph.D., V.P., Texas Instru-
ments, Inc., P.O. Box 5474, M-S 235, Dallas,
Texas 75222 (F-13)

TEELE, RAY P., 3713 Jenifer St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20015 (F-1, 32)

TEPPER, MORRIS, 107 Bluff Terrace, Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (F-22, 23)

TEWELES, SIDNEY, 7811 Birnam Wood Dr.,
McLean, Va. 22101 (F-22, 23)

THABARAJ, G.J., Ph.D., Air & Water Pollution
Control, Suite 300 Tallahassee Bldg., 315 South
Calhoun St., Tallahassee, Fla. 32301 (M)

THALER, WILLIAM J., Physics Dept., George-
town Univ., Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-4, 32)

THAYER, T.P., Ph.D., U.S. Geological Surv.,
Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-7)

THEUS, RICHARD B., 8612 Van Buren Dr., Oxon
Hill, Md. 20022 (F)

THOM, H.C.S., Senior Res. Fellow, ESSA, EDS,
Gramax Bldg., Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-6,
23)

THOMAS, H. REX, Crops Res. Div., Plant Industry
Sta., Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F)

THOMAS, JAMES L., 13900 Glen Mill
Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

THOMAS, PAUL D., M.S., 5106 25th Place, S.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20031 (F)

THOMPSON, JACK C., 2621 Fairdell
Jose, Calif. 95125 (F)

THURMAN, ERNESTINE B., Louisiana State
Univ., 1542 Tulane Ave., New Orleans, La.
70118 (F)

TIDBALL, CHARLES S., Physiology Dept.,
George Washington Univ., 1339 H St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20005 (F-8)

Rd.,

Dr., San

\J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 123

TILDEN, EVELYN B., Ph.D., 55 West Chestnut
St., Chicago, Ill. 60610 (E-6)

TILLYER, E.D., Am. Optical Co., Southbridge,
Mass. 01550 (F)

TIPSON, R. STUART, A367 Chemistry Bldg.,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

TITUS, HARRY W., 7 Lakeview Ave., Andover,
N.J. 07821 (E)

TODD, MARGARET, U.S. Natl. Museum, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20560 (F-6, 7)

TOLL, JOHN S., Pres., State Univ. of New York,
Stony Brook, L.I., N.Y. 11790 (F)

TORGESEN, JOHN L., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Materials Bldg. B-354, Washington, D.C. 20234
(F-4, 6)

TORIO, J.C., 226 Cedar Lane, Apt. 84, Vienna,
Va. 22180 (M)

TORRESON, OSCAR W., 4317 Maple Ave., Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (E-6)

TOULMIN, PRIESTLEY, 418 Summers Dr., Alex-
andria, Va. 22301 (F-6, 7)

TOUSEY, RICHARD, Code 7140, Naval Res. Lab.,
Washington, D.C. 20390 (F)

TRAUB, ROBERT, 5702 Bradley Blvd., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F)

TREADWELL, CARLETON R., Ph.D., Dept. of
Biochemistry, George Washington Univ., 1335
H St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F-19)

TROMBA, F.G., ADPRD, ARS, Agric. Res. Ctr.,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-15)

TRUEBLOOD, MRS. CHARLES K., 7100 Armat
Dr., Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-19)

TRYON, MAX, 6008 Namakagan Rd., Washington,
D.C. 20016 (F-4, 6)

TULANE, VICTOR J., Assistant President, Living-
stone Coll., Salisbury, N.C. 28144 (F)

TUNELL, GEORGE, Ph.D., Dept. of Geology,
Univ. of California, Santa Barbara, Calif. 93106
(F-7)

TURNER, JAMES H., 11902 Falkirk Dr., Poto-
mac, Md. 20854 (F-15)

U

UHLANER, J.E., Behavior and Systems Res. Lab.,
The Commonwealth Bldg., 1320 Wilson Blvd.,
Arlington, Va. 22209 (F)

UHLER, FRANCIS M., Fish & Wildlife Serv.,
Patuxent Wildlife Res. Ctr., Laurel, Md. 20810
(F)

USDIN, EARL, 2924 N. Oxford St., Arlington, Va.
22207 (F-4, 19)

V

VACHER, HERBERT C., 2317 Huidekoper PI.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20007 (E)

VAN DERSAL, WILLIAM R., Ph.D., 6 S. Kensing-
ton St., Arlington, Va. 22204 (F-6)

124

VAN TUYL, ANDREW H., Ph.D., 1000 W. Nol-
crest Dr., Silver Spring, Md. 20903 (F-1, 6, 22)

VANGELI, MARIO G., 4709 Berkeley Terrace,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20007 (M)

VEITCH, FLETCHER P., Jr., PhD] Depeees
Chemistry, Univ. of Maryland, College Park,
Md. 20742 (F-4)

VERDIER, PETER H., 8827 McGregor Dr., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F)

VERNICK, SANFORD H., 3501 John Marshall
Dr., Arlington, Va. 22207 (M)

VIGUE, KENNETH J., Dir., Internatl. Projects,
ITT Corp., ITT Bidg., 1707 2 Seni
Washington, D.C. 20036 (M-13, 31)

VINTI, JOHN P., D.Sc., M.1.T. Measurement Sys-
tems Lab., 70 Vassar St., Cambridge, Mass.
02139 (F-1, 6)

VISCO, EUGENE P., B.S., Geomet. Inc., 326
Montgomery Ave., Rockville, Md. 20850
(M-34)

VON BRAND, THEODOR C., 8606 Hempstead
Ave., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (E-15)

VON HIPPEL, ARTHUR, 265 Glen Rd., Weston,
Mass. 02193 (E)

W

WACHTMAN, J.B., Jr., 31305, Natl. Bur. of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 6, 28)

WAGMAN, DONALD D., 7104 Wilson Lane, Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F-4)

WAGNER, HERMAN L., 5457 Marlin St., Rock-
ville, Md. 20853 (F-4)

WALKER, E.H., 7413 Holly Ave., Takoma Park,
Md. 20012 (E-10)

WALKER, RAYMOND F., Ph.D., 670 Shawnee
Dr., Franklin Lakes, N.J. 07417 (F-6, 28)

WALKER, RONALD E., Applied Physics Lab.,
The Johns Hopkins Univ., 8621 Georgia Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-6, 22)

WALLEN, 1.E., Smithsonian
D.C. 20560 (F-6)

WALTER, DEAN |., Code 6370, Naval Res. Lab.,
Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-4, 6)

WALTHER, CARL H., 1337 27th St.,
Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-6, 18)

WALTON, W.W., Sr., 1705 Edgewater Pkwy.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20903 (F-4)

WARD, HENRY P., 2713 17th St., N.E., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20018 (E-4, 6)

WARD, JUSTUS C., 660 S. Alton Way, 7C,
Denver, Colo. 80231 (F)

WARD, THOMAS G., M.D., D.P.H., Microbiologi-
cal Assoc., Inc., 4813 Bethesda Ave., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20014 (F)

Inst., Washington,

N.W.,

WARGA, MARY E., Optical Society of Amer |
D.C. |

2100 Pennsylvania Ave., Washington,

20037 (F-1, 4, 6, 32)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

WARING, JOHN A., 8502 Flower Ave., Takoma
Park, Md. 20012 (M-30)

WATERMAN, PETER, 25 Brandywine St., S.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20032 (F-6)

WATSON, BERNARD B., Ph.D., Res. Analysis
/ Corp., McLean, Va. 22101 (F-6, 31)

WATSTEIN, DAVID, 10034 Renfrew Rad., Silver
Spring, Md. 20901 (F)

| WATTS, CHESTER B., 3224 Klingle Rd., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 6)

WEAVER, DE FORREST E., M.S., Geological
Survey, Washington Bldg., Rm. 110, 1011
Arlington Blvd., Arlington, Va. 22209 (E)

WEAVER, E.R., 6815 Connecticut Ave., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (E-4, 6)

WEBER, EUGENE W., B.C.E., 2700 Virginia Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037 (F-6, 12, 17, 18)

WEBER, ROBERT S., Naval Facilities Engineering
Command, U.S. Navy Dept., Washington, D.C.
20018 (M-6, 12, 13, 17)

-WEIDA, FRANK, 19 Scientists Cliff, Port Repub-
lic, Calvert County, Md. 20676 (E-1)

WEIDLEIN, E.R., Weidacres, P.O. Box 445, Rec-
| tor, Pa. 15677 (E)

WEIHE, WERNER K., 2103 Basset St., Alexandria,
Va. 22308 (F-32)

WEIL, GEORGE L., 1101 17th St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20036 (F-26)

WEINBERG, HAROLD P., B.S., 1507 Sanford
Rd., Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-20)

| WEINTRAUB, ROBERT L., 305 Fleming Ave.,
Frederick, Md. 21701 (F-4, 10, 16, 33)

) WEIR, CHARLES E., 7709 New Market Dr.,
| Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F)

WEISS, FRANCIS JOSEPH, Ph.D., Sc.D., 3111
North 20th St., Arlington, Va. 22201 (E-1, 4,
6, 10, 16, 26, 27, 33)

WEISS, RICHARD A., 3609 N. Delaware St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (F-6, 13)

WEISSBERG, SAMUEL, 14 Granville Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20901 (F-1, 4)

WEISSLER, ALFRED, Ph.D., 5510 Uppingham
St., Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 4, 25)

WELLMAN, FREDERICK L., Dept. of Plant Path-
| ology, North Carolina State Univ., Raleigh,
N.C. 27607 (E)

'WENSCH, GLEN W., Esworthy Rd., Rt. 2,
Germantown, Md. 20767 (F-6, 20, 26)

WEST, WALTER S., U.S. Geological Survey, Wis-
consin State Univ., Rountree Hall, Platteville,
Wis. 53818 (M-7, 14)

' WEST, WILLIAM L., Dept. of Pharmacology,
| peer Univ., Washington, D.C. 20001 (M-19,
26

WETMORE, ALEXANDER, Smithsonian
Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-3, 6)

WETZEL, LEWIS B., Ph.D., 9024 Old Mt. Vernon
Rd., Alexandria, Va. 22309 (M-1)

Inst.,

WEXLER, ARNOLD, Phys. B 356, Natl. Bur. of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 35)

WEYL, F. JOACHIM, 404 E. 66th St., Apt. PH-E,
New York, N.Y. 10021 (F-1)

WHEELER, WIEEIS’ HL Si71
Arlington, Va. 22207 (M-6, 10)

WHERRY, EDGAR T., Ph.D., 41 W. Allens Lane,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19119 (E)

WHITE, CHARLES E., Ph.D., 4405 Beechwood
Rd., Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E-4)

WHITE, HOWARD J., 8028 Park Overlook Drive,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-4)

WHITE, ORLAND E., 1708 Jefferson Park Ave.,
Charlottesville, Va. 22903 (E)

WHITE, ROBERT M., Environtl. Sci. Serv. Adm.,
Washington Science Ctr., Bldg. 5, Rockville,
Md. 20852 (F)

WHITELOCK, LELAND D., B.S.E.E., 5614 Green-
tree Rd., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-13)

WHITMAN, MERRILL J., 3300 Old Lee Highway,
Fairfax, Va. 22030 (F-26)

WHITTAKER, COLIN W., 1705 Lanier Pl., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20009 (F-4)

WHITTEN, CHARLES A., U.S. Coast & Geodetic
Survey, Rockville, Md. 20230 (F-1, 6)

WICHERS, EDWARD, 9601 Kingston Rd., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (F-4)

WIEDEMANN, HOWARD M., 6515 Utah Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-1, 6)

WILDHACK, W.A., 415 N. Oxford St., Arlington,
Va. 22203 (F-1, 6, 22, 31, 35)

WILLIAMS, DONALD H., 4112 Everett St., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (M-27)

WILSON, BRUCE L., 20 N. Leonora Ave., Apt.
204, Tucson, Ariz. 85711 (F-1, 6)

WILSON, RAYMOND E., 5625 E. 3rd St., Tucson,
Ariz. 85711 (F-1, 6)

WILSON, WILLIAM K., M.S., 1401 Kurtz Rd.,
McLean, Va. 22101 (F)

WINSTON, JAY S., Ph.D., 3106 Woodhollow Dr.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-6, 23)

WINT, CECIL, 7 St. Andrew Park, Kingston 10,
Jamaica, W.1I. (F)

WISE, GILBERT H., 8805 Oxwell Lane, Laurel,
Md. 20810 (M-6)

WITHINGTON, C.F., 3411 Ashley Terr., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-7)

WITTLER, RUTH G., Ph.D., Dept. of Bacterial
Diseases, Walter Reed Army Inst. of Res.,
Washington, D.C. 20012 (F-16)

WOLCOTT, NORMAN M., 8105 Postoak Rd.,
Rockville, Md. 20854 (F)

WOLFF, EDWARD A., 1021 Cresthaven Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20903 (F-6, 13, 22, 23)

WOLFLE, DAEL, Graduate School of Public Af-
fairs, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash-
ington 98105 (F)

N. Quincy St.,

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970 125

WOLFRAM, LESZEK J., Gillette Res. Inst., 1413
Research Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

WOLICKI, E.A., Code 7601, Nuclear Physics Div.,
U.S. Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390

(F)

WOMACK, MADELYN, 11511 Highview Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-4, 19)

WOOD, LAWRENCE A4., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4)

WOOD, MARSHALL K., M.P.A., 2909 Brandy-
wine St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F)

WOOD, REUBEN, E., 3120 N. Pershing Dr.,
Arlington, Va. 22201 (F-4, 29)

WOODS, MARK W., Natl. Cancer Inst., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-10, 19)

WORKMAN, WILLIAM G., M.D., 5221 42nd St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (E-6, 8)

WRENCH, CONSTANCE P., 5400 Pooks Hill Rd.,
Apt. 501, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (M-6)

WRENCH, JOHN W., Jr., 5400 Pooks Hill Rd.,
Apt. 501, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-6)

WULF, OLIVER R., Noyes Lab. of Chem. Phys.,
Calif. Inst. of Tech., Pasadena, Calif. 91108 (E)

WYMAN, LEROY W., Box 138, Rt. 8, Cape St.
John, Annapolis, Md. 21401 (F-6, 20, 36)

Y

YAO, AUGUSTINE Y.M., Ph.D., 4434 Brocton
Rd., Oxon Hill, Md. 20022 (M-23)

YAPLEE, BENJAMIN S., 6105 Westland Dr.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-13)

YEOMANS, ALFRED H., 515 North Lillian Way,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90004 (F)

126

YOCUM, L. EDWIN, 1257 Drew St., Apt. 2,
Clearwater, Fla. 33515 (E)

YODER, HATTEN S., Jr., Geophysical Lab., 2801
Upton St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F4,
7)

YOUDEN, W.J., 4201 Massachusetts Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 4, 6)

YOUNG, CLINTON J.T., M.S., 300 Rucker PIl.,
Alexandria, Va. 22301 (M-32)

YOUNG, DAVID A., Jr., Ph.D., 612 Buck Jones
Rd., Raleigh, N.C. 27606 (F)

YOUNG, ROBERT T., Jr., 4123 Woodbine St.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-6)

YUILL, J.S., M.S., 4307-A Hartwick Rd., College
Park, Md. 20740 (E-5, 6, 24)

Z

ZELENY, LAWRENCE, 4312 Van Buren St.,
University Park, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E)

ZEN, E-AN, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington,
D.C. 20242 (F-7)

ZIES, EMANUEL G., 3803 Blackthorne St., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (E-4, 6, 7)

ZIKEEV, NINA, 5174 Hastings Rd., San Diego,
Calif. 92116 (M-23)

ZISMAN, W.A., Chief Scientist, Lab. for Chemical
Physics, U.S. Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C.
20390 (F)

ZOCH, RICHMOND T., 12612 Craft Lane, Bowie,
Md. 20715 (F)

ZWANZIG, ROBERT W., Inst. for Fluid Dyn. &

Applied Math., Univ. of Maryland, College
Park, Md. 20740 (F-1, 6)

ZWEMER, RAYMUND L., 5008 Benton Ave.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (E)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 3, SEPTEMBER, 1970

f
|
:
{

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Instructions to Contributors

) General

Type manuscripts on white bond paper
either 8% by 11 or 8 by 10% inches. Double
space all lines, including those in abstracts,

tables, legends, quoted matter, acknowledg-

ments, and references cited. Number pages
consecutively. Place your name and com-

_ plete address in the upper right hand corner

of the title page.

Title, Author, and Affiliation
Page 1 of your manuscript should contain

only this information and your name and

address. Choose a concise but complete and
meaningful title. In research papers con-

‘cerning biological subjects, include an indi-

cation of the order and family of the taxa
discussed. Academic degrees will not nor-
| mally be included unless the author so
| specifies. If possible, combine your affilia-
tion and mailing address (including Zip) so.
that readers can write to you directly.

_ Abstract

Type on a separate sheet at the end of the
manuscript. Make the abstract intelligible

without reference to the text of the paper.
| Write an informative digest of the significant

content and conclusions, not a mere descrip-

| tion. Generally, the abstract should not ex-

ceed 3% of the text.

_ Footnotes

Use footnotes as sparingly as possible.

| Number text footnotes consecutively with

Arabic numerals and type them on a sepa-
tate sheet of paper at the end of the manu-

| script. Type table footnotes, if any, below

each pertinent table on the same page.

Illustrations and Legends

The quality of all original illustrations

|) must be high enough to facilitate good offset
| reproduction. They should have ample mar-
) gins and be drawn on heavy stock or
| fastened to stiff cardboard to prevent bend-
| ing. They should be proportioned to column
| (1 x 3) or page (2 x 3) type-dimensions,
) leaving space for legend material. Photo-

graphs should have a glossy finish. They re-
produce best when the contrast is fairly
high. Identify each illustration with number
and author in light pencil marks on the
reverse side. Submit all illustrations sepa-
rately — please do not glue or clip them to
the pages of the manuscript.

Do not type or write legends directly on
the illustrations. Type legends on a separate
sheet or sheets at the end of the manuscript.
Indicate where you want illustrations to
appear in the printed paper by writing the
figure numbers lightly in the text margins,
and be sure that each figure is properly re-
ferenced in the text itself. Original “art” will
be returned only at the author’s request and
expense.

Tables
Include tables only when the same infor-

‘mation cannot be presented economically in

the text, or when a table presents the data in
a more meaningful way. Consider preparing
extremely complicated tabular matter in a
form suitable for direct reproduction as an
illustration. In such cases, the use of the
typewriter is not recommended.

References to Literature

Limit references within the text and in
synonymies to author and year (and page if
needed). In a “Reference Cited” section, list
alphabetically by senior author only those
papers you have included in the text. Like-
wise, be sure all the text references are
listed. Type the “References Cited” section
on a separate sheet after the last page of
text. Abbreviations should follow the USA
Standard for Periodical Title Abbreviations,
Z39.5-1963.

Submission of Manuscripts

Send completed manuscripts and sup-
porting material to the Academy office (see
address inside front cover) in care of the
Editor. Authors will be requested to read
Xerox “proofs” and invited to submit re-
print orders prior to publication.

Reprints - Prices for reprints may be obtained on request.

Washington Academy of Sciences

Room 29, 9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)
Washington, D.C. 20014

Return Requested with Form 3579

LIBRARY

UsSe MARLONAL USED rane

WASHINGTON, -

2nd Class Postage
Paid at
Washington, D.C.

5 O6-/F
D2 W 3

VOLUME 60

Journal of the Number

WASHINGTON
ACADEMY... SCIENCES

| : ent HSONI4>

JAN 2 8 1971 Issued Quarterly
| ; at Washington, D.C.
LIBRARIES

RENT re ot A bs eka aad ce ek ee

Features:
CARL LAMANNA: In Favor of Publish or Perish ..........

RICHARD H. FOOTE: New Directions for Commitment... .

Profiles:
JOHN A. STEVENSON: Highlights in the History of the
Beranical Society of Washinpton «22 ee... oe ee we se 141

ELIZABETH J. OSWALD and WALTER E. STEIDEL:

The Joint Board on Science Education — What Is
mea OR cer ne Satan eats cas ws ew wa

Research Report:
GEORGE C. STEYSKAL: Pasig sonchi (Linnaeus) in
south America (Diptera: Tephritidae) ..::2..2.......<...

LE LEA ECP ESTUG Ca 4 SENSI cae a gee oe et

Academy Affairs:

board of Managers Meeting Notes. ....... 26. osc be oe 165
BICCHOMS tO PENOWSIAID 0 ha 2k es eon ie see oe a we Se ee Soe 166
BcleMbISes i PMCUNE WS 3. lye ie 05 yalg ie ce win es ogee ee Se we ley

CUS P BIS ot ME a SS Oy Sen i eae ee Oe I cre ag

JAN 2 8 1974
LiBpariES

Washington Academy of Sciences

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

President
Alfonse F. Forziati
President-Elect

Mary Louise Robbins
Secretary

Grover C. Sherlin
Treasurer

Richard K. Cook
Board Members

Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr.
John G. Honig
Kurt H. Stern

BOARD OF MANAGERS

All delegates of affiliated
Societies (see facing page)

EDITOR
Richard H. Foote

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT

Elizabeth Ostaggi

ACADEMY OFFICE

9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)

Washington, D. C. 20014

Telephone (301) 530-1402

Published quarterly in March, June, September, and December of each year by the
Washington Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville Pike, Washington, D.C. Second class
postage paid at Washington, D.C.

Founded in 1898

The Journal

This journal, the official organ of the Washington Aca-
demy of Sciences, publishes historical articles, critical
reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; proceedings
of meetings of the Academy and its Board of Mana-
gers; and other items of interest to Academy members.
The Journal appears four times a year (March, June,
September, and December) — the September issue
contains a directory of the Academy membership.

Subscription Rates

Members, fellows, and patrons in good standing re-
ceive the Journal without charge. Subscriptions are
available on a calendar year basis only, payable in ad-
vance. Payment must be made in U.S. currency at the
following rates:

U.S. and Canada. < . ae $8.00
Foreign . . ois. «x «sete 9.00
Single Capy Price .....8 2.50

There will no longer be special 2- and 3-year rates after —
December 1969. Those subscribers who have paid for —
special rates and are now receiving the Journal at these
rates will continue to receive the publication until the
date of expiration of their agreement.

Back Issues |

Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (Volumes
1-58, 1911-1968) can be purchased direct from Walter
J. Johnson, Inc., 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y.
10003. This firm also handles the sale of the Proceed-
ings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) and
the Index (to Volumes 1-13 of the Proceedings and
Volumes 1-40 of the Journal). Single issues from 1969
to present may be obtained directly from the
Academy office (address elsewhere this page).

Claims for Missing Numbers

Claims will not be allowed if received more than 60 |
days after date of mailing plus time normally required |
for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be al |
lowed because of failure to notify the Academy of a |
change in address.

Changes of Address

Address changes should be sent promptly to the Aca- |
demy office. Such notification should show both old |
and new addresses and zip number. !

DELEGATES TO THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
REPRESENTING THE LOCAL AFFILIATED SOCIETIES

Beamsapnical society Of Washinston 2. 2 21. 6 eee bb ce le et we ws we John O’Keefe
PuPbremOlOpicalicociety Of Washington 2... 60. 52 e's cc te he oe ee we bo ole Jean K. Boek
Deemer society OF Washington 2. 9. 2 ws 5 ne et Delegate not appointed
Ee MESDCICHY OU WASIINPLON - ci. 2. cs we ee ee ew ke Joseph C. Dacons
Maraimulosical Societyof Washington... .. 2... 0... eee ec ee ee eee Reece I. Sailer
SEMMMRHEGCOCFARINIC SOCICEY = sos 2 2 ass 0 oe se he ee a ce ee ee els Alexander Wetmore
| Me MENMEIED TOL WASIINELOM. =. 2.5 <2) 005 6% se 6 ee de ee es we pee Ralph L. Miller
| Medica society of the District of Columbia ..... 2... cece e nc ewe Delegate not appointed
| aI AMAISLOTICAL SOCIELY) 2.5 Shee) ee wk a see ee ee ee ee ee Delegate not appointed
Pere esOcictyaat WaSHINSTON . f.2 ese ee ee ke el ee ee ew wee H. Rex Thomas
ene mre Nin CTICAM POLESECTS sos cs ese tk ee ke ah ew ec we 8 ce ee ae Harry A. Fowells
De MPEESOCICHY OL EMPINCEES . 55 6 5 es wk ce te ee ee ke ee George Abraham
| mistaute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ...........2.6.0200c00- Leland D. Whitelock
| pareecan socicty,o: Mechanical Engineers .. 2... 2 222s we eee ee ee oe William G. Allen
. Boumntnielorical Society of Washington ...........66500800 822 ee eee . Edna Buhrer
| mite HeSOCicny GOD MICTODIOIOSY 2... 6 we ee tt ee ee ee Elizabeth J. Oswald
Pentinemenanerican Wiilitary EMPINGe®s . 2 26 ene ke ee es H.P. Demuth
aerie He OCIety Ol Civil PASINCETS - 75 5 wk ee Cyril J. Galvin, Jr.
| pectic tor Expenmental Biology and Medicine ............6.s.e%++008- Carlton Treadwell
ce te EACICUMOTMEEAIS oo. ~ .oa le st Gb esos és 2 ss Sele eke eS Se ee Melvin R. Meyerson
Pecemaitona Association for Dental Research .... 2... 0.020200 see eee ee N.W. Rupp
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics ................. - Robert J. Burger
Pete CICOLOLOPICAl SOCICLY 2c. cne0 bisa 65 0s ee ee ee we ee ee ws Harold A. Steiner
Pate Cc DOCICI OlWaSNINPLON 5/665 5 2 ee ec ee ke ee ee ee we H. Ivan Rainwater
DPrate MESPCICIYVAO lV AIMECTICN.). 5.5. isis csc & ee Se bk ae ee ee ee ee Alfred Weissler
ol ES REIT) 1 CIGIBET SIOCETT Ys abe Sea ale enn a Delegate not appointed
Pena CIOMmE GOOG MeECHMOIOSISIS . 2.0. . be nw «0 6 oie oe 6 fe ee ewe oe ee George K. Parman
Renae AYERS CACITITIC A SOC IC Eat ces vo, a) Saray oo. Baw oi chee eBid, Soe ean ak Se bee ele Ae de J.J. Diamond
ae MPT TE AI SOCIC IN Ger ee od Se tga elite 6. fal a doin ot eos Bose Wa eae OD Kurt H. Stern
Beer auiidisioty Ol Science ClUD 22... 6s es ee el ee ee ee ee Morris Leikind
Pmeimcan Association of Physics Teachers .......-.-.6¢2c0 cece eee wee Bernard B. Watson
MaertD MERIC IN AOMONTIICTICA © yc fk) sac cs ole eee eels ese ww ela ee es . Terry Porter
imeneani society OF Plant Physiologists... 2 <<... +06 see esas ee ees Walter Shropshire
Siasmineson Operations Research’Council,... .. 2... 26k ee ee eee John G. Honig
DERE CAIASOCICTyrOlvAINenica) 9205. ei a ee wl es ee ee He H. Dean Parry
American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical
2 IG ECSU ES TNS ee Ee ee Bernardo F. Grossling
Ree ECADION ASELOMOMICES, = .02 0.2 ns eos aie a 6 6 ieee te hw we ee - William Winkler

Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective societies.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970 127

EDITORIAL

“And the whole earth was of one language, and of one speech. And
it came to pass, as they journeyed from the east, that they found a
plain in the land of Shinar; and they dwelt there. And they said one to
another, Go to, let us make brick, and burn them thoroughly. And they
had brick for stone, and slime had they for mortar.

““And they said, Go to, let us build us a city and a tower, whose top
may reach unto heaven, and let us make us a name, lest we be scattered
abroad upon the face of the whole earth.

“And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower, which the
children of men builded. And the Lord said, Behold, the people is one,
and they have all one language; and this they begin to do: and now
nothing will be restrained from them, which they have imagined to do.
Go to, let us go down, and there confound their language, that they
may not understand one another's speech.

“So the Lord scattered them abroad from thence upon the face of
all the earth: and they left off to build the city. Therefore is the name
of it called Babel; because the Lord did there confound the language of
all the-earin... 5%. _

Genesis 11: 1-9

128 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970 :

FEATURES

In Favor of Publish or Perish

Carl Lamanna

Deputy Chief and Scientific Advisor, Life Sciences Division,
Office of the Chief of Research and Development, Department

of the Army, Washington, D.C. 20310

ABSTRACT

The published research report is a means for preserving information, an exercise in
intellectual discipline, and a means for enforcing the highest standards of honesty. In
quantity it provides an important stimulant for continuing and new research and
effectively reflects the development of a scientific discipline. Present-day increase in
scientific publication reflects the knowledge explosion accompanying the growth of
science as an expanding profession. It is quite possible to judge a scientist fairly by the
quality, quantity, and impact of his publications.

It has become a passion with the
self-righteous to cry out against publish or
perish. In decrying the increasing volume of
scientific publications, the enemies of
publish or perish have failed to practice what
they preach. They have not abstained from
adding to the oversupply by reducing their
Outpourings of published complaints.
Without visible signs of self-consciousness,
uncountable reams of paper have been
expended in attacks on a supposed glut of
scientific publications. Unable to forego the
pleasure for themselves, they have not had
the humanity to tolerate the desire of
others, too, to see their names in print. It
has become a recreational if not a ritualistic
exercise in academia to voice complaint on

'| the wrongs of other people who hasten to

publish their research efforts. It is all very
| amusing, except that laymen and students
| may be influenced to take seriously that
| somehow it is wrong for a scientist to

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

publish frequently, and to be measured by
his output of published research.

It is time to redress the balance of
complaint.

Publish or perish is defensible. Not only is
it defensible, it is necessary.

The scientist is happy to do his research.
To record and interpret his studies for
publication is an extra chore. No doubt, life
would be easier for the scientist if he could
ignore this demand on his energy. But
society would be the loser, and the scientist
would be a less effective research worker. On
these rests the need for publish or perish.

Scientific investigations have no social
value in isolation. Only by communication
of results and open discussion of the
meaning of studies does research take on a
social value. What appears in print can
influence the thinking of others. The written
record provides incentives for innovations in
thought and action. Darwin’s Origin of

129

Species lead to a revolution in man’s view of
himself. The practical uses of atomic energy
reach back through a large series of
published reports by numerous authors to
Einstein’s publication of his E=mc?
formulation of the relation of energy to the
mass of matter.

It would be a simpler and more penurious
procedure for scientists to simply talk about
their work. But oral communication is
notorious for its defects as a means of
accurate transmission of the detail of data
and the sense of thoughts in all their
nuances. It is too spontaneous an activity, a
victim of the momentary judgments and
emotions of the speakers. It exposes the
speaker to the temptation to play to the
mood rather than the mind of the audience.
It has a tendency to ramble. It is difficult to
observe the rule that one should speak only
after reflection. For some people, this is
impossible.

Oral communication also suffers from the
frailities of the listener. It is so easy for what
goes in one ear to escape by the other and to
remain forever uncaptured. Moreover, the
listener, unless he be tone deaf and blind, or
a saint, finds it difficult to separate the merit
of what he hears from his reactions to the
personality of the speaker. These are faults
the reader can escape.

The obvious defense of the written word
is that it is the traditional means for
preservation of information. As archival
material, it survives beyond the life of its
author. The written record serves a
worldwide audience to be perused at the
convenience of readers. But in addition to
these services, publication profits the
scientist in important subjective ways. And
what is good for the scientist is also society’s
gain.

Writing a scientific paper for publication
is an exercise in intellectual discipline. It is
second to none in forcing the scientist to
come to grips with his data and to think. It
is a refreshing experience which permits new
energy to be focused on the meanings of
what has been done in the laboratory or
field. The scientist needs the discipline
enforced by publication to look back at
what he has done in relation to the work of

130

others. There is no questioning of the view
that writing can uniquely provide new and
unexpected insights. To look back on what
has been done in order to prepare a coherent
written account can change what was seen in
the doing.

Writing for publication in scientific
journals enforces the highest standards of

honesty. The mores of science and the

demand to publish combine to make science
unremunerative for dishonesty. What
appears in the scientific literature is open to
public challenge and repudiation. Only the
foolhardy, the stupid, or the congenital
charlatan can afford to publish false data or
imaginary experiments and observations.
The inevitable result of such quackery is
exposure and ostracism from the scientific
community. This payoff is not attractive to
the larsenist at heart. Outside of Utopia
scientific publication is a necessary
policeman.

Scientific publication so splendid in its
virtue, how then does its volume happen to
arouse such virulent attack by the enemies
of publish or perish? The attack originates in
misunderstanding, confusion of purpose,
scientism, and base motives. It is not
understood that the purpose of publication
is multifold, and not simply to print
definitive data for the record. It is attacked
by those who resent misapplication of
publication as the all-important measure of
academic proficiency. It is deplored by those
who chart numbers of scientific publications
on graphs and profess alarm at the prospect
of the earth being engulfed by libraries
overflowing with paper. It is resented by the
incompetents who cannot publish, the lazy
who would rather remain undisturbed, and
the self-elected aristocrats who confuse and
equate mass with lack of quality.

If publication served only as a record of
final truths, scientific literature would
certainly shrink. The volume of publications
to stay abreast of would be easily
manageable for working scientists.
Understandably, a sigh of relief would
escape the lips of those who must finance
and manage the publication, storage, and
retrieval of scientific periodicals. Such a
situation appears attractive. But it is an

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

illusion to believe publication can be limited
to completed knowledge. Attempts to
enforce such a false standard would be
self-defeating as a hindrance to scientific
progress.

Scientific knowledge is always expanding
and never final. Inherent to the gathering of
new information is an increasing volume of
literature. There is no practical means for
insuring the scientific literature to be simply
a record of definitive data and unassailable
conclusions. What is recorded today does
pass away. Judgment as to what is valid
follows at some indeterminant time after
publication. Since the scientific literature
cannot be a written record of perfection it is
immature to attack publication because of
discovery of imperfections organic to the

- nature of scientific knowledge and honest

intellectual enterprise.

The purposes of scientific publication are
many. It is much more than a means for
providing a historical record. It serves needs
essential to the intellectual processes of
scientific discovery. Chief among these is the
stimulus publication provides for continued
research. To have a paper published is an
ego-satisfying experience whose value should
not be denied. It fortifies the resolve of the
researcher to continue his efforts. The life
blood of science is research. Any device
which increases the urge for doing research
should be treated kindly. Its utility should
not be dismissed lightly. Experience does
show publication to be a major fuel for
stoking the engine of research.

Much of the criticism of the volume of
scientific publication is based on _ the
argument that fault can be found with what
is published. Since fault can be found, the
purists jump to the conclusion that the
volume of publication should be reduced.
This is wrong-headed counsel. It ignores the
fact that prior to publication, it is the
custom for editors to force the scientific
article to run a gauntlet of critical reviewers.

No established reputable scientific

_ periodical accepts articles unable to meet the

Criticisms of anonymous experts.
Anonymity assures the review process to be
free from feeding on the milk of human
kindness. Thus, what does appear in print

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

has satisfied some reasonable professional
standards of quality.

What may be one man’s fault is another’s
virtue. Whose judgment of merit of
publication is to be accepted as
conclusive—that of the anonymous critical
editorial boards of periodicals, or that of the
critics who believe too much is published? A
difference of honest opinion on the merit of
scientific papers at the time of publication
can be settled only by the wisdom of time.

As a stimulus for generating continued
and new research efforts, the published
paper acts not only on the author but on the
reader, too. In honest confession, many
scientists would have to admit to
undertaking research projects because of
ideas surfaced by articles they read. But the
generation of ideas for research is not the
only excitement role of publication. A
published paper has the value of arousal in
an emotional sense. For this important
function, a published report need not be of
high quality. It must simply attract,
challenge, or enrage the reader to take
action. There is value in a scientific paper
playing the role of fool if it can get a
productive audience response. Passion and
accompanying creation are not aroused by
exposure to virtue alone.

A recent example of this socially
meritorious phenomenon is the discovery of
monosodium glutamate as the cause of
“Chinese restaurant” syndrome. This is a
case of a food additive used worldwide in
hundreds of thousands of tons per year
being revealed as having unsuspected nervous
system poisoning effects. This discovery
resulted from research stimulated by a letter
in the columns of a medical journal that
many people laughed at upon publication.
Given the opportunity, our perfectionists
would certainly have denied publication to
this letter. Some no doubt labeled it trivia
not worth the paper it was printed on. It
described one man’s _bellyache-headache
after eating in Chinese-American restaurants.
Yet it became the stimulus for others to
undertake serious scientific work which
would otherwise have remained undone.
Literally, millions of people would have
continued in silence to suffer mysterious

131

disturbances unknowingly associated with a
common item of food consumption.

Only the impractical perfectionist can
deny the merit of less than a perfect single
standard for publication. The fact is that
such a standard is impossible for one to
invent, and if one could, it would be
stultifying for progress. Presented by a
succession of apparently impeccably written
accounts of faultless research, scientists
would soon become a discouraged lot. Faced
with the need to compete with perfection,
ordinary mortals, who scientists basically
are, would soon face away and seek more
mundane fields to cultivate and conquer.

It is the increase in growth of scientific
publication that annoys some academicians.
This is hard to explain as a rational reaction.
As society becomes more oriented toward
technology and the human _ population
increases, it is inevitable for scientific
activity to increase. As this happens, there
must be an increase in the numbers of
scientific papers published. One cannot favor
the growth of science without believing in
the growth of scientific publication. One
follows the other as day follows night. What
then can we make of scientists who profess
distain of the increase in publication? These

people must suffer from _ intellectual
schizophrenia and so do not see the illogic of
their position. Or they must consider

themselves members of an elite and react as
typical snobs. They resent the entry of the
masses into their preserve and obliquely
attack this movement by denigrating the

value of the _ inevitable increase in
publication.
The increase in volume of. scientific

publication alarms some people who are the
timid scholars, victims of scientism. Playing
at plotting on charts the numbers of
scientific papers from Aristotle to the
current crop of zymologists, they note with
consternation a curve reaching into the wild
blue. yonder of infinity. The danger they
envision is that soon so many people will be
publishing so many papers that multitude
castastrophes will strike. There will not be
enough bricks to build houses because of the
demand to erect libraries to hold scientific
papers. Forests will disappear from the face

132

of the earth unless we invent a substitute for
the paper on which scientific articles are
printed, or stop the foolishness by somehow
reducing the number, size, and content of
scientific papers. What these affrighted
neglect to understand is the existence of
self-corrective measures intervening before
such horrendous events can develop. At the
least, the effort of so many devoted to
writing papers in the hope of publication
will so reduce the time and opportunity for
expression of the procreative urge as to
cause a fall-off in the population from which
future publishing scientists will be born.

The increase in volume of scientific
publication alarms some people who believe
the worth of a scientist is not to be
measured by the quantity of publication. In
this there is some truth. But it is a view too
confused and simple to accept without
serious modification.

There are two phenomena of scientific
publication characteristic of modern times
worth noting. These are the publication of
articles instead of books and monographs
recording research work, and the increase in
multi-authored papers. In the early days of
science it was common for a scientist to
publish his research in book form. Thus
years of work might pass before a scientist
accumulated enough information worth the
investment of publication. As a result, the
numbers of publications for a lifetime of
productive effort might be few though the
volume of material could be large. After all,
a book can be a thick volume.

Today the habit is to the contrary. A
scientist publishes his work step by step as it
proceeds. Each year of a productive
scientist's career ‘is marked )by)) the
appearance of scientific articles. Obviously, a
large number of publications will be credited
to the individual today when, if he had
followed the custom of the past, the same
amount of material would have appeared in
one or a few books. On the surface, this
modern habit may appear to be an artifice to
inflate the publication record of a scientist.
Such a criticism ignores several pertinent
facts. In the first place, scientific publication
today takes place in regularly appearing
periodicals which are subsidized by

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

Puoresstonal societies, commercial
publishers, or foundations and government
agencies. In the past, the author had to have
his own financial means or find a patron for
publishing material. Consequently, it is a
matter of economics rather than preference
which dictates the primary mode of
scientific publication.

Since all authors find it satisfying to
appear in print as often as possible, one can
guess that the Robert Boyles and Charles
Darwins would have found it easy to
accommodate to present day practices if
they were alive today. There is no reason to
believe there has been any change in the
ethics or satisfactions of publication by
scientists in spite of the changes in practice.

Actually, the modern practice serves
science best. To publish research in
self-contained bits and pieces is useful
because of the dialogue it stimulates within a
group of competing peers. It helps keep the
individual on his intellectual toes to have his
work scrutinized critically as he goes along.
Since in unanticipated and useful ways what
is reported can influence the directions and
rate of progress of research of others,
present practice maximizes the opportunity
and rapidity with which an _ individual’s
research can act as a community-wide
stimulant.

The other modern development is for
scientific articles to be authored by several
scientists. Critics say this is a stimulus for
unnecessary publication since there is the
temptation to report the same work under
different guises in order to have a different
member of the team listed as senior author
on separate articles. While the temptation
may cxist, it is a doubtful factor in
explaining the growth of scientific literature.
After all, many of the critics who recognize
the existence of the temptation will be the
high priests serving on editorial boards of
Scientific journals, thus in an excellent
position to exercise the sin. Other editors are
alert and smart enough not to be taken in.
The better explanation of multiauthored
papers is that it is an honest recognition of
an increase in team effort in science.

To repeat, the increase in scientific
publication is chiefly the result of the

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

knowledge explosion accompanying the
growth of science as an expanding
profession. The use of the number of his
publications as a measure of a scientist’s
worth cannot account for the increasing
volumes of scientific literature. The increase
in scientists both in absolute number and as
a proportion of the total working population
exceeds by far any tendency for an increase
in number of papers published per scientist
per year. To attack the publish or perish
doctrine will not reduce in any meaningful
quantity the mass of scientific literature. If
you believe in the expansion of the scientific
enterprise, you must expect to learn to live
with an expansion of its literature.

Let us now examine the validity of
publication as a measure of a scientist’s
worth.

As an axiom it can be stated that a really
inferior writer can never be very good as a
scientist. The well written scientific paper
reveals more than literary talent. If a
scientist performs worthwhile research he
must also be able to write an account of his
experience in a coherent, convincing
manner. He must have sufficient skill at
descriptive writing to convey to readers how
they can accurately repeat his efforts. This
kind of writing requires clarity of thought
and the power of logical exposition. These
are mental qualities no less a mark of
scientific talent than good writing. It is an
observable phenomenon that an inferior
writer cannot be a good scientist though
literary talent is not enough for good
science. There is ample historical evidence
that scientists who have been judged great or
uncommonly productive were successes at
communicating with their peers by means of
the written word. They may not have
entertained, but they did stimulate and
instruct the reader.

Since science is a vocation, effective

‘mechanisms are required for judging the

relative worth of scientists. Advancement by
selection demands objective measurement of
the productivity of individual scientists.
What other tool better meets this need than
judgment based on study of the publication
record of a scientist? Publications can be
studied at leisure as required and can be

133

evaluated apart from the social position and
personality of the scientist. To judge a
scientist by his output of publication is
logical and unbiased. It is possible to judge
publication both as to its intrinsic merit and
its influence on the scientific community.
Fairmindedness and historical perspective
require scientific authors to acknowledge
how their writings relate to published work
of their peers. How often an author is
quoted is an index of his influence on his
peers.

There can be little reasonable argument
against rating scientists by the quality of
their publications. The difficulty is in
establishing criteria of quality. While certain
papers at the time of publication will win
universal acclaim, the great majority will
not. The true worth of a scientific paper is
evident at some indefinite time after
publication and often at a time when the
author no longer may be in competition for
advancement.

It is risky to judge a scientist on the basis
of a single paper. It is only as a scientist
continues to publish that incontrovertable
evidence begins to accumulate as to the
persistence of scientific energy and the
general level of competency. Quantity of
publication is important because it frees the
scientist from the danger of being judged on
one or a few efforts not truly indicative of
his productivity and imagination.

Quantity of publication is important to
Society | because i is an index of
productivity. Productivity has both a
qualitative and quantitative character. In
general, it is fairer to reward and esteem the
scientist who can work effectively for a
period of time than the flash-in-the-pan, or
sufferer from anemia of scientific energy.
Rare are the outstanding scientists,
beginning with Aristotle, going on to Da
Vinci, Galileo, Darwin, and into modern
times, who have not been productive for
years. These fellows have left a formidable
quantity of writings to mark their output.
While quantity may not invariably reflect
quality, invariably there does seem to be a
correlation of quantity with quality. This is
so not only for individual scientists but for
scientific institutions as well.

134

Curiously, the complaint about publish or
perish is not universal in the scientific and
technological community. When it comes to
applied research and technology, there
appears to be little debate on the subject.
Definitely in these areas pride in quantity of
patents is expressed and unquestioned. A
patent seems not to be suspect as an article
of value in measuring a man’s productivity.
Possibly this is because the procedure for
getting a patent issued is more highly
structured and time-consuming than the
procedure for winning acceptance of a
scientific article for publication. It may also
be because the procedure for granting a
patent applies universally independent of the
particular invention. A single standard of
quality, in this case priority of originality,
appears to be enforced.

With scientific papers this is not so.
Journals may differ in their editorial
demands and_ standards. Admittedly,
editorial standards do differ among scientific
periodicals. Thus some journals have better
reputations than others. Since within the
scientific community there is a_ tacit.
recognition of which journals are more
demanding than others, a scientist who
publishes for the most part in the journals of
inferior standards is hurt in the eyes of his
peers. What we have then in measuring a
scientist’s output are three measures:
quantity of publication, journals in which
papers appear, and quality. Judgment of
quality is affected both by the impact of the
individual article and the general reputation
of the journal within which it appears.

Often opposition to publish or perish is
stated as opposition against measuring the
weight (in pounds or kilograms, I suppose)
of publications in judging the merit of
scientists. This complaint has its origins in
the academic world. Within this community
a professor’s merit does include his ability to
teach, .and t0 Seip aia
non-research-oriented scholarship. Since the
professor’s vocation has objectives of
scholarship, teaching, and research, he
should be judged on all three. One can
sympathize with the view it is wrong to
judge the university and college teacher in an
overbalanced way on the quantity of

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

research papers. If this is done, reform is
required. But the reform is not to neglect
the merit of weighing the quantity of
publication of the professor. After all,
research activity as marked by publication
does contribute usefully to professorial
scholarship and instructorship. Furthermore,
it is difficult to know that a professor is an
effective researcher and scholar if he does
not write research and scholarly papers.

The complaint about publish or perish
does have one possible redeeming effect. It
helps sensitize us to the necessity not to
neglect other measures of scientific
proficiency than numbers of published
articles alone. It is mean-minded, however,
for the complainers to believe they are alone
in their concern for quality. Certainly the
many conscientious and ambitious editors,
and the honest and jealous anonymous
referees these editors call on to evaluate
submitted articles, have a concern with
standards of quality they attempt to
Eauance. Ii is probable that the
overwhelming majority of scientific articles
printed in the journals using a referee system
deserve publication. If not, the complainers
should put up or shut up. They should have
the courage of their convictions and begin
public identification of specific papers they
object to. It is time the complainers moved

from the general to the specific. To be
against sin carries no reform until you
expose the sinners.

Publish or perish. This is healthy for the
scientist. It is a preventive for the scientist
against his loss of pep. As a test of this, it
would be informative to be able to study
how secrecy in government and industrial
laboratories which prevent’s open
publication acts on the motivation and
productivity of scientists. In these situations,
publish or perish has not the same urgency.
Certainly, it is the observation of those who
have had the personal opportunity to direct
laboratories where secrecy is the rule that
incompetents have an easier time than in the
open publishing-demanding laboratory. The
writing of in-house reports kept secret meets
less rigid standards of quality if for no other
reason than that they are scrutinized by
fewer critical eyes.

Publish or perish. This is healthy for
society. It is the tangible published product
of a man’s work and reflections which
permit judgment of his qualities in an
objective manner. It is a safeguard for the
individual, since society can use publication
in fairly choosing among the many for the
reward of advancement of the individual
scientist in position, salary, and improved
opportunity.

_J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

135

New Directions For Commitment

Richard H. Foote

Entomology Research Division, ARS,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Plant Industry Station,
Beltsville, Md. 20705

ABSTRACT

Biologists today face a self-made communication crisis by generally neglecting to take
full advantage of the modern, readily available techniques of information transfer, and to
nurture students’ interests and capabilities in these activities. No breakthroughs are
possible unless important contributions are made individually and collectively by
biologists themselves.

Whether he likes it or not, every scientist eventually will be asked to contribute
subject matter evaluations of the contents and effectiveness of information systems as
they are born and improved. Even more important will be the voluntary actions that
generate fresh insight and new approaches to the problem. The biologist, as a user of
information, must make known clearly and forcefully his information requirements—the
kind, the form, how fast. His past failure to do so has made present information services
inadequate. As a generator of information he must make his writings clearly understood
and readily available. Not only must he educate himself in these areas—he must also
encourage students to learn how to deal effectively with the problems they are certain to

face.

Myriad complications seem to have
placed the simple life beyond the reach of
most of us today. Inflation, increased
commitments at home and abroad, an
uncomfortably vocal new generation, a
suddenly contaminated environment, too
many people—these are only a few of the
most common ones. The speakers at this
symposium have already touched on the
sources of another kind of disquiet—one that
operates within our scientific lives to disrupt
the channels of our scientific research. I
refer to our vastly sophisticated technology
and the tremendous body of scientific
knowledge that apparently knows no
bounds, principally because the more we
know, the more we need to know. We seem

This paper is part of an information storage and
retrieval symposium convened by Dr. Karl
Heumann at the April, 1970 annual meeting of the
Federation of American Societies for Experimental
Biology. The author is Chairman, Special
Committee on Information Retrieval,
Entomological Society of America.

136 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970 |

to have succeeded very well in generating
this mass of information, but we have fallen
far short of organizing it and devising means
of using it effectively. This situation has
been allowed to exist until today many
scientists despair of bringing any order at all
to the chaos they themselves have helped
create.

Let us examine some of the aspects of
this situation for clues to a possible remedy.

A simple model of an information system
comprises one adult talking to another adult.
The person talking is the generator of the
information, and for purposes of illustration,
we shall define the listener as the user. As
simple as this model seems, it is by no means
so. For instance, if the user really
understands what is being said, it must be
assumed that significant parts of the
lifetimes of the two people have been spent
in some kind of mutual experience with the
particular subject. Moreover, the degree of
understanding is directly proportional to the
extent to which the experience is shared (I

ee ee

———

include not only the subject matter being
discussed but the ability to speak and
understand a language as well). Add to this a
very complicated, but primarily physical,
intermediary element in the system—the
formation of sound, its transmission through
the air, and its ultimate reception. To a truly
effective information system one must
include yet another element—something
indefinable and emotional that has to do
with how much the user needs the
information, what he intends to use it for,
how meaningfully it is delivered, and so
forth.

Needless to say, most information
systems are much more complicated than
this simple model. In the usual illustrations
of the formal, literature-oriented
information system, the generator and user,
understanding each other with the
constraints I have already described, are
usually connected by a further complicated
array of intermediaries such as primary and
secondary publication, reprints, preprints,
libraries, newsletters, information centers,
reviews, referees, scientific meetings, and so
on. A diagram of such a system with the
generator at the top and the user at the
bottom eventually becomes quite complex,
especially after the boxes representing all
these elements have been connected by
arrows pointing in the appropriate
directions. As their participation in
information storage and retrieval activities
increase, scientists will become deeply
involved in the multitude of these
interconnections between generator and user
and in solving the problems they present.
But because scientists loom largest today in
the roles of generator and user, let us
examine their commitments to the
information transfer process in these
particular contexts.

The scientist’s commitment to an
information system begins with the
publication of his first paper and continues
for as long as he continues to publish. The

users and potential users of the information

he generates have come to expect him, as a
respectable member of the scientific
community, to organize his material in a
meaningful way, to state his thesis concisely,

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

to make his meaning clear, to illustrate
effectively, to avoid extraneous material,
and to relate his subject to a larger picture.
Moreover, he is usually guided by an editor
to realize these and many other expectations
within an accepted format to achieve
uniformity in his presentation. In
recognizing their responsibilities in these
matters and in trying hard to discharge
them, scientists may be excused for feeling
their commitments are fully realized. But in
the months and years ahead, during which
continually more serious attempts will be
made to organize the information the
scientist will produce, these responsibilities
alone will not suffice.

One of the most avid “users” of
information has been the secondary
information service—the organization that
indexes and abstracts and provides guides of
various kinds to the literature. Aided by a
new understanding of the subject with which
they deal and the increased availability of
advanced electronic technologies, secondary
services will multiply, their outputs will
become more varied, and their value will be
increased as never before. They will supply a
continually larger proportion of a scientist’s
information needs, especially as_ that
scientist has a need to know more than ever
before. But despite this increased ability to
handle large quantities of information,
accompanying increases in operating costs
will most certainly force these services to
place more severe restraints on the kinds of
information they can use. As a few
examples:

e No longer will they be able to abstract
material themselves and for their own special
purposes. The scientist will be required to do
it for them, probably according to a set of
very specific rules. .

e No longer will they be satisfied with
the paper’s title as conceived by the
scientist. He will need to include more
significant terms than ever before to satisfy
their indexing systems, and he will even be
required to include additional ones to more
fully describe his document.

e No longer will the scientist find the
satisfaction, in the more distant future, of
seeing every word he writes appear in print,

137

and in the journal of his choice. New
publication philosophies may well consign
his detailed data to an automated data bank,
readily available to those who need it but
entirely absent from the scientist’s own
journal file.

The scientist’s commitment to changes
such as these will be great indeed, but
implementing even these new approaches to
the solution of our information problems
present relatively minor challenges. His real
commitment for progress as a generator of
information lies in his willingness to adapt
these new approaches to the special
requirements of his particular discipline and
to make sure that information scientists
understand clearly the special problems he
faces in expressing his thoughts and ideas on
paper. Once committed to these ideas, he
may realize that an even greater
commitment may lie in convincing his
colleagues that they, too, should become
committed.

The term ‘“‘edge-cutter” is commonly
used for a scientist who is an outstanding,
acknowledged authority in a particular field
of activity. He has made at least one, and
usually several, really significant
breakthroughs in his research. Most likely his
colleagues are edge-cutters themselves, either
in the same activity or in closly related ones.
This cutting-edge scientist and _ his
cutting-edge colleagues share a number of
characteristics—their consuming interest in a
particular subject, their common
background and training, and a history of
having virtually exhausted, by whatever
means and to their own satisfaction, the
literature of their particular interest. One of
the most remarkable features of such
scientists is their ability to communicate
with one another. This communication is

accomplished in a number of different

ways—by formal or informal
correspondence, a delivered address or paper
at a meeting attended by those with similar
interests, informal conversations anywhere,
or by a combination of these and other
means.

The ability to become aware of the recent
advances in his field, either by means of his
own search of the literature or by his ability

138

to talk to others, has placed the cutting-edge
scientist in the position of not really needing
a formal information retrieval system to
update himself on current developments in
his own field. He finds other communication
channels much more effective for this pur-
pose; even though he may regularly lunch at
noon in the current periodical room of his
nearby library or among his own files, this
may be his only contact with an ever-
growing body of literature.

But let us look at this scientist as viewed
by someone who has just entered the field,
or who is trying for his own first significant
breakthrough. Certainly everyone in this
category leans heavily on the edge-cutter’s
progress. He dreams of working in the right
laboratory, of receiving the inspirational
letter, or of hearing in person that single
word of guidance that will point the way to
his success. Most certainly, access to the
judgement, advice, and leadership of the
edge-cutter is often essential to his own
success in one way or another. If he can
obtain this access verbally, so much the
better, but more often he must rely on the
written word, for in this way the scientist
communicates most effectively in reaching
the greatest number of people. This disciple-
leader arrangement place a responsibility on
the edge-cutter that cannot, and must not,
be borne lightly. Some scientists regard this
relationship only as a burden to be avoided
at all costs; some meet the responsibility
adequately, even if with forbearance; a
remaining few fortunately, view the commit-
ment as a way of life.

Very soon, this leader will find he has
inherited yet another responsibility, one that
will prove impossible to ignore. It will
require him, as the only really knowledge-
able authority on a given subject, to give his
best advice about what should or should not
appear in a formal information system. He
will be relied upon heavily to guide the
design of such a system so that it will serve
most effectively those disciples requiring the
results of his knowledge and experience.
Although this activity will remove him
physically one or more places from those
who seek his leadership, that leadership is
nevertheless very real in this new form and

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

will prove indispensable to the system. Most
certainly his guidance will be felt, if not
actually recorded, in the system—without it
the existence of an information system is
virtually meaningless.

Most scientists on the cutting edge who
communicate effectively with their disciples
reap a (usually) unsought but meaningful
reward—an acknowledgment, a grateful
word of thanks, a new colleague, or perhaps
most satisfying, one of those longed-for
breakthroughs. One really bitter pill for the
cutting-edge scientist will be the need for
guiding the information system design at the
expense of much of his time and thought
without such reward. An even more bitter
pill lies in his recognition that the system he

i helps design will very probably not serve his
own information needs very effectively at

all. His commitment to progress on these
terms must be generated by his own inner
conviction that he contributes to overall
progress more effectively in this way than in
any other. Such convictions are not gener-
ated by exhortations such as this talk—they
come into being through a sharp sense of
responsibility to science and one’s fellow
scientists, a profound respect for the needs
of others, and the innate need to be com-
mitted.

The user has responsibilities to the deve-
lopment of information systems fully as
heavy as any; and in a very real way he can
do even more than the edge-cutter to make a
service useful. Perhaps the designers of a
system will decide that a preliminary
questionnaire will most effectively gather
basic information about potential users—
their communication habits, what kind of
information they need, what format is
required, how rapidly it must be delivered
and how up-to-date it must be, and very
likely some other elements. By replying
conscientiously and promptly to such an

array of questions, the user can very effec-

I — I a

tively guide the formation of a system that
will fill his requirements. The user also must
continue to react to what he discovers in the

system after it has been developed. If he

finds holes in the information base, if the
data is not timely, if the service is not
prompt enough, if it is too expensive, or if

_J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

he feels the service is not adequate in other
ways to meet his needs, he must react
promptly and incisively to so inform the
purveyors of his information. It has been
said that inadequacies in the present inform-
ation services are largely due to the failure of
biologists to express their requirements in
the past. Let us commit ourselves to reacting

_ in full in this very meaningful way.

Apart from these commitments as gener-
ators and users of information, many univer-
sity-based scientists will recognize another
responsibility. Their commitment to the
students already in their care is great, but
future scientists must be groomed to enter a
scientific world different in many respects
from the present one. Our educators must
now commit themselves to help their
students meet these new challenges. Can
students be encouraged now to consider
some of the problems they will face if they
ignore the necessity to help organize inform-
ation for its most efficient use? Can they be
inspired to think constructively about their
own approach to an ideal information
system? Commitments to these aspects of a
student’s life will surely be as meaningful as
any that can be made in their behalf.

Many accounts are available of the amaz-
ing electronic devices that can facilitate
communication. An ever-growing corps of
information specialists have been training
themselves in the science of using this
equipment and the art of wedding its use to
the information problems of the scientist to
produce fast, effective, meaningful inform-
ation transfer. We have been told, too, that
we must capture this expertise, put it to
work in the context of the needs of the
biologist, and make a future information
system for biology meaningful not only in
terms of machinery and men but in terms of
the subject matter as well. Information’s
interdisciplinary aspect has been called to
our attention as one of the most meaningful
areas in which the biologist can participate
in system design.

This participation can be meaningful only
if scientists of different persuasions will elect
to work together in an interdisciplinary
milieu. Not only must they work in con-
cert—they must prepare themselves to confer

139

in depth with the information scientist who
will act as the interface between themselves,
the equipment they will use, and the ulti-
mate user. The equipment itself is ready to
use, but it does need guidance. The inform-
ation scientist—many of them, in fact—are
available and willing but they will most
certainly not participate unless they are
shown a need. Only the third side of the
triangle is left as a means of generating
action—the biological scientist.

I have often wished for another way out,
for the inertia on the third side of this
triangle is immense. Nonetheless, I am confi-
dent that a growing number of biologists
may be willing to set aside some of their
present dedication, some of the work they
love and cherish, some of their present
personal interests, to nurture a new activity.
I believe that many such biologists have the
innate ability to produce something outside
their everyday world and can be made to see
the significance of activity in this relatively
new field of information storage and re-
trieval. I become more deeply convinced
with every passing day that the facts of our
information dilemma will be heard, that the
arguments presented this morning and many
others already made and yet to be made will
stir biologists to accept the manifold chal-
lenges that surround them on all sides.
Although I admit to a dim outlook at
present for the kind of wholesale partici-

pation eventually needed to deal with the
many apparently unyielding problems, I am
indeed heartened by the fact that increasing
general interest among biologists is evident,
that one by one, biological societies are
beginning to take necessary steps at the
urging of a few of their members, that we
seem at last to be on the threshold of some
finite and significant progress in many
phases of information transfer in biology.

Those scientists who pursue leadership
roles in this movement will discover that the
path to success is strewn with obstacles.
They will lead, organize, and develop. They
must find money and willing hands. They
will generate their own ideas and react to
those of others. They will knock a few heads
together, give in to better men from time to
time, accept and occasionally give advice;
and being on a cutting edge in this activity,
they will always pray and hope they are
doing the job right.

To all scientists I submit this challenge:
In any one of these actions look for some-
thing you feel equipped to do. Prepare to
devote at least a small part of your already
full time to it. And do the very best job you
know how, for much depends on it. Your
sincere commitment to this kind of progress
may very well yield a satisfaction fully as
great as any you find in your professional
career!

140

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

PROFILES

Highlights in the History of the
Botanical Society of Washington

John A. Stevenson

Archivist, Botanical Society of Washington

Mail address: National Fungus Collections, Plant Industry Station,

Beltsville, Maryland 20705

During the nearly 64 years of its history,
the Botanical Society of Washington has
occupied a unique role in the scientific
activities of the Washington area as a forum
for the presentation and discussion of all
phases of the broad field of the plant
sciences. Brief notes covering the range of
the plant kingdom, symposia, formal techni-
cal papers, literature reviews, seminars, trave-
logues, exhibits, botanical menus, and in fact
all manner of ways of presenting botanical
information have featured its meetings. The
Society quickly established itself as the
largest organization of its kind operating
with a completely local membership of
largely professional botanists, and it so
continues.

A comprehensive account of the Society
cannot be presented without mention of
related organizations which preceded or co-
existed with it. Much of the historical
background of the Society has been record-
ed by H.J. Webber (1902) and P.L. Ricker
(1918).

A paper read at the SOOth meeting of the
Botanical Society of Washington, Nov. 3, 1964,
Washington, D. C.

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

The Biological Society of Washington,
established in 1880 and overlooked in other
accounts of botanical activity in the area,
had among its charter members Dr. Thomas
Taylor, the first microscopist of the U.S.
Department of Agriculture and a dabbler in
numerous botanical lines. There were doubt-
less other botanist members during the early
years of the Society, as there have been
since. Unfortunately the minutes of the
Society previous to the 227th meeting of
April 21, 1894 have been lost. We may
assume that botanists were not only mem-
bers but that they participated in the pro-
grams.

As an example, the program of the 227th
meeting was monopolized by the botanists.
B.T. Galloway talked on fungicides, A.F.
Woods discussed the colorific effect of light
on plants, and Erwin F. Smith reported on
the length of vessels in higher plants. In the
years to follow these and other botanical
notables of the period, including M.A.
Carleton, F.V. Coville, L.H. Dewey, David
Fairchild, E.L. Greene, and H.J. Webber,
presented formal papers, frequently offered
brief notes, and otherwise participated in the
affairs of the Society. E.L. Greene, a noted

141

and controversial figure, presented a paper,
“Some Fundamentals of Nomenclature’’,
that required two meetings for delivery.
Liberty Hyde Bailey made possibly his first
Washington visit to discuss before the Socie-
ty, “The Plant Individual in the Light of
Evolution”. Coville, Waite, Pollard, and
other botanists served from time to time as
officers and council members.

The minutes trom April 1894 through
October 1906 give the distinct impression
that botany had been fairly well cared for as
far as Society programs were concerned, but
it is evident that the botanist members were
not happy about the situation. According to
the minutes of the Council for January 11,
1895, “A communication from the botanists
of Washington was presented by Mr. Coville.
After discussion the committee on commun-
ications was authorized to arrange botanical
and zoological programs for alternate meet-
ings of the Society.” Although many botani-
cal titles continued to appear with regularity
on the programs the plan to give botany,
“equal time’ was not successful. In his
report for 1897, M.B. Waite as correspond-
ing secretary wrote, “The practice of sepa-
rating botanical and zoological papers was
abandoned by vote of the council in
October. It was found that fewer members
were present at botanical meetings. However
two of their supposed meetings were de-
voted entirely to zoology.”

Apparently as a result of the failure of
this effort to give botany “‘its place in the
sun,” a further remedy was attempted. S.F.
Blake, secretary of the Society from 1923
until his death in 1960, gave me a note some
years ago to the effect that “the botanical
section of the Biological Society met
November 21, 1897 and held its first meet-
ing January 1898.” I have been unable to
find any further mention of the “‘Section” in
the Society records.

Following the establishment of the Bo-
tanical Society, botanical contributions as
formal papers or brief notes were fewer in
number but by no means lacking. The
botanist members continued their member-
ship for the most part, and others joined
through the years. No reference to the
young Botanical Society was found in the

records of the Biological Society other than
an indirect reference in the 1902 report of
the secretary. In discussing one of the
perennial problems of all Societies, scientific
or otherwise, he notes “‘the decrease in
attendance — may also be attributed to the
growing tendency of specialization among
the scientific societies of Washington.” The
Botanical Society was beyond doubt in-
volved in this statement. The situation,
however, never developed into any spirit of
unfriendly rivalry or produced any hard
feelings.

The Botanical Club of Washington operat-
ed briefly on the local scene apparently from
1886 until 1893, but there are written
records only for the period December 10,
1890 through April 23, 1893. The guiding
spirit of the club appears to have been
George Vasey, second botanist of the De-
partment of Agriculture. His daughter was
secretary until March 1891. Membership
included both professional and amateur bo-
tanists and never exceeded 40, excluding
about ten mostly non-resident “honorary”
members. Familiar program participants
were Erwin F. Smith, F.V. Coville, David
Fairchild, Miss E.A. Southworth, G.B.
Sudworth, M.B. Waite, and L.O. Howard. It
is of more than passing interest in view of
restrictions imposed by later botanical
groups that there were at least nine lady
members. Miss Southworth, the first woman
plant pathologist (vegetable pathologist in
the terminology of that day) in the Depart-
ment of Agriculture and probably for the
country as well, presented a paper on apple
bitter rot before the Club in 1891. Miss
Vasey in her record of the event said,
“Praiseworthy in the fact that it contained
descriptions of experiments made in the
laboratory by herself.”

A.O. Nash, a guest speaker, presented a
paper with the intriguing title ““Work in the
museum of the U.S. Department of Agricul-
ture, a history of the museum through its
golden age, decline, fall, and resurrection.” I
was aware of the “decline and fall” of this
so-called museum, but the “resurrection”
had escaped my notice.

Other papers presented during the Club’s
existence reflect professional work in pro-

142 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

gress in the Smithsonian Institution and the
Department of Agriculture. Among others
E.F. Smith talked on botanical nomencla-
ture and M.B. Waite on pear pollination, an
offshoot of his classical work on pear blight.

The American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science met in Washington in
December 1891 and, as Erwin F. Smith
recalled, “We presented all the visiting bo-
tanists with a souvenir volume of photo-
graphs of Washington. | remember this be-
cause I was delegated to collect the money
for it. I collected what I could and had to
foot the bill for the deficit.”” A copy of this
souvenir in our archives states that the club
was founded in 1886, reorganized in 1890,
gives a list of current members, a two-page
description of Washington by W.H. Seaman,
an amateur mycologist, long with the Patent
Office, and 22 5x8 photographs from the
collections of M.B. Waite and others.

L. H. Dewey, secretary of the Club in its
final months and from whom the minute
book now in the Botanical Society Archives
was obtained, gave no specific reason for its
sudden demise in April, 1892. Probably it
marked the parting of the ways between
professional and amateur botanists for the
time being, together with Vasey’s inability
to participate owing to illness and his death
a short time later.

Former professional members of the Club
early in 1893 set up the Botanical Seminar.
Charter members were F.V. Coville, David
Fairchild, B.T. Galloway, Theo. Holm, E.F.
Smith, and M.B. Waite, It was considered an
offshoot of the Biological Society, and the
meetings of the two organizations alter-
nated. The announced aim of the group was
to provide an opportunity for critical dis-
cussion of botanical matters by the mem-
bers. Manuscripts prepared by members were
read and subjected to the critical comments
of their associates before publication.
Webber (1902) noted “In no other Society
which the writer has ever attended was
criticism so freely indulged in or so pleasant-
ly received.” The more formal papers read
before the seminar dealt largely with the
professional interests of the members in the
applied phases of botany then developing so
rapidly, particularly plant physiology and

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

pathology, plant breeding, agronomy, and
horticulture.

The Seminar prided itself on its informal
character, emphasized by its lack of officers,
minutes, or written records of any kind. A
membership limit of 25 was voted and
strictly adhered to.

Meetings were held in the homes of
members, and each when his turn came
generally supplied careful directions for
reaching his “castle.” For instance, P.H.
Dorsett living in a then remote area noted
“train leaves B & O Station at 4:30 and
Garrett Park at 10:28. I can furnish round
trip tickets at 34 cents each. Preprogram
entertainment to be rambles in the woods
until dark.” Dr. Shear on another occasion
provided detailed directions as follows:
“Leave the Wildwood or Glen Sligo car at
the District Line and follow the road run-
ning east down the hill through a small piece
of woods to second house on the right, if
lost, inquire.”

Each meeting devoted an hour to litera-
ture reviews and 45 minutes to formal
papers, followed by a “light supper’ and
good fellowship. Friendly rivalry among the
wives often resulted in something more than
a “light supper’, providing one reason at
least why the members coined the name
“Guzzleschaft” for the Seminar. Erwin F.
Smith recalled that, unlike the Entomologi-
cal Society, beer and clouds of tobacco
smoke were not part of the “Guzzleschaft.”
Our knowledge of the Seminar comes from
the brief accounts by Webber (1902) and
Ricker (1918), reminiscences by Smith
(200th meeting Botanical Society) and on a
partial set of meeting notices given me by
Dr. C.L. Shear and now in the Botanical
Society archives.

Since the Seminar restricted its member-
ship due to the space limitations of private
homes, the rapid increase in professional
botanists in the area created a problem
which a group more directly interested in
the more basic phases of the discipline,
particularly taxonomy and ecology, met by
founding the Washington Botanical Club,
which met first on November 11, 1898. C.L.

Pollard was the moving spirit of the new
club and its permanent secretary. Edward L.

143

Greene was elected President, a position he
held throughout the life of the Club. Other
familiar names again appear on the Club’s
roster, F.V. Coville, O.F. Cook, L-H. Dewey,
C.L. Shear, David White, and H.J. Webber.
Several were also members of the Seminar as
well as of the Biological Society. Member-
ship was limited to 20 and during the
existence of the Club only four additional
members were admitted. Others were pro-
posed but failed to gain the unanimous
consent necessary. The Club, like the Semi-
nar, enjoyed “light refreshments” after
meetings and emphasized free and informal
discussions.

Programs had a distinctly taxonomic
flavor spiced with ecology and a liberal dash
of nomenclature. E.L. Greene presented a
scholarly address, “The Literary Aspects of
American Botany,” O.F. Cook talked on
“The Palms of Puerto Rico”’, William Palmer
on “The Flora of Cuba, and W.T. Swingle on
‘“Deserts and their Vegetation”. F.H.
Knowlton on February 7, 1900 offered
‘Remarks on the Nomenclature Question”
and added in the minutes “which elicited
discussion lasting the remainder of the even-
ing.” At a special meeting a week later a
number of visiting notables were present
including N.L. Britton, J.K. Small, John M.
Coulter, Charles Mohr, and Lester F. Ward.
The topic again was various phases of the
nomenclature question. Invitation papers by
N.L. Britton, C.E. Bessey, and J.M. Coulter
were features of regular programs.

Finances have often been a source of
worry to scientific societies and the course
of the Botanical Club’s financing is of
interest. At the second meeting the members

present were assessed 10 cents each for a-

total of $1.40. This nest egg was gradually
frittered away, largely for postage, until on
the occasion of the 6th meeting only 12
cents remained. For the next 21 meetings
finances were never again mentioned. The

Club apparently solved the problem of oper-

ating without dues.

The minutes and many of the meeting
notices are in the archives of the Botanical
Society.

Women were not admitted as members by
either the Seminar or the Club, although it is

144

obvious that they were appreciated when the
time arrived for those “light suppers.”
Women interested in science and the plant
sciences in particular made at least one
attempt to counteract this snobbish attitude.
As Ricker (1918) records, “But little known
and yet unique was the National Science
Club for Women, national in character, yet
with most of its activities local. It was
incorporated, April 1893, and issued from
Washington, Annual Proceedings, and a
monthly Journal. The Club apparently went
out of existence in 1899. Numerous botani-
cal papers were published but none relating
specifically to local botany.”

During this formative period there was
still another local botanical organization
which has been overlooked in previous ac-
counts. This was the Washington Mycologi-
cal Club, which held its first meeting at
Columbian (now George Washington) Uni-
versity November 1, 1897 under the presi-
dency of T.A. Williams with an ultimate
membership of 25. The prime movers were
Gilbert Hicks, T.A. Williams, and C.L. Shear.
The latter was still officially an agrostologist
but was in rapid process of conversion to a
noted career in mycology and plant patholo-
gy. There were a number of women mem-
bers, several of whom played an active part.
Field meetings were emphasized for the
collection of mushrooms and other fleshy
fungi, followed by culinary tests at homes of
the members. No serious consequences ap-
pear to have resulted, testifying to the
accurate knowledge of the participants or
their advisors. Most of the collecting was
done in and about Takoma Park, D.C.,
where many of the members lived.

The Asa Gray Bulletin, a popular botani-
cal periodical of the time, edited and pub-
lished by Hicks and later by Williams during
the life of the club, became the official
organ of the Club in 1898. In volumes
VI-VIII will be found a number of reports of
club meetings, a series of popular papers on
local mushrooms by Mrs. Williams, an ac-
count of the puffballs by Shear, and even a
culinary note by Mrs. Shear. At one point it
was noted “Save the numbers and in due
time you will have a good handbook at small
cost.” The records of the Club are in the

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

i

historical files of the National Fungus Col-
lections at Beltsville, Maryland.

The increasing number of botanists,
(perhaps a more descriptive term would be
plant science workers) at the turn of the
century, and the firm intention of the
Seminar and Botanical Club to maintain
their membership limits, brought a crisis

demanding attention. The two _ societies~

finally appointed committees to assess the
situation and prepare a plan to solve the
problem.

The committees recommended that a new
society in Washington be organized with the
membership of the Seminar and Botanical
Club as charter members. It was also recom-
mended that meetings be held in a private
room at some suitable restaurant, where an
informal dinner could be served, followed by
the scientific program, that literature reviews
and general notes be a feature of each
meeting, and that special seminars be set up
for the study of special topics.

The proposed plan having been accepted
by the Club and Seminar, the two met by
agreement in joint session on November 23,
1901, at Reuter’s restaurant, Pennsylvania
Avenue and 4-% Street, where the members
enjoyed a 50 cent table dhote dinner
before proceeding to business. Each Society
voted to accept the recommendations and
suggestions of the joint committee and
thereupon adjourned sine die. The new
Society was then called to order for the first
time, adopted a constitution prepared by the
joint committee, elected A.F. Woods presi-
dent and C.L. Pollard secretary.

At the second meeting, the first at which
a botanical program was presented, a sym-
posium was held on the subject of tempera-
ture requirements of vegetation, introduced
by Woods and Waite with general discussion
“by all members.”

From that night on for a period of more
than sixty years there have come and gone
more than 500 regular meetings and a
significant array of special meetings at which
the great and the near great of the plant
science world, domestic and imported, have
exhibited their wares to members and guests.

Many of the new developments in the
broad field of the plant sciences have had

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

early presentation before the Society.
Current progress has been reviewed, national
and international meetings and congresses
have been reported on in detail by actual
participants, visits to other botanical centers
described, the floristics of many parts of the
world portrayed pictorially, ecological
studies outlined, the agriculture and
horticulture of large portions of both hemis-
pheres expounded at length. If any phase of
importance in the plant sciences has been
missed, it has not been evident to the
compiler of this account.

M.C. Merrill, in his presidential address in
December 1940, “Botanical Memories of
Cosmos’’, reviewed the minutes of the past
40 years, including 307 meetings, to report
that 508 formal papers had been presented.
This would suggest a total of about 750 for
the entire period of 63 years now under
consideration. His figures on the ranking of
major subjects are worthy of note — the
scientific aspects of agronomy, horticulture
and forestry, 73; travelogues, 71; plant
pathology, 70; physiology, 63; taxonomy,
45; genetics, 30; ecology, 27; mycology, 26;
cytology, 11; morphology, 10; history of the
Society, 10; and general or unclassified, 66.

Genetics took an early start. W.J.
Spillman, one of those prominent in bringing
Mendel’s classical paper to the world’s atten-
tion, lectured December 1902 on “‘Mendel’s
Law of Divergence in Hybrids” and on
October 1904 on a related topic, “Do
Segregation of Character Pairs Occur?”
These were the forerunners of many papers
on applied and basic genetics by G.N.
Collins, O.F. Cook, H.J. Webber, and many
others.

Liberty Hyde Bailey, March 1903, in the
first of several visits to the Society, gave an
account of the new College of Agriculture at
Cornell and came back in November 1934 to
review his career in general and in particular
his service as dean of the N.Y. State College
of Agriculture ‘‘during which he finally ran
the Institution into the ground, where it
belonged.”

A meeting addressed by W.A. Taylor and
David Fairchild on the Japanese persimmons
at which sake was served sounded at least
unusual. Bruce Fink, a pioneer American

145

lichenologist, in December 1907 discussed
present problems in “American Lichenolo-
gy” with emphasis on the Schwendenerian
algo-lichen hypothesis, which had not then
been universally accepted. The coming of
Federal plant quarantine regulations was
previewed by Haven Metcalf in January
1910, and in the same year G.G. Hedgcock
gave a vivid account of smelter injury to
forest trees, a field in which he would be
occupied for many years.

Hybrid corn was introduced in a paper by
G.N. Collins, December 1916, “Increased
Vigor in the F, Generation in Corn,” long
before the unlamented Mr. Kruschchev dis-
covered the phenomenon. The paper was
part of a symposium on “Behavior of
Hybrids”, participated in by nine other
members of the Bureau of Plant Industry, all
of whom were using new genetic findings to
improve the crops of the country.

Major - General A.W. Greeley, the Arctic
explorer, was present on April 1925 and
talked to the Society on “The Far Arctic
Frontier’. The first formal paper presented
by the Society’s new lady members was on
“Botanical Observations” in Brazil by Mrs.
Agnes Chase, November 1925.

Outstanding contributions worthy of re-
cord here include, A.E. Douglas, 1930,
“Tree Rings and Climate;’ J.B. Kincer,
“Recent Mild Weather, A Review of Climatic
Cycles”; L.C.C. Krieger, “The History of
Mycological Illustration’; John W.
Harshberger, “Phyto-geography of the North
American Continent’’; J.H. Priestly, Leeds
University, England, “Light and the Growth
of the Plant.”

In 1934, F. C. Meier, a pioneer in the
study, by means of airplanes, of air-borne
spores reported on the trip made by Mr. and
Mrs. Lindbergh from Europe to America,
during which Mrs. Lindbergh made a series
of slide exposures for Meier’s studies. At the
same meeting Clarence Cottam discussed the
mysterious eel grass wasting disease. C.R.
Ball entertained a meeting with a talk,
“Private Life of the Willow” and later R.B.
Stevens mystified his prospective audience
with the title, “Is Plant Pathology a Joke?”

Epidemic plant diseases received
attention on several occasions early in their

146

nefarious careers. Several may be noted —
“The Chestnut Epidemic of Greater New
York,” Haven Metcalf, October 1907; “Cit-
rus Canker,” K. Kellman, October 1918;
“Potato Ward,’ L.O. Kunkel, December
1919; “Downy Mildews of Corn,” W.H.
Weston, April 1921; “Dutch Elm Disease,”
R. Kent Beattie, October 1936.

Many papers have been expository pre-
sentations of new or relatively new develop-
ments, helping to broaden the botanical
horizons of those present. We may cite as
examples “The Wilting Coefficient for
Different Plants,’ L.J. Briggs and H.L.
Shantz, October 1911; ‘Monilia sitophila
(Neurospora),’”’ C.L. Shear and B.O. Dodge,
December 1926, the fungus that launched a
thousand papers; “Growth Regulators and
Plant Development’’, E.J. Krauss, May 1930;
“Capturing Nematodes with Fungi’’, Charles
Drechsler, April 1933; “Developing Ameri-
can Easter Lilies’, S.M. Emsweller, April
1944; ‘Radioactivity in Botanical Re-
search,’ S.B. Hendricks, October 1949;
“Possibilities and Probabilities in Mass Pro-
duction of Algae in Culture”, R.W. Krauss,
October 1956; “Carbon-14 Dating”, Joel
Sigalove, March 1963, and “From Dna to
Protein”, G.A. Wiebe, April 1963.

In the field of the unusual were F.D.
Richey’s talk, “Corn Ornaments as a
Hobby”, March 1938, illustrated by the
speaker’s extensive collection, and Albert A.
Piringer’s offering of ‘“Phytophilately,”
strikingly illustrated by Kodachromes to
clearly portray his theme of plants on the
stamps of the world.

The addresses of retiring presidents re-
flected usually their chief botanical interest
and showed abundant evidence of wide
knowledge and careful thought in putting
together their papers. A.F. Woods after two
years of service started the long series,
January 1904, with a review of ‘““The Field
of Plant Pathology.” M.B. Waite, the only
other president to serve two terms, gave the
Society first, January 1907, a talk, ““What is
Botany.” This could have been expected
since he never wavered in his conviction that
a botanical society should concern itself
primarily with botany and then more
botany. He discussed the constant tendency

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

| December
)| Established,” a history of the Smithsonian

of the Society to emphasize the applied
phases. For his second retirement address he
wavered a bit and considered “The Scope of
Plant Pathology and Its Relation to Other
Branches of Botany.”

Dr. W.A. Taylor, the revered chief of the
Bureau of Plant Industry for many years,
was not officially credited with a president-
ial address, but his paper, ‘Agricultural
Conditions in the Panama Canal Zone,”
April 1910, certainly qualified.

I should have liked to have heard David
Fairchild, March 1906, in his dynamic man-
ner tell of “The Mushroom Gardens of the
White Ants in Java” or W.T. Swingle,
February 1920, discourse on “Chinese
Botany and Chinese Botanists,’ drawing on
his impressive knowledge of the subject.
Others perhaps would have preferred W.J.
Spillman, March 1912, “The Present Status
of the Genetics Problem’ or W.E. Safford,
March 1923, “Economic Botany as a Means
of Determining the Origin and Dissemination
of Primitive Tribes’ or H.L. Shantz,
February 1925, “Drought Resistance.”

A number of these addresses with
enigmatic titles instructed as they entertain-
ed —N.E. Stevens, December 1931, ““The
Fad as a Factor in Botanical Publications’’;
J.B.S. Norton, December 1932, ‘“‘Lady Roses
and Honorable Potatoes, Opinions on
Naming Cultivated Plants;’ R.W. Leukel,
December 1955, ““Wheat, Worms, and Woe”’;
W.R. McClellan, December 1961, “Weeds,
Worms, and Other Worrisome Things”; and
finally by no means the least intriguing, R.B.
Stevens, December 1963, “K-9 Botany.”

We should all go back at times, perhaps,
and read W.W. Stockbergers, February 1912,
“Dissertation on the Social Obligations of
the Botanist.” Several of historical interest
must not be overlooked, including R.H.
True, March 1916, ““The Relation of Thomas
Jefferson to Botany”; R. Kent Beattie,
March 1926, “David Douglas and His Contri-
bution to Botany’; Earle S. Johnston,
1946, “An Establishment was

Institution.

Nor should we fail to mention the address
of our only lady President to date, Charlotte

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

Elliott, December 1942, “Classification of
Bacterial Plant Pathogens.”

Each of these has had a worthwhile
message, and I regret that all cannot be
reviewed here. Fortunately a very consider-
able number of them have been published in
Science, the Journal of the Washington
Academy of Sciences, and other accessible
journals. A list of these through 1950 will be
found in the 50th Anniversary booklet of
the Society.

Observations on the flora, native and
cultivated, and the plant geography of the
many parts of the world where the mostly
official activities of our members and guest
speakers have taken them (“Travelogues’’, as
Dr. Merrill designated them) have provided a
type of program easiest to take for a large
segment of our membership. Almost without
exception these talks have been well illus-
trated, in recent years in color.

Dr. Merrill found this in a high category
with 71 papers, and I have no doubt it
would achieve a similar rating if the 500
meetings under discussion were scanned
mathematically. The series started with the
sixth meeting, April 1903, with a paper by
C.F. Millspaugh, Chicago Natural History
Museum, “‘West Indian Vegetation” and was
still going strong at the 498th in May 1964
when Robert Linn gave an illustrated talk,
“Plant Communities in our National Parks.”

Unlike the Biological Society, which
records an evening when Theodore
Roosevelt attended to join in a discussion
with the zoologists, the Botanical Society
has never been favored with the presence of
a President or soon-to-be President. How-
ever, some years ago we were privileged to
listen to Supreme Court Justice William O.
Douglas, who gave an illustrated talk, “West
of the Indus.”

The organizing committee, as part of
their plan for the new Society, suggested
that general notes and literature reviews be
made a “leading feature of each program.”
This feature has been emphasized in the
earlier organizations and was promptly
adopted.

A five-minute limit was placed on each
topic presented, with an additional five
minutes for discussion. The rule was not

147

enforced. At the second meeting seven
topics were offered, and from the length of
the notes recorded by the secretary I judge
that this phase of the program consumed an
hour. There were many such occasions on
which notes and reviews in abundance were
given. At some meetings the program chair-
man kept the ball rolling by asking each
member for a botanical “‘tid-bit.’’ Certain
members down through the years acquired a
reputation for their participation in this
activity. M.B. Waite early outdistanced all
others. Over a relatively short period of time
I noted thirty occasions on which he offered
““brief’’ unscheduled notes, often at
considerable length. His favorite topic was
the effect of the local weather on plant
behavior, such as winter injury, effect of
heat waves, drought, excess precipitation,
autumnal coloration, and all the vagaries of
our local erratic weather. When the weather
played it normal, there were new and rare
plants from mosses and fungi to composites
to be displayed and commented on. During
this same period he exhibited wild flowers,
furnished cut flowers for a Society banquet,
acted as master of ceremonies at the 300th
meeting, and conducted botanical tours to
the Beltsville bogs at the time of the Society
picnic. He gave his last note April 1945, and
the late Howard Zahniser, who will be
remembered as an information chief of the
Bureau of Plant Industry with an actual
background knowledge of the plant sciences,
participated in a symposium on the same
evening on the subject, “Getting the Results
of Botanical Research Over to the Public.”
In sending an abstract of his remarks to Ware
Cattell he wrote “As you will see it is my
judgement that the newsworthy item of the
evening was not in the formal program but
in Waite’s extemporaneous half-hour
discussion of early spring.”

The Society has held many special meet-
ings, often in cooperation with other local
Societies at which distinguished plant
scientists have spoken on broad and note-
worthy topics. Mention of a number of these
in list form for future reference is warrant-
ed:

@ Hugo de Vries, “His Views on Evolu-
tion,’ September 1912.

148

e F.O. Bower, “Botany of the Victorian
Age,’ November 1925.

e A.H.R. Buller, “Production and Dis-
charge of True Basidiospores of
Tilletia”, May 1929.

e Jakob E. Lange, “Comparative Studies
of European and American Agari-
caceae,” October 1931.

e E.D. Merrill, “Plants and Civilization,”
April 1935.

e Gov. George D. Aiken of Vermont,
“Pioneering with the Wild Flowers,”
January 1937.

e EE. Aberg, University of Uppsala, “Lin-
naeus,” May 1945.

e Francis Harper, Swarthmore, ”Bartram’s
travels Retravelled,” April 1947.

Certain other special meetings honoring
botanists or celebrating Society landmarks
deserve attention at this point.

Professor Edward L. Greene delivered a
memorial address on the life and work of
Linnaeus at a meeting held May 1907 to
commemorate the 200th anniversary of the
birth of “the father of botany.” This paper
was published in the Proceedings of the
Washington Academy of Sciences.

The 69th meeting of the Society, January
1911, was arranged to celebrate ids 80th
birthday of Dr. Edward Palmer, the veteran
explorer and botanical collector, who was
present. W.E. Safford read an extended
account of Palmer’s life and services to
botany. The paper was published in Popular
Science Monthly.

A dinner was given on December 2, 1913
to honor E.L. Greene on his 70th birthday.
Speakers for the occasion were F.V. Coville,
*‘Personal Experiences”; Aven Nelson,
“Rocky Mountain Flora’; V.K. Chesnut,
““Berkeleyan Days’; A.S. Hitchcock,
“Botanical Writings’; and Ivar Tidestrom,
“Reminiscences.” Professor Greene “‘re-
sponded.” The present writer ventures to
surmise that Mr. Colville tailored his
“personal experiences” with the Professor to
suit the occasion rather than dwelling on the
controversial matters which kept them from
being friends.

The 100th meeting, on December 1,
1914, was fittingly celebrated. M.B. Waite
held forth on “The Botanical Seminar and

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

a

Early Developments of Plant Pathology in
Washington.” David Fairchild read “Letters
From the Boys in Washington.” E.L. Greene
reminisced on “The Washington Botanical
Glub. and F.V. . Coville discussed
“Systematic Botany.” Regretfully these
papers are not in the Society records, even as
abstracts.

Dr. Erwin F. Smith was the guest of
honor at the Society’s annual dinner, March
6, 1924, having recently celebrated his 70th
birthday. In response to felicitations Dr.
Smith “responded with delightful advice on
growing old.”

The 200th meeting, March 1, 1927, has
long been noted in the annals of the society
and in the memories of those who were
present. The old timers again brought nostal-
gic memories of the past. E.F. Smith con-
sidered the Seminar, L.H. Dewey reviewed
the history of the original Washington Bo-
tanical Club, and A.F. Woods spoke on the
early days of the Botanical Society of
Washington. R.F. Griggs as secretary discuss-
ed the present status of the Society and
looked briefly into the future. Fortunately
the four papers were mimeographed together
with the extended remarks of many of the
other members present, and form part of our
records.

The introduction noted “Because of their
informal nature they contain some contra-
dictions and possible inaccuracies which will
be eliminated in the more extended history
of the Society which should soon be pre-
pared.” If the present effort qualifies,
“soon” must be interpreted to signify some
43 years. The introduction also noted that
this was probably Smith’s last appearance
before an audience, as he died April 6, 1927.

On the occasion of the 300th meeting,
November 7, 1939, the Society met at
Hogate’s restaurant. M.B. Waite presided as
Master of Ceremonies and reminisced at
length concerning early members as their
pictures were flashed on the screen. These
pictures are in the archives of the Society.

A portion of the 347th meeting, October
2, 1945, was devoted to a memorial service
for M.B. Waite. A.F. Woods discussed
Waite’s scientific accomplishments, and C.L.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

Shear paid tribute to him as an honest and
sincere scientist and man.

On the evening of May 1, 1951, the
Society under the presidency of W.A.
Dayton celebrated its fiftieth anniversary at
a banquet held at the University of
Maryland. C.R. Ball reminisced on the
notables who founded the Society, and H.B.
Humphrey discussed the progress of the
Society through the years. Society records,
photographs of past presidents, and other
pertinent items were on exhibit. The
Symplocarpus Thespians then proceeded to
portray in burlesque fashion the 13th meet-
ing of the Society with a pseudo beer keg
and voluble objection to the admission of
women in evidence. Having read the minutes
of the 13th meeting, I must confess I saw
little similarity in the two.

A feature for some years was an annual
exhibit meeting held in cooperation with the
Botany Department of the University of
Maryland in the laboratories of the Univer-
sity. Much time and thought went into
planning and setting up the generally
numerous exhibits which demonstrated bo-
tanical work in progress at the University, at
various Federal establishments, particularly
the Plant Industry Station at Beltsville, and
in the Botany Department of the US.
Natural History Museum. Many members
have regretted that circumstances did not
encourage a continuance of this type of
meeting.

On several occasions the Society has
journeyed to the Plant Industry Station,
where interesting and instructive greenhouse
tours presented the progress of work in
experimental floriculture and_ strikingly
demonstrated the effect of differences in
duration, intensity, and wave lengths of light
on plant growth.

In accordance with the original directive,
early meetings were held in private dining
rooms of local hotels following an informal
dinner. Reuter’s and later the portner at
15th and U Streets, N.W., were honored
with the Society’s early meetings. Business
meetings were conducted in such dull spots
as the seed warehouse, the lunch room back
of the main building, or in any readily

149

available cubicle in the west wing, all
structures of the Department of Agriculture.

The supper idea was abandoned in 1906,
and for several years the group drifted,
trying a variety of meeting places, such as
David Fairchild’s home, Hubbard Memorial
Hall, George Washington University, and 635
G Street. Finally giving the Cosmos Club an
experimental try in February 1908, the
meetings settled down there in January 1909
for an extended, though at times uneasy,
occupancy which stretched out more than
50 years. The Society’s wanderings in the
highways and byways of Washington in
search of a home are pleasantly told by M.C.
Merrill in his ““Memories of the Cosmos.”

For its annual dinner meetings, set up
originally as an occasion on which it con-
descended to admit the ladies, the Society
experimented with many local hotels — the
old Ebbitt was long a favorite; later the
Mayflower and the Chevy Chase Women’s
Club proved popular for both the dinner and
the dancing which followed. With rising
costs this activity was eventually transferred
to a church environment, where the ladies of
each in turn served a dinner more nearly in
keeping with what the general membership
could be expected to pay.

In recent years the Cosmos Club priced us
out of its otherwise satisfactory assembly
room, and the Society again took to the
road in a search for new quarters. During
this journey through the wilderness in search
of a home, invitation meetings were held in
many places, including Catholic University,
the National Museum, the National
Academy of Sciences, and Plant Industry
Station. May we hope that the pleasant and
completely adequate assembly room of the
National Arboretum will continue to be
available.

The records clearly indicate that refresh-
ments have always played a conspicuous part
in Botanical Society operations. They go
hand in hand with fellowship, a cardinal
tenet of the Society’s existence. As already
noted, the organizing committee, doubtless
with the example of the “Guzzleschaft”’ in
mind, made its second recommend-
ation — that a “light supper”’ should precede
the formal program. After this feature was

150

abandoned, refreshments after the meeting
became the rule. Attempts were made from
time to time to abolish the practice even to
the extent of formal action at business
meetings, but such efforts were uniformly
unsuccessful, except for a brief period dur-
ing World War I.

It appears evident that for a time at least,
refreshments at the Cosmos Club included
cigars and a keg of beer. It was this bizarre
background that was usually brought for-
ward to explain why ladies were not accept-
ed as members. There was always an under-
current of criticism of Cosmos Club refresh-
ments not only because of their cost but for
other reasons as well. N.E. Stevens, in a
report on a study he made of the Society,
slipped in several items which he gathered up
verbally! and I quote “I have always wonder-
ed who picked out the cigars. I am tired of
seeing the people who never smoke take the
cigars and put them in their pockets to carry
home to the janitor, while all the smokers
pull out their own.” And again “that cider
you served last time had something in it that
would kill a dog, except that a dog would
know better than to drink it.”

Somewhat more scientific as far as food is
concerned have been the several occasions
when the speaker of the evening has
pleasantly emphasized his formal presenta-
tion with a supply of new foods discussed by
him. W.J. Morse, speaking on soybeans in
the Orient (March 1, 1932), brought along
an adequate supply of soybean cheese sand-
wiches and soybean chocolate milk. Other
soy bean food products were exhibited. A
few years later George Darrow emphasized
his address on Strawberry breeding with
ample samples of some of his new hybrids
and furnished for the refreshment hour a
new frozen strawberry-gelatine desert, velva-
fruit. There have been other such enjoyable
demonstrations.

The menu of the dinner meeting of March
1, 1930, was another very satisfactory blend-
ing of botanical science and gustatorial
activity:

Menu
Muscadine grape juice (Charles Dearing)
Borouni olives (Kearney)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

Fruit cocktail
Washington navel oranges (C.
Saunders, and bud selected by A.D.
Shamel.)

Young dewberry (George Darrow)

No. 656 Strawberry (George Darrow)
Reindeer steak (Government herds,
Alaska)

Mushrooms (E.B. Lambert)

Chayotes (David Fairchild)

Potatoes (U.S.D.A. var., Clark)

Lettuce and tomato salad
Lettuce (I. Jagger
Valley)

Tomato (Pritchard var.)
Panariti current grapes (Husmann)

Young dewberry ice (George Darrow)

(Ice made by Dairy Div., U.S.D.A.)

Decorations — Narcissi and lilies (David

Griffiths)

var., Imperial

No account of this Society would be
complete without at least a passing mention
of picnics. The first was held in June 1931,
when the group, including ladies and chil-
dren of course, were guests of the Sycamore
Island Club. It was a successful occasion,
above all perhaps for the soft-ball game in
which Dr. Shear and other veterans partici-
pated in preference to the botanical trip
planned by the committee as the major
attraction. Picnics became an annual affair,
for some years at the Sycamore Club, but in
time many other areas were visited, includ-
ing the recreation center at Plant Industry
Station; Scientists’ Cliffs; Catocton Recrea-
tion Area near Thurmont; Great Falls, Mary-
land; Prince William Forest Park, Va.; and
the Patuxent Research Refuge. Particular
mention must be made of the two occasions
in 1948 and 1949 when the Society was
privileged to hold its summer meeting at
Lebanon, the home of Dr. and Mrs. Paul
Bartsch, where many features of botanical
and historical interest were pointed out.

Picnics were so much a part of the
Society’s life that soft-ball equipment in
moderation and two large coffee pots were
acquired and are still part of the official
archives. In spite of soft-ball and other
distractions, botanical walks under
competent guides were a feature of these

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

picnics. In 1956 and 1957 long droughts
were shattered by heavy precipitation on the
days appointed for the annual picnic, and
program directors have never had the cour-
age to attempt another.

Unlike the Torrey Botanical Club, which
annually sponsors a large number of diversi-
fied field trips, the local Society has been
very conservative in undertaking such events.
In November 1949, a trip was made to Mary
Washington College at Fredericksburg,
Virginia, to inspect the newly established
Mendel Museum.

A year later a similar expedition visited
the Blandy Experiment Farm operated by
the University of Virginia at Boyce. The
extensive plant work in progress was under
the direction of Dr. O.E. White.

Again included in the plan reported by
the organizing committee was a suggestion
that the Society provide for seminars for the
study of special topics and that each of such
groups be free to conduct its own meetings
as its members saw fit. One gathers the
impression considering the make-up of the
committee, that it was hoped any seminars
so activated would pattern their operations
after the original Botanical Seminar. Dr.
Weber, writing in 1902, states that four such
groups had already been formed—agronomy,
physiology and plant pathology, plant breed-
ing, and systematic botany. No further
mention has been found in the Society
records or elsewhere of the first three, but
there is an extended account of the activities

of the fourth.
The systematic seminar was organized at

a meeting in Smithsonian quarters, April 2,
1902. The original members were F.V.
Coville (President), A.S. Hitchcock, F.H.
Knowlton, William Maxon (Secretary), O.F.
Cook, and C.L. Pollard. C.R. Ball, David
Griffiths, C.V. Piper, P.L. Ricker, and C.L.
Shear were added at later meetings. A few
formal papers were presented, including a
controversial one by Shear, “On fixing
generic types”. The majority of the 21
recorded meetings were devoted to botanical
nomenclature. A proposed code unveiled by
the Botanical Club of the American Associ-
ation for the Advancement of Science at its
Washington meeting of 1902 was considered

151

in detail, but it was finally cast aside in favor
of one drawn up by the Seminar itself after
prolonged efforts to work out what the
members could agree on as a comprehensive
but simple code. The resulting document
was submitted to N.L. Britton, chairman of
the Nomenclature Committee of the Botani-
cal Club, with the expressed hope that it
would “be substituted for the draft placed in
the hands of the Nomenclature Commission
in December 1902.”

Following the formal minutes of the last
recorded meeting of March 19, 1904, Maxon
had written in pencil a scrawled note to the
effect that “Knowlton bets that the essential
points of our code are turned down.” He
was correct. Britton and his committee of
the American code school of thought turned
it down into a wastebasket and then in turn
stood by in helpless indignation as the
Vienna Congress in 1905 gave their brain
child similar treatment.

P.L. Ricker in 1906 prepared a typed list
(133 pages) of “The Vascular Plants of the
District of Columbia and Vicinity.” In his
preface he notes that the systematic seminar
of the Botanical Society was preparing a
catalogue of all plants known to grow in the
area. However, work on the project ap-
parently lagged thereafter. Hitchcock and
Standley, in the preface to their “Flora of
the District of Columbia and Vicinity,” state
that work was resumed in about 1915 by a
group of 28 botanists (all members of the
Society) under the leadership of F.V. Coville
and A.S. Hitchcock, and the seminar is not
mentioned.

It is perhaps unnecessary to note that the

Society has never indulged in the publication
of a Journal in the manner of the Torrey

Botanical Club or the New England Botani-'

cal Society. No suggestions have been found
in the minutes or other records on the part
of officers or members that the Society
should invade this field. The constitution in
none of its several versions lists publication
as an object of the Society. Minutes of some
of the early meetings were published in
Science, and for some years complete
reports of the Society’s activities were issued
in the Journal of the Washington Academy

152

of Sciences. Inertia on the part of secretaries
and possibly other reasons ultimately result-
ed in the practice being abandoned.

Many of the addresses of retiring presi-
dents have been published in Science, the
Academy’s Journal, and other appropriate
outlets. Four pamphlets were issued covering
the period 1912-1918. The first comprised
reprints, largely from the Journal of the
Academy, of the Society’s proceedings, the
address of the retiring President, and several
botanical articles by Society members. The
second included the same type of material
for 1913. The third, including the years
1914 to 1916, again contained the same
range of material with the addition of H.H.
Bartlett’s paper on “The botanical work of
Edward L. Green.” The fourth, for the
period 1917-1918, gave the same coverage
with the addition of Ricker’s (1918) paper.

It is unfortunate that this excellent plan
of recording the Society’s proceedings and
representative papers by its members could
not have been continued.

From time to time membership lists have
been issued, at times with additional matter
included. The 1910 edition, a pamphlet of
34 pages, contained a brief historical sketch
apparently by M.B. Waite, a list of past and
current officers, past and current members
with charter members starred, the con-
stitution and bylaws, and some miscel-
laneous data. A somewhat similar booklet
was issued on the occasion of the 50th
anniversary celebration, December 1951. It
contained, in addition to the usual features,
a list of past presidents to date and the
subjects of their presidential addresses. The
current number of this series was issued in
looseleaf form in September 1962.

The Botanical Society affiliated with the
then equally youthful Washington Academy
of Sciences in January 1903. It has regularly
participated in the affairs of the Academy
through a representative nominated annual-
ly. The individual nominated is then elected
to the Governing Board of the Academy
formerly as a Vice-President, now as a
representative. Membership lists and a brief
note descriptive of the Society and its
activities have appeared in Academy “Red

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

Books,” a directory of the Academy and its
affiliated organizations.

Joint meetings have been held on a
number of occasions with the Academy,
often with the Biological Society partici-
pating. Noteworthy examples have been the
address (Nov. 1911) of E.L. Greene on
“Linnaeus” and the evening of November
1921, when Arthur de Jaczewski, a very
noted Russian mycologist, and N.I. Vavilov,
geneticist and plant explorer, addressed the
three societies. There have been other joint
meetings with the Biological, Chemical, and
Geological Societies.

The Society very properly has confined
its efforts to the local scene and has not
attempted to participate on a national basis
in botanical or other sicentific affairs. On
two occasions at least it has helped to
entertain visiting botanists at the time of
meetings of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science in Washington.
In January 1903, W.F. Ganong wrote, thank-
ing the Society for hospitality extended to
botanists during the convocation week of
the Association. No record was found of
what form this hospitality took. For a
similar occasion in the Society, an active
committee arranged a smoker for visiting
botanists, asking for contributions from the

members. The cost turned out to be
$187.00 — contributions $157.50, the
Society paid the deficit.

We have mentioned previously the

absence of ladies on the membership role of
the society — most certainly there were none
for many years. Rather grudgingly an open
dinner meeting was held annually at which
ladies were welcome. Otherwise, no! There
was long a provision in the constitution
providing that “members may invite guests
to attend any meetings of the Society on
their own responsibility” which also appear-
ed at times on meeting notices.

Persistent efforts were made by E.F.
Smith, A.S. Hitchcock, and others through
the years to lift the ban, but they were
invariably talked down or on occasion voted
down by those stalwart members who felt
that beer and tobacco smoke were essential
in providing a satisfactory atmosphere for
the Society’s deliberations. Finally, Roy

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

Pierce at the 170th meeting received unani-
mous consent to prepare and send to the
membership a questionnaire regarding the
advisability of admitting women as mem-
bers. A month later, December 4, 1923, it
was reported that the vote stood 99 for and
fifteen against. A.J. Pieters moved “‘that it
was the sense of the meeting that hereafter
no distinction as to sex be made in the
membership of the Society.” The motion
carried unanimously and the war was over!
At the next meeting thirteen of sixteen
persons proposed for membership were
ladies and their election duly followed — the
Society had passed another milestone.

An occasion unique in the annals of the
Botanical Society was the reception given at
the Raleigh Hotel, February 15, 1921, to
Secretary of Agriculture Meredith just prior
to his retirement from office. The Secretary
in his short period of service had so endeared
himself to the technical staff of the Depart-
ment that some function of the kind was
inevitable as a spontaneous expression of
regard for the man and regret at his leaving.
The party was sponsored by the Botanical
Society, and a large part of the membership
was present with a large outpouring of other
Department scientists. Following the actual
reception, Dr. B.T. Galloway with appropri-
ate remarks presented the Secretary with an
engrossed address of appreciation with 527
signatures. Secretary Meredith responded
feelingly. Refreshments of the evening re-
flected specialties developed by the US.
Department of Agriculture — Saratoga
dasheen chips, candy from sweet potatoes,
Roquefort cheese (Dr. Thom’s specialty),
bread (from a new Department formula), a
new grape variety from California, and Wash-
ington navel oranges.

Ware Cattell, following his resignation as
editor of the Scientific Monthly, interested
the local scientific community with his plans
for a new journal, the Washington Scientist,
and a new society, the Science Society of
Washington. The general feeling of local
scientists was clear — although Mr. Cattell’s
aims as expressed at great length were
admirable, existent organizations were
adequately covering the field. The Botanical
Society listened carefully to the report of its

153

committee appointed to assess the proposals
and wisely voted to give its blessings, but no
funds, to Mr. Cattell. After a lone number of
the American Scientist, featuring an article
by Henry Wallace, the venture faded into
oblivion.

The Society has had one opportunity to
join the landed gentry. In November 1944
Carlo Zeimet offered to leave the Society by
bequest at a date not specified, 14 acres of
land, an eleven-room house, a five-room
bungalow, and six farm buildings, the entire
menage to be thereafter known as Whippoor-
will Sanctuary. This sanctuary was to be
maintained in perpetuity for the acclimati-
zation of trees, shrubs, perennials, and ani-
mals. No dogs or cats were to be permitted
on the grounds, no hunting to be allowed,
and no plants except obnoxious weeds to be
destroyed. The Society, through a commit-
tee, considered the proposal carefully, parti-
cularly the legal implications and the utter
lack of an operating fund. The offer was
declined with thanks.

In about 1923 consideration was given to
obtaining an official seal. Local artists sub-
mitted sketches, including W.C. Steadman,
an artist long with the horticultural unit of
the Bureau of Plant Industry and the painter
of the Pocahontas picture still on view at the
Southwest Branch of the McLachlen Nation-
al Bank, and J. Marian Shull, remembered
for his many published paintings of plants,
normal and diseased. The committee aimed
higher, however, and through David
Fairchild contacted a professional designer
who offered to undertake the job for
$150.00. Enthusiasm died at that point.

One of the Society’s treasured properties
is the gavel used by incumbent presidents
since its presentation to the Society by N.E.
Stevens in 1931. It will be recalled that a
historic double row of ginkgo trees lined
13th Street from Constitution Avenue (old
B Street, N.W.) south to the edge of the
formal garden fronting the original Depart-
ment of Agriculture building. With the deve-
lopment of the mall in its present form the
ginkgos were doomed, although gallant ef-
forts were made to save them. The Society
rose to the occasion with a resolution

addressed presumably to the proper authori-
ties and expressing the hope that at least
some of the trees could be saved. Like most
efforts of this kind, results were negative,
unless we can consider the gavel in question
as constituting salvage of part of the trees. It
was made by Dr. N.E. Stevens’ sons from
wood from one of the trees.

Finances in any organization are essential,
but budgets and treasurers’ reports have
played little direct part in the technical
activities of the Society as I have reviewed
them, and there is little urge to discuss such
mundane matters. C.R. Ball as treasurer
about 1905 reported an excess of expendi-
tures over receipts of some seven dollars and
noted that the Society’s assets consisted of
unpaid dues in the amount of six dollars and
fifty cents. No one seemed disturbed. There
have doubtless been other occasions, and
some not too far in the past, when the
treasury was “‘in the red,” but the Society
has always gone on serenely without falter-
ing.

A contribution of $100.00 was sent in
1920 to the “starving” botanists of Vienna
and a splendid letter of thanks received,
detailing how the money was used. After a
year’s hesitation, $50.00 was appropriated in
1929 for use of the nomenclature committee
of the 1930 International Botanical Con-
gress.

On several occasions the president of the
Society, apparently feeling the need to
lighten up a long continued barrage of
technical matter, conspired with his col-
leagues to perpetrate skits or mock meetings
before an otherwise sedate and botanically-
minded group. One of these occurred in
March, 1928, during the presidency of R.F.
Griggs. At this convocation a number of
society members, more or less disguised,
took over and, presuming to be Congress-
men, conducted a burlesque hearing of the
Agricultural Appropriation Committee.
Fairchild, Waite, Coville, and Metcalf,
portrayed by some of their younger col-
leagues, were hauled before the committee
and their pet projects misinterpreted, mis-
understood, disparaged, and _ generally
ridiculed. There were no repercussions from

154 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

f

this affair since the script had been cleared
with Dr. Taylor, Chief of the Bureau of
Plant Industry, in advance, although the real
Mr. Coville was much upset on the alleged
part he had played.

The skit to end all skits occurred on the
evening of April 2, 1935, and W.W. Diehl
was the president involved. The theme on
this occasion was a _ pseudo-graduation
ceremony of the U.S. Department of Agri-
culture Graduate School, complete with
program setting forth the order of the
exercises from salutatory to valdictory and
not overlooking class history, class poem,
class ode, and even a Latin motto. The
conferring of the degrees on twelve candi-
dates by “Dean” M.C. Merrill was a solemn
occasion marked by a verse more or less
appropriate to each. The highlight of the
evening was the conferring of the honorary
degree of DDDD (Donor of Diehl’s Doctors
Degree) on William H. Weston of Harvard
University and the speaker of the evening.
There were no reporters present and the
script had again been cleared, but un-
fortunate results were rumoved to have
occurred later when the poet of the occasion
released his masterpiece to the agricultural
press.

I cannot do better than conclude with a
topic which has been often considered at
times formally and very often, I suspect,
informally whenever two or more of our
members meet, namely “What is wrong with
the Botanical Society.” Executive commit-
tees have struggled with one or another
phase of the general problem since such
committees existed. The situation has never

become hopeless and has been usually quite
the contrary as indicated by the following
excerpt from the Executive Committee’s
report of 1909-10: “Our list of members
gives an indication of the botanical activity
of Washington, and marks it as the greatest
botanical center in the world. Your commit-
tee believes that this Society is filling its
place in such a center. No justification exists
for any but the most optimistic views of its
future. There is nothing organically wrong
with the Botanical Society.”

Dr. N.E. Stevens, who served the Society
in many ways over many years, devoted a
very considerable segment of his time in
1927 while recording secretary to a very
thorough study of the question under discus-
sion. He reviewed past records, studied the
constitution, and conferred with many mem-
bers. He drew up the results of his investi-
gation in a six-page report entitled ““Member-
ship and Attendance at the Botanical
Society of Washington for the Past Twenty-
five Years as Influenced by Food, Beer, and
the Admission of Ladies.” His conclusions
and recommendations were not definite in
all respects, but as L.H. Flint, his successor,
dryly remarked in his minutes of the meet-
ing, “the paper carried the suggestion that
the Society was still normal and perhaps
doing as well as could be expected.”

References Cited

Ricker, P.L. 1918. A sketch of botanical activity in
the District of Columbia and vicinity. J. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 8: 487-498, 516-621.

Webber, H.J. 1902. The Botanical Society of
Washington. Science (n. ser.) 15: 895-898.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

155

The Joint Board on Science Education

- What Is It All About?

Elizabeth J. Oswald and Walter E. Steidel

Food and Drug Administration and U.S. Office of Education,
respectively, Department of Health, Education and Welfare

ABSTRACT

The Joint Board on Science Education unifies the science education activities of all
the associations that are members of the District of Columbia Council of Engineering
and Architectural Societies and the Washington Academy of Sciences.

The inception of the Joint Board on
Science Education as an ‘organization of
organizations’ came about through a desire
for a unification of effort by a large number
of member organizations such as the Ameri-
can Chemical Society, The American Society
of Mechanical Engineers, the American Insti-
tute of Biological Sciences, and the Ameri-
can Society of Civil Engineers, to name but a
few. Each group had its education commit-
tee in the general area of science, each
emphasized its own specialty, and each went
about its responsibilities as a sole agent. This
generated a vast duplication of effort and no
small amount of confusion in the secondary
schools of the District of Columbia, Mary-
land, and Virginia. Compound this potpourri
with similar contributions from the Smith-
sonian Institution, the National Institutes of
Health, and the Office of Education, in
addition to many other governmental agen-
cies and more than seven active colleges and
universities in the area. Complicate it further
by efforts of individuals associated with
these societies, institutions, and agencies,
and the montage is complete.

The Joint Board on Science Education
was created to bring order and direction to
this picture. There is no counterpart to this
group in the continental United States. It
was thought that the Board could produce a
synthesis of effort with the cooperation and
broad backing of all member societies, which

would culminate in a highly effective local
medium for the improvement of science
education at the high school level.

Established by the Washington Academy
of Sciences and the District of Columbia
Council of Engineering and Architectural
Societies in 1955, the Joint Board has had
the function of coordinating the educational
activities of the various technical ‘societies
comprising the parent organizations. It initi-
ates and sponsors programs that are not
feasible for a more specialized group. The
Joint Board is incorporated under the laws
of the District of Columbia as a nonprofit
scientific and educational association and is
recognized by the Internal Revenue Service
as tax-exempt because of its program in
science education.

Twenty-four members comprise the Joint
Board. Twelve are appointed by the District
of Columbia Council of Engineering and
Architectural Societies and twelve are ap-
pointed by the Washington Academy of
Sciences for three-year staggered terms. A
total of eight members are identified by
both groups each year. You, as a subscriber
to this Journal, are eligible for membership
on the Board of Directors of the Joint
Board — as a contact member in one of the
many secondary schools served, or as some-
one who would be willing to talk to students
on a particular subject. Contact your mem-

156 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

ber society chairman and specify your area
of interest.

The members of the Joint Board repre-
sent a diversity of background and skills
which are welded by a common interest in
improving the quality of science education
in secondary schools. A meeting of the
entire Board occurs each month normally on
the third Monday. Meetings of the more-
than ten committees into which Board re-
sponsibilities are. divided take place when
needed.

What are some of the activities that are
provided by the Joint Board? These include
the School Contact Program, which assigns
one person per school to provide help for its
teachers and students, career counseling, the
sponsoring of science fairs and clubs, a
program in which scientists and engineers
visit schools to speak on their fields of
interest, and a teacher recognition program.

The Board also supports science fairs and
joins with other groups in developing, fi-
nancing, and participating in the Inter-
national Science Fair and defraying many of
the expenses of the local fairs, including
printing and awards. The Science Fair Com-
mittee coordinates such functions as safety,
judging, counseling, and administration to
promote uniformity in the fairs in the
Washington Area.

What geographical areas does the Joint
Board encompass and how do schools find
out what is taking place? The Joint Board
covers special counties in Virginia, Maryland,
and the District of Columbia. Participation
in Joint Board services has been increasing.
Counties volunteer to cooperate with the
Board. Once this is done, a professional
person is assigned to each junior and senior
high school. Each such person introduces
himself to the principal and department
chairman at the school; if services such as
lectures or specific work with a student are
requested, it is the responsibility of the
assigned contact to provide for it. These
services include trips to various organizations
in the District of Columbia, Maryland, and
Virginia, such as the Agricultural Research
Center in Beltsville, Maryland, the Botanic

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

Garden in the District of Columbia, the
Dulles International Airport in Virginia, the
Federal Bureau of Investigation, The
Goddard Space Flight Center, the Medical
Museum of the Armed Forces, the National
Bureau of Standards, the National Geogra-
phic Society Explorers’ Hall, and many
others. If a request for a speaker is made, it
is relayed to the Joint Board secretary who
then makes the necessary arrangements and
sees that no duplication takes place. Speak-
ers are available on a large number of topics.
These speakers are rated, and the results of
their work are evaluated so that continuing
improvement may be achieved. A booklet
listing these speakers is distributed to almost
400 schools.

A number of publications are also encour-
aged by the Joint Board. These include The
Reporter, a newsletter formerly made avail-
able to all schools four times a year; the
booklet Project Ideas for Young Scientists;
and the publication Directory of the Joint
Board on Science Education for the Greater
Washington Area, which lists the contact
person for each school, the address of that
person, and the principal of the school.

The Joint Board was created because of
the inability of any one organization to do
the whole job. It is financed solely by
contributions from those organizations that
created it; its level of success is reflected by
the level and degree of support these organi-
zations are willing to provide.

Since the Joint Board on Science Edu-
cation is your voice of expression for science
education in the Washington area, you are
always welcome to request information on
its activities and services and to suggest ways
in which it may render a more effective
service. Should your organization wish to
know more about the workings of the
Board, a Board representative will be happy
to come and address your group. To make
such arrangements, address your correspond-
ence to:

Joint Board on Science Education
Room 131, Pangborn Building
The Catholic University of America
Washington, D. C. 20017

157

RESEARCH REPORT

Ensina sonchi (Linnaeus) in South America

(Diptera: Tephritidae)

George C. Steyskal

Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agricultural Research Service, USDA.
Mail address: c/o U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560

ABSTRACT

Protensina brevior Hennig and P. hyalipennis Hennig, both described from Peru, are
synonymized with Ensina sonchi (Linnaeus). The total distribution of E. sonchi is cited.

Ensina sonchi (Linnaeus), the type—
species of its genus, is cited by Hendel
(1927: 172) as distributed throughout
Europe. It has since been recorded from
Japan, the Ryukyu Islands, and Taiwan (Ito,
1950, 1952; Okadome, 1962; Shiraki,
1968), the latter author adding Ensina lactei-
pennis Hendel (1915: 464), described from
Taiwan, to its already extensive list of
synonyms. The larva of E. sonchi develops in
the flower heads of many species of Com-
positae.

Hendel (1914a: 95) described the genus
Protensina in his key to the genera of
Tephritidae, with the type and sole species
P. longiceps metely cited as “n. sp.” without
further description, a practice valid at that
time. Six weeks later (Hendel 1914b: 64) a
description of the species, including a figure
of the head, was published. Apparently the
original 3 males from Cuzco and Laris
Valley, Peru, are still the only basis of our
knowledge of the species. The genus
Protensina was distinguished from Ensina
only by its much longer head, nearly twice

158

as long as high and projecting a considerable
distance before the eyes, but is apparently
thereby sufficiently distinct from Ensina to
be considered a genus.

Hennig (1940)! described 2 additional
species of Protensina, P. brevior (p. 12) and
P. hyalipennis (p. 13), both from Cuzco,
Peru, very similar to each other and with
heads not over 1.25 times as long as high. On
the basis of comparison of material in the

1Although the text under Protensina species in
this publication is attributed to Hennig, there is
some doubt whether or not according to the
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature the
species ought to be credited to Hering. The first
paragraph (my translation from German) states:
The 2nd and 3rd species of this interesting genus
have been established by Dr. W. Hennig (Dahlem)
in material of the Museum fur Tierkunde in
Dresden; he has also defined the differences be-
tween them and the Hendelian species. Since the
publication of the descriptions has not ensued, he
has requested me to undertake it. The differences
from the known species, together with which they
were captured at the same place, may be gotten
from the following comparison: ...

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

:

|

|
|
.

:

U.S. National Museum determined as Ensina
sonchi from Europe and Hawaii with the
several descriptions and with 3 pairs of
specimens from Peru (Lima; Monsefu) I
must consider both P. brevior and P. hyali-
pennis as falling within the range of variation
of Ensina sonchi and therefore new syno-
nyms of that species. Even in our European
material there is a fair amount of variation in
the extent of dark coloration of the body,
wings, and vestiture, some of which has been
noted in the descriptions of the species and
its European synonyms. Detailed descrip-
tions of Ensina sonchi are to be found in
Hendel (1927: 171) and Shiraki (1968: 82).

Hering (1941: 151) keyed the 3 species
referred to Protensina as a subgenus of
Ensina and added records for P. hyalipennis
from Arica, Chile, and La Paz, Bolivia. Foote
(1967) treated Protensina as a genus, includ-
ing the 3 species longiceps, brevior, and
hyalipennis. The name hyalipennis is preoc-
cupied in the genus Ensina by that of an
African species, Ensina hyalipennis Bezzi
(1924: 549).

References Cited
Anon. 1969a. Summary of insect conditions in
Hawaii — 1968. Coop. Econ. Ins. Rept.,
U.S.D.A. 19 (6): 77-80. . 1969b. Hawaii
Insect Report. [bid. 19 (16): 283.

. 1969b. Hawaii Insect Report. Ibid.
19(16): 283.

Bezzi, M. 1924. South African Trypaneid Diptera
in the collection of the South African Museum.
Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 19: 449-577, pls. 12-15.

Foote, R.H. 1967, Family Tephritidae (Trypetidae,
Trypaneidae). Jn Vanzolini, E.P., and Papavero,
N. — A catalogue of the Diptera of the Ameri-
cas south of the United States. Dept. Zool.,
Secr. Agr., Sao Paulo, Fasc. 57: 1-91.

Hendel, F. 1914a (30 April). Die Gattungen der
Bohrfliegen. Wien. Entomol. Ztg. 33: 73-98.

1914b (15 June). Die Bohrfliegen
Stidamerikas. Abhandl. u. Ber. K. Zool. u.
Anthropol.-Ethnogr. Mus. Dresden 14: 1-84,
pls. 14.

. 1915. H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute.
Tephritinae. Ann. Mus. Natl. Hung. 13:
424-467, pls. 8-9.

1927. Trypetidae. Jn Lindner, E. — Die
Fliegen der palaearktischen Region 5 (fam. 49;
Ifg. 16-19): 1-221, pls. 1-17.

Hennig, W. 1940. (Protensina species). In Hering,
E.M., Neue Arten und Gattungen. Siruna Seva
1: 12-14.

Hering, E.M. 1941. Trypetidae (Dipt.). Beitrage zur
Fauna Perus, Jena 1: 121-176 (reissued as Band
2: 117-171, 1951).

Ito, S. 1950. Neue Trypetiden aus Japan (Diptera)
2. Naniwa Univ. Sci., Rept. Fac. Agr. 1: (1)-6.

.1952. Neue Trypetiden (Diptera) aus
Japan — 3. Naniwa (Sakai) Univ. Bull. (Ser. B.)
2: (19)-(23).

Okadome, T. 1962. Morphological details of the
Japanese trypetid larvae (1). Osaka Univ. Coll.
Agr. Entomol. Lab. Publ. 7: (43)-(48).

Shiraki, T. 1968. Fruit flies of the Ryuku Islands.
U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 263: 1-104.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970 159

BOOK REVIEWS

Applied Mathematics in Engineering Practice. 282
pages plus index; 41 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-
Hill; $12.50. Modern Mathematical Methods in
Engineering. 245 pages plus index; 38 illustrations;
6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $12.50. Both by Frederick S.
Merritt, Consulting Engineer, Syosset, New York.
(McGraw-Hill Series in Continuing Education for
Engineers).

Written by an engineer for engineers,
these books are the latest volumes in the
McGraw-Hill Series in Continuing Education
for Engineers. The main objective of each
book is to teach practicing engineers how to
solve complicated problems with mathe-
matics.

Relying heavily on the technique of
teaching by doing, each book follows the
explanation of a mathematical method with
an example of its application to an engineer-
ing problem, which is worked out in detail.
Examples are taken from virtually every
field of engineering, including such diverse
areas as electrical, chemical, mechanical,
structural, hydraulic, and heat engineering.
Additional problems are given in each chap-
ter, offering the reader an opportunity to
check his grasp of the subject against the
solutions and explanations that are provided.

The aim of the first book is to acquaint
the practicing engineer with efficient
methods for solving complex problems,
adaptable for use with high-speed electronic
computers. Following a brief review of
undergraduate level mathematics, this
authoritative volume covers applied calculus,
presents the basics of the functions of
complex variables, and introduces proba-
bility and statistics. The book shows how
readily many complicated engineering prob-
lems may be represented by differential
equations and then solved by the methods
given in the book. The book also shows how
to use probability and statistics when mak-

160

ing engineering decisions in the face of
uncertainties.

Additional computer-age, mathematical
tools are presented in Modern Mathematical
Methods in Engineering. These tools evolve
from mathematical models developed with
the aid of abstract algebras. Much of the
material in this authoritative book represents
recent advances in the application of the
mathematical models to the solution of
engineering problems. In addition to the
treatment of these mathematical models, the
book shows how to solve engineering prob-
lems with vectors in real space and time.
Tensors are developed in the book as a
generalization of vectors, in conjunction
with the important concept of invariance.
The book also covers functions of complex
variables—to introduce the concept of con-
formal mapping, a powerful tool in the
solution of equations with complicated
boundary conditions.

Frederick S. Merritt is a consulting engi-
neer with many years of practical experience
in building and bridge design, railroad elec-
trification, water treatment, power plants,
and sewerage. He was formerly a senior
editor of ‘Engineering News-Record”. At
present, he is a Fellow of the American
Society of Civil Engineers and a member of
the American Concrete Institute and the
American Society for Testing and Materials.

Batteries and Energy Systems by C. L. Mantell,
Ph.D., Consulting Engineer. 214 pages plus index;
132 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $14.00.

Covering the methods of providing pack-
aged power for commercial, military, and
industrial uses, this work treats primary and
secondary batteries as a coordinated

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

whole—not as seperate and independent sub-
jects as has been done previously. This
authoritative volume also examines and
coordinates all the varieties of energy con-
version systems.

This comprehensive book discusses such
diverse topics as underwater propulsion
vehicles; space vehicles; meteorological units;
radiosondes; cordless appliances; photoflash
devices; transistor appliances; and telemeter-
ing. Emphasis is placed on engineering appli-
cations, and the author stresses the success-
ful, commercially acceptable batteries, with
designations of merchandising agencies co-
ordinated with standardizing organizations.
These batteries are arranged in tables in the
order of their voltages, amperages, and
power capabilities.

Following an initial chapter on “History
of the Galvanic Concept,” the author investi-
gates the voltage concept and standard cells;
the current producing cells and batteries; dry
cells; and the zinc-alkali-manganese dioxide
system. Subsequent chapters deal with air
depolorized, fuel, and mercury cells; silver
batteries; water activated systems; obsolete
and historical systems; and_ reversible
systems. The following chapters describe
lead and alkaline secondary cells; the nickle-
cadmium system; the theory and practice of
battery charging; solar cells and related
systems; and development and specialized
application cells. The final sections examine
electric cars and batteries; regenerative
systems; and the selection of a battery.

«> & Mantell holds a Ph.D. from
Columbia University and was most recently
Chairman of the Department of Chemical
Engineering at Newark College of Engineer-
ing, New Jersey. He is also an industrial
executive and consulting engineer designing
and building chemical and metallurgical
plants in major countries of the world. He
experted the patent litigation on nickel-
cadmium batteries and on water-activated
batteries.

Plastic Coatings for Electronics by James J. Licari,
Autonetics Division of North American-Rockwell

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

Corp.; 373 pages plus index; 124 illustrations; 6 x
9; McGraw-Hill; $21.50.

Combining the theoretical and practical
aspects of plastic coatings for both commer-
cial and military electronic applications, this
volume covers the subject from the chemis-
try and structure of coating types to manu-
facturing technology, application, and what
coating to specify.

It has a threefold aim: to aid the electron-
ic and electrical design engineer who is
responsible for materials and processes call-
outs; to help the chemist who requires a
knowledge of the engineering properties and
applied technology of organic coatings; and
to assist the industrial engineer who needs
process data. Throughout the book, the
author correlates the properties and appli-
cations of coatings with the chemical struc-
ture as an aid in the coating selection
process. Physical, electrical, and chemical
properties of coatings are emphasized.

The first three chapters discuss the chem-
istry and properties of coatings, including
epoxies, polyurethanes, polyimides, and
polyesters. The following sections examine
the functions of coatings, manufacturing
technology, and circuit coatings. Subsequent
units investigate coatings for space electron-
ics, wire and coil coatings, and coatings for
electronic components and devices. The final
chapter deals with specifications, describing
how to determine what commercial, mili-
tary, or federal specifications are available,
how to specify a coating or process, and
where to procure specifications. The book
provides numerous graphs, cross-sectional
diagrams, and tables of advantages and limi-
tations; examples of formulations; tips on
manufacturing parameters; examples of spec-
ifications; and guides to specifying coatings,
primers, and pretreatments.

James J. Licari is presently supervisor of
the Advanced Chemistry Labs of Autonetics,
Materials and Processes Laboratory, Re-
search Division, North American-Rockwell
Corp. For the past nine years, he has been
responsible for the selection of the materials
used on the Minuteman and Improved
Minuteman programs and more recently for
the F-111 Avionics and Apollo Programs.

161

Inelastic Behavior of Solids (Fourth Battelle Me-
morial Institute Materials Science Colloquium)
edited by M.F. Kanninen, W.F. Adler, A.R.
Rosenfield, and R.I. Jaffee, Battelle Memorial
Institute. Materials Science and Engineering Series.
734 pages plus index; 218 illustrations; 6 x 9;
McGraw-Hill; $44.50.

This valuable book brings together the
discussions by the leading proponents of
each of the two fundamental approaches to
the discipline: continuum mechanics and
dislocation mechanics. Since people school-
ed in one approach are often not knowledge-
able about the other, this comprehensive
volume offers the reader a unique opportuni-
ty to study the most recent developments in
his own field, become acquainted with other
approaches to the subject, and discover the
interaction between the two. This authori-
tative book collects original and review
papers on materials behavior written by
some of the most accomplished and highly
respected people in the fields of applied
mechanics, physics, and metallurgy.

The book includes transcripts of the six
review papers and twenty-three original re-
search papers presented at the Colloquium,
together with five summary papers. Repre-
senting both the theoretical and the experi-
mental points of view, the papers examine
inelastic behavior in terms of continuum
mechanics, quantum mechanics, statistical
mechanics, chemical rate theory, dislocation
theory, experimental metallurgy, experi-
mental mechanics, and phenomenological
studies. The five sections of the book are:
Introductory Lectures, Plastic Flow, Plastici-
ty and Rate Dependent Deformation,
Dynamics, and Fracture. Since all attendees
were active participants, the discussions were
particularly effective and provocative. These
qualities are reflected in the summary papers
written at the conclusion of the meeting.

Each of the four editors of this volume is
associated with Battelle Memorial Institute.
Dr. M.F. Kanninen is primarily concerned
with elastic-plastic fracture mechanics, dy-
namic crack propagation, atomic simulation
of cleavage cracks and dislocations, and the
inhomogeneous deformation of materials.
Dr. W.F. Adler’s research has centered pri-
marily around nonclassical continuum

162

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

mechanics: the theory of continuous distri-
butions of dislocations, materials with
microstructure, nonlinear viscoelasticity, and
non-Newtonian fluids. Dr. A.R. Rosenfield
has recently worked with the application of
metallurgical theory and solid mechanics to
the problem of crack initiation at notches
and the analysis of arrays of moving disloca-
tions. Dr. R.I. Jaffee is the chairman for the
Battelle colloquia on materials sciences and
is an active contributor to science policy in
materials.

Applications Manual for Paint and Protective Coat-
ings: A guide to types of coatings, methods of
surface preparation, and hand application tech-
niques by William F. Gross, Binks Research and
Development Corporation, Boulder, Colorado. 255
pages plus index; 121 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-
Hill; $13.50.

Written in easy-to-understand, nontechni-
cal language, this comprehensive volume
minimizes technical discussions. Each sub-
ject is treated in sufficient detail to be
immediately useful to the painter, and is
supported by numerous illustrations and
tables of pertinent, useful data. Information
is presented which will be of direct use in
correcting any painting problems, including
a detailed description of the handling and
servicing of a spray gun. Coverage is given to
all topics connected with the application of
paint and coatings, from the selection of the
paint system through surface preparation
and application, to continue maintenance.
The most recent developments in paint and
coating materials. are discussed, and a
thorough examination of the latest methods
and equipment for the hand application of
paint is provided.

The volume is divided into six compre-
hensive chapters. The initial chapter deals
with types of coatings and their character-
istics, presenting basic reference material.
The following chapter investigates color
codes, color standards, and the industrial use
of color. Included is a discussion of the use
of color for the identification of the con-
tents of piping, tanks, and cylinders, and a

treatment of the use of color to obtain
desired psychological effects. The third
chapter is devoted to the important topics of
safety and health, and includes a brief review
of smog control legislation. The next two
chapters present the essential requirements
for surface preparation and pretreatment,
and for the successful hand application of
paint and coatings by various methods. The
final chapter discusses painting economics,
detailing principal cost factors which will be
of specific interest to the professional paint-
ef.

William F. Gross, a graduate of Lehigh
University with a Ph.D. in chemical engineer-
ing, is presently Production Manager of
Binks Research and Development Corpora-
tion, Boulder, Colorado. Professionally con-
cerned with various aspects of corrosion
engineering, Dr. Gross has also worked as
Chief Corrosion Engineer for a major over-
seas oil company. He is a member of several
professional societies and associations, in-
cluding the National Association of Cor-
rosion Engineers.

Escape From Addiction. R. Gordon Bell. 224
pages; McGraw-Hill; $5.95.

“Addiction in a broad sense, by which I
mean a harmful dependence on chemicals, is
one of our most urgent contemporary health
problems. When this dependence is extensive
enough to be harmful and strong enough to
be uncontrolled, it can eventually destroy all
other interests and activities—family, busi-
ness, social, or community,” writes the
author in the preface of his new book. After
24 years of experience working with the
problem of addiction, Dr. Bell is optimistic.
He states: “By calling this book Escape from
Addiction, 1 am trying to emphasize that
there is hope for recovery and that the days
of stigmaladen labels for chemical de-
pendence of whatever kind are being left
behind.” The author is the president of the
Donwood Institute, which operates a
50-bed hospital for addiction treatment,
education, and research in Toronto, Canada.

J. WASH, ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

Much of the material in this book is based
on the comprehensive program of rehabili-
tation and treatment presently used by the
institute.

This provocative study provides full
coverage on the effects of alcohol, as well as
a review of the effects of narcotics and other
addicting drugs. It investigates the clinical
and social problems of addiction, giving
equal attention to the physical, mental, and
social components. The book will prove a
valuable, thought-provoking aid for anyone
concerned with the health and _ social
questions resulting from the excessive or
compulsive use of alcohol, tobacco, food,
and a wide assortment of depressant and
stimulant drugs.

Divided into 16 chapters which are group-
ed into two major parts, this useful work
first examines the various facets of addiction
and follows with suggested methods of
escape from such bondage. The first part,
“Addiction,” presents an orientation for the
reader to the clinical and social problems
arising from complex addiction disorders.
The second part, “Escape,” deals with the
treatment program presently used by the
Donwood Institute. A three-phase program,
this treatment extends over a minimum
period of one year. Following a detailed
discussion of each of the three phases, the
author makes suggestions concerning the
organization of community resources for
more complete and successful treatment
programs.

Dr. R. Gordon Bell, in addition to being
president of the Donwood Institute, is
Special Lecturer to the Faculty of Medicine,
University of Toronto. He is a member of
the Professional Advisory Board, Alcoholism
and Drug Addiction Research Foundation of
Toronto. He also acts as consultant to the
Department of Corrections for Ontario and
to the American Association Against Addic-
tion. He has been featured in four edu-
cational films on chemical addiction.

Wild Flowers of the United States—Volume IV:
The Southwestern States, by Harold William

163

Rickett. 832 pages, 2,000 full-color photographs,
250 line drawings; McGraw-Hill; $52.50.

Devoted to the magnificence of the wild
flowers found in the southwestern states, Dr.
Rickett’s volume covers the rich botanical
region found in Arizona, New Mexico, and
southern California. Like the previous ones,
this part is an unparalleled guide for the
identification of the flowers in the area. A
comprehensive and detailed reference work,
this handsome volume is illustrated with
approximately 2,000 full-color photographs
and 250 line drawings of the plants in their
natural surroundings. The color plates are
printed with as many as six colors on
specially made, extra heavy fine vellum
paper to ensure absolute color fidelity.

Certain plant groups included in this
definitive work—such as the composites,
lupines, flea-banes, and the painted cups—
include extraordinary numbers of species
in the southwest. The diverse terrains of
Arizona and New Mexico, ranging all the
way from snow-covered mountain peaks to
arid lowlands, provide habitats for a wide
variety of plants. In addition, southern
California boasts a great many endemic
species found only in that corner of the
state. As a result, this book proves to be the
largest and most colorful volume in the
series to date. For added convenience, this
monumental guide to the flora of the south-

west is printed in three separate books,
boxed in an attractive, sturdy slipcase.

Dr. Harold William Rickett, Senior
Botanist at the New York Botanical Garden,
has written a detailed summary of up-to-date
botanical information on each of the south-
western wild flowers, as well as accounts of
the major types of cacti. A cooperating
specialist reviewed each of the major families
of wild flowers to ensure authenticity.
Descriptions are scientifically accurate, but
technical language is kept to a minimum for
the convenience of the layman. Both Latin
and common names of the flowers are
provided, and an illustrated glossary explains
the few botanical terms required for pre-
cision.

With the release of each new volume, this
series receives more accolades as the most
beautiful and comprehensive set of wild
flower books in the history of publishing.
The New York Times called it ‘“‘an awesome
achievement—physically, visually, and in
contents.” Atlantic Naturalist says, “Some
works are beyond criticism because they are
peerless. Such is the only way to describe
this sumptuous work.” The review in the
Library Journal concluded, “Very highly
recommended for all libraries and a necessity
for all botanical and _ horticultural
collections.” Saturday Review stated, “An
exquisite garden on paper...the color
plates are of such piercing beauty that the
first reaction is awe.”

164

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

BOARD OF MANAGERS MEETING NOTES

October, 1970

The 609th meeting of the Board of
Managers of the Washington Academy of
Sciences was called to order by President
Forziati at 8:00 p.m. in the Conference
Room of the FASEB Building. Each person
present was invited to identify himseif by
name, business affiliation and Academy re-
sponsibility. The President then asked for
consideration of the minutes of the 608th
meeting held April 16, 1970. Following a
motion by Dr. O’Keefe, seconded by Mr.
Rainwater, the minutes were approved by
voice vote.

President Forziati called attention to the
new organizational booklet which had been
mailed to each officer, delegate, and com-
mittee chairman. He referred to the new
appointments to the Joint Board on Science
Education shown at the bottom of page 4 of
the booklet and noted that five appoint-
ments had been made for four positions.
Happily this error had been corrected by Mr.
Rainwater volunteering to vacate his
position while retaining a deep concern for
the programs of the Joint Board on Science
Education. President Forziati expressed his
gratitude to Mr. Rainwater. In summary, the
appointments to the JBSC were Dr. John
Layman to complete the term (1969-72) of
Dr. Zaka I. Slawsky, who resigned. The new
appointments of Mrs. Edythe Durie and Dr.
John P. Pancella together with the reap-
pointments of Dr. Jean K. Boek and Dr.
Irving A. Breger are for the three-year term
1970-73.

Treasurer. — Treasurer Cook called atten-
tion to an interim report that had been
prepared by Miss Ostaggi and given to each

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

person present. Dr. Cook noted that over
$4,000 had been received for dues. On a
motion by Dr. Weissler and a second by Dr.
Stern, acceptance of the Treasurer’s report
was passed by voice note.

Executive Committee. — President
Forziati directed attention to Page 1 of the
organizational booklet to identify the mem-
bers of the Executive Committee. With the
advice of the committee, he has envisioned
an academic season of interesting meetings
for the members of the Washington Acade-
my of Sciences:

1. The November meeting will be held
jointly with the Electrochemical
Society.

2. The December meeting will be held
jointly with the Philosophical Socie-
ty.

3. The January meeting will be a full
day affair on the 21st at Georgetown
University on the subject, “Pro’s and
Con’s of Lead in Gasoline.” Dr.
Rossini will serve as moderator for
the program, which will be jointly
sponsored with the American Ord-
nance Association.

4, The Awards dinner meeting will prob-
ably be shifted from February to
March to permit another topic of
broad concern to be undertaken —
“Evaluation of Government Sci-
ehices:

5. The April meeting may be patterned
after the January meeting provided,
that meeting is well-received.

Membership. — A report from Chairman
Landis dated October 22, 1970 had been
provided earlier to each member present.
The first part of the report identified five

165

delegates, listed in the organizational book-
let, as being eligible for membership in the
Academy at the Fellow level. Following a
motion by Dr. Irving and a second by Dr.
O’Keefe it was voted to invite Col. Robert J.
Burger, Mr. H. Dean Parry, Dr. Terence L.
Porter, and Mr. William Winkler to complete
the administrative matters needed to acquire
the status of Fellow of the WAS.

For the second part of the report of
Chairman Landis, Dr. Forziati read the
qualifications and citations of the following
five nominees for the grade of Fellow
(non-delegate): Hermann J. Donnert, Judith
McKensen Hancock, Elizabeth M. Hewston,
Elaine G. Shafrin, and Gilbert C. Tolhurst
(see elsewhere, this issue.—Ed.) President
Forziati announced that these candidates
would be considered for election to the
grade of Fellow at the next meeting of the
Board of Managers.

Grants-in-Aid. — Chairman Sarvella in-
vited comments on ways to utilize the fund
of $602 which is available from the AAAS
up to December 31, 1971.

Joint Board on Science Education. — Dr.
Oswald serves as Chairman of the 12-
member group that represents the Academy
on the Joint Board on Science Education.
Chairman Oswald noted that at the JBSC
meeting on October 19 there were new
members with fresh ideas, but any useful
programs of the new JBSC are heavily
dependent on financial support from all of
the scientific and engineering societies.
Several members of the Board expressed a
need for detailed information on JBSC
programs to take back to the member
societies. Dr. O’Keefe asked for a budget

listing the JBSC needs. Editor Foote pro-
posed that a manuscript be prepared for the
December Journal. Reprints could be obtain-
ed to enlarge the coverage of the JBSC story.
Dr. Foster summarized the discussion on
financial needs of the JBSC to be:

1. The affiliated societies of the Acade-
my and of the D.C. Council are now
supplying the greater part of the

income of the JBSC.
2. The present program needs require
approximately three times the

amount of money that is anticipated
for income this year.

New Business. — Treasurer Cook stated
that, following a request from Dr. Simon
Strauss for a Life membership, he made the
usual computation and proposed an amount
of $170. The motion to offer Life member-
ship to Dr. Strauss at this price was made by
Dr. Cook, seconded by Mr. Detwiler and
passed by voice vote. The Secretary will
inform Dr. Strauss of this action by the
Board of Managers.

It was suggested by Dr. Foster that many
other members and fellows of the Academy
might want to take advantage of the Life
membership privilege. He urged that a table
be prepared to aid such persons in making a
decision.

President Forziati announced that the
nominating committee would remain after
the close of the Board of Managers meeting
to prepare a slate of nominees for the offices
of President-elect, Secretary, Treasurer, and
Members-at-Large. Dr. O’Keefe would serve
as chairman of the nominating commit-
tee. — Grover C. Sherlin, Secretary.

ELECTIONS TO FELLOWSHIP

The following persons were elected to

Robert J. Burger, American Institute of

fellowship in the Academy at the Board of Aeronautics and Astronautics, National Cap- |

Managers meeting on November 19, 1970:

Appointed to serve as delegates from

affiliated Societies:

166

ital Section. !
H. Dean Parry, Instrument Society of |
America, Washington Section.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

— (Sponsors:

Terry Porter, Optical Society of America,
National Capital Section.

William Winkler,
Astronomers.

Recommended for fellowship by the
Nominating Committee:

Hermann J. Donnert, professor of nuclear
engineering, Kansas State University, for
“his contributions to radiation physics and
dosimetry, in particular his work on non-
linear response kinetics and dose-rate ef-
fects” (Sponsors: Curtis G. Chezem, Lewis
V. Spencer).

Judith McKenson Hancock, assistant pro-
fessor of biology, St. Joseph’s College,
Emmitsburg, Maryland, ‘“‘in recognition of
her contribution to genetics, and in particu-
lar her researches on mutations in mice”
Bernice G. Lamberton, F.J.
Heyden, S.J., Elain G. Shafrin).

Elizabeth M. Hewston, research chemist,
USDA, “‘in recognition of her contributions
to nutritional and food biochemistry and in

National Capital

particular her researches on biological and
chemical vitamin values of food and on
methods of analysis for B-vitamin and miner-
al constituents of food’? (Sponsors: Alfred
M. Pommer, George W. Irving, Jr.).

Elaine G. Shafrin, physical chemist, re-
search, Naval Research Laboratory, “‘in re-
cognition of her contributions to surface
chemistry and in particular her studies of the
wetting and spreading of liquids; together
with over ten years of service contributed to
encouraging programs in secondary school
science education” (Sponsors: John K.
Taylor, Grover C. Sherlin).

Gilbert C. Tolhurst, program director,
Physiological Psychology Programs, Office
of Naval Research, “in recognition for his
contributions to physiological psychology,
and in particular his researches on speech
intelligibility, the effects of noise, and the
improvement of speech communications
(Sponsors: Sherman Ross, Shirleigh
Silverman).

SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS

Contributions to this section of your Journal are earnestly solicited. They
should be typed double-spaced and sent to the Editor in care of the Academy
office by the 10th of the month preceding the issue for which they are

intended.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE

Paul R. Miller, Crops Research Division,
has recently returned from a six-week assign-
ment in Turkey, Iran, Pakistan and India,
sponsored by U.S. AID. The purposes of his
assignment were two-fold: 1) To evaluate
the hazard of plant diseases to certain food
crops, especially Mexican wheat varieties
released by the Rockefeller Foundation and
now grown widely in these countries; and 2)

| To determine the feasibility of setting up a
_ plant disease surveillance and reporting serv-
baice .

Before his return to the U.S., Dr. Miller
reviewed his cooperative P.L. 480 project on

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

the epidemiology of downy mildew diseases
with Drs. J. Rotem and J. Palti in Tel Aviv,
Israel.

Morton Beroza, research chemist, Ento-
mology Research Division, was named the
winner of the 14th AOAC Harvey W. Wiley
Award for his outstanding contributions to
analytical chemistry important to agriculture
and public health. The award was presented
by Henry A. Davis, President of the Associ-
ation of Official Analytical Chemists, at the
society’s banquet Monday evening, October
12, 1970, during the annual meeting.

The $750 award is presented annually to
recognize notable achievements in develop-

167

ment and study of analytical methodology
needed for research and regulatory purposes
on foods, pesticides, feeds, drugs, fertilizers,
and related areas. The award was established
in 1956 in honor of Harvey W. Wiley, the
“father” of the 1906 Pure Food and Drug
Act and a founder of the AOAC.

The Award Committee noted that Dr.
Beroza “‘has been an excellent and prolific
research scientist in insecticide chemistry,
and has developed gas chromatographic
methods for analyzing residues of pesticides
and their metabolites at nanogram levels.” It
also was noted that “‘his most interesting and
far-reaching contributions are the methods
developed for structure determinations.” He
has pioneered development of techniques,
catalysts, and apparatus for carbon-skeleton
chromatography. In addition, he has deve-
loped reaction-gas chromatography, tech-
niques for micro-ozonolysis, and concepts of
partition coefficients of pesticides in binary
solvent systems. These techniques for struc-
ture determination are a “‘major contri-
bution to the broad field of analytical
chemistry.”

After graduation from George Washing-
ton University in 1943 with a B.S. degree in
chemistry, Dr. Beroza earned his M.S. degree
in 1946 and his Ph.D. degree in 1950 at
Georgetown University. He started his career
with the Food and Drug Administration in
1939, served in the U.S. Navy 1943-1946,
and worked at the U.S. Naval Ordance
Laboratory 1946-1948. Since 1948, he has
been employed by the U.S. Department of
Agriculture in Beltsville, Maryland, and is |
Investigations Leader in charge of Synthetics
and Analytical Investigations for the Pesti-
cide Chemicals Research Branch. Dr. Beroza
received the U.S.D.A. Certificate of Merit
awards in 1959, 1965, 1966, and 1967, has
several other awards to his credit, and is a
member of several scientific societies.

Martin Jacobson, Entomology Research
Division, attended the First Swiss Symposi-
um on Juvenile Hormone in Basle on
October 16-17, where he presented an invita-
tional paper on “The Chemistry of Natural
Products With Juvenile Hormone Activity.”

168

Sterling B. Hendricks

Sterling B. Hendricks, research scientist
with the U.S. Department of Agriculture for
more than 40 years, retired July 31, 1970.

Dr. Hendricks’ scientific contributions
have encompassed a wide range of interests.
Serving variously as chemist, physicist, math-
ematician, plant physiologist, geologist, and
mineralogist, his unique talent has been the
ability to apply basic sciences to agricultural
problems, and to interpret phenomena
across discipline lines.

Dr. Hendricks is perhaps best known for
his work on photoperiodism — control of
plant growth by light. He developed the
theoretical basis for further investigations on
the effects of light and dark periods upon
physiological processes in plants and ani-
mals. Recently, Dr. Hendricks and his associ-
ates in ARS’ Mineral Nutrition and Pioneer-
ing Research Laboratory discovered and
isolated phytochrome, the protein molecule
that regulates many plant growth processes.

Because of his achievements, Dr.
Hendricks has been honored many times. In
1937, he received the Hillebrand Prize

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970 |

(Chemistry); in 1942, the Science Award,
Washington Academy of Sciences; in 1952,

_ the Day Medal (Geology); in 1952, USDA’s
Distinguished Service Award, in 1958, the
_ first Presidential Award for Distinguished

Civilian Service; in 1960, the first Rocke-
feller Public Service Award; in 1962, the

_ Hoblitzelle Award in Agricultural Sciences

I a a a a a

(with H.A. Borthwick); in 1962, the Stephen
Hales Award (with H.A. Borthwick); and in
1967, the Distinguished Service Award, Cali-
fornia Institute of Technology.

Dr. Hendricks has been active in a num-
ber of professional societies, where he has
also gained recognition. He was elected
Fellow of the American Physics Society in

1938, the Mineralogical Society in 1940, and

the American Society of Agronomy in 1945.

He has been a member of the National

Academy of Sciences since 1952, and has
served as president of the Mineralogical
Society of America and the American Socie-
ty of Plant Physiology.

A native of Elysian Fields, Texas, Dr.
Hendricks received his B.S. from the Univer-
sity of Arkansas in 1922, his M.S. from
Kansas State Agricultural College in 1924,
and his Ph.D. from the California Institute
of Technology in 1926. He also holds three
honorary degrees.

Marie Farr, Crops Research Division, has
been named to a newly formed Task Force
for Professional Advancement of Women in
ARS. Dr. George W. Irving, Jr., ARS Admin-
istrator, who appointed the Task Force,
announced that he expected the members to
explore ways to markedly increase the role
of all women in ARS and to provide them
with opportunities for professional and per-
sonal advancement. Louise M. Russel, Ento-
mology Research Division, was a member of
the Steering Committee which preceded the
formation of the Task Force.

H.R. Thomas, formerly Director, Crops

_ Research Division, has been named Deputy
_ Administrator For Plant Science and Ento-
_ mology in ARS. He has moved his offices

from the Plant Industry Station to the

downtown Administration Building of the

Department.

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

PERSONAL NEWS ITEM

Chester R. Benjamin, Crops Research
Division, U.S.D.A., attended the 17th Gener-
al Assembly of the International Union of
Biological Sciences (IUBS) held on October
5-9, 1970, in Washington, D.C.

JOHNS HOPKINS APPLIED
PHYSICS LABORATORY

Norman A. Blum

Norman A. Blum has joined The Johns
Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory in
Silver Spring, Maryland to carry out a
research program on the electronic proper-
ties of amorphous semiconductors. Before
joining the Applied Physics Laboratory, he
was a senior research physicist in the Com-
ponents Technology Laboratory at the
NASA Electronics Research Center. His
work will consist chiefly of investigations
using optical and Mossbauer techniques for
exploring the properties of disordered semi-
conductors and magnetic systems. Dr. Blum
is a graduate of Harvard College, and re-
ceived his M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in physics
from Brandeis University.

169

NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH

Morris Belkin, who has been at NIH for
23 years, was recently honored by 60
colleagues and friends at a retirement party.

Dr. Belkin was a scientist administrator in
the Research Grants Branch of the National
Institute of Neurological Diseases and
Stroke.

He acted as liaison between the Institute
and seven Division of Research Grants study
sections: Pharmacology, Experimental Ther-
apeutics A and B, Medicinal Chemistry A
and B, Toxicology, and Endocrinology.

Dr. Belkin came to NIH in 1947 to work
as a pharmacologist in the National Cancer
Institute. His major research interests at that
time centered on pharmacology, toxicology,
and chemotherapy.

From 1953 through 1961, he served as
principal pharmacologist and head of the
NCI Cellular Pharmacology Section.

In 1961 Dr. Belkin turned to grants
administration and became executive secre-
tary of the Cancer Committee in the Special
Programs Project of DRG. A year later he
joined the staff of NINDS Extramural Pro-
grams.

Dr. Belkin was born in the Crimea,
Russia. He received his B.A. and M.A.
degrees from Harvard University. He then
became a Biology teacher at Washington
Square College, New York University, from
1928 to 1932. Subsequently, he returned to
Harvard for his Ph.D.

From 1938 to 1942 he carried out
research at Yale University School of Medi-
cine, and in the 4 years following served on
the faculty of the South Carolina College of
Medicine.

OBITUARIES

Nate Hazeltine

Nate Hazeltine, one of the country’s
leading medical reporters, died on August
16, 1970 after 24 years with the Washington
Post.

Among Mr. Hazeltine’s many coups in 39
years aS a newspaperman was his story on
the first human use of an artificial heart
valve, the invention of Dr. Charles Hufnagel
at Georgetown University.

He broke the story on animal tests that
showed the cause of blindness in many
premature babies to be too much oxygen in
their incubators.

He wrote exclusive accounts during such
long medical watches as the illnesses of
President Dwight D. Eisenhower and General
Douglas MacArthur. He covered the first
days of the antibiotic era and won a thou-
sand plaudits from doctors. But he remained
their critic, too, writing often of the “‘count-
less needless deaths” because of medicine’s
failures.

170

“One would never guess from his modest
demeanor” that he has more status than
many high officials in the Pentagon, said a
writer in 1963 in the Journal of the Washing-
ton Academy of Sciences.

In 1964, in receiving the James T. Grady
Award of the American Chemical Society
“for outstanding reporting of chemistry,” he
said: “I hope my high school chemistry
teacher, who taught me all I know of
chemistry in one school year, has heard
about this...I would not know the differ-
ence between a Krebs cycle and a Harley-
Davidson .. . But if a chemist reported some
new finding, wrested out of his knowledge
of the Krebs cycle, ’d get him to explain it
to me, then I'd write it for the public in
words both they and I understand.”

He also won the 1953 American Associ-
ation for the Advancement of Science-
Westinghouse prize for the year’s best news-
paper science writing; the 1956 Howard
Blakeslee Award of the American Heart
Association, and many other honors for

J. WASH. ACAD. SCi., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

i a a 7 Fei

writing and contributing to medical progress
from the D.C. Medical Society, Washington-
Baltimore Newspaper Guild and _ other
groups.

He was president of the National Associ-
ation of Science Writers in 1962-63. In
1960, he helped found the Council for the
Advancement of Science Writing, a non-
profit group to help train science journalists.

Born in Edgewood, Pennsylvania, he went
to grammar school and high school in
Pottstown, Rutledge and Lansdowne,
Pennsylvania, then—he wrote _ recent-
ly — “lied for the first time, manfully,” to
his parents, saying he wasn’t interested in
college because times were hard and they

_ were already helping educate his older broth-

er

At 19, he became a library clerk at the
Philadelphia Evening Public Ledger, and
“sometime in 1938 or 1939, the transition
was so gradual,’ he wrote, he became a
rewrite man. He was Atlantic City corre-
spondent for several newspapers, then served
three years in the Army in World War II
including landing in France in January,
1945, and combat in the Cologne-Dusseldorf
sector with the 790th Field Artillery.

He put in two two-month terms before
discharge at the Army’s Biarritz Army Uni-
versity, finishing — one of his great prides —
in the top 2 per cent.

He joined The Washington Post in June,
1946, first as a rewrite man then as science
and medical reporter in a day when this was
still untried ground.

In the early 1960s, he volunteered as a
“healthy guinea pig” in a national program
to study the aging process in the American
male. He developed a blood vessel disorder,
however, and in 1968 — while on the operat-
ing table to have it corrected — suffered his
first severe stroke.

He returned to work for four years “but
finally” — he wrote last month — he “‘decid-
ed he couldn’t stand the pace he had set for

himself.”

He was married in 1937 to Emily

_ Harrison Clevenger of Wallingford, Pennsyl-

vania. They lived in Arlington.
Survivors include three children, Mrs.
Robert Walker, of Falls Church, and Holly

_J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

and Robert; his mother, Mrs. Nathan
Haseltine Sr., of Rutledge; three brothers,
Dr. Benjamine Haseltine, a University of
Pittsburgh professor; William of Rutledge,
Pennsylvania, and Frederick, of Richmond,
who is assistant public relations director for
the Virginia State Musuem; and two sisters,
Elizabeth Mebs, of Arlington, and Grace
Naylor, of Media, Pennsylvania. Another
son, Larry, died in 1959 at age 12.

“If anyone should ever consider writing
an epitaph,” Haseltine — always laconic —
wrote last month, “perhaps the most appro-
priate one would be: ‘He was a lousy
(nonagressive) reporter, but a damn good
writer.”

(Reprinted from the Washington Post,
August 17, 1970)

Priscilla Alden Beach

Priscilla Alden Beach (Mrs. Henry
Jacobs), of Towson, Maryland, passed away
23 September 1970 at Good Samaritan
Hospital in Baltimore, Maryland, after a long
illness.

Miss Beach, who was a member of the
Academy, was Director of Special Research
at Shelton College in Cape May, New Jersey,
Where she was carrying out psycho-
physiological research in human differences
towards a pragmatic classification. Her writ-
ings on this will be published in the next six
months.

Miss Beach received her bachelors degree
from Smith College in Northampton, her
masters degree in composition from the
Eastman School of Music of the University
of Rochester, and was the recipient of a
fellowship at the Juilliard School of Music in
New York City.

Among her writings were “Know Your
Cat”, “Know Your Dog’, and “King Tut
and His Friends”, published by Harper
Brothers.

In the field of music composition she did
works which were performed by _ the
Rochester Philharmonic Orchestra under the

171

baton of Dr. Howard Hansen. She also did
the background music for the Silent Motion
Picture Series of the Museum of Modern Art
in New York City.

In addition to The Washington Academy
of Sciences, Miss Beach was a member of
The New York Academy of Sciences, The
California Academy of Sciences, The Royal
Society of Health, and The American Feder-
ation of Musicians.

She was a descendant of John and
Priscilla Alden of Mayflower fame and in
this connection a member of the Society of
Mayflower Descendants, The Colonial
Dames of the XVII Century, and The Daugh-
ters of the American Revolution.

Mary Juhn

Dr. Mary Juhn, formerly Research Pro-
fessor of the Department of Poultry Science,
University of Maryland, died May 3, 1970.
She had been in ill health for some months
and, weakened by the death of her husband,
Dr. Richard M. Fraps, survived him by only
24 days.

Dr. Juhn was born in Vienna, Austria,
and spent her early life in Europe. She was
educated at the University of Zurich,
Switzerland, where she obtained a B.Sc.
degree in 1916 and a Ph.D. degree in
zoology in 1923. From 1923 to 1938 she
was Assistant Zoologist and then Research

Associate at the Whitman Laboratory of |

Experimental Zoology, University of
Chicago. It was there, under the tutelage of
Professor Frank R. Lillie, the eminent biolo-
gist, that she began her lifelong series of
researches into the role of sex hormones and
the mechanisms of feather development in
domestic fowl. With Dr. R.G. Gustavson, she
was the first to demonstrate the essential
role of estrogens in the development of the
oviduct and the determination of female
plumage in the hen. In collaboration with
Dr. Richard Fraps, whom she married in
1936, she published important papers on
gradients and asymmetrics in plumage pat-
terns and on the effects of estrogen and

172

thyroxin on feather growth and pigmenta-
tion.

She joined the staff at the University of
Maryland as Research Associate Professor in
1938 and was made Research Professor in
1945. Until her retirement in 1962, she
continued her fundamental investigations on
plumage patterns in both purebred and
hybrid fowl and engaged in a variety of
endocrine studies including observations on
the effects of thyroidectomy and thiouracil
treatment on spur calcification.

Dr. Juhn was a member of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science,
American Society of Zoologists, American
Association of Anatomists, American Ge-
netics Association, Society for Experimental
Biology and Medicine, Washington Academy
of Sciences, Sigma Xi, and the Wilson
Ornithological Club.

Richard M. Fraps

Dr. Richard M. Fraps, an outstanding
reproductive physiologist and internationally
recognized authority on ovulation in birds,
died on April 9 at the age of 67. For the past
32 years he had been a senior physiologist in
the Agricultural Research Service, U.S. De-
partment of Agriculture, Beltsville,
Maryland.

Dr. Fraps was born in Florence, South
Carolina, on April 29, 1902. He began his
undergraduate training at the University of
Tucson in 1921 and transferred to the
University of Chicago in 1923 to study
Zoology under C.M. Child. He received a
B.S. and a Ph.D. degree at Chicago in 1923

and 1929, respectively. From 1929 to 1930 |

he was a National Research Council Fellow
in the Zoological Sciences at the Carnegie
Institute’s Desert Laboratory at Tucson,
Arizona, where he conducted research on
the metabolic aspects of morphogenesis in
Planaria. In 1930 he joined Vitamin Labora-

tories, Inc., where he successfully developed |_
practical methods for the photosynthesis of

Vitamin D from ergosterol.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970 |

From 1933 to 1937 he held a research
position at the Whitman Laboratory of
Experimental Zoology, University of
Chicago. While there, he met Dr. Mary Juhn
[see preceding obituary—Ed.] whom he mar-
tied in 1936. They collaborated on several
important papers on plumage patterns and
the endocrinology of plumage development
in the domestic fowl.

Upon joining the Bureau of Animal In-
dustry in 1938,.Dr. Fraps quickly gained
recognition as a pioneering investigator in
the endocrinology of reproduction in poul-
try. He will long be remembered for his
many basic research contributions, his series
of penetrating analyses of the periodicity of

major events in the ovulatory cycle of the

chicken, and his brilliant concept of the

“neuroendocrine control of ovulation in the

q

hen. Before suffering a series of chronic
illnesses that began in 1960, he consistently
attracted to the Beltsville Laboratory a
number of unusually capable young re-
searchers who have since gone on to achieve

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970

considerable stature in the medical and
zoological fields.

During his numerous trips abroad he
established a rapport with many of the
leading reproductive physiologists of
Europe, who never failed to call on him
during their visits to the United States.

He received several honors during his long
career. He was elected a Fellow of the
American Association for the Advancement
of Sciences in 1942, of the New York
Academy of Sciences in 1948, and of the
Poultry Science Association in 1958. In
1949, he received the Borden Award admin-
istered by the Poultry Science Association.

He was a member of the Poultry Science
Association, the World’s Poultry Science
Association, the American Society of Zoolo-
gists, the American Physiological Society,
the American Association of Anatomists, the
Endocrine Society, the Society for Experi-
mental Biology and Medicine, the New York
Academy of Sciences, Sigma Xi, and the
Cosmos Club.

173

174 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 60, NO. 4, DECEMBER, 1970 |

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Instructions to Contributors

General

Type manuscripts on white bond paper
either 8% by 11 or 8 by 10% inches. Double
space all lines, including those in abstracts,
tables, legends, quoted matter, acknowledg-
ments, and references cited. Number pages
consecutively. Place your name and com-
plete address in the upper right hand corner
of the title page.

Title, Author, and Affiliation

_ Page 1 of your manuscript should contain
only this information and your name and
address. Choose a concise but complete and
meaningful title. In research papers con-
cerning biological subjects, include an indi-
cation of the order and family of the taxa
discussed. Academic degrees will not nor-
mally be included unless the author so
specifies. If possible, combine your affilia-
tion and mailing address (including Zip) so
that readers can write to you directly.

Abstract

Type on a separate sheet at the end of the
manuscript. Make the abstract intelligible
without reference to the text of the paper.
Write an informative digest of the significant
content and conclusions, not a mere descrip-
tion. Generally, the abstract should not ex-
ceed 3% of the text.

— Footnotes

Use footnotes as sparingly as possible.
Number text footnotes consecutively with
Arabic numerals and type them on a sepa-
_ fate sheet of paper at the end of the manu-
script. Type table footnotes, if any, below
each pertinent table on the same page.

_ Illustrations and Legends

_ The quality of all original illustrations
_ must be high enough to facilitate good offset
_ feproduction. They should have ample mar-
gins and be drawn on heavy stock or
fastened to stiff cardboard to prevent bend-
| ing. They should be proportioned to column
(x 3) or page (2 x 3) type-dimensions,
leaving space for legend material. Photo-

graphs should have a glossy finish. They re-
produce best when the contrast is fairly
high. Identify each illustration with number
and author in light pencil marks on the
reverse side. Submit all illustrations sepa-
rately — please do not glue or clip them to
the pages of the manuscript.

Do not type or write legends directly on
the illustrations. Type legends on a separate
sheet or sheets at the end of the manuscript.
Indicate where you want illustrations to
appear in the printed paper by writing the
figure numbers lightly in the text margins,
and be sure that each figure is properly re-
ferenced in the text itself. Original “art” will
be returned only at the author’s request and
expense.

Tables

Include tables only when the same infor-
mation cannot be presented economically in
the text, or when a table presents the data in
a more meaningful way. Consider preparing
extremely complicated tabular matter in a
form suitable for direct reproduction as an
illustration. In such cases, the use of the
typewriter is not recommended.

References to Literature

Limit references within the text and in
synonymies to author and year (and page if
needed). In a “Reference Cited” section, list
alphabetically by senior author only those
papers you have included in the text. Like-
wise, be sure all the text references are
listed. Type the “References Cited” section
on a separate sheet after the last page of
text. Abbreviations should follow the USA
Standard for Periodical Title Abbreviations,
Z39.5-1963.

Submission of Manuscripts

Send completed manuscripts and sup-
porting material to the Academy office (see
address inside front cover) in care of the
Editor. Authors will be requested to read
Xerox “proofs” and invited to submit re-
print orders prior to publication.

Reprints - Prices for reprints may be obtained on request.

te |
oe

Washington Academy of Sciences

2nd Class Postage
Room 29, 9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda) Paid at
Washington, D.C. 20014 Washington, D.C.

Return Requested with Form 3579

LIBRARY ACQUISITIONS _
SMITHSONIAN INSTLIUTION
WASHINGTON, D.G. 20360

a
a”
. Aga’
2 . ie
‘ ie te Te ea v4 ry "
UE ha oe ;
5
wy t ;
; i i
eon Tee (
' ? 4

.
,
.
Oar
&.\4
te
4 “ae
} “A
‘ iy ’ = rN

5O6,AT

Dz Was
; : VOLUME 61
; | Number 1
Ji ournal of the MARCH, 1971

WASHINGTON
ACADEMY., SCIENCES

Issued Quarterly

at Washington, D.C.
CONTENTS
Feature:
aC EYERLY~ The Multiple-Use Concept -....-..:...--- 2
Profiles:
WILLIAM THURSTON: Establishment of the U.S. Geological
OUUPNEY 5 og) aes pee ALN Ue eee a ge ee il
LOUISE M. RUSSELL: Frederick Charles Hottes,
eae: PM er Sr Sie Fie hat ee Se a dic we ale 16

Research Reports:

KENNETH E. FRICK: The Biology of Trypeta angustigena
Foote in Central Coastal California — Host Plants and
Notes Diptera: Veplaritidae). 2... .2.. 2. Pea ie. ee 20

KELLIE O’NEILL, PAUL H. ARNAUD, JR., and VINCENT
LEE: Lectotype Designations for Certain Species of

Thysanoptera Described by J.D. Hood................ 24
GEORGE C. STEYSKAL: The Genus Trigonosoma Gray
(=Tropidogastrella Hendel) (Diptera: Platystomidae) ..... 26
Ran at ONNS MEDIA te PhO chee eld bose pa bles WOR we bape 29
Academy Affairs:
Scientists Receive Academy’s Annual Awards ............. 38
boardiot Manasens Meeting Notes ..........0........0%- 44
Obituaries:

- ll

Washington Academy of Sciences

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

President

Alfonse F. Forziati
President-Elect

Mary Louise Robbins
Secretary

Grover C. Sherlin
Treasurer

Richard K. Cook
Board Members

Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr.

John G. Honig

Kurt H. Stern

BOARD OF MANAGERS

All delegates of affiliated
Societies (see facing page)

EDITOR
Richard H. Foote

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT

Elizabeth Ostaggi

ACADEMY OFFICE

9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)

Washington, D. C. 20014

Telephone (301) 530-1402

Founded in 1898

The Journal

This journal, the official organ of the Washington Aca-
demy of Sciences, publishes historical articles, critical
reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; proceedings
of meetings of the Academy and its Board of Mana-
gers; and other items of interest to Academy members.
The Journal appears four times a year (March, June,
September, and December) — the September issue
contains a directory of the Academy membership.

Subscription Rates

Members, fellows, and patrons in good standing re-
ceive the Journal without charge. Subscriptions are
available on a calendar year basis only, payable in ad-
vance. Payment must be made in U.S. currency at the
following rates:

U.S. and Canada........ $8.00
FPOreion «2.0/0 «ss 1 eee 9.00
Single Copy Price....... 2.50

There will no longer be special 2- and 3-year rates after |
December 1969. Those subscribers who have paid for |
special rates and are now receiving the Journal at these |
rates will continue to receive the publication until the |
date of expiration of their agreement.

Back Issues

Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (Volumes
1-58, 1911-1968) can be purchased direct from Walter
J. Johnson, Inc., 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y.
10003. This firm also handles the sale of the Proceed-
ings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) and
the Index (to Volumes 1-13 of the Proceedings and
Volumes 1-40 of the Journal). Single issues from 1969
to present may be obtained directly from the
Academy office (address elsewhere this page).

—

Claims for Missing Numbers

Claims will not be allowed if received more than 60
days after date of mailing plus time normally required |
for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be al- |
lowed because of failure to notify the Academy of a |
change in address. :

Changes of Address

Address changes should be sent promptly to the Aca-)
demy office. Such notification should show both old
and new addresses and zip number.

Published quarterly in March, June, September, and December of each year by the

Washington Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville Pike, Washington, D.C. Second class
postage paid at Washington, D.C.

DELEGATES TO THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
REPRESENTING THE LOCAL AFFILIATED SOCIETIES

Elies@piical Society of Washington . 2... 6. ee tte te ewe John O’Keefe
mmitnropological Society of Washington... ..... 5.5... ce cee we eee se ee Jean K. Boek
menorical society of Washington ...... 26 - e Delegate not appointed
mieuieal Society Of Washington 2. 66 6 ee wi ee ee ew te Joseph C. Dacons
matomological Society of Washington ........-..--- cee nese sec ceens Reece I. Sailer
MATTE COSTADIIC SOCICLY. § 2.6 5 66 ne a ee Pe we we es Alexander Wetmore
Ppeloricale Society Of WaShinstON 2. 2.6 ee ew we Ralph L. Miller
Medical Society of the District of Columbia .................... Delegate not appointed
MmmnMBtaeEliStOTical SOCICtY 2... se ce kk a ek ew es Se ws Delegate not appointed
Pa AanicdOOCiety OF WaShINGtOM . 2°. 26 wk coe eke one ee ee ea wae ewe H. Rex Thomas
Mame AOUAIICTICAM PORCSLCIS\ << 25 6 2 ees cece bee a ee ee te ee Robert Callaham
Pemncronmesociety of Engineers... . 2 6 ee ge hiss ee ee le we es George Abraham
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ...............2220-: Leland D. Whitelock
American society of Mechanical Engineers... 2... sc ce ee cee te ew ws William G. Allen
Memnminological Society of Washington..............00008 cece ene eee . Edna Buhrer
pmienican Society for Microbiology ... =... . 26 see ee le ee te es Elizabeth J. Oswald
SreicrotAmerican Military Engineers... 0. 0 ee ee H.P. Demuth
Eaenican society of Civil Engineers .. 3... 8 we Cyril J. Galvin, Jr.
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine ..................22.4- Carlton Treadwell
AN URELSEM SOCISTAIOT EY 1] EAI Ee OSs ae ae a Melvin R. Meyerson
International Association for Dental Research ............02 2020 eee eeeae N.W. Rupp
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics ...............4.-. . Robert J. Burger
Peecan Metcorolorical SOCIety (2: . 2. 6. ce be he ee Harold A. Steiner
Pmcenciac society of Washington 2.1... .. 2.826 we et ee H. Ivan Rainwater
Premise aleSOCictyOl AMEHCA <4. 6 6 6 cc ches oe tt ee eee ee we Alfred Weissler
Peer ie AME NUCL ATISOCICUV MW wesic. ys) doe gale bye teniiay ec aware them aac Delegate not appointed
moriimrcrotl@od, Technologists s..).:2 0. 5) 5 wes eee A ee Bier ee ee ee George K. Parman
eM MG ATMCOCTAIMIC SOCIETY 15 sone kik ws 3 8) awh Sle ee eels) Woe ee Seva a ee J.J. Diamond
PAPEL CTIME AIMS OCICLVS MEN hee oc te La) ww Blea SS OS we ete be kr ate eGR Kurt H. Stern
masnmeton History of Science Club...) ...2 066 2 ee eee Morris Leikind
mmetican Association of Physics Teachers .. 2... 1.0000 see eee ecw eee Bernard B. Watson
Sail S@ererny Cit AIT (G2 IB 5: Bene ene oe ee ee Terry Porter
pamerican society Of Plant Physiologists .. 2... 2.62 eee ce ee ee ees Walter Shropshire
Mashington Operations Research Council... 2.2... 0. ee et ee John G. Honig
Paerinemt SOCICLYIOL AMleLICa, ks. se en ew a els oe alee ee ee ee ee H. Dean Parry
American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical

aR PRE PROICUIMPEMICUNCETS ledea felts wleyclciie ¥ sls @ ocean 6 ad * ee ee Bernardo F. Grossling
Beare maluCapitol AStTOMOMerS e. i.) estes hs cde bc we we ee we - William Winkler

Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective societies.

- J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, MARCH, 1971

FEATURE

The Multiple-Use Concept

T.C. Byerly

Assistant Director, Science and Education

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20250

ABSTRACT

The multiple-use concept, based on the assumption that some degree of diversity in
use better utilizes a resource than does a single use, demands a careful study of all
interrelated potentials of the resource. Three kinds of multiple-use systems are discussed.
One of these, the managed beneficial multiple-use of resources, is described at length,
and the many activities of the various agencies of the U.S. Department of Agriculture
designed to achieve such management are also described.

The multiple-use concept may be defined
as the concurrent use of natural resources
for several objectives. Use of land and
related water resources for ubanization,
transportation, industry, agriculture, forest-
try, wildlife, recreation, esthetics, waste
management, water storage, flood control,
and open space raise issues of degree and of
priorities in “managed use” versus Jaissez
faire.

Biologically, there are a few almost exclu-
sive pre-emptions of semi-closed, controlled
environments such as_ the biologically
secured laboratories at the Manned Space-
craft Center in Houston, the isolation
chambers in which gnotobiotic animals are
produced. But such pre-emptions are un-
usual and difficult to maintain. Man shares
his dwellings, albeit reluctantly, with com-

This presentation was given during the 1971
Farmers Week Program, Trenton, New Jersey,
January 25, 1971.

2

mensal rodents and insects and an insistent
microflora. His cities harbor pigeons and
starlings—and cats and dogs; even rats. It is a
basic principle of ecology that no habitable
niche is empty. There is a correlary that the
most difficult niches are inhabited by the
fewest species, but that those few species

able to survive in a difficult niche tend to be |

present in large numbers.
The multiple-use concept rests on the

generally valid assumption that some degree |
of diversity in use will better utilize the |
resource than a single use. Within the best |

planned and managed multiple-use systems |

there may often be a principle use. However,
the maintenance of a principle-use purpose
need not negate other multiple-use purposes.

Biologically, a continually recycling system |

must include decomposers as well as pro- |

ducers. Without such recycling, or man-made |
supplementation, the resource would be |

exhausted.
I shall treat the multiple-use concept

from three points of view; (1) The multiple

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 |

use achieved in natural ecosystems without
deliberate human intervention; (2) the

managed multiple beneficial use of resources
(e.g., land, associated water, forests, and

grassland — “beneficial” in this case is con-
strued as beneficial use with peripheral or
subordinate compatible uses as in agroeco-
systems.

Every portion of the national environ-
ment will, in the absence of human inter-
vention, achieve a balance among plants,
animals, and microflora best adapted to each
ecosystem. By inference, such a system is
most productive; but by what measure? Its
net productivity, minus the relatively perma-
nent storage of carbon in humus, peat,
lignin, coal, and petroleum, which amounts
generally to less than 1% of animal produc-
tion, is Zero.

In today’s world and tomorrow’s, areas
truly undisturbed by man are non-existent.
Even though areas may be barred to his
direct intrusion, the products of his activities
will intrude — chemicals in the rain and
snow, smog, noise from over flight, and
pollution in water originating outside the
wilderness area. We do have some designated
wilderness areas and some wildlife refuges
here and in other countries to which man’s
access is limited. The Great Serengeto area in
Tanzania is such an area. But elephants are
apparently increasing there by migration
from other areas. Should their number be
stabilized by man? In the United States we
have about 10 million acres of wilderness
areas, mostly in our national forests. The
national forests now contain more than 98%
of the National Wilderness Preservation
System (61 of the 84 Wildernesses contain
9.9 of the total 10.1 million acres in the
system).

A more limited concept of multiple use is

_the management concept, under which our

—~-

hi

creation,

Forest Service operates by policy and by
law. Our Soil Conservation Service and
indeed our whole Department of Agriculture

advocates and supports this concept. Our

national forest and grasslands are managed

for the production of timber, of water, of

wildlife habitat, of natural beauty, of re-
and of grazing for livestock.

_J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Obviously, the mix of these multiple-use
objectives varies from place to place and
from time to time. Some sites are of very
high value for timber production, some
especially suited for wildlife, some for water
harvest, and some for grazing, but all large
areas contain areas suited to all these pur-
poses. It is very difficult to stabliize all of
them at a high level of productivity. Over-
grazing by wild herbivores or livestock or a
combination of the two decreases grazing
capacity, and, when accompanied by
erosion, such impairment may last for a long
time. Yet there are under-utilized areas; e.g.,
our steady reduction in sheep population has
left some alpine meadows under-utilized.

Protection against diseases, insects, and
fire, to the extent that they are successful,
tend to slow the rate of change, but they
may also decrease productivity unless they
are accompanied by the systematic, carefully
managed harvest of timber and game. A
forest of old, overmature trees is less produc-
tive than a forest including a succession of
trees and other vegetation at all stages from
seedings to climax. On an area basis this
might be achieved by even-age management
on constituent units. The ways to achieve
maximum productivity are still subject to
research, demonstration, and reduction to
practice in the field. They are also subjects
of controversy.

It has been estimated that the manage-
ment of forest and other woody vegetation
could increase water harvest by nine million
acre-feet annually (Storey and Reigner,
1970). There are areas such as the Pecos
Delta where phreatophytes are heavy, un-
economic users of water. There are
mountainous areas where juniper is a negli-
gible economic value, water harvest is of
great economic importance, and manage-
ment for water harvest may have first
priority. There are areas in the Rockies
where the snowpack is of vital importance to
communities and irrigated agriculture in the
valleys and plains below. In such areas,
extensive tests of applications of cloud
seeding — carefully selected storms — seem
likely to increase the snowpack by 109 to
15%.

The Forest Service estimates that timber
harvest can be increased by 60% by better
management of forestlands including private
ones. Even city forests, parks, and trees
along city streets can contribute to our
timber supply and increase their value in
recreation, in screening noise and unsightly
places, in shade, wildlife habitats, beauty,
and rest. Removal of overmature trees be-
fore they are rendered useless, dangerous,
and unsightly by the physiological changes
and diseases accompaning their senes-
cence — thus providing breeding places for
the diseases and insect pests which may
increase as a threat to younger trees — can
reduce costs. Replacing trees with those
more resistant to air pollution can help, and
research at the USDA _ Laboratory at
Delaware, Ohio, the Pacific Southwest
Forest and Range Experiment Station, and
in many State laboratories is helping to
identify and develop such genetically re-
sistant trees. The New Jersey Agricultural
Experiment Station at Rutgers is among the
leaders in the study of the effects of air
pollution on plants.

The Forest Service embraces this new
climate of national concern about the en-
vironment as a challenge to carry out the
environmental goals to which it has dedi-
cated itself for six decades. Many of the
Forest Service’s goals were given Congres-
sional endorsement by the 1960 Multiple-
Use Sustained Yield Act. This legislation was
augmented by the National Environmental
Policy Act of 1969, which gave new em-
phasis to environmental quality. The Forest
Service offers the American people
“balanced management” for their forests.
This balance is defined as full consideration
and the best possible management of lands
for all uses and activities — wildlife, water
production, soil stabilization, timber pro-
duction, recreation, clean air, forage for
cattle and wildlife, solitude, beauty, and
even for the protection of many birds,
animals, and plants which are losing their
fight for survival. Such a balanced program,
Forest Service leaders agree, should not
produce a high level of one of these goods or
services at the expense of another, or at the
expense of future generations.

4

The emphasis in Forest Service manage-
ment programs in the 1970’s will be on
quality. The aim in planning and execution
is that no actions take place without full
knowledge of how they will affect the entire
ecosystem. A series of short courses in
ecosystem management planning for top-
and middle-level management has been
initiated. These refresher courses cover basic
ecology and updating on systems ecology.
They emphasize understanding and use of
new systems-analysis techniques which will
allow administrators to evaluate manage-
ment alternatives and to select the best ones,
based on complete knowledge of potential
impacts on ecosystems. As part of the
multifunctional approach to reaching the
best management decisions, the Forest Serv-
ice has stepped up recruitment of specialists
in such subjects as hydrology, soil science,
wildlife biology, and landscape architecture.
It now employs more landscape architects
than any other single agency in the United
States, and probably the world, and it has
more members in the Ecological Society of
America than any other organization, public
or private.

A Forest Service task force is in the final
stages of developing a master plan for
integrated land use of national forests in the
Southern Appalachians — it could serve as a
model for other geographical groupings of
national forests in the United States. The
purpose of the program is to coordinate
planning and consideration of environmental
impacts in a six-State area. In this develop-
mental stage of the master plan, a series of
public meetings has been held to get a full
array of public recommendations.

Forest Service research is being turned
more toward understanding the total
forest-related environment, again involving
multifunctional systems. An example of this

approach is the new research program called |
Pinchot Institute of Environmental |
Forestry Research, administered from Upper |

the

Darby, Pennsylvania. It is being formed as a
coordinated and integrated environmental

research program in cooperation with about |

a dozen northeastern universities.

The Soil Conservation Service, working in

every section (almost every county) in the

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 |

United States, helps people put the multi-
ple-use concept to work on their private
land. More than a thousand small watershed
projects are now complete or under con-

struction. Of these, 273 projects include
land and water improvements for recreation
use. The Soil Conservation Service is provid-
ing financial and technical assistance for
public recreation use of 402 lakes in 45
States. In 193 of these cases the help is for
impounding water, and for the other 209,
SCS gives additional assistance such as
acquiring surrounding land or developing the
recreational facilities of boat ramps, hiking
trails, camping areas, etc. Within two to five
years when all projects are completed, they
will provide more than 13 million user-days
of recreation annually. In 1970, SCS provid-
ed technical help to landusers for wildlife
habitat and wetland management on
5,424,969 acres. The cumulative total for
the last four years was 1 400,341 acres.

One part of SCS input is in the waste-dis-
posal field. Whether the material is city trash
and sewage, feedlot or poultry waste, or
effluent from a processing plant, there are
some steps or principles involved in which
SCS and local conservation districts have
some experience and can be of help. Waste
disposal systems of any kind must be located
properly so they will work as expected. It
does little good to put in a septic tank on
soils that can’t absorb the effluent. And SCS
has been gathering information about the
soils of this country for many years and
providing useful interpretations.

Another vital element is controlling the
flow of water across the waste disposal site
to avoid erosion damage and water pol-
lution. Many of the conservation practices

}| that SCS has helped farmers install to

| protect cropland will work equally well on
| these sites. Sewage lagoons and holding
) ponds are first cousins to the millions of
) farm ponds that SCS has helped build.

) Sprinkler irrigation systems that SCS has

| helped plan for farm crops now are also of

| Use in spreading wastes on the land for safer

disposal or recycling. SCS plant materials

+) centers have helped identify plants that will

thrive on these wastes.

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

The Department’s Agricultural Conser-
vation Program has changed its name to
Rural Environmental Assistance Program
(REAP). The change in name reflects a
change in emphasis. REAP, like its predeces-
sor, will be administered by the Agricultural
Stabilization and Conservation Service. Pro-
duction adjustment programs administered
by that Agency have resulted in conservation
measures on about one million farms each
year. In one year, about 48,000 water
storage reservoirs were established to provide
new fish and wildlife habitat and recreation-
al opportunities. 300,000 acres of trees and
shrubs were planted, or timber was im-
proved.

Under the new REAP program, $150
million has been allocated to the States.
President Nixon, is signing the USDA 1971
Appropriation Act, emphasized the focus of
REAP on the preservation and enhancement
of the environment and on providing maxi-
mum public benefit at the lowest possible
cost. Highest priority is given to support of
practices resulting in public benefits such as
pollution abatement, recreation, wildlife,
Open space, and permanent soil and water
conservation. Off-farm benefits will be pro-
moted by concentrating funds to solve com-
munity environmental problems through
special projects and pooling agreements.
Funds available to a community could be
used to establish permanent cover and other
water control measures on a farmland water-
shed to reduce the rate of siltation in a
municipal water supply reservoir.

Monoculture, a third system not generally
considered to be multiple-use, is a simplistic
assumption achievable, if ever, only in steri-
lized hydroponics or sand-culture systems in
controlled environmental growth chambers.
Yet the trend toward monoculture — com-
modity production specialization — is very
real in many areas. Factors which have
contributed to this trend include economies
to be achieved by large acreages for the
effective use of machinery; the high
economic benefit: cost relationship in the
use of agricultural chemicals; the develop-
ment of genetically high-yield crops under
optimal conditions of water, fertilization

5

and timely cultivation; and susceptibility to
mass mechanical harvest. Nevertheless these
cotton, corn, rice, and wheat production
systems do include limited multiple use. The
unharvested, ungleaned corn feeds pheasants
and wild geese, the rice field may produce
fish in alternate years, and in favorable
years, wheat fields produce winter grazing.

But monoculture is conducive to the
propagation of weeds, insects, and disease,
thus increasing risks. Chemical control is not
a product of monoculture, but surely it
could be lessened by some diversity in
planting; e.g., interspersion of green, growing
alfalfa strips in California cotton fields as a
trap crop for lygus bugs. Monoculture has
special problems which in some cases could
be ameliorated by multiple use. Remember,
however, that rice has been grown in terrace
paddies in Asia year after year for 2,000
years or more. Interestingly, blue-green algae
seem to contribute a substantial portion of
their meager nitrogen supply.

Multiple use of our land and its associated
waters is a concept which is the pclicy of the
USDA and its programs. Variants must take
into account the proprietary interests of
land owners, the interests of communities,
and finally of the public generally, including
the generations to come. We have land
enough and water, too, in the United States
if we use them wisely. Wise use will require
careful planning and management.

The States must have a lead role in the
development of land-use planning and

policy. This planning and policy must in-
clude consideration of the soil capacity of
the land for agricultural and non-agricultural
purposes and location of the land with
respect to water management. Flood
control, water harvest, and associated wet-
land and water habitats for fish and wildlife
must be considered. Urbanization, industry,
Open space, and recreational needs and
Opportunities must be evaluated. Among the
many purposes for which land increasingly
must be used is the disposal, preferably
beneficial, of wastes from our agriculture
and from our cities.

The interests of land owners, of com-
munities, and of the general public — all
must be served. The identification and reten-
tion of prime farm land for agricultural use
is important. Some agricultural uses of such
land near cities can contribute to open space
and some recreational requirements, while
forested land near our cities can continue to
provide habitat for birds and wildlife access-
ible to observation by city people.

Reference Cited
Storey, H.C., and I.C. Reigner. 1970. Vegetation
management to increase water yield. Proc.
Symposium on Interdisciplinary Aspects of
Watershed Management (in press). Cited by
Glymph, L., 1970. Agriculture’s Contribution
to the Nation’s Water Resources and Flood
Control. Annual Meeting, AAAS, Section O,

Chicago, Illinois, Dec. 29, 1970.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

PROFILES

Establishment of the U.S. Geological Survey

William Thurston

Special Assistant to the Director,

U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C. 20242

By the Act of March 3, 1879, Congress
(1) established the Geological Survey, (2)
established the Bureau of Ethnology in the
Smithsonian Institution, and (3) discon-
tinued (as of June 30, 1879) the three
exploratory surveys then in existence. The
basic authority expressed in the Act is
unusually brief, even for its day, and the
duties are stated simply as, “. . . direction of
the geological survey, and the classification
of the public lands, and examination of the
geological structure, mineral resources, and
products of the national domain.” A look at
the antecedents permits a logical construct-
ion of the explicit and implicit meanings of
this brief charter.

The earliest surveys undertaken by the
Federal Government were designed to ex-
tend geographic knowledge, primarily for
military reasons but partly as an aid to the
occupation and development of the land.
(Humans, probably as far back as the dawn
of the species, have probed unfamiliar ter-
rain as a protection from attack, as a prelude
to invasion, and in preparation for migra-
tion.) Many such surveys were carried out,
mostly by the Army, between 1800 and
1860 to locate routes of easy travel, natural
barriers, and occupied areas and to learn
something about the occupants. Some early
explorations also contributed important in-
formation on the rocks, minerals and water,

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

arable and nonarable lands, forests, timber
and grazing lands, notably the following:

1803-07 Lewis and Clark expedition
to the Northwest

1805-07 Pike expedition to the
Rocky Mountains

1819-20 Long expedition to the
Rocky Mountains (with Ed-
win James as geologist)

1834 Featherstonhaugh trips to

the Ozark Mountains (the
first man to bear the title,
“U.S. geologist’)

Dr. Isidore Adler, designer of the U.S. Geological
Survey’s Electron Probe, is shown here preparing a
sample for microscopic analysis in the probe on the
left.

Owen examined the miner-
al lands of the upper Miss-
issippi Valley for President
Van Buren for land-classifi-
cation purposes.

1842 to 1854 Fremont led five extensive
expeditions to the West

1839-40

Topographic reconnaissance ceased to be
the primary objective of Federal explorations
in 1867. Beginning that year the following
surveys were authorized by Congress:

1867 Geological Exploration of
the Fortieth Parallel under
the jurisdiction of the War
Department but with a ci-
vilian director, Clarence
King, and civilian scientific
assistants

Geological and Geographic-
al Survey of the Territories
under the General Land
Office with F.V. Hayden as

director

1867

fe72

Geographical Survey West
On the

One MHundredth

USGS technicians test Lunar survey equipment at
*““Moonscape”’ near Flagstaff, Arizona.

8

Meridian under the War
Department with Lt.
Wheeler in charge

Congress authorized con-
tinuation of the Powell
Survey under the direction
of the Secretary of the
Interior and its expansion
to a “Geographical and
Geological Survey of the
Rocky Mountain Region”

1874

John Wesley Powell had begun scientific
exploration of the Colorado River in 1867
under the sponsorship of the Smithsonian
Institution. Between 1868 and 1873 Con-
gress had authorized modest assistance to
the expedition by the War Department, and
had appropriated a total of $54,000 for
some of its expenses. Finally Congress made
the Powell Survey a Federal undertaking.

The principal objectives of these expedi-
tions are suggested by their names, but they
were changed with the recording of a great
variety of other observations. The excerpts
given below are taken from President
Thomas Jefferson’s letter of June 20, 1803
to Capt. Meriwether Lewis (Devoto, 1953)
and indicate the breadth of the attention
expected:

“Beginning at the mouth of the Missouri, you
will take observations of latitude & longitude, at all
remarkable points on the river, and especially at
the mouths of rivers, at rapids, at islands, ... the
courses of the river between these points of
observation may be supplied by the compass, the
log-line and by time, corrected by the observations
themselves. The variations of the compass too, in
different places, should be noticed.”

“Your observations are to be taken with great
pains and accuracy, to be entered distinctly, and
intelligibly for others as well as yourself. . . several
copies of these, as well as your other notes, should
be made at leisure times and put into the care of
the most trustworthy of your attendants...”

After a detailed description of what
Lewis should ascertain about the Indian
groups he might meet, Jefferson continued:

“Other objects worthy of notice will be the soil
and face of the country, it’s growth and vegetable
productions; especially those not of the U.S.

the animals of the country generally, and

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

_ especially those not known in the US.

the remains and accounts of any which may be
deemed rare or extinct;

the mineral products of every kind; but more
particularly metals, limestone, pit coal and
salpetre; salines and mineral waters, noting
the temperature of the last, and such circum-
stances as may indicate their character.

Volcanic appearance.

Climate as characterized by the thermometer,
by the proportion of rainy, cloudy and clear
days, by lightening, hail, snow, ice, by the
access and recess of frost, by the winds
prevailing at different seasons, the dates at
which particular plants put forth or lose their
flowers, or leaf, times of appearance of
particular birds, reptiles or insects.”

Jefferson expected Lewis and Clark to do
all these things “. . . as far as diligent pursuit
of your journey will admit.” Other explora-
tory surveys were also charged with gather-
ing all possible information about people
and resources while diligently pursuing their
main missions.

By the early 1870's a variety of problems
had developed with the exploratory surveys:
there were overlaps in geographic extent,
competition for funds, questions over de-
partmental jurisdiction, and a bitter personal
tivalry between Hayden and Wheeler. The
House Committee on Public Lands in 1874
addressed a resolution to President Grant
regarding consolidation of the surveys; the
President replied noncommittally, and the
Committee held hearings, but no changes
were made in the next four years. The
exploratory surveys were not involved in the
western land scandals of the time, but the
movement by progressives in Washington
(heightened by the appointment of Carl
Schurz in 1877 as Secretary of the Interior)
to reform the whole public-land system
caught up and carried along the question of
reforming the three western surveys. (By this
time, the King survey had completed its field
work and was back East publishing its
results.)

In June 1878, Congress asked the Nation-
al Academy of Sciences for advice on the
conduct of scientific surveys, land surveys,
and the publication of the results. The
Academy’s six recommendations, submitted
in November 1878, covered the three points
raised and also recommended, quite logical-

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

ly, a codification of the land laws to go
along with the recommendation on land
surveys.

The anti-reform forces were powerful
enough to block legislation designed to bring

Fastening power supply cord from mercury arch
attachment to the model 6 (camera facing south-
west).

caution 2

4a |

| gAIATION |
apes - &

LA

Checking probe with neutron detector. Electronics
technician, USGS, working on experiment invol-
ving the bombardment of mineralized rocks with
neutrons emitted by californium-252 —a man-
made element of the atomic age. Atoms, bombard-
ed by neutrons, emit characteristic gamma ray
“signals” which can indicate presence of specific
metallic concentrations.

about thorough revisions. Only the noncon-
troversial proposals could win passage, and
only by maneuvering around the House
Committee on Public Lands. The brief word-
ing in the Act of March 3, 1879, was lifted
from the second, third, and fourth of the
Academy’s recommendations (see House
Misc. Doc. 5, 45th Cong. 3rd session) and
indicates acceptance of (1) a permanent
agency for scientific surveys and research
(or, to quote from the Academy’s recom-
mendations, “...a thorough knowledge of
its geological structure, natural resources and
products.” Also, “. . . thorough investigation
and classification.”) With a mission that
ranges over the whole of land resources
(“... agricultural, mineral, pastoral, timber,
desert, and swamp lands...”), (2) publi-
cation of the results (“... annual report of
operations, geological and economic maps,
illustrating the resources and classification of
the land, reports upon general and economi-
cal geology in all its branches ...”), and (3)
the discontinuance of the Wheeler, Hayden,
and Powell surveys.

Establishment of the Bureau of Ethnolo-
gy with Powell as its director showed Con-
gress intended the scientific study of Ameri-

George Stoertz, physical science aid for the U.S.
Geological Survey in Washington is shown subject-
ing samples of Alaskan peats and coals to chemical
treatments. He also assists in examinations of the
fossil pollen and spores uncovered. These are
becoming increasingly important in studies of the
stratigraphy, floras and chronologies of Pleistocene

and older deposits. Credit: U.S. Geological Survey

10

can Indians, previously conducted by the
exploratory surveys, to be continued by the
Smithsonian Institution. Presidential ap-
pointment and Senate confirmation of King
as director of the Geological Survey had
many implications because he and his ideas
were well known in Washington circles. The
personnel of the Geological Survey recruited
by King and appointed by the Secretary of
the Interior, Carl Schurz, included the
principal scientists of the exploratory sur-
veys, including F.V. Hayden, one of the
other leaders. The new organization immedi-
ately embarked on a program that indicated
it was dedicated to first-class science in the
public service, approaching natural resource
problems from the viewpoint that all aspects
are interrelated in science as well as in
nature, and aware that the wisest develop-
ment and conservation are based on sound
understanding of the natural processes and
phenomena involved.

At the outset, the Geological Survey dealt
with a range of natural sciences, described at
that time as geology in all its branches;
geography, topography, and river surveys;
triangulation and “establishment of geodetic
points”; mining and mineral production;
botany, zoology, and forest surveys; archeol-
ogy, and ruins; ‘cand kindred sciences.” The
permanent staff recruited by Clarence King
for the new Geological Survey consisted
mostly of geologists, topographers, and engi-
neers who had experience with the explora-
tory surveys. But this staff did not suffice
for the variety of programs the Survey was
to undertake and specialists in different
fields were added. Many were university men
who worked part-time and summers with the
Geological Survey, being paid “when actual-
ly employed.” Early holders of “w.a.e.”
status were: J.H. Renshawe, topographer;
J.P. Iddings, University of Chicago; Carl
Barus, physicist at Brown; O.C. Marsh of
Yale; C.R. Van Hise and R.D. Irving of
University of Wisconsin; R.S. Woodward,
astronomer at University of Michigan; and
F.V. Hayden after he went to the University
of Pennsylvania in 1883.

The w.a.e. mechanism is still much used
by the Geological Survey as one of the
means of maintaining close university ties.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

f,

Faculty members and students can work as
integral parts of the Survey’s research pro-
grams whenever they are free of university
commitments.

The diversity of the Geological Survey’s
original missions required the development
of expertise in a wide range of subjects. The
growth of the Survey took place in spurts as
the Congress and the Administration chose
to emphasize one program or another in
answer to emerging problems in natural
resources. Each spurt saw increases in man-
power and funds, the development of a
comprehensive program in the science and
engineering related to some resource pro-
| blem, and then steady continuation at a new

_ program level. In a number of cases, the
| enlarged activity was separated from the
- Geological Survey (and, in some instances,
combined with complementary elements of
other bureaus) to form a wholly new Federal
bureau. This happened enough times for the
Geological Survey to be dubbed “‘the mother
of bureaus.” Three of the main transfers
occurred as follows:

Forests. — According to Rabbitt and
Rabbitt, 1954, “Up to 1891, the Survey had
gathered, in connection with its regular
geologic and topographic surveys, data relat-
ed to forests. In 1891, the President was
empowered by Congress to create forest
teserves on the public lands, and the Geolog-
' ical Survey had aided in the determination
of the boundaries of these reserves. How-
ever, there was little definite information on
the resources of the lands included in the
_ reserves, so Congress, in 1897, appropriated
$150,000 for a survey of the public lands
that had been or would be made forest
reserves by Executive action and placed this
survey under the supervision of the director
‘| of the Geological Survey.

“The Geological Survey began a thorough
'study of the forest reserves. The work
continued for the next 8 years and covered
75 million acres. Forty atlas sheets of land
_ classification maps were one of the results of
»| this study. The data collected furnished the
basis for the regulations governing the re-
serves, with administration vested in 1904 in
the General Land Office. The work was

|| J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Annabel R. Olson comparing landscape to aerial
picture in Rock Creek Park.

transferred to a new bureau of Forestry in
the Department of Agriculture in 1905.
George Otis Smith? says (Am J. Sci, 14, 1
(1927) ) that most of all this activity
stemmed from 2Walcott’s interest in forest-
ry, that he drafted the relevant legislation,
and that

...it was only his influence with the
leaders of Congress that made any stand
successful against the anti-reverse agita-
tion, so that the legislative beginning at a
national forest policy may also be credit-
ed to him.”

Mines. — The exploratory surveys and the
Geological Survey made extensive studies of
mines, mining operations, and mineral pro-
duction. Between 1904 and 1908, monies
were appropriated for the Survey to make
technologic investigations of coals, lignites,
and all fuel resources, for engineering studies
of structural materials, and for the investi-
gation of mine safety and the causes of
explosions in mines. These activities led to
the development of a large staff of mining

: Smith was the fourth Director of the Geological
Survey, serving from 1907 to 1930.

2 Charles Doolittle Walcott, third Director, USGS,
(1894-1907)

11

scientists

working at
“super-soft” x-ray device used to analyze lunar
samples.

U.S. Geological Survey

technologists. In 1910, the Technologic
Branch was split off to form the Bureau of
Mines and the head of the Branch became its
first Director.

Irrigation and Reclamation. — From the
outset the Geological Survey studied and
mapped drainage basins and river characteris-
tics as had the exploratory surveys. “In
October 1888, Congress authorized the Sur-
vey to undertake a study of the arid regions
of the United States where irrigation was
necessary to agriculture; to investigate the
storage of water in dams, the capacity of
streams, and the cost and construction of
reservoirs; to designate all lands useful for
sites for reservoirs, canals, or ditches for
irrigation purposes and all the lands suscepti-
ble to such irrigation.’ (Quoted from
Rabbitt and Rabbitt, 1954.) It was the start
of water resources investigations of the
modern type, and the beginning of recla-
mation work by the Federal Government.

In 1894, the Geological Survey received
funds specifically for gaging streams and
determining the water supply of the United
States, including ground water and artesian
wells in arid and semiarid regions. On pass-
age of the Reclamation Act in 1902, the
administration of the Act was placed in the
Survey. The resulting Reclamation Service
remained in the Survey throughout the

12

initial study and planning stages and during
this period, a large engineering and technolo-
gic staff was developed. In 1907, when it
reached the construction and management
stages, it was made an independent Bureau
of Reclamation and Newell, the Chief of the
Service, continued as Director of the new
bureau.

These and perhaps a dozen other transfers
have served to focus the activities of the
organization on those subjects which are
obviously germane to its title of Geological
Survey, the term “geology” being under-
stood in its full sense of “science of the
earth.” The main divisions of the bureau
now deal with:

Topography — mapping the configuration
of the nation’s surface and man’s works on
it.

Geology, geochemistry and geophysics —
the composition and structure of the earth’s
outer parts, the processes which alter the
earth, and the opportunities and hazards it
presents for man’s continued enjoyment of
its resources and environment.

Water resources — the quality, quantity
and distribution of water in nature and the
processes that cause changes in its character-
istics and occurrence (including man’s in-
trusion in the hydrological cycle.)

Conservation of mineral, fuel, and water
resources of the public domain.

It is probably the largest of the geological
surveys of the free world; many other
governments have separate agencies for
water resources research and data collection,
and for topographic mapping. The Geologic-
al Survey has about 8300 full-time employ-
ees and a total of about 9,500 including
part-time and field personnel; its annual
funding is now about $168 million.

References Cited

Devoto, Bernard ed. 1953. The Journals of Lewis

and Clark. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston,

481-487.
House Misc. Doc. 5, 45th Cong., 3rd Session.

Rabbitt, J.C., and Rabbitt, M.C. 1954. The UE

Geological Survey. Science (May 28) 119
(3100): 741-758.

Smith, George Otis.
Walcott. Amer. J. Sci. 14(1):1-6.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

1927. Charles Doolittle |

Louise M. Russell

| Dr. Frederick C. Hottes, a well known
authority on the taxonomy of aphids of
‘North America, died in St. Mary’s Hospital.
Grand Junction, Colorado, on October 27,
1970. He experienced a serious illness in
1968 and never regained his former strength
and stamina. His health deteriorated marked-
ly in 1970; he entered the hospital in June
_and remained there most of the time until
his death.
_ This account of his life and activities
provides an appropriate vehicle for a list of
| his publications, which is presented as an aid
_to librarians, bibliographers, aphid and
' Heteroptera specialists. The bibliography
contains 103 titles on the Aphididae and 17
on the Heteroptera.

Dr. Hottes was interested in the
Aphididae for approximately 50 years and
during that time acquired numerous aphid
species and an extensive, valuable library. It
was his earnest desire that the insects and
literature be located where they would be of
greatest helpfulness to aphid students. With
characteristic generosity, he willed these
articles to the Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D.C., and they are now in my
) custody. Dr. Hottes also worked to a limited
extent in the Heteroptera, possessed
examples of certain families of the group
and had important literature concerning
| |\them. These insects and publications have
}}been owned by John T. Polhemus, Engle-
wood, Colorado, for several years.

Dr. Hottes was born October 20, 1899,
the first child of Henry Gustav and Johanna

|. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Frederick Charles Hottes, 1899-1970

Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agr. Res. Serv.,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20250

ABSTRACT

An account of the life of Frederick C. Hottes, including a bibliography of his 120
publications on the Aphididae and Heteroptera (Insecta).

Frederick Charles Hottes

Kleine Hottes, in Mascoutah, Illinois. Fred
was only five years old and his sister three
when they were deprived of their mother’s
care and affection through her untimely
death from tuberculosis of the bone. Subse-
quently, however, Henry Hottes married
Amelia Krull, and this fine woman became
the loving and beloved mother of Frederick
Charles as well as the mother of his two
brothers. Amelia and Frederick Hottes were
devoted to each other as long as she lived.
Mascoutah was a small town populated
with German immigrants and their descend-

13

ants who retained many Old World customs
and spoke entirely in the German language.
Here Fred was christened Friedrick Karl,
which he later anglicized, and here he and
his sister learned to speak only in German.
Inability to converse in English was an
inconvenience and embarrassment when the
family moved to the wholly English speaking
community of Palisade, Colorado, in late
1905, and after learning English, the child-
ren pretended they could not understand or
speak German.

In 1908 the Henry Hottes family moved
to Boise, Idaho, where the Hottes grand-
parents lived, but returned to Palisade in
1913 to look after the large land holdings
belonging to Henry Hottes, his parents, and
his five sisters. The Hottes family had
developed extensive fruit orchards in the
Palisade area, and eventually Henry Hottes
became a fruit dealer as well as a grower.

During those early years Fred was a
carefree, frontier boy who played with his
sister, brothers and friends. His hobbies were
painting china, decorating wood by burning,
raising various kinds of poultry and riding
horseback. He assisted his father in caring
for pigs and horses, their only farm animals,
and in deciding when fruit should be picked.
Since the elder Hottes was color blind, he
depended on his eldest son to tell him when
apples, pears, peaches, plums and cherries
were ripe.

Fred went to school in Palisade or nearby
Mt. Lincoln, and though the family moved
to Grand Junction in 1918, he continued his
schooling at Palisade where he graduated
from high school in 1919. That Fall he
entered Colorado Agricultural College
whence he received a B.S. degree in 1923.
Graduate studies earned him an M.S. degree
from Iowa State College in 1925, and a Ph.
D. degree from the University of Minnesota
in 1927. At Colorado Hottes was elected to
membership in Alpha Gamma Rho, a social
fraternity of students in Agriculture, and
was initiated into Gamma Sigma Delta, an
honorary agricultural fraternity, at Iowa
State.

It is uncertain when Dr. Hottes first
became interested in entomology, but his

14

intense interest in aphids developed while he
was a student at Colorado. There, under the
influence of the most active American
aphidologists of that period, C.P. Gillette
and Miriam A. Palmer, he entered upon the
collection and study of aphids with an
enthusiasm that persisted throughout his
entire life.

At Iowa State College Hottes was per-
suaded by the eminent hemipterist, C.J.
Drake, to undertake the study of certain
Heteroptera. Although he worked on this
group and co-authored papers with Dr.
Drake, his engrossing interest remained with
aphids. He obtained a teaching assistantship
at the University of Minnesota where he
studied with the noted aphidologist, O.W.
Oestlund, with whom he published his first
aphid paper.

Fresh from his graduate work with Dr.
Oestlund, Dr. Hottes was given an opportu-
nity to pursue aphid studies with the Illinois
Natural History Survey at Urbana and was
an employee of that organization during the
summers of 1927, 1928, and 1929. T.H.
Frison, Chief of the Survey Division, en-
visaged a report that would assist in the
determination of mid-western aphids and
enlisted Fred’s aid. Although the Survey had
almost no aphids except the Thomas Collec-
tion when the project was initiated, the
entire work, including collecting, research,

writing and publication, was completed in |

five years, an admirable accomplishment in |
that length of time. After 40 years, the |

resulting volume, The Plant Lice,

Or |

Aphiidae of Illinois, remains a principal |

reference to North American aphids, and |
Hottes’ share in it probably is his most |
useful contribution to the understanding of |

the Aphididae.

Dr. Hottes began his professorial career in
the

for his aged father.

Most Hottes’ articles on aphids and |

heteropterans were descriptions of new)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

l
Biology Department of The James |
Millikin University, Decatur, Illinois in 1928, |
became head of the Department in 1929, |
and served in this capacity with distinction |
until his retirement in June 1947. At that |
time he returned to Grand Junction to care |

species or previously undescribed forms of
older species, though a few dealt with
morphology and nomenclature. He was a
bibliophile and took great satisfaction in
recovering old, forgotten names and articles.
After retirement most of his publications
treated aphids of conifers, with emphasis on
Cinara, in which genus he described 74
species. Unfortunately many of his species
were not illustrated and he seldom provided
keys to assist in the identification of taxa.

Although Dr. Hottes was dedicated to
entomology and to aphids in particular, he
did not seek close association with other
workers. He welcomed aphidologists and
| others to his home where his collection was
| stored, but did not return their visits even
| when urged to do so. He rarely attended
meetings where entomologists assembled,
and he was not a joiner of entomological
societies. During his career he belonged to
few scientific organizations, and at the time
of his death was a member of only The
Pacific Coast Entomological Society.

In Grand Junction Dr. Hottes partici-
pated actively in cultural, community and
business affairs. He had a consuming interest
in Chinese art and owned a notable collec-
tion of ivories, porcelains, and textiles. He
supported the Grand Junction Library,
serving as chairman of its Board from 1961
to 1967, and was instrumental in the estab-
lishment and maintenance of the Palisade
Library. He also led in the formation of the
Western Colorado Center for the Arts, served
as chairman of its buildings and grounds
committee, and was its president from 1964
to 1967. He was a benefactor of St. Mary’s
Hospital. A good botanist and an ardent
gardener, his lovely grounds were visible
testimony of his dedication to, and effective-

‘| ness in, beautification. Dr. Hottes was a
) member of the Lions Club, the Masons,

_ Shriners and Scottish Rite, and was a direc-
tor of the Mutual Savings and Loan Assoc-

! iation of Grand Junction.

In spite of his many interests and accom-

| plishments, appreciative colleagues, friends

and financial security, in his later years at

§) least Dr. Hottes was an unhappy man.

_ Basically he was quiet and kindly, a friend

)) J.WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

and helper to those in need, and for years he
attempted to satisfy every wish of an aging,
dictatorial, demanding parent. Although his
lifetime performance in kind and perhaps
even sacrificial acts might have provided
deep satisfaction to a person of different
temperament, Dr. Hottes did not seem to
reap enjoyment from his execution of good
deeds. Rather he appeared to be resentful of
the burdens and vicissitudes that were, per-
haps by his own decisions, a portion of his
life. A bachelor, he lacked close companion-
ship, and after his father’s death, lived alone
with various Boston terriers for pets. Al-
though dissatisfied with many facets of life,
Dr. Hottes thoroughly enjoyed his frequent
drives through the scenic Colorado country-
side to Grand Mesa, the largest plateau in
America. Over the years the Mesa was his
favorite collecting area, and there, in the
grandeur of the mountain top, he experi-
enced his most satisfying moments. The fact
that he did not visit his beloved Mesa during
1970 is ample evidence of his serious illness
during that period.

Dr. Hottes’ body was cremated and his
ashes interred in the family plot at —
Mascoutah, Illinois, in accordance with his
wishes. He is survived by a brother, Howard
H. Hottes of Grand Junction, Colorado, and
by two nephews.

I am grateful to George F. Knowlton,
Miriam A. Palmer and H.H. Ross for infor-
mation on the life of F.C. Hottes, and I am
deeply indebted to Howard H. Hottes for
information on the early life of his brother.

Articles by F.C. Hottes on Aphididae

1926 A chapter in the life history of Mord-
vilkoja vagabundus (Aphididae). Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Amer. 19: 75-84, illus.
With O.W. Oestlund.

1926 A new tribe and a new species in the
subfamily Pemphiginae (Homop.:
Aphididae). Entomol. News 37:
129-133, illus. With A.C. Maxson.

1926 Georgiaphis nom. n. for Georgia
(Aphididae, Homop.). Jbid. 37:
266-267. With A.C. Maxson.

15

1926 Two new species of Aphididae from
Minnesota. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 39:
111-113.

1926 Two new genera and a new species of
Aphididae. /bid. 39: 115-119, illus.

1927 A note concerning the date of publi-
cation of two aphid genera. Ibid. 40:
4748.

1928 Concerning the structure, function,
and origin of the cornicles of the
family Aphididae. Jbid. 41: 71-84,
illus.

1928 Borderline aphid studies. Jbid. 41:
133-138.

1930 Aphid homonyms. [bid. 43: 179-184.

1930 The name Cinara versus the name
Lachnus. Ibid. 43: 185-187.

1931 Notes concerning the first papers deal-
ing with the aphid fauna of America.
Ibid. 44: 61-69.

1931 The plant lice, or Aphiidae, of Illinois.
Bul. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 19: 119447,
illus. With T.H. Frison.

1933 Descriptions of Aphiidae from western
Colorado. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 46:
23.

1934 Aphid descriptions and notes. Ibid.
47: 1-8.

1936 A primer for the aphid hunter. bid.
49: 27-36.

1948 Descriptions of the sexual forms of
some species of Aphiidae. /bid. 61:
29-32.

1948 Two new species of Aphiidae. Jbid.
61: 33-37.

1949 Notes on a little known work by Ph.
F. Gmelin published in 1758 wherein
he describes some new species of
Aphis. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 25: 83-87.

1949 Descriptions of some _ undescribed
forms belonging to two little known
species of the family Aphididae. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash. 62: 45-51.

1949 Descriptions of the sexual forms of
some species of Aphididae. bid. 62:
53-56.

16

1949 A new species belonging to the genus

Myzocallis (Aphididae). Ibid. 62:
105-107.

1949 Some obscure aphid species. Ibid. 63:
159-160.

1950 A long lost Aphis species (Homoptera:
Aphididae). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 26:
93-94.

1950 Descriptions of western Colorado
Aphididae. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 63:
15-28.

1950 Descriptions of some Aphididae from
Carex. Ibid. 63: 35-32)

1950 New species of Aphididae. Ibid. 63:
97-100.

1951 Two new species of Lachnini (Aphidi-
dae) from Arizona. Ibid. 64: 4346.
With L. P. Wehrle.

1951 Arizona Aphididae. Ibid. 64: 47-52.
With L. (W.=/apsus) P. Wehrle.

1951 A method for taking aphids in flight.
Pan-Pac. Entomol. 27: 190.

1951 A new juniper aphid from western
Colorado. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 64:
145-146.

1952 Descriptions and notes on two rare

species of Aphididae. J. Wash. Acad. |

Sci. 42: 127-129.
1952 A new species

of Amphorophora |

(Aphididae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. |

65: 131-133.
1952 Miscellaneous notes on the taxonomy

of some aphid species (Aphididae).
Pan-Pac. Entomol. 28: 191-193.

1952 Notes on two little known aphid

papers published by Luigi Macchiati.
Great Basin Natur. 12: 55-57.

1952 Two new species of Lachnini from
Colorado. /bid. 12: 57-61.

1953 Seasonal variations in Myzocallis cali-

fornicus Baker (Aphididae). Pan-Pac. |

Entomol. 29: 4346, illus.

1953 Aphidological gleanings (Homoptera).
Ibid. 29: 147-155.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 |

1953 Two new species of Cinara (Homop-

tera: Aphididae) from Ontario. Proc.

Biol. Soc. Wash. 66: 85-87. With G.A.
Bradley.

1953 Notes on some species of Cinara, with
descriptions of two new species from
pinon pine (Aphidae). Jbid. 66:
153-158.

1953 Descriptions of new species of Cinara
from western United States (Aphidae).
Ibid. 66: 159-172. With E.O. Essig.

1953 Descriptions of the sexual forms of
some species of Amphorophora
(Aphididae). [bid. 66: 195-198.

1953 Descriptions of some _ undescribed
forms of Aphidae. /bid. 66: 199-202.

~ 1953 Four new species of Cinara (Aphidae).

Ibid. 66: 205-210, illus. With E.O.
Essig.

1953 Dr. Carl Borner (1880-1953). En-
tomol. News 64: 261-262.

1954 Descriptions of some _ undescribed
forms of Lachini [!] (Aphidae). Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash. 67: 89-91.

1954 Proposed use of the plenary powers to
validate the specific name “pruni”
Geoffroy, 1762, as published in the
combination ‘Aphis pruni”’ (Class In-
secta, Order Hemiptera). Bull. Zool.
Nomencl. 9: 163-165.

1954 Proposed addition to the “Official List
of Specific Names in Zoology” of the
specific name “pini” Linnaeus, 1758,
as published in the binominal combi-
nation “Aphis pini”’ and as interpreted
by DeGeer (1773) (Class Insecta,
Order Hemiptera). Ibid. 9: 166-173.

1954 Proposed use of the plenary powers to
designate, as the type species of
“Lachnus”’ Burmeister, 1835, and
“Cinara’’ Curtis, 1835 (Class Insecta,
Order Hemiptera) a species in har-
mony with accepted nomenclatorial
practice. [bid. 9: 174-183.

| 1954 A new species of Cinara with notes on

some western species of Aphidae.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 67: 93-98, illus.
With E.O. Essig.

[| J.WASH. ACAD. SCL. VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

1954 Description of a new genus and species
of Aphidae. /bid. 67: 99-101, illus.

1954 Descriptions and notes on some spe-
cies of Cinara (Aphidae). Ibid. 67:
151-157, illus. With E.O. Essig.

1954 Two new species of Cinara (Aphidae).
Great Basin Natur. 14: 11-13, illus.
With G.F. Knowlton.

1954 The description of the alate form of
Lachnus montanus (Wilson). Ibid. 14:
21-22.

1954 Descriptions and notes on some spe-
cies of Cinara (Aphidae). Proc. Biol.
Soc. Wash. 67: 251-261.

1954 A new species of Schizolachnus (Aph-
idae). Ibid. 67: 273-274. With E.O.
Essig and G.F. Knowlton.

1954 A new species of Cinara and notes on
two recently described species
(Aphidae). /bid. 67: 275-276. With
E.O. Essig.

1954 A note to commemorate the one-
hundredth anniversary of Koch’s Die
Pflanzenlause. Great Basin Natur. 14:
79-82.

1954 Some observations on the rostrum
of Cinara puerca Hottes (Aphidae).
Ibid. 14: 83-86, illus.

1955 Proposed addition of the name
“Phorodon”’ Passerini, 1860 (Class In-
secta, Order Hemiptera), to the “Of-
ficial List of Generic Names in Zoolo-
gy” and of “humuli”’ Schrank, 1801,
as published in the binominal combi-
nation “Aphis humuli”’, to the ‘‘Of-
ficial List of Specific Names in Zoolo-
gy’. Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 11: 97-98.

1955 A new species of Cinara from Oregon
(Aphidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 68:
61-63. With E.O. Essig.

1955 A new species of Cinara from Arizona
(Aphidae). bid. 68: 65-66. With G.D.
Butler, Jr.

1955 Cinara descriptions (Aphidae). /bid.
68: 67-77, illus.

1955 Three new subspecies and figures of
five previously unfigured species of
Cinara (Aphidae). bid. 68: 101-104,
illus.

1955 Three new species of Cinara (Aph-
idae). Ibid. 68: 197-203, illus.

1956 Descriptions of some _ undescribed
forms of Schizolachnus with key to
species found in the United States
(Aphidae). /bid. 69: 59-62, illus.

1956 A new species of Cinara from Maine
(Aphidae). [bid. 69: 65-67, illus.

1956 Two new species of Cinara from Ari-
zona (Aphidae). bid. 69: 83-87.

1956 Descriptions of some _ undescribed
forms of Cinara (Aphidae). Ibid. 69:
89-92.

1956 Two new species of Cinara from north-
ern Arizona with illustrations of
hitherto unfigured species and notes
on Schizotachnus flocculosa (Williams)
(Aphidae). Ibid. 69: 219-223, illus.

1956 Two new species of Cinara from
Alaska (Aphidae). Ibid. 69: 227-229,
illus.

1957 Four new species of conifer feeding
aphids. /bid. 70: 1-8, illus.

1957 Descriptions and figures of the
morphotypes of some conifer feeding
aphids. /bid. 70: 9-16, illus.

{957 A synopsis of the genus Essigella (Aphi-
dae). [bid. 70: 69-109, illus.

1958 Descriptions of some conifer feeding
aphids from New England. Jbid. 71:
5-10, illus.

1958 Aphthargelia nom. nov. for Thargelia
Oestlund (Aphidae). bid. 71: 43.

1958 A new species of Cinara (Aphidae)
from Sitka spruce. Ibid. 71: 61-62,
illus.

1958 A new Canadian species of Cinara
(Aphidae) from Picea rubens. Ibid. 71:
63-64, illus.

1958 Two new aphids from Pinus contorta.
Ibid. 71: 75-79, illus.

18

1958 A new species of Cinara from Michigan
(Aphidae). Jbid. 71: 81-83, illus.

1958 A new species of Cinara from Idaho
(Apphidae [!]). Zbid. 71: 85-86, illus.

1958 A new species of Cinara from Washing-
ton (Aphidae). [bid. 71: 87-89, illus.

1958 A new species of Essigella from Ore-
gon (Aphidae). Ibid. 71: 155-156,
illus.

1958 A new species of Cinara from Cali-
fornia sugar pine (Aphidae). Jbid. 71:
157-159, illus.

1958 A new species of Cinara (Aphidae)
from North Dakota. Ibid. 71:
171-1 72, ilhys:

1958 A new species of Cinara from Dela-
ware (Aphidae). Ibid. 71: 187-189,
illus.

1958 Descriptions of two allied species of
Cinara (Aphidae). Ibid. 71: 191-195,
illus.

1959 Description of the apterous form of
Cinara pinivora (W). Ibid. 72: 11-12,
illus.

1959 A new species of Schizolachnus (Aphi-
dae). Ibid. 72: 13-14, illus.

1960 Notes on and a key to the species of
Cinara (family Aphidae) living on
Pinus edulis. Ibid. 73: 199-214, illus.

1960 A new conifer feeding aphid from
Washington. Jbid. 73: 197-198, illus.

1960 Notes on and a key to species of
Cinara (family Aphidae) which have
Abies sp. as host. Ibid. 73: 221-233,
illus.

1960 Rhizomaria piceae Hartig new to
America (Homoptera: Aphidae). Pan-
Pac. Entomol. 36: 199-202, illus.

1961 A new species of Cinara from knob-
cone pine (Aphidae). Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 74: 1-2, illus.

1961 Two new species of Cinara from Cali-
fornia (Aphidae) which have Pinus
coulteri as host. Ibid. 74: 95-100, illus.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

|

i
i
|

1961 Notes on and a key to species of the
- genus Cinara (Aphidae) which have
Tsuga and Pseudotsuga for host. Ibid.

74: 111-117, illus.

1961 A new species of Cinara from Colora-
do (Aphididae). Great Basin Natur.
21: 17-19.

1961 A new species of Cinara from Dela-
ware (Aphididae). Ibid. 21: 20-22,
illus.

1961 A review and key of North American
Cinara (Homoptera: Aphididae) occur-
ring on Picea, [bid. 21: 35-50, illus.

1962 Notes on aphids from Alaska. Ento-
mol. Ber. (Amsterdam) 22: 112-120.
With D. Hille Ris Lambers.

1963 Aphid names of Rafinesque: proposed
suppression under the plenary powers
(Insecta, Hemiptera, Aphididae). Bull.
Zool. Nomencl. 20: 128-133.

1963 Byrsocrypta Haliday, 1838 (Insecta,
Hemiptera): proposed suppression
under the plenary powers in favour of
Pemphigus Hartig, 1839. Ibid. 20:
201-203. With V.F. Eastop.

1964 Three new species of Cinara, together
with a preliminary list of the species of
this genus known from Alaska (Aphi-
didae, Homoptera). Entomol. Ber.
(Amsterdam) 24: 50-54, illus.

1964 Comments on the proposed suppres-
sion of Eulachnus Del Guercio, 1909.

Zea (S.)) 1541... in, D. Hille. Ris
Lambers, Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 21:
2-3.

Articles by F.C. Hottes on Heteroptera
published with C.J. Drake

1925 Four undescribed species of water-
striders (Hemip.-Gerridae). Ohio. J. Sci.
25: 46-50.

1925 Five new species and a new variety of
water-striders from North America
(Hemiptera-Gerridae). Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 38: 69-74.

7 1949 Two new species of Saldidae
(Hemiptera) from western United
States. Ibid. 62: 177-184, illus.

)) J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

1950 Saldidae of the Americas (Hemiptera).
Great Basin Natur. 10: 51-61.

1950 Three new species of Saldidae
(Hemiptera). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
63: 177-184.

1951 Two new species of Leptopodidae
(Hemiptera). J. Kan. Entomol. Soc.
24: 21-27, illus.

1951 Stridulatory organs in Saldidae
(Hemiptera). Great Basin Natur. 11:
43-46, illus.

1951 A new halobatinid from Mexico
(Hemiptera: Gerridae). Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 64: 141-143.

1951 Notes on the genus Rheumatobates
Bergroth (Hemiptera: Heteroptera).
Ibid. 64: 147-158.

1951 Brasilian Saldidae (Hemiptera). Rev.
Entomol. (Rio de Janeiro) 22:
379-382.

1952 Concerning some Mexican Veliidae
(Hemiptera). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
65: 85-88, illus.

1952 Distributional and synonymical data
and descriptions of two new Hydro-
metra (Hemiptera: Hydrometridae). J.
Kans. Entomol. Soc. 25: 106-110.

1952 Genus Trepobates Herrich-Schaeffer
(Hemiptera: Gerridae). Great Basin
Natur. 12: 35-38.

1952 New neogaen water-striders of the
genus Microvelia (Hemiptera:
Veliidae). Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci.
SlG5-00-

1953 Notes on Microvelia flavipes
(Hemiptera: Veliidae). Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 66: 73-74.

1954 Synonymic data and descriptions of a
new saldid (Hemiptera). Occ. Pap.
Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. no. 553, 5 pp.,
illus.

1955 Concerning Saldidae (Hemiptera) of
the western hemisphere. Bull. Ento-
mol. Venezolana 11: 1-12, illus.

19

RESEARCH REPORTS

The Biology of Trypeta angustigena
Foote in Central Coastal California - Host Plants

and Notes (Diptera: Tephritidae)
Kenneth E. Frick

Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Serv., |
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Albany, Calif. 94706 |
i

ABSTRACT

The first account of life history and host plants are given for a Nearctic Trypeta, T.

angustigena Foote, 1960, from California. The life cycle required 2 months at 16 hr
light/24-hr day and 24°C for 12 hr and 12.75°C for 12 hr. The preoviposition period
averaged 7 days, egg 6 or 7, leafmining larva 18, and pupa 27 days. There were 5
generations/year out-of-doors where oviposition and complete larval development
occurred on 13 of 27 composite plants, including artichoke, (Cynara scolymus L.),

florist’s chrysanthemum

(C. morifolium Ram.), and 5 native California plants.

Laboratory oviposition and larval growth trials generally confirmed the out-of-doors

observations.

In 1960 Foote revised the genus Trypeta
Meigen for America north of Mexico, de-
scribing 7. augustigena from California as
new. Later, Foote and Blanc (1963) gave all
of the known collection records for angusti-
gena, noting that, although adults had been
collected in association with Artemisia
suksdorfii Piper and Senecio mikanioides
Otto, the habits and biology of the Nearctic
Trypeta spp. were not known. Frick and
Hawkes (1970) reported rearing adults of 7.
angustigena from a plant of Senecio jacobaea
L. and from larvae mining the leaves of
Chrysanthemum morifolium Ram. The

I thank Gerald R. Johnson of this laboratory for
the photographs.

20

leafmining habit conforms to the statement
of Seguy (1934) that the larvae of Trypeta
spp. mine the leaves of plants in the family
Compositae.

Reported herein are observations made
on oviposition and larval development in the
laboratory garden out of doors plus some
laboratory experiments on the host plant
spectrum of T. angustigena. Finally, results
of preliminary biological studies are given.

Host Plant Determination Outdoors

Because many kinds of plants are main-
tained at the USDA, ARS, Biological Con-
trol of Weeds Laboratory at Albany, Cali-
fornia, the opportunity presented itself to

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Table 1. — Relative Suitability of 27 Plants in the Family Compositae for Oviposition
- and Larval Development of Trypeta angustigena Foote at Albany, California, during

1970.

Out of Doors

Adenostyles alpina B. and Fing. —

Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng. —
CYNAREAE

Carduus nutans L. -

Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. =

Cirsium occidentale (Nutt.) Jepson’ —

Cirsium vulgare (Savi) Tenore =

Cynara scolymus L. +
CICHORIEAE

Sonchus oleraceus L. -

Taraxacum officinale Weber =

1 Native to California.

)\study the host plant spectrum of this
tephritid. Potted plants were grouped to-
gether in an out-of-doors area. Many of the
| composites were replicated 3 to 5 times,
‘while single plants in other families generally
| were used. The order of arrangement was
‘changed several times during the year, parti-
jjcularly to place non-infested plants adjacent
to attacked plants. The results of oviposition
))and subsequent complete larval development
jon 13 of 27 composites are given in Table 1.

>.

) |). WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Excised Leaves in Small Cages

Acceptability for Exposed to Inoculated
oviposition and gravid females with day-old
Family Compositae, larval growth 2 to select (+) larvae, stage
Tribe and Species or reject (—) attained (no
for oviposition growth = —)
: ASTEREAE
| Bellis perennis L. — - =
| Erigeron glabeilus Nutt. — = _
| ANTHEMIDAE
Artemisia douglasiana Bess. ' +++ + Pupal
Chrysanthemum morifolium Ram. +++
| SENECIONEAE
Arnica alpina (L.) Olin i=
| Arnica chamissonis Less. ssp.
| foliosa (Nutt.) Maguire var.
jepsoniana Maguire +++ + Pupal
Arnica montana L. 7 1 Pupal
Cacalia suaveolens L. te — Pupal
Ligularia clivorum Maxim. - =e =
Petasites palmatus (Ait.) Gray ! tote _
Senecio erucifolius L. — =
Senecio jacobaea L. + + 2nd larval instar
Senecio paludosus L. crtaats
Senecio serra Hook. ' aliatarts Pupal
Senecio triangularis Hook. ' cr cf Pupal
Senecio vulgaris L. — ~ 2nd larval instar
INULEAE
Gnaphalium luteo-album L. —
EUPATORIAE

= Pupal

as 2nd larval instar

2, :
Relative degree of preference = —, +, ++, +++.

Not all plants were equally accepted for
oviposition; the acceptability of each is rated
in Table 1. None of the plants in the other
families was attacked.

Host Plant Determination in Small Cages

Oviposition. — Three females and 3 males
were reared from puparia. These were pair-
ed, caged, and observed until death (Table
2). The cages consisted of %-pint cartons,

21

Table 2. — Comparative Life Data on Three Pairs of Adult Trypeta angustigena Foote

Held in Small Cages.

Female No. 1
Preoviposition period, days too
Oviposition period, days ail
Total eggs laid P1954 |
Longevity of females, days 50
Longevity of males, days 23

2 3

6 8
14 7
146 54
20 15
Sl 76

4 Without a male for 8 days; after male present, eggs laid in 7 days.
Males transferred from cages no. 2 and 3 as needed, so that female no. 1 was never with-

out a male.

each with a damp filter paper on the bottom
for humidity and a clear plastic lid on which
a thin film of honey and yeast hydrolysate
mixture was smeared for food. The flies were
held at 16 hr light per 24-hr day and at
24°C for 12 hr and 12. 75°C for 12-hr, Pairs
of leaves were presented every 2 or 3 days
for selection as ovipositional sites. The stems
were in small vials which were inserted
through holes in opposite sides of the
cartons so that the leaves were horizontal
and adjacent to each other. A leaf from a
plant attacked in the garden was included
with each change (so as not to stop
oviposition) together with a leaf from a
plant not attacked out of doors.

A total of 13 species of plants was
exposed to gravid females. Six of the leaves
were accepted for oviposition and 7 were
not (Table 1). The only discrepancy with
results previously obtained in the garden was
the rejection of Cacalia suaveolens under
caged conditions in mid-August. However,
Cacalia was not a preferred host out of
doors, where it was slightly attacked in late
April and early July.

Larval Inoculation into Leaves. — Larvae,
newly hatched from eggs in the leaves used
for oviposition, were removed and placed
into slits made in the midrib or a larger vein
in the leaves of each of 22 plant species. The
inoculated leaves were held at the conditions
described under Oviposition.

The leaves of 7 plants supported com-
plete larval development (Table 1). If a leaf
deteriorated, a fresh leaf was presented and
the larvae were able to enter it and continue
feeding. Six of these plants were selected for
Oviposition in the garden, with complete
larval development following. Adenostyles

22

was not chosen for oviposition, either out of
doors or in cages, but was readily accepted
by the larvae inoculated into it.

These plants supported larval develop-
ment into the second instar but the larvae
were unable to establish themselves in fresh
leaves when the original leaves deteriorated.
Two of these 3 were marginal hosts in the
garden, while Senecio vulgaris was not select-
ed for oviposition either in cages or out of
doors.

Larvae could not sustain themselves in
leaves of the remaining 12 plants. Of these,
Petasites and Senecio mikanioides were ac-
ceptable in the garden. It was observed that
S. mikanioides leaves are thick and succulent
and several larvae drowned either in the slits
or after making short mines.

Notes on the Biology

In small cages, the life cycle averaged
about 2 months under the conditions pre-
viously described. The preoviposition period
averaged 7 days (Table 2). The egg stage
averaged 6, or 7+1, days. Each of the three
larval instars averaged 6+2 days while feed-
ing on preferred host plants. The pupal stage
required an average of 27+4 days. There
appeared to be 5 generations per year in the

laboratory garden. In 1970 the periods of |

greatest leaf mining activity were March,
May and early June, July and early August,
September, and late December and January.

Mating was not seen in nature, but it was |
observed 9 times in cages. The act was |
prolonged and lasted from 3-% to 7-% hr. |
Females were observed in copulo at ages |
varying from 4 to 49 days, and the males

were 3 to 27 days old when observed
mating.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 |

Fig. 1.—Upper surface of a mined leaf of
Chrysanthemum morifolium Ram., showing size of
completed mine. After hatching, the larva mined
36 mm on the lower surface before the mine
became visible on the upper surface. Enlarged 2X.

The eggs are inserted under the epidermis
and almost all are laid on the lower surface
of a horizontal leaf. In small cages, 100% of
the eggs produced by females no. | and 3
were laid on the lower surface (Table 2).
Female no. 2 laid 10 of 23 eggs on the upper
surface during the first 8 days of egg laying;
all of the remaining eggs were laid on the
lower surface.

The larvae are leaf miners (Fig. 1). Their
method of feeding was described by Frost
(1924), based on the feeding of the larvae of
Agromyza (=Nemorimyza) posticata
(Meigen). The resulting markings caused by
the mouthhooks have long been called the
herringbone pattern (Fig. 2). Third-instar
| larvae make rather large mines, and frequent-
ly they completely hollow out small leaves
such as those of Senecio serra. However, the
2 larger instars have the ability to exit from
a leaf, crawl to another, bore into it, and
continue mining. The larvae leave their
mines to pupate in the soil.

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

a

Fig. 2.—Enlarged portion of a mined leaf of
Arnica chamissonis ssp. foliosa var. jepsoniana
Maguire, showing the herringbone pattern of feed-
ing.

The adults are seldom seen. During 1970
only 4 individual flies were observed in the
laboratory garden, 3 on lower leaves and 1
on an upper leaf. In addition, the leaf mines
are generally inconspicuous in spite of their
size because they are usually present on the
lower foliage. For example, during one
survey for mined leaves, the location of each
mine on its plant was measured. No mines
were found more than 20 cm above the
ground on plants 40 to 45 cm in height. On
January 9, 1971, 2 Chrysanthemum plants
90 cm tall were examined for mined leaves.
These were generally on the lower one-half
of the plants and 14 of 16 mines were found
on the lower two-thirds of the plants. Two
mines were in the topmost leaves. Generally,
the leaves selected for oviposition are not
those that are young and vigorously growing
but that are mature even to the point of
starting to yellow. The factors which deter-
mine the age of leaf or even the plant species
chosen by the females for oviposition have
yet to be determined.

23

It is suggested that this insect, not de-
scribed until 1960 and known from only 57
specimens in northern and central California
in 1963 (Foote and Blanc 1963, map 98),
has remained relatively unknown because of
the secretive habits of the adults. It is now
known to attack 5 native, 1 weedy, 1 crop,
and 2 ornamental plants in California.

References Cited

Foote, R.H. 1960. The genus 7rypeta Meigen in
America north of Mexico. Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Amer. 53 (2): 253-60.

Foote, R.H., and F.L. Blanc. 1963. The fruit flies
or Tephritidae of California. Calif. Ins. Surv.
Bull. 7, 117 p.

Frick, K.E., and R.B. Hawkes. 1970. Additional
insects that feed upon tansy ragwort, Senecio
jacobaea, an introduced weedy plant, in western
United States. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 63
(4): 1085-90.

Frost, S.W. 1924. A study of the leaf-mining
Diptera of North America. Mem. Cornell Univ.
Agric. Exp. Sta. No. 78, 288 p.

Seguy, E. 1934, Diptéres (Brachyceres) (Muscidae
Acalypterae et Scatophagidae). Jn Faune de
France 28, 823 p.

Lectotype Designations for Certain Species of
Thysanoptera Described by J.D. Hood

Kellie O’Neill,’ Paul H. Arnaud, Jr.,2 and Vincent Lee

1Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agr. Res. Serv., U.S.
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20250. ? California
Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, Calif. 94118

ABSTRACT

Lectotypes are designated for 17 species of Thysanoptera described by J.D. Hood in
the California Academy of Sciences collection. The families Heterothripidae, Thripidae,

and Phlaeothripidae are represented.

The purpose of this paper is to designate
lectotypes for 17 species of Thysanoptera
described by J.D. Hood that are represented
in the California Academy of Sciences col-
lection by specimens of the type-series.
Arnaud and Lee are preparing for publi-
cation a list of Thysanoptera types contain-
ed in the Academy collection and wish to
clarify the status of these specimens. Hodd
omitted holotype designations from some of
his papers, and in others he stated only in
the introductions—not in the descriptions—
that the types or holotypes were in his

24

collection. However, for each species he |
described, he labelled a specimen as “holo-
type.” In order to preserve the status that
Hood intended his specimens and species to
have, we are selecting as lectotypes those |
“holotypes,” which agree with the original |
descriptions. Lectotypes designated in this |
paper and most paralectotypes of their |
species are in the U.S. National Museum of |
Natural History, Washington, D.C., and each |
species is represented in the California Aca- |
demy of Sciences collection by one or more |
paralectotypes.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 |

HETEROTHRIPIDAE

Fauriella natalensis Hood
1937, Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 19,
no. 109, pp. 98-101, fig. 1a-b.
Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71232;
Republic of South Africa, Natal, Ndumu,
22 September 1922, in flowers of Rhus-
like tree, J.C. Faure no. T. 50.

Opisthothrips elytropappi Hood

1937, Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 19,
no. 109, pp. 102-105, fig. 2a-b.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71233;
Republic of South Africa, Cape Province,
Grahamstown, 21 April 1927, on El-
tropappus rhinocerotis, J. C. Faure No.
T. 48.

THRIPIDAE

Arpediothrips mojave Hood
1927, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 40, p. 198.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71234;
California, Mojave Desert, 14 August
1927, at base of leaves of Joshua tree or
tree yucca (Yucca brevifolia Engelm.),
J.D. Hood No. 804.

Coremothrips pallidus Hood
1925, Psyche, vol. 32, no. 1, p. 52.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71235;
Trinidad, Evasdale, near Sangre Grande,
11 October 1916, Cocoa, C.B. Williams
No. 874.

Frankliniella parvula Hood
1925, Psyche, vol. 32, no. 1, p. 49.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71236;
Trinidad, Mareval Valley, 27 March 1915,
flowers of rose, C.B. Williams No. 608.

Psilothrips pardalotus Hood
1927, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 40, p. 198.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71237;
California, Thermal, elevation -100 feet,
18 August 1927, shaken from Atriplex
polycarpa Watson, J.D. Hood No. 832.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

PHLAEOTHRIPIDAE

Eupathithrips spectator Hood
1934, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 47, pp. 73-76.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71238;
Panama, Barro Colorado Island, 25 June
1933, on ripe fruit of Corozo Palm, J.D.
Hood No. 947.

Liothrips xanthocerus Hood
1927, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 40, p. 203.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71239;
Arizona, Maricopa County, Gillespie
Dam, 26 August 1927, among terminal
leaves of Tessaria sericea (Nutt.) T. & G.
(det. by Paul C. Standley), J.D. Hood No.
888.

Macrophthalmothrips helenae Hood
1934, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 47, pp. 79-81.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71240;
Panama, Barro Colorado Island, 29 July
1933, dead branches, J.D. Hood No.
1019.

Phyllothrips umbripennis Hood
1909, Entomol. News, vol. 20, no. 1, pp. 30-31.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71241;

Illinois, Carbondale, 12 October 1908,
jarred from post oak, L.M. Smith.

Priesneriella citricauda Hood
1927, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 40, p. 199.
Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71242;
California, Palo Alto, beating dead
branches of Salix sp., 4 August 1927, J.D.
Hood No. 744.

Sedulothrips tristis Hood

1934, J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. (1933), vol. 41,
no. 4, p. 434.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71243;
Panama, Barro Colorado Island, 4 July
1933, dead leaves and branches of
pomarosa (Eugenia jambos L.), J.D. Hood
No. 971.

25

Strepterothrips conradi Hood
1934, J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. (1933), vol. 41,
no. 4, pp. 431-434.
Lectotype: Female U.S.N.M. No. 71244;
Panama, Barro Colorado Island, 29 July
1933, dead branches, J.D. Hood and
James Zetek, Hood No. 1018.

Trachythrips deleoni Hood
1933, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., Vol. 46, pp.
213-214.
Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71245;
Panama, Porto Bello, 9 July 1933, dead
vegetation, J.D. Hood No. 987.

Trachythrips frontalis Hood

1933, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 46, pp.
214-215.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71246;

Panama, Canal Zone, Frijoles, 7 July
1933, dead vine and bush, J.D. Hood No.
981.

Trichothrips anomocerus Hood

1912, Can. Entomol., vol. 44, no. 5, pp. 137,
139, pl. 6 (figs. 1-4).

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71247;
Maryland, Plummer’s Island, 18 February
1912, under. sycamore “bark eye
McAtee.

Trichothrips mediamericanus Hood

1934, J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. (1933), vol. 41,
no. 4, pp. 412-413.

Lectotype: Female, U.S.N.M. No. 71248;

Panama, Porto Bello, 11 July 1933, dead
branches of cacao, J.D. Hood No. 990.

The Genus Trigonosoma Gray (-Tropidogastrella
Hendel) (Diptera: Platystomidae)

George C. Steyskal

Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agr. Res. Serv.,
U.S. Department of Agriculture; c/o U.S. National

Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560

ABSTRACT

The genus Trigonosoma Gray is reviewed, its nomenclature is discussed, and a key to
the known species of the world is presented. Trigonosoma indicum from Bombay, India,

is described as a new species.

Specimens of Trigonosoma decorum
(Meijere) are recorded as apparently feeding
at human wounds in South Vietnam. T.
indicum, new species (Bombay, India) is
described and a new key to the species of
Trigonosoma Gray _ (=Tropidogastrella
Hendel) is given.

26

Genus Trigonosoma Gray

Trigonosoma Gray, 1832: 774. Type by mono-
typy, 7. perilampiforme Gray (as perilampi-
formis),

Tropidogastrella Hendel, 1914a: 11; 1914b: 18,
134. Type by original designation, 7. tropida
Hendel.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Hendel cited Trigonosoma as a “syno-
nym” of Tropidogastrella on the basis that
the name “‘ist vergeben, die Art selbst nicht
zu deuten.” Hendel himself has recognized
genera founded on a much weaker basis than
is Trigonosoma. The figure of Trigonosoma
perilampiforme is better than many drawings
ot its time, and in my opinion might be
recognized. At any rate, the genus satisfies
requirements of the International Code of
Zoological Nomenclature and must be used.
Gray’s name is cited as the first use of that
name in the Neave nomenclator, although
other works have shown Trigonosoma
Laporte-Castelnau also with the date 1832.
Harris (1942), however, points out that the
|| correct date for this later Trigonosoma must
| be no earlier than March, 1833.

Gray did not use the genus name as of
neuter gender, but it must be so because of
its derivation from the Greek soma. Species
names are consequently here cited in their
neuter form. The name tropida, however,
does not appear in classical lexicons, and is
best considered a noun in apposition, ap-
parently a neologism formed on the base of
Greek tropis “keel of a ship,” with late
genitive and combining stem tropid-.

Very little is known concerning the biolo-
gy of species of Trigonosoma. The type of T.
decorum was found on the underside of
leaves of Hibiscus tiliaceus Linnaeus
(misspelt by Hendel as filiaceus) and the
type of T. albofasciatum was reared from
betelnut palms. The specimens of T.
decorum that I received were captured dur-
ing a survey to investigate the cause of
infections by Captain David Taplin at My
"| Tho, Mekong delta, South Vietnam, 27

- October 1967, apparently feeding on human
lesions.

The new species described below as
Trigonosoma indicum extends the range of
the genus to Bombay, India from East
Pakistan, Java, Sumatra, Taiwan, Philippines,
) and Ceram.
| The known species may be separated as in
‘| the following key. Hendel’s key (1914a:
| 285) is defective in respect to T. tropida; his
|| statements in the key are at variance with

the description in the same work and with a

|| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

specimen from Taiwan in the U.S. National
Museum, determined by Hendel. Hendel
stated that Lamprogaster basilutea Walker
and L. zonata Walker might possibly belong
in this genus, but I believe that their size and
descriptions make that possibility rather
remote.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE
GENUS TRIGONOSOMA GRAY

1 (4). Brown pattern at base of wing
extending little apicad of 2nd
basal cell; face with semicir-
cular yellowish spot below an-
tennae.

Postsutural area of mesoscutum
with narrow longitudinal supra-
alar stripes and semicircular
median spot golden yellow;
median carina of 3rd tergum
(male) rounded (Ambon,
Ceram; Philippines) ... 7.
cristiventre (Gerstaecker),
1860: 185 (Gorgopis)

Postsutural area of mesoscutum
with fairly broad longitudinal
supra-alar stripes, elongate oval
median stripe, and pair of
roundish spots (fig. 1) pale
yellowish; median carina of
3rd tergum (female) angulate
(fig. 2) (Bombay, India)... T.
indicum, new species

Brown pattern at base of wing
extending well apicad of level
of tip of 2nd basal cell; face
wholly black (? in T. peri-
lampiforme).

2 (3).

3 (2).

5 (6). General color brown; median spot
of mesoscutum U-shaped (local-
ity ?) ... T. perilampiforme
Gray

6 (5). General color black with white to
yellow markings; median spot
of mesoscutum elongate oval
or cuneate.

Front with small elevated whitish
spot in anterior 1/3 of orbital
margin and roundish spot at
posterior margin of each shal-
low concavity; supra-alar whit-
ish stripe turned mesad on
postalar declivity; basal wing
mark not attaining ta and only
slightly invading discal cell
(Taiwan) ... T. tropida
(Hendel), 1914a: 285 (Tropi-
dogastrella).

7 (8).

27

Front without small elevated
whitish spots; otherwise differ-
ing.

8 (7).

9 (10). Brown basal mark of wing filling
base of discal cell (Java; Pala-
wan; Vietnam)... 7. decorum
(Meijere), 1911: 371 (Zygae-

nula).

Brown basal mark of wing cuneate,
not or only slightly extending
into discal cell.

10 (9).

11 (12). Frontal pale marks elongate tri-
angular; ? abdomen without
yellowish marking (sex ?;
Bakarganj, East Pakistan) ....
T. albofasciatum (Meijere),
1904: 108, pl. 8, fig. 21)

(Zygaenula).

Frontal pale marks in the form of
right-angled triangles, the right
angle dorsal, the longer arm
lying mesally and parallel to
its mate; abdomen as in de-
corum, median posterior mar-
gin of 2nd tergum yellowish
(sex ?; the distinctions between
this and the foregoing species
are not satisfactory; it was
originally compared with T.

IZ (UU OE

decorum; Sumatra) .. . JT.
trigonatum (Meijere), 1915: 97
(Tropidogastrella).

Trigonosoma indicum, new species
(Figures 1-2)

Female. Length of body and wing each 4.12
mm.

Very similar to T. cristiventre (Gerstaecker), the
most obvious differences as shown in the preceding
key.

Front with a pair of very small, pimple-like
yellowish spots at anterior 1/3 of orbital margin
and a shallow concavity on each side of non-cari-
nate median area, each with rather indistinct,
yellowish, transversely lenticular spot on dorsal
slope. Complete transverse yellowish band immedi-
ately before sharply carinate vertex, somewhat
wider than half distance from vertex to ocelli.
Parafacials ca. as wide as 3rd antennal segment,
yellow. Antenna yellowish, 3rd segment brown and
extending along parafacial as far as lower margin of
eye. Arista slender, bare, slightly swollen basally.
Palpus broad, black with narrow yellowish apical
margin.

Mesoscutum black, postsutural area with
yellowish (probably whitish when fresh) pattern as
shown in fig. i, supra-alar stripes in perpendicular
view ca. 2/3 as wide as median elongate-oval stripe

28

Fig. 1-2. Details of Trigonosoma indicum, n.

sp.——1, left side of postsutural area of
mesoscutum; 2, left profile of abdomen.

and slightly capitate on postalar declivity, pair of
roundish spots between median and supra-alar
stripes. Scutellum without apical concavity.
Mesoscutum and scutellum with short recumbent
yellowish hairs. Wing virtually as shown by Hendel
(1914a: pl. 12, fig. 229) for T. cristiventre.

Abdomen in profile as in fig. 2, dorsally yellow
only on median half of posterior margin of 2nd
tergum; ovipositor sheath blackish; pleural mem-
brane and venter yellowish; hairs yellowish.

Holotype, female, Bombay, India (J.C. Bridwell
coll.), no. 71219 in U.S. National Museum.

References Cited

Gerstaecker, A. 1860. Beschreibung einiger
ausgezeichneten neuen Dipteren aus der Familie
Muscariae. Stettin. Entomol. Ztg. 21: 163-202.

Gray, G. 1832. In Griffith, E. — The animal king-
dom arranged in conformity with its organi-
zation by the Baron Cuvier, etc. Vol. 15 (Class
Insecta, by Edward Griffith and Edward
Pidgeon and notices of new genera and species
by George Gray, vol. 2): 796 pp., pls. 74-126.

Harris, H.M. 1942. On the date of publication of |

Laporte’s Essai. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 16: 161-162.

Hendel, F. 1914a. Die Arten der Platystominen.

Abhandl. K.K. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 8 (1):
1-(410), pls. 14.

. 1914b. Diptera, Fam. Muscaridae, Sub-

fam. Platystominae. Jn P. Wytsman, Genera .

Insectorum 157: 1-179, pls. 1-15.

Meijere, J.C.H. de. 1904. Neue and bekannte |
18: 1

sud-asiatische Bijdr. Dierk.
85-115, pl. 8.

1911. Studien Uber sudostasiatische

Dipteren.

Dipteren. VI. Tijds. Entomol. 54: 258-432, pls. _

18-22.

Dipteren. X. Dipteren von Sumatra. Tijds. Ent.
58, suppl.: 64-97, pl. 2.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 |

1915. Studien Uber sudostasiatische |

|
|
|

Respiration and Circulation, compiled and edited
by Philip L. Altman and Dorothy S. Dittmer. 930
pages plus index; 8 x 11; Federation of American
Societies for Experimental Biology, 9650 Rockville
Pike, Bethesda, Md. 20014; $30.00 postpaid.

Respiration and Circulation is the latest
and most comprehensive volume in the
expanding series of biological handbooks
published on a non-profit basis under the
auspices of FASEB’s Committee on Biologi-
cal Handbooks. This new reference book,
consisting of 232 groups of tables covering
all areas of respiration and circulation, con-
stitutes a complete revision and combination
of two out-of-print publications, the 1958
Handbook of Respiration and the 1959
Handbook of Circulation. The information
was selected, verified, and approved by 402
outstanding authorities in the fields of biolo-
gy and medicine in a serious attempt to
eliminate material of questionable validity,
and to assure inclusion of the most accurate
data available.

Respiration and Circulation was designed
to provide the busy scientist with readily
retrievable, up-to-date, verified information
in the form of tables, graphs, diagrams,
charts, and nomograms. Most of the tables
and groups of tables are prefaced by short
headnotes containing such essential infor-
mation as units of measurement, abbrevi-
ations, definitions, and estimates of the
range of variation. Appended to the tables
are the names of the contributing scientists,
and a complete list of references (6,489 for
the entire book) enabling the user to consult
the original article or book from which the
data were derived. A comprehensive 84-page
index affords quick and easy access to
desired information.

Most of the sections in the handbook
cover vertebrate respiration and circulation,
but three sections are devoted to data on

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

BOOK REVIEWS

invertebrates and plants. More than one-
third of the tables are entirely new, while
the rest of the material from the 1958 and
1959 volumes has been extensively updated.
Examples of the new tables are those on
principles governing behavior of gases and
flow in vessels, control of ventilation, lung
dimensions and composition, oxygen and
carbon dioxide dissociation, normal vector-
cardiogram values, design of the vascular
bed, skin blood flow, invertebrate. venti-
lation volume and frequency, invertebrate
oxygen consumption and cardiac reflexes,
translocation in plant phloem, and effect of
root solutions on osmotic potential.

The list of section headings and the size
of each indicates the thorough manner in
which the subject matter is covered:

I. General Principles
10 pages; 2 groups of tables; 12
references

II. Basic Physical and Chemical Data

24 pages; 14 groups of tables;
217 references
Thorax and Ventilation

70 pages; 32 groups of tables;
536 references

Il.

IV. Airways and Gas Movements
34 pages; 14 groups of tables;

140 references

V. Blood Gases
88 pages; 24 groups of tables;
734 references

VI. Heart and Pumping Action
130 pages; 54 groups of tables;
937 references

VII. Vascular System and Blood Dis-

tribution
96 pages; 30 groups of tables;
889 references

29

VIII. Capillaries and the Exchange System
72 pages; 16 groups of tables;
722) tetetences

IX. Invertebrate Respiration
62 pages; 10 groups of tables;
331 references

X. Invertebrate Circulation
75 pages; 17 groups of tables;
713 references

XI. Plant Respiration and Fluid Move-
ment
141 pages; 19 groups of tables;
1258 references

Modern Technical Management Techniques: for
Engineers in Management, and for Those Who
Want to Get There, edited by Herbert Popper, and
the staff of “Chemical Engineering”. 374 pages
plus index; illustrated; 8% x 11; McGraw-Hill;
$12.50.

Ambitious engineers and scientists will
find that this volume provides not only
valuable career-building advice, but also a
wealth of management know-how — ranging
from the research and development areas to
project engineering and plant operation. This
practical book also has suggestions for any
professional employee who wants to do a
better job of managing his own activities,
even if he is more interested in the technical
or scientific career ladder than the manageri-
al.

The volume provides specific guidelines
which save time and work in such activities
as preparing effective engineering reports
with a minimum of wasted effort. The
reader is given a practical view of operations
research and other analytical techniques to
aid in decision making, special methods for
analyzing his own and others’ performance
on the job, and comprehensive advice on
effective communications — writing, public
speaking, and the gathering of information.

The book contains the contributions of
34 authors who bring professional insights
into the handling of technical management
problems as practiced by various companies
and departments. Much of the material in

30

the book comes from articles previously
printed in “Chemical Engineering” and other
magazines.

This fact-filled volume is divided into six
main sections: “Careers and Career-Building
in Technical Management,” ‘“Communi-
cations and Information Gathering,’ “Ap-
praisal, Development, and Rewarding of
Professional Employees,’ “The Technical
Management Aspects of Business Law,” “Ex-
ploiting the Techniques of Economic Analy-
sis and Operations Research,” and “Tools
Specific to Plant and Project Management.”
The section on business law emphasizes such
areas as job mobility, equipment perfor-
mance, product liability, patent require-
ments, and contract enforcement.

Reliability Mathematics: Fundamentals; Practices;
Procedures by Bertram L. Amstadter, Manager of
Reliability, Power Systems Operations, Aerojet
Nuclear Systems Company. 397 pages plus index;
128 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $17.50.

Providing practicing engineers and man-
agers with practical approaches to the math-
ematical aspects of reliability, this book
offers the reader a working knowledge of
current methods and procedures although he
may have no prior background in statistics.
The author presents some new methods
developed by the author which suggest
simplified means for solving otherwise diffi-
cult reliability problems.

A special feature of this comprehensive
book is the inclusion in one volume of all
the usually required reliability equations,
formulas, methods, and tables, obviating the
need for supplementary material for the
mathematical aspects of reliability. Essential-
ly a how-to book, it gives the criteria for the
selection and application of the various
methods and provides numerous examples
which illustrate both the procedures and the
utilization of the numerous tables in the
appendices. These include complete sets of
applicable statistical and reliability tables,
and are thereby a single, self-contained
source for the solution of most mathematic-
al reliability problems.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Divided into sixteen chapters, this
thoroughly researched book first presents a
general introduction to reliability. The fol-
lowing chapters discuss fundamental statisti-
cal concepts, distributions used in reliability,
tests of hypotheses, and related statistical
procedures. After units devoted to data
considerations and logic diagrams, an im-
portant chapter on mathematical models is
presented. This chapter, which provides
mathematical expressions for all commonly
encountered system configurations, is possi-
bly the most useful chapter in the book
when used in conjunction with the ap-
pendices. Subsequent units deal with the
prediction of component reliability, system
prediction, apportionment, reliability

| growth, and assessment methods — attri-

butes and variables. The final chapters
examine reliability demonstration and
system reliability considerations.

Pump Application Engineering by Tyler G. Hicks,
P.E., Hicksville, New York, and Theodore W.
Edwards, P.E., La Jolla, California. 426 pages plus
index; 476 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill;
$16.50.

The practical approach to problems of
pump selection and application is the overall
theme of Hicks and Edwards. Their compre-
hensive volume is aimed primarily at the
engineer/designer for the power, plant, or
process industries who finds himself in need
of up-to-date pump application information.

This useful book discusses major pump
types by classification, the calculations
necessary to determine accurately pump
Operating conditions and limitations, and the
types of pumps usually applied in a variety
of industries. It provides the reader with the
data needed to determine the best of bids
received through an intelligent evaluation of
pump type, operating conditions, materials
of construction, and drive arrangements. He
can also more intelligently evaluate any
alternate arrangements which may be offer-
ed by a manufacturer.

Numerous worked-out, specific problems
clearly show how the engineer can solve his

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

own pump application problems by merely
substituting his particular data. This well-
written volume tells the engineer the “why”
of pump application and demonstrates that
the limits of application are based on engi-
neering realities.

The book has twenty-four chapters which
are divided into three major sections. The
first section of three chapters deals with
pump classes and types, describes the general
characteristics of three pump types — centri-
fugal, rotary, and reciprocating — and indi-
cates their areas of application. The second
section of seven chapters covers the calcu-
lations necessary for proper pump selection,
the limitations which apply, and some of the
economics involved in their application. In-
dividual chapters examine such topics as
pump capacity, liquid handled, piping
systems, and drives for industrial pumps.
The final section of fourteen chapters invest-
igates pump applications and gives an in-
dustry-by-industry rundown of pump types
usually used for services particular to the
industry involved. Coverage is given to such
industries as petroleum, chemical, water
supply, mining and construction, nuclear-
energy, power-plant, and air conditioning
and heating.

Tyler G. Hicks, a registered professional
engineer, is a principal with International
Engineering Associates. Theodore W.
Edwards is presently the Director of Public
Relations and Advertising for Gulf General
Atomic, a subsidiary of Gulf Oil Corpora-
tion.

Hospital Modernization and Expansion by E. Todd
Wheeler, Partner and Director of Health Facilities
Planning, E. Todd Wheeler and the Perkins & Will
Partnership, Architects — Chicago, New York,
Washington, 256 pages plus index; 202 illustra-
tions; 8% x 11; McGraw-Hill; $22.50.

Wheeler’s book describes both analytical
and creative methods by which the problems
of expanding and modernizing existing
hospital facilities can be solved. Published by
McGraw-Hill, this practical book deals with
both immediate improvements and long-
range planning and is written for architects,

31

planners, hospital administrators, board
members, and consultants.

Covering the full range of steps in
planning, Wheeler discusses the survey of
need, master planning, functional and archi-
tectural programming, architectural
planning, and the construction and equip-
ment of the hospital. Special features in-
clude a description of a quick method for
the evaluation of existing hospital facilities;
extensive development of gross floor area
analysis and projection; and a profusely
illustrated, comprehensive, how-to-do-it
guide to the reconciling of the old and the
new.

Divided into twelve chapters, the book
first describes the generating forces and the
long-range planning behind the moderni-
zation of a hospital. The following chapters
investigate the planning process, functional
programming, and the existing physical
plant. Subsequent units discuss possible di-
rections for growth, schematic planning,
modernization economics, and the problems
of phasing. The final chapters examine fund-
ing and regulations; the equipment of the
hospital; and the pitfalls, dividends, and the
future.

As director of the health facilities division
for the Perkins & Will Corporation, E. Todd
Wheeler is responsible for the management
of all related work in the firm’s three
architectural offices in Chicago, White
Plains, N.Y., and Washington, D.C.

Aspirations and Affluence: Comparative Studies in
the United States and Western Europe by George
Katona, University of Michigan, Burkhard
Strumpel, University of Michigan and University of
Cologne, Germany; and Ernest Zahn, University of
Amsterdam, Holland. 231 pages plus index, 9
illustrations; 5-5/8 x 8-3/8; McGraw-Hill; $12.95.

Offering an understanding of the econom-
ic trends in the affluent societies, the au-
thors analyze the people’s reactions to
change and their expectations about future
progress, which greatly influence spending
and saving. This study presents a revealing
picture of people’s motives, attitudes, and

32

expectations in these countries and their
impact on economic trends. Rather than
being restricted to a statistical analysis of the
economies on the two sides of the Atlantic,
the main theme of the book is the human
element in economic affairs.

The volume represents a cooperative ef-
fort of an American social scientist who is
familiar with Europe and two European
social scientists who have lived in the United
States. Because of the diverse background of
the authors (economics, psychology, and
sociology), the book provides a particularly
complete report on people’s aspirations and
economic behavior in the countries studies.

Under a grant from the Ford Foundation,
the authors made comparative studies in this
country and in Western Europe, especially
Great Britain, Germany, and Holland.
Distinct differences as well as similarities
were found among the countries survey-
ed — differences in buying and saving, work-
ing and striving, mobility, and education.
Surveys with representative samples were
conducted to test the authors’ hypotheses
on the impact of dynamic and static atti-
tudes. In addition, extensive earlier survey
material was utilized.

The findings destroy the myth that what
prevails in the United States today will
appear in Germany, France, or Holland
tomorrow. The authors find that the motives
and expectations of people in different
countries influence their behavior and con-
tribute greatly to an understanding of deve-
lopments in the United States as well as in
affluent European countries. While two-
thirds of the Americans who have experi-
enced financial improvement over the past
few years expect it to continue in the future,
only one-third of the Germans, French, and
Dutch in a similar situation think that their
recent progress will continue. While every
second American household incurs install-
ment debt regularly and thus draws on
tomorrow’s resources to finance today’s
purchases, the same is true of only one in
ten German households.

The volume is divided into thirteen
chapters. Following an explanation of the
initial major hypothesis about dynamic

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

forms of adaptation to changed conditions,
discussions deal with the similarity of the
economic environment in the U.S. and West-
ern Europe; differences in sociological back-
ground; and differences in personal financial
expectations. Subsequent chapters examine
the influence of expectations and aspirations
on consumer expenditures and on the busi-
ness cycle; differences in the rate of saving
and in purchasing behavior; and differences
in choices of work or leisure and in edu-
cational attainment and aspirations. The
final chapters present profiles of consumer
culture for each country studies and discuss
the beneficial as well as adverse conse-
quences of dynamic adaptation or its
absence.

George Katona is Program Director, Sur-

vey Research Center, Institute for Social

Research, and Professor of Economics and
of Psychology at the University of Michigan;
Burkhard Strumpel is Associate Professor of
Economics at the University of Michigan and

| Senior Study Director of the Institute for
|. Social Research; and Ernest Zahn is present-

ly Professor of Economic Sociology at the

| University of Amsterdam, Holland.

Industrial Electronics: For Technicians and Techni-
cian Engineers by N.M. Morris, Principal Lecturer
in Electrical and Electronic Engineering, North
Staffordshire Polytechnic, England. (Technical
Education Series) 376 pages; 197 illustrations; 6 x
9; McGraw-Hill; $12.50.

Mr. Morris provides both detailed and

|| simplified analyses of the operation of
| electronic devices and circuits. First publish-

ed in England and now in the United States,
this useful volume includes many worked
examples and problems. It deals with basic
devices and their characteristics in the first

five chapters. Individual sections discuss
_ thermionic values; gas-filled and vapor-filled
valves; semiconductor devices; transistors;
| and photo-lectric devices. The remaining

eight chapters are devoted to circuits and

|) J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

their applications, including switching cir-
cuits. These chapters examine such topics as
power convertors and filter circuits; ampli-
fiers; feedback amplifier theory; feedback
amplifier circuits and oscillators; electronic
measuring instruments; and regulated power
supplies.

N.M. Morris is principal lecturer in electri-
cal and electronic engineering at North
Staffordshire Polytechnic in England.

Numerical Control Users’ Handbook, edited by
W.H.P. Leslie, Head of Numerical Control Division,
National Engineering Laboratory, East Kilbride,
England. 482 pages; 233 illustrations; 6 x 9;
McGraw-Hill; $25.00.

Providing an up-to-date account of recent
developments in the field, this volume shows
how to specify, select, buy, and test numeri-
cal control equipment. Published first in
England and now in the United States, this
authoritative volume also describes how to
estimate the expected economic return; how
to introduce numerical control into a
factory; and how to oversee the correct use
of the equipment.

Emphasis is given to the German pro-
grams EXAPT 1 for drilling and EXAPT 2
for turning; the British NEL programs for
milling, drilling, and turning; and the Ameri-
can APT program for multi-axes machining.
Proposed standards for numerical control
language are examined, and standards for
control tapes and ISO standards for numeri-
cal control machines are investigated. Dis-
cussions are included on such recent deve-
lopments as direct punching of control tapes
from drawings and the Post Processor and its
connection to processors and programs. With
individual chapters contributed by experts
from the United States, Great Britain, and
Germany, this valuable reference work offers
the reader authoritative information on how
to increase the efficiency of a numerical
control installation, and glossary defines and
explains the specialized terms which pertain
to numerical control.

a3

Handbook of Materials and Processes for Electron-
ics edited by Charles A. Harper, Westinghouse
Electric Corporation. 1,294 pages plus index; 803
illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $33.50.

Harper’s book is a compilation of basic
principles, application guidelines, and exten-
sive data on the whole range of materials and
processes used in the electronic and electri
cal industries. This comprehensive volume
provides basic guidance information for any-
one engaged in the design, development,
assembly, production, or related activities of
the discipline.

The scope of the reference work is very
broad, but the presentation in each subject
area is thorough and detailed with extensive
tabular and graphical data. Recent advances
and technologies are covered, including such
subjects as the newer plastics, semicon-
ductors, thin films, thick films, advanced
metals joining, photofabrication, and space
materials. More standard materials and pro-
cesses are covered with equal thoroughness.
This valuable handbook offers complete
coverage of the electrical, mechanical, and
physical properties of all materials used in
the industry, and in special instances, the
chemical, magnetic, and other properties are
also considered.

With fifteen chapters contributed by
twenty-one different experts in the various
fields, this volume investigates plastics for
electronics in the initial chapter written by
the editor. The next several chapters exa-
mine laminates, reinforced plastics and com-
posite structures; elastomers; wires and
cables; organic coatings; and ceramics,
glasses, and micas. Subsequent chapters deal
with semiconductor materials; - ferrous
metals; nonferrous metals; and metallic and
chemical finishes on metals and noncon-
ductors. After separate chapters on thin
films and thick films, the concluding chap-
ters discuss metals joining of electronic
circuitry; photofabrication; and materials for
the space environment. Numerous illustra-
tions provide extensive information in the
form of diagrams, charts, photographs, and
graphs.

Charles A. Harper has worked in the areas of
electronic and electrical materials and pro-

34

cesses and in electronic packaging for the
past twenty years. He has served as a
technical advisor to “Electronic Packaging
and Production Journal” and to the National
Electronic Packaging Conference. He has
written approximately 100 articles for tech-
nical journals, books, and encyclopedias.

Managing Computer System Projects by John C.
Shaw and William Atkins, Touche Ross & Co. (The
Touche Ross Management Series) 271 pages plus
index; 135 illustrations; 6-5/8 x 9; McGraw-Hill;
$16.50.

Shaw and Atkins provide a complete
working outline for a practical, proven,
project approach to system planning, deve-
lopment, and implementation. This compre-
hensive book offers a methodology which
applies proven project management techni-
ques to the data processing and information
systems area.

In the preface of the book, the authors
write, “At the beginning of the decade of
the sixties, computers were technological
marvels which held management people in
awe. By the end of the decade, technology
was being formalized for controlling and
applying computers as workaday manage-
ment tools. Profitable application of this
technology, then, carried forward as a major
management challenge of the seventies.” In
this useful volume, the authors present a
guide for the successful appl ication of
profitable EDP systems by middle-to-top
level managers.

The authors stipulate that computer
systems may be managed by the same
principles and methods used successfully in
other areas in a business or governmental
organization. The project management tech-
nique is shown to be universal — whether the
objective is to introduce a new model
automobile, to elect a political candidate, or
to create a workable computer system. The
methodology that has evolved for applying
project management techniques to computer
systems is described thoroughly in non-tech-
nical, management-oriented language.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

The book is divided into sixteen chapters.
The first chapter describes the need for
disciplined management of computer system
development. The second chapter gives an
overview of the methodology to be discussed
in the following chapters. The remaining
chapters describe the system development
process in chronological sequence — be-
ginning with the initial investigation and
covering such aspects as system require-
ments, technical requirements, implementa-
tion planning, programming, conversion, and
maintenance requirements. Numerous il-
lustrations are provided which show the
procedural flow charts and working control
or reporting forms needed in the technology.

John C. Shaw is a partner and William
_ Atkins a principal in the Management Serv-

a ices Division of Touche Ross & Co.

Engineering Mathematics Handbook: Definitions—
Theorems—Formulas—Tables by Jan J. Tuma,
Ph.D., Engineering Consultant, Boulder, Colorado.
326 pages plus index; 260 illustrations; 7 x 10;
McGraw-Hill; $9.95.

Tuma’s book offers simple, easy-to-grasp
fundamentals, and progresses from algebra
and geometry through such advanced topics
as Laplace transforms and numerical
methods. This useful reference work pro-
vides a layout which consists of facing
spreads that constitute complete conceptual
as well as visual units.

A unique pictorial dictionary of engineer-
ing mathematics, this volume presents an
elaborate catalog of differential equations,
an extensive set of graphs of analytical

| functions, and a complete set of trigonome-

tric and hyperbolic identities. Other special
features of the book include a schematic
presentation of computational methods,
_tables of integrals in index form, and a
| presentation of Fourier Series and Laplace
"| Transforms in group sequences.

A concise summary in one volume of the

| major tools of engineering mathematics, this

_ practical book will be a helpful desk-top

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

reference for engineers, scientists, and archi-
tects. Functional two-color printing has been
used throughout the book in order to
emphasize the significant features of the text
and illustrations.

The book is divided into twenty chapters
which are grouped into five main parts. The
first part covers algebra, plane and solid
geometry, trigonometry, analytic geometry
and elementary functions with the major
emphasis placed on topics which frequently
occur in the solution of physical problems.
The second part presents differential calcu-
lus, infinite series, integral calculus, vectors,
complex variables, Fourier Series and special
functions, and their applications encounter-
ed in the applied sciences and engineering
analysis. The third section is an extensive
summary of special cases of ordinary and
partial differential equations and related
topics. The fourth part gives a summary of
the terminology and major formulas of
numerical methods, probability, and
statistics, and presents related tables of
numerical coefficients. The final section
provides more than 720 cases of indefinite
integrals and their solutions, indexed in 80
tables. Appendices provide a compilation of
Tables of Numerical Values of the most
important functions.

Jan J. Tuma was professor and head of
the School of Civil Engineering at Oklahoma
State University for many years.

Mechanical Estimating Guidebook, 4th edition, by
John Gladstone, President, Technical Guide Pub-
lications. 301 pages plus index; 70 illustrations; 7%
x 9%; McGraw-Hill; $14.95.

The fourth edition of John Gladstone’s
book is completely up-dated and consider-
ably expanded over prior editions. This
practical reference work is a comprehensive
discussion of the methods and procedures
for estimating costs for a variety of mechani-
cal equipment in many different types of
installations.

35

This new edition covers the recent ad-
vances in the field, including such diverse
aspects as fiberglass duct systems, testing
and balancing, the latest technological ad-
vances in thermal insulation, and start-up
systems. The presentation of standard esti-
mating data and standard design is accom-
panied by concise illustrations, including
tables of correction factors and rapid check
data, diagrams, charts, and photographs. An
important change from the previous editions
is the conversion from dollar units to man-
hour units in expressing labor costs. The
requirements of the air conditioning and
heating industry have been emphasized.

The guidebook first discusses estimating
criteria and offers material on correction
factors caused by weather conditions, area
conditions, general and task conditions. The
second chapter deals with check data and
include seven tables and seventeen figures of
rapid check data. The following chapters
provide complete and detailed information
on estimating costs for the erection of a
variety of mechanical equipment. Individual
chapters examine such topics as mechanical
cooling equipment, mechanical heating
equipment, pumps, cooling towers, tanks,
piping, ductwork, insulation, and electrical
wiring. These chapters are followed by units,
not appearing in the earlier editions, on air
balancing and systems testing and fastenings.
Other chapters investigate foundations and
supports, excavating and trenching, rigging,
painting, tools and special equipment, and
air recovery. The final two chapters describe
miscellaneous construction items and resi-
dential systems.

John Gladstone has more than thirty
years experience in the mechanical estimat-
ing fields, both as a practitioner and edu-
cator and is a former chairman of the
Examinations Committee of the Dade
County Mechanical Examination Board.

Power System Operation by Robert H. Miller,
Assistant Manager of Power Control, Pacific Gas
and Electric Company, San Francisco, California.
Prepared under the auspices of the Western

36

Systems Coordinating Council. 173 pages plus
index; 107 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $9.95.

Emphasizing the behavior of power
systems rather than electrical machinery
characteristics, Miller’s volume provides a
basis for the understanding of such systems
by power system dispatchers, engineers, and
station operators. It stresses interconnected
power system operation, including the con-
trol of energy flow, economic operation,
accounting for energy, reliability, and stabili-
ty.

A minimum of mathematics is used in
this practical volume, and where math-
ematics is needed, it is developed in ap-
pendix sections so that the book can be
easily used for self-study. The author’s pur-
pose has been to provide information for
operating personnel who need to understand
better the requirements for safe and econo-
mic operation of power systems. Relatively
little mathematics has been used in discuss-
ing such topics as economic loading of
generating sources, telemetry as applied to
power systems, and power system control.

The volume starts with a discussion of
basic principles, including a sufficient analy-
sis of fundamental circuit theory necessary
to understand power system behavior. The
next several chapters investigate transfer of
energy in power systems, var flows, econo-
mic operation of power systems, and power
system control. Subsequent sections exa-
mine energy accounting in interconnected
Operations, telemetering methods, system
reliability factors, power system protection
and stability, and EHV operation. Ap-
pendices develop the necessary mathematics
used in the body of the book; describe the
basis for revolving fields in multi-phase ac
system; and discuss the control of power
flow by means of phase-shifting trans-
formers.

Robert H. Miller has been concerned with
the development of a computerized manage-
ment information system, the long-range
optimization of energy sources, and the
application of modern computer technology
to the forecasting of energy potential from
precipitation.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

De Laval Engineering Handbook, 3rd edition,
edited by Hans Gartmann. Compiled by the engi-
neering staff of De Laval Turbine, Inc. (McGraw-
Hill Handbook Series) 424 pages plus index; 310
illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $12.50.

An engineering data book dealing with
turbines, pumps, engines, compressors, gears,
condensors, and filters, the third edition of
this handbook represents the accumulated
knowledge of the De Laval engineering staff
working under the editorship of Hans
Gartmann. This authoritative book has
proved widely useful in the prior editions for
design engineers and other engineers working
with a variety of industrial installations.

Offering a thorough description of the
design, performance, and application of in-
dustrial machinery, this comprehensive re-
ference work is a practical treatment, using
simple technical terms and written in easy-
to-understand language. Previously available
only from De Laval, this new edition reflects
the latest standards and codes in the field
and uses illustrations which depict current

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

usage and the most modern equipment.
Coverage is provided on computerized data
processing for testing and instrumentation.

The Handbook first provides a concise
compilation of the mathematical data and
conversion tables useful to the designer and
engineer. The following chapters discuss
mechanical and physical data, fluids engi-
neering data, and basic engineering concepts.
Subsequent chapters deal with prime
movers, energy-conversion machines, and
power transmission. These chapters are fol-
lowed by examinations of steam condensors
and filtration systems. The final section
investigates testing and instrumentation, and
includes full references to the applicable test
codes.

Presently a consulting engineer in private
practice, Mr. Gartmann also has experience
as Project Engineer on a research and deve-
lopment program for the Department of
Water Resources, State of California. He is a
registered professional engineer and is a
member of several professional organi-
zations.

37

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

SIX SCIENTISTS RECEIVE ACADEMY’S ANNUAL AWARDS

Awards for outstanding scientific achieve-
ment were conferred upon five research
scientists and one science teacher at the
annual awards dinner meeting of the Acade-
my on March 18 at the Cosmos Club.

The research investigators honored were
Glenn W. Patterson of the University of
Maryland in the biological sciences, Thomas
C. Farrar of the National Bureau of Stand-
ards and Edwin D. Becker of the National
Institutes of Health in the physical sciences,
Robert L. Dedrick of the National Institutes
of Health in the engineering sciences, and
Alan J. Goldman of the National Bureau of
Standards in mathematics.

The science teacher honored was William
Dunkum of the Alexandria City Public
Schools.

Award winners were introduced by
Robert W. Krauss, Head of the Department
of Botany, University of Maryland; John D.
Hoffman, Director of the Institute for
Materials Research, National Bureau of
Standards; Lester Goodman, Chief of the
Biomedical Engineering and Instrumentation
Branch of the Division of Research Services,
National Institutes of Health; Ernest
Ambler, Director of the Institute for Basic
Standards, National Bureau of Standards;
and Richard B. Hills, Director of the Depart-
ment of Instruction, Alexandria City Public
Schools.

The Academy’s awards program was
initiated in 1939 to recognize young scien-
tists of the area for “noteworthy discovery,
accomplishment, or publication” in the
biological, physical, and engineering
sciences. An award for outstanding teaching
was added in 1955, and another for mathe-
matics in 1959, Except in teaching, where

38

no age limit is set, candidates for awards
must be under 40. Previous award winners
are listed at the end of this article.

Biological Sciences

Glen W. Patterson was cited “for distin-
guished research in biochemistry of lipids
and sterol synthesis in plants”. Dr.
Patterson, an associate professor in the
Department of Botany at the University of
Maryland, has made major contributions to

Glenn W. Patterson

the knowledge of plant physiology and
biochemistry, particularly in the lipid
metabolism of algae. His publications in-

clude research studies on the production ofa |
variety of sterols, hydrocarbons and fatty |

acids by Chlorella and other algae using gas
and column chromatography, infrared and
mass spectrometry, and other highly sensi-

Se ee ee ee ee ee

tive analytical methods. Since plant sterols |
are known to have an effect on animal ©

metabolism, and since algae such as Chlorella

are being considered as future sources of |
food, Dr. Patterson has been enthusiastic —
about the determination of the sterol com- —

position of algae. He has identified the

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

sterols of unicellular Chlorella to be sterols
with beta-oriented alkyl groups at C-24,
which is a different system from the alpha-
oriented group commonly found in higher
plants. He has identified for the first time in
plants the occurrence of poriferasterol,
22-dihydrobrassicasterol, and clionasterol.
The isolation of 22-dihydrobrassicasterol has
been accomplished for the first time from
any biological source. He has found a unique
role that fucosterol has in the biosynthetic
pathway of plant structures.

In addition to ambitious research pro-
gram concerned with plant sterols, Dr.
Patterson has shown that the hydrocarbon
composition of algae is more extensive than
| previously was thought. He has identified a
| series of saturated n-paraffins ranging from
| 17 to 36 carbon atoms in length in Chlorella,
showing for the first time the wide range of
synthetic capabilities of these organisms. His
research work has not only been significant
in terms of basic biochemistry, but is adding
to the fund of knowledge concerning the
usefulness of algae as a source of food for
the world’s expanding population.

Dr. Patterson was born March 9, 1938, in
Rowan County, North Carolina. He received
his B.S. degree from North Carolina Univer-
sity in 1960, his M.S. from the University of
Maryland in 1963, and his Ph.D. there in
1964. In 1964 he was selected from among
60 graduate students to receive the Carrol E.
Cox Graduate Student Award for excellence.
He advanced from teaching assistant, re-
search assistant to research fellow at the
University of Maryland from 1960-1964,
was Assistant Professor in the Department of
Botany from 1964-1969 and Associate Pro-
fessor from 1969. He is a member of Sigma
Xi, AIBS, Phycological Society of America,
American Chemical Society, American
Society of Plant Physiologists, American Oil
Chemists Society, and the Washington
Academy of Sciences.

Physical Sciences

Thomas C. Farrar and Edwin D. Becker
were cited “for distinguished research in
_ molecular spectroscopy and driven equilibri-
um Fourier transform” on the basis of their

)) J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

development of the underlying theory of
driven equilibrium Fourier transform nuclear
magnetic resonance and the construction of
apparatus to carry out the application of this
theory. This new technique permits an in-
crease of more than a factor of 100 in the
speed with which nuclear magnetic
resonance spectra can be obtained. This
increased speed permits the use of signal
averaging techniques to study weak spectra
not previously detectable in particular cir-
cumstances. The ability to see and measure
these weak spectra opens a whole field of
chemical studies, including the very impor-
tant area of molecular dynamics and
biological materials studies through the
spectra of carbon-13.

Thomas C. Farrar Edwin D. Becker

The collaboration of Farrar and Becker
has resulted in the establishment of an
NBS-NIH inter-agency research program on
the structure and dynamics of biological
materials. The fourier transform technique
for measuring nuclear magnetic resonance
consists of applying a radio frequency pulse
to a sample, measuring as a function of time
the free induction signal resulting from the
nuclear spins in the sample, and performing a
Fourier transformation on the signal to
provide a high-resolution spectrum. Appli-
cation of this technique to nuclei with long
spin-lattice relaxation times has _ been
hampered by the fact that these nuclei do
not quickly return to equilibrium magneti-
zation after a pulse is applied; and a second
pulse cannot be applied until magnetization
is restored. Therefore, accumulation of
spectral information is limited to that short
interval of time when the nuclei are in

39

equilibrium magnetization and before the
free induction signal attenuates.

The driven equilibrium Fourier transform
(DEFT) method permits rapid pulse rates by
forcing the nuclei back to equilibrium mag-
netization with virtually no attenuation of
the signal. A 180° refocussing pulse is
applied at time T immediately after decay of
the initial signal. Because decay of the signal
due to field inhomogeneity is largely reversi-
ble, at time 2 Y the refocussing causes an
“echo” — two signals back to back. In the
DEFT method, precisely at the peak of echo
when the nuclei are again in phase, a 90°
pulse is applied restoring magnetization.

The work of Farrar and Becker consti-
tutes a distinct advance in nuclear magnetic
resonance spectroscopy, which should be of
great help in biochemistry and related fields
as well as in materials research.

Dr. Farrar of the Inorganic Materials
Division, Institute for Materials Research,
National Bureau of Standards, was born in
Independence, Kansas, January 14, 1933.
After receiving his Bachelor’s degree from
Wichita State University in 1954 and his
Ph.D. from the University of Illinois in
1959, Dr. Farrar spent the years 1959-61 in
residence at Cambridge University on a
National Science Foundation Postdoctoral
Fellowship. After a period of academic work
as Assistant Professor at the University of
Oregon, Dr. Farrar came to the National
Bureau of Standards in 1963. In recognition
of his efforts in research in NMR spectros-
copy, Dr. Farrar was awarded the Depart-
ment of Commerce Silver Medal in October
of 1970:

Dr. Becker of the National Institutes of
Health hails from Columbia, Pennsylvania
where he was born on May 3, 1930. His
undergraduate work was done at the Univer-
sity of Rochester and in 1955 he received a
Ph.D. degree from the University of Cali-
fornia at Berkeley. Since that time he has
been employed by the National Institutes of
Health and became Chief of the Section on
Molecular Biophysics in 1961. Dr. Becker
was awarded the Coblentz Memorial Prize in
Infrared Spectroscopy for 1966 and serves
on the Editorial Boards of the Journal of

40

Magnetic Resonance, Nuclear Magnetic
Resonance Abstracts, and the Raman News-
letter. Dr. Becker is the author of a book
entitled “High Resolution Nuclear Magnetic
Resonance: Theory and Chemical Appli-
cations,” Academic Press, Inc., New York,
1969.

Engineering Sciences

Robert L. Dedrick was cited “for appli-
cation of chemical engineering to problems
in medicine and biology” at the National
Institutes of Health. His application of the
principles and techniques of engineering
have helped to break long-standing barriers
in the medical and biological fields. His

Robert L. Dedrick

pioneering analytical and experimental work
in the area of artificial organs has established
new concepts which are accepted as author-
itative by scientists and clinical practitioners
concerned with cardiovascular and renal
system prostheses. Of even more funda-
mental significance is his innovative use of
mathematical analysis applied to drug distri-
bution in the body. He has been successful
in founding a conceptual and operational
base which promises to replace the tradition-
al empirical methods of pharmacological
therapy with a rationally derived, potentially
optimizable protocol for treatment of di-
seases with drugs. In particular, his techni-
ques stand to markedly improve the safety,
reliability, and effectiveness of the means by
which medical practitioners can treat cases
of poisoning, renal insufficiency, leukemia
and a variety of other serious disorders. The
nature of his work, and key to success, has
been engineering in character — an approach

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

a

oe —— Se ———

that uses and extends engineering practice to
solve difficult problems in the context of the

living system.

Dr. Dedrick is Chief of the Chemical

_ Engineering Section with the objectives of

(1) providing consultative and collaborative
support to the clinical and biomedical re-
search programs at the National Institutes of
Health in such chemical engineering topics as
instrumentation, kinetics, thermodynamics,

transport phenomena, and materials; (2)

relating chemical engineering to medical
problems; (3) providing communication

| between the National Institutes of Health

and the extramural community, including
academia, industry, and government.

He and his group are actively involved in

a number of National Institutes of Health

Intramural research and development pro-
grams. Major program areas include: (1)
Simulation of physiological systems, (2)
Biomaterials, (3) Artificial organs, and (4)
Biochemical engineering. Specific collabora-
tive activities have included: pharma-
cokinetics of antineoplastic drugs; drug and
metabolite distribution during hemodialysis;

| experimental dialysis to study chloride trans-

port in brain; adaptation and evaluation of
segmented polyurethane for biomedical uses;
mechanism of thrombus formation; pro-
duction of platelet-deficient animals; ultra-
filtration rate in artificial kidney under
clinical conditions; investigation of methods
to make plaster casts more durable; develop-
ment of methods to fabricate transparent
calvariums for study of impact and whiplash,
and adaptation to studies such an unilateral
perfusion and direct mechanical injury to
cortex; development of _nonthrombogenic
surfaces; fixed bed processes for blood per-
fusion; device for study of bacterial
nutrition; study of insolubilized urease for
hydrolysis of large quantities of urea in
solution of trimers and tetramers of nucleic
acids.

Dr. Dedrick was born in Madison, Wiscon-

fesin on January 12, 1933. He received the
_ B.E. degree (with highest honors) from Yale
| University in 1956, the M.S.E. degree from
| the University of Michigan in 1957 and the

Ph.D. from the University of Maryland in

}|. J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

1964. He was employed by E.I. duPont prior
to service in the United States Air Force. He
then joined the faculty of George Washing-
ton University and, in 1966, went to the
National Institutes of Health where he is
now Chief of the Chemical Engineering
Section. He is a member of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science;
American Chemical Society, American Insti-
tute of Chemical Engineers, American
Society for Artificial Internal Organs, Ameri-
can Society for Engineering Education, and
The Philosophical Society of Washington.

Mathematics

Alan J. Goldman was cited “for funda-
mental research in the mathematics of
operations research’’. Dr. Goldman is respon-
sible for the development and application of
mathematical techniques to broad problems
of economics and technological significance
arising in the Department of Commerce, and
other government agencies such as the De-
partment of Transportation, the Federal
Aviation Administration and the Depart-
ment of Housing and Urban Development.

Alan J. Goldman

He serves in a dual capacity — Deputy Chief
of the National Bureau of Standards, Ap-
plied Mathematics Division and as Chief of
its Operations Research Section, and in
addition he functions as a research mathe-
matician, conducting investigations in math-
ematics and computation, with emphasis on
fundamental and applied research in the
field of mathematical optimization.

His mathematical interests range widely,
including for example, combinatorial analy-

41

sis, mathematical programming, stochastic
processes, and network theory. His research
activities are reported in some 35 papers of
which he is author or coauthor. He is active
in the affairs of the Washington Operations
Research Council. He serves as vice-chairman
of the Cost Effectiveness Section of the
Operations Research Society of America,
and Associate Editor of the society’s Journal
of Transportation Science. He also assists
ORSA by serving on its Lanchester Prize
Selection Committee.

A very significant contribution by Dr.
Goldman is his stimulation of young mathe-
maticians by a combination of counsel,
encouragement, the example of his own
research, and the opportunity of joint re-
search with him. To marked degree he is an
inspiring leader and teacher as well as effec-
tive science administrator and _ research
worker.

Dr. Goldman was born in New York, New
York on March 2, 1932. He received his
Bachelor of Arts degree from Brooklyn
College in New York in 1952. From Prince-
ton University he received the Master of Arts
degree in 1954 and his Ph.D. in 1956. He
came to the National Bureau of Standards as
a research mathematician in 1956, where he
has served as Chief of the Operations Re-
search Section since 1962 and Deputy Chief
of the Applied Mathematics Division since
1966. He was awarded the Department of
Commerce Silver Medal for Meritorious Serv-
ice in 1967. He is a member of the American
Mathematical Society, Mathematical Associ-
ation of America, Operations Research
Society of America, Society for Industrial
and Applied Mathematics and Washington
Operations Research Council.

Teaching of Science

William W. Dunkum was cited “for out-
standing service to mathematics students and
teachers of Alexandria”. Mr. Dunkum is
recognized for having done a remarkable job
not only in the teaching of mathematics and
science but also in developing an outstanding
mathematics curriculum for the secondary
schools of Alexandria. He singularly is
credited as perhaps most responsible for

42

getting the best innovations in mathematics
of any division in the Commonwealth of
Virginia.

William W. Dunkum

Mr. Dunkum was born in Louisville,
Kentucky on March 21, 1942. His edu-
cational background has included a variety
of schools. After attending high school in
the Philippines he graduated cum laude from
St. John’s College, Annapolis, Maryland in
1964. Following this he studied in both the
Law School and the Graduate School of
Education of the University of Virginia and
received a M. Ed. degree in 1966. He later
was a Shell Merit Fellow at Cornell Univer-
sity and now has a National Science Founda-
tion Grant for Graduate Study at American
University.

Mr. Dunkum’s professional experience
has included instructing in mathematics in
the American School in Manila, teaching
mathematics and later physics in high
schools of the Alexandria City Public
Schools system, and serving as Instructor
and Curriculum Consultant in Card-Kit
Fortran at Control Data _ Institute,
Arlington, Virginia. He is at present Curricu-
lum Coordinator for Mathematics and
Science in the Alexandria City Public
Schools. Mr. Dunkum is active in numerous
professional organizations, has been Presi-
dent of the Virginia Independent Science
Teacher’s Association and is author of a
number of publications relating to the teach-
ing of science. In 1970 he was named
“Outstanding Young Educator’ by both the
Alexandria and Virginia Junior Chambers of
Commerce.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Past Winners of Scientific Achievement Awards

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
1939 Herbert Friedman 1951 Edward W. Baker 1960 Louis S. Baron
1940 No award given 1952 Ernest A. Lachner 1961 Robert W. Krauss
1941 G. Arthur Cooper 1953 Bernard L. Horecker 1962 Marshall W. Nirenberg

1942

Robert S. Campbell

1954

Leon Jacobs

1963

Brian J. McCarthy

1943 Jason R. Swallen 1955 Clifford Evans 1964 Bruce N. Ames
1944 Norman H. Topping Betty J. Meggers 1965 Gordon M. Tomkins
1945 Henry K. Townes Robert Traub 1966 James L. Hilton
1946 Waldo R. Wedel 1956 Earl Reese Stadtman 1967 Marie M. Cassidy

1947
1948
1949

No award given
Robert J. Huebner
Edward G. Hampp

1957
1958

Maurice R. Hilleman
Ellis T. Bolton
H. George Mandel

1968
1969

Charles S. Tidball
Janet W. Hartley
Maxine F. Singer

1950 David H. Dunkle 1959 Dwight W. Taylor
ENGINEERING SCIENCES
1939 Paul A. Smith 1950 Samuel Levy 1960 Romald E. Bowles

1940 Harry Diamond 1951 Max A. Kohler 1961 Rodney E. Grantham
1941 Theodore R. Gilliland 1952 William R. Campbell 1962 Lindell E. Steele
1942 Walter Ramberg 1953 Robert L. Henry 1963 Gordon L. Dugger
1943 Lloyd V. Berkner 1954 W.S. Pellini 1964 Thorndike Saville, Jr.
1944 Galen B. Schubauer 1955 Arthur E. Bonney 1965 Ronald E. Walker
1945 Kenneth L. Sherman 1956 M.L. Greenough 1966 Henry H. Plotkin
1946 Martin A. Mason 1957 Joseph Weber 1967 Robert D. Cutkosky
1947 Harry W. Wells 1958 San-fu Shen 1968 Charles R. Gunn

1948 Maxwell K. Goldstein 1959 Harvey R. Chaplin, Jr. 1969 Thomas E. McGunigal

1949 Richard K. Cook

PHYSICAL SCIENCES
1939 Wilmot H. Bradley 1952 Harold Lyons 1961 John Hoffman
1940 Ferdinand G. Brickwedde 1953 John R. Pellam 1962 Edward A. Mason
1941 Sterling B. Hendricks 1954 Samual N. Foner 1963 George A. Snow
1942 Milton Harris 1955 Terrell Leslie Hill 1964 James W. Butler
1943 Lawrence A. Wood 1956 Elias Burstein 1965 Albert L. Schindler
1944 George A. Gamow 1957 Ernest Ambler Robert P. Madden
1945 Robert Simha Raymond Hayward Keith Codling
1946 G.W. Irving, Jr. Dale Hoppes 1966 Robert W. Zwanzig
1947 Robert D. Huntoon Ralph P. Hudson 1967 Charles W. Misner
1948 J. A. Van Allen 1958 Lewis M. Branscomb 1968 Marilyn E. Jacox
1949 John A. Hipple Meyer Rubin Dolphus E. Milligan
1950 Philip H. Abelson 1959 AlanC. Kolb 1969 W. Kent Ford, Jr.
1951 Milton S. Schechter 1960 Richard A. Ferrell

MATHEMATICS

1967
1968
1969

1959
1960
1961
1962
1963

1964 David W. Fox

1965 Joan R. Rosenblatt

1966 George H. Weiss
Marvin Zelen

Geoffrey S.S. Ludford
Philip J. Davis
Lawrence E. Payne
Bruce L. Reinhart
James H. Bramble

Leon Greenberg
Joseph Auslander
William W. Adams

TEACHING OF SCIENCE

1961 Ralph D. Myers
Charles R. Naeser
1962 Francis J. Heyden, S.J.
1963 Frank T. Davenport
George M. Koehl
Leo Schubert
1964 Donald F. Brandewie
Herman R. Branson

1955 1965
1956
957
1958

£959

Irving Lindsay
Stephen H. Schot
Martha L. Walsh
Raymond A. Galloway
Kelso B. Morris

John Fowler

Helen N. Cooper
Phoebe H. Knipling
Dale E. Gerster
Carol V. McCammon
Betty Schaaf

Helen Garstens

Karl F. Herzfeld
Pauline Diamond

1966
1967
1968
1969
1960

TEACHING OF SCIENCE SPECIAL AWARDS

1951 Howard B. Owens 1952 Keith C. Johnson

|). WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 43

BOARD OF MANAGERS MEETING NOTES

November, 1970

The 610th meeting of the Board of
Managers of the Washington Academy of
Sciences was called to order at 5:02 p.m. by
President Forziati in the New South Faculty
Lounge at Georgetown University.

Minutes of the previous meeting were
considered and the attendance record was
corrected to show that R.P. Farrow, Samuel
B. Detwiler, Jr. and Cyril J. Galvin, Jr. were
present and that the name of Mr. Galvin’s
guest, Carl H. Gaum was misspelled. On a
motion by Mr. Detwiler seconded by Mr.
Winkler the minutes as corrected were ac-
cepted by voice vote.

Dr. William J. Youden representing the
Chairman of the nominating committee read
the following nominees resulting from the
meeting of that committee on October 22,
1970:

President-elect: Richard K. Cook
Secretary: Grover C. Sherlin
Treasurer: John G. Honig

Managers-at-Large:
George Abraham
George W. Irving, Jr.
John Menkart
Alfred M. Pommer

This information had been mailed to the
members of the Academy on November 18,
1970. Independent nominations were invited
with the stipulation that such nominations
be received by the Secretary before
December 1, 1970.

On the second reading of candidates for
Fellow of the Academy, namely; Hermann J.
Donnert, Elizabeth M. Hewston, Gilbert
Tolhurst, Judith Hancock, and Elaine
Shafrin, it was moved by George Abraham
and seconded by Samuel Detwiler that the
candidates be accepted and by voice vote all
were duly accepted.

President Forziati called attention to the
Van Evera Memorial Fund. The details ap-
pear on Page 8 of the Journal for September,
1970. Each person present was encouraged
to send a contribution to George Washington

44

University identified as being for the Van
Evera Memorial Fund.

Executive Committee. — President
Forziati related his personal efforts to obtain
Jacques Cousteau as speaker for the De-
cember meeting. Because of uncertain
previous commitment, the program cannot
be set until after November 30, 1970.

For the meeting of January 21 Dr.
Forziati passed around copies of a tentative
program “Lead in Gasoline, Good or Bad” is
the title for this Science and Environment
Symposium sponsored by the Washington

Academy of Sciences and the American —

Ordnance Association at Georgetown Uni-
versity.

.
1

;

Committee Reports.— Dr. Kurt Stern |

chairman for Policy and Planning Committee |
invited suggestions from the board members

for work for his committee to do.

Dr. John Honig, reporting for the Meeting
Committee, outlined the plans for meetings |

of February through May, the plan for |

February being a panel session concerned
with a discussion on the evaluation of
government laboratories. Awards for
Scientific Achievement will be presented at
the March meeting and Dr. George Dickson
is in charge of the committee making the
selections. Dr. Dickson stated that he had
received no nominations yet but urged all
affiliated Societies to seek within the

Societies for deserving members and to |

;
;
i
t

present nominations.

For the Grants Aid Committee Dr. |

Sarvella announced that

|

7 ee

<a

$330 had been’

4
’

i
.

5

received from the AAAS to reimburse a}
grant authorized by the Academy to Ameri- |
can University in January. An amount of/
$602 remains available until December 31,’

become available on January 1, 1971.

1970 and an additional amount of $637 will |

i

Dr. Sarvella also reported for the Joint’

Board to the effect that a Junior Achieve-)
ment Program to work with inner city’

students had been undertaken and that work |
on the new issue of the blue book directory)
was underway. In reply to a question of Mr./

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971)

| Winkler’s she stated that the paper needed
| by the Societies to publicize the JBSE was in
preparation.
_ Dr. Nelson W. Rupp inquired about the
brochure authorized last spring that would
help inform interested persons about the
Academy. Several persons contributed com-
“ments which were essentially that extra
copies of the brochure are available from
_ Miss Ostaggi, that Dr. Stern had already
included a copy in a regular mailing of the
‘Electrochemical Society; and that each of
the affiliated Societies was urged to do
| “likewise.
New Business. — In connection with the
'/January meeting and the symposium, Dr.
| Honig initiated a general discussion that
“included ideas about publicity, mailings to
affiliated Societies, registration fees, and
| proceedings. A registration fee of $1.50 for
‘students was considered to be a compromise
‘value that would meet the needs of students
‘and the organizers of the symposium.
On a motion by Dr. Rupp and a second
‘by Mr. Farrow, the Board voted to adjourn.
| At 8:15 p.m. the 552nd meeting of the
‘Academy was held in the same room as was
‘the Board Meeting. This was a joint meeting
‘with the National Capital Section of the
Electrochemical Society. Three speakers
jtalked on aspects of the topic “Fuel Cells:
‘Past, Present, and Future.” Dr. Ernst M.
Cohn, Head, Electrochemical Systems,
\Office of Advanced Research and Technolo-
gy, NASA spoke on “Principles of Fuel Cells
land Space Applications;’ Mr. John H.
Harrison from the Annapolis Division, Naval
Ship R & D Center, Annapolis spoke on
we Applications;’ and Mr. John C.
Orth from the U.S. Army Mobility Equip-
')nent R & D Center, Advanced Development
Branch, Fort Belvoir spoke on “Terrestrial
Applications.”
| Audience interest was maintained
(throughout and several comments heard
‘after the meeting indicated that this had
' been one of the better Academy programs.

|

December, 1970

ie the 611th meeting of the Board of
-\Managers of the Washington Academy of

i i) /. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Sciences was called to order at 5:15 p.m. by
President Forziati in the Board Room of the
Cosmos Club.

Minutes of the 610th meeting were re-
viewed. Following a motion by Dr. R.K.
Cook and a second by Dr. R.L. Miller the
minutes were accepted by a voice vote. Dr.
R.K. Cook, Treasurer, promised a detailed
report together with a proposed budget for
the February meeting.

Dr. A.F. Forziati, President, gave a survey
of the program being developed for the
Symposium “Lead in Gasoline, Good or
Bad” the day-long Academy activity for
January 21, 1971. All but two of the
speakers have been identified. A forth-
coming announcement to the membership
will provide pertinent details including the
price of $15 for full registration. Dr. Weissler
offered a subtitle for the symposium:
““Plumbium in Petro.”

Policy and Planning Committee. — Chair-
man Stern reported that his committee was
looking into the broad problem of finances
in view of the fact that a large expense of
the Academy appeared to be the office
expense. By obtaining additional affiliated
socities to share the expenses, some financial
relief would accrue to the Academy. It was
recommended that Dr. Menkart make a new
survey of the affiliates to develop new uses
of the office services.

Awards Committee. — Chairman Dickson
submitted by mail a proposal for an award
for Science Reporting. There was some
discussion but no action was taken on the
proposal.

New Business. — Mr. G.C. Sherlin, Secre-
tary, offered for consideration by the proper
committee a proposal for evaluation of WAS
fellows for availability and capability to
serve as elected officers. Ina prepared hand-
out the proposal was stated as follows:

Need for action: Compared to the
number of fellows, the number of officers is
quite small—say a ratio of 100:1. Therefore
all fellows cannot become President because
a life span is not great enough. A procedure
is needed to provide the nominating commit-
tee with relevant information to use in
proposing a slate of nominees.

45

Proposal: Following a pattern currently
being established in several large local
societies, it is proposed that starting with the
October 1972 meeting of the nominating
committee the office of treasurer and secre-
tary be considered consecutive steps to the
position of president-elect. This means that
the top position is filled by a fellow who has
learned and earned—learned the detailed
business of the Academy and earned through
service to the Academy the right to the post.

The elected members-at-large would serve
as a committee of six to gather information
(to be submitted to the nominating commit-
tee) as to who desire to serve on committees
to gain recognition for a job well done and
who are available for consideration as mem-
bers-at-large or as treasurer. It is conceivable
that on some occasions (moves, illness,
death, etc.), even a secretary and president-
eiect would need to be nominated.

Spirited discussion followed the proposal.
It was referred to the Policy and Planning
Committee for study.

At 8:15 p.m. in the John Wesley Powell
Auditorium a joint meeting was held with
the Philosophical Society of Washington.
The speaker was Elliot W. Montroll, Univer-
sity of Rochester, and the title of his talk
was “Quantitative Aspects of Social
Phenomena”’.

February, 1971

The 612th meeting of the Board of
Managers of the Washington Academy of
Sciences was called to order at 8:05 p.m. by
President Forziati in the Conference Room
of FASEB.

Dr. Fowells introduced Dr. Robert
Callaham as the delegate to be his replace-
ment on the Board of Managers. Minutes of
the previous meeting had been mailed prior
to the meeting. These were discussed, cor-
rected, and approved or corrected.

Dr. Forziati reported that for the
Symposium “Lead in Gasoline” held in
January, there were 39 advance registrations
and a total of 60 paid registrations. As this
Symposium was held jointly with the Ameri-
can Ordnance Association, that organization
will share half the expense. It is expected

46

that there will be some added cost of |

publishing the June issue of the Journal
since it is anticipated that the issue will carry
papers presented at the Symposium. Three
manuscripts for that issue were in and Dr.
Foote was expecting to receive seven more.

Mr. Samuel Detwiler gave the results of |
the balloting for officers for the coming |
Confirmed for three uncontested —

year.
positions were:
Dr. Richard K. Cook, President-elect
Mr. Grover C. Sherlin, Secretary
Dr. John Honig, Treasurer

With four fellows nominated for the three |
year term of Manager-at-large, Dr. George |
Irving and Mr. George Abraham were identi- |
fied through the selection procedure as the |

winners.
Treasurer. — Following a report by Dr.
Cook, the treasurer, there was some discus-
sion, then after a motion by Dr. Weissler and
a second by Dr. Honig, the report was
accepted by voice vote. Dr. Cook then
presented a proposed budget, which was
discussed and adjusted with the understand-
ing that approval would indicate authority
to spend within the bounds of the budget,
and there was a motion by Mr. Detwiler for
acceptance, a second by Dr. Weissler, and
approval by voice vote. Both reports are
attached to these minutes.
Membership. — Chairman Landis

nations for fellowship. Six candidates were |
processed through the first reading of names.
Those who are confirmed by the voting at |
the next meeting will be listed in the |
minutes of that meeting. |

Meetings. — Dr. Honig reported that the |
program for the April meeting was not yet |
firm but the program for February was set as |
a panel discussion, “Evaluation of Govern- |
ment Laboratories” to be held at George- |
town University.

Awards. — Mr. George Dickson’s report }
was contained in a letter dated January 21,
1971 and addressed to Dr. Forziati. His |
committee recommended the following -
awards: Biological Sciences, Dr. Glenn |
Patterson, University of Maryland; Engineer- |

ing Sciences, Dr. Robert L. Dedrick, Nation- !

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 |

pro- |
vided in absentia a written report of nomi- |

al Institutes of Health; Phisical Sciences, a
joint award, Dr. Edwin D. Becker, National
Institutes of Health, Dr. Thomas C. Farrar,
National Bureau of Standards; Mathematics,
‘Dr. Alan J. Goldman, National Bureau of
‘Standards; Teaching of Science, William
Dunkum, Alexandria City Public Schools.
'Following a motion by Mr. Detwiler and a
second by Dr. Weissler the report was
approved by voice vote.

The 524th Meeting of the Washington
Academy of Sciences was held at George-
town University. Dr. Forziati greeted the
audience and turned the meeting over to Dr.
Honig who presided for a panel discussion of
“Evaluation of Government Laboratories.”
The panelists were: Dr. Peter King, Chief
Scientist, Office of Naval Research; Dr.
Robert Dillaway, Army Material Command;
Dr. Lawrence Kushner, Deputy Director of

National Bureau of Standards. Dr. Kushner
generated strong reaction from the audience
as he stressed his belief in the importance of
obtaining young scientists to fill key
positions in government laboratories having
missions oriented to social problems of the
present time.

New Business. — Dr. Robbins reported on
her trip to the AAAS Annual Meeting in
| Chicago. She felt particular concern over a
new ruling that called for delegates to be
appointed for a three year term. No action
was taken on the report.

SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS

Contributions to this section of your Journal are earnestly solicited. They
should be typed double-spaced and sent to the Editor in care of the Academy

| office by the 10th of the month preceding the issue for which they are
intended,

ee es

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
| Edward F. Knipling, U.S. Department of
Agriculture entomologist known nationally
and internationally as an expert on biologi-
cal control of insects, insect population
dynamics and ecology, and environmental
quality, was named recently as a Science
Adviser to Dr. George W. Irving, Jr., Admini-
strator of USDA’s Agricultural Research
‘Service.

In his new position, Dr. Knipling will
‘analyze current trends in his field, consider
‘new approaches, and evaluate the effective-
‘ness of ARS programs. He has been with
USDA since 1931 and has served as Director
‘of ARS’ Entomology Research Division
since 1953.

Dr. Knipling’s work in developing new
‘methods of fighting insect pests, particularly
the use of atomic energy to sterilize male
'screwworm flies—a method that has resulted

Edward F. Knipling

le
|

J.WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 is

in eradication of screwworms in South-
eastern United States and its virtual dis-
appearance from the Southwest—has earned
him the Hoblitzelle National Award in the
Agricultural Sciences, and the John Scott
Award. The Progressive Farmer named him
“Man of the Year in Southern Agriculture”
in 1959 (one of five so honored), and Ford
Farming magazine presented him with its
Distinguished Service Award in 1961. He has
received USDA’s Distinguished Service
Award and has twice received Outstanding
Performance Ratings. Honorary Doctor of
Science degrees have been awarded by three
universities. In 1966, he received the
Rockefeller Public Service Award for
Science, and the National Medal of Science.

In World War II, he directed research that
led to the development of methods that
protected millions of people, including the
armed forces, from insect-borne diseases,
such as typhus. In recognition, he was
awarded the President’s Medal for Merit, the
King’s Medal for Services in the Cause of
Freedom by the British Government, the
United States of America Typhus Commis-
sion, and a citation from the U.S. Navy.

Dr. Knipling is author and co-author of
more than 169 publications dealing with a
wide range of subjects on entomology. He
was elected to membership in the National
Academy of Sciences and is a Fellow of the
American Academy of Arts and Sciences. He
is also a member of the American Associ-
ation for the Advancement of Science, Ento-
mological Society of America, American
Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygience,
Washington Academy of Sciences, Cosmos
Club, and other societies.

Dr. Knipling was born on a farm in Port
Lavaca, Tex. He received his B.S. from Texas
A&M College, College Station, and his M.S.
and Ph.D. degrees from Iowa State Univer-
sity, Ames. Dr. and Mrs. Kipling live in
Arlington, Va. They are the parents of five
children, all of whom are married.

48

Clarence H. Hoffman has been designated | '
to serve as Acting Director of the Entomolo- } f
gy Research Division pending implementa-_ '
tion of the required procedures for selection |
of a replacement for Dr. Knipling.

Hilda McGrath, Crops Protection Re--
search Branch of the Plant Science Division,
replaced Marie L. Farr on Dr. Irving’s Task | .
Force on Professional Advancement of |
Women in ARS. |

|

KOLLMORGEN CORPORATION

C.S. McCamy joined the Kollmorgen \
Corporation on October 1, 1970 as Director §\;
of Macbeth Research Laboratories. During | h
the past 18 years, Mr. McCamy has been 9)
associated with the National Bureau of )
Standards where he held the post of Chief of | | jy
the Image Optics and Photography Section. | i
Before joining the National Bureau of Stand- | \
ards he taught physics at Clemson University | f
and before that was a member of the faculty jj
of the University of Minnesota where he

taught mathematics.

Calvin S. McCamy

\
J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Mr. McCamy has published many articles
in scientific and technical journals and has
participated in developing numerous nation-
_al and international standards in optics and
' photography. He is a member of the Nation-
al Research Council, the Royal Photographic
- Society, and the American Society of Photo-
‘grammetry, and has been honored as a
Fellow of the Optical Society of America,
Fellow of the Washington Academy of
“Sciences, Fellow and Senior Member of the
Society of Photographic Scientists and Engi-
neers, and recipient of that Society’s Service
Award.

As Director of the Macbeth Research
Laboratories, he will be responsible for
- research to meet the needs of Kollmorgen’s
» Macbeth Color and Photometry Group. The
1 Laboratories are in Newburgh, New York.
: The Companies comprising the Group in-
‘clude the Color Systems Division (with
' plants in Attleboro, Massachusetts and
I Tatamy, Pennsylvania), Laboratoires
| @Etudes et de Realisations d’Equipements
+ Scientifiques (in Arcueil, France), Kollmor-
gen A.G. (in Zug, Switzerland), Macbeth
' Corporation (in Newburgh, New York),
/ Musell Color Company (in Baltimore, Mary-
land), and the Photo Research Corporation
' (in Burbank, California).

' NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH
Margaret Pittman, chief of the Labora-

‘tory of Bacterial Products, Division of
Biologics Standards, retired January 31. Her
'34 years of Government service have been
devoted to research and administration of
research programs on bacterial and allergenic
products.

, An internationally known bacteriologist,
Dr. Pittman has made numerous contri-
butions to concepts and methodology in the

' field of biologics standardization.

She is an authority on Haemophilus
bacteria and pertussis (whooping cough)
vaccine and is credited with having pioneer-

‘ed in the development of sound principles

| for pertussis vaccine standardization.

_ The author of some 70 scientific publi-

‘cations, she has also conducted extensive

‘research on cholera and typhoid vaccines as

' well as tetanus and diphteria toxoids.

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

Dr. Pittman received her A.B. degree,
magna cum laude, from Hendrix College,
and the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from the
University of Chicago.

Prior to joining NIH in 1936, she served
for a year as assistant bacteriologist, New
York State Department of Health, and for 6
years as assistant scientist at the Rockefeller
Institute for Medical Research.

Dr. Pittman was selected to receive one of
the 1970 Federal Woman’s Awards in recog-
nition of her studies on pertussis and other
bacterial diseases, and in 1954 was awarded
an honorary Doctor of Laws degree by
Hendrix College.

Dr. Pittman has participated in numerous
World Health Organization Study Groups
and served as WHO consultant for formulat-
ing international requirements for bacterial
products.

She has contributed significantly to a
variety of field studies for testing of tetanus
toxoids in New Guinea and Papua, and to
trials of cholera vaccines in different popu-
lations among whom the disease is endemic.

Dr. Pittman has also been involved for a
number of years in an international study of
methods of assay of typhoid vaccine, the
aim of which is the development of a
laboratory assay that correlates with field
evaluations.

She served on the NIH Cholera Advisory
Committee since its beginning, and for 8
years was NIH project officer for the
Pakistan—SEATO Cholera Research Labora-
tory in Dacca.

She is a Diplomate of the American
Board of Microbiology and a member of 12
professional organizations including the
American Academy of Microbiology, Ameri-
can Association of Immunologists, and
Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine.

Dr. Pittman plans to continue her studies
at DBS as.a Guest Worker, and will continue
serving on the U.S. Pharmacopeia Panel on
Biological Indicators.

A party given in her honor at the
Bethesda Naval Officers Club was attended
by many friends and colleagues from NIH
and elsewhere.

49

Robert J. Huebner, chief of the Viral
Carcinogenesis Branch of the National
Cancer Institute, was named one of five
winners of the 1970 Rockefeller Public
Service Award.

The annual award for “distinguished
service’ —which carries with it a $10,000
cash grant to each recipient — was presented
to Dr. Huebner on December 2.

Dr. Huebner directs an NCI program
designed to shed light on the causes of
naturally occurring animal and human
cancer.

Recently he proposed that the cancer-
inducing “virus” which many have been
seeking to identify may, in fact, be a
naturally-occurring part of the healthy cell’s
machinery.

This “‘virus” may be passed along from
parent to offspring, perhaps important to
the normal early growth of the embryo and
growing tissues, and then activated by aging
or environmental factors, resulting in cancer,
according to Dr. Huebner.

Currently he is concerned with finding
the substance which seems to repress this
cancer-inducing activity without affecting
normal cell behavior.

The author of more than 200 articles and
scientific publications, Dr. Huebner is also
credited with isolating the infectious agent
causing rickettsialpox and with identifying
the mechanism of another infectious disease,
Q-fever, which strikes cattle.

In 1953 he discovered a major group of
virsues thought to cause the common cold
and other respiratory ills, and has partici-
pated in the development of a vaccine
against those viruses.

A member of the National Academy of
Sciences since 1960, Dr. Huebner has won a
number of awards and honors, including the
Pasteur Medal, 1965; Distinguished Service
Medal, 1966, and the National Medal of
Science, 1969.

Last month he was named co-winner of
the Kimble Methodology Award.

He holds honorary degrees from the
University of Cincinnati and Edgecliff Col-
lege, Ohio.

OBITUARIES

Melvin Romanoff

Melvin Romanoff, 55, a scientist with the
National Bureau of Standards and an inter-
nationally known authority on underground
corrosion, died October 6, 1970 after a heart
attack in Los Angeles.

Mr. Romanoff was in California to deliver
a technical paper before the National Associ-
ation of Corrosion Engineers.

A native of Brooklyn, Mr. Romanoff
joined the National Bureau of Standards in
1937 and, except for a year’s service in the
Army in 1945, had been there since. He
attended George Washington University.

His major work at the National Bureau of
Standards was concerned with underground
corrosion. These studies are considered by

50

corrosion workers throughout the world to |
be unique and invaluable. Whole sections of |

a monograph “Underground Corrosion,”
describing this work have been translated, in
toto, into many languages other than
English. It is recognized as the only authori-
tative publication on the subject and has
been one of the “best sellers”” among NBS
publications. A Bureau of Reclamation re-
port regarding this monograph says “The
work done by the National Bureau of
Standards is the most renowned, most exten-
sive, thorough, and complete to be found

any place in the world in the field of |
underground corrosion. This work well de- |

serves the international recognition accorded
it.’ An advertisement quotes Armco Steel
engineers as saying — “best publication on

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

|the subject.” Another manufacturer in a
|letter calls it —“‘an invaluable source of
reference for our company.” The type of
work leading to “Underground Corrosion”
had been one of the main accomplishments
of Melvin Romanoff.

Melvin Romanoff

Another more recent publication has had
an equally great impact on the engineering
community. This is NBS Monograph 58

' “Corrosion of Steel Pilings in Soils.” This is
) the only work of its kind and has been of

‘such great value and interest that over

corrosion of pilings in the sea. This has
resulted in the installation in 1967 under his
direction of a test facility at Dam Neck.
Virginia on the property of the Fleet Anti-
Air Warfare Training Center. The work is
carried out in cooperation with the Army
Coastal Engineers and sponsored by the
American Iron and Steel Institute. The test
site now involves 93 pilings protected by
approximately 30 different coating systems
and/or cathodic protection. This is undoubt-
edly the most extensive investigation of the
corrosion of steel pilings in the sea.

During each of the past several years he
had been requested by the Corps of Engi-
neers to conduct the underground corrosion
courses of that agency for the instruction of
engineers in recognizing corrosion conditions
and to plan for the mitigation of corrosion
in the field. He had taught courses at nine
Appalachian Underground Corrosion Short
Courses and had been one of the lecturers at
three Purdue University Short Courses.

In addition to being a fellow of the
Washington Academy of Sciences, he was a
member of the National Association of
Corrosion Engineers and American Society
for Testing and Materials.

Mr. Romanoff received the Department
of Commerce Gold Medal in 1967 for
“exceptional contributions to corrosion
technology, especially for providing the engi-
neering community the only comprehensive
guide for evaluating the underground cor-
rosion of metals.” Because of his out-
standing initiative, resourcefulness, and dili-

‘30,000 copies have been sold. Its con-
| clusions are quoted in advertisements. Distri-
| bution of reprints produced at their own

expense has been requested by steel com-

gence he had brought recognition himself of
the sort that is illustrated by an inscription
on a paper to him by Dr. F.L. LaQue, a
leading corrosion authority:

|) panies, consulting engineering companies, by
) the British Iron and Steel Association and
)many others. One correspondent indicated
“NBS Monograph 58 has been in great
‘idemand in the library of the Institution of

‘Civil Engineers in London.” Mr. Romanoff

had published, in addition to the two large

“To Melvin Romanoff, who has pro-
vided more pertinent data than anyone
else

Mr. Romanoff, who lived at 2807 Harris
Avenue, Silver Spring, is survived by his
wife, Thelma; a son, Robert, of Bethesda; a

daughter, Mrs. Steven Wolman of Greenbelt;
his father, Henry, of Brooklyn; two sisters,
Mrs. Alvin Nash and Mrs. Alfred Kessler,
both of Brooklyn; and a brother, Sidney R.,
of Jericho, L.I.

i} works mentioned above, over 20 other
.) |) papers.

jf) Melvin Romanoff had also brought his
jf) talents to bear on another area of great
;)/ importance to corrosion technology—the

, ia. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971 51
ie

si

Robert D. Rands

Dr. Robert Delafield Rands, Sr., of Lake
of the Hills, Florida, died at noon on
December 10, 1970 at the Lake Wales,
Florida, hospital.

Dr. Rands moved to Florida 18 years ago.
He was formerly in charge of Rubber Plant
Investigations, Bureau of Plant Industry,
Dept. of Agriculture.

He was a Fellow of the American Associ-
ation for the Advancement of Science, of
the American Phytopathological Society,
and of the Washington Academy of Sciences.
He was also a member of the Washington
Botanical Society, of the International
Society of Sugar Cane Technologists and of
Sigma XI.

a2

After retirement from the Department of
Agriculture in 1952, he became a private
plantation rubber consultant and selected
land for the B.F. Goodrich Rubber Com-
pany in Africa and the Philippines.

Dr. Rands was the author or co-author of
more than forty journal articles, government
bulletins and monographs.

He is survived by his wife, Mrs. Minnie
Frost Rands of Lake of the Hills, by a son,
Dr. Robert D. Rands, Jr. of St. Louis, Mo..,
and three daughters, Mrs. Lawrence A.
Beery, Jr. of Democratic Republic of the
Congo; Mrs. Douglas R. Peck of Princeton,
N.J.; and Mrs. James R. Hefner of Green
Valley Estates, California.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 1, 1971

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Instructions to Contributors

General
Type manuscripts on white bond paper
_ either 8% by 11 or 8 by 10% inches. Double
space all lines, including those in abstracts,
tables, legends, quoted matter, acknowledg-
ments, and references cited. Number pages
consecutively. Place your name and com-
_ plete address in the upper right hand corner
of the title page.

Title, Author, and Affiliation
Page 1 of your manuscript should contain
ee this information and your name and

—

address. Choose a concise but complete and
| meaningful title. In research papers con-
cerning biological subjects, include an indi-
) cation of the order and family of the taxa
§) discussed. Academic degrees will not nor-
mally be included unless the author so
) specifies. If possible, combine your affilia-
| tion and mailing address (including Zip) so
| that readers can write to you directly.

i Abstract

| Type on a separate sheet at the end of the
| manuscript. Make the abstract intelligible
without reference to the text of the paper.
) Write an informative digest of the significant
‘ content and conclusions, not a mere descrip-
) tion. Generally, the abstract should not ex-
| ceed 3% of the text.

- Footnotes

Use footnotes as sparingly as possible.
| Number text footnotes consecutively with
Arabic numerals and type them on a sepa-
| tate sheet of paper at the end of the manu-
| script. Type table footnotes, if any, below
each pertinent table on the same page.

) Illustrations and Legends

) The quality of all original illustrations
| must be high enough to facilitate good offset
|) teproduction. They should have ample mar-
1} gins and be drawn on heavy stock or
‘fa stened to stiff cardboard to prevent bend-
‘ing. They should be proportioned to column
x 3) or page (2 x 3) type-dimensions,
|| leaving space for legend material. Photo-

graphs should have a glossy finish. They re-
produce best when the contrast is fairly
high. Identify each illustration with number
and author in light pencil marks on the
reverse side. Submit all illustrations sepa-
rately — please do not glue or clip them to
the pages of the manuscript.

Do not type or write legends directly on
the illustrations. Type legends on a separate
sheet or sheets at the end of the manuscript.
Indicate where you want illustrations to
appear in the printed paper by writing the
figure numbers lightly in the text margins,
and be sure that each figure is properly re-
ferenced in the text itself. Original “art” will
be returned only at the author’s request and
expense.

Tables

Include tables only when the same infor-
mation cannot be presented economically in
the text, or when a table presents the data in
a more meaningful way. Consider preparing
extremely complicated tabular matter in a
form suitable for direct reproduction as an
illustration. In such cases, the use of the
typewriter is not recommended.

References to Literature

Limit references within the text and in
synonymies to author and year (and page if
needed). In a “Reference Cited” section, list
alphabetically by senior author only those
papers you have included in the text. Like-
wise, be sure all the text references are
listed. Type the “References Cited” section
on a separate sheet after the last page of
text. Abbreviations should follow the USA
Standard for Periodical Title Abbreviations,
Z39.5-1963.

Submission of Manuscripts

Send completed manuscripts and sup-
porting material to the Academy office (see
address inside front cover) in care of the
Editor. Authors will be requested to read
Xerox “proofs” and invited to submit re-
print orders prior to publication.

Reprints - Prices for reprints may be obtained on request.

NT

Washington Academy of Sciences 2nd Class Postage

Room 29, 9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda) Paid at |
Washington, D.C. 20014 Washington, D.C. |
Return Requested with Form 3579

,

(GaN Fk. Se ee)
U.8. NATIONAL MUSEU ‘

mee. '

FQwas |
; VOLUME 61
— Number 2
Journal of the Her

WASHINGTON
ACADEMY... SCIENCES

Issued Quarterly
at Washington, D.C.

Symposium Issue

CONTENTS

| WoLD DTS Pe tice Sei I ge ee eee 54
t Symposium—Science and the Environment (I). Lead in eating earn 55
-ALFONSE F. FORZIATI: Introduction to the Symposium ... 55
| FREDERICK D. ROSSINI: Science and the Environment..... 56
i PHILIP S. MYERS: Spark Ignition Engine Combustion

| and Lec ne ee 58
i BRUCE S. BAILEY: Gasoline-Motor Engineering ........... 74

GEORGE E. CHECKLICH: U.S. Army’s Hybrid Combustion
Engine and the 1975 Federal Exhaust Emission Standards... 85

Soe MEISEL: Exhaust. Emissions and Control . 2 2.4... . 244.

“ee © © © we ©

ARTHUR L. ARONSON: Biologic Effects of Lead in

| | Dinittes ee tials eer. ois bias Aue heise ie eae 6 3, Rim Sok oe > 110
| GARY L. TER HAAR: The Effect of Lead Antiknocks on
ie Pie eee COMET Of CROPS. 6s. oes we kw nd oe eee bs 114
y EUGENE W. SURBER: The Effect of Outboard Motor:
). | Exhaust Wastes on Fish and Their Environment .......... 120
| ARTHUR L. ARONSON: Biologic Effects of Lead in Fish .... 124
| BRUCE H. SIMPSON: Automotive Emissions Control ....... 128
te | ee CSCS SHON Ft. indie tone ce Noe ne ww ee we 138

Annual Report of the Treasurer for 1970........ 148
_ Board of Managers Meeting Notes.............. 149
Stem MISeS am Lae INCWS fer 9/6 ce 85.26 wm ti ged dso Bee

LiZRARIED

Washington Academy of Sciences

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

President
Mary Louise Robbins

President-Elect
Richard K. Cook

Secretary
Grover C. Sherlin

Treasurer
John G. Honig

Board Members
Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr.
Kurt H. Stern

BOARD OF MANAGERS

All delegates of affiliated
Societies (see facing page)

EDITOR

Richard H. Foote

Founded in 1898

The Journal

This journal, the official organ of the Washington Aca-
demy of Sciences, publishes historical articles, critical
reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; proceedings
of meetings of the Academy and its Board of Mana-
gers; and other items of interest to Academy members.
The Journal appears four times a year (March, June,
September, and December) — the September issue
contains a directory of the Academy membership.

Subscription Rates

Members, fellows, and patrons in good standing re-
ceive the Journal without charge. Subscriptions are
available on a calendar year basis only, payable in ad-
vance. Payment must be made in U.S. currency at the

following rates: |

U.S. and Canada. 23a ~ $8.00
Foreign’. . 2... 2 sae 9.00
Single Copy Price’. sere 2.50

There will no longer be special 2- and 3-year rates after
December 1969. Those subscribers who have paid for
special rates and are now receiving the Journal at these

rates will continue to receive the publication until the
date of expiration of their agreement.

Back Issues

Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (Volumes
1-58, 1911-1968) can be purchased direct from Walter
J. Johnson, Inc., 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y.
10003. This firm also handles the sale of the Proceed-
ings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) and
the Index (to Volumes 1-13 of the Proceedings and

; Volumes 1-40 of the Journal). Single issues from 1969
EDITORIAL ASSISTANT to present may be obtained directly from _ the
Academy office (address elsewhere this page).
Elizabeth Ostaggi Claims for Missing Numbers
Claims will not be allowed if received more than 60
ACADEMY OFFICE days after date of mailing plus time normally required

for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be al-
lowed because of failure to notify the Academy of a
change in address.

Changes of Address

Address changes should be sent promptly to the Aca- |
demy office. Such notification should show both old j
and new addresses and zip number. |

|

9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)
Washington, D. C. 20014
Telephone (301) 530-1402

Published quarterly in March, June, September, and December of each year by the
Washington Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville Pike, Washington, D.C. Second class |
postage paid at Washington, D.C.

DELEGATES TO THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
REPRESENTING THE LOCAL AFFILIATED SOCIETIES

minlosophical Society of Washington .... 0... cnc rece ceca te cc ew taeee John O'Keefe
|); Anthropological Society of Washington ........ 2.2... eee eee eee ee ee eee Jean K. Boek
\ mamropicay society of Washington ........ 2222s ccc ence nenae Delegate not appointed
maemedl society Of Washington .. 2... 6 ee te ee eee ee te we Joseph C. Dacons
Hatomolopical Society of Washington .... 2.26... - 2c eee e ee eee cece wee Reece I. Sailer
L MiameleGeopraphic SOCIELY «6 6. ee ee le ee ee ee eee ee Alexander Wetmore
| memiocicalisociety Of Washington ..... 2.2 et tw et ww wee Ralph L. Miller
Medical Society of the District of Columbia ............20222000- Delegate not appointed
mimecaiumbia Historical Society 2.2... 1. te ww ee ew nes Delegate not appointed
'| Botanical Society CMM ASHE TOM 950.60) thee tes css (sue ats a ee eee aera ree H. Rex Thomas
r BacteiyorAmerican Foresters .. 0... tt tt tt epee we ewe ee we eo es cRODErt Callaham
fey asnineton Society of Engineers ....... 2... 022 cece ee ee ee es George Abraham
| Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers .............2002200% Leland D. Whitelock
| American Society of Mechanical Engineers ............-..022020220002 William G. Allen
| Helminthological Society of Washington .............00c020 ee eeeeee . Edna Buhrer
| eanenican Society for Microbiology .... 2.5.2.2 sec c eee ce eet tne es Rita R. Colwell
| Society of American Military Engineers... 2.0.0... ee eee we we ee H.P. Demuth
| » American Society of Civil Engineers ...........2.---e004- Ee he ee Cyril J. Galvin, Jr.
_ Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine ..............00.0000% Carlton Treadwell
| American SOEICEVMEON MCEAIS: 12095 tila genes oy on @ elle ellie Wel yelvisthss cos s.al ile ote, 9 le lalielle ve be Melvin R. Meyerson
| International Association for Dental Research ...........2.02 2c cee eeeeecee N.W. Rupp
| American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics .............---. - Robert J. Burger
| PMEHeaneMetcorolopical SOCICLY, «<6. + ie ee ee Harold A. Steiner
| | Brsceticiae society of Washington, . ... . 2% sce we ew ee ene H. Ivan Rainwater
BEMUSical SOCietyiOl AMCRCa) 220s). 5) jes ee cece eb etal be ae We ee we os Alfred Weissler
PuMEHIGANUINUCLEAL I SOCICLY 1s) i806 a gas ee la ele ae ae be ee ale eee Delegate not appointed
BinsiithicrOn POOd PEChHNOlOSIStS 2. 2. 6 6 ole ea 8 we ee ee ee eo ee ee ots George K. Parman
aE TICATMCCEATINECTOOCICLY, Alico elke wo ele bd oe MSRM se cle ee a hele Tee c Sud J.J. Diamond
PPEZETEOCIICINICANSOCICLY = cc a.6 ccc 0 ss Se eee ee ee ee ee ewe bee Kurt H. Stern
i Bvasninipton History of Science Club... 0.4... 0 ccc cee nn sete wee nae Morris Leikind
'| American Association of Physics Teachers ........2..200e ce eeeeeeee Bernard B. Watson
PM Te AIESOCICLYFOLAMETICA tet). Ghd 5 Slice ek Beem. ats epee npg ie; wie sey s eer ee es . Terry Porter
| American Society of Plant Physiologists .........-.002e- 0 eee eeeees Walter Shropshire
Washington Operations Research Council... .......2. 202 e eee eee eeees John G. Honig
BENETUMICNE SOCIELY Of AIMCTICA . 5. 0 sc cw ete ee nee ee we ee ee te H. Dean Parry
_ American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical
, sumbetroleuin EMBiNncers 20: . «os wee cee ee ewe ew ee Bernardo F. Grossling
| National Capitol Astronomers ........ SE CRBS OED. eee ae en Te - William Winkler
Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective societies.

|

| J.WASH. ACAD. SCI. VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971 %

EDITORIAL

The articles in this issue are based on talks presented at a symposium
Science and the Environment—I sponsored jointly by the Washington Acad-
emy of Sciences and the American Ordnance Association. The program, re-
flected in the table of contents, was conducted in day and evening sessions on
January 21, 1971 in the Hall of Nations on the Georgetown University Cam-
pus, 37th and O Streets, N.W., Washington, D.C.

The Symposium committee comprised:

Dr. Alphonse F. Forziati, President, Washington Academy of
Sciences; Chief, Physical Sciences Branch, EPA

Col. Norman I. Shapira (USA-Ret.), Advance Planning Consult-
ant, Dunkirk, Md.

Dr. Henry S. Rothrock, Liaison Manager, E.I. Du Pont de
Nemours and Co., Inc., Wilmington, Del.

Miss Elizabeth Ostaggi, Office Manager, Washington Academy of
Sciences

Grateful appreciation is hereby extended to all the participants, who made
the editor’s task relatively painless by submitting their manuscripts and
reading proof so promptly and willingly.

This Symposium is the first in a series being planned by the Washington
Academy of Sciences. A primary purpose of the series is to lay before the
concerned public the scientific facts underlying the environmental issues of
the day.—Ed.

ADVANCE NOTICE

Science and the Environment — II. The Fate of The Chesapeake Bay

To be held January 21 and 22, 1972
Washington, D. C.

Watch for further details.

4
54 J. WASH. ACAD. SCL. VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

| | Alphonse F. Forziati

Distinguished speakers, members of the
American Ordnance Association, members
of the Washington Academy of Sciences, and
guests: Welcome to the first of what I hope
will be a series of symposia on the effects of
| modern technology on the environment.

The subject of today’s symposium is
“Lead in Gasoline — Plague or Panacea.”
| Much has appeared in the public and scien-
| tific press on this subject. Learned panels
| have been assembled by the National Re-
| search Council of the National Academy of
i J
| Sciences. In fact, some of the members of
_ one of those panels are here with us today.
| Still the question of harm or lack of harm to
| the environment, wildlife, domestic animals,

and man himself by the combustion pro-
ducts of leaded gasoline has not, as yet, been
| answered.

We do not pretend to be able to answer

_ so difficult a question by means of a one-day

| session covering only a few aspects of this

'} complex problem, but we do hope to shed

“some light on those aspects that will be

discussed and thereby lay a more rational,

emotion-free basis for an opinion on the

| knotty question, “Should lead be banned as
» agasoline additive?”

The symposium today will be under the
guidance of Dr. Frederick D. Rossini, a man
) well known to the Washington area, having
) served as President of the Washington Acade-
) my of Sciences in 1948 and the Chemical

|) J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

SYMPOSIUM

PROCEEDINGS

Introduction to the Symposium

President, Washington Academy of Sciences; Chief, Physical Sciences Branch,
_ Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D. C.

Society of Washington in 1950. Dr. Rossini
was born in Monongahela, Pennsylvania on
July 18, 1889. He was educated at the
Carnegie Institute of Technology and at the
California Institute of Technology at
Berkeley. Dr. Rossini joined the staff of the
National Bureau of Standards in 1928,
where he soon became Chief of the Section
on Thermochemistry and Hydrocarbons in
Petroleum. The staff included Government
scientists and experts assigned to the Bureau
of Standards by the American Petroleum
Institute. These experts were known as
research associates and enjoyed all the privi-
leges of the Government scientists. Under
Dr. Rossini’s guiding genius, the group ex-
panded from about a dozen or so in 1930 to
about 50 in 1950. In this 20-year span, the
group published several hundred papers and
about 20 volumes of physical constants and
thermodynamic data related to hydro-
carbons and their reactions.

In 1950, Dr. Rossini was called by his
alma mater, Carnegie Institute of Technolo-
gy, to serve as chairman of the Department of
Chemistry, which task he performed with
distinction until 1960. At that time, he was
invited to serve as Vice-President for Re-
search and Sponsored Programs at the Uni-
versity of Notre Dame. With characteristic
energy and imagination, Dr. Rossini estab-
lished strong research programs in many
areas, including hydrocarbons and the en-
vironment.

she)

As for honors bestowed upon Dr. Rossini,
they are too numerous to cite in detail. I
shall mention only a few. In 1934 he was
awarded the Hillebrand prize for outstanding
research publications. The Hillebrand prize is
the highest honor that can be bestowed
upon a Washington area scientist by the
Chemical Society of Washington. In 1949,
he was elected a fellow of the National
Academy of Sciences. This coming March,

the American Chemical Society will present

to Dr. Rossini the Priestly Medal — the
highest and most prized of all the awards
made by the Society.

Thus Dr. Rossini is eminently qualified to
serve as the moderator of a symposium
involving the chemistry of hydrocarbons. It
is my special privilege to present to you my
former supervisor, teacher and long-time
friend, Dr. Frederick D. Rossini.

Science and the Environment '

Frederick D. Rossini?

University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana

I am happy to be a participant in this
Symposium on “Science and the Environ-
ment” with particular reference to “Lead in
Gasoline’. In these opening remarks, I
would like to make some general comments
on the problem of our environment. In
looking at the overall situation, we need to
remember how we got to the place where we
are now.

First, I want to make the point that
science and technology have done wonders
for the human person. Let us go back to the
beginning of man. In his primitive days, man

1These are the opening remarks by the Modera-
tor for the Symposium on “Science and the
Environment — Lead in Gasoline’, held under the
sponsorship of the Washington Academy of Sci-
ences and the American Ordnance Association at
Georgetown University, Washington, D.C., on Jan-
uary 21, 1971.

2Dr. Rossini received his B.S. (Chemical En-
gineering) and M.S. (science) degrees from the
Carnegie -Institute of Technology and his Ph.D.
(Physical Chemistry) from the University of Cali-
fornia at Berkeley. He has received honorary D.Sc.,
D.Eng.Sc., and Litt.D. degrees from no less than 6
educational institutions since 1948. (See preceding
article for additional details.)—Ed.

56

devoted all his efforts to the sheer business
of ekeing out an existence and staying
alive — getting food and shelter and protect-
ing himself from animal and man predators.
As time went on, he learned to make simple
devices to help in his living. As science and
technology developed and machines became
available to man, he was able to accomplish
his necessary work in much less time. He
soon found himself in the novel situation of
having time to think and ponder about
natural phenomena and the world in which
he lived.

Today, in the United States, we find that
science and technology have given man such
a high capability for producing goods and
services that we are now talking about a
four-day work-week, which will give us even
more time to read and think and to enjoy
Nature, the cultural arts, and recreation.
Further, advances in the field of medicine
and health have extended the average life
time of our people, providing still more days
to enjoy life on earth.

We have now reached the point where the
following statement can be made: For the
first time in the history of the world, man’s
knowledge of Nature and its behavior is such
as to make possible substantially complete

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

relief from starvation, from sickness, and

from lack of shelter, for all persons. While
this possibility exists, we are yet far from
| implementing this ideal state of affairs, even
in the most highly developed countries,

including ours. But considerable progress has

been made and we are encouraged that
_ significant advances will be forthcoming.

Man’s existence, even in his cave-man
days, has always been accompanied by pollu-
tion. In the early days of man’s living, the
| pollution was easily absorbed or disposed of
in the natural environment. But as time went
on, it became necessary to arrange for the
specific disposal of the more detrimental
| wastes produced by man, in homes, in
manufacturing, and in recreation. Until re-
| cent years, this arrangement appeared to be
| satisfactory.

But man’s existence has become more
complex, with more people living and much
| more waste material being produced per
} person. Meanwhile, we have become more
| conscious of, and concerned about, the
. pollution being produced in our civilization.
\ It is important to note that all the main
‘components of our society have some re-
) sponsibility for whatever pollution exists.
‘The man who uses any device that brings
pollution is as responsible as the manu-
facturer of that machine. In our free-enter-
prise society, a manufacturer produces goods
Or services that the public wants to buy. If
the public doesn’t purchase his wares, he will
soon be out of business. If we do not wish to
tolerate pollution of any particular kind, we
must simply decide, as a body, to pay the
price and reduce that pollution to tolerable
limits.

There are two ways of reducing pollution
of any particular kind. One way is to destroy
'or eliminate the process that causes the given
pollution and do without all the goods and
services produced by that process. Carried
/ on without limit, this procedure would have
"| us revert, in time, to our original primitive
|) cave-man existence. The other way is to call

a rer

v. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

on science and technology to refine and
refashion the given process so as to reduce
the amount of pollution associated with it to
limits which can be easily tolerated by man,
and doing this without impairing the quality
or the quantity of the goods or services
produced. This will usually, though not
always, result in a higher cost for the given
goods or services, but would be well worth
it.

Let me here make another point. Rever-
sion to Nature and cave-man life does not
mean that we automatically have access to
pure water and pure food. Depending on the
location, the water and the food may have,
and in many cases do have, natural con-
taminants of various amounts. In my own
career, I have spent many years helping to
make pure chemical compounds, particularly
hydrocarbons. In that work, I learned that
there is no material in Nature that is
absolutely pure, nor can man ever make it
so. All we can do, even with the best
machines and equipment available, is to
reduce the quantity of impurity in any given
substance to lesser and lesser amounts. There
is nothing in the world that has an absolute-
ly zero amount of impurity — the case is
similar to the unattainability of the absolute
zero of temperature.

With the foregoing views, I take as a basic
assumption that science and technology con-
stitute a great good for mankind. That is,
with proper development and appropriate
use, all devices and machines created by
science and technology can bring great ad-
vantage and much benefit to all humanity.

Now we can proceed to learn from our
speakers in this Symposium what are the
facts relating to the problem of pollution
that may arise from the use of tetraethyl
lead in the fuel we use in our automobiles.
Then, on the basis of the evidence, good and
bad, we can see in what direction we should
proceed to provide the solution that will be
optimum for all components of our society.

JY

Spark Ignition Engine Combustion and Lead

P. S. Myers!

Professor, Mechanical Engineering Department, University of Wisconsin,
1513 University Ave., Madison, Wisconsin 53706.

ABSTRACT

Lead is put in gasoline to prevent knock, i.e., to permit the last part of the air-fuel
mixture to burn to withstand higher pressures and temperatures before auto-igniting.
The ability to withstand higher thermal stresses permits higher compression ratios, which
in turn give better fuel economy and higher power output.

The last part of the air-fuel mixture to burn experiences pressures ranging from a few
hundred to 1000 psi and temperatures approaching 2000 R. Thus it is not surprising
that reactions take place prior to the arrival of the flame front initiated by the spark. A
theoretical study of ethane under these conditions indicates a net production of radicals
during the entire process. Motored engine studies show (not unexpectedly) that different
fuels have different types and extents of reacting and that in a mixture of fuels there can
be interaction between the different fuels.

The addition of lead does not seem to affect the cool flame limits during motored
operation but detinitely affects auto-ignition limits. Lead does not seem to significantly
affect energy release rates. However, its effect on auto-ignition limits can differ between
different fuels. It appears that the lead must first decompose to lead oxide and that
different kinds of lead oxides have different antiknock capabilities.

Different fuels have different antiknock characteristics. Thus removal of lead, which
will cause a decrease in gasoline antiknock quality, must be accompanied either by a
reduction in entine compression ratio or a change in refining techniques to produce fuels
having higher antiknock properties. It appears that removal of 3 cc of lead plus reduction
in compression ratio would give an increase in fuel consumption of as much as 10%.

Lead also affects combustion chamber deposits which in turn affect knock and, to a
lesser extent, exhaust emissions. There is some evidence to indicate that deposits from
unleaded gasoline cause a higher increase in antiknock requirement than do deposits
from leaded gasoline. There is also some evidence to indicate that leaded deposits cause
slightly higher exhaust emissions. Lead normally acts as a poison for catalysts to reduce

exhaust pollutants but does not seem to affect exhaust pollutant reactions per se.

The engine phenomenon called knock?
was observed as a problem almost as soon as
the spark-ignition engine was invented. It
was first thought that it was a result of
pre-ignition, i.e., ignition before spark.
Crude cylinder pressure measurements as

: Dr. Myers earned a B.S. in Mathematics and
Commerce at McPherson College in 1940, and two
years later a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering at
Kansas State University. His graduate work was
done at the University of Wisconsin, where he
earned both his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in 5 years
while serving on the faculty. He became a full
professor at the University of Wisconsin in 1955,
and has become one of the faculty statesmen at
that institution.

Dr. Myers is one of the world’s experts on the
subject of the automotive engine, and he has
visited and lectured at engineering laboratories in a
number of countries abroad. He has been the

58

related by Boyd (1950), however, showed
that knock occurred after spark and before
completion of combustion. Studies of the
last part of the mixture to burn, and of its
relation to knock, have continued ever since
this time.

author of numerous publications and the recipient
of a number of awards from professional societies.

In 1946, he became a member of the Society of
Automotive Engineers and has worked on a num-
ber of its Committees and its Board of Directors.
In 1969, he served as President of the Society of
Automotive Engineers, becoming its first academic
President.

2 TI shall define combustion knock as does
Johnson (1965) as “the unusual sound and/or
pressure oscillations that arise from any means of
creating a pressure imbalance in the cylinder”’.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971 \

4

| In 1916 Charles Kettering started a series
of continuing experiments aimed at under-
standing and doing something about knock.
| The history of these experiments as recited
| by Boyd (1950) is very interesting reading.
Iodine, because of its red color, was used as
a fuel additive and showed some slight
antiknock effect. Further studies showed
clearly that the chemical structure of the
fuel had a pronounced effect. Fuel additives
were next studied and aniline compounds
were found to have some antiknock effect
but an unpleasant exhaust odor. The dis-
|| covery that selenium and telluride were
| more effective than aniline compounds plus
| the use of the periodic table pointed to
| tetraethyl lead as an antiknock agent. Exper-
| iments showed that tetraethyl lead was 50
| times as effective as aniline but also showed
| that it could not be used alone because it
left solid deposits in the combustion cham-
ber. Bromine and chlorine, when mixed with
the tetraethyl lead, were found to aid in
scavenging the lead deposit from the cham-
ber. The health hazards of the use of lead as
a gasoline additive were examined (USPHS,
_ 1926), and re-examined periodically (Kehoe

etal., 1934; Goldwater and Hoover, 1967).
Thus there is a long history of both the use
_ of lead and of studying its potential health
effects.

Compression Ratio, Efficiency, and Power

It has been recognized from the begin-
ning that knock increased as compression
'ratio was increased. Before looking at the
details of knock let us therefore look at the
reasons why higher compression ratios are
' desired.

Engineers have always used mathematical
models as a means of optimizing the perfo-
rmance of devices and systems. The simplest
)' model of a spark-ignition (SI) engine is to
\assume that it uses air as a working fluid
| which is heated or cooled only at the desired

‘times, that the specific heat of the air is
| independent of temperature, and that heat is
‘added or taken away while the cylinder
volume remains constant. Analysis of this
| cycle yields the simple well-known formula
) for thermal efficiency E; (the term enthalpy

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

efficiency is more appropriate for the actual
engine, Lauck, 1962).

Bile oes
t wl

where r = compression ratio, or the ratio of
the cylinder volume when the piston is at
the bottom of its travel to the volume when
the piston is at the top of the travel; and
k =ratio of specific heat at constant pressure
to that at constant volume.
A plot of Equation 1 for k = 1.4 is shown in
Fig. 1.

90

Average Compression Ratio
for year indicated

80

-%

70

60

50

40

INDICATED THERMAL EFFICIENCY

3 Sie 78190 5) 20 50 100
COMPRESSION RATIO

Fig. 1. — Effect of compression ratio on effi-
ciency.

A more realistic model would be to use
an air-fuel mixture during compression, to
have combustion at constant volume, and
then to expand and expel the products all
without heat transfer. When this more com-
plex model is used there are many variables,
but compression ratio (and to a lesser extent
the air-fuel ratio) is still the primary variable
with the results for a chemically <orrect
mixture as shown in Fig. 1.

The physical engine also recognizes com-
pression ratio as a major variable (Fig. 1),
although at light loads the effects of me-
chanical friction may have a large influence
in the work finally coming from the engine
shaft.

It should be clear that compression ratio
affects power output as well as efficiency. If
a given size of engine takes in a given mass of
fuel and air the power output to the piston
will increase directly with thermal efficien-

59

cy. Thus Fig. 1 can also be considered as a
plot of power output versus compression
ratio as well as efficiency versus compression
ratio.

In summary, compression ratio has a
recognizeable effect on both fuel economy
and power output of engines. In view of our
limited petroleum reserves, environmental
benefits obtained by reducing compression
ratio must be balanced against the disadvan-
tages of increased fuel consumption.

Gross Physical Manifestations of Knock

While the details of the mechanism caus-
ing combustion knock are not clear and will
be discussed in more detail, the general
situation is illustrated in Fig. 2 for an engine
having a flat cylindrical combustion chamber
when the piston is at the top of its travel.
Prior to spark the entire air-fuel mixture
(which was all unburned charge) was com-
pressed by motion of the piston with a

Flame front

050
Ye
‘es
¢

9
©
oO
56
¢
Oo

‘es
05
‘es

@
Spark =
Le)
plug £G
CD
eo:
Co
>
oe)
| ax
==)

Fig. 2. — Schematic representation of end gas in
engine.

60

consequent increase in pressure and tempera-
ture of the unburned charge. When the
piston reaches approximately the top of its
travel, spark and local ignition occurs with a
flame front moving into the unburned
charge. The remaining unburned charge,
called end gas, is further compressed by the
expansion of the burned charge with a
consequent further increase in the pressure
and temperature of the end gas.

The thermal stress experienced by the
end gas will be determined by engine design
and operating conditions (Caris, 1956) with
compression ratio the primary variable. The
ability of the end gas to withstand this stress
until the passage of the flame front is a
function of the fuel itself and of additives to
the fuel.

The end gas is, of course, a reactive
mixture. If it is not stressed too highly by
the increased pressure and temperature it
will react relatively slowly and its primary
energy release will be accomplished at the
time of the arrival of the flame front.
However, if the end gas is stressed too highly
it may react explosively before the arrival of
the flame front with a consequent pressure
imbalance in the cylinder. Regardless of the
details, this rapid reaction of the end gas
that causes a pressure imbalance is called
combustion knock. If combustion knock
occurs before the flame front has travelled
very far, the mass of the end gas at the time
of knock will be large and combustion
knock will be severe, while if the mass of the
end gas at the time of knock is small,
combustion knock may be relatively light.

If a window is mounted in the com-
bustion chamber wall, it can be observed
that in the absence of knock the flame front
progresses in an orderly and relatively slow
manner through the end gas. However, when
knock occurs the remaining end gas is
consumed in the order of microseconds
(Miller et al., 1946). One explanation for the
extremely rapid consumption of the end gas
is that it is a result of auto-ignition of the
end gas; i.e., a homogeneous simultaneous
explosion of the end gas. This would, of
course, give rise to a high local pressure with
a resulting pressure imbalance in the cylin-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

der. An alternate explanation is that a
detonation wave is set up in the end gas; i.e.,
a shock wave driven by the combustion
energy of the end gas. While completely
definitive proof is not available, the auto-
ignition theory is most widely accepted now.

The most easily recognizable physical
manifestation of knock in a commercial
engine is the “ping” or “knock” that results
from the pressure imbalance and resulting
pressure waves in the cylinder. These very
loud cylinder noises are transmitted thru and
attenuated or amplified by the engine struc-
mare. the intensity of this “ping” or
“knock” is presumably related to the mass

_ of end gas involved in creating the pressure

imbalance and the rapidity of the auto-
ignition. These pressure waves can be ob-
served using a pressure pickup mounted in
the combustion chamber, although care
must be taken to see that the pressure
transducer is not responsive to vibrations of
its mount.

There are other physical manifestations
of knock. Very light knock may give slightly
better thermal efficiency, presumably be-
cause combustion occurs more nearly at
constant volume. Very intense knock in-
creases heat transfer to the cooling medium
and, depending on engine structure, may
ultimately cause engine failure such as burn-
ing a hole in a piston. Thus combustion
Knock is very much a fact of life in engine
development and operation.

End Gas Temperatures and Pressures

Inasmuch as we next want to study the
reactions that take place in the end gas and
particularly the effect of lead on these
reactions in the end gas, it will be of interest
to have some “feel” for the order of
magnitude of the temperatures involved.
Unfortunately, because of heat transfer,
chemical reactions, and other complications

there are temperature gradients of consider-

able magnitude both in the end gas and the

_ burned charge as well as between the two. In

addition, the rate-of-change of temperature
with time is high. Thus only a few experi-

"| mental end-gas temperature measurements

have been made (Chens set) cals. 91955:

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Gluckstein and Walcutt, 1961; Burrows et
al., 1961; Agnew, 1961; Johnson et al.,
1965).

Fig. 3 shows end-gas temperature data
for varying spark advance using an L-head
engine (Burrows et al., 1961). Agnew (1961)
shows data for an overhead valve engine
having similar trends but slightly higher
values.

ENGINE DATA BY INFRARED PYROMETER

EMP; 2R

1500
f i400

SPARK

4
4
O
)
©

320 340 TOC +20

CRANK ANGLE. DEG

300

Fig. 3. — Experimentally measured end-gas tem-
peratures.

It should be realized, however, that
before the piston reaches top center, chemi-
cal reaction has a regenerative effect on end
gas temperatures; i.e., if chemical reaction
occurs the temperature and pressure of the
end gas increases, which in turn requires
more work input to compress the end gas
which further increases the temperature and
pressure of the end gas. This is illustrated in
Fig. 4, which shows the temperatures that
would have been obtained if no chemical
reaction had occurred, as well as the measur-
ed temperatures observed with chemical
reactions present.

It is not clear whether knock occurs
when a certain extent of reaction is reached,
when a certain reaction rate is reached, when
a certain concentration of a particular
species is reached, or some combination of

61

COMPARISON OF COMPUTED AND
EXPERIMENTAL TEMPERATURE HISTORIES

7, = 200 °F
SPEED 1000 RPM
FUEL 85 ON PRF
SPARK 355 CA DEG
F/A = 0.078
P = 26.6 IN. HG.
KNOCK AT 34 C A DEG
RUN 1001
° EXPERIMENTAL
COMPUTED USING
CHEMICAL ENERGY
RELEASE
—— COMPUTED USING NO
CHEMICAL ENERGY
RELEASE

°R

GAS TEMPERATURE,

350 O 10 20
CRANK ANGLE, DEG

330

340

Fig. 4. — Comparison of computed and experi-
mental temperature histories (Pi = 26.6 in. Hg).

these or other parameters. In any event, the
temperature experienced by the end gas at
the time when knock occurs is of interest.

Gluckstein and Walcutt (1961) found
that “with knock-limited compression ratio,
the final end gas temperature is 1840+ 40R
for a wide selection of primary reference
fuels as well as diisobutylene and two blends
representative of olefinic and aromatic
types; this was also true when the inlet-
mixture temperature was varied. At other
Operating conditions, the final end gas tem-
perature varied over a range of 350 R; at any
one condition of operation, however, the
fuel effect was still + 40 R.” Johnson et al.,
(1966), however, were unable to correlate
either rate or extent with measured tempera-
tures and did not find that knock occurred
at a single temperature.

In summary, the fuel-air mixture we are
interested in is highly stressed by being
subjected to pressures ranging from atmos-
pheric to 500-1000 psi and temperatures
approaching 2000 R. The fundamental

62

reason for using lead in an SI engine is that it —
enables the end gas to stand higher stresses
before reacting explosively. If the end gas |
can be stressed more highly, a higher com- |
pression ratio can be used with correspond- |
ingly better efficiencies and fuel utilization |
as well as higher power output.

Preflame Reactions in the End Gas

In view of the highly reactive nature of
the end gas and the pressures and tempera-
tures experienced, it would be surprising if
some reactions did not take place prior to
the arrival of the flame front. However,
studying these reactions, particularly at the
most significant time, is difficult. First there
is the obvious problem of studying a highly-
reactive, high-pressure, high-temperature
mixture. The more difficult part of the
problem lies in the time factor. As is shown
in Fig. 3, prior to spark the mixture temper-
ature is increased from approximately 400°
to 800° F in 40 crank-angle degrees, i.e.,
about 6 milliseconds at 1200 rpm. After
spark occurs, however, things really speed
up, with the same temperature increase
being accomplished in 2-3 crank-angle de-
grees just before knock, according to the
calculations of Trumpy et al. (1970) (see
Fig. 16).

16 CFR Engine
1250 RPM

COMPRESSION RATIO
@
TEMP -°R x 1072

O 8
40° (BIG +20 O 20 ATC

CRANK ANGLE -Degrees

Fig. 5. — Compression ratio and temperature of
unburned gases in a motored and a fired engine.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971 |

|
1 |
| |
|
|
}

{

|
|

|

It is impossible to subject an air-fuel
mixture to the equivalent high temperatures

in a combustion bomb unless rapid heating

like flash photolysis is used — the mixture
explodes before it can be heated. Motored

engines have been used extensively to simu-

late end gas conditions and reactions. How-
ever Schweitzer et al. (1955) pointed out
that the time scale usually achieved in
motored engines is not comparable to the

_time scale found in fired engines. Fig. 5
| (Schweitzer et al., 1955) compares the tem-

peratures and compression ratio experienced
by the unburned mixture in a motored and
fired engine having the same nominal com-

pression ratio. Fig. 6 (Schweitzer et al.
| 1955) shows that the time and reaction rates

are markedly different for the 2 cases. Thus

| while there are many studies of motored

engines reported in the literature, they do
not go to the high temperature regime of

crucial importance — the temperatures just
before knock. In spite of this observation it

has been reported (Davis et al., 1955; Graiff,
1967) that the precombustion processes in

_ combustion bombs and motored engines are

similar to those taking place in the end gas
of a fired engine.

However, before looking at motored data
let us look at the data available from end-gas
studies. Johnson et al., (1966) measured
end-gas temperatures and pressures. Using an

32

RELATIVE RATE OF REACTION x 1072

O a eee ee
O 4 8

TIME -Milliseconds

l2

Fig. 6. — Relative rates of reaction.

|| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

energy balance he could calculate from these
measurements both rate and extent of re-
action in the end gas. Fig. 7 shows rates of
reaction versus end-gas temperature for a
low knock resistance (75 octane number)
fuel, while Fig. 8 shows rates of reaction
versus end gas temperature for a high knock
resistance (95 octane number) fuel. The
corresponding cumulative energy release
data are shown in Figs. 9 and 10.

REACTION RATE vs GAS TEMP FROM ENERGY BALANCE

HEAVY KNOCK
——— LIGHT- MEDIUM KNOCK

Ny
°
°

------- NO KNOCK

8

REACTION RATE , BTU/LBM FUEL-MS

GAS TEMP ,°R

Fig. 7. — Reaction rate versus gas temperature
for 75 ON.

REACTION RATE vs GAS TEMP
FROM ENERGY BALANCE

HEAVY KNOCK
——— LIGHT-MEDIUM KNOCK

95 ON PRF
UP TO END OF DATA

NO KNOCK

REACTION RATE , BTU/LBM FUEL -MS

le}
1000

1100

GAS TEMP ,°R

Fig. 8. — Reaction rate versus gas temperature
for 95 ON.

There is no discernible trend in Figs. 7
and 8 for knocking runs to have different
reaction rates at the same temperature or to
have a different trend in reaction rate with
temperature. The lower octane fuel (Fig. 7)
seems to react earlier at lower temperatures
but the rate of reaction seems to increase
more rapidly with temperature for the high-
er octane fuels (Fig. 8). Johnson found that
as much as 10% of the energy of the fuel was
released prior to knock or the arrival of the
flame front, a significant amount.

63

However, because the flame front enter-
ed the optical path used for temperature
measurements before knock occurred, even
Figs. 7 — 10 do not represent conditions just
prior to knock. Johnson extrapolated den-
sity curves to estimate final end-gas tempera-
tures, but the extrapolation did not yield
any new or additional information.

CUMULATIVE ENERGY vs GAS TEMP.
FROM ENERGY BALANCE

—— HEAVY KNOCK
——— LIGHT -MEDIUI) KNOCK
—---—NO KNOCK

75 ON PRF
UP TO END OF DATA

CUMULATIVE ENERGY RELEASE BTU/LBM FUEL

1600
GAS TEMP °R

2000

Fig. 9. — Cumulative energy release versus gas
temperature for 75 ON PRF.

CUMULATIVE ENERGY vs GAS TEMP
FROM ENERGY BALANCE pel

HEAVY KNOCK
——— LIGHT-MEDIUM KNOCK
------ NO KNOCK

95 ON PRF
UP TO END OF DATA

CUMULATIVE ENERGY RELEASE , BTU/LBM FUEL

1500 1600

1700 1800 1900 2000 2I00
GAS TEMP ,°R

Fig. 10. — Cumulative energy release versus gas
temperature for 95 ON PRF.

Trumpy et al. (1970) set up a series of 75
chemical reactions expressing the oxidation
and pyrolysis of ethane. Ethane was chosen
for his study because it is a relatively simple
molecule and rate data were relatively avail-
able. Trumpy used measured end-gas temper-
atures both as an initial condition for start-
ing the integration of his equations and as a
partial check on accuracy of results. Fig. 11
shows a comparison of computed and meas-
ured temperature-time histories of the end
gas. Figs. 12 — 15 show an overall view of

64

ETHANE
1400 RPM
J, = 311-324°F

oy
°
°

© INITIAL CONDITION
* NULL DATA

——— COMPUTED TEMPERATURE
HISTORY

—*—ISENTROPIC

fe)
fe)

TEMPERATURE ,°R
TEMPERATURE, °K

fe)
fe)
fe)

330 350 360

CRANK ANGLES ToC

Fig. 11. — Computed temperature-crank angle
histories compared to data and isentropic calcu-
lations.

specie concentrations variations at a particu-
lar engine operating condition, while Figure
16 shows similar data on an expanded scale
just before knock. Note the sudden rapid
consumption of ethane between 359 and
360 crank-angle degrees. The time involved
(microseconds) is certainly compatible with
auto-ignition and knock concepts. Inciden-
tally, the computed time of occurrence of
this rapid consumption of fuel agreed to a
few crank angle degrees with the experi-
mentally observed occurrence of Knock.

REACTANT AND PRODUCT
CONCENTRATIONS

Oo Ne ,CeoHe

re
a

1400 RPM

rr)

oO

~N

”

@

°

E

°

G)

H5O

So 2V°2

i]

5 I0 CH3 OH

Oo

> CH4

a |2

-

z

uJ

s

(e) ie OH

oO a

w a

oO

ul 16
Ims

wn {eee K

18
335 340 345 350 355 360
TDC

CRANK ANGLES

Fig. 12. — Computed specie concentration his-
tory for 1400 rpm-reactant and product concentra-
tions.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL. VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

—_t> =— 2 « ee Se a oe oe oe Lee a oe eo, a ee

6 MOLECULE
CONCENTRATIONS
4 1400 RPM

Uf

CoH» OOH

a

SPECIE CONCENTRATION, -LOGjo (moles /cc )

N
Oo

22

335 340 345 350

CRANK ANGLES

355

360
TOC

Fig. 13. - Computed specie concentration his-
tory for 1400 rpm-molecule concentrations.

\

ae
Co Hs 0

| ‘ RADICAL
: CONCENTRATIONS
| 1400 RPM
> 8
HO.
10
CH30

12
| CH3 00
14
:

SPECIE CONCENTRATION, -LOGjo (moles /cc)

340 360

TOC

345 350
CRANK ANGLES

355

_ +> Fig. 14. - Computed specie concentration his-
) tory for 1400 rpm-radical concentrations.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

6 RADICAL
CONCENTRATIONS

1400 RPM

SPECIE CONCENTRATION,-LOGj¢ (moles /cc)

335 340 345 350 360

CRANK ANGLES

355

Fig. 15. — Computed specie concentration his-
tory for 1400 rpm-radical concentrations.

4 Oo
eS
oO
~N
”
@
(oe)
E 6 1500
2)
: :
O7 1400 °_
4 LJ
Zz =
= 8 I300 &
x jeg
a uJ
= =
za
= 9 ers 1200) 5
Or Nag -
za
ro)
S10 Tkexe)
bed
O
uJ
oil C3H,00
100 ELS
peas Saha ee
12
358 359 360
TDC

-CRANK ANGLES

Fig. 16. — Computed specie concentrations and

temperature for crank angles 358-360 prior to
predicted ignition.

65

Fig. 17 shows the temperature-pressure
history experienced by the end gas when
superimposed on the ignition limits of
ethane air. The end-gas conditions appear to
bypass the cool flame regions, indicating
single-stage ignition. However, not all end-
gas histories in an engine experience single-
stage combustion. Figs. 18 and 19, taken
from Trumpy, show 2-stage combustion for
normal heptane.

Fig. 19 suggests that end-gas temperature
is a much more important factor than time
in determining whether or not knock occurs.
This is also confirmed by the computed data
for ethane shown in Fig. 20.

It is also of interest to note from Figs.
14, 15, and 20 that the term “‘chain branch-
ing explosion” does not apply to the ethane
reaction under end-gas conditions. Chain
branching and breaking are not responsible
for controlling radical concentrations, and
the “explosion”? does not occur when the
branching factor equals the breaking factor.
In fact, there is a net production of radicals
throughout the entire compression process.

Preflame Reactions as Affected by Fuel Structure

Inasmuch as there is a large amount of
data available for motored engines and inas-
much as there is some evidence indicating
the same products are formed in motored
and fired engines, let us look at a few
samples of motored engine data.

The effect of preflame reactions have
been shown in many ways — pressure rise in

CURVE % CoH,
650 6

TEMPERATURE ,°C
ey) IS IN 1h) @

20
PRESSURE, Atmospheres

5 10 15 25

Fig. 17. — Pressure-temperature ignition curve
for ethane-air with engine data paths superim-
posed.

66

EFFECT OF INLET TEMPERATURE
N-HEPTANE KNOCK
1200 RPM
T= 80- 86°F
F/A= 9.060
VERY HEAVY KNOCK
NO SPARKS

25.49 # air/hr
1.52 # fuel/hr

GAS TEMP, °R

320

360
CRANK ANGLES (360 is TDC)

Fig. 18. — Effect of inlet temperature on pre- |

330 340 350 370

knock temperature histories of n-heptane/air.

EFFECT OF SPEED se7cc

N-dEPTANE
F/A=0.060
VERY HEAVY KNOCK

NO SPARKS

2200

GAS TEMP, °R

320 330 340 350 360

CRANK ANGLES (360 is TDC)

Fig. 19. — Effect of engine speed on preknock
temperature histories of n-heptane/air.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

ty

oO

~N

w

i)

ro}

=

2)

©

2

i]

za

©

—

= g

a

=

za

WW

oO

z

5

10

jen!

© xl1400 RPM
WH | ¢« 600 RPM

l2
900 100 1300
TEMPERATURE, °K

Fig. 20.—Computed specie concentrations
versus end-gas temperature for 600 and 1400 rpm.

a cycle using a reactive fuel over that
observed when using a non-reacting fuel,
cool flame radiation, change in exhaust
temperature when using a reactive fuel as
compared to using a non-reactive fuel,
change in temperature of a plug in engine
when using different fuels, sampling and
chemical analysis, chemical analysis of ex-
haust, emission-absorption spectra, etc. Let
us look at just one of these — chemcial
analysis of exhaust products.

Fig. 21 (Pipenberg et al., 1958) shows
data for n-heptane taken with a varying
compression ratio. Compare the tempera-
tures shown (particularly for auto-ignition)
with those shown in Figs. 18 and 19 in a
fired engine — note they are considerably
lower in accordance with the suggestions of
»Schweitzer et al. (1955).

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL. VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

400 Saeresy [oe T [ale See neg a: Dae ecea! at Se eee
350 Cool Flame Autoignition
|

os Higher Aldehydes and Ketones!

i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|

Ww
z
<q
| ool
a
WwW
x
Ze
Ow at
FJ |
eS |
E = 200}
aT Formaldehyde...
2 a 150 ee i” gh a aay
a | bn aan
=o) 2 (fie seer eee eee
= [le La —— “Hydrogen Peroxide |
S, 50 F ae ;
= 7 |
— . a te
= alle Pr Organic Peroxides |
fe) | A r jet L

650 670 690 710 730

PEAK CYCLE TEMPERATURE - Deg F

Fig. 21. — Composition of exhaust gas from the
preflame reaction of n-heptane in a motored
engine; stoichiometric fuel-air ratio, manifold air
pressure 20 in. Hg absolute.

Fig. 22 (Pipenberg et al., 1958) shows
similar data for iso-octane. Again tempera-
tures should be compared with Figs. 18 and
19 as well as with Fig. 21. Certainly the
iso-octane is less reactive both as shown by a
comparison of temperatures for auto-
ignition and as shown by the exhaust con-
centrations of oxidation products.

50 T T

|
Cool Flame

| | |

unsaturate® Ea
pas

Autoignition
|4

Bes
oO

—
-—
—_-—
—_—

4

CONCENTRATION
MILLIMOLES PER MOLE ISOOCTANE
ine)

oO

r i j
.._ Organic Peroxides

775 825 875 925 975

PEAK CYCLE TEMPERATURE - Deg F

Fig. 22. — Composition of exhaust gas from the
preflame reaction of iso-octane in a motored
engine.

Fig. 23 (Pipenberg et al., 1958) shows
similar data for diisobutylene which inciden-
tally does not form a cool flame. Note the
absence of the early rise in the concentra-
tion-crank angle curves. Because of the lack
of a cool flame, it is suggested that the
double bond of the diisobutylene deactivates
free radicals formed during the initial oxi-
dation reaction.

Aromatic hydrocarbons such as bene-
zene, toluene, etc., knock but with a milder,

67

40 T cea ae
Autoignition
35 Ue

Higher Aldehydes and Ketones |

SNSCOrONROEREACCAZO Formaldehyde
—--—— Organic Peroxides
20+ ——--- Hydrogen Peroxide

CONCENTRATION

MILLIMOLES PER MOLE DIISOBUTYLENE

©7600 750 800 850
PEAK CYCLE TEMPERATURE - Deg F

Fig. 23. — Composition of exhaust gas from the
preflame of diisobutylene in a motored engine; no
cool flame is observed.

more muffled noise than do other types of
hydrocarbons. Exhaust and spectral studies
have shown no evidence of the formation of
Organic peroxides or carbonyl compounds
prior to auto-ignition, and cool flames have
not been observed.

The knock resistance of blends of hydro-
carbons is of course of interest since practi-
cal gasolines are multicomponent blends.
Thus Fig. 24 (Pipenberg et al., 1958) shows
spectroscopically determined carbonyl con-
centrations for mixtures of n-heptane and
isooctane, and n-heptane and diisobutylene.
As shown in Fig. 22, \unsaturated, com-
pounds are formed in the early stages of the
isooctane prereactions and probably behave
as inhibitors, giving the effect shown in Fig.
24. The effect is even more pronounced
when the original fuel — diisobutylene — ini-
tially contains the unsaturates. In any event

on
{e)
fe)

n-Heptane-

lsooctane

$
(e)
fe)

Ww
(e)
fe)

ip?)
[e)
Co

fe)
)

300 TDC 60 120
CRANK ANGLE - Degrees

240

CONCENTRATION OF CARBONYL COMPOUNDS
MILLIMOLES PER MOLE OF FUEL

Fig. 24.—Change in the concentration of
carbonyl compounds during the engine cycle with
n-haptane blends.

68

the data indicate that the knock resistance
of a blend may not be a simple sum of the
knock resistance of the components.

Effect of Lead on Preflame Reactions

To quote Minkoff and Tipper (1962),
“The mechanism of the antiknock action of
lead tetraethyl, the best common antiknock,
is still not clear despite much work.”

First of all, lead does not seem to affect
cool flame limits. This is shown in Fig. 25
taken from Sturgis (1955). Fig. 25 also
shows that the auto-ignition limits are dis-
placed to a region of higher pressure and
temperature when lead is added. It seems,
however, that in this cool flame region
certain specific reactions must be affected,
since the rate of energy release is not
affected over most of the precombustion
period as shown in Fig. 26 (Rifkin et al.,
1952). This lack of effect on energy release
was confirmed by Cornelius and Caplan
(1952).

Chie TEL

|
!
a—Autoignition—

-°F

TEMPERATURE

5 10 ihe} 20
ABSOLUTE PRESSURE -atm

Fig. 25. — Effect of Tel on ignition limits of
n-heptane.

Sturgis deduces that the specific reaction
involved is probably one involving simple
hydrogen-oxygen radicals. He cites the fact
that hydrogen, when used as a fuel, has a
lead response (Anzilotti et al., 1954) and
that the radicals of necessity in a hydrogen
system must be of the hydrogen-oxygen
variety. He also cites the increased response
of a “wet carbon monoxide fuel to
tetraethyl lead as shown in Fig. 27 as further
evidence.

Graiff (1967) presents the reaction me-
chanism shown in Fig. 28 to explain the

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Saat. re Oe eS Mole Gf Faat

action of lead. He believes that when TEL is
introduced into an engine without fuel or
_ with a fuel such as some of the higher octane
aromatics which do not undergo extensive
preflame reactions the lead decomposes into
_ yellow lead oxide (Scheme A, Fig. 28). He
considers yellow lead oxide to be a less
effective antiknock than red lead oxide. On
the other hand he considers that peroxides
and other free radical generators can decom-
pose TEL to form red lead oxide (Scheme B,
Fig. 28). In the case of paraffinic fuels,
_ organic peroxides are formed early in the
preflame reactions (Figs. 21 and 22). In this
case TEL is converted thru Scheme C (if not
Scheme B) into red lead oxide. Also, some
fuels may not generate the type of oxygen-
ated intermediates needed for Scheme B or
C. If so, these oxygenated intermediates can
be added to the fuel which gives the phe-
nomenon of “co-antiknock activity,” where
the addition of a small amount of a sub-
_ stance has a synergistic effect and markedly
| enhances the antiknock effectiveness of the
' lead. However, it appears that the TEL can
| be “swamped” with oxygenates, leading to
the formation of 6-lead oxide (Fig. 28).

Eifect of Lead on Knock

| In spite of our lack of knowledge of the
“detailed effect of lead on the reactions
occurring in the end gas, the overall effect of

ae 0.0 ML TEL/GAL

100 % DIB, O.OML TEL/GAL
Ignition
Timing

HEAT, KCal/G-Mole of Fuel

-40 -30 -20 -10 (0) +10 +20

CRANK ANGLE -Degrees

+30 +40 °

Fig. 26. — Relationship of combustion chamber
' pressure and cumulative heat evolved to time in
engine cycle for a 40-octane number primary
-teference fuel blend with various concentrations of
rel.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971
|

1

ae 78% Stoichiometric Stoichiometric

14
>
1
gf eae
0.85

0.012 0.79 0.014
WATER CONTENT OF MIXTURE -Mole Per Cent

KNOCK LIMITED COMPRESSION RATIO

Fig. 27. — Effect of water on knock resistance
of carbon monoxide.

Yellow PbO
O, ‘a
(A)
Peroxides
(Free Radical Generators)
TEL Active Red PbO

Some
Oxygenated Hydrocarbons
(Coantiknock Activity )

(D)
Excess
Oxygenated
Intermediates
(Deactivation)

(E)
Supplemental
Antiknock
Activity

B PbO,

Fig. 28. — Reactions of Tel and its decom-
position products as observed in engine experi-
ments.

lead on knock is well established. Several
points should be made. First of all, speaking
of pure compounds, lead does not have an
equal effect on all hydrocarbons. In fact, in
some cases the addition of lead will decrease
the compression ratio at which auto-ignition
in a motored engine occurs. As a generali-
zation (now referring to commercial gaso-
line), the gasoline having the higher fraction
of paraffins usually has the highest TEL
response, with olefins and aromatics being
less responsive. Second, the response is
proportionately less with an increase in the
amount of TEL added. Third, as suggested in
the previous discussion, there are com-
pounds which, while not effective by them-
selves, cause TEL tu be more effective than
in their absence.

Probably the best current overall look at
the effect of lead on octane numbers in
commercial gasolines is shown in Fig. 29

69

105
100 : me
ere Ps
me
o xe
co eo
95
= Oe
Ww a
= 90
©
ro)
85 LA
Research
Method
80
135 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 40
ANTIKNOCK CONTENT (METALLIC LEAD)
G per Gal

Fig. 29. — Octane number as a function of lead
addition.

taken from O’Neill (1970). We can combine
Fig. 29 with Fig. 30 taken from Murphee et
al., (1958). Fig. 30 shows that 10 octane
numbers is worth about 4 compression
ratios; according to Fig. 29, 3 cc lead
(maximum used) is also worth about 10
octane numbers in regular gasoline, less in
premium. According to Fig. 1 this would
give a decrease in indicated efficiency
(CR= 11 to CR= 7) of about 4.5% absolute
value, or a decrease of 10-15% in fuel
consumption. Power output would be down
by the same amount if the compression ratio
were lowered from 11 to 8 unless engine size
were increased to compensate for the loss in
power. More precise estimates of fuel econo-
my effects depend upon the engine-trans-
mission-vehicle combination, but actual
road tests (Kavanagh et al., 1959) show
about the same decrease (Fig. 31).

Combustion Chamber Deposits and Lead

It is observed experimentally both with
and without lead in the fuel that over a
period of time deposits build up in the
combustion chamber. The sources of these
deposits are the heavy ends in the fuel plus
contributions from the lubricating oil. These
deposits occupy space in the clearance
volume and thus increase compression ratio
and therefore the tendency of the engine to

70

knock. In addition the deposits tend to be
insulating in nature, which tends to increase
end gas temperature and thus the tendency
to knock. In addition there is a possible
catalytic effect. These effects cause the
octane requirement of the engine to increase
with time; i.e., after a period of time when a
consequent increase in the amount of de-
posits a more knock-resistant fuel is re-
quired.

However deposits are constantly being
destroyed as well as formed, especially after
their thickness has increased somewhat. As
their thickness increases the temperature of
the deposit surface next to the gas increases
and there is an increased tendency for the
deposits to “‘burn off.’ Also the surface
temperature of the deposit changes as engine
load changes. This puts a thermal stress on
the deposit with a consequent “flaking off”
of the deposits. Thus, after a period of time,
the deposits reach an equilibrium thickness
where the rate of destruction is equal to the

Ww 108

69900
ON 8 O

8 8.5 +) 9.5 10 10.5 I ie) 12
COMPRESSION RATIO

POOL RESEARCH OCTANE NUMBER
©
@

Fig. 30. — Octane number requirement for dif-
ferent compression ratios.

Theo. Eff. I-55

N
(2)

c
Where n = =
v

a 8

PERCENT INCREASE
fo)

F

Theoretical

1)

0
Fig. 31. — Increase in mpg. Conditions: 8/1 to

12/1 compression ratio, constant rear axle ratio,
constant speed driving.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

rate of formation. Both the thickness and
the time required to reach this thickness, as
well as the character of the deposits, are
functions of engine operating conditions as
well as fuel and oil used. As an order-of-
magnitude example in typical urban use, we
are talking of 4-7000 miles to reach equilib-
rium conditions. The increase in octane
requirement (ORI) is not negligible as shown
in Fig. 32 taken from Dumont (1951). Fig.
32 also presents estimates of the relative
effect of compression ratio and insulating
effect in causing an increased octane require-
ment.

20

Thermal Insulation
Effect

_
—_—=_—

_ —_
= Calculated Compression
Ratio Effect

OCTANE REQUIREMENT INCREASE
(Reference Fuel Blends )
ro)

oO 2 4 6 8 10 12
"TEFLON" COATING THICKNESS -Inches x 1000

Fig. 32. —Effect on octane requirement of
catalytically inert, low-heat-conductivity com-
bustion-chamber deposits consisting of Teflon cy-
linder-head coatings.

If lead is used in the gasoline some lead
may end up in the deposits; the lead then
could affect the slow oxidation of the
deposits as they are destroyed. The fact that
lead is present in the deposits is shown in
Fig. 33 (Newby and Dumont, 1953) which
shows deposit composition as a function of
time (thickness increasing) and in Fig. 34
which shows lead as a function of position in
the deposits. It has also been established
(Campbell, 1649; Withrow and Bowditch,
1952) that at the temperatures experienced
at the surface of the deposits lead tends to
act as a catalyst in oxidizing the hydro-
carbon with phosphorous compounds acting
as a poison.

It can also be deduced from Fig. 34 by
the varying lead concentration that oxi-
dation of hydrocarbons is taking place at the
_gas-deposit interface. As deposit thickness

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

50

40

20

DEPOSIT CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
Weight Per Cent

) ey Oe 150 250
DEPOSIT ACCUMULATION -Hours

Fig. 33. — Change in deposit chemical composi-
tion with accumulation time.

Weight Per Cent

DEPOSIT CHEMICAL COMPOSITION

DISTANCE OF DEPOSIT LAYER FROM
COMBUSTION CHAMBER WALL-Inches X 1000

Fig. 34. — Analyses of layers sliced from piston
top deposit. 75-hour steady medium-duty engine
test; commercial low-sulfur fuel; 3.0 ml. tetraethyl
lead (motor mix) per gallon.

builds up, the time-average deposit surface
temperature increases — this should lead to
increased oxidation of carbon. This oxi-
dation should cause the lead to be an
increasing fraction of the deposits, as is
observed in Fig. 34.

If lead does act as a catalyst, the equilib-
rium thickness (and therefore increase in
octane requirement could be different be-
tween leaded and _ nonleaded fuels.
Duckworth (1951) stated, “The shape of the
leaded fuel curves suggest that a state of
equilibrium was reached at roughly 5000
miles. There is some indication that the
unleaded fuel had not reached its peak
requirement at 10,000 miles, but additional
mileage would not have altered the results
by a significant amount.” Forster (1970)
found that pairs of cars having the same

71

model engine but operated on unleaded and
leaded fuels had different octane require-
ments after high-mileage (30-50,000) use.
Fig. 35 shows the results of his tests. While
many variables affect such tests, it appears
that deposits using unleaded fuels will have a
higher ORI because of the effect of lead on
deposits.

104

fe)
iY)

fo)
Oo

Ye)
in’)

Avg.
e Regular -Car Pair +
oPremium-Car Pair --

ido)
(e)

UNLEADED-CAR ONR (U-Fuels), RON
@ Te)
ee rs

86
86 /88 .~S0) 92.) ~"94 96 . 98-100 102
LEADED-CAR ONR (AS-L Fuels), RON

104

Fig. 35. — Maximum-throttle ONR comparisons
of unleaded and leaded cars.

Regardless of whether the deposits are
formed from leaded or unleaded gasoline,
they are porous in nature and have the
potential for storing air-fuel mixture. If
there is a difference in the thickness or
character of the deposits between leaded and
unleaded fuels, there is a potential for a
difference in the storage of unburned mix-
ture and possibly therefore in exhaust emis-
sion, particularly hydrocarbons. The exact
amount of difference in practice is contro-
versial, but it appears that leaded fuels had
slightly higher exhaust emissions.

Combustion in Exhaust Systems and Lead

Some combustion of both hydrocarbons
and carbon monoxide takes place during the
exhaust stroke and in the exhaust systems. It
appears for example that of the order of
magnitude of 2/3 of the unburned hydro-
carbons formed in the cylinder are oxidized
during the entire exhaust process.

If a catalyst is used to increase oxidation
rates in the exhaust system, it is well known

W2

that lead poisons the catalyst and thus
indirectly affects combustion. It appears
(Smith et al., 1970) that lead does not affect
combustion in the exhaust system without a
catalyst. Thus the effect of lead on com-
bustion in the exhaust system seems to be
on the catalyst rather than on combustion
itself.

Is Lead Necessary From a Combustion Standpoint?

To summarize the situation, from a
combustion standpoint lead is sued in gaso-
line because it enables the end gas to
withstand higher thermal stresses without
igniting before the arrival of the flame front.
This in turn permits the use of higher
compression-ratio engines, which in turn
gives better fuel economy. The same effect
can be obtained by changing the refining
process to produce fuels which are better
able to withstand the thermal stress experi-
enced by the end gas. I think it is a generally
accepted fact that this is a significantly more
expensive procedure than using lead and, in
addition, probably produces less gasoline
from a barrel of crude oil.

The question of whether or not lead
should be removed requires careful consider-
ation of many factors. Among these are:

@ The level of pollutants in the air
judged necessary from a health standpoint.
It should be clear that we cannot go back to
the pollutant levels of 1492 unless we go
back to the population and industrialization
levels that existed then. It should be equally
clear that we must begin to curb pollution
but that this will be expensive.

@ The engine changes necessary to reach
these levels. For example, if the present
spark ignition engine using a catalytic
muffler is the only way to reach the levels
judged necessary, then lead must be taken
out of gasoline unless there is a break-
through in catalysts. If the necessary engine
changes involve a new type of engine (gas
turbine, steam engine, Texaco combustion
process, etc.) that does not have an end gas,
lead may not be necessary.

oe The effect of the necessary fuel
changes on emissions if the present engine is
retained with the same compression ratio.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

@ The effect of higher fuel consumption
on an increasingly scarce natural resource if
the present engine is retained with lowered
compression ratio.

eo If lead is retained, the effect of the
exhausted lead on people, animals, and
plants.

I believe that you will receive additional
information on these and possibly other
different phases of the problem during the
course of the day. Incorporation of this
information into decisions involves judg-
ments and as I understand the program these
judgments will be discussed during the even-
ing. I shall, therefore, not attempt to formu-
late or express any judgments at this time.

References Cited

Agnew, W. C., End gas temperature measurement
by a two-wavelength infrared radiation method,
SAE Trans. 69: 495-514.

Anzillotti, W.F., Rogers, J.D., Scott, G.W., and
Tomsic, V.J., 1954. Combustion of hydrogen as
related to knock, Ind. Eng. Chem. 46:
1314-1318.

Boyd, T.A., 1950. Pathfinding in engines and fuels.
SAE Quart. Trans., pp. 182-195.

Burrows, M.C., Shimizu, S., Myers, P.S., and
Uyehara, O.A., 1961. The measurement of
unburned gas temperatures in an engine by an
infrared radiation pyrometer, SAE Trans. 69:
515-528.

Campbell, J.M., 1949. Illustrates effect of lead in
burning out deposits, SAE Trans. 3: 567-570.

Caris, D.F., Mitchel, B.J., McDuffie, A.D., and
Wyczalek, F.A., ““Mechanical Octanes for High-
er Efficiency”, 1956 SAE Trans. 6A: 76-100.

Chen, S.K., Beck, N.J., Uyehara, O.A., and Myers,
P.S., 1955, Compression and end gas tempera-
tures from iodine absorption spectra: SAE
Trans.

Cornelius, and Caplan, J.D., 1952. Some effects of
fuel structure, tetraethyl lead and engine de-
posits on precombustion reactions in a firing
engine, SAE Trans. 6(3): 488-510.

Davis, William C., Smith, Marion L., Malmberg,
Earl W., and Bobbitt, Jane Ann, 1955. Compar-
ison of intermediate-combustion products
formed in engine with and without ignition,
SAE Trans. 63: 387-399.

Duckworth, J.B., 1951. Effects of combustion
chamber deposits on octane requirement and
engine power output, SAE Trans. 5(4):
576-583.

Dumont, L.F., 1951. Possible mechanisms by
which combustion chamber deposits accumu-
late and influence knock, SAE Trans. 5(4):
565-576.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Edson, M.H., 1962. The influence of compression
ratio and dissociation on the ideal Otto cycle
engine thermal efficiency, SAE Trans. 70:
665-679.

Forster, E.J., 1970. Effects of leaded versus un-
leaded gasolines on stablized octane require- ,
ments, Paper F & L — 70-46, Presented at the
National Fuels and Lubricants Meeting, Nation-
al Petroleum Refiners Association, New York,
Sept.

Gluckstein, M.E., and Walcutt, C., 1961. End-gas
temperature-pressure histories and their relation
to knock, SAE Trans. 69: 529-553.

Goldwater, J. and Hoover, A., 1967. An inter-
national study of ‘normal’ levels of lead in
blood and urine, Arch. Environm. Health 15:
60-63.

Graiff, L.B., 1967. The mode of action of
tetraethyl lead and supplemental anti-knock
agents, SAE Trans, Paper No. 660780.

Johnson, J.H., Myers, P.S., and Uyehara, O.A.,
1966. End gas temperatures, pressures, reaction
rates and knock, SAE Trans. Paper 650505.

Kavanagh, F.W., MacGregor, J.R., Polid, R.L., and
Tawler, M.B., 1959. The economics of high-
octane gasolines, SAE Trans. 67: 342-350.

Kehoe, R.A., Thaman, F., and Cholak, J., 1934.
An appraisal of the health hazards associated
with distribution and the use of gasoline con-
taining tetraethyl lead, J. Industr. Hyg. 16:
100-1277.

Lauck, F.W., Uyehara, O.A., and Myers, P.S.,
1962. An engineering evaluation of energy
conversion devices, SAE Trans.

Mason, J.M., Jr., and Hesselberg, H.E., 1954.
Engine knock as influenced by precombustion
reactions, SAE Trans. 62: 141-150.

Miller, C.D., Olsen, H.L., Logan, W.L., and
Osterstrom, G.E., 1946. Analysis of spark-
ignition engine knock as seen in photographs
taken at 200,000 frames per second, NACA TR
857; also see TR’s 727, 765, 785, and 987.

Minkoff, G.J., and Tipper, C.F.H., 1962. Chemis-
try of Combustion Reactions, Butterworths,
London.

Murphee, E.V., Codet, H.G., Corner, E.S., and
Herbst, W.A., 1958. Value of high octane
number gasolines. Presented before the Sympo-
sium on Petroleum Fuels of the Future, Amer.
Chem. Soc. San Francisco, April.

Newby, W.E., and Dumont, L.F., 1953. Mechanism
of combustion chamber deposit formation with
leaded fuels, Indust. Eng. Chem. 45(6):
1336-1342.

O’Neill, Donald, 1970. Switch to unleaded fuel
offers benefits, poses problems, SAE J.
Automot. Eng. 78(8): 17-26.

Pahnke, A.J., Engine studies of preknock reactions,
Adv. Chem., No. 20, pp. 202-216, Amer. Chem.
Soc.

Pastell, D.L., 1950. Precombustion reactions in a
motored engine, SAE Trans. 4(4): 571-587.

13

Pifkin, E.B., Walcutt, C., and Betker, G.W., Jr.,
1952. Early combustion reactions in engine
operation, SAE Trans. 6(3): 472-487.

Pipenberg, K.J., Pahnke, A.J., and Blaker, R.H.,
1958. Studies of the chemical reactions which
occur prior to knock, Paper presented at the
23rd mid-year meeting of the American Petrole-
um Institute’s Division of Refining, May 12,
1958.

Schweitzer, T.J., Uyehara, O.A., and Myers, P.S.,
-1955. Run motored engine at higher RPM than
fired engine for comparable data, SAE Trans.
63: 395-396.

Smith, P.S., Sawyer, R.F., Frondizi, C.A., and
Carr, R.C., 1970. The effects of lead additives
on reactions in exhaust systems, Project Clean

Air, Vol. 1, Res. Rep., Uni. Calif., September
1970.

Sturgis, B.M., 1955. Concepts of knock and anti-
knock action, SAE Trans. 63: 253-264.

Trumpy, D.R., Uyehara, O.A., and Myers, P.S.,
1970. The preknock kinetics of ethane in a
spark ignition engine, SAE Trans., SAE Paper
690518.

Withrow, L.L., and Bowditch, F.W., 1952. Flame
photographs of auto-ignition induced by com-
bustion-chamber deposits, SAE Trans. 6(4):
724-752.

USPHS, 1926. U.S. Public Health Bull. 163, ““The
Use of Tetraethyl Lead Gasoline in Its Relation
to Public Health.”

Gasoline-Motor Engineering

Bruce S. Bailey’

Research and Technical Department, Beacon Research Laboratories,
Texaco, Inc., P.O. Box 509, Beacon, New York 12508

ABSTRACT

The maximum efficiency to which a gasoline engine can be raised is limited among
other things by the octane number of the available fuel. Lead has been instrumental in
making possible today’s high octane gasolines, and the removal of lead from gasoline will
produce both direct and indirect octane losses which will force substantial reductions in
engine efficiency. A review of pure hydrocarbon octane data indicates that: (1) the
octane potential of unleaded gasolines is not high as compared to present leaded
gasolines, (2) good Motor octane performance will be particularly difficult to achieve in
unleaded gasolines, and (3) high concentrations of aromatics will be needed in unleaded
gasolines. Until it is clear that a clean engine cannot be developed which uses leaded
fuels, future use of lead antiknocks should not be foreclosed.

As most of you are probably aware, lead
antiknocks have been used in gasolines for
many years, and their possible elimination
from gasoline will have important conse-
quences not only on automotive emissions

Mr. Bailey earned a B.S. degree in Chemical
Engineering at the Georgia Institute of Technology
in 1941. For 5 years afterward he served in the
U.S. Air Force at Wright Field, working on aircraft
fuels and lubricants. Since 1946, he has been with
Texaco, Inc., where he has worked on combustion,
anti-knock performance of hydrocarbons, emis-
sions, and environmental effects.

74

and air pollution but also on automotive
performance and utility and on transporta-
tion economics. My assignment this morning
is to discuss the general subject of gasoline-
motor engineering, exclusive of emissions, as

Mr. Bailey is a Member of a number of soci-
eties, including the American Chemical Society and
the Air Pollution Control Association. He has
served on a number of committees of the American
Petroleum Institute and is currently Chairman of
the Advisory Committee for an API research pro-
ject on automotive emissions and environmental
effects.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

it relates to engine performance and gasoline
composition and how these matters are
affected by lead.

In developing the subject of gasoline-
motor engineering, I plan to discuss the
following topics:

e Why gasolines contain lead.

e How gasolines will change if lead is

removed.

e What is the octane performance
potential of unleaded gasolines as com-
pared to leaded gasolines and how
might this change in potential affect
the ultimate development of the Otto
cycle automotive engine.

Also, I plan to touch briefly on some of the
engine problems, exclusive of those in the
emissions area, posed by the use of lead.

It is obvious that within the context of
the topics which I plan to discuss, lead serves
a useful purpose in gasolines. The reason for
this is because lead does contribute substan-
tially to automotive performance and econo-
my, and except for emission-related prob-
lems, does not create any other major
problems. If lead is not to be used in
gasolines because of emission considerations,
then the benefits offered by lead will be lost
and must be recouped in some other way, if
possible. While it is possible to regain some
of the octane loss resulting from lead re-
moval by gasoline composition changes, the
full impact and meaning of these lost bene-
fits cannot be properly assessed without
considering economics, conservation of
petroleum resources, and related subjects. I
do not plan to discuss this side of the lead
story; however, I would point out that
economics and related matters are very
important parts of this overall problem and
must be considered in any final decision
regarding the use of lead in gasoline.

Octane Number

Octane number is a measure of the
antiknock performance (resistance to knock)
of a fuel. For the purposes of this discussion,
we shall be concerned with Research octane
number (RON)?, Motor octane number

2 ASTM D-2699, Knock Characteristics of
Motor Fuels by the Research Method.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL. VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

(MON)?, and Road octane number. *Re-
search and Motor octane numbers are deter-
mined in laboratory test engines under
carfully controlled conditions and are useful
for indicating the general antiknock perfor-
mance of a fuel. Road octane numbers are
determined in cars under service use con-
ditions and are useful for indicating the
antiknock performance of fuels in customer
service. Equations relating RON and MON
with Road octane number are often used to
control gasoline quality; however, such
equations require periodic up-dating because
of the changes which are continually being
made in automobile and engine design.

Engine Efficiency

Lead is used in gasoline to increase the
octane number of the fuel. Historically,
spark knock has been the factor which has
limited the maximum efficiency which can
be achieved by a gasoline engine. To over-
come knock limitations, gasolines of high
octane number are required, and lead has
been instrumental in making possible today’s
high-octane-number gasolines. Fig. 1 shows
how the relative power and economy of an
engine increase as the compression ratio of
the engine is increased. Actually, compres-
sion ratio is not the only engine variable
which is changed as engines are altered to

SASTM D-2700, Knock Characteristics of
Motor and Aviation-Type Fuels by the Motor
Method.

4Modified Uniontown Procedure, CRC Desig-
nation F-28.

30
PERCENT
GAIN 20
POWER

OR
ECONOMY !0

0
6 8 10 12

COMPRESSION RATIO

Fig. 1. — Compression ratio vs. power and

economy.

75

increase efficiency; but, it is the most
important variable and is a convenient vari-
able to use as a correlating parameter. As
indicated on the figure, engine power or
economy can be increased by nearly 30% as
compression ratio is increased from 6:1 to
12:1. Notice that the compression ratio scale
is not linear and that a 1-unit increase in
compression ratio at high compression ratios
does not produce as large an increase in
engine performance as does a 1-unit increase
at low compression ratios. Research by Caris
and Nelson of General Motors (1958) and by
others has indicated that useful increases in
power and economy can be obtained at
compression ratios up to at least 17:1. This
is considerably above present levels and
indicates that further improvements in the
power and economy of the automotive
engine are possible.

100

OCTANE NUMBER
o o wo
ao uo

foe)
oO

See ot. 8 USO all
COMPRESSION RATIO

Fig. 2. — Compression ratio vs. octane require-
ment.

Fig. 2 shows the other side of the
compression ratio “‘coin’’ and indicates that
the octane requirement? of the engine in-
creases as the compression ratio is increased.
Here again, a non-linear relationship is en-
countered with octane requirement, in-
creasing more slowly than compression ratio
over the compression ratio range covered by
these data. The data show that a 1-unit
increase in compression ratio at the 6:1 level
increases octane requirement by about 5
numbers, while at the 10:1 level, a 1-unit
increase in compression ratio increases

l2

"Octane requirement data are in Road octane
numbers; fuels of somewhat higher Research oc-
tane numbers are required to satisfy engines over
this compression ratio range.

76

octane requirement by about 3 numbers.
The corollary to this is that a unit increase in
octane number at high levels is more valu-
able in terms of knock-limited compression
ratio increase than a l-unit increase in
octane number at low levels. This is an
important fact of gasoline-motor engineering
and one in which lead plays a large role.

30

PERCENT 56

Economy !0

0
80

90 100
OCTANE NUMBER
Fig. 3. — Octane number vs. power and econo-
my.
The basic relationships shown in the first
2 figures combine to produce the octane
number versus per cent gain in power and
economy relationship shown on Fig. 3. Here
we see that over the range of these data
there is an approximate linear relationship
between octane number and knock-limited
power and economy, and that increases in
gasoline octane number can be converted
directly into more powerful and efficient
engines. It should be noted that over the
range of Fig. 3, there is no tendency for the
value of an octane number to decrease as
octane level is increased. This is the basic
rationale of the modern, high compression
ratio automotive engine, wherein increases in
gasoline octane quality have been used to
produce more powerful and efficient en-
gines. The data also show that the end of
this development process has not been reach-
ed and that further increases in octane
quality above present levels would permit
further increases in engine power and econo-
my.
TEL Response
Fig. 4 shows how lead fits into the octane
number, engine performance, and economy
picture. These data indicate that the Re-

search octane number of a typical U.S.
gasoline is increased by approximately 8

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

RESE ARCW

100
ce
=o
25 95
P<
UF
Lad =
== 90
>)
85h . |
G05 00. 2 20" 36
ml. TEL/GAL.

Fig. 4. — Effect of TEL on octane in a typical
U.S. gasoline.

octane numbers by the addition of 3 ml
TEL/gal. While only Research octane data
are presented on Fig. 4, the Motor octane
number and the Road octane number of a
gasoline are increased in a similar fashion by
the addition of TEL. The octane response
data are presented on arithmetic coordinates
in Fig. 4 to emphasize the non-linear charac-
ter of this relationship. Note that about 50%
of the octane gain obtained with 3 ml
TEL/gal. is achieved with the first 0.5-1.0 ml
TEL/gal. This points up the unique character
of lead as an antiknock and shows that very
low concentrations of lead can produce
useful octane increases.

Fig. 5 shows the octane effect of TEL on
the U.S. Motor Gasoline Pool. As a point of
information, the U.S. Motor Gasoline Pool is

100

OCTANE NUMBER

0.5

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

1.0
ml. TEL /GAL.

Fig. 5. — Effect of TEL on octane of U.S. Motor Gasoline Pool.

a hypothetical volume of gasoline represent-
ing all of the motor gasoline sold in the U.S.
in any one year; in Fig. 5 the pool gasoline
data have been estimated for 1970. The pool
data are supplemented by data for the
component premium and regular grade pools
which comprise the U.S. Motor Gasoline
Pool. Also the data are now presented on a
conventional non-linear TEL susceptibility
chart which is widely used in the petroleum
industry to analyze the octane response of
gasolines to TEL additions. On this type of
chart, you will note that the octane response
curves turn out to be straight lines which
make the data relationships easier to handle.

The information presented in Fig. 5
contain several points which should be care-
fully noted. First, the data indicate that, at a
U.S. Motor Gasoline Pool lead concentration
which is estimated to be 2.6 ml TEL/gal.,
the pool RON gain is about 7.6 numbers
while the pool MON gain is about 8.1
numbers. Because of higher lead concentra-
tions, the octane gains of premium grade
gasolines are slightly higher than those of
regular grade gasolines. For our purposes,
however, the U.S. Motor Gasoline Pool data
provide a convenient basis for assessing the
value of TEL, and on this basis, TEL at the
present level of usage provides for an octane
increase of about 8 numbers. This is an
important number to keep in mind, since it
indicates the direct loss in octane numbers

RESEARCH
OCTANE

MOTOR
OCTANE

@ POOL AVERAGE

20 3.0

qd

which will result if lead is removed from
gasoline.

A second important point indicated in
Fig. 5 is that the unleaded octane numbers
of the present U.S. Motor Gasoline Pool are
estimated to be approximately 88 RON and
80.5 MON. The 88 unleaded RON is below
the 91 RON level which has been proposed
for the new interim unleaded gasolines. As
shown in the figure, the 91 RON level
corresponds very closely to the unleaded
RON of the present premium grade gasoline
pool. This means that the equivalent of the
present regular grade pool must be octane
up-graded by approximately 5 numbers
(from 86 to 91) if all motor gasoline is to
meet the proposed interim unleaded octane
specification. While it is difficult for some to
understand why the petroleum industry will
require time to produce a lower octane
number gasoline than is currently being
supplied, the answer lies in the large octane
gain which is presently being realized from
the use of lead. Proposals to phase lead out
of gasoline must take this fact into account
and provide the time required to design and
install the refinery processing facilities which
will be required to achieve any proposed
unleaded octane levels.

The final point which should be made in
connection with the information presented
in Fig. 5 concerns the Research and Motor
octane ranges which are of interest with
regard to present and future gasolines. If one
assumes that the proposed 91 RON level
represents the lowest RON level which will
be satisfactory, then we see that if unleaded
gasolines are ever again to reach present
quality levels, they must eventually span the
range to the 100 RON level. The correspond-
ing MON range is from about 82 to 92.
These octane ranges provide a convenient
basis for assessing the octane possibilities of
pure hydrocarbon systems and seeing what
will be necessary in the way of gasoline
composition changes to provide for high
octane unleaded gasolines in the future.

Before considering unleaded gasolines and
the octane possibilities of unleaded hydro-
carbon systems, let’s take a look at the
history of octane and engine compression
ratio increases and see how long it has taken

78

us to reach present octane and engine
efficiency levels. Fig. 6 shows the trend of
Research and Motor octane numbers of the
U.S. Motor Gasoline Pool together with the
trend of compression ratios of the average
U.S. passenger car from 1946 to the present.
During this period, the pool Research octane
number of gasoline increased from about 81
to 96, the pool Motor octane number from
about 76 to 89 and the average compression
ratio from about 6.5 to 9.3. These increases
in octane numbers and compression ratio
have provided for substantial increases in
automotive performance and economy, and
while we have all oftentimes wished that
more of this improvement had been returned
to us in the form of economy increases,
nevertheless from a gasoline-motor engineer-
ing point of view a real and highly significant
improvement has been made.

The contribution of lead to this octane
and automotive efficiency increase has been
substantial and relatively constant since the
middle 50.s because since that time the
U.S. Motor Gasoline Pool lead concentra-
tions have generally been above 2 ml TEL/
gal. Based on the pool octane increase shown
in Fig. 5, the present pool lead concentra-
tion is seen to be equivalent to about 15
years of octane progress. It may also be of

95

Ce

tad

= 90

=

z

ui 85

= !

S 80 U.S. MOTOR

GASOLINE POOL

75

©

>;

ce

r

S

ww

(7)

taj

iis

a.

So 6

© 1946 ‘50 '54 ‘58 ‘62 ‘66 ‘70

YEAR

Fig. 6. — U.S. octane — compression ratio trends.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

interest to know that the octane number of
the crude gasoline pool as it exists in crude
petroleum before refinery processing is be-
low 60 octane numbers; thus refinery pro-
cessing provides for the increment from
below 60 to 88 or some 3040 octane
numbers, while TEL provides for the last 8
numbers. Based on premissable increases in
engine power and economy as estimated by
the Performance Number Scale®, the last 8
octane numbers obtained from lead are
estimated to be worth from about %4-% of
the increases obtained from refinery process-
ing improvements. These numbers are very
approximate, but they do give some insight
into the general situation.

Pure Hydrocarbons

Now if lead is not to be used, what are
the prospects for producing high-octane-

6Performance Number = 2800/(128 — octane
number).

120
110
= 100
90 |

Wh Onn @®
ooo OO Oo

RESEARCH OCTANE NUMB

pe)
>)

or

456789 56789

number unleaded gasoline? What hydro-
carbons exhibit unleaded octane numbers in
the ranges of interest and what does this
octane number information tell us about the
likely compositions of future unleaded gaso-
lines? Information of this sort is presented
on Fig. 7, which shows the octane ranges of
the unleaded hydrocarbons on a Research
octane number basis. Shown on this figure
are the Research octane numbers of the
major classes of hydrocarbons arranged ac-
cording to carbon number. For any hydro-
carbon class and carbon number category,
the top of the bar indicates the octane
number of the highest octane number
isomer, while the bottom of the bar indi-
cates the octane number of the lowest
octane isomer. The divisions on the bars
indicate the octane ranges covered by the
various degrees of branching for a given
category of isomers. I would like to make it
very clear at this point that the data shown
in this figure do not cover all of the isomers

TRIMETHYL
DIMETHYL
METHYL

NO BRANCHING

Eto mi a

678910

45678
CARBON NUMBER
PARAFFINS NAPHTHENES OLEFINS AROMATICS

Fig. 7. — Octane possibilities of unleaded hydrocarbons (RON).

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

79

which are possible in each category. There
are two reasons for this. First, not all of the
isomers in each category have been isolated
and knock-rated; hence the octane data are
not available. This restriction applies particu-
larly to the higher carbon number paraffin
and olefin categories where the number of
structural isomers is very large. The second
reason that the data in Fig..7. is not
all-inclusive is that I have chosen not to
include all of the hydrocarbons for which
data are available, since to do so would be
misleading by indicating octane possibilities
which do not realistically exist. The hydro-
carbons which have been omitted are also
largely in the higher carbon number paraffin
and olefin categories and are of such special-
ized structures as to render them of little
practical interest. In spite of these limit-
ations, the data shown in Fig. 7 are useful
for indicating the octane potential and possi-
bilities of the various hydrocarbon cate-
gories.

Let’s begin our consideration of this
information by examining the data shown
on the left of Fig. 7 for paraffins. These data
indicate that: (1) high octane numbers are
associated with highly branched compact
hydrocarbon structures, while low octane
numbers are associated with non or slightly
branched long chain structures; and (2) for
any degree of branching, i.e. mono-methy]l,
di-methyl, etc., the octane number decreases
as the carbon number increases. When the
octane numbers of these hydrocarbons are
considered in relation to the octane range of
interest, it is seen that only the most highly
branched isomers in each carbon number
category are good candidates for inclusion in
unleaded gasolines. This fact has important
implications which respect to the types of
refinery processes which can be used to
produce paraffinic hydrocarbons of the de-
sired octane level. This aspect of the prob-
lem will be commented on briefly later.

The next class of hydrocarbons, the
naphthenes, are seen to have few members
which are of sufficiently high octane number
to make them interesting candidates for use
in unleaded gasolines. This, coupled with the
fact that naphthenes are processing pre-
cursors for the very high octane aromatics,

80

means that few naphthenes will find their
way into unleaded gasolines. The data for
the next class of hydrocarbons, the olefins,
indicate that there are a reasonably large
number of olefins which exhibit unleaded
octane numbers in the interesting range; but
here again, a high degree of branching
coupled additionally with the requirement
that the unsaturated linkage be properly
located (not shown in figure) means that,
while olefins can be used in unleaded gaso-
lines, their use will not be large and will be
confined to the low carbon number cate-
gories which can be produced. The last class
of hydrocarbons, the aromatics, are all
shown to be of high octane number and are
thus prime candidates for inclusion in un-
leaded gasolines. This is one of the most
important facts indicated by the data in Fig.
7. Notice that the lowest octane number
shown for any of the aromatics is above 100
RON. This makes aromatics doubly valuable,
since their availability for use in gasoline will
permit the use of other lower octane number
hydrocarbons, thus increasing the number
and volume of hydrocarbons which can be
used in an unleaded gasoline pool.

Fig. 8 presents the same type of infor-
mation as in the previous figure, but here the
data are presented on a Motor octane num-
ber basis. The information in Fig. 8 generally
indicate the same octane number — hydro-
carbon structure relationships as were dis-
cussed previously, but notice that in this
case there are fewer hydrocarbons in and
above the target zone. This is particularly
important because the recent changes which
have been made in engine combustion
chamber design to minimize exhaust emis-
sions have tended to increase the importance
of Motor octane number. On a Motor octane
basis, aromatic hydrocarbons are again con-
spicuous by their high octane numbers,
while the numbers of olefinic hydrocarbons
in the octane range of interest are greatly
reduced. Some paraffinic hydrocarbons ex-
hibit octane numbers in the desired range,
but here again only the highly branched
isomers are of real interest.

The major conclusion to be drawn from
Figs. 7 and 8 is that the hydrocarbons which
exhibit the necessary high octane numbers

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

2 ——————————Eee—— ll ee

a

to be included in high octane unleaded gaso-
lines are aromatic and highly branched paraf-
finic hydrocarbons. While some olefins ex-
hibit sufficiently high octane numbers to be
included in unleaded gasolines, use of olefins
will generally be minimized because of both
octane and emission considerations. Thus, if
unleaded gasolines become the motor fuel of
the future, they will be composed primarily
of aromatic and branched chain paraffinic
hydrocarbons with only small amounts of
olefins. Aromatics are produced by catalytic
reforming processes where the principal
reactions involve the dehydrogenation of
naphthenes to yield aromatics. Branched
chain paraffins below C6 carbon number can
be produced by isomerization processes.
Above C6 carbon number, the equilibrium
mixtures of paraffins produced by isomeri-
zation are too low in octane number to be of
interest, and other processes such as alkyla-
tion must be used to produce the highly
branched structures required. It seems clear
from a consideration of the octane potential
of pure hydrocarbon systems that high

120
10

MOTOR OCTANE NUMBER
Mow ha wANwoOwOO
SCOCOCOC OCC Oo

ore

456789 56789

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

octane number unleaded gasolines will be
specialty products in every sense of that
phrase and will be blended from a relatively
few high-purity, high-cost hydrocarbon
streams.

Another important point indicated in Fig.
7 and 8 is that it will be generally more
difficult to achieve high unleaded Motor
octane levels vis. a vis. present octane levels
than it will be to produce high unleaded
Research octane levels. Because Motor octane
quality is considerably more important than
Research octane quality in today’s cars,
difficulties in producing unleaded gasolines
of high Motor octane number could indicate
future knocking problems and _ possible
further limitations on engine power and
economy. In addition to these problems, the
whole question of properly defining and
controlling the road octane quality of motor
gasolines has been confused, to say the least,
by recent action to require the posting of
Research octane numbers on_ gasoline
pumps. By requiring that the Research oc-
tane number be posted, the flexibility be-

TRIMETHYL

B OiMETHYL
METHYL

B NO BRANCHING

678910

45678
CARBON NUMBER

PARAFFINS NAPHTHENES OLEFINS

Fig. 8. — Octane possibilities of unleaded hydrocarbons (MON).

AROMATICS

81

tween Research and Motor octane quality
which the industry has employed in the past
to provide gasolines of high Road antiknock
performance will be lost, and a difficult
octane quality problem is made more diffi-
cult.

And lastly the final point made by the
data in Figs. 7 and 8 is that the octane
potential of unleaded hydrocarbon systems
is not high as compared to present leaded
gasoline octane levels. While there are a
reasonable number of hydrocarbons at the
bottom of the octane range of interest,
except for aromatic hydrocarbons there are
relatively few at the upper end of the octane
range of interest. Thus it would appear that
future unleaded gasolines will generally be
limited to present leaded gasoline octane
levels and lower.

Unleaded Gasolines

Refinery balance studies of the product-
ion of unleaded gasolines such as the classic
Bonner and Moore study (1967) have generally
confirmed the basic compostional trends
discussed above. These studies have indi-
cated that the bulk of the job of raising the
octane number of the unleaded gasoline pool
will be accomplished by the addition of
aromatic stocks while selectively removing
the low octane paraffinic and olefinic stocks
and maximizing use of branched chain
paraffinic stocks. This point is illustrated in
Fig. 9, which presents data published by
Faust and Sterba (1970). Here, we see that
aromatics are projected to increase if the
Research octane number of unleaded gaso-
line is increased and that over the range of
90 RON to 100 RON, aromatic concentra-
tions will double from about 25 to 50%.
Also shown in this Fig. 9 are additional,
more recent data indicating the aromatic
concentration range of some of the new 91
RON unleaded gasolines which were intro-
duced in 1970. The aromatic concentrations
of these gasolines lie mostly to the right of
the Sterba and Faust line, thus suggesting
that in practice somewhat higher aromatic
concentrations may be required than that
study indicated. Regardless of these differ-
ences, the important point of these data is
that they underscore the importance of

82

Ge

Py 100

©S 98

S 96

>

= 94

3S 92 @ PREMIUM

= 90] —
* 1970 NON-LEAD

cs 88

hee TY

AROMATICS IN GASOLINE, VOL.%

Fig. 9. — Aromatics in unleaded gasolines.

aromatic hydrocarbons to the production of
high octane number unleaded gasolines and
indicate that aromatic concentrations must
go up if octane levels of unleaded gasolines
are to increase. The fact that it will be
necessary to use high concentrations of
aromatics in high octane unleaded gasolines
should be recognized and taken into account
in future planning.

Road Octane

The last factor which enters into an
overall understanding of the gasoline-motor
engineering aspects of the lead question is
how leaded and unleaded gasolines of equal
laboratory octane number compare in Road
octane performance. For many years the
lead suppliers have claimed a “road octane
bonus” for leaded gasolines, and the avail-
able data for unleaded gasolines would ap-
pear to support this contention. Fig. 10
presents data which are believed to be
reasonably representative of the general situ-
ation at the regular grade gasoline octane
level. These data which were published by
Reigel (1970) indicate that in order to
achieve the same Road octane performance,
unleaded gasolines must on the average be of
somewhat higher laboratory octane number
than leaded gasoline. For these regular grade
gasolines at the 92 Road octane level, the
increase in laboratory octane numbers re-
quired for the unleaded gasoline over the
leaded gasoline is 0.7 octane numbers. The
corollary to this is that for regular grade
gasolines of equal iaboratory octane number,

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

LEADED NON- LEAD

91.9
90.7

ROAD
(R+M) /2

R-M 8.0 9.0 10.0
RON 947 95.2 957
MON 86.7 86.2

Fig. 10. — Road octane performance of unlead-
ed regular grade gasolines

LEADED NON- LEAD

98.8
Sf

ROAD
(R+M)/2

R-M
RON
MON

8.4 10 Ile
101.9 102.7 103.3
93:00 92.7) 92.1

Fig. 11. — Road octane performance of unlead-
ed premium grade gasolines

the unleaded gasoline will exhibit an approx-
imate 0.7 road octane number loss as com-
pared to the leaded gasoline.

The loss in Road octane performance for
unleaded gasolines as compared to leaded
gasolines is larger at the premium grade
octane level than at the regular grade octane
level. Fig. 11, which also uses data published
by Reigel op. cit. indicates that the road
octane loss for unleaded gasoline is approxi-
mately 1.6 octane numbers at the premium
grade octane level. This is a large loss and
means that the road octane depreciation
characteristics of unleaded gasolines are a
problem of considerable importance which
must be taken into account in assessing the
utility of unleaded gasolines. At present, be-
cause vehicles designed to operate on un-
leaded gasolines are just becoming available
in large numbers, not enough data of this
sort have been produced to indicate what
good broadly based average octane loss
values might be for unleaded gasolines. How-
ever, based on all of our experience it
appears inevitable that we will have to cope
with a significant loss in road octane per-
formance with unleaded fuels as compared
to leaded fuels of equal laboratory octane
number, and that this loss in road octane
performance will become larger and more
serious as the octane level of unleaded gaso-
~ lines is raised.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

7.0 - 10.0
05- 2.0

7.5 - 12.0

DIRECT
INDIRECT

TOTAL

Fig. 12. — Octane loss with lead removal.

Fig. 12 shows the final accounting of the
octane losses which will accrue if lead is
removed from gasoline. As indicated, these
losses will be of two kinds; (1) the direct
octane loss which will result from lead
removal, and (2) the indirect loss which will
result from the fact that unleaded gasolines
do not perform as well in vehicles as do
leaded gasolines of the same laboratory
octane number. Depending upon the gaso-
line and car, the total of these losses is
estimated to vary between 7.5 and 12 octane
numbers with a reasonable average loss,
probably being in the area of 9 octane
numbers. This is a large loss which can be
partially but not completely offset by
changes in gasoline composition. While it
might appear that these are one time losses
which will be paid for only when lead is
removed from gasoline, this is not actually
the case. In reality these losses will be
continuing ones which will result from our
inability to use lead in any future unleaded
gasoline pool. Thus, the increment of octane
gain, engine efficiency gain, and economic
gain associated with lead usage will be a
permanent continuing loss if lead is not to
be used, and we shall have to be satisfied
with a lower level of engine and fuel
performance coupled with higher costs if
unleaded gasolines are to be the way of the
future.

Engine Durability

With regard to the non-octane aspects of
the lead question, there are presently no
serious engine problems which are associated
with the use of lead in gasoline. Over the
years improvements in engine design, lubri-
cating oil quality, and gasoline quality (in-
cluding lead) have combined to produce an
automobile system which is remarkably
trouble-free. Recent advances in detergents
and other gasoline and lubricating oil ad-

83

ditives have produced further increases in
engine reliability and continuity of new
engine performance. This is not to say that
use of lead does not produce problems, for it
does. Increased exhaust system corrosion
and decreased spark plug life are two real
problems which result from the use of
leaded gasolines. However, these problems
have been with us for many years and we
know how to minimize their effects through
use of high-quality gasolines and engine oils
and proper vehicle maintenance procedures.
On the other hand, the use of unleaded
gasolines poses certain problems for which
ready solutions are not available. Chief
among these is the problem of valve reces
sion which occurs when automotive engines
are operated under heavy duty conditions on
unleaded gasolines. While it is possible to
relieve this problem by changing engine
construction material, this is not a solution
which is applicable to the used-car popu-
lation, and difficulties in this area may be
expected if unleaded gasolines come into
general use.

Conclusion

In closing, I would like to make a few
comments to put these matters in final

84

perspective. It should be clear that from an
octane and an engine performance point of
view, the benefits accruing from the use of
lead are very substantial and that these
benefits should be retained if at all possible.
However, if lead must be removed to permit
the development of a clean automotive
engine, then lead must go and the losses
involved will have to be charged against the
clean air account. Until it is clear that this is
the best course and that a clean engine can-
not be developed which uses leaded fuels, we
should keep our options open with regard to
the future use of lead.

References Cited

Bonner and Moore, 1967. Vol. 1, Economics of
Manufacture of Unleaded Gasolines. American
Petroleum Institute, Washington, D.C.

Caris, F.D., and E.E. Nelson, 1958. A new look at
high-compression engines. SAE Summer Meet-
ing, Atlantic City, N.J., June 8-13.

Faust, W.J., and M.J. Sterba, 1970. Minimizing
exhaust emissions — a realistic approach. ASTM
Symposium, Toronto, Canada, June 24.

Reigel, J.E., 1970. Automobiles: The important
variable affecting road-laboratory octane corre-
lation equations. 35th Midyear Meeting, API
Division of Refining, Houston, Tex., May 4.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

ee

U.S. Army’s Hybrid Combustion Engine and the
1975 Federal Exhaust Emission Standards

George E, Cheklich'

Executive Program Engineer, Propulsion Systems Division,
U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command, 28251 Van Dyke, Warren, Michigan 48090

ABSTRACT

Intrinsically cleaner Hybrid Combustion (Stratified Charge) process and catalytic
exhaust element enables the Army’s highest volume engine to beat announced 1975
Federal Emission Standards. Engine alone is clean enough to surpass 1972 Federal

Standards.

Two stratified charge systems are under investigation by the US Army Tank-Automo-
tive Command (USATACOM). They are: (1) the Texaco Combustion Process (TCP), and
(2) the Ford Combustion Process (FCP). Emissions and fuel economy test results from

these stratified charge engines are presented.

Introduction

An engine with remarkably low emissions
has emerged from long-range USATACOM
investigations into various hybrid combustion
processes. Hybrid combustion combines the
advantages of the spark ignition (SI) engine
of soft combustion, compactness, and light
weight with the high efficiency virtue of the
diesel engine. These investigations have in-
volved 10 years of effort and several million
dollars. By placing major emphasis on emis-
sions rather than on fuel economy as origi-
nally conceived, we have surpassed the an-
nounced 1975 Federal Emission Standards
on the Army’s 4-cylinder L-141 engine
(liquid cooled; 141 CID; SI, 71 gross horse-

IMr. George E. Cheklich joined the U.S. Army
Tank—Automotive Command research staff in
1962 and is an executive program engineer in
charge of the advanced engine research program for
Army vehicles in the Propulsion Systems Division.

_ After receiving BS and MS engineering degrees

from Michigan State University, he worked on vari-
ous industrial combustion and engine development
projects (three years with Ford Motor Company
and four years with Chrysler Corporation).

Mr. Cheklich is active in other advanced piston
engine research programs in addition to the hybrid
combustion engine efforts. He is a registered engi-
neer in Michigan.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

power). This dramatic reduction in pollu-
tants was achieved primarily via the basic
combustion process. The L-141 engine
powers the highest production Army vehicle,
the M-151 “Jeep.”

Two processes, the Texaco Combustion
Process (TCP) and the Ford Combustion
Process (FCP), both utilizing the stratified
charge principle (a form of hybrid com-
bustion), have exhibited the basic capability
for the precise control of combustion re-
quired to reduce emissions markedly on the
“Jeep” engine. About 8,000 miles of vehicle
operation have been accumulated with each
process.

The stratified charge combustion princi-
ple basically utilizes fuel efficiently and
produces considerably lower exhaust emis-
sions when compared to a typical carbureted
engine. Charge stratification makes possible
overall lean combustion, which produces low
pollutant levels. Only a small amount of fuel
reaches the combustion chamber walls, lead-
ing to reduced quenching and thereby mini-
mizing unburned hydrocarbons (HC). Very
lean air/fuel ratios minimize formation of
carbon monoxide (CO) and oxides of nitro-
gen (NOx) (see Fig. 1 for effect of air/fuel
ratio on emissions under constant operating
conditions).

85

Undesirable emissions concentration

Air-fuel ratio

Fig. 1. — Effect of air-fuel ratio on emissions.

We are investigating stratified charge in
both best fuel economy and best emissions
versions. We feel that it is possible to achieve
a compromise best fuel economy — best
emissions, direct injected hybrid combustion
engine which will be significantly better in
both respects than can be achieved in a typ-
ical carbureted engine.

To test this theory, USATACOM is pur-
suing parallel emission reduction projects at
both Texaco and Ford. We intend to obtain
the best economy possible while meeting
specified emission standards. See Table 1 for
Federal Emission Standards for light duty
vehicles.

FCP Emissions Reduction Program

The FCP emissions reduction program has
been active for approximately 2 years, dur-
ing which a number of different pollution
control measures have been explored. By
adding a commercially available catalytic
reactor to the exhaust system of the
L-141-FCP hybrid combustion engine, and
use of exhaust gas recirculation, the undesir-
able exhaust emissions have been reduced to
levels which surpass the 1975 Federal emis-
sion standards as shown in Table 2. (most of
the data in Table 2 were obtained for
USATACOM by the Air Pollution Control
Office (APCO — formerly NAPCA) of the
Environmental Protection Agency). Even
without catalyst, the FCP easily beats the
1972 standards. This amazingly excellent
emission reduction came only after minimiz-
ing emissions from the L-141-FCP engine
without catalyst, and by exploiting the
control of combustion inherent in the strati-
fied charge principle. The L-141-FCP engine
is shown in Fig. 2.

Even with the inherently clean emissions
performance of the FCP as indicated by the
remarkable results achieved to date, there is
room for additional improvement. Mid-air
quenching is one of the toughest problems
and appears to be a function of temperature
control.

At part load, as the flame spreads from
the concentrated center of the fuel/air
cloud, it reaches into regions of rapidly

Table 1. — Federal emission standards. Light-duty gasoline powered vehicles, 6,000 lbs. GVW and

below.
MODEL CARBON
YEAR HYDROCARBONS | MONOXIDE
ea as
1968- 19689

Maka ppm cae

1972-3-4

0.46 gpm

OXIDES OF DRIVING
NITROGEN | PARTICULATE EVAPORATIVE CYCLE
Taw
23 gpmin fie! ce =-SS2 Tw Ae-eSse>) Ole re eo Be Mode
: 23 gpm 6 gm/test 7 Mode
= ae eee —
4.7 gpm 3 gpm
eee

7 | 7Mode

1Constant volume sampling. 2Parts per million. 3Grams per vehicle mile.

86

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Table 2. — Exhaust emissions performance, M151 vehicle —standard vs. hybrids. APCO data with
LA4-S3 driving cycle — cold start — constant volume sampling (CVS). Fuel: Unleaded gasoline.

GRAMS PER VEHICLE MILE

STANDARD
M151
POLLUTANT

UNBURNED
HYDROCARBONS
(HC) F.1.D.

CARBON
MONOXIDE
(CO)

OXIDES OF
NITROGEN
(NOx)

"Best economy engine. Ford data.

rising air/fuel ratio. To burn these lean
mixtures (around 30:1 air/fuel ratio) re-
quires higher temperatures. Unfortunately,
there is a point where the large amounts of
excess air act as a heat sink to prevent the
temperature rise needed for complete com-
bustion; hence the “‘tails’” of the cloud
quench in air resulting in unburned hydro-
carbons.

Fig. 2. — L-141-FCP engine.

To reduce mid-air quench, the FCP uti-
lizes throttling of the intake air to reduce
cylinder pressure at part load. Less air mixed
with the fuel means less cooling and hence
reduced air quenching of the charge. It
appears that the correct amount of air for
minimum emissions for this engine falls in

) the relatively narrow range ot 17:1-18:1

air/fuel ratio.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

TEXACO
COMBUSTION
PROCESS!
WO/CAT W/CAT| WO/CAT W/CAT| WO/CAT

FORD
COMBUSTION
PROCESS2
W/CAT
Best Best Best Best
Econ. Emiss Econ Emiss

5.11 1.49 — .15

1975
FEDERAL
STANDARDS

However, the high temperatures required
for complete hydrocarbon combustion must
be cumpromised with the need to limit
production of oxides of nitrogen. As in
carbureted engines, exhaust gas recirculation
helps to control NOx emissions from this
stratified charge combustion process by re-
ducing peak combustion temperatures.
Furthermore, by atomizing the fuel hetero-
genecusly rather than mixing it homo-
geneously with air, the local oxygen concen-
tration of the mixture is reduced, which
further inhibits production of NOx. The
overall lean mixture ratio provides the re-
quired oxygen to minimize carbon monox-
ide formation.

The FCP emissions reduction program is
continuing with investigation of perfor-
mance with reactors and additional refine-
ments of the overall combustion system.
Also, additional vehicle testing will be con-
ducted to determine durability character-
istics of the best emissions engine.

TCP Emissions Reduction Program

Both the TCP and the FCP programs were
initially directed at providing engines with
the best possible fuel economy. The TCP
and the FCP provide comparable fuel con-
sumption on combat gasoline (Fig. 3) and
comparable emissions characteristics in the
best economy versions (Table 2). The best
economy TCP without catalyst approaches

87

L-141-TCP

COMBAT GASOLINE _
CITE FUEL

FUEL ECONOMY — MPG

STANDARD ENGINE
COMBAT GASOLINE

VEHICLE SPEED — MPH

Fig. 3. — M-151 vehicle road load fuel economy
comparison.

the 1972 standards. However, with catalyst
the 1975 Federal standards are approached.
From these data we felt that both com-
bustion processes could significantly reduce

emissions if this objective were pursued with
equal emphasis. Unfortunately, at that time
USATACOM had funds to pursue this ob-
jective on 1 system only (FCP).

Recently Texaco was funded to investi-
gate techniques for lowering emissions from
the TCP. We expect significant emissions
"improvements from the TCP with perform-
ance comparable to the best emissions FCP.

Areas under investigation with the TCP
include mechanical design refinements and
optimization of operating variables such as
injection and ignition timing, the injection
system, controls, and others. Currently, ig-
nition is advanced centrifugally but this may
give way in the future to solid state electron-
ic controls that could also determine fuel
injection programming. Turbocharging re-
duces emissions on the best economy engine
(Table 2) and is being considered further for
the best emissions version. Fig. 4 is a
photograph of the best economy L-141-TCP
engine.

Basics of the Ford Combustion Process (FCP)

Fresh air is drawn into the cylinder on the intake
stroke and is properly directed by cylinder head
design. Fuel injected relatively early on the compres-
sion stroke (depending on load and speed), hangs in a
cloud around the long-reach spark plug. Direction of
injection is offset from the bore axis, which allows a
fairly wide conical spray (to lessen penetration) while
minimizing direct wetting of the combustion chamber
surfaces.

Spark and injection timing are both important. At
part load, ignition follows injection by a period
sufficient to allow some dispersion and evaporation of
the fuel between the start of injection and ignition.
This period must be controlled however, to prevent
formation of very lean mixtures on the fringes of the
chamber which will not burn.

As load increases, more fuel dispersion is desirable
to obtain fast and complete combustion, therefore
injection timing is advanced. Ignition timing is retard-
ed simultaneously because the combustion rate in-
crease in rich mixtures or as full load is approached.

As engine speed is increased, advancing timing of
both injection and ignition enables mixture formation
and combustion to keep up with the increasing piston
speed.

Because of relatively early injection and the 11:1
compression ratio, the FCP is octane limited, but the
octane number can be quite low as compared to a
carbureted engine at the same compression ratio.

For complete description, see Society of Auto-
motive Engineers (SAE) Paper 680041.

88 J. WASH. ACAD. SCL. VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Fig. 4. — L-141-TCP engine.

turbocharging produces higher specific
power output and better fuel economy. It
could also supply compressed air for air
injection in the exhaust system to aid in
further reduction of undesirable emissions.
The use of catalytic or other type reactors in
the exhaust system will be considered only if
necessary to comply with specified emission
standards.

Another major advantage of the TCP is
that it is not octane or cetane limited, due to
the nature of the basic combustion process.
Thus the TCP has a wide fuel tolerance,
making possible the use of low-octane lead-
free fuels. This could be a distinct advantage

One of the major advantages of the TCP in the selection and use of a broader range of

is its capability of being turbocharged. In
addition to reducing exhaust pollutants,

reactor low-cost

materials.

materials, especially

Basics of the Texaco Combustion Process (TCP)

The inlet port and intake valve of the TCP
engine are designed to induce rotational motion
(switl) of the incoming air during the intake
stroke. This swirl continues during the compres-
sion stroke when the intake charge is trans-
ferred radially inward to the cup in the piston.
At top dead center, compression (10:1 ratio)
forces the air into the piston cup, of about half
the cylinder diameter, where conservation of
momentum greatly increases the swirl rate.

High pressure injection introduces fuel late
in the cycle, near TDC. The swirling air carries
the first fuel element to the spark plug which
ignites the mixture and establishes a flame front
immediately downstream from the injector. As
injection continues, for a period determined by
power demand, additional fuel burns at the
flame front almost as rapidly as it combines

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

with the swirling air. The injection period for
full load delivery is about equal to the time
required for one complete air swirl revolution.
Fuel impregnates the air in the region of the
spark plug in about stoichiometric proportions
regardless of the load or speed.

Burning overall lean mixtures at part load
produces thermal efficiencies considerably high-
er than those of carbureted engines. Conversely,
late injection means that air utilization at full
load is less than normal. With late injection,
immediate ignition and controlled swirl, the
TCP is not octane or cetane limited. The TCP
engine has a wide fuel tolerance and can burn
fuels ranging from Diesel No. 2 thru leaded,
low-lead, and low-octane lead-free gasolines.

For complete description see Society of
Automotive Engineers (SAE) Paper 680042.

89

Highlights of the TCP are its low emis-
sions performance, excellent fuel economy,
ability to burn a wide range of fuels, and its
capability of being turbocharged — all of
major importance to the Army.

Civilian Implications

We believe that the hybrid combustion
process holds tremendous possibilities with
implications that could affect civilian as well
as Army vehicles. The car-buying public will
not tolerate a large drop in performance and
higher fuel consumption in conventional
engines any more than will the Army. The
hybrid combustion engine is an attractive
alternative. The Army seeks to achieve best
fuel economy and overall performance possi-
ble, while at the same time meeting specified
emission standards.

Another factor common to both Army
and civilian interests is the cost aspect. No
matter what power systems are used to
reduce emissions, future engines will cost
more. Various types of thermal and catalytic
reactors and other emissions-related acces-
sories added to today’s engine will undoubt-
edly lose effectiveness with time and require
repair and/or replacement. Fuel injection

90

systems needed to achieve stratified charge
combustion will also add cost. However, this
added cost will be offset by superior emis-
sions and fuel economy performance. Also,
the overall cost of the hybrid combustion
approach is expected to be less than the
overall cost associated with cleaning up the
conventional carbureted engine. Moreover,
hybrid combustion can improve part-load
fuel economy by up to 50% over the
standard L-141 engine (Fig. 3) and maintain
vehicle performance at today’s level. Experi-
ence shows that cleaning up the carbureted
engine for low emissions is detrimental to
both fuel economy and performance.

From the production technology stand-
point, production of a TCP or a FCP engine
would not differ essentially from that being
practiced today in building conventional
gasoline and diesel engines. It is, rather, a
combination of existing production techno-
logies for these two basic engines that is
needed to produce the hybrid combustion
engine.

When all of the aforementioned factors
are considered, if is apparent that the hybrid
combustion engine could win top honors in
the search for a low-pollution engine.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Exhaust Emissions and Control
S. L. Meisel '

Research Department, Mobil Research
and Development Corporation, New York, N. Y.

ABSTRACT

This paper discusses the effects of lead on exhaust emissions from current and future
| cars and the costs of emission controls to industry and the consumer. Removal of lead
| from gasoline would not affect CO and NOx, emissions from current cars, but would

decrease hydrocarbon emissions slightly and change the nature of particulate emissions.
Exhaust valve recession is a potential problem with exclusive use of lead-free fuel in
older cars, with resulting increases in emissions and maintenance.
For future cars, IIEC program results show that both catalytic and thermal converter
systems can meet very stringent emission goals with unleaded or low-lead (0.5 g Pb/gal)
fuel. The main effect of lead on future systems will be on maintenance and durability.
. Lead-free fuel may permit the use of cheaper materials and reduce maintenance costs,

but weighed against these factors are the added costs and capital expenditures needed to
produce unleaded gasolines. These various trade-offs must be considered in the
development of complete systems which meet specified standards at the lowest cost to

the consumer.

The use of lead antiknock compounds in
gasolines is a highly controversial subject. A
number of factors contribute to this contro-
versy.

e The use of lead has a direct and large
economic effect on industry and ultimately
on the consuming public. Lead-free gasoline
costs more to make than leaded gasoline,
and requires larger amounts of crude oil for
its manufacture. Also, several billion dollars
would be needed to convert facilities for the

1 Dr. Meisel completed his undergraduate work
in Chemistry at Union College in 1944 and did his
graduate work at the University of Illinois, receiv-
ing a Masters degree in 1946 and a Ph.D. degree in
1947. In that same year, he joined the Mobil Oil
Corporation. as a Research Chemist and advanced
through various positions, coming to his present
one, Vice President for Research, in 1968.

Dr. Meisel is a Member of the American
Chemical Society, the American Association for
the Advancement of Science, the Society of
Automotive Engineers, and the Industrial Research
Institute. With the American Petroleum Institute,
he serves on the Committee on Research, Data, and
Information Services. He is also a Member of the
U.S. National Committee for the World Petroleum
Congresses. He is an expert on petroleum, petro-
chemicals, fuels and lubricants, and related sub-
jects.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

manufacture, distribution, and sale of lead-
free gasoline.

e@ The effect of lead on exhaust emis-
sions and on future emission control devices
has not been well-defined, especially at low
concentrations (0.5 gram Pb/gal).

e The effect of lead on the engine itself
is a debatable issue.

A fourth factor, the toxicological aspects
of lead, will be discussed by others and will
not be included in this presentation. While I
will discuss the first 3 points, I will concen-
trate on the second item — the effect of lead
on exhaust emissions and on future control
devices.

ITEC Program

Data pertaining to lead effects on exhaust
emissions from existing cars come from
many sources. Most of the data presented
here on possible future emission control
systems come from the Inter-Industry Emis-
sion Control (IIEC) program (Osterhout, et
al., 1970; Taylor and Campau, 1969; see also
footnote 2). Initiated by the Mobil Oil

2 Society of Automotive Engineers Special
Publication SP-361, January, 1971.

91

Corporation and Ford Motor Company in
1967, the ITEC program is a joint research
effort by 6 oil and 5 automobile companies
(Fig. 1). Its objective is to develop fuel/hard-
ware systems that will achieve the lowest
possible auto emissions at the lowest cost to
the consumer. This research program includ-
ed, as one essential feature, studies of the
potential trade-offs involved in the engine,
emission control devices, and fuels (specifi-
cally the use of nonuse of lead).

Petroleum Companies Automotive Companies

Mobil Ford
American Fiat

Sohio Mitsubishi
Atlantic Richfield Nissan
Marathon Toyo Kogyo
Sun

Fig. 1. — Participants in Inter-Industry Emis-
sion Control (ITEC) program.

Automobile Exhaust Emissions and Standards

In the ideal case, complete combustion of
a hydrocarbon fuel-air mixture would yield
the products of combustion, carbon dioxide,
and water. The nitrogen originally present in
the air would remain unchanged. Com-
bustion in a gasoline engine, however, is not
entirely complete. The engine exhaust also

Carbon Dioxide
18%

contains carbon monoxide and unbumed
and partially converted or oxidized hydro-
carbons (Fig. 2). Also in the exhaust -are
oxides of nitrogen, which arise from the
combination of nitrogen and oxygen at the
high temperature present in the engine, and
particulate matter. The particulate consists
of dirt (from the ingested air), engine-wear
debris, soot and other mainly carbonaceous
matter, and, if lead is present in the gasoline,
lead compounds. These incomplete products
of combusion and foreign matter make up a
small portion of the total exhaust. They are,
however, the constituents that are of con-
cern from the pollution standpoint.
Considerable progress in reducing these
exhaust emissions has already been made.
Beginning in 1968 (1966 in California)
control of hydrocarbons (HC) and carbon
monoxide (CO) was required in all new cars
sold in the United States, and more stringent
controls were applied for 1970 model cars.
The present and future exhaust emission
standards already in force, and proposed
standards for 1975, are shown on Fig. 3. The
IIEC Program emission goals established in
1967 were designed to reduce exhaust emis-
sions by 90-95% and are not significantly
different from the 1975 goals first proposed
early last year by HEW® using the FTP test

3 Federal Register 35(28): 2791, Feb. 10,
1970.

NO, 0.15%

Hydrocarbons - 0.08%
XX, Hydrogen - 0.02%
Particulates - 0.005%

Fig. 2. — Automobile exhaust composition (typical 1970 vehicle, weight basis).

92

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Previous HEW

1975 1970 Clean
Pre 1963 1970 IIEC Air Act

Exhaust Emission (FTP) (FTP) (ETP) (ETP) (CVS) Equiv. 1975
Hydrocarbons 13 - 16 2.2 0.8 0.5 1.0 (1)
Carbon Monoxide 82 - 90 23.0 (es 11.0 26.0 (1)
Oxides of Nitrogen 3.5-7.0 = 0.7 0.9 2.0 (1)
Particulates 0.3 = = 0.1 0.1 (1)
FTP - Test procedure outlined in Federal Register, June 4, 1968.

CVS - New test procedure, Federal Register, November 10, 1970 - about twice as

1968.

1970

severe aS FTP.

(1)

- To represent 90% reduction from 1970 emission levels using CVS procedure.

Fig. 3. — Present and proposed future automobile exhaust emissions (g/mi).

procedure then in use. (FTP — Federal Test
Procedure consisting of 7 modes and 7
cycles as described in footnote 4).

The 1975 requirements of the 1970 Clean
Air Act represent a 95-98% reduction, and
will be very difficult to achieve. Moreover
the newly instituted CVS emission test
procedure (CVS — Constant Volume
Sampling procedure employing 23-minute
driving pattern recently announced (foot-
note 5)), which places very heavy emphasis
on emissions from the first 2 minutes of
vehicle operation (cold starting and warm-
up), has greatly complicated the emission
control problem. 7

Effects of Lead on Exhaust Emissions
from Existing Cars

Hydrocarbon Emissions. — A significant
portion of exhaust hydrocarbons originates

| ina flame-quenched region near the relatively

4 Federal Register 33(108), Part II, June 4,

5 Federal Register 35(219), Part II, Nov. 10,

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

cooler walls of the combustion chamber. Im-
proved combustion chamber designs with
lower surface-to-volume ratio have reduced
this quench effect. However, during mileage
accumulation deposits are formed on the
surface of the combustion chamber. These
deposits accentuate the quench effect due to
their high surface area and increased quench
volume.

As mileage is accumulated, hydrocarbon
emissions increase with either leaded or
unleaded fuels, eventually reaching a stabiliz-
ed level. Differences in hydrocarbon emis-
sion levels have been shown between fully
leaded (2.0-3.0 g Pb/gal) and unleaded
fuels. These differences are due to com-
bustion chamber deposits and depend upon
the type of driving as well as on engine
design.

Unleaded fuels yield lower hydrocarbon
emissions than do leaded fuels (Fig. 4). The
difference is larger in rapid mileage accumu-
lation (typically used for accelerated testing
with nearly continuous operation) than in
consumer type operation (with short trips
and frequent cool-downs). Wide differences
also were noted among individual car makes
(Hall, et al., 1969; Pahnke and Conte, 1969).

93

Overall Range of % Reduction

Accumulation Method Unleaded Versus Leaded

Rapid Mileage —4 To +42

Consumer Type Operation -—28 To +36

Overall Assessment for

Consumer Type Operation 7% lower average hydrocarbon emissions

for unleaded fuels relative to fully leaded

fuels.

Fig. 4. — Lead effect on exhaust hydrocarbon
emissions (current cars, 1970 and older). Source:
See Footnote 6.

The Coordinating Research Council® con-
cluded that the combustion chamber deposit
effect resulted in 7% lower average hydro-
carbon levels with unleaded fuels than with
fully leaded fuels in typical consumer opera-
tion. About the same percentage difference
in emissions was found with currently used
emission control systems as with uncon-
trolled cars. The absolute difference would
be expected to become insignificant with
future, more effective control systems.

Almost all of the available data provide a
comparison only for fully leaded with un-
leaded fuels. There are few data for fuels
containing low amounts of lead (e.g., 0.5 g
Pb/gal) (Gagliardi and Ghannum, 1969).

Emission of Carbon Monoxide and Ox-
ides of Nitrogen. —In the studies of com-
bustion chamber deposit effects previously
discussed, extensive data showed that carbon
monoxide emissions were the same for un-
leaded and leaded fuels and for both con-
sumer and rapid mileage accumulation (see
footnote 6). This is because carbon monox-
ide exhaust concentrations depend strongly
on engine air-to-fuel ratio.

Based on limited data, oxides of nitrogen
emissions from the unleaded and leaded
fuels were not significantly different (see
footnote 6).

Particulate Emissions. — Particulate con-
trol needs are not well defined, and measure-
ment of particulates in a standard, practical,

6 “The effects of leaded and unleaded gasolines
on exhaust emissions caused by combustion cham-
ber deposits.” CAPE-3-68 Summary Report, CRC
Air Pollution Research Advisory Committee, June
10, 1970.

94

a ees ee IN

meaningful test on a vehicle is likely to be a
formidable task. Several attempts have been
made to measure particulates, and the fol-
lowing comments are based on recent publi-
cations (Habibi, et al., 1970; Ninomyia, et
al., 1970).

Current vehicles operating on leaded fuels
emit particulates at the rate of about 0.3
g/mile. Most of these particles are lead salts,
iron compounds, dirt, and soot or other
carbonaceous material. Cars operating on
unleaded fuels emit, on a weight basis, about
40-50% less particulate matter than equiva-
lent cars using leaded fuels (Fig. 5). How-
ever, these particulates are very different
from leaded exhaust particulates. They have
a much lower density (Habibi, et al., 1970).
As a result, unleaded exhaust particulates
occupy a greater volume and can have a
greater effect on visibility.

Particulate emissions depend strongly on
the driving history, driving pattern, degree of
cold start choking, and other variables
(Habibi, et al., 1970; Ninomyia, et al.,
1970). If the proposed 1975 standard refers
to lead, rather than total particulate, low
lead gasoline would meet this standard. As
an example, the use of low lead (0.5 g
Pb/gal) would reduce the lead particulate
emissions from about 0.2 g/mile with fully
leaded (2.0-3.0 g Pb/gal) gasoline to less than
05 g/mile, well below the proposed 1975
HEW particulate standard.

Particulates containing lead are quite
heavy. They can be collected by traps in the
exhaust system. A_ properly designed
trapping system can reduce lead emissions
by 90% (Habibi, et al., 1970). On the other
hand, unleaded particulates are lighter, not
easily trapped, and may be more difficult to
control.

Effect of Removing Lead on Emissions
from Existing Cars

Hydrocarbon Emissions. — When lead is
removed from gasoline, some alternate anti-
knock agent or additional refining is re-
quired to provide the octane quality needed
to satisfy most of the existing car popu-
lation. Lead provides relatively inexpensive
octanes, especially the first gram or less
used. At present there is no satisfactory

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Weight Basis

0.4

grams
mile

Leaded
Fuel

Unleaded
Fuel

Volume Basis
0.4
0:3
(ee
Sail O52
0.1
V/
LE
Leaded Unleaded
Fuel Fuel

Fig. 5. — Total particulate emissions (typical motorist driving). Source: Habibi et al, 1970.

substitute for lead. The only practical means
for providing most of this octane quality is
the use of expensive refining processes,
which substantially increase the percentage
of high octane aromatics in the fuel. Re-
finery facilities for this processing require
large capital investments and take consider-
able time to install.

It has been stated that most 1971 model
cars and all later model cars are being built
to operate knock-free on 91 octane gasoline.
This has been achieved primarily by a
reduction in engine compression ratio. How-
ever, based on preliminary data, a number of
1971 model cars show octane number re-
quirements considerably above 91. If this
turns out to be a general trend, higher
octane number fuels will be required to
satisfy these cars, or for later model years
additional engine compression ratio re-
ductions or other engine modifications will
have to be made (with attendant losses in
efficiency, gasoline economy, and power
output). If unleaded fuels with higher octane
quality are made, there will be significant
changes in the hydrocarbon composition of
gasolines.

The influence of changes in fuel composi-

_ tion on exhaust hydrocarbon emissions has

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

been widely studied, and differing con-
clusions have been drawn from these studies.
One reason for the different conclusions is
that several different assessments of smog
effects are employed — rate of NO) for-
mation, oxidant level, eye irritation, visibili-
ty reduction, plant damage, etc. These mani-
festations of smog have been used to develop
different “reactivity” scales, which indicate
generally similar but not identical effects of
different exhaust hydrocarbons.
Unpublished studies from the ITEC pro-
gram report the effects of wide changes in
fuel composition on exhaust reactivity. Re-
sults of these studies are shown in Fig. 6 in
terms of 2 different reactivity scales. Ex-
haust emissions from engine modification
and air injection systems (the 2 systems used
in current vehicles) and an early prototype
catalytic converter system are considered.
The data are expressed in terms of Mass
Equivalent Reactivity (MER), which incor-
porates both changes in reactivity and
amount of hydrocarbon emissions in the
overall assessment. Two reactivity scales
(HEW and General Motors Eye Irritation)
have been selected. The HEW reactivity scale
includes end effects of smog such as oxidant
level, aerosol, eye irritation, plant damage,

95

HEW Reactivity
Fuel Comp, % FIA

Engine Air
Olefins Aromatics Mod. _— Injection
2 4 0. 40 0. 32
38 3] 0. 30 0.3]
3 47 0. 30 0. 26

Per Test M

Eye Irritation Reactivity

Catalytic Engine Air Catalytic
Converter _Mod. ~—s_ Injection Converter
0.026 Only 0. 16 0.012
0.031 0.14 0.17 0.015
0. 030 0.15 0.15 0.015

Reactivity Per

MER = = Exhaust Moles . Hydrocarbon 5
ole Fraction Mole of Hydrocarbon

Fig. 6. — Exhaust mass equivalent reactivity (MER) (hot cycle FTP results).

and other factors (Altshuller, 1966). On this
scale olefins are the most reactive hydro-
carbons, with aromatics and paraffins less
reactive in that order. The GM Eye Irritation
scale considers only eye irritation intensity
and the general order of decreasing reactivity
of hydrocarbon groups is aromatics, olefins,
paraffins (Heuss and Glasson, 1968).

The MER data in Fig. 6 indicate that the
fuel composition has little effect on reactivi-
ty irrespective of the control systems used,
and as the control devices are improved, the
absolute differences become vanishingly
small. Similar trends were observed in FTP
cold cycle data, except that the level of
MER was higher. Two observations can
account for these results:

e Combustion derived hydrocarbons
(that is, hydrocarbons not originally present
in the fuel), are over half of the total of
exhaust hydrocarbons.

e As hydrocarbon control efficiency is
improved, methane, a photochemically un-
reactive hydrocarbon, constitutes a larger
percentage of the exhaust as shown in Fig. 7.

Other investigators (Morris and Dishart,
1970) have reported studies which are in
general agreement with the results just de-
scribed. However, the Bureau of Mines has
concluded that the removal of lead will
increase smog formation. Their recently pub-
lished information indicates that unleaded
fuels with octane quality equivalent to cur-
rent fullyteaded gasolines, when tested in
current cars, alter the exhaust hydrocarbons

96

to the extent that the rate of smog for-
mation, as measured by NO, formation, is
increased by 25% (Eccleston and Hurn,
1970). Although this is only one specific
index of reactivity, these results emphasize
the need for continuing research in this area,
such as is being carried out by the Stanford
Research Institute under the auspices of the
American Petroleum Institute.’

Fuel effects on smog are greatest for the
existing car population. At current control
levels, the phase-out of older, uncontrolled
cars will diminish these effects. In the
future, with even more effective emission
control devices, fuel composition will have
very little effect on the reactivity of exhaust
hydrocarbons.

Valve Recession. — An important effect
of lead removal on exhaust emissions from
existing cars is related to exhaust valve
recession caused by excessive valve seat wear

7 American Petroleum Institute, Project EF-8.

Weight Percent Methane in

System Exhaust Hydrocarbons
Air Injection 12
Catalytic Converter 34
Thermal Reactor 38

(Hot Cycle FTP Data, Three Fuel Average)

Fig. 7. — Methane content of exhaust hydro-
carbons (control system effects).

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Normal Worn Valve Seat

Valve Recess

Valve

7”\ralve Seat

Fig. 8. — Exhaust valve recession.

(Fig. 8). Lead acts as a lubricant on the valve
face and seat, preventing this wear from
occurring. When seat wear becomes large,
power output is reduced, fuel consumption
increases, and ultimately engine failure can
occur. Even before this stage of wear occurs,
exhaust hydrocarbon emissions increase
markedly as illustrated in Fig. 9. Emissions
increased 75%, even though no power loss
was detectable.

There is a substantial lead carryover
effect, and the occasional use of fully leaded
fuel is sufficient to minimize valve seat wear.
(This procedure is recommended by some
auto manufacturers for their 1971 models if
unleaded fuel is used regularly.) It has also
been shown that continuous use of low-lead
gasoline (0.5 g Pb/gal) will alleviate valve
recession (Felt and Kerley, 1970).

@ 1200

S

@

x=

Cc

©

s 800

pe Combustion Chamber Clean

r=) and Valves Seated

iyo]

S Oe (6)
£ ° a ena
= 400

E

oO

<=

os

8

ZB 0

= 0 4,000 8, 000 12, 000
Oo

Effect of Lead on Future Emission Control Devices

Future exhaust emission control regu-
lations will require much more stringent
control of exhaust hydrocarbon and carbon
monoxide, and in addition oxides of nitro-
gen and particulate emissions will have to be
reduced to very low levels. Control of all 3
gaseous pollutants poses a major problem,
and it is quite probable that separate emis-
sion control devices will be needed, one to
control hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide
and one to control nitrogen oxides.

The basic reasons for this problem are
illustrated in Fig. 10, which shows the
effect of engine air-fuel mixture ratio on the
concentration of each of the gaseous pol-
lutants in the exhaust. Using higher air-fuel
(A/F) ratios than the ratio for maximum
power (13/1) minimizes hydrocarbon and
CO emissions and this is the basic approach
used in most of today’s cars. However, over
this same range of A/F ratio, oxides of
nitrogen reach a maximum. At very lean
ratios (above 18/1), all 3 pollutants are at
low levels, but the engine encounters misfire
as the mixture approaches the lean flam-
mability limit.

A sizable research effort is underway to
improve engine operation in the very lean
A/F ratio range, including development of

Increase Due to
Valve Erosion

Valves
Reseated

@@eeeaee00 002 0

_—

f

16, 000 20, 000 24, 000

Accumulated Miles

Fig. 9. — Effect of exhaust valve condition on hydrocarbon emissions (327 C.I.D. engine, unleaded

fuel).

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

97

(Road Load)

Exhaust
Emission
Concentration

Misfire, Drive-
ability Problems

Air-Fuel Ratio (#/#)

Fig. 10. — Effect of air-fuel ratio on exhaust
emissions.

improved carburetors®, fuel injection
systems”, and modified combustion systems,
such as use of the stratified charge principle
(Bishop and Simko, 1968). Barring a major
technological breakthrough, however, emis-
sion control devices external to the engine
will be required to control all 3 gaseous
pollutants.

Hydrocarbon and Carbon Monoxide Con-
trol. — Both hydrocarbon and carbon mon-
oxide emissions can be controlled in the
same device. Two devices show considerable
promise — the thermal reactor (exhaust man-
ifold reactor) and the catalytic converter
(catalytic afterburner). Very low levels of
hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide are
achieved with either device; although the
catalytic converter shows some notential for
achieving the lowest emission levels, neither

device at present shows a clear-cut advantage
over the other. As indicated in Fig. 7, both
devices preferentially oxidize the more
photochemically reactive hydrocarbons.

Thermal Reactor. — The thermal reactor
replaces the conventional exhaust manifold.
It usually consists of an insulated chamber

& NAPCA Contract No. CPA 70-20, “Study on
the influence of fuel atomization, vaporization and
mixing processes on pollutant emissions from
motor vehicle powerplants — Phase II.” Battelle
Memorial Institute.

° NAPCA Contract No. EHS 70-122, “Control
of NOx emissions from mobile sources.” Bendix
Corp.

98

L (FORD ¥-8 ENGINE)
See "4 EXHAUST GAS INLET

Fig. 11. — NEC exhaust manifold reactor. Small
volume with concentric core design.

with relatively large volume which provides
the temperature and residence time needed to
oxidize unburned hydrocarbons and carbon
monoxide. An external air pump injects air
into the exhaust ports to provide extra
oxygen, and carburetion is usually modified
to provide a sufficiently rich mixture to
sustain the high temperature (1400°-
1700°F) environment needed (Cantwell and
Pahnke, 1967; Cantwell, et al., 1969;
Chandler, et al., 1964). A typical thermal
reactor (Jaimee, et al., 1971) of current
design is shown in Fig. 11.

The thermal reactor is a relatively simple
device and can cope with minor engine
maladjustments. Its major disadvantage is its
high operating temperature of 1400-1700°F,
or up to 2000°F during severe spark plug
misfire. This poses a materials durability
problem, requiring expensive alloys having
good high-temperature strength. It also has
an adverse effect on fuel economy, although
one design'® operates at very lean (high)
air-fuel ratios with less loss in fuel mileage.
In all cases, engine carburetion and ignition
timing must be tailored to provide the
proper exhaust climate to achieve low emis-
sion levels.

The only significant effect of lead on
thermal reactor performance is its effect on
reactor materials durability. Fig. 12 shows
the effect of lead concentration and phos-
phorus pre-ignition control additives on the
corrosion of a relatively low cost (nickel-
free) alloy which has some potential for use
in the cooler parts of a thermal reactor. Fuel

10 Ethyl Lean Reactor Car (Modified Gasoline
Engine), 1970, ivailable from Ethyl Corporation,
New York, N.Y.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL. VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

3 Gram Lead/Gal
With Halogen and P

Average
Thickness
Loss,
Mils /50 Hrs

3 Gram Lead/Gal

With Halogen, No P

| Unleaded and
0.5 Gram Lead/Gal

1720 1760 1800 1840
Maximum Cycle Temp., “F

| Fig. 12.—Fuel effects on thermal reactor
| material durability.

containing 3 g Pb/gal and phosphorus caused
high corrosion rates, especially at the higher
temperatures; removal of the phosphorus
reduced the corrosion rates significantly;
reducing the lead content of the fuel to 0.5
g/gal reduced corrosion to the same rate as
experienced with unieaded gasoline.

Based on these tests and vehicle durabili-
ty tests underway, it has been projected that
from the oxidative corrosion standpoint, a
useful service life of at least 50,000 miles is
attainable with either 0.5 g/gal or unleaded
fuel (Campau, 1971). It is presently conclud-
ed that satisfactory life for thermal reactor
materials can be achieved with either low
lead or unleaded gasoline.

Catalytic Converter. — The catalytic con-
verter uses a catalyst to oxidize the exhaust
hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide at a
lower temperature than the thermal reactor.
The converter may resemble a conventional
muffler in appearance — it is located in the
exhaust pipe, usually under the front seat. It
contains a packed bed of catalyst, which is

usually supported on alumina spheres or
pellets or on a monolithic (honeycomb)
support. The catalyst may be a noble metal
(platinum, for example) or a base metal
oxide or mixture of oxides (such as copper
oxide, vanadium oxide, etc.). An example of
an axial flow catalytic converter is shown in

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

0 Oe

Fig. 13. An air pump, driven by the engine,
provides air to insure that there is sufficient
oxygen in the exhaust to oxidize the hydro-
carbons and carbon monoxide produced
during all driving modes.

AXIAL FLOW CATALYST CONVERTER

BAFFLES

EXHAUST
GAS OUT

OUTLET GRID

CATALYST
INLET GRID BED

Fig. 13. — Axial flow catalyst converter.

Substantial progress has been made re-
cently in developing catalysts having both
improved chemical stability (activity) and
physical durability. The performance of an
early (1962 vintage) catalyst in a laboratory
aging test is shown in Figs. 14 and 15. The
catalyst was subjected to the exhaust from a
V-8 engine operating on a modified version
of the AMA durability cycle specified in the
Federal Register for vehicle certification
(Jagel and Dwyer, 1971). Tests were carried
out on gasoline containing 0, 0.5, and 3.0 g
Pb/gal. The dashed line in each figure is the
ITEC emission goal using the FTP procedure.
Catalyst performance declined rapidly on
either of the leaded fuels.

In contrast, the performance of a recently
developed catalyst is shown in Figs. 16 and
17. It is projected that this catalyst will

H1EC Goal

Emissions,
gm/ mile

Fuel Lead Content

: gigas
oO 0.0
2 Aus |
e 3.0
0

0 10, 000 20, 000 30. 000 40, 000 50, 00C

Equivalent Miles

Fig. 14. — Performance of 1962 catalyst for CO
emission control.

99

Wi ey aes MEG Goalies c= ene

Emissions, ut
gm/ mile

Fuel Lead Content,

Oo 0.0
4 0.5
@ 3.0

0 10, 000 20, 000 30, 000 40, 000 50, 000

Equivalent Miles

Fig. 15. — Performance of 1962 catalyst for HC
emission control.

IEC Goal

Emissions,
gm! mile ro isl ail
O
Fuel Lead Content,
gm ‘gal
2 oO 0.0

4 0.5
@ 3.0

0 10, 000 20, 000 30, 000 40, 000 50, 000
Equivalent Miles

Fig. 16. — Performance of 1970 catalyst for CO
emission control.

retain sufficient chemical activity to meet
the goals shown for at least 50,000 miles
when either unleaded or low-lead (0.5 g
Pb/gal) gasoline is used.

Various economic trade-offs need to be
considered. The large octane increase gained
at low cost with small amounts of lead, for
example, needs to be weighed against the
cost of more expensive control systems that
may be needed if lead is present. If emission
control devices can be made sufficiently
effective to meet federal emission standards
with low lead fuels, they would appear to be
the most economical choice.

Control of Oxides of Nitrogen. — Control
of oxides of nitrogen (NO,) is the most
difficult to obtain. Three possible routes
have been suggested:

e@ decomposition using a catalyst,

100

LEC Goal

Emissions,
gm/ mile

Fuel Lead Content,
gm ‘gal
Oo 0.0
4 0.5
@ 3.0

0 10, 000 20, 000 30, 000 40, 000 50, 000
Equivalent Miles

Fig. 17. — Performance of 1970 catalyst for HC
emission control.

@ reduction over a catalyst using hydro-
gen and carbon monoxide present in the
exhaust, and

@ prevention of the formation of NO,
the principal nitrogen oxide formed in the
combustion process.

The rates of reaction over the known
decomposition catalysts are too low, and the
discovery of a usable decomposition catalyst
seems far in the future. While catalysts to
reduce NO, have recently shown some
promise (Bernstein, et al., 1971; Meguerian
and Lang, 1971), all known catalysts lose
most of their activity after short-term mile-
age accumulation (5,000-10,000 miles) with
leaded or unleaded fuel. With the continuing
concentrated research effort being placed on

NO, catalyst development, sizeable perfor-
mance improvements will undoubtedly be
achieved; however, no NO, catalyst of
which we are aware can as yet be considered
practical with either unleaded or leaded
gasoline.

The one remaining approach which ap-
pears most promising is the use of exhaust
gas recirculation (EGR). In a typical EGR
system a portion of the engine exhaust is
redirected from the exhaust pipe to the
engine induction system ahead of, into, or
following the carburetor. This gas dilutes the
air-fuel mixture drawn into the cylinders and
acts as a relatively non-combustible, high
specific heat diluent which lowers the peak
combustion temperature so that less nitric
oxide is formed. Up to 15% of the exhaust is

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

I RT Am a

————

recirculated in some instances. When EGR is
employed, both engine carburetion and igni-
tion timing are controlled to minimize NO,
formation and to maintain satisfactory
vehicle driveability.

EGR is a relatively simple, trouble-free
device; however, it is somewhat limited in its
ability to reduce NO, to very low levels, and
causes driveability problems. The rich car-
buretion employed helps greatly to achieve
better performance in these areas, but at the
expense of fuel economy. Deposit problems
have been encountered in prototype EGR
systems (Benson, 1969). However, neither
the quantity of deposit formed nor the
extent of flow restriction in one prototype
system was appreciably different for differ-
ent fuel types such as leaded premium or
unleaded fuels. More fully developed sy-
stems may show some fuel composition
effects (Osterhout, et al., 1970). A fleet of
cars equipped with thermal reactors, EGR
and particulate traps is undergoing field tests
on fully leaded gasoline (Habibi, et al.,
1970).

Particulate Control Systems. — While
particulate control needs are not well de-
fined, there is a well-developed technology
for controlling specific particulates. Traps or
filters already exist for many non-automo-
tive applications. Coalescers, cyclone
separators, precipitators, and filters using
various media all have been employed singly
or in combination in industrial applications.

Catalytic exhaust emission control de-
vices in themselves are efficient lead traps.

Catalyst Test Miles 12, 000 Fresh
Gasoline Lead Content, g/gal (Typical) 2.4 2.4

Total Exhaust Filter Miles * 387

Lead Emitted, gm/ mile .03 . 02

Lead Salts Emitted, gm/ mile ** -05 .03

1975 Particulate Requirement .10 10

* AMA Durability Cycle

** Typical Conventional Exhaust System Lead Salts Emitted -
-15 - .25 gm/mile

Fig. 18. — Particulate lead emission test results.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Data obtained on the lead emissions from
one car equipped with a catalytic converter
are shown in Fig. 18. Test results are
presented for a fresh catalyst and for a
catalyst after operating in typical owner
service for 12,000 miles on gasoline contain-
ing about 2.5 g Pb/gal. If low-lead gasoline
had been used, it is quite likely that ex-
tremely low lead emission levels would have
been achieved.

One recently announced particulate trap
employs a steel wool coated with a typical
catalyst support (alumina)'*’ which should
be quite effective.

Particulate trap systems employing
coalescers and cyclone separators have been
developed in which average lead salt emis-
sion rates of 0.02 and 0.04 g/mile have been
achieved in cars after 35,000 miles of oper-
ation on fully leaded fuel, which amounts to
less than 10% of the lead originally present
in the gasoline (Habibi, et al., 1970). In all,
it appears that effective trapping of lead
compounds in automobile exhaust can be
achieved. However, lighter particulates, as-
sociated with unleaded fuels, are not easy to
trap and their control may be more difficult.

Concluding Remarks

The main effect of lead on future emis-
sion control systems will be on maintenance
or durability. It appears that emission con-
trol systems can be developed which use
either low lead or unleaded fuels to meet
very stringent standards. As a result, the
question resolves into one of cost or
economics, not pollution levels. Complete
removal of lead may reduce somewhat the
first cost and maintenance requirements for
pollution control systems; weighed against
this are the added cost of unleaded gasolines
and the sizeable capital investment needed
to produce them.

This, then, is our challenge — to produce
systems that meet the specified standards
while taking into realistic account the
various trade-offs so that we do develop the
complete system with the lowest possible
cost to the consumer.

11 Chemical and Engineering News 48(31): 15.
July 27, 1970.

101

References Cited

Altshuller, A.P., 1966. An evaluation of techniques
for the determination of the photochemical
reactivity of organic emissions, Air Pollution
Control Ass. 16(5): 257-260.

Benson, J.D., 1969. Reduction of nitrogen oxides
in automobile exhaust. SAE Paper No. 690019.

Bernstein, L.S., Kearby, K.K. Raman, A.K.S.,
Vordi, J. and Wigg, E.E., 1971. Application of
catalysts to automotive NO, control. SAE
Paper No. 710014.

Bishop, I.N., and Simko, Aladar, 1968. A new
concept of stratified charge combustion — the
Ford combustion process (FCP). SAE Paper
No. 680041.

Campau, R.M., 1971. Low emission concept vehi-
cles. SAE Paper No. 710294.

Cantwell, E.N., and Pahnke, A.J., 1967. Design
factors affecting the performance of exhaust
manifold reactors. Vehicle Emission-II, SAE
Progress in Technology 12: 103.

Cantwell, E.N., Rosenlund, I.T., Barth, W.J.,
Kinnear, F.L., and Ross, S.W., 1969. A progress
report on the development of exhaust manifold
reactors. SAE Preprint No. 690139.

Chandler, J.M., Smith, A.M., and Struck, J.H.,
1964. Development of the concept of nonflame
exhaust gas reactors. Vehicle Emissions, SAE
Technical Progress Series 6: 299.

Eccleston, B.H., and Hurn, R.W., 1970. Compara-
tive emissions from some leaded and prototype
lead-free automobile fuels. Bur. Mines, Rep. of
Investig. 7390.

Felt, A.E., and Kerley, K.V., 1970. Engines and
effects of lead-free gasoline, presented to
Mississippi Valley Section, SAE Fall Meeting,
Davenport, lowa, October 22, 1970.

Gagliardi, J.C., and Ghannum, F.E., 1969. Effects
of tetraethyl lead concentration on exhaust
emissions in customer type vehicle operation.
SAE Preprint No. 690015.

Habibi, K., Jacobs, E.S., Kunz, W.G. Jr., and
Pastell, D.L., 1970. Characterization and con-
trol of gaseous and particulate emissions from
vehicles, Air Pollution Control Association,
West Coast Section, Fifth Technical Meeting,
October 8-9, 1970.

102

Hall, C.A., Felt, A.E., and Brown, W.J., 1969.
Evaluating effects of fuel factors on stabilized
exhaust emission levels. SAE Paper No.
690014.

Heuss, J.M., and Glasson, W.A., 1968. Hydro-
carbon reactivity and eye irritation. Environ-
mental Science and Technology 2(12):
1109-1116.

Jagel, K.I., and Dwyer, F.G., 1971. HC/CO oxi-
dation catalysts for vehicle exhaust emission
control. SAE Paper No. 710290.

Jaimee, A., Schneider, D., Rozmanith, A.I., and
Sjoberg, J.W., 1971. Thermal reactor — design,
development and performance. SAE Paper No.
TLOZ93"

Meguerian, G.H., and Lang, C.R., 1971. NO,
Reduction catalysts for vehicle emission con-
trol. SAE Paper No. 710291.

Morris, W.E., and Dishart, K.T., 1970. The in-
fluence of vehicle emission control systems on
the relationship between gasoline and vehicle
exhaust hydrocarbon composition. Presented at
ASTM Workshop on Effect of Automotive
Emission Requirements on Gasoline Character-
istics, Toronto, Ontario, June 24, 1970.

Ninomyia, J.S., Bergman, W., and Simpson, B.H.,
1970. Automotive particulate emissions. Paper
EN-10G, Second International Clean Air Con-
gress of the International Union of Air Pol-
lution Prevention Association, Washington,
D.C., December 6-11, 1970.

Osterhout, D.P., Jagel, K.I., and Koehl, W.J., 1970.
The IIEC program — a progress report. ASTM
Workshop on Effect of Automotive Emission
Requirements on Gasoline Characteristics, June
24, 1970.

Pahnke, A.J., and Conte, J.F., 1969. Effect of
combustion chamber deposits and driving con-

ditions on vehicle exhaust emissions. SAE Paper
No. 690017.

Taylor, R.E., and Campau, R.M., 1969. The
IIEC — a cooperative research program for
automotive emission control, American Petrole-
um Institute, Preprint No. 17-69, May 12,
1969.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

OO

Is There a Safe Level of Lead Exposure?

G.J. Stopps, M.B., B.S."

Haskell Laboratory, EI. du Pont de Nemours and Co.,

Wilmington, Delaware 19898

Earlier today you heard that man’s en-
vironment contains lead in many forms and
in many places. Since it is an element
contained in the earth’s crust in an average
concentration of 16 parts per million, it has
always been present in the environment even
before the time when we could call it man’s
environment. This ubiquitous element is
then absorbed from the soil along with other
trace elements by plants and animals which
may in turn form the diet of man. Thus man
us well as the animals and plants has a
certain “background” level of lead which is
derived from the food he eats. This back-
ground level fluctuates in amount from place
to place in the world depending upon the
local concentration of lead in the soil. To
this background level of lead is added lead
derived from man’s activities in mining,
smelting, manufacturing and using lead and
lead-containing products. Thus lead, unlike
most other pollutants, has two significant
sources, one natural and one derived from
man’s activities. The lead from the natural
sources tends to gain entry to the body
through the intestinal tract with the respira-

' Dr. Stopps received his medical degree in 1950
from the University of London, U.K., and subse-
quently did postgraduate work at the University of
London, the Cornell University Medical Center in
New York, the Sick Children’s Hospital in
Toronto, Canada, and McGill University in
Montreal, Canada. He was with the International
Nickel Company for 2 years, and then joined the
DuPont Company in 1958, coming to his present
position 2 years ago.

D-. Stopps is a member of a number of different
societies, including the American Medical Associ-
ation. He has service on a number of professional
committees, including those of the National Re-
search Council, the Manufacturing Chemists Assoc-
jation, the American Petroleum Institute, the
Toilet Goods Association, and the International
Association on Occupational Health. He has a
number of publications dealing with his specialty.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI, VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

tory system playing a relatively unimportant
role as a route of absorption. While in
contrast to this, lead derived from man’s
industrial activity tends now to enter the
body more through the lungs than the
mouth, although as in the case of childhood
lead poisoning, there are exceptions to this
rule.

Today I have been asked to discuss the
question “Is there a safe level of lead
exposure?” and since for the reasons I have
just given, it is, and always will be, im-
possible to prevent some exposure to lead, it
will be comforting for all os us if I can
answer the question arfirmatively and state
that there is a sate level of lead exposure. If,
however, by the word ‘safe’ we mean
absolutely safe for everyone everywhere, a
difficulty arises, since to be completely safe,
one must at the very least have a complete
absence of harm, and proving the complete
absence of something cannot be done. No
analyst, however expert and provided with
the finest equipment, will ever be capable of
detecting nothing. The problem is not that
an absolutely safe level of lead may not
exist, it is that it is logically impossible to
prove it. The same problem is faced by all of
us who pass on the safety of materials,
structures, food additives, radiation stand-
ards or our daughter going “‘solo” in the
family car. Absolute safety is impossible,
and if we are to discuss anything less than
absolute safety, as I believe we are forced to
do, we must discuss what level of risk is
acceptable in a given situation. This is not to
advocate a reckless or callous attitude, since
we may choose to set the acceptable level of
risk very low indeed as in designing a
skyscraper to resist high winds, or we may
choose a higher level of risk as when we go
skiing or mountain climbing. Our view of
what is an acceptable 'evel of risk may also

103

Table 1.—Cases of plumbism among battery workers in areas having different lead

exposures.

Atmospheric Lead Concentration

(M Pb/10 m° in air)

Men Exposed
Men with early plumbism
Percentage affected

change with time. For instance, society’s
attitude to the acceptable risk attached to
particular occupations has changed with
time. In 1700 Ramazzini wrote in his book,
DISEASES OF WORKERS, “The mortality
of those who dig minerals in mines is very
great, and women who marry men of this
sort marry again and again. According to
Agricola at the mines in the Carpathian
Mountains, women have been known to
marry seven times.” Today we regard this
type of occupational mortality with horror.

Another much more trivial example of a
change of attitude with time is the burning
of leaves in the fall. The smell of those
buming leaves used to be part of the
pleasure of the fall, as much a part of it as
the autumn colors. Now we worry about the
particulate loading of the air, the carbon
dioxide causing melting of the polar ice cap,
etc., and yet the leaves are the same leaves;
the pyrolysis products from burning them
are the same. But society has changed its
way of looking at the smoke.

As society gradually raised its standards
for deciding what was an acceptable risk, it
became more and more important to refine
the tools used in measuring the risk and of
factors associated with it. This is illustrated
by Table 1 in which the number of cases of
mild lead poisoning are correlated with the
level of lead in the air of the part of the
factory in which they worked. In this table
it can be seen that in the highest exposure
area over 50% of the men are suffering from
the early signs of lead poisoning. This had
been an occupational risk of working with
lead which had been recognized and accept-
ed for centuries, but now as it became clear
for the first time that the level of lead in the
air was directly related to the sickness rate,
it became possible to suggest ways of reduc-
ing the amount of illness by reducing the

104

0-0.74 0.75-1.4 1.5-2.9 >3
a7 84 168 125
4 6 50 67
4.1 fi 29.8 53.6

amount of lead inhaled by the workmen. In
England this approach led to a reduction in
the notified cases of lead poisoning from
1,058 in 1900 to 239 in 1928, despite a
large increase in the tonnage of lead used
over these years. Society had said lead
poisoning was no longer a necessary or
acceptable cost of doing certain types of
work.

However, as in many fields of human
endeavor, it is one thing to know how to
reach a particular goal, but often quite
another to actually achieve it. So it is with
the problem of preventing occupational di-
sease due to lead. We know how to prevent
it, and in many plants the worker is safer at
work than he is at home, but in other
factories knowledge or funds or both have
not been brought to bear on the problem as
they should.

With the practical ability to prevent acute
lead poisoning by setting safe levels of lead
in the air which should not be exceeded, it
was a logical next step to consider the
effects of long exposures lasting over 20-30
years.

Such studies are difficult and time-
consuming, but in one such study reported
from an electric storage-battery works in
1963, the health of employees with two
different levels of lead exposure was studied,
and in Table 2 the results of the portion of
the study having positive findings are set
out. The groups marked A and B are workers
with little or no occupational exposure to
lead, while group C represents a high-
exposure group. The men in group C had an
average rate of lead excretion in the urine of
about 250 wg Pb/I of urine, and these levels
had been maintained or exceeded for 20
years or more. The results show that there
was an excess of actual deaths over the

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Table 2._Expected and observed deaths from cerebral hemorrhage, cerebral thrombosis, and cerebral
arteriosclerosis in pensioners, 1926-1961, and in employed men, 1946-1961.

Grade of Exposure

Year of Low Low High
Group Death Expected Observed Expected Observed Expected Observed
Pensioners 1926-1950 0.7 0 0.2 3 0.8 5
1951-1961 hee 6 S74 3 8.5 19
1926-1961 7.9 6 3.4 6 9.3 244
Employed 1946-1961 Bo) 3 3.1 3 5.6 9

ax2=217 p ¢0.001

: expected number of deaths among the high-
_ exposure group, but not in groups A and B.
The expected number of deaths was
calculated from the death rates prevailing for
all males adjusted for age. The conclusion of
the authors is that among 425 pensioners of
this battery plant, of whom 184 had died
_ during the period covered by the study,
there was a significantly greater number of
men dying of cerebrovascular disease such as
_ strokes, brain hemorrhages, etc. than in the
lesser exposed group. Analysis of the data
has shown moreover that, as the lead ex-
posure had decreased with improved work-
ing conditions, the excess of cerebrovascular
disease had diminished. This study, dealing

| as it did with a severe lead exposure over a
_ long period of time, is in contrast to a study
' carried out in Wenatchee, Washington,
| amongst apple orchard workers who were
| involved in the spraying of lead arsenate as
an insecticide. The urine lead values for the

3 exposure groups shown in Table 3 are not
as high as those sometimes seen in other
industrial exposures, but they are of particu-
lar importance for this reason, since the
urine lead concentrations range from those
slightly more than are commonly found in
urban communities to those found in
moderate lead exposures in industry. Among
the factors studied in assessing the health of
the orchardists were weight, blood pressure,
diseases of the cardiovascular system, skin
disorders, eye irritation, chronic nervous
| diseases, blood diseases, kidney disease, pul-
_ monary tuberculosis, visual acuity, syphilis,
|| neoplastic disease, and fertility.
Each factor was studied to find out
whether it had been modified by the lead
arsenate exposure. By comparisons between
|| groups and with other nonexposed popu-
| lations, no evidence was found that any of

) J. WASH. ACAD. SCL, VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

these factors was altered by the lead arsenate
exposure. In this study special attention was
given to medical examination of children
because, in the Wenatchee area where
orchards surrounded the communities or the
houses in which they lived, there were
unusual opportunities for children to be
exposed to lead arsenate insecticide sprays
and spray residues on branches, leaves, and
grass in addition to lead arsenate spray
residues they ingested on apples. There was
only one respect in which these children
differed from children in other districts.
Their urinary lead and urinary arsenic values
were nearly twice as high as the correspond-
ing values for a control group of children
taken at the same time in Washington, D.C.
(who had a mean urine lead level 0.026
mg/Pb/l S.D. 0.0128.) There was no indi-
cation of adverse effects of lead arsenate
exposure on the health of the Wenatchee
children.

While this study of persons exposed to
lead arsenate has some deficiencies when
used as a source of information on the
possible biological effects of other forms of
lead, it is particularly important for 2
reasons. Firstly, it is one of the few modem
studies containing an appreciable number of
women of childbearing age; and, secondly, it
is one of the few studies having children
with a lead exposure other than flaking lead
paint. Society’s attitude to the risks to
health that are acceptable as a result of a
person’s occupation or of merely living in a
community have gradually changed over the
centuries until at the present time they have
received their best exposition in a statement
by the World Health Organization, which
states that levels of pollutants should be set
at a level that safeguards health, and health
is defined as a state of complete physical,

105

Table 3.—Urine lead values of persons in Wenatchee study classified by severity of

exposure.
Urinary Lead Blood Lead
ug Pb/I ug Pb/100 g biood
No. of No. of

Group Analyses Average SD Analyses Average SD
Low exposure group

Men 146 35 24 148 26 11

Women 123 28 19 124 26 10

Intermediate exposure group

Men 102 43 30 108 30 i

Women 25 27 15 27 22 10
High exposure group

Men 386 88 60 329 44 16

Women 61 46 25 58 34 13
Children under 15

Boys 81 8) By 17 37 15

Girls 65 54 40 14 36 10

mental, and social well being and not merely
the absence of disease or infirmity.

I have attempted in the time available to
show that man has passed through 3 stages
in learning about the biological effects of
lead. The first stage, which lasted until about
the 3rd century B.C., was the recognition of
a diseased state or clinical picture but
without assoicating it with the causative
agent — lead. In the 3rd century B.C., the
relationship between lead and a specific
clinical state was recognized, and finally in
the 19th century it was found that large
doses of lead caused severe disease and
progressively smaller doses of lead caused
progressively less and less illness until a state
was reached that appeared to be “normal
health’? as defined by the World Health
Organization statement. It is possible but
unlikely that this more or less happy state
would have continued until the present time
if the chemical analysts had not developed
such refined methods for dissecting the
biochemistry of the body. By doing so, they
have raised a host of questions, many of
which are not answered at this time. In
particular the questions: When is a biochem-
ical change a deleterious change? Can a
biochemical change by itself be taken as
evidence of ill health if by our best abilities
we can find no interferences with a person’s
physical, mental, or social well being? These
questions are not confined to the effects of
lead, and as we are given more and more
refined analytical techniques with the ability

106

to detect smaller and smaller changes within
the body, many more substances that are
now considered harmless at present levels
will be found to cause such changes. How do
we sort out which changes are merely
reflecting absorption, which changes show
adaptation to the presence of a chemical,
which changes demonstrate compensation
by the body, and which changes are correlat-
ed with a true threat to health? It is
apparent that our ability to measvre bio-
chemical changes has in many instances
outrun our ability to understand the signifi-
cance of the changes we observe. In the case
of lead this question arises particularly with
regard to its effect on the synthetic pathway
of hemoglobin synthesis. To produce a
molecule of heme which later combines with
the protein globin to form the hemoglobin
in the red cell, a series of synthetic steps are
required. Each one of these steps is facilitat-
ed by a specific enzyme, the activity of
which may be altered by a number of
factors. Lead exerts an inhibiting effect on
several of these enzymes, although the sensi-
tivity to this lead effect varies considerably
from enzyme to enzyme. The enzyme which
exerts the controlling influence on the rate
at which the whole synthetic process can
proceed is heme synthetase. Anemia as a
result of inhibition of heme synthetase is not
seen in otherwise healthy adults until the
lead level in the blood rises to about 110 ug
PB/100 g blood. The blood lead level com-
monly found in persons in North America is

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

between 13 and 30 ug PB/100g blood. At
levels below 110 ag of lead in the blood,
while anemia is not found, effects on the
heme synthetic pathway can be detected.

ALA = 0.32 e8-22Pb

ALA mg/100 mi

LEAD mg/liter

Fig. 1. — 193 men exposed to inorganic lead.
Regression: ALA on lead in the urine.

ALA mg/\00mI

[O02 OS) 04505) 06) 07, 7208 09 10 " 12 13 14
LEAD mg/liter

io} Ol

Fig. 2. — 298 DuPont office workers. Regres-
sion: ALA on lead in the urine.
The first of these effects which was found to
occur at relatively low levels of lead was the
presence of delta-aminolevulinic acid in the
urine. Fig. 1 shows the relationship between
the level of lead excretion in the urine and
the level of delta-aminolevulinic acid in the
urine. The important point to notice here is
that as the lead level falls to within the
normal range, the effect upon the excretion
of ALA becomes virtually nil. This point is
amplified in Fig. 2 which, instead of dealing
with values derived from lead workers, deals
with the findings in 298 office workers. This
table uses an expanded scale and represents
the area covered by the left-hand corner of
Fig. 1. The lead levels are those found in a
normal urban population, and there is no
effect of lead on ALA excretion in this range
of lead values. The other determination that

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

has recently become a matter of consider-
able interest in discussing the effects of lead
upon the body is the enzyme ALA dehy-
drase. The activity of this enzyme when
measured in red cells shows a strong negative
correlation with the level of lead in the
blood. The interest in this enzyme has
centered on the fact that the enzyme shows
a reduction of activity at levels of lead which
must be considered within the “normal”
range. This might seem to be clearly a
deleterious effect of lead and yet, anemia is
not seen until the blood lead reaches levels
above 110 ug/100g blood, at which level the
activity of the enzyme is barely detectable.

In considering the safety of levels of lead
in the blood that cause appreciable depres-
sion of ALA dehydrase activity, it is not
enough to consider the steady-state condi-
tion, because it can be argued that, although
a person is manufacturing enough hemo-
globin to satisfy his normal day-to-day
needs, he might not be able to cope with the
need to create large amounts of hemoglobin
to replace sudden severe blood loss such as
might occur in an automobile accident.
Therefore to investigate this condition we
carried out an experiment using dogs and
simulated a massive bleeding situation.
Thirty-six dogs were divided into 3 groups of
12. One group was kept as a control group,
while the other 2 were given lead acetate in
the diet. The first group of dogs was given
100 ppm lead acetate in the diet and the
second 500 ppm.

These levels of lead were maintained in
the diet for 31 weeks, at which time the
ALA dehydrase activity of the dogs on the
highest level of lead was 16-28% of the level
prevailing before they were given lead. Since,
at this thirty-first week, the enzyme activity
was not as low as we desired, the amount of
lead in the diet of this group of dogs was
doubled for the next 16 weeks. During this
final prehemorrhage period the blood lead
levels in these dogs receiving the high level of
lead averaged 60-80 ug Pb/100g blood, and
their enzyme activity varied between 0.5
units/ml of red cells to being undetectable.
Thus, when detectable, the enzyme level was
about 2% of that found prior to feeding

107

lead, while the group of dogs given the 100
ppm lead in the diet showed a 50% re-
duction in ALA dehydrase activity. At the
end of 46 weeks of lead feeding, there was
no evidence of any difference in the health
of the dogs in any of the groups by any of
the usual biochemical, clinical, or behavioral
standards. Each of the dogs was then bled
under sterile conditions and in a similar
manner to the methods used in a human
blood donation center until each dog had
lost one-half of his blood volume. The
recovery of the dogs to normal hematolog-
ical values was then followed with frequent
measurements of the hemoglobin, reticu-
locyte counts, and hematocrit, and no differ-
ence in recovery rates between any of the
groups was seen. Indeed, so close were the
data when plotted on graphs that the curves
for the 3 groups of dogs were superimposed.
These dogs regained their normal hemo-
globin levels within 4-7 weeks, which other
investigators have found to be the normal
time for complete recovery from a severe
hemorrhage. This experiment demonstrates
that recovery from the loss of one-half of
the circulating blood volume in dogs is not
hampered by having very low or immeasur-
able levels of the enzyme ALA dehydrase. I
believe the interpretation of these results
based on our present state of knowledge
would be that there is a vast excess of this
enzyme in the body, and it is perfectly
possible to get along with 1-2% of the
normal amount without any apparent
harmful effect on health. I am not suggesting
that we ignore the relatively small changes in
the enzyme level that can be found at the
levels of lead commonly found in the United
States population, but I am suggesting that
to base air-quality standards on this type of
data, as has recently been done, may be
logically defensible but is scientifically
questionable.

The whole field of the effect of the
environment on man and the effect of man
on the environment suffers at the moment
from a lack of a sense of proportion. Not all
effects are equally bad. In fact, we lack a
basis for making value judgements such as
“good” or “bad” about a great many of the

108

changes we can now measure. This is not a
plea for inaction while we do more research,
but that while we have so many obviously
major problems in society, let’s not be afraid
to say some effects that we are now capable
of detecting are more important than others.
Even within the field of air pollution it is
very likely that at the present time there is
more total illness caused by natural air
pollutants such as pollen and mold spores
than by man-made pollutants such as sulfur
dioxide and oxidants. Again this is no reason
for inactivity, but let’s adjust the intensity
of our activity to the relative size of the
problems.

In considering the safety of any particular
level of lead, one must be alert to the
possibility that there are groups of persons
in the population who are more sensitive to
the effects of lead than are most people.
This problem underlines my earlier remarks
on absolute safety, since a categorical state-
ment that a particular level of lead is
absolutely safe would mean that nowhere
does there exist a person who is particularly
susceptible to the effects of this level of
lead. Obviously, if rigorously interpreted,
this would involve testing everyone’s sus-
ceptibility to lead, which is manifestly im-
possible. Therefore, we are forced to base
our statements on a sampling of the total
population. While I cannot lay before you all
of the data upon which you can base your
own opinion, I believe a fair summary of our
present state of knowledge would be as
follows. In the 19th and early 20th centur-
ies, when some occupations such as lead
glazing of pottery carried a high exposure to
lead, there was some evidence that women
might be more susceptible to lead than men,
but the effect was far from clear and was
complicated by differing work habits, differ-
ing economic states, and differing nutritional
states between the men and women employ-
ed in these industries. In more recent times
these gross exposures to lead have virtually
disappeared, and opportunities for valid
comparisons between the reactions of men
and women to the same level of lead have
been very rare. I believe the comments made
by the authors of the report on the

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Wenatchee orchard workers with respect to
fertility can also be applied to the problem
of whether men or women are more suscept-
ible to lead. They say, “The instances
reported in the literature of an effect of lead
on human fertility appear to be limited to
men and women who were far more heavily
and much more regularly exposed to lead
than the residents of Wenatchee.” It would
appear that a clinical state approaching that
of frank lead poisoning is necessary before
the fertility of men and women is affected. I
would add that similar conditions seem to
have to prevail to demonstrate a difference
in reaction between men and women to a
given amount of lead. While it is true that
children may exhibit more alarming
symptoms and face a more grave prognosis
when suffering from lead poisoning, it is also
true that the dose of lead which the child
ingested was usually many fold greater in
proportion to his size than that received by
most adults suffering from lead poisoning.
The mean daily fecal output of lead by the
lead-poisoned children in Chisolm’s series
(44 mg Pb/day) exceeded by approximately
6-fold that of a group of severly exposed
industrial workers (7.6 mg Pb/day). There
are many other facets of the problem of
special sensitivity which can quite properly
be raised such as: Are persons with special
diseases or the elderly more sensitive to
lead? And the answer at this time has to be
that in the thousands of years of man’s
experience with lead, such groups have not
been uncovered, but it is possible that with
more refined diagnostic tools such groups
may be found in the future. This is not the
same as saying that because we don’t know
for certain that such groups do not exist that
there is a high probability that they will in
fact be found.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL. VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

I have attempted to deal with the prob-
lem of safe levels in a manner that raises
issues common to many chemicals in our
environment. For instance, in a review
article on “Mechanisms of Oxygen Toxi-
city,” by Niels Haugaard, his opening words
are “Except for organisms especially adapted
to live under anaerobic conditions, all ani-
mals and plants need oxygen for the pro-
duction of energy and maintenance of life.
Yet oxygen is toxic to life at concentrations
only slightly greater than that found in air.”
In fact it would be just as difficult to answer
the question, “Is there a safe level of
oxygen?” as it is to answer the question, “Is
there a safe level of exposure to lead?” If we
are to set a safe level of lead exposure based
on biochemical changes we cannot interpret,
we are setting in train a series of events
which have their impact not only on econo-
mics, social patterns, and our natural re-
sources, but also on biological systems.

We are, as members of society, often
counselled to make no moves affecting our
health and welfare, the consequences of
which are not completely understood and
yet we find these same councellors often
surprisingly willing to advocate crash pro-
grams to remedy some real or imaginary
threat. All agents in the environment that
can under certain conditions cause harmful
effects are not equally hazardous, and I
firmly believe that a sensible plan of attack-
ing the most important items first can be
drawn up, provided the facts are allowed to
speak for themselves. I believe that lead
poisoning in children constitutes a definable
problem of considerable seriousness about
which something useful can be done. Since
our resources are finite, I would put this
item far ahead of the threat to health from
other sources of lead in the environment.

109

Biologic Effects of Lead in Domestic Animals

Arthur L. Aronson!

Department of Physiology, Biochemistry and Pharmacology
New York State Veterinary College, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850

ABSTRACT

Lead poisoning in cattle usually is the result of a single ingestion of a material
containing a large quantity of lead. Poisoning in cattle also can result from the long-term
ingestion of crops or pasture forage contaminated by lead settling out from fumes and
dusts emitted from industrial lead operations. The latter is the principal source of
poisoning for horses. Horses appear to be more susceptible than cattle to the long-term
ingestion of lead. Whereas a daily intake of approximately 2 mg/kg can produce poison-
ing in horses, a daily intake of approximately 6-7 mk/kg is required to produce poisoning
in cattle. Although the ingestion of small amounts of lead by food-producing animals
may not result in clinical signs of lead poisoning, it should be emphasized that a small

- fraction of that ingested will be retained in the tissues and contribute to the dietary

intake of man.

It generally is considered that lead is the
most common cause of accidental poisoning
in domestic animals. The condition is diag-
nosed most frequently in cattle and dogs. It
should be kept in mind that a discussion of
lead poisoning in domestic animals must
differ from the approach taken for man.
Whereas subtle, subclinical effects of lead are
highly relevant and important for man,
similar considerations in animals are not
practical. Lead poisoning in animals usually
is recognized only when overt clinical signs
of poisoning are apparent. Nevertheless, it is
emphasized that even though apparently
non-toxic quantities of lead are ingested by
food producing animals, some of the lead
will be absorbed. This would result in the
addition of a finite amount of lead to the
dietary intake of man.

Sources of Lead

The natural curiosity and licking habits of
cattle make any available lead-containing
material a potential source of poisoning.

"For personal data, see footnote 1 to Dr.
Aronson’s paper entitled “Biologic Effects of Lead
in Fish,” this issue.—Ed.

110

Some of the sources incriminated include
lead-base paint (either from discarded paint
cans or paint peeling from walls), used
motor oil, discarded oil filters, storage bat-
teries, certain types of greases and putty,
and linoleum (Hammond et al., 1956; Buck,
1970a). These sources have been incrimi-
nated on the basis of 1) evidence of inges-
tion, 2) clinical signs, and 3) finding elevated
concentrations of lead in the tissues. These
sources can be found in the vicinity of farm
buildings and in dumps located in pastures.
It is interesting that these sources rarely are
incriminated in lead poisoning in horses.
Horses are much more selective than cattle
in their eating habits. They usually do not
lick old paint cans, storage batteries, peeling
paint, nor do they seem to find the taste of
used motor oil attractive.

Common histories of exposure in dogs
include chewing on objects painted with
lead-base paints, (e.g., when home remodel-
ling entails scraping of plaster and old paint),
eating linoleum, or ingesting lead materials
such as shotgun slugs or curtain weights
(Zook et al., 1969). The latter objects are
retained in the stomach where they are
ionized to an absorbable form due to the

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

acidity of the stomach. Dogs less than 6
months of age are affected more commonly
than older dogs, but this may be related to
the almost completely indiscriminate eating
habits of younger dogs.

Several outbreaks of lead poisoning in
domestic animals have been recorded in
North America and throughout the world
where the source of metal was contami-
nation of pasture or crops by industrial lead

Operations (Haring and Meyer, 1915;
Hughes, 1923; Miessner, 1931; Holm et at.,
eee beijers, .1952;.. Hupka,. 1955;

Hammond and Aronson, 1964; Kradel et al.,
1965; Harbourne et al., 1968). These out-
breaks differ from the more common cases
of lead poisoning described previously in
that several animals may be involved. Pas-
tures and crops are cont-minated by fumes
and dusts emitted from lead industries set-
tling out on the surrounding countryside.
Animals eating this vegetation can accumu-
late amounts of lead sufficient to produce
clinical signs of lead poisoning. A number of
studies have been made to determine if the
lead found in vegetation is the result of
direct airborne origin or due to translocation
from soil. These studies recently have been
reviewed by P. K. Mueller and R. L. Stanley
(1970, pers. comm.). They conclude on the
basis of their work and the work of others
that translocation from soil does not
contribute more than 15 mg/gm dry weight
of forage even when plants are grown in soil
containing up to 700-3000 wag/gm. Thus,
amounts of lead in plants in excess of 15
ug/gm most likely are due to direct aerial
fallout. The extent to which contamination
can occur is illustrated by finding concen-
trations of 3200 «g/gm dry weight in corn
leaves located 75 wards from a lead smelter
in one outbreak (Hammond and Aronson,
1964).

Susceptibility to Lead

It has been possible to estimate that a
daily intake of 6-7 mg/kg constitutes a
minimum cumulative fatal dosage of lead for
cattle (Hammond and Aronson, 1964). This
intake represents a concentration approxi-

~ mately 300 ppm lead in the total diet. These

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

cattle were located approximately 2 miles
from the smelter, but were fed lead-con-
taminated hay and corn silage grown in
fields adjacent to the smelter. A fatal case of
lead poisoning occurred following approxi-
mately 2 months on this diet. An intake of
approximately half this dosage had no ob-
servable effect on cattle at another farm the
previous winter. In this connection it is of
interest to note that daily dosages of 5-6
mg/kg have been fed to cattle for a period of
2 years with no observable clinical effects
(Alicroft, 1950), but that longer intake at
this rate may be fatal (Allcroft, 1951).

There is some evidence suggesting that
horses may be more susceptible than cattle
to the chronic ingestion of lead. Whereas
horses contracted lead poisoning on pastures
adjacent to a lead smelter in one outbreak,
cattle grazing in the same area appeared
healthy (Larsen, A.A., 1969, pers. comm.).
At one farm adjacent to a smelter in another
outbreak, horses succumbed to lead poison-
ing in March following a winter intake in
their hay of 2.4 mg Pb/kg/day (Hammond
and Aronson, 1964). It was not possible to
determine lead intake from pasture grazing
the previous summer. However, since cows
and horses had similar pasture that summer,
and since the winter ration for the horses
contained appreciably less lead than did that
for the cows, it would seem that cumulative
toxicity occurred somewhat more readily in
horses. It is of interest to consider that
pasture grass containing in excess of 80 ag
Pb/gm dry weight was toxic to horses in still
another outvreak (Mueller and Stanley,
1970, pers. comm.). If one assumes the
horses weighed 400 kg and ate 10 kg grass
(dry weight) per day, a minimal toxic dosage
could be estimated at 2 mg Pb/kg/day; a
figure close to the previous estimate. x

Although the evidence above does suggest
that horses might be more susceptible to
lead than cattle, a consideration of grazing
habits of horses precludes any firm conclu-
sions. Horses occasionally will pull forage
out by the roots and eat the roots and
attendent soil along with the forage. Cattle
rarely, if ever, do this, probably because
they lack the jaw structure which makes it
possible. The soil near smelters usually con-

tains far greater amounts of lead than does
the forage. It is apparent that a horse
showing a marked tendency toward this
habit could ingest far greater quantities of
lead than would be estimated from the
analysis of forage alone.

It is only natural that human beings
residing close to smelters near which animals
are dying of lead poisoning should be con-
cerned about their own health. In many
cases these people are eating produce from
home gardens. It is noteworthy that analysis
of blood and urine of these people by local
public health officials has not revealed evi-
dence of increased lead absorption. Keep in
mind that horses and cattle are vegetarians.
If their hay or pasture is contaminated with
lead, their entire diet may consist of contam-
inated vegetation. Probably only a small
fraction of the total diet of human beings
would consist of food grown in the vicinity
of a lead operation. Furthermore, it is
customary for people to wash garden pro-
duce (or husk corn) before its consumption.
This practice undoubtedly would remove
appreciable quantities of surface lead de-
posits. Since the animal and human popu-
lation near the smelters breathed the same
air, and since residents in the area have not
shown evidence of increased lead absorption,
it may be justified to conclude that the
animals received virtually all of their lead
burden through oral ingestion.

Clinical Signs of Lead Poisoning

All domestic species with lead poisoning
exhibit varying degrees of derangement of
the central nervous system, gastrointestinal
tract, muscular system, and hemopoetic
system. Differences occur clinically, how-
ever, in the relative severity of signs refer-
table to these organs and tissues. The most
striking syndrome is presented commonly by
young calves. The calf may suddenly begin
to bellow and stagger about with rolling eyes
and frothing mouth and often blindly
crashes into objects. This phase may last up
to 2 hours before sudden collapse and death.
With less severe cases, depression, anorexia
and colic may be observed. The animals may
be depressed, blind, grind their teeth, move
in a circle, push against objects, and be

112

ataxic. Adult cattle present the latter signs
most frequently, although the syndrome of
maniacal excitement is not uncommon.

The syndrome in sheep consists mainly of
depression, anorexia, abdominal pain and
usually diarrhea. Excitatory phases have
never been reported for sheep. Anemia is
common during chronic ingestion.

The syndrome in horses consists mainly
of depression, stupor, knuckling at the fet-
locks, and a laryngeal paralysis producing an
obstruction in the air passage and causing
the horse to “roar.’’ Anemia is commonly
associated with lead poisoning in horses
(Clarke and Clarke, 1967).

Gastrointestinal and central nervous
system signs are seen with almost equal
frequency in dogs. At some time during the
course of poisoning approximately 87% of
dogs show gastrointestinal signs consisting of
emesis, colic, diarrhea, and anorexia. Ap-
proximately 76% of dogs show central
nervous system signs consisting of hysteria
and convulsions. Anemia and _ basophillic
stippling commonly are associated with lead
poisoning in dogs and are considered to be
of diagnostic significance (Dodd and Staples,
1956; Zook et al., 1969).

Abortions have been reported in ewes
grazing lead-mining areas in England (Egan
and O’Cuill, 1969). A high rate of abortions
and failures to conceive were noted in ewes
experimentally fed finely divided metallic
lead at a rate sufficient to induce signs of
intoxication (Buck, 1970b). The lethal dose
of lead in pregnant ewes appears to be
considerably lower than in non-pregnant
ewes (Allcroft and Blaxter, 1950). Cattle
and horses have given birth to normal
offspring following excessive lead exposure
(Shupe, 1967; Egan and O’Cuill, 1970), but
the small number of animals reported (5)
makes it impossible to state that lead has no
effect on the fetus in these species.

References Cited

Allcroft, R., 1950. Lead as a nutritional hazard to
farm livestock. IV. Distribution of lead in the
tissues of bovines after ingestion of various lead
compounds. J. Comp. Pathol. 60: 190-208.

Allcroft, R., 1951. Lead poisoning in cattle and
sheep. Vet. Rec. 63: 583-590.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Allcroft, R., and Blaxter, K.L., 1950. Lead as a
nutritional hazard to farm livestock. V. The
toxicity of lead to cattle and sheep and an
evaluation of the lead hazard under farm condi-
tions. J. Comp. Pathol. 60: 209-218.

Beijers, J.A., 1952. Loodvergiftiging. Tijschr. v.
Diergeneesk. 77: 587-605.

Buck, W.B., 1970a. Lead and organic pesticide
poisoning in cattle. J. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc.
156: 1468-1472.

Buck, W.B., 1970b. Behavioral and neurological
effects of lead. Unpublished observations.

Clarke, E.G.C., and Clarke, M.L., 1967. Garner’s
Veterinary Toxicology. 3rd Edition. Williams
and Wilkins Company, N.Y.

Dodd, D.C., and Staples, E.L.J., 1956. Clinical lead
poisoning in the dog. New Zeal. Vet. J. 4: 1-7.

Egan, D.A., and O’Cuill, T., 1969. Opencoat lead
mining area — a toxic hazard to grazing stock.
Vet. Rec. 84: 230.

Egan, D.A., and O’Cuill, T., 1970. Cumulative lead
poisoning in horses in a mining area contami-
nated with galena. Vet. Rec. 86: 736-737.

Hammond, P.B., and Aronson, A.L., 1964. Lead
poisoning in cattle and horses in the vicinity of
a smelter. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 111: 595-611.

Hammond, P.B., Wright, H.N., and Roepke, M.H.,
1956. A method for the detection of lead in
bovine blood and liver. Univ. Minn. Agric.
Exper. Sta. Tech. Bull. No. 221.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Harbourne, J.F., McCrea, C.T., and Watkinson, J.,
1968. An unusual outbreak of lead poisoning in
calves. Vet. Rec. 83: 515-517.

Haring, C.M., and Meyer, K.F., 1915. Investigation
of livestock conditions and losses in the Selby
smoke zone. U.S. Bur. Mines Bul. 98: 474-502.

Holm, L.W., Wheat, J.D., Rhode, E.A., and Firch,
G., 1953. The treatment of chronic lead poison-
ing in horses with calcium disodium ethylene-
diaminetetraacetate. J. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc.
123: 383-388.

Hughes, W., 1923. Lead-poisoning in horses and
cattle. Vet. J. 79: 270-271.

Hupka, E., 1955. Uber Flugstaubvergiftungen in
der Umgebung von Metallhutten. Wein.
Tierarztl. Monatsschr. 42: 763-775.

Kradel, D.C., Adams, W.M., and Guss, S.B., 1965.
Lead poisoning and eosinophilic meningoence-
phalitis in cattle — a case report. Vet. Med. 60:
1045-1050.

Miessner, H., 1931. Schadigung der Tierweit durch
Industrie und Technik. Deut. Tierarztl.
Wchnschr. 39: 340-345.

Shupe, J.L., Binns, W., James, L.F., and Keeler,
R.F., 1967. Lupine, a cause of crooked calf
disease. J. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc. 151:
198-203.

Zook, B.C., Carpenter, J.L., and Leeds, E.B., 1969.

Lead poisoning in dogs. J. Amer. Vet. Med.
Assoc. 155: 1329-1342.

113

The Effect of Lead Antiknocks on
the Lead Content of Crops

Gary L. Ter Haar’

Research and Development Department, Ethyl Corporation,
1600 W. 8-Mi. Road, Ferndale, Michigan 48220

ABSTRACT

Man receives on the average about 300 ug lead/day in his food. This natural
concentration of lead in food results from the lead present in the soil. The lead in soils
averages about 16 ug/g worldwide. Under conditions that have thus far been studied,
lead in air does not measurably increase the lead content of the edible portion of most
crops. Leafy portions of plants near busy highways contain higher concentrations of
lead. Even in the absence of lead in air, leafy portions of plants contain more lead than
do other parts. A several-fold increase in lead in soil does not measurably change the
concentration of lead in plants. Rainwater does not appear to be a significant source of
lead in crops. All studies to date indicate that the effect of lead antiknocks on lead in the

food chain is minimal.

Lead in Food

To understand the effects of the use of
lead antiknocks on the lead content of
plants, one must consider some basic facts
on the concentrations of lead in food. Much
work has been done on the concentrations
of lead in food. Schroeder and his coworkers
(1961) have probably made the most com-
plete examination of lead in food. On a
fresh-weight basis, they found about 1.2 mg
Pb/g in condiments, 0.5 aig/g in fish and
seafood, 0.2 ug/g in meats, 0.4 ug/g in

1Dr. Ter Haar did his undergraduate work at
Hope College, receiving his B.S. degree in Chemis-
try in 1958. At the University of Michigan he
received an M.S. degree in 1960 and a Ph.D. degree
in 1962. In his last two years of graduate work, he
had the honor of being a Michigan Board of
Regents Fellow. Since leaving the University of
Michigan, Dr. Ter Haar has been with the Ethyl
Corporation.

In 1965, he began work under an industrial
cooperation agreement between the Ethyl Corpora-
tion and the Argonne National Laboratory, involv-
ing the investigation and analysis of trace metals in
the environment. This work has covered all en-
vironmental aspects of lead, including its ultimate
fate in the environment. These investigations have
resulted in a number of publications.

114

grains, 0.2 ug/g in vegetables, and no detect-
able lead in fresh whole milk. Assuming a
person consumes about 2,000g of food and
drink a day, his lead intake would range
from 100-500 ug/day depending on the
foods eaten. Cholak and Bambach (1943)
estimated the intake of lead from food to be
about 300 ug/day. Kehoe (1947) estimated a
similar amount. Monier-Williams (1950), as
well as Warren and Delavault (1962), esti-
mated about 0.2 ug Pb/g of food which,
based on 2000g of food, would be a lead
intake of 400 ug/day.

Kehoe et al. (1933) found lead in every
item of food obtained from the fields and
dwellings of the inhabitants of a primitive
area, completely removed from industrial
and mining activities.

Harley (1970) conducted an especially
useful study in New York City. He deter-
mined the lead concentration in various
foods and estimated the yearly intake of
lead from the U.S. Department of Agricul-
ture consumption statistics for food. Table 1
shows these results. The total annual lead
intake of 103 mg/year or about 285 ug/day
is consistent with the results of other investi-
gations.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Table 1. — Lead in New York City diet — 1966
sampling.

Food
Intake, Lead Intake

Diet Category kg/year mg/kgfood mg/year
Dairy Products 200 0.04 8
Fresh Vegetables 48 0.12 6
Canned Vegetables 22 0.44 10
Root Vegetables 10 0.07 1
Potatoes 38 0.17 6
Dried Beans 3 0.02 =
Fresh Fruit 59 0.07 4
Canned Fruit 11 0.25 3
Fruit Juices 28 0.09 3
Bakery Products 44 0.39 17
Flour 34 0.04 l
Whole Grain Products 11 0.13 1
Macaroni 3) 0.08 —
Rice 3 0.04 —
Meat 719 0.42 33
Poultry 20 0.30 6
Eggs 15 O22 3
Fresh Fish 8 0.16 1
Shellfish 1 0.31 =

(=)
ee)

Annual Intake

Lewis (1966) reported that no food or
group of foods is either a large or constant
contributor to lead in man, since man’s diet
is composed of a wide variety of individual
items, and various foods contributed various
amounts of lead. Lewis estimated that the
lead intake from the diet averages about 300
ug/day and ranges, for most people, between
100 and 200 ug/day. It appears that the
average lead intake from food has not
changed appreciably during the past 3 de-
cades.

Although the lead intake from food
averages about 300 ug/day, the lead intake
could vary markedly from city to city.
Economic level and ethnic background also
could have a pronounced effect on the
amount of lead ingested daily. No studies
attempting to answer this question have
been reported. If such a study were carried
out, it would be informative to determine
the degree of correlation between the con-
centration of lead in the blood and the lead
in food.

With lead intake from food in the human
diet established to be of the order of 100 to
2000 ug/day, the question arises as to the
source of this lead. Patterson (1965) esti-
mated that the natural lead content of food

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Table 2. — Relative U.S. consumption of crops
studied.

Crop % Diet
Leaf Lettuce 0.5
Carrots 0.5
Head Cabbage 0.7
Snap Beans 1.0
Tomatoes 20
Sweet Corn oF)
Potatoes 5.6
Wheat 10:9

should be 0.01 ug/g wet weight. He con-
cluded that most of the lead now present in
the food is from industrial sources.

Effects of Lead
in Air, Water, and Soil

To determine whether this latter claim is
true, experiments have been designed to
answer the following questions:

e What is the contribution of lead natur-
ally present in the soil to the lead content of
plants?

e@e What effect does lead in air have on
this natural lead content of plants?

e What is the effect on the lead content
of the plant from increasing the lead content
of the soil from lead deposited from the
atmosphere or from lead added artificially.

We attempted to answer the first question
by growing crops in greenhouses using filter-
ed air. We then compared the lead concen-
trations in these crops with those grown in
unfiltered air to answer the second question.
The crops chosen for this study and their
relative contribution to the diet are shown in
Table 2.

The soil used in the greenhouses was
chosen because it was likely it had not been
contaminated with industrial lead. It con-
tained 17.1 ug Pb/g dry, very near the world
average of 16 ug/g dry (Swaine, 1955). The
unfiltered air contained 1.45 ug Pb/m® and
the filtered air contained 0.09 ug Pb/m°.

The crops grown in the greenhouse were
tomatoes, sweet corn, leaf lettuce, head
cabbage, snap beans, potatoes, carrots, and
wheat. All crops were harvested at maturity,
washed, dried, dry ashed and brought into
solution for analysis. Lead concentrations

115

nn nn ee eae

Table 3. — Lead content of greenhouse crops.

Lead Content, &g/g dry weight

Crop Unfiltered Air Filtered Air
Edibles
Leaf Lettuce 6.6 3.2
Cabbage Head 1.0 1.1
Tomatoes 0.6 0.7
Snap Beans 1.4 1.2
Sweet Com 0.2 0.3
Carrots |e 2.1
Potatoes 0.3 0.3
Wheat 0.18 0.16
Nonedibles
Bean Leaves 20.9 Ue)
Corn Cobs 0.5 0.7
Cabbage Leaves 4.5 5.8
Corn Husks 6.9 1.8

Underlined values are different from the other numbers in the row
at the 95% level of confidence.

were determined colorimetrically using dithi-
zone (Association of Official Agricultural
Chemists, 1965).

The results of the greenhouse studies are
summarized in Table 3. All data were han-
dled by standard statistical methods using
analysis of variance (Uni. Calif., 1966).

The data from this study answer our first
question and show that the concentration of
lead in the edible portion of the plants
grown in filtered air ranges from a few
tenths of a ug to a few ug/g of dried
material. When the concentration is calcu-
lated on a wet-weight basis, the concentra-
tion is a few tenths of aug/g for each of the
crops. This concentration is of the same
magnitude as that for foods purchased in the
market place and is derived from the lead
naturally present in the soil.

When we compare the concentrations of
lead in the crops grown in filtered air with
those grown in unfiltered air, we have some
information that will answer the second
question on effect of lead in air. All of the
edible portions of the plants, except leaf
lettuce, showed no effect from increasing
the lead content of the air.

Although crops with a low exposed sur-
face-to-weight ratio showed no effect of lead
in air, plant parts having a relatively large
exposed surface-to-weight ratio, primarily
inedible, contained more lead when grown in
unfiltered air than in filtered air. Thus, leaf
lettuce, bean leaves, and corn husks showed
an effect of lead in air.

116

We can obtain additional information
with regard to the lead-in-air effect and some
information with regard to the third ques-
tion posed above on the lead-in-soil effect by
studying crops grown in long rows perpendi-
cular to a busy highway.

The same crops studied in the green-
houses plus oats and soybeans were grown in
long rows perpendicular to and east of a
heavily traveled north-south highway (USS.
24 near Detroit, Mich.) with a traffic density
of 29,000 cars/day.

Crops were harvested 30 to 60, 120, and
520 ft from the edge of the paved surface of
the road. The average concentration of lead
in the air during the growing season was 2.3,
1.7, and 1.1 ug/m? at 50, 120, and 520 ft
from the road. The concentration of lead in
the soil averaged 65 ug/g at 40 ft from the
road, 40 mg/g at 120 ft, and 25 mg/g at 520
ft.

In a similar study, samples of commercial-
ly grown rice were taken at 30 and 700 ft
from U.S. Highway 90 (5,000 to 7,000
cars/day) just north of Crowley, La., and 45
and 600 ft from Interstate 10 (7,500 to
10,000 cars/day) just west of Crowley. At
U.S. 90, the concentration of lead in the soil
was 22 ug/g at 30 ft from the road and 18
ug/g at 700 ft. At Interstate 10, the lead in
soil was 18 ug/g at 45 ft and 15 ug/g at 600
ft. The rice was hulled, and the kernel was
analyzed for lead.

Table 4 shows the resuits of these studies.
The results are generally consistent with
those obtained in the greenhouse study.
Edible portions of most compact crops (i.e.,
cabbage, potatoes, sweet corn, tomatoes,
oats, wheat, carrots, and rice) showed no
correlation between lead concentration and
distance from the road. This implies that
neither increasing the lead in the air from
1.1 to 2.3 mg/m? nor increasing the lead
concentration in the soil by airborne deposi-
tion from 25 to 65 ug/g had any effect on
the edible portions of these plants.

In contrast to the greenhouse crops,
however, 2 compact crops—soybeans and
snap beans — showed higher lead concentra-
tions when grown near the road. The reason
for this inconsistency between the green-
houses and the roadside plots is not obvious.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Table 4. — Highway studies.

Lead Content at
Feet From Road
ioe 520
Air, bg Pb/m? 23 1.7 1.1
Soil, &g Pb/g 65 40 25,
Edibles, ug Pb/g dry
Leaf Lettuce 6.5 5.0 4.5
Cabbage Head 0.56 0.86 0.83
Tomatoes 1.3 1.2 1.6
Snap Beans 1.9 [he 0.9
Potatoes 0.48 0.64 0.40
Sweet Corn 0.39 0.21 0.83
Carrots 1.6 — 1.5
Soy Beans 0.28 0.12 0.10
Oats 0.47 os 0.37
Wheat 0.62 042 0.48
Rice (U.S. 90) 0.17 - 0.18
Rice (I-10) 0.23 — 0.24
Nonedibles, & g Pb/g dry
Cabbage (unharvested leaves) 6.4 89 4.0
Corn Cob 0.74 -0.55 0.68
Corn Husk 12.6 6.6 So1
Soybean Husk 15.9 8.0 5.3
Oat Chaff 3E4 -US:S, .12:8
Wheat Chaff is, 9:6 6.2
Rice Straw (U.S. 90) 4.1 = DES
Rice Straw (I-10) 5.83 — 23

Underlined values are different from the other numbers in the row
at the 95% level of confidence.

The pH of the soil could be a factor,

although the variation was only about one
pH unit. The pH of the plots along the
highway varied from 7 at 30 ft from the
road to 6.6 at 120 ft and 5.9 at 520 ft, while
the pH of the greenhouse soil was 7.2.

The inedible parts of the plants (i.e., corn
husks, wheat chaff, rice chaff, oat chaff,
soybean hulls, and the broad normally un-

harvested outer leaves of cabbage) contained
- 2-3 times higher concentrations of lead when
- grown near the road compared to farther

away.

Dedolph et al. (1970) conducted a similar
study on grass and radishes. They studied
the effects of lead in air, water, and soil on
the concentration of lead in these 2 crops.
They found that varying the concentration
of lead in water from 1 to 40 ug/l had no

effect on the concentration of lead in these

crops whether the water was applied to the
foliage or to the surface of the soil.

They found no effect of lead-in-air con-
centration on radishes, but the grass was
affected by lead in air. Both grass and

_ radishes were found to derive about 2-3 ug

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Pb/g dry matter from the soil when the
concentration of lead in air was nil. When
the concentration of lead in air was in-
creased to about 1 ag/m*, the concentration
of lead in the grass was about doubled.

Studies near a busy highway confirmed
these results. Grass near the road contained
about twice as much lead as grass grown 120
and 520 ft from the road. They concluded
that plants contain substantial amounts of
soil-derived lead and that soil has long been
and remains an important source of lead in
plants.

Many authors substantiate the conclusion
that lead in air does increase the concentra-
tion of lead in the leafy parts of plants near
the highway. Koke and Riebartsch (1964)
found higher concentrations of lead in grass
grown near busy highways. Cannon and
Bowles (1967) found higher concentrations
of lead in vegetation grown near a highway
than in vegetation grown some distances
away. Warren and Delavault (1962) com-
pared lead in plants to highway traffic. They
determined the lead content of tree stems
collected in an area at locations remote from
the highway and adjacent to heavy traffic.
The lead values ranged from 0.4 to 2.0 ug/g
dry for the “remote” stems and 2-52 ug/g
dry for the “heavy traffic’ stems. Everett et
al. (1967) measured the lead content of
unwashed privet leaves collected from sites
along main highways and remote from high-
ways in England. They found an average of
86 mg Pb/g dry in the leaves near the
highway and 45 ag Pb/g dry at the sites
away from the highways.

All investigators reach the same conclu-
sion. In a narrow band near the highway, the
concentration of lead on the surface of
foliage is proportional to the concentration
of lead in air. On the protected portions of
the plants (e.g., seeds and roots), which in
almost all cases are the edible portions of the
plants, little or no effect of lead in air is
noted.

Even in the absence of lead in air, the
leafy portions of the plants are higher in lead
than the rest of the plant. Ter Haar (1970)
observed this in his greenhouse study.
Goldschmidt (1937) observed this as early as
1937. He stated that the mineral solution

117

enters the plants through the roots and
concentrates at the point of greatest evapo-
ration, namely the leaves.

Studies by Motto et al. (1970) on the
effects of lead in air and soil indicate similar
results. They found that the major effect of
traffic was limited to a narrow zone within
100 ft of the highway. Plants grown in the
field contained the most lead in the aerial
portions. They found that lead was absorbed
through the root system with some trans-
location to other parts of the plant. The
fruiting and flowering parts of the plant
contained the smallest amount of lead and
showed little effect of changes in the
amount of lead supplied.

Leh (1966) also observed that higher
concentrations of lead were found in vegeta-
tion near a highway. He found higher con-
centrations of lead in grass, turnip and beet
leaves, and chaff from wheat and barley
grown near an expressway. However, he
found no effect of lead in air on potatoes,
beets, turnips, carrots, celery, or the grain
kernel.

Schuck and Locke (1970) studied 5
crops — cauliflower, tomatoes, cabbage,
strawberries, and oranges. They reported
that the combined findings on the edible
portions from 4 of these 5 crops strongly
suggest that automotive lead particulates are
not absorbed, but rather exist as a topical
coating of which at least 50% can be
removed by simple water washing. In the
case of the fifth crop (strawberries), washing
did not remove lead from the fruit. The
concentration of lead in the strawberries was
not influenced by distance from the road.
They also found that the crops did not show
an inclination to absorb lead by the root
system. In spite of growing these crops near
heavily traveled highways with up to 50,000
cars/day, the amount of lead associated with
the 5 crops in an untreated state was never
greater than 1 ug Pb/g fresh weight. The
average lead concentration for the entire
crop area studied was 1 or 2 orders of
magnitude less than the 1 mg Pb/g fresh
weight.

Although their conclusion that crops are
not inclined to absorb lead through the root
system disagrees with the conclusions of

118

some of the authors previously cited, it may
be that the pH of their soil or some other
physical or chemical characteristic of the soil
led to this conclusion. Lagerwerff (1970)
stresses the importance of pH in lead uptake
into plants. Little work has been done on
the uptake of lead from different soil types.
The effects of pH and other chemical vari-
ables also remain to be investigated.

In all of these studies, the lead in the soil
was higher near the road. The crops take up
lead from the soil in a relatively constant
manner, which is independent of several-fold
changes in the lead concentration of the soil.
Marten and Hammond (1966) found that a
52-fold increase in the lead content of the
soil taken near a smelter increased the lead
content of bromegrass when grown on the
soil in a greenhouse in the first harvest. The
second harvest did not contain significantly
more lead when grown in soil containing 680
ug Pb/g than grass grown in soil containing
12 mg Pb/g. When grass was grown in a
greenhouse on a soil taken near a busy
highway (59 ug Pb/g), the lead concentra-
tion of this grass was the same as that of
grass grown on the soil containing 12 ug
Pb/g. Soil at a 15-cm depth taken near the
smelter contained 95 ug Pb/g. It also had no
effect on the concentration of lead in the
grass.

A study by MacLean et al. (1969) shows
the importance of soil type, cation exchange
capacity, carbon content, and crop type on
the effects of the lead concentration in
plants resulting from adding lead to the soil.
They found that a soil with high exchange
capacity was much less likely to release lead
to the plant than a soil with low exchange
capacity. The oat kernel was much less
affected than the oat straw. Alfalfa was
affected more than oat straw. The addition
of phosphorus to the soil markedly reduced
the uptake of lead.

Seasonal Variation

One final problem to be concerned about
when studying the lead content of plants is
discussed by Mitchell and Reith (1966).
They found that the lead content of the
whole above-ground portion of a plant in-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

creases when active growth stops. The lead
content of the above-ground portion of
pasture herbage increased from about If ug/g
dry in the summer to 10 ug/g dry in the
autumn, and reached 30-40 ug/g dry in the
winter. The authors believe that the increase
in lead content of the above-ground portion
when the plant is dormant may indicate
movement from the root rather than uptake
from the soil. They rule out the possibility
of surface contamination from lead in air as
well as soil contamination.

This study indicates caution is necessary
when comparing lead concentrations in ma-
terials. If they are harvested in different
seasons, the results may not be comparable.
More work is needed in this area of seasonal
variation and the effect of stress on lead
uptake.

Conclusions

e Man receives an average of about 300 ug
Pb/day in his food, but the range may
be from 100 to 2000 ug per day.

e The natural concentration of lead in food
resulting from the natural lead content
of the soil is a few tenths of a ug/g
wet.

e Lead in air does not measurably increase
the lead content of the edible portion
of most plants.

e A several-fold increase in lead in the soil
does not measurably change the con-
centration of lead in the plant.

e Leafy portions of plants near busy high-
ways clearly contain higher concentra-
tions of lead. This is true for a narrow
band on both sides of the highway.

e Even in the absence of lead in air, leafy
portions of plants contain more lead
than do the other parts.

e@ Rainwater does not appear to be a signifi-
cant source of lead in crops.

e Stresses on the plant, such as senescence,
may increase the concentration of
lead.

References Cited

Assoc. Off. Agric. Chem., 1965. Official Methods
of Analysis of the Association of Official
Agricultural Chemists, 10th ed., pp. 367-74,
Washington, D.C.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Cannon, H.L., and Bowles, J.M., 1967. Contami-
nation of vegetation by tetraethyllead. Science
137; 765-766.

Cholak, J., and Bambach, K., 1943. Measurement
of industrial lead exposure by analysis of blood
and excreta of workmen. J. Ind. Hyg. Tox. 25:
47-54.

Dedolph, R., Ter Haar, G., Holtzman, R., and
Lucas, H., Jr., 1970. Sources of lead in peren-
nial ryegrass and radishes. Environ. Sci. and
Tech. 4: 217-223.

Everett, J.L., Day, C.L., and Reynolds, D., 1967.
Comparative survey of lead at selected sites in
the British Isles in relation to air pollution. Fd.
Cosmet. Toxicol. 5: 29-35.

Goldschmidt, V.M., 1937. The principles of chemi-
cal distribution ir. minerals and rocks. J. Chem.
Soc., pp. 655-673.

Harley, J.H., 1970. Discussion on sources of lead in
perennial ryegrass and radishes. Environ. Sci.
and Tech, 4: 225.

Kehoe, R.A., Thamann, F., and Cholak, J., 1933.
Lead absorption and excretion in primitive life.
J. ind. Hyg. 15: 257-300.

Kehoe, R.A., 1947. Exposure to lead. Occupation-
al Medicine 3: 135-171.

Kloke, A., and Riebartsch, K., 1964. Contami-
nation of crop plants with lead from motor
vehicle exhaust. Naturwissenshaften 51:
367-368.

Lagerwerff, J.V., 1970. Discussion of Air as a
Source of Lead in Edible Crops. Environ. Sci.
and Tech. 4: 230.

Leh, H.O., 1966. Contamination of crop plants
with lead from motor vehicle exhaust. Gesunde
Pflanzen 18: 21-24.

Lewis, K.H., 1966. The diet as a source of lead.
Symposium on Environmental Lead Contami-
nation, PHS Pub. No. 1440, pp. 17-20.

MacLean, A.J., Halstead, R.L., and Finn, B.J.,
1969. Extractability of added lead in soils and
its concentration in plants. Can. J. Soil Sci. 49:
327-334.

Marten, G.C., and Hammond, P.B., 1966. Lead
uptake by bromegrass from contaminated soils.
Agron. J. 58: 553-554.

Mitchell, R.L., and Reith, J.W.S., 1966. The lead
content of pasture herbage. J. Sci. Fd. Agric.
17: 437-440.

Monier-Williams, G.W., 1950. Trace Elements in
Food. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.
Motto, H.L., Daines, R.H., Chilko, D.M., and
Motto, C.K., 1970. Lead in soils and plants: Its
relationship to traffic volume and proximity to

highway. Environ. Sci. and Tech. 4: 231-238.

Patterson, C.C., 1965. Contaminated and natural
lead environments of man. Arch. Environ.
Health 11: 344-360.

Schroeder, H.A., Balassa, J.J., Gibson, F.S., and
Valanju, S.N., 1961. Abnormal trace metals in
man: Lead. J. Chronic Diseases 14: 408-425.

119

Schuck, E.A., and Locke, J.L., 1970. Relationship
of automotive lead particulates to certain con-
sumers crops. Environ. Sci. and Tech. 4:
324-330.

Swaine, D.J., 1955. The trace element content of
soils. Technical Communication No. 48, Com-
monwealth Bureau of Soil Science, Rotham-
stead Experimental Station, Harpenden, Herts.,
Engl. -

Ter Haar, G., 1970. Air as a source of lead in edible
crops. Environ. Sci. and Tech. 4: 226-229.

Warren, H.V., and Delavault, R.E., 1962. Lead in
some food crops and trees. J. Sci. Food Agr. 13:
96-98.

Univ. Calif., 1966. Experimental Methods for
Extension Workers, Agr. Ext. Serv.

The Effect of Outboard Motor Exhaust Wastes
on Fish and Their Environment

Eugene W. Surber!

Research Biologist, Virginia Commission of Game and Inland Fisheries,

Browntown, Virginia

ABSTRACT

Bluegill sunfish were placed in liveboxes and sampled at two-week intervals in (1) a
lake where much water skiing occurred, (2) in a pond where outboard motors with
low-pitched propellors were operated by project personnel, and (3) in a control pond
where outboard motors were not operated. The fish were fried in vegetable oil and
cracker meal at a temperature of 370°F (188°C) or baked in aluminum foil before being
tasted by a taste panel of 12 members. The tainting of fish occurred at a level of about
2.6 gal outboard motor fuel/acre-ft of water or 8 gal fuel/million gal water, and a daily
fuel-use rate of 0.17 gal/million gal water (0.055 gal/acre-ft). Threshold odor, carbon
chloroform extractables, and chlorine demand showed significant increases in the motor
lake and motor pond through the season of outboard motor operation. All water samples
from the motor lake and motor pond contained less than 10 ug/1 of lead determined by

polarograph.

Laboratory tests conducted in 1960 at
the Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio, by English et al.
(1963a) showed that bluegill sunfish could
be tainted by outboard motor exhaust
wastes. Ninety % of persons in a taste panel
noted objectionable flavor at a cumulative
fuel consumption of 8.6 gallons per acre-
foot of water. Half of the panel members

1Mr. Surber earned his B.S. and M.S. degrees at
the University of Minnesota in 1927 and 1929. He
worked for 25 years with the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service and then with the U.S. Public
Health Service at the Robert Taft Sanitary Engi-
neering Center in Cincinnati.

He has been a Member of the National Com-
mitteé on Water Quality Requirements for Fish
and Aquatic Life.

120

noted objectionable taste at 1.1 gallons of
fuel per acre-foot.

These laboratory experiments did not
show toxicity to fish until the fuel consump-
tion reached 170 gal/acre-ft when half of the
fish were killed in 96 hr at a dilution of
about 1 in 5. The 96-hour TL, was,
therefore, 19%. When an application factor
of 10 was applied for the estimation of the
“safe” level, this was projected to 17 gal
fuel/acre-ft of water.

Complaints of off-flavoring in fish reach-
ed us from a relatively small Ohio lake which
was surrounded by cottages and where there
was intensive use of outboard motors. These
complaints as well as the results of the
studies by English et al. reported briefly
above, emphasized the need for field studies

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

to determine whether fish are tainted or
killed by outboard motor exhaust wastes
under natural conditions.

The studies were carried out in 1961, as
reported by Surber et al. (1962) and by
English et al. (1963). The 1962 report dealt
mainly with the effects of outboard motor
exhaust wastes in the tainting of fish, while
the 1963 report included primarily the
results of studies of the effects on water
quality parameters. Water samples were col-
lected from each of the three water bodies
involved in the study for determinations of

- hydrocarbons, threshold odor, chlorine de-

mand, chemical oxygen demand, and lead.

_ The project was carried out cooperatively by

the Chemistry and Physics Section and the
Aquatic Biology Section of the Basic and
Applied Science Branch, Division of Water
Supply and Pollution Control of the Robert
A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center.

Experimental Areas

The field experiments were carried out in

_ three impoundments:

(1) Oeder Lake near Morrow, Ohio, area
6.89 acres, average depth 11 ft, volume 74.8
acre-ft with 40% of the total volume of
water contained in the upper 4.5 ft (here-
after called the motor lake). (2) A half acre
“sky” pond in the same watershed as the
motor lake but receiving no drainage from it.
This was the control pond, average depth 6
ft, volume 3 acre-ft. (3) Eggarding Pond
(hereafter called the motor pond) had an
area of 0.96 acre; average depth of 5.4 ft and
volume of 5.2 acre-ft. All were filled by sur-
face drainage from adjacent grassland areas.
The average water temperature was 25°C.
during the study.

Experimental Methods

Thirty adult bluegills (6-8 inches in
length) per live-box were placed in each of
the ponds in floating liveboxes 2x2x2 ft,
with trap doors 10x10 in., hinged to the
wooden top. Two-/or four-mesh galvanized
hardware cloth covered the sides and bottom

of each box. The fish were fed white bread

every Other day.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Two liveboxes were placed in the control
pond where there was no boating.

In the motor lake, 2 liveboxes were
placed at 3 points on the lake at the surface,
but outboard motor operators passed as
close as possible to them with the result that
50% of the fish were killed within 1 week.
We then anchored the boxes out of sight at
least 4 feet below the surface where losses
were small thereafter.

In the motor pond (Eggerding Pond), the
live boxes were held at the surface as in the
control pond. The fish were not exposed to
excessive wave action as by motor boats in
Oeder Lake because the outboard motors
used in the motor pond were provided with
special low-pitched propellors that permitted
up to 4200 rpm and normal fuel consump-
tion without rapid forward propulsion of the
boat and violent wave action. In this pond,
project personnel operated 4 different kinds
of outboard motors: a 10 hp 1960 model; an
18 hp 1960 model; a 10 hp 1959 model, and
a 5.4 hp model built between 1939-1949.

The motor lake (Oeder Lake) was private-
ly owned, and outboard motors were ope-
rated primarily for water skiing on weekends
and holidays. A fairly accurate record was
kept at the lake by outboard motor ope-
rators who recorded the date, amount of
fuel consumed, quantity of oil per gallon of
gasoline used, whether gasoline was leaded
or unleaded, motor horsepower, and time of
operation. Regular grade leaded motor gaso-
line was used. One half pint to one-fifth pint
of oil was added to each gallon.

In the motor pond (Eggerding Pond), 6
popular brands of regular grade leaded
motor gasoline and outboard motor lubricat-
ing oil were used as fuel. One-half pint of oil
was added to each gallon of gasoline in a
ratio of 17:1, fuel to oil. Accurate records of
all fuel used and time of operation of motors
were kept at the motor pond by project
personnel.

Fish Tainting Studies

Fish were removed from the liveboxes at
intervals of 2 weeks, scaled, and the head
and entrails removed. The fish were fried
with vegetable oil and cracker meal in an

12!

electric frying pan at 370°F (188°C) or
baked in fresh aluminum foil at 350°F
(177°C) for 20 minutes. When cooked, each
fish was divided in fourths, each of which
was wrapped in foil, coded, and kept warm
for the taste panel of 12 members. All panel
members drank cold milk after tasting each
portion. They were supplied with cards upon
which they recorded the sample number,
date, and checked one of the following: No
objectionable taste; slightly objectionable
taste; strongly objectionable taste. ““Taste”’
refers to the more inclusive term “‘flavor.” In
true taste only sweet, sour, bitter, and salt
are detected. ‘Flavor’? embraces, as well, the
effect of a substance on the senses of smell
and touch. In baked fish samples, tainting
was more pronounced than in fried fish.

Briefly, the results of the fish tainting
studies were as follows:

Two fuel-use rates were used. The rate of
fuel use in the motor lake (Oeder Lake) was
not under control, but the weekly average
fuel consumption was rather steady over the
season (Fig. 1). The average fuel-use rate is
equal to the slope of the lines of cumulative
fuel consumption. The collection of data on
fuel use was begun May 24 in the motor lake
and July 14, 1961 in the motor pond. The
test period extended from June | to Septem-
ber 20, 1961 in the motor lake and the
control pond, and from June 29 to Septem-
ber 29, 1961 in the motor pond.

The tainting of fish occurred at a level of
about 2.6 gal fuel/acre-ft of water, or 8 gal
fuel/inillion gal water, and a daily fuel use

N
oa

a=Ji
EGGERDING POND fat
10 |

OEDER LAKE

CUMULATIVE gal OF FUEL/acre-ft. of WATER

40 80 120
TIME, days

Fig. 1. — Rate of fuel consumption per acre-
foot of water.

122

OS = TASS ee MS hy 2 ee

rate of 0.17 gal/million gal water (0.055
gal/acre-ft).

In the motor lake significant tainting of
fish occurred, but the length of time re-
quired could not be definitely stated. On the
other hand, in the motor pond 66% of the
fish portions fried in vegetable oil and 83%
of those baked in aluminum foil showed
tainting in 35 days. The daily fuel use rate in
the motor pond was 1.7 gal/million gal water
(0.55 gal/acre-ft).

Results of Water Analyses

The publication of English et al. (1963a)
describes in detail the methods used by the
Chemistry and Physics Section in the study
of threshold odor levels, hydrocarbons, chlo-
rine demand, chemical oxygen demand, and
lead.

In summarizing the water analysis data,
the threshold odor, carbon chloroform ex-
tractables, and chlorine demand showed
significant increases in the motor lake and
motor pond through the season of outboard
motor operation.

Results of Studies

Odor: — In the control pond, the determ-
inations of odor levels in untreated samples
did not show a consistent trend, and the
results of samples were combined to give an
average baseline threshold odor number of 4.
In the motor lake, threshold odors of the
raw water increased steadily from June 20 to
about August 20 to a maximum level of
about 16, then decreased as fuel use decreas-
ed. in the motor pond, threshold odors also
increased as daily fuel consumption in-
creased, reaching a maximum about August
20 of about 23. Again, threshold odor
number decreased when fuel use was de-
creased or halted. Most of the odor panel
members described the odor as “musty” and
“earthy,” but some described the odor as
“oily”.

Carbon chloroform extracts
(CCE’): — The organic material in the motor
lake, motor pond, and control pond was
recovered by activated carbon absorption
from 100-gal samples collected below the
water surface. The chloroform extracts were

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

separated into aliphatic, aromatic, and
oxygenated hydrocarbons by chromato-
graphy on silica gel. The quantity of com-
bined aliphatic and aromatic fractions re-
mained relatively constant throughout the
study, even though the CCE increased as
hydrocarbon fuel constituents were dis-
charged into the water and decreased when
outboard motor operation was halted. There
was no definite trend in the CCE extracts
from the control pond; the average was 0.39
mg/1. The combined aliphatic plus aromatic
fractions averaged 5, 4, and 8% of the total
CCE for the motor lake, motor pond, and
control respectively.

The lake bottom mud averaged 1.9 mg

total extract/g of dry solids and 0.34 mg

aliphatic material/g of dry solids; the control
pond averaged 1.8 mg total and 0.09 mg
aliphatic. The total mud extract from the
motor pond increased from 6.6 to 13.3 mg/g
of dry solids and the aliphatic from 0.24 to
0.41 mg/g of dry solids over the summer.

Chemical oxygen demand (COD): —
There were no significant trends in the
chemical oxygen demand data. The average
COD values for the motor lake, motor pond,
and control pond were 13, 32, and 31,
respectively.

Chlorine demand: — The chlorine de-
mand of the motor pond water increased

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

during intense motor operation, decreased
when motor operation was halted, and in-
creased again when motor operation was
resumed.

Lead: — All water samples from the
motor lake and motor pond contained less
than 10 ag/1 of lead determined by polaro-
graph after a dithiozone extraction proce-
dure.

Determination of lead in the bottom
muds of the motor lake and motor pond
showed no lead in the motor lake, but 16
ug/g of dried mud in the motor pond before
any outboard motors were operated. The
extraneous source of lead remained un-
known.

References Cited

English, J.N., McDermott, G.N., and Henderson,
D., 1963a. Pollutional effects of outboard
motor exhaust—laboratory studies. J. Water
Pollution Control Fed. 35(7): 923.

English, J.N., Eugene W. Surber, and Gerald N.
McDermott, 1963b. Pollutional effects of out-
board motor exhaust—field studies. J. Water
Pollution Control Fed. 35(9): 1121-1132.

Surber, Eugene W., John N. English, and Gerald
McDermott, 1965. Tainting of fish by outboard
motor exhaust wastes as related to gas and oil
consumption. Biological Problems in Water Pol-
lution. Third Seminar, Aug. 13-17, 1962. US.
Dept. of Health Education and Welfare, Public
Health Service, pp. 170-176.

123

Biologic Effects of Lead in Fish

Arthur L. Aronson!

Department of Physiology, Biochemistry and Pharmacology,
New York State Veterinary College, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850

ABSTRACT

There is no evidence that lead constitutes a health problem to fish in the United
States. But there is very little evidence on which to base any firm conclusion. Very few
analytic data have been reported on concentrations of lead in fish in natural or experi-
mental conditions. What data are available suggest that soluble lead is not present in
natural waters of the United States in concentrations likely to be toxic to fish. There is
no published evidence of any trend toward increased concentrations of soluble lead in
natural waters. Much of the man-dispersed lead that is eventually washed into natural
waters is probably precipitated owing to the presence of carbonates, hydroxides, and
organic ligands in the water and settles to the bottom. There is no evidence that lead
precipitated on the bottom of natural waterways is harmful to fish.

Contamination of natural waters by ef-
fluent from lead mines was recognized long
ago in England. A report of the River
Pollution Commission of 1874 (cited by
Jones, 1964) described the disappearance of
fish from streams fouled by effluent from
lead mines and deaths of waterfowl, horses
and cattle in the vicinity of the streams.

Probably the first definitive experiments
on lead poisoning in fish were carried out in
England by Carpenter (1924, 1925, 1926).
An explanation was sought for the con-
tinued absence of fish in rivers passing
through old mining areas. Minnows placed in
a river in cages remained normal until heavy

'From_ the University of Minnesota, Dr.
Aronson received his B.S. degree in 1955 and the
degree of Doctor of Veterinary Medicine in 1957;
in 1959, he earned an M.S. degree from Cornell
University and in 1963 a Ph.D. in Pharmacology
from the University of Minnesota. He was a
Research Associate at the University of Minnesota
for one year and then joined the Faculty of Cornell
University, where he has continued his work since
then.

He is serving on Committees for several organi-
zations, including the National Research Council,
the New York State Pesticide Control Board, and
the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. He is a
specialist on chelating agents, with particular refer-
ence to their use in toxicological studies.

124

rains occurred. The concentration of lead in
the river suddenly increased from an im-
measureable value to 0.3-0.4 mg/l and the
minnows died. It was reasoned that the rain
dissolved surface lead deposits and carried
them into the river.

Acute Toxicity of Lead to Fish

For purposes of this review, acute toxi-
city will be defined as effects occurring
within a few hours to 2 weeks following
exposure to lead. These effects are best
described by the “coagulation film anoxia”
theory (Ellis, 1937; Westfall, 1945; Jones,
1964). When fish are placed in solutions
containing lethal amounts of lead, a film of
coagulated mucus appears over the entire
body and is particularly prominent over the
gills. The insoluble material interferes with
the respiratory function of the gills, resulting
in acute respiratory distress and death by
suffocation. This effect is not peculiar to
lead; it can be produced by toxic concen-
trations of other heavy metal ions including
zinc, iron, copper, cadmium, mercury,
manganese, cobalt, nickel, silver, gold, and
aluminum (Carpenter, 1930; Ellis, 1937;
Doudoroff and Katz, 1953; and Jones,
1964). Although this effect has been demon-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

strated for many species of fresh-water fish,
I am unaware of a similar effect being
demonstrated for salt-water fish. It may be
that lead precipitates out in sea water before
toxic concentrations are attained. Thomas
(1915) could not poison killiefish with lead
in sea water because the material precipi-
tated out of solution; in fresh water 3 mg/]
lead nitrate was fatal in 12 hr.
Available evidence suggests that the prin-
ciple biochemical lesion occurs externally to
the body. Fish placed in a solution contain-
ing insufficient lead to cause death formed a
film of coagulated mucus over their bodies

with concomitant respiratory distress (Car-

penter, 1927). Recovery occurred when the

film was shed. Analysis of the film for lead

accounted for virtually all of the lead in the
original solution. Although no lead could be
found in the body of the fish, it should be
pointed out that the exposure was of short

duration and the method of lead analysis

(Aub et al., 1926) was not as accurate or
sensitive as methods in use today.
Certain species of fish are considerably

more susceptible to the toxic effects of lead

than others. Carpenter (1927) observed that
the action of lead on goldfish was the same
as for trout, sticklebacks, and minnows, but
the first-named was more resistant. Jones
(1938) stated that goldfish appeared able to
tolerate indefinitely 1 mg lead/l in soft tap
water, in which 0.10.2 mg lead/l proved
fatal to sticklebacks. The amount and nature
of the gill secretions may explain variations
in species susceptibility to lead (Jones,
1938). Goldfish produce a copious gill secre-
tion. When exposed to 10 mg lead/I, goldfish
produced so much precipitated mucus that
the solution became milky, and sediment
collected on the bottom of the vessel. Ellis
(1937) suggested that if the concentration of
a pollutant such as lead is low enough, or if
the source is limited so it acts on the fish for

' only a short time, the secretion of additional

mucus might wash away the precipitated
material before serious toxicity to the fish
occurred.

It is difficult to define what concentra-
tion of lead is acutely toxic to fish; experi-
mental results from different laboratories

vary considerably. Variables such as the

J, WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

dissolved oxygen concentration, pH of the
solution, volume and number of exchanges
of the experimental solution, and duration
of exposure are not always controlled
(Doudoroff and Katz, 1953). Water tempera-
ture is an important factor. A 10-degree C.
rise in temperature reduces the survival time
by 50% (Carpenter, 1927). Probably one of
the most important factors is the degree of
water hardness. Lead is readily precipitated
out of solution as the carbonate or hy-
droxide so that hard water tends to decrease
the effective concentration of lead. As water
hardness increased from 14-53 mg/l] (express-
ed as calcium carbonate) the concentration
of lead in solution decreased from 8 to 1.6
mg/l (Jones, 1964). Another important
point regarding the presence of calcium is
that it appears to antagonize the toxic
effects of lead (Jones, 1938). For example,
in solutions containing 1 mg lead/l (as lead
nitrate) with 0, 5, 10, 20, and 50 mg
calcium/l (as calcium nitrate or chloride),
survival times averaged, respectively, 1,3, 6,
7, and 10.5 days. In this experiment, precipi-

‘tation of lead could not account for the

decreasing toxicity with increasing concen-
trations of calcium. It was concluded that
calcium somehow prevents the coagulation
of mucus by lead. A similar protective effect
of calcium was shown for other metals.

Carpenter (1925, 1927) and Jones (1938)
have reported some of the lowest demon-
strable concentrations of lead (0.1-0.4 mg/l)
toxic to fish. These authors used either
distilled or soft tap water in their studies,
which would be expected to provide optimal
conditions for the toxic effects of lead.
However, it has been suggested that other
species of fish probably are more sensitive to
lead than those studied by Carpenter and
Jones (Doudoroff and Katz, 1953) and,
therefore, concentrations of 0.1 mg lead/l
may not represent minimal concentrations
of lead toxic to sensitive fish under con-
ditions most conducive to poisoning.

Chronic Toxicity of Lead to Fish

Few studies are available concerning the
chronic toxicity of lead to fish. Anemia has
been reported to occur in catfish exposed to

125

solutions of 50 mg lead/l for periods of
16-183 days (Dawson, 1935). Somewhat
similar findings were reported to occur with
guppies exposed to 1.24 and 3.12 mg lead/l
(total water hardness 80 mg/l) for periods up
to 129 days (Crandall and Goodnight,
1963). In addition to blood changes, histolo-
gic studies revealed renal changes consisting
of a lack of lymphoid tissue and expanded
tubular lumens, a lack of mesenteric fat,
cellular elements in the myocardium sugges-
tive of degenerative changes and retarded
gonadal development. There was no demon-
strable consistent alteration of the respira-
tory epithelium nor evidence of an accumu-
lation of coagulated mucus, but the possibili-
ty of some damage to the respiratory system
was suggested by the frequent finding of
granular debris in the branchial blood ves-
sels. The histopathology as well as growth
inhibition and retardation of sexual maturity
suggested to the authors that the secondary
effects of inanition and/or stress were the
most prominent features of chronic lead
intoxication in fish. Growth inhibition also
was observed in salt-water plaice when ex-
posed to solutions of 4 mg lead/] (Dilling et
al., 1926).

I am unaware of studies with fresh-water
fish where simultaneous concentrations of
lead have been measured in fish and water.
Such information would be essential for
evaluating the ability of fish to concentrate
lead from the surrounding medium. Kehoe
et al., (1937) and Harley (1970) have report-
ed concentrations of 0.24 and 0.16 ug/g
occuring in fresh-water fish. Wetterberg
(1966) reported concentrations as high as 12
ug/g in liver, 5.7 ug/g in gills, and 1.4 ug/g in
muscle of fish taken from a lake located near
a rich lead mine in Sweden. No report was
made of analysis of the lake water for lead.

The permissible concentration for soluble
lead in drinking water has been set at 0.05
mg/l by the U.S. Public Health Service
(1962). Analyses of over 1500 samples from
natural water sources near water-treatment
plants over a 5-year period throughout the
United States revealed measurable quantities
of soluble lead in less than 20% of the
samples analyzed. A total of 27 samples

126

were over the acceptable limit (Kopp and |

Kroner, 1970). The highest value recorded |
was 0.14 mg/l. The authors pointed out that |

the total concentration of lead in a body of

water would be higher than soluble lead |
because the presence of carbonate and

hydroxyl ions and certain organic ligands
tends to effect precipitation of lead as
insoluble lead salts. This was borne out in a
study measuring the concentration of lead in

particles larger and smaller than 0.45 mi- ©
crons at various depths in Lake Hamilton, |
Arkansas (Nix and Goodwin, 1970). The |
concentration of particulate lead increased |
with increasing depth. At 26 m the concen- |
trations of lead were 0.004 and 0.014 mg/l, |
respectively, in particle sizes less than and |

greater than 0.45 microns.

There isn’t enough information available
to state with any degree of certainty
whether or not the occurrence of lead in
natural waters of the United States consti-
tutes a serious threat to fish or to humans
eating the fish. I have been unable to find
any reports of fish kills due to lead polluting
natural waters in the United States. In
addition to areas close to water treatment
plants, it would appear highly desirable to
analyze both water and fish for lead down-
stream from industrial operations likely to
emit lead. An evaluation of lead concen-
trations in the water and fish of lakes used
heavily by motorboats also would be desir-
able. This should be compared with lakes
not used by motorboats. The amount of lead
emitted into the water from an outboard
motor burning leaded gasoline (0.7 lead/l)
appeared to be related to the size of the
motor buming leaded gasoline (0.7 g lead/l)
appeared to be related to the size of the
motor and the speed of operation (English et
al., 1963). A 10-hp engine operated at
1/2-3/4 throttle was shown to emit 0.229 g
lead/1 of gasoline consumed into the water,
whereas a 5.6-hp engine operated at full
throttle emitted 0.121 g lead/l of gasoline
consumed into the water.

Marine Organisms

There is no question that certain marine
organisms can concentrate lead present in

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

sea water. The normal concentration of lead
in sea water is stated to be in the order of 30

ug/l (Water Quality Criteria, 1968). Al-

though concentrations of lead reported to
occur in seafood are relatively low, they do
indicate considerable concentration from the
surrounding medium. For example,
Schroeder et al., (1961) report a range of
0.17-2.5 ug/g in seafood, with an average of
0.5 ug/g. Only 1 sample exceeded 0.87 ug/g.
Harley (1970) reported a concentration of
0.31 ug/g in shellfish. Pringle et al., (1968)
report average wet weight concentrations of
0.47, 0.70, and 0.52 mg/g occurring in
eastern oysters, soft shell clams and northern

_ quahaugs, respectively. The remarkable abili-

ty of the eastern oyster to concentrate lead
was demonstrated by experimentally expos-
ing the oysters to flowing sea water contain-
ing concentrations of 0.025, 0.05, 0.1, and
0.2 mg lead/l. After 49 days the total
accumulations of lead in the oysters amount-
ed to 17, 35, 75, and 200 ug/g wet weight.
Oysters exposed to the 2 lower experimental
concentrations of lead appeared normal.
Oysters exposed to the 2 higher (0.1 and 0.2
mg lead/l) experimental lead concentrations,
however, showed considerable atrophy and
diffusion of the gonadal tissue, edema, and
the hepatopancreas and mantle edge became
less distinct. In view of the insolubility of
lead in sea water under usual conditions, it
would be of immense interest to know if
conditions could arise enabling high concen-
trations of lead to exist in sea water in a
chemical form that could be absorbed by
marine organisms to the extent shown in this
experimental study.

References Cited

Aub, J.C., Fairhall, L.T., Mino., A.S., and
Reznikolf, P., 1926. Lead Poisoning. Medicine
Monographs, Vol. 7.

Carpenter, K.E., 1924. A study of the fauna of

rivers polluted by lead mining in_ the
Aberystwyth district of Cardiganshire. Ann.
App. Biol. 11: 1-23.

Carpenter, K.E., 1925. On the biological factors
involved in the destruction of river fisheries by

pollution due to lead mining. Ann. App. Biol.
12> 1-13.

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Carpenter, K.E., 1926. The lead mine as an active
agent in river pollution. Ann. App. Biol. 13:
395-401.

Carpenter, K.E., 1927. The lethal action of soluble
metallic salts on fishes. Brit. J. Exp. Biol. 4:
378-390.

Carpenter, K.E., 1930. Further researches on the
action of metallic salts on fishes. J. Exp. Zool.
56: 407-422.

Crandall, C.A., and Goodnight, C.J., 1963. The
effects of sub-lethal concentrations of several
toxicants to common guppy Lebistes reticula-
tus. Trans. Amer. Microscop. Soc. 82: 59-73.

Dawson, A.B., 1935. The hemopoietic response in
the catfish, Ameiurus nebulosus, to chronic
lead poisoning. Biol. Bull. 68: 335-346.

Dilling, W.J., Healey, C.W. and Smith, W.C., 1926.
Experiments on the effects of lead on the
growth of plaice (Pleuronectes platessa). Ann.
App. Biol. 13: 168-176.

Doudoroff, P., and Katz, M., 1953. Critical review
of literature on the toxicity of industrial wastes
and their components to fish II. The metals, as
salts. Sewage Ind. Wastes 25: 802-839.

Ellis, M.M., 1937. Detection and measurement of
stream pollution. U.S. Bur. Fish Bull. (Bull. No.
22) 48: 365-437.

English, J.N., McDermott, G.N., and Henderson,
C., 1963. Pollutional effects of outboard motor
exhause — laboratory studies. J. Water Poll.
Contr. Fed. 35: 923-931.

Harley, J.H., 1970. Discussion on sources of lead in
perennial ryegrass and radishes. Environ. Sci.
Technol. 4: 225.

Jones, J.R.E., 1938. The relative toxicity of salts
of lead, zinc, and copper to the stickleback
(Gasterosteus aculeatus) and the effect of cal-
cium on the toxicity of lead and zinc salts. J.
Exp. Biol. 15: 394-407.

Jones, J.R.E., 1964. Lead, zinc, and copper. The
“coagulation film anoxia” theory. In Fish and
River Pollution. Ch. 5. Butterworth Press, Lon-
don.

Kehoe, R.A., Thamann, F., and Cholak, J., 1937.
On the normal absorption and excretion of lead.
J. Ind. Hyg. 15: 257-300.

Kopp, J.F., and Kroner, R.C., 1970. Trace metals
in waters of the United States. A five-year
summary of trace metals in rivers and lakes in
the United States (Oct. 1, 1962 — Sept. 30,
1967). U.S. Dept. Interior, Federal Water Pol-
lution Control Administration, Division of Pol-
lution Surveillance, Cincinatti, Ohio.

127

Nix, J., and Goodwin, T., 1970. The simultaneous
extraction of iron, manganese, copper, cobalt,
nickel, chromium, lead and zinc from natural
water for determination by atomic absorption
spectroscopy. Atomic Absorption Newsl. 9:
119-122.

Pringle, B.H., Hissong, D.E., Katz, E.L., and
Malawka, S.T., 1968. Trace metal accumulation !
by estuarine mollusks. J. San. Eng. Div; Proc. Wetterbert, L., 1966. Acute porphyria and lead
Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 94: 455-475. poisoning. Lancet 1: 498.

Thomas, A., 1915. Effects of certain metallic salts

upon fishes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 44:
120-124.

Westfal, B.A., 1945. Coagulation film anoxia in
fishes. Ecology 26: 283-287.

Automotive Emissions Control

Bruce H. Simpson

Executive Engineer, Emissions Planning and Research,
Ford Motor Company, Dearborn, Michigan 48121

ABSTRACT

Motor vehicles account for 38.9% of the total mass of man-made air pollutants in the
U.S., according to a recently published HEW inventory. However, when relative
harmfulness of individual pollutants is considered, the motor vehicle contribution is
reduced to about 12%. Current model motor vehicles emit approximately 83% less
hydrocarbons and 70% less carbon monoxide than precontrolled vehicles. By 1976,
vehicles are expected to reduce HC emissions by 98%, CO by 97%, and oxides of
nitrogen by 90%.

The California Air Resources Board has shown that motor vehicle emissions of HC
and CO in the South Coast Basin have been reduced by 18% and 13%, respectively, from
peak values which occurred during the mid-1960’s. NOx emissions continued to increase
until 1971, but are now declining. Total nationwide emissions from motor vehicles are
also declining, in spite of an increasing car population.

Automotive power plants for the balance of this decade will be highly refined
derivatives of today’s internal combustion engines. Exhaust gas recirculation, thermal
reactors, and catalytic converter systems are being developed to meet future require-
ments, although both customer acceptance factors and emission control are not fully
acceptable at this time. Lead-free fuel will be required to insure satisfactory component
life, to minimize harmful effects of combustion chamber deposits, and to significantly
reduce the emission of particulate matter. Major variations of the reciprocating internal
combustion engine, gas turbines, Rankine cycle engines, and electric propulsion systems
are also being actively developed to meet future needs for virtually emission-free
vehicles.

Mr. Simpson joined the Ford Motor Company
in 1941 as a tool designer on the B-24 ‘“‘Liberator”
Bomber project. Later he entered the Army Air
Force, and after serving three years as a meteor-
ology and air traffic control officer during World
War II, he returned to Ford in 1947. There he was
assigned to various product design, development
and supervisory responsibilities on Ford car engine,
driveline, and electrical systems, for a period of
fifteen (15) years.

For six years, he was responsible for a staff
activity which developed and implemented a broad
reliability program to coordinate, unify and

128

up-date the reliability methodology of Ford’s
12,000-man engineering organization.

A graduate of University of Illinois in mechani-
cal engineering (BSME, 1947), Mr. Simpson is a
member of the Society of Automotive Engineers,
the Air Pollution Control Association, the Air
Quality Committee of the Automobile Manufac-
turers Association, and the U.S. Department of
Health, Education and Welfare Industrial Task
Force for review of Control Techniques
Documents. He is author of numerous articles and
technical papers on automotive emissions and reli-
ability methods.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

The subject of air pollution in general,
and automotive emissions in particular, is a
many-faceted problem. It poses many im-
portant and unanswered air chemistry ques-
tions (e.g., detailed understanding of photo-
chemical smog), health questions (e.g., long-
term and synergistic combination effects of
various pollutants), it presents the auto-
motive engineer with many design challenges
(e.g., inventing and refining control methods
to function as required within tight space
constraints), difficult materials requirements
(e.g., finding a thermal reactor liner materi-
al), manufacturing and quality control chal-
lenges (e.g., reducing critical carburetor flow
control tolerances), economic challenges
(e.g., finding optimum cost/benefit solu-

tions), not to mention the imponderable,
often changing and sometimes conflicting
public relations and political aspects of the
problem. All of which makes this vital
subject at once challenging, complex, dyna-
mic, although sometimes frustrating.

Recognizing these many factors and the
confusion which often accompanies the sub-
ject, I would like to try to clarify several
points concerning automotive emissions.
First, I will define the motor vehicle’s
contribution to total air pollution; next,
describe the progress which has been made
to date; and finally, review the probable
future direction on control hardware, fuel,
and alternate power sources.

The Motor Vehicle’s Contribution to Total
Air Pollution

The U.S. Department of Health, Edu-
cation and Welfare recently published a
Nationwide Inventory of Air Pollution by
type and source, which is summarized in Fig.
1. This national inventory defined the re-
lative contribution of various sources of air
' pollution as of 1968 and showed that motor
vehicles, based on the mass of all pollutants,
/ accounted for 38.9%. For the various pol-
‘lutants, the motor’ vehicle contribution
ranged from a high of about 60% for CO to a
low of less than 1% for sulphur oxides.
A more meaningful comparison of air
pollution sources is one in which relative
Be iulness of the various pollutants is
| Considered. Such a comparison may be made

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

on the basis of health effects, effects on
plants and objects, and aesthetics (visibility).
To show the fallacy of comparing different
pollutants on a mass or concentration basis,
at equal concentrations, the toxicity of SO
is some 100-200 times greater than that of
CO. These various factors may be taken
account of by considering the air quality
standards for each constituent, and then de-
veloping an appropriate weighting factor for
the emission mass figures. Such a process
was developed by Professors Sawyer and
Caretto * ,the results of which are shown in
tablet.

Table 1.—Distribution of air-pollution sources in
the United States, 1965.

Mass Air Quality
Source Basis Basis (%)
Motor Vehicles 61 172
Industry 16 Si
Power plants 14 36
Space heating 6 10

Refuse disposal 3) >)

So far I have been referring to air
pollution data for the entire country. While
this is interesting from an overall trend and
source breakdown basis, it is somewhat
academic as far as the problem areas (pri-
marily the major urban areas) are concerned.
The automotive contribution in various
cities quite naturally is highly variable. For
example, the California Air Resources Board
recently reported (February 17, 1971) that
motor vehicles were responsible for 72% of
the hydrocarbon emissions in the South
Coast Basin, whereas the motor vehicle con-
tribution to air pollution in industrialized
cities is often defined in the 15-20% range.

While this type of localized, mass-based
data is more meaningful than countrywide
data, it is more meaningful yet to consider
the concentration levels of various pol-
lutants, by source, since it is concentration
which determines if the pollution is harmful
or not. Unfortunately, reliable data of this
type is relatively scarce.

?Environmental Science and Technology, Vol.
4, No. 6, pp. 4534, June, 1970.

129

"8961 ‘Uoljnijod me opew-uew Jo A1OjUSAUI oplMUONeN — *] “314

“OLE “ISNBny payep ,,'8961 ‘suoissiwy yuenijog sy jo AsojuaAu) apimuoONeN,,

*SUO} 40 SUON|IW U! UZAIZ Sain!) JenuUe aie aAoge syyZIam :2I0N
2U9S0J2y "9 SED WNajOJ}0g pinbi7 sapnioy .,

soinos faieioa “[_sevemmonea | septxo7muins |

SapixO uaZ0l}IN

apixouow uogied

suoqgseI01pAH

juNnoWwY 21q'13'|3aN=N

uoNerdtiqnd M3ZH 40 “3daqg ‘s‘/N :aauNoOs .

SUEINOd 1230)

Buijaysew autjosesy

UONe1OdeAZ JUaA[OS J1Ue3I9

Buiuing jesnjinousy
Buiuing asnjay je09
Sas'y jeanjoniys
$as'4 3S2104

Snoaueliaosiw
1esodsig 23seM plios
$9SS290sd jelysnpul

UONSNQUIOD jany je}01

POOM

se5 jesnjen

110 Jang jenpisey
10 19Ny Be NSIG
110 Jeng

Zuiusng je09

saaunos
Aseuoiejs ul uolsnquwos jang

uonewodsues) jej01

(j0 asn Aemy3iy-uou)
sjany 10}0W

S1aSS2A
speouiey
weidity
lesaig
auijosesy
S2/3!YIA 10}0W

uoneuodsues

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

130

Reduction in Vehicle Emissions

Reductions in vehicle emission rates
which have been accomplished to date, and
those expected in future model years, are
shown in Table 2. Incidentally, starting with
1970 models, emission regulations have been
based on mass of emissions (e.g., 2.2 g/mi
for HC), thereby eliminating any relation
between vehicle or engine size and allowable
emissions.

Table 2.—Percent reductions in vehicle emis-
sions (compared to uncontrolled vehicle emissions,
based on Federal requirements for new cars for the
model years shown).

Year HC CO NOx
965 20 ~ --
1968 62 54 -
1970 69 70 =
1971 83 70 _
1973 83 70 44
1975 98 97 44
1976 98 ot! 90

The initial reduction of hydrocarbons
(down 20% in 1965) was accomplished
through use of a crankcase control system.
This system returns the crankcase ventialtion
air, consisting largely of blow-by fumes of
high HC concentration, back to the in-

_ duction system through a flow control valve.

_.

The 1968 reductions of HC and CO were
accomplished by the addition of 1 of 2 types
of exhaust control systems. One was an air
injection system consisting of an air pump,

air to the hot exhaust gases immediately
downstream from the exhaust valve. This

-achieved a continued oxidation of the HC
and CO in the exhaust gas. The other system
of engine modification, which is now the
most widely used, consisted of modifications
to basic engine components such as the
combustion chamber shape, camshaft, carbu-
retor, distributor, and engine cooling system

| to achieve more complete combustion with-
in the engine itself.

The further reductions for 1970 through
1972 are accomplished by further refine-
ment of the exhaust control techniques just
described, plus the addition of evaporative

|
|
valves, and other flow control devices to add

evaporative control system routes fumes

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

r control starting in 1971. The

from the fuel tank and carburetor bowl to
-an activated charcoal storage canister. These
fumes are mainly generated while the car is
parked and the fuel is heated due to ambient
and underhood heating conditions. Stored
fumes are purged into the engine induction
system when the engine is next run.

About 30 million cars have been sold
since these exhaust controls were introduced
nationwide, starting with 1968 models
(1966 models in California). During this
same time, over 20 million older cars with-
out controls were also scrapped. The com-
bined effect of these factors is that the total
amount of controlled emissions from motor
vehicles has now been reduced significantly
from their former peak values.

Air pollution control agencies have an
obvious interest in total pollution levels in
their area of concern, and California Air
Resources Board probably has the most
complete information available covering
their pollution levels. Fig. 2 shows their data
for motor vehicle hydrocarbon emissions in
the California South Coast Basin?. As seen,
peak emissions occurred during the
mid-1960’s and have been declining ever
since as the result of more controlled cars on
the road and the replacement of older, un-
controlled cars. This California HC curve
shows a reduction of about 18% in hydro-

3“Air Pollution Control in California 1970,”
1970 Annual Report, Air Resources Board, Janu-
ary, 1971.

EMISSIONS (HUNDREDS OF TONS/ DAY)

1970
YEAR END

1950 1960

Fig. 2. — Hydrocarbon emissions from motor
vehicles in the California South Coast Basin.

131

carbons from motor vehicles as of the end of
1970. The California curve for carbon mon-
oxide shows a similar pattern, with a net re-
duction of about 13% as of the end of 1970.
For Los Angeles County, where the photo-
chemical smog problem is most acute,
slightly greater HC and CO reductions of
24% and 17%, respectively, have been shown
by the Air Resources Board Technical
Advisory Committee*. In fairness, it should
also be pointed out that as a result of the
initial exhaust emission controls which re-
duced HC and CO, oxides of nitrogen emis-
sions were increased. California data indicate
an increase of about 24%; however, their
NO, emissions have peaked-out and are now
declining. (NO, controls were effective in
California starting with 1971 models.)

On a nationwide basis, we have made
projections which are similar to the Cali-
fornia curves. Automotive emissions of HC,
CO, and NO, are combined and shown in
Fig. 3. These projections are based on the
assumptions of achieving the recently adopt-
ed Federal 1975/1976 emission control
standards and allow for a vehicle population
growth rate factor as defined by the Depart-
ment of Transportation. These nationwide
projections show the same general pattern as
those for California, except that the time
frame is displaced approximately 2 years.

4“Control of Vehicle Emissions after 1974," A
report to the California Air Resources Board by
the Technical Advisory Committee, November 19,
1969.

2 Cd
Na
WITHOUT CONTROLS Co
\ o”
400 peer
Bee
= Pas
3 500
=
a HYDROCARBONS ‘ AC OF NITROGEN
2 200 : q f l 3 ‘
= tt |, mds
or f | i i i
a aah ts
ni an Whig s-a
0 i qn : wh wa | | | i ] i a muni
1950 1960 1970 1980 1990
Fig. 3. — Nationwide automotive emission of

hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, and oxides of
nitrogen.

132

LEE __ Le eS ee ee ee eee a ee ee ee

Another point of definite concern to
both auto manufacturers and air pollution
officials is the performance of emission
control systems in the field after many miles
of operation. The Federal Environmental
Protection Agency will not certify a manu-
facturer until he proves that the perfor-
mance of his prototype systems will not
deteriorate to unacceptable levels over
50,000 miles of durability operation and, of
course, the manufacturer must equip his
production vehicles with emission systems
that are substantially the same as the proto-
type systems. It is clearly recognized, how-
ever, that many cars operating in the field
have much higher emission levels, primarily
due to poor maintenance. The most com-
plete source of emission results on custom-
er-owned cars is from the surveillance pro-
gram performed by the State of California
(Hocker, 1971). Their latest results, covering
approximately 9,200 vehicles of 1966
through 1970 model vintage, are sum-
marized in Fig. 4.

These California surveillance results show
a significant drop in emissions between the
level of uncontrolled vehicles and the levels
for all controlled vehicles, with the steady
year-by-year reduction in emissions since

900
PRE-1966 (UNCONTROLLED)

600 HYDROCARBONS

0 8 16 24 32 40 48
MILEAGE IN THOUSANDS

3.0
PRE-1966 (UNCONTROLLED)

2.0 CARBON MONOXIDE

CO, %

0 8 16 24 32 40 48
MILEAGE IN THOUSANDS
1966 ------- 1967 —----—— 1968 -——— 1969 ———— 1970 -..------

Fig. 4. — Exhaust emissions vs. mileage — Cali- |

fornia automobile population.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

|

| @rehob, 1971).

'in emission control requiring considerable
‘additional hardware.
| system candidates to achieve these required

— eee
Se eee

1966. These curves also show that a moder-
ate increase in emissions does occur on
controlled cars with accumulated mileage.

Possible Future Emission Control Methods

The requirement for control of oxides of
nitrogen in 1973 and subsequent model
years will probably require the use of ex-
haust gas recirculation (EGR) as an addition-
al exhaust gas control method. EGR intro-
duces a controlled amount of cooled exhaust
gas back into the induction system. This
inert diluent serves to reduce peak com-
bustion temperatures and thus reduces the
formation of NO. In normal practice, ap-
proximately 8-10% of exhaust diluent is
added under accelerating or high-speed
cruise conditions, resulting in a drop in peak

combustion temperatures of approximately

600°F. Incidentally, the direct and side
effects of EGR are far from simple. Some
idea of the factors which must be considered
in the use of EGR is shown in Fig. 5

The reductions in HC and CO for 1975,
and NOx for 1976, represent quantum steps

The prime control

emission levels now appear to be thermal
reactors and catalytic converters. A typical
reactor is shown in Fig. 6 and a typical
catalytic converter in Fig. 7. These com-
ponents will be added to all of the previous-
ly used control techniques and may be used
either singly or in combination.

The Inter-Industry Emission Control
(ITEC) Program, described in detail else-
where,’ plus a number of other Ford-con-
ducted or sponsored R and D programs, have
developed much of the advance control
hardware which now appears most promising
to meet these future needs. Very low emis-
sion levels have been achieved experimental-
ly by combining all control systems on a
single vehicle (Campau, 1971). The specific
control hardware and fuel components in-
corporated in this combined “maximum
effort” package include:

e Two 97 cu. in. HEC reactors (with

center core)

e Two noble metal catalytic converters

e@ Reactor inlet and outlet sheet metal

liners

>I nter-Industry Emission Control — A Cooper-
ative Research Program for Automotive Emission
Control,” Society of Automotive Engineers Publi-
cation SP-361, January, 1971.

NOx CONTROL

INCREASED SPARK ADVANCE
IF FUEL ECONOMY
IS TO BE MAINTAINED

INCREASED
NOx

FURTHER INCREASES IN
CO AND HC EMISSIONS
WHICH REQUIRES

USE OF EFFECTIVE
CATALYST OR THERMAL
REACTORS

SS ae

. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

POORER FUEL ECONOMY

WHICH CAN BE MINIMIZED BY
USING EGR AT THE MINIMUM

BY EGR

IMPAIRED DRIVEABILITY

MIXTURE ENRICHMENT TO
PRESERVE DRIVEABILITY

LOWER CYLINDER AND
EXHAUST SYSTEM
TEMPERATURE

DECREASED
NOx
FURTHER DECREASES
IN NOx

RATES REQUIRED FOR EACH MODE
(MAXIMUM DURING ACCEL.)

Fig. 5. — Exhaust gas recirculation — effects and side effects.

133

134

EXHAUST >

GAS {>>
OUTLET

Modified cylinder heads with exhaust

port liners

One engine driven secondary air pump

(16 cu. in. disp.)

ORIFICE BAFFLES

Fig. 7. — Catalytic converter — radial flow.

Below-the-throttle EGR system

Production type carburetor with richer

calibration

Production distributor with modified

curve

Provision for more spark retard during
warm up (until engine water tempera-

ture reaches 120°F.)

Modified crankcase ventilation
Prototype reactor protective system to
limit maximum core temperature to

1850°F.
Unleaded fuel

_f

EXHAUST GAS INLET

These components are mounted on the §

vehicle as shown in Fig. 8.

Emission test results which have been
obtained to date with this experimental #
package, at very low mileage, are as follows @

|

(g/mi, based on Constant Volume Sampler
cold start tests):

He
Avg. Range
0.28 OME RH MSS
CO
Avg. Range
3.4 1.7/6.7
NOx
Avg. Range
0.76 0.5:1/ 1:02

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

HC/CO
CONVERTERS

Both the average and range of results are
shown above to indicate the degree of
|) variability which now exists in emission
| measurement technology at these very low
| levels. These results are based on 10 repeat
| tests on the same vehicle.

| Many problems remain to be solved be-
/fore this experimental concept package
| could be considered for production appli-
i cation. Some of the major outstanding prob-
‘}lems include a 27% loss in fuel economy
| compared to present vehicles; unsatisfactory
| durability life of catalyst systems and other
control components; severely compromised
vehicle functional performance such as
engine starting, idle stability and driveability
| during high ambient temperature conditions;
engine cooling; and cold temperature start-
ing and driveaway. In many cases, these
functional problems relate to a significant
increase in exhaust gas temperature through-
| Out the entire exhaust system. In addition to
the factors already mentioned, this increased
temperature will affect such components as
the automatic transmission, brake system,
Wehicle floor pan, passenger compartment,
'/and fuel tank. Resolution of these problems,
)while maintaining the very low emission
ievels, is now the subject of an intensive
|) “crash program.”

|. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

SPACER-ENTRY EGR ON-OFF VALVE
IIEC REACTOR TYPE H

SECONDARY AIR PUMP

IEC REACTOR TYPE H

Fig. 8. — Maximum effort emission package — reactor, EGR, catalyst system.

Lead Effects

Unleaded fuel is listed above as a require-
ment with the “maximum effort”? control
system. Lead content and fuel composition
have a significant influence on emissions,
and have been the subject of much recent
study (Gagliardi, et al., 1971). Our tests to
date have shown that future systems which
employ catalysts for HC control must ope-
rate on lead-sterile fuel in order to achieve
satisfactory catalyst life and maintain con-
version efficiency. For example, an 8-car
fleet test showed that catalyst half-life
dropped from 33,000 to 16,000 miles with
the addition of 0.5 cc/gal of tetraethyl lead
(Weaver, 1969). Further shortening of
catalyst life was observed as TEL content
was increased (Fig. 9).

Catalyst systems fortunately show a pre-
ferential removal of the more troublesome
hydrocarbons, thus reducing exhaust re-
activity. Gas chromographic analysis of ex-
haust gas has shown the efficient removal of
aromatic hydrocarbons, aromatic aldehydes,
and polynuclear aromatic compounds with
catalyst systems.

Lead additives also have a direct effect on
emissions. Combustion chamber deposits as-
sociated with lead additives cause a signifi-

135

HALF-LIFE

QF CATALYST 20,000

10,000

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
LEAD IN GASOLINE, Gm./GAL.

Fig. 9. — Effect of lead on catalyst life.

cant deterioration of HC emission control
with mileage accumulation. To a lesser ex-
tent, lead also appears to affect precom-
bustion reactions and cause an immediate
increase in HC emissions.

Particulate matter emissions are also signi-
ficantly affected by lead additives, since it is
well known that a major portion of the lead
ingested by the engine is emitted through
the exhaust as particulate matter. Ford
research on particulates (Ninomiya et al.,
1970) has been centered largely on develop-
ing equipment and procedures for particu-
late determinations. Some of our data indi-
cates that particles smaller than 0.1 micron
represented about 40% of the total particu-
late mass with leaded fuel compared with
about 10% for nonleaded fuel. Total mass of
particulate emissions showed a 77% re-
duction with nonleaded fuel (compared with
3 gm/gal leaded fuel) during stabilized ope-
rating conditions (Fig. 10), with a range of
40-93% reduction observed under various
test conditions. With the removal of lead,
the beneficial effects of lead which have
been enjoyed to date — the economical in-
crease in fuel octane rating and valve seat
lubrication — must be compensated for by
other means. Revised refining methods to
restore octane ratings, and a combination of
engine metallurgical changes and fuel ad-
ditives to insure continued satisfactory valve
seat life, appear to provide the means to
compensate for the removal of lead.

While on the subject of fuel, it should be
mentioned that gaseous fuels (LPG and
natural gas) have shown definite reductions
in exhaust emissions compared with gaso-

136

Ol CAR A (LEADED FUEL)
“o/s
fe) 1e)

Q ) {e)

CAR B (NON-LEADED FUEL)

PARTICULATE EMISSION (GRAMS / MILE)

1 2 3 5 7 10 20 «630

FTP CYCLE NUMBER

50 70 100 300

Fig. 10. — Effect of lead in gasoline on
particulate emissions as related to Federal Test
Procedure Driving Cycle Number.

line. While certain handling, storage, and
national supply limitations probably pre- |
clude these fuels from widespread appli- |
cation, their use in controlled fleet vehicles
offers a definite potential for emission re- |
ductions. |

Alternate Power Plants

Concerning power plants for future |
model cars, the outlook for the balance of
this decade appears quite clear: the current |
internal combustion engine — with further
refinements and emission control devices |
which reduce emissions to negligible
levels — will continue to power virtually all
motor vehicles. This is predicated on the |
lack of any clear alternate choice (which |
does not introduce some new and greater |
problems of its own), and the long lead time |
needed to make any major change in pro-
duction. A number of interesting alternatives |
are, however, under intensive study by both
government and industry. |

One “alternate” is actually a major vari- |
ation of the current engine which we call
PROCO (Programmed Combustion). This |
engine combines several concepts including §
stratified charge, precombustion chamber \§
and fuel injection, together with other emis- |
sion control techniques. Low NOx emissions 9,
are attained primarily as the result of a @
highly stratified A/F mixture combined with |
EGR. Low CO and HC are achieved primari- |
ly due to a high average A/F ratio combined |
with an oxidation catalyst.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971 !

Gas turbine engines also offer promise, as
at least a partial replacement for IC piston
engines. There is little question of their
relatively near-term applicability for many
stationary and heavy duty applications.
Large scale application to automotive
vehicles depends on development of low-
cost, high-temperature components which
are required to achieve satisfactory engine
efficiency and performance, and on the
development of combuster systems which
adequately control NOx emissions.

Rankine cycle power plants may come
into their own, if several outstanding prob-
lems can be overcome. Ford has an active
joint development program with Thermo

Electron Corporation aimed at addressing

these problems. The program includes boil-
er/burner development to achieve low emis-

sion levels, quick start-up improvement, de-

velopment of an adequate working fluid to
eliminate freezing and corrosion problems,

plus development of hardware that yields

satisfactory fuel economy and meets reason-
able space limitations.

Electric cars appear to be likely candi-
dates for satisfying certain urban or other
special vehicle applications in the long range.
They cannot, however, replace the present
vehicle with its wide-range versatility. Ford
research in this area has been concentrated
on the development of improved battery
systems, since this is one of the major
drawbacks of a practical electric car at this
time (Kummer and Weber, 1967). The
sodium-sulphur battery, announced by Ford
in 1966, shows promise of providing practic-
al accelerations and range capabilities (ap-
proximately 120 miles), which far exceed
the capabilities of existing * ‘teries. Ope-
ration of laboratory cells inuiwate an energy
density about 10 times that of a lead acid
system. Work on electric motors and control
systems has also progressed, and several
concept vehicles have been produced. In

considering any significant changeover to

electric vehicles, consideration must be given
to the total electrical energy system involved

so as to insure that the pollution problem is

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

not merely transferred from one place to
another. If the battery charging energy must
come from a fossil fueled power plant
located in a metropolitan area, the use of
electric vehicles could actually worsen the
pollution situation.

The basic objective behind the develop-
ment of all future power plants is that of
achieving emission levels which are substanti-
ally lower than those attainable today from
internal combustion engines. At this time,
major problems remain to be solved on all
known alternate power sources. Neverthe-
less, the necessity of providing virtually
emission-free power for the future, com-
bined with the tremendous potential market
for any new power source which meets these
demands on a practical basis, provides the
incentive to assure the continued high level
of effort and the eventual solving of this
important national problem.

References Cited

Brehob, W.M., 1971. Mechanisms of pollutant
formation and control from automotive sources.
SAE Paper presented at the March 5 meeting of
the Milwaukee Section.

Campau, R.M., 1971. Low-emission concept ve-
hicles. SAE Paper No. 701294, January.

Gagliardi, J.C., E.E. Weaver, and Wodkowski, C.S.,
1971. Effects of nonleaded fuels on exhaust
hydrocarbon composition and catalyst life.
American Chemical Society, Los Angeles, Calif.,
March.

HEW, 1970. Nationwide inventory of air pollutant
emissions, 1968. U.S. Department of Health,
Education and Welfare, National Air Pollution
Control Administration Publ. No. AP-73,
Raleigh, N.C., August.

Hocker, A.J., 1971. Supplement to Progress Re-
port No. 21, Surveillance of motor vehicle
emissions in California. Calif. Air Resources
Lab., Los Angeles, Calif., March 8.

Kummer, J.T., and N. Weber, 1967. A sodium-
sulphur secondary battery. SAE Paper No.
670179.

Ninomiya, J.S., W. Bergman, and B.H. Simpson,
1970. Automotive particulate emissions. Pre-
sented at Second International Clean Air Con-
gress, Washington, D.C., December.

Weaver, E.E., 1969. Effects of tetraethyl lead on
catalyst life and efficiency in customer type
vehicle operation. SAE Paper No. 690016.

137

Panel Discussion

Science and the Environment (I) - Lead in Gasoline

Moderator: Dr. Frederick D. Rossini, University of Notre Dame

Panelists:

Dr. Philip Myers, University of Wisconsin

Mr. Bruce Bailey, Texaco, Inc.

Dr.

S. L. Meisel, Mobil Research and Development Corp.
. G. J. Stopps, Haskell Laboratory

. A. L. Aronson, New York State Veterinary College

. Gary Ter Haar, Ethyl Corporation

Mr. Bruce H. Simpson, Ford Motor Co.
Dr. A.F. Forziati, Environmental Protection Agency

Editor’s note: The following panel discussion was held on the evening of January 21,
1970 in the Hall of Nations, Georgetown University, Washington, D. C. The introductory
remarks of the moderator and the ensuing discussion climaxed the series of presenta-
tions made separately during the day by the panelists and reported as papers in this
Symposium issue. A few contributors to the panel discussion from the audience are not
identified, nor were some of their comments clearly recorded due to difficulties in pick-
up by the audio equipment. Such cases are enclosed in brackets.

DR. ROSSINI: Our Symposium on “‘Sci-
ence and the Environment,” with particular
reference to “‘Lead in Gasoline,” has put on
the table a great many facts which should
make it possible for us to understand the
problem better and to lead us to a rational
solution which can be appropriately opti-
mized for all components of our society.

Our speakers have given us factual infor-
mation on the following matters:

(1) The automotive engine and its opera-
tions;

(2) The problem of producing fuels for
that engine and information on their proper-
ties and their reactions to tetraethyl lead;

(3) The facts about emissions from the
engine and the means of controlling these
emissions;

(4) The effect of these emissions on
humans, on laboratory animals, on domestic
animals, on plants, and on fish and other
aquatic life; and

(S) A report on the practical side of the
problem from the standpoint of manu-
facturers of motor cars and fuels, and what
they are doing to alleviate the problem of
emissions from automobile engines.

138

In light of the facts presented to us here
today, it appears that the public has been
lead into an overreaction to the problem of
emissions from automotive engines in gener-
al, and to the problem of lead in gasoline in
particular, by those having an incomplete
overall knowledge of the problem.

As I indicated in my opening remarks,
there is no point in talking about zero
pollution of anything — there is no such
animal. The best we can do is to reduce the
emissions from automotive engines to limits
which can be easily tolerated. Given time for
development of the appropriate scientific
and technological devices, it appears that we
can have acceptable emissions even with a
small amount of tetraethyl lead in the fuel,
which produces a very significant and bene-
ficial enhancement of the thermal efficiency
of the engine.

In connection with emissions from auto-
motive engines, the indiscriminate setting up
of standards, which are technologically un-
attainable within the given time schedule,
will seriously cripple the economy of our
society and tend to immobilize our very
mobile society. The individual mobility

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

}
|

characteristic of life in the U.S.A. is one of
our greatest assets, — it represents individual
freedom in the utmost, so that a person can
move from one place to another at the time
it is most propitious and convenient for
himself and his mind. This leads to a
maximum of material and intellectual pro-
ductivity, and is a great support to individual
creativity.

The solution to any pollution problem
should take into account all the costs and all
the benefits, what we lose and what we gain,
by selecting different options. These costs
and benefits, and gains and losses, must be
accounted for in every component of our
society, in terms of the maximum good for
the most people.

In addition, the solution to any pollution
problem must inevitably be accompanied by
a multitude of trade-offs, reflecting social
preferences, political bias, local, regional,
and national habits and customs, etc.

I think that our society has an obligation
to protect the equity in property of all those
individuals and organizations that have been
operating conscientiously and in good faith
under existing regulations. The setting of
higher standards and tighter regulations must
be done on the basis of the facts of science
and technology, and within a time schedule
that has a reasonable chance of being met.
The arbitrary setting of high standards with-
out regard to our scientific and technological
capabilities is an irresponsible action that
will unfoitunately lead us away from truth
and trust in our society.

The setting of higher standards and tight-
er regulations can be done stepwise, in
harmony with the advance of work in
science and technology. In ais way, the
government and its citizens can join with
industry to achieve that sought for environ-
ment in which all can earn a living and live in

enjoyment of Nature.

To encourage adherence to the standards
and regulations so set, and encourage good
performance, we need to set hard and stiff
penalties for those who fail to meet the
minimum standards and a system of good
rewards for those who do better than the
minimum standards.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Now we are ready for questions. May we
have comments or questions from the floor
on anything that has been said or not said
today?

DR. MYERS: There are other parts of the
problem that have not been mentioned. If
you generate power at the central station,
you increase thermal pollution problems, of
course, at the central station. Furthermore,
in the cold Wisconsin winters we use some of
that thermal pollution to heat the inside of
the car. With central generation you would
have to throw this rejected heat away at the
power plant and take some of the electrical
energy to provide the heating. By the time
you take all of this into account, you will
find that if you start out with a given
amount of energy in the form of gasoline or
a given amount of energy in the form of
coal, about the same amount of energy is
delivered to the wheel. So there are ad-
vantages in concentrating sulphur dioxide,
particulates, and possibly NOx but there are
disadvantages in concentrating from a therm-
al pollution standpoint.

DR. H. JONGEDYK (Federal Highway
Administration): We see as a_ possible
[ ] electrical vehicle in the downtown
business district where internal-combustion-
engine vehicles create too high a level of
carbon monoxide, especially with their slow
stop-and-go driving as opposed to electrical
cars which would be more effectively used in
that situation. [ ] the overall feeling
where that would fit in at all as opposed to
the over-the-road car.

MR. B. RUSSELL (Du Pont): I want to
ask Mr. Simpson about the IEC goals. Iam
anxious to see [ ] and I wonder what he
has to say about the particulates [ ie

MR. SIMPSON: There was no goal set up
for particulate emissions at the time the
IIEC program was established. The work
that I was referring to was research that has
been done at Ford Motor Co. which was
independent of the IIEC program. We did
this work to identify our position — to
characterize the type of particulate emis-
sions, the conditions under which they are
emitted, and their measurement. A good

139

share of the program was developing the
sampling methods to collect and measure the
particulate matter. HEW targets of 0.1 g/mi
were set up in February 1970, but the test
procedure wasn’t defined. Then for 1980
they set up a goal of 0.03 g/mi.

DR. MEISEL: Since I helped set the goals
for the ITEC, we just have to admit that we
weren’t smart enough in 1967 to realize that
there was going to be a goal for particulates.
There is a problem now because particulates
have not been defined, so it is pretty
difficult to work on the problem. But the
ITEC will be extended, and the objectives of
the ITEC during this coming year will be to
devise systems that will meet the Clean Air
Act standards. Hopefully these standards can
be revised so that they will be more real-
istic — irrespective of what happens, the
ITEC goals will be to meet the new stand-
ards, and if those standards define particu-
lates, that will be part of the goal.

MR. SIMPSON: These ratings of harmful-
ness were calculated from U.S. air pollution
tonnage figures adjusted for relative severity
of the individual pollutants — based on Cali-
fornia Air Quality Standards. For example,

if there was an air quality standard of 1 ppm

for 8 hr for sulfur oxides and 100 ppm for 8
hr for CO, they would rate sulfur oxides 100
times more harmful than CO, and adjust the
tonnage figures accordingly. This method
was worked out and published by Sawyer
and Caretto of the University of California
at Berkeley.

MR. G. SHERLIN (Bureau of Standards):
What is the basis for our concern that lead is
harmful to the human body in the amounts
we are apparently getting through the atmos-
phere. I was introduced to the problem with
the idea that it is harmful, but I haven’t
heard who made the statement.

DR. STOPPS: Well, I think there are two
or three components to this. One is the sort
of uncritical approach that, because lead is
toxic at some level it is toxic or causes a
problem in health at all levels. This is a
general background feeling that many people
have. People will refer to lead as a toxic
substance as if this distinguishes it from all

140

other substances, or at least puts it in a
special class. Some people are truly concern-
ed that the lead does represent a health
problem. Again I think this stems more from
the apparent increase of lead or the real
increase of lead in the environment, going
back to things like the Greenland Ice Cap
and things of this sort. As one would expect,
if you’re mining something and moving it
from underground to above the ground there
is a good case to be made that we’ve spread
it around more and if this goes on uninter-
ruptedly people again have a feeling with
some logic that one could get to a situation
which would be a problem. The third com-
ponent of this situation is the fact that if
you want to do something or get something
moving, and lead is labeled as a pollutant,
and you want to reduce pollution, it is easier
to get things moving if you claim a health
problem than, say, if you claim you are
concerned about the conservation of re-
sources. So that another aspect is: how do
you create the favorable climate for that sort
of legislation? If there weren’t some gray
areas we wouldn’t really have a discussion at
all. And there are some gray areas here, like
the effect on the enzyme, in which there is
room for debate. Is that a health effect, is it
in fact a real effect that’s taken place in
people’s bodies at all? There are these
various components and also different
people representing these points of view who
can join together in a common cause to get
the lead out.

MR. SIMPSON: Also Dr. Goldsmith of
the California health department has report-
ed increasing levels of blood lead in certain
subjects in the Los Angeles area, and this
concerns him. He has reported this finding
fairly recently.

DR. TER HAAR: Yes, I want to make
some comments about the corrected emis-
sions table that Mr. Simpson presented. On
this table he plotted particulate emissions
from leaded and unleaded gasoline versus
cycles out to about 300. I question the
evaluation of the data, not that it is incor-
rect, but the use of the data beyond 7
cycles. The Federal Government calls for
cooling the engine after every 7 modes 7 test

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

cycle, or on a slightly different cycle as we
have today. The reduction of particulates by
the removal of lead of about 40—50% which
his chart shows out to about the first 7
cycles is, I believe, correct. Our results are of
that order of magnitude. However, as the
engine remains hot, we might call it a
Federal cycle, but it is not really such
because the engine is not being cooled down
after each test. So the claims of 70 or 80%
of the particulate being lead over the 300
cycles is right. It is, however, the method of
operation of the vehicle I believe that leads
to this conclusion, as one can see for the
first 7 cycles.

MR. SIMPSON: Your analysis is correct.
_ There was about 50% less particulate mass
with unleaded fuel when starting cold, in-
creasing to about 80% as the car continued
to run for a prolonged period.

MR. BAILEY: I think that the use of
weight to characterize exhaust particulates
from automobiles dates back to the work of
the Public Health Service in the Sumner
Tunnel tests in Boston in the early ’60s. As
long as one was concerned only with charac-
terizing the particulates from leaded fuels,
weight was a convenient parameter. How-
ever, if one considers the question of how
particulates from both leaded and unleaded
fuels are best characterized, then weight
comparisons become meaningless. Work pre-
sently in progress using light-scattering and
other means of characterizing particulates
shows that the number, size and volume of
particulates from unleaded fuels can be just
as large as those arising from leaded fuels.
Visibility reduction can be just as bad from
unleaded fuel particulate as from leaded fuel
particulate. And I think that this is one of
the problems in getting a definition of
particulates in emission testing procedures:
that weight measurements may not tell the
whole story of particulates and probably
don’t if both leaded and unleaded fuels are

| involved.

DR. MYERS: Speaking still of the part-
iculate graphs, I seriously question the appli-
cability of the analysis. The particulate
| matter is changing with time. Clearly, if it is
| changing with time then steady-state emis-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

sion of particulates is not being shown. You
are showing the rate which the deposits are
coming off with time. And this proves only
that they break off at a different rate. From
an environmental standpoint it seems to me
we're interested in which one forms the
largest number of deposits over a 10,000-
mile period. So I don’t really see that the
data prove anything with regard to the
amount of particulate matter formed during
a long period of driving.

DR. TER HAAR: That was why the
Federal cycles are set up as they are. The
7—mode—7—cycle, or the L.A. cycle, is set
up to try to simulate what a consumer does.
If you cool the car down between each of
the sets of cycles and do this for 10,000
miles, you will simulate what the consumer
is doing. That’s the way the tests are
designed. As long as you cool the car down I
think it would then be a picture of what
would be emitted to the atmosphere over
10,000 miles, providing you follow the car
for that long as the engine changed.

DR. MYERS: It seems what you really
want to know is this: if you had a bag tied
over the tailpipe, how many grams of emis-
sion would be inside the bag at the end of
10,000 miles.

DR. TER HAAR: Right, but not with
continual driving.

DR. MYERS: No, not with continual
driving, but I do not see how you get a
measure of that information when you only
make measurements when the particulate
emissions change with time. It is only a
measure of the relative stability of the
deposits, since you must be cleaning deposits
out of the combustion chamber and out of
the exhaust system. What is coming out then
is a measure, not of the amount formed, but
of the stability of the deposits formed.

MR. SIMPSON: I believe all of this
discussion indicates the definite need which
exists for: (1) a definition of which particu-
lates are of primary concern, and (2) a
representative and accurate test procedure. I
agree that the 7—by—7 driving cycle may
not be correct or representative for particu-
lates. This test happens to be what was on

141

the books at the time for measuring emis-
sions. It was particularly designed for the
measurement of emissions in L.A. with
emphasis on the cold start-up type of driv-
ing, because this is the portion of the
emissions spectrum that contributes most
heavily to the formation of photochemical
smog. This does not necessarily hold for
particulates; in this I agree with Prof. Myers
that the total amount of particulates that are
emitted should be the point of concern.

DR. SAYLOR: Everybody at the table
knows the object of my question and I
don’t. We speak of catalysts. I have no sense
in the world what catalysts are, and yet
catalysts have never before been mysterious.

DR. MEISEL: You mean the catalysts
that we talked about for reducing hydro-
carbons and carbon monoxides?

DR. SAYLOR: That’s right.

DR. MEISEL: There is a series of cata-
lysts. There are the transition metals — the
relatively inexpensive catalysts — the copper
chromites. Sometimes these copper
chromites are spiked with materials such as
venadium. Also there are the noble metal
catalysts such as platinum or palladium. I
think these by and large are the kinds of
compositions that people are talking about.
Does that answer it?

DR. SAYLOR: I think the nature of what
one means by catalysts should go on record.

DR. MEISEL: In my paper I have listed
the composition of some catalysts. So when
it is printed [this issue] it will be on record.

DR. JONGEDYK: One question appeared
here that I don’t believe we’ve clarified yet.
The question about 1) how serious is the
depletion of lead as a natural resource by the
continual use of lead in gasoline and 2) what
other toxic materials will be introduced into
the environment — sometimes an associated
metal, for example — as a result of either
mining or refining the lead. I understand
cadmium is far worse than lead. Cadmium is
usually associated with zinc, and when you
dig up the environment you introduce
hazards. Now, is there is something we are
bringing inadvertently into the environment

142

from mining lead, by our consumption of
lead through tetraethyl lead gasoline which
is also a detriment, as is cadmium? Have we
ample resources of lead to continue extract-
ing as econormnically as at present?

DR. FORZIATI: We would have to know
the relative use of the lead. What fraction of
the lead mined goes into tetraethyl lead as
contrasted with lead acid batteries (inter-
rupted).

MR. BARRY RUSSELL (Du _ Pont):
About 20% of the lead mined in this country
is tetraethyl lead. The rest either comes from
outside the United States or is rerefined.

DR. TER HAAR: I was told last week
that new reserves have been found in north-
ern Missouri that will make us an exporter of
lead rather than an importer. I have one
question I would like to ask Mr. Simpson. In
your work with the catalysts in NOx re-
ductior, do you find any problems with
ammonia emissions from the exhaust system
of the car?

MR. SIMPSON: Yes, we did go through
quite a siege of generating ammonia in the
first stage of the NOx catalyst. What you
want to do is reduce it to N92, and it came
out NH3. This was a problem we had at
several stages. Then we wondered why the
efficiency of the second beds — the HCCO
catalyst — was reduced. Investigation show-
ed that ammonia was being generated at the
first stage. That problem has been pretty
much solved. Perhaps Dr. Meisel would care
to comment further on this.

DR. MEISEL: We found that perhaps
50 — 60% of the NOx was reduced to
ammonia. The ammonia is reoxidized to
NOx when it is contacted with air in the
presence of oxidation catalysts. American
Oil has done the bulk of the work on these
nitrogen oxide catalysts—they have been
able to devise compositions such that the
amount of ammonia formed at that first
stage is under 20%. It is still not completely
satisfactory, but it has gone a long way
towards solving the problem..

DR. TER HAAR: No ammonia is emerg-
ing from the tailpipe? Is it reoxidized?

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

DR. MEISEL: Most of it becomes reoxi-
dized.

DR. TER HAAR: Would this make the
standards impossible to reach until this
problem is solved?

DR. MEISEL: Yes, if you cannot get the
amounis low enough by recycling exhaust
gas. But that is not the real problem. The
problem we have with NOx catalysts is that,
with either leaded or unleaded fuel, we
know of no catalysts that can go more than
about 5—10,000 miles. For the foreseeable
future the way to control NOx will not be
the catalytic way, it will be exhaust gas
recirculation. Perhaps the second-generation
devices coming in after 1975 may have some
catalysts. The big advantage of having a NOx
catalyst is a much smaller fuel economy
penalty than that associated with NOx con-
trol by exhaust gas recirculation alone. But I
don’t believe there will be NOx catalysts in
the systems that must meet standards for
1975-1976.

DR. A. PAHNKE (Du Pont): Do you find
that the common issue of each | ] plus
catalyst or hydrocarbon or carbon monoxide
control causes any complication? In other
words, does a car designed to control hydro-
carbons and CO give you some unusual
problems if exhaust recirculation is intro-
duced?

DR. MEISEL: Yes, that gives us unusual
problems in that we have some very severe
fuel penalties.

DR. PAHNKE: What about the operation
of the catalyst? Do you know that it [ |
exhaust recirculation?

DR. MEISEL: Yes, because the engine is
running richer, but we’ve been able to get
rather efficient operation. There are lots of
problems but it looks good. If we didn’t
have the new standards I think we would be
well on the way to some solutions. But we
are in new ballgame now.

DR. FORZIATI: I just wanted to add,
Dr. Jongedyk, to your question about de-
pleting resources. It was suggested this after-
noon that. perhaps a tailpipe filter could
catch the lead during the life of the car and

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

would be worth the price of junking it. We
could recover that lead and re-use it. Perhaps
the proponent of that notion might have
more comments. It sounded like a good idea.

DR. STOPPS: I can’t really sit here with a
straight face in front of Al Pahnke and
pontificate about lead traps on tailpipes. I
think Dr. Pahnke might want to say some-
thing about it.

DR. PAHNKE: We at Du Pont have been
able to develop systems which are quite
effective in controlling particulate emission
of vehicles operated on leaded gasoline. I
think there was a point made this morning
that this research is conducted on vehicles
operated on leaded gasoline. We don’t know
what the situation would be with vehicles
operated on unleaded gasoline. Let me ex-
plain this a little. It goes back to the
characteristics of particulates emitted from
vehicles operated first on leaded then on
unleaded gasoline. A vehicle operated on
leaded gasoline will emit particulates which
are quite dense. As a result, they are easily
removed with inertial separation devices
such as cyclones and the like. However,
when vehicles are operated on unleaded
gasoline, two things happen: one is that the
particulates emitted from the tailpipe will be
less dense. As a result, one might expect
them to stay suspended in the atmosphere
and for a given weight have a more effect
than would be the case with leaded particu-
lates. Secondly, if you wish to control the
particulates from vehicles operated on un-
leaded gasoline, then the question is, how
are you going to collect these particulates? I
think Dr. Meisel suggested this morning in
his presentation that a catalyst system ope-
rated on the vehicle would act as an effective
trapping device. However, in the absence of
such catalyst systems, one has to consider
how particulates from unleaded fuel could
be trapped, since if inertial separation de-
vices are used, obviously the devices are
going to be less effective in operating on a
less dense material. Perhaps some other type
of system must be devised. This may be a
question that the panelists might address
themselves to —how to control the emis-
sions of vehicles operating on unleaded

143

gasoline. Since Mr. Simpson has indicated
that, even with unleaded gasoline during
those first 10 Federal test cycles, the part-
iculates emitted are really quite high in
terms of grams per mile and certainly even
higher in terms of volume.

MR. BAILEY: I would like to make one
comment on this subject. When one con-
siders the problems posed by automotive
particulates in the atmosphere, one must be
concerned about the effect of the particu-
lates on visibility reduction. Because the
primary particulates which emit from
vehicles are only a small fraction of the total
atmospheric particulate and because the
atmospheric particulate is principally formed
from gas phase photochemical reaction pro-
ducts, we are primarily concerned with
controlling gaseous emissions rather than
particulate emissions in controlling atmos-
pheric particulate effects. Although it will
probably be necessary to control particulates
from vehicles for a number of reasons, the
primary problem is control of gaseous emis-
sions.

MR. G. CHEKLICH (U.S. Army-Tank-
Automotive Command): Can low-octane un-
leaded gasolines be made in sufficient quan-
tities to meet the expected demand with
existing facilities, or must huge investments
be made in new refineries to meet the
demand?

DR. MEISEL: Today’s gasolines are being
made with today’s facilities but I believe all
of the major oil companies, and perhaps
most of the others, are preparing themselves
for the day when unleaded gasoline comes
into the picture. We are in a kind of
quandary because we really don’t know
what the octane level of such unleaded
gasoline will be. It has been stated by
General Motors that all of their cars will run
on 91 octane unleaded fuels. Yet we test ’71
cars, and we discover that many don’t
operate knock-free on this kind of fuel.
They are having some initial problems in the
manufacturing of cars which they will solve,
perhaps by lowering the compression ratios
further. However, if it turns out that the
new cars knock on 91 unleaded and require
94 or 95 unleaded for knock-free operation,

144

a very different provlem is presented. At
present, the overall pool octane, country-
wide, is about 88 or 88%, so that it could be
increased to 91 without too much difficulty.
But if the pool must be increased to 94 or
95, iv will require billions of dollars in
investment.

MR. SHERLIN: Does this clean air law
concern itself with emissions from diesel
vehicles or merely from gasoline operated
ones? We got away from the leaded gas
problem into particulates a few minutes ago.
Are there not a whole lot more of what I
would call particulates coming out of busses
and trucks, etc., than coming out of fast
drugmobiles?

MR. BAILEY: There are Federal emission
standards on light-duty gasoline vehicles,
heavy-duty gasoline vehicles, and now on
opacity of smoke emission from diesels.
There are not as yet any standards on
hydrocarbons or other kinds of emissions
per se from diesels that are effective as of
now. However, we can look for them some-
time in the future.

MR. BAILEY: Measurements have been
made on diesel engine emissions. Emission
factors for them have been published by
NAPCA as well as by the people in Cali-
fornia. Various surveys have been made of
mobile equipment emissions in which the
emissions are projected into the future.
Generally, these surveys show that with the
intense research effort being made on light
duty vehicles, these emissions are being
reduced very rapidly and that because emis-
sions from heavy duty vehicles are not being
reduced as rapidly, their relative contri-
bution to the total emissions will increase in
the years ahead. If one looks only at the
percentage data indicating the relative con-
tribution of each vehicle type to the total,
one is likely to miss the important point of
these surveys which is that all vehicle emis-
sions are trending down and that while the
percentage contribution of the various
sources will change with time the emission
situation is getting better.

In this connection, I should mention that
there are serious questions about how far
vehicle emissions must be reduced in order

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

to alleviate smog problems. Considerable
work has been done and is presently in
progress on this problem and needless to say
there are considerable differences of opinion
as to how far vehicle emissions should be
reduced. It seems clear that if vehicle emis-
sions are reduced to the levels required to
alleviate problems in “‘super critical” areas
such as Los Angeles, then this will represent
a considerable “‘over-kill’ as far as the rest of
the country is concerned and produce a large
and unnecessary economic burden.

DR. ROSSINI: In your opinion, are the
so-called 1975 standards going to require the
total elimination of tetraethel lead from
fuel?

DR. MEISEL: Up to the present time we
have been able to meet very stringent ITEC
goals with either low lead or unleaded fuel,
and as pointed out earlier, it’s easier to meet
them with unleaded fuel. Perhaps less cata-
lyst or less expensive hardware could be used
with unleaded fuels. The problem is, that
now with these new more restrictive stand-
ards, it’s no longer the actual activity of the
catalyst that’s important as long as you’re
above a threshold level — it’s how rapidly
this catalyst can be heated. My guess is that
if we can devise systems that work with
unleaded fuel (i.e., a thermal reactor or some
other kind of device that will heat the
catalyst quickly) then those kinds of systems

ought to be able to work for fuels containing -

low amounts of lead. I don’t want to leave
the impression with anyone that it’s as easy
to do with leaded as it is with unleaded
fuels. The only point that I want to make
now (and I made it this morning) is that
there is a very large economic reason to try
to meet the standards with fuels containing
some amount of lead.

MR. SIMPSON: The Federal standards, of
course, entail a variety of factors—not only
emission levels but performance and durabi-
lity requirements, the latter being 5 years or
50,000 miles and with warranty and recall
provisions. As we now understand the re-
quirements today for 1975 emission levels
and for the 5-year or 50,000-mile life, we do

|| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

not see any way to meet these requirements
without lead-free gasoline.

DR. MEISEL: I gather there’s a differ-
ence of opinion.

DR. MYERS: It seems to me that we can
and must apply cost-benefit considerations
in trying to set group technological stand-
ards. I would like to raise the question of
whether or not we are using a cost-benefit
ratio. Looking at the emissions air pollution
problem, it seems to me that one of the first
pieces of information that we need to set
intelligent standards is technological costs.
That is a graph, if you please, of grams per
mile versus cost of the engine to get this
grams per mile. I’m sure that, on this curve,
the grams per mile goes down, the cost will
go up and the curve will become asymtotic
to a low emission level and the costs become
very astronomical. This is one piece of
information we need. It seems to me we
need a second piece of information — that is,
the cost of air pollution if we do not
decrease it, i.e., the cost in terms of human
health and misery. I know it would be very
easy at this point to say you can’t place a
value on one human life, and yet neither can
we reduce air pollution to zero unless we
reduce the number of people to 0, and
industrialization in the same way. So it is
not realistic to say a value cannot be placed
on human life. It can be made quite high,
but there must be a value. There are other
cost considerations that I think must be
taken into account. You can make any
machine, including a car, so complicated
that it has no utility. You can make a car so
safe that no one will drive it. You can
likewise make a car so unsafe that if your
chances were only 1 in 10 you’d survive a
trio, and then no one would drive it except
for recreation. So there is a utility cost, and
it seems to me that all these and perhaps
others too, must be combined to arrive at a
cost benefit. I don’t think this has been done
in the present legislation, and I think we are
not approaching our technological problems
in a rational manner. And I[ think it’s time
that we settle down and try to figure the

145

total cost and obtain a total cost-benefit
ratio.

DR. ROSSINI: I think that is one of the
important conclusions that we’re coming to
today.

MR. SIMPSON: Let me be sure that we’re
clear on one point. Right now the Federal
and the California regulations on vehicle
emissions are for a certain number of grams
per mile regardless of the size of the car, so
today all cars are controlled to the same
level of emissions.

DR: COY LEA car is a car iS 4 car.

MR. SIMPSON: From an emissions stand-
point, that’s right. In general, however, it is
more difficult to achieve this control on the
large cars. You are asking whether there is a
trend toward the smaller cars and engines,
and I think there clearly is. This is typified
by the new small cars now on the market —
ours, GM, Chrysler, and American Motors.

DR. MYERS: I think the question of car
size has more to do with the conservation of
resources ihan with emissions, because as Dr.
Coyle indicated, a car is a car is a car from
an emission standpoint, and that is clearly
the way it ought to be. If you go toward the
limit in this direction, you begin to think in
terms of public transportation, which gives
you lower use of resources and even lower
emissions per mile. And ultimately as a limit,
you may then want to transmit the image
and the voice rather than the person.

MR. SIMPSON: I wholeheartedly concur
with Prof. Myers’ previous comments as to
the logical way to approach things, and using
this kind of approach, certainly I think we
would have come out differently than the
position in which we find ourselves today. I
also think that Dr. Meisel’s comments on the
use of some lead are appropriate in that type
of context. Unfortunately, we are just not in
that ballgame. Our first obligation as a
manufacturer is to obey the law and that is
exactly what we are trying to do. I think we
also have a moral responsibility and we’re
trying to exercise that, too — for example,
to point out where we think a proposed
standard is inappropriate or to identify the

146

points where we think we can make a better
trade-off of total resources. Certainly lead is
one such item. Lead has done a very
effective job for many years as the most
efficient way to increase octane rating. This
increased octane has allowed a great im-
provement in engines and specific fuel eco-
nomy over the years.

DR. ROSSINI: Any other questions or
comments from the audience or the panel?
If not, then let me make some general
comments here. In this Symposium today on
science and environment with particular
reference to lead and gasoline, we’ve had put
on the table a great many facts that should
make it possible to come to a better under-
standing of the entire problem. I need not
recite them — in fact, there are so many that
I’m sure that I could not do that. But the
written record that will come out of this
meeting will be a very valuable support to
some rational position on this whole kind of
problem. Our speakers have given factual
information on the automotive engine and
its operation, the problem of producing fuels
for automotive engines, the properties of
these fuels, and the reaction of the various
components of the fuels to tetraethyl lead.
We have had facts about emissions from
engines, the means of controlling these
emissions, and the effect of these emissions
on humans, laboratory animals, domestic
animals, plants, and on fish and other
aquatic life. We have had, this evening, a
report on the practical side of the problem
from the standpoint of the motor car manu-
facturer and what he is doing, as Mr.
Simpson says, to obey the law. Well, it’s
quite clear, as Dr. Myers indicated, that
there is a lot more to this problem than
some of our legislators seem to think — for
the benefit of our whole society, indeed a
very mobile society. For example, this
country and its people could never do all of
the things they are doing now if they were
immobilized, even to the extent of trans-
mitting their voices and pictures, because a
great deal is accomplished by face-to-face
confrontation and discussion.

DR. MYERS: Somebody
wouldn’t want to “date” that way.

said he

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

DR. ROSSINI: The whole matter is very
complicated. We should hope that our legis-
lators will arrive at some understanding of
assaying the advantages, the disadvantages,
the benefits of doing this, the losses in doing
that, and so on. It seems to me that any final
solution on this or any pollution problem
will have to take into account, eventually,
some hard-nosed facts of this sort, and that
in the end the solution will be determined
by a multitude of trade-offs, we hope not
too far gone, that will reflect social prefe-
rences; political bias; local, regional and
national customs and habits; and a number
of other related things. My own position is
| that, in any such endeavor, we have an
| obligation to protect the existing equity and
property of all those individuals and organi-
zations that have operated within the exist-
ing regulations in good faith. And as I said in
my opening remarks this morning, all of us
are responsible for whatever exists today in
pollution, not just those who made that
machine which we are buying. Because as I
said, in my opinion, the user of that machine
is as responsible as the organization that
made it. As we move from regulations which
are no longer satisfactory to new ones

_ J.WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

designed to protect human beings, we must
do it in the practical sense of aiming for
something that is accomplishable within the
span of time we’re talking about. And if we
don’t do the job that way (I heard mention-
ed earlier at dinner a quotation from one
government authority, “Well, we’re just go-
ing to set those impossible standards to
make people move,”) it will make a lot of
liars out of somebody. I don’t think that is
the way this society ought to operate. If we
can move to these better conditions and set
the standards that are practically attainable
within a given span of time in a sensible,
practical way, involving a considerable
amount of work and intelligent operation,
then we ought to do two things; 1) establish
hard penalties for those who don’t meet the
minimum standards, and 2) establish some
rewards for those who do better than that.

DR. FORZIATI: Dr. Rossini, you have
done a superb job of summarizing the
situation. On behalf of the American Ord-
nance Association and the Washington
Academy of Sciences, I thank all of you very
busy gentlemen who have come to Washing-
ton to give us this first-rate presentation.

147

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TREASURER FOR 1970

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The expenses and disbursements are mainly for publication of the Journal, arrangements
for our meetings, work for some of the member societies, and operation of the office. Total
expenses during 1970 were $29,100. Total receipts and income were $26,800, derived

mainly from membership dues, dividends from investments, subscriptions to the Journal, |
and payment for services to member societies. Outgo exceeded income by about $2300. The |

capital assets of the Academy are in mutual funds whose total market value in December

1970 was $85,300. Full details of my annual report for calendar year 1970 are to be |

published in the Journal.

There is no anticipated deficit for the current (1971) year, although there had been |

earlier a recurrent annual deficit. The balanced budget is due partly to a slightly reduced cost
of publication of the Journal, and partly to the increase of dues authorized by the Board of
Managers for 1971 and succeeding years.

Receipts and Income

Duesdanembers and fellows) 2 sc a... ibs ols o> obs » Bos wa. atn es doe » eke Cee $12,821.76
(Total includes $1,340.00 received in voluntary contributions)

Journal
SHU SCR UL OM Sioa ie nycee eid wpe ede dodente, «fo, beak wisn. 2. pd ae Seren ee oe ee 2,784,50
Sale of Reprints (@eummbursements from authors) .........--..:-2.5-: 2-6 209.76 |
SalerOiMbDaACKAISSUCS <5 6a sb. 8 ch Sauce o whee nlnd aot oe see Shales Oe en Oise ie 209.28 |

Investment Income (cash dividends)
(Total includes $1,777.30 received as capital gains, cash) 2... 2. 35222552. - eee 4,471.88
(Total does not include capital gains received in shares WMi $749.36—ICA $469.80)

IMIONOGTADIING SS. a oi ocg Sine apne ocew Dieio igs cages Res He eee 60.20 |
Reimbursements
Philosophical Society for Academy Services (for personnel, rent .............--+--+--- 3,834.97 |

telephone, print, mail & addressograph)
Geological Society for Academy Services (for personnel, rent, ..........------+-+----- 1,584.58
telephone, print, mail & addressograph)

Grant-in-Aid @eimbursements from AAAS) |......3055..--.00..-462...5 4 ee 602.00 |

IMISCCIIGNEOUS OES) 62 JR. Se ele MA RE VR PP AE a eee 195.278 i
OLIN Se Bes ea eer dle. w ace Snake Bee ee howe. A EE eee $26,774.20

Journal
Manufacturingicost=.c. s<ca.c0 Seto bey cus he ee ee ee $ 7,283,96
Reprints (reimbursable by authors) ... «04.08. os Jn Seki: « Goes oe eee 236.76
Honorartum to Editor ..2. 6 6.2%: can o sec ethaXx «hee ee ee eee 1,000.00
Miscellaneous. 23.2: 1. 6 =e clue lv 5% suc Ota woe RAIS Wi eceda eee eRe on elo 126.52

148 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Office Expenses
Rent (Jan. thru Dec.)

S SIIS|ELN CHS 2 eens Gayo Oe Ee Ore Pac Ce

Supplies
Salaries

Meetings

Arrangements (includes print, mail, addressograph, Xerox, Board

Committees, Annual Awards)

Arrangements for Philosophical & Geological Societies (reimbursed)
PMA TpneTcAl 8/2053 2. ode eee ce a.

Encouragement of Science Talent (Jr. Academy)
Contributions (JBSE & Academy Conference)

Total

pie) Me, .e.\e Le) ‘eWe-ie\le)_e) (2) » lie «he. :s)\a) io jo: (a: @: is) \«, © (0) eile). a ia 6) is io ve (ole la als) © (2 (6) 's = ail@ le, ss. 6 te
ale Je; 'w,tetel ial elie isan! elena. ea) a) (stele tells iin stip io) ve |e: -s
paio— shies <r) .si a enu Kel lob eh 8 leenie (a selielie cel o6 fale: i858) -e) (0 ie) .s' cele ie: el.) el iso eliefehsi-s: .e)eisel (eo! (0; (0) «))s) ») |p ie) wie) we) (a we
i i |

er )

ed

oeee eee es se ee we ew we ee ee ee eh ee eee ew ow

Grants-in-Aid (reimbursable by AAAS) Summer Science program, Am, Univ..............

PERT OEOUR St I ae ae ne ee

ed

a) fe: (aie! (si ese: wis) =) \s! (elie) ie 6) (ee) 6) ||| 8) @) -s) «./0) (se) 10! ie! 9 ja) sia

422.97
86.70

294.24

Capital Assets and Cash

The capital assets are in mutual funds whose total market value, about December 31, 1970, was
$85,311.54. The total market value on December 31, 1969, was $69,892.48. Personal property, mostly in
office equipment and furniture, is valued at an estimated $1000.00

The checking account balance on December 31, 1970 was $6.097.74.

WASHINGTON JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Checking Account

Balance as of 12/31/69............. $2,023.27

S BCGIOUS ot 6 4 GI eee 4,235.99
OGG! . . se Se ee ee 6,259.26

iS DUIRGUT ON 3,497.49

Balanecasor 12/31/70 ...2....-...- $2,761.77

Savings Account

Total plus interest on

LD SMO Mer pote cee es ries ae ae $ 179.40

Guaranteed Security Certificate

purchased 1/6822 %..2).4 0... 22. Se. $2,000.00

Iinteres@toidate or 36 b as ee 107.07
Ota. ath Le. cto und 3 ee oe $2,107.07

Submitted to the Board of Managers on May 18, 1971.

Richard K. Cook, Treasurer

BOARD OF MANAGERS MEETING NOTES

March, 1971

The 613th meeting of the Board of
Managers at the Washington Academy of
Sciences was called to order at 8:18 p.m.
March 15, 1971 by President Forziati in the
Conference room of FASEB.

Announcements. — President Forziati
called attention to the minutes of the past
meeting that had been mailed to all mem-
bers. Typographical errors were corrected
and the minutes were accepted by the
President.

Dr. Raymond J. Seeger was introduced in
his new capacity of Associate Meetings
Editor for the AAAS. Dr. Seeger explained

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

the change in AAAS plans for winter meet-
ings whereby the next Christmas meeting
will be in Philadelphia in 1971 and will be
followed by the last such meeting in Wash-
ington, D.C. in 1972. There will be no
meeting in 1973 but there will be one in
1974 and at a similar date in subsequent
years.

In Philadelphia the theme of the meeting
will be ‘“‘Sound and Music.” The meeting will
be held with the cooperation of the Philadel-
phia Academy of Natural Sciences.

In Washington, D.C. the theme will be
“Tight and Painting’ and Dr. Seeger is
looking to our Academy for cooperation. He

149

thinks that there is great opportunity for
emphasis on the international aspect of
science, and for emphasis on applications, he
sees the opportunity to plan tours of the
area that would point out spots of science
not generally advertised.

Dr. Seeger asked for an expression of
interest and received Dr. Forziati’s state-
ment, “yes, we are interested. We think it is
a great idea. We will need a suitable com-
mittee to work with the AAAS.” Dr. Seeger
said he would like to meet with the commit-
tee at least twice before June 21, 1971.

Treasurer’s Report. — Treasurer Cook dis-
cussed the need for increasing the income
from the societies who were sharing ex-
penses of the Academy office. Such in-
creases will be by mutual agreement. Dr.
Cook also told of the desirability of opening
a savings account that could be used to
smooth out the peaks and valleys of income
and expense payments. A motion by Dr.
Cook, seconded by Dr. Weissler, to shift up
to $5000 of investments into a savings
account was approved by voice vote.

In a discussion of the status of the
Journal it was stated that it would be
desirable to have new subscription rates for
1972. Suggested rates would be $10.00 for
domestic and $11.90 for foreign subscrip-
tion. Miss Ostaggi reported that comments
heard by her indicated that the present
format is preferred over the previous format.

Membership Committee. — Nominations
for fellowship were introduced at the pre-
vious meeting and these nominations were
read for the second time. The following were
then elected Fellows of the Academy: Dr. J.
Frances Allen, Dr. William S. Murray, Mr.
John A. Rosado, Dr. Claude H. Schmidt, Mr.
Peter G. Wilhelni, and Dr. Howard T.
Yolkin.

The membership chairman provided a
new report to the Board that included one
nominee for fellow who was duly processed
through the first reading. The chairman also

150

formally identified in his report, Dr. Robert
Z. Callaham who by virtue of being the new
delegate of the Society of American Forest-
ers became a Fellow of the Academy. The
last item of the report was a request for
reinstatement of Mr. David G. Knapp. Fol-
lowing a motion by Dr. Robbins and a
second by Dr. Bock, Mr. Knapp was rein-
stated by voice vote.

Policy Planning Committee. — Chairman
Stern presented a report dated March 15,
1971 concerning the proposal presented at
the January meeting to modify the proce-
dure for nomination of officers. The report
offered five points for consideration and the
discussion of these points brought forth many
alternative suggestions. As a result there was
approval of a motion made by Mr. Whitelock
and seconded by Dr. Robbins, that the
Committee re-examine the matter to offer a
new proposal for modernization of election
procedures that could possibly necessitate a
change in the bylaws.

Meetings Committee. — It was noted that
the April meeting would be held at George-
town University with the International As-
sociation of Dental Research. We were re-
minded that the March meeting (the awards
dinner program) would be held at the
Cosmos Club and that Dr. Stanley E. Green-
field (Assistant Administrator for Research
and Monitoring, Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, D.C.) would be the
speaker.

The 525th meeting of the Washington
Academy of Sciences was held at the
Cosmos Club where approximately 85 mem-
bers and guests assembled for dinner at 7:00
p.m. on March 18. Following the dinner Dr.
Stanley Greenfield spoke on the topic “A
Responsible Role for Science in Alleviating
Environmental Problems.” His talk was well
received and he took time to answer a few
questions before departing for business in
another city. Lively, dynamic introductions
were given for each of the awardees (see Vol.
61, No. 1, p. 3843)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

|

SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS

Contributions to this section of your Journal are earnestly solicited. They
should be typed double-spaced and sent to the Editor in care of the Academy
office by the 10th of the month preceding the issue for which they are

intended.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE

MARTIN JACOBSON, Entomology
| Division, ARS, has been appointed visiting
professor in the Department of Chemistry,
University of Idaho, Moscow, effective June
28, 1971. He will present a 3-week inter-
_ departmental graduate course in Insect Pher-
~ omones and Hormones, the first such course
to be offered at any university.

E.F. KNIPLING received a Distinguished
Federal Civilian Service Award from Presi-
dent Nixon. The President, in ceremonies in
his office, presented the awards to the U.S.
Department of Agriculture scientist and four
others May 5. (See p. 4748, Vol. 61, No. 1
of the Journal for further details of Dr.
Knipling’s career.)

PAUL R. MILLER has transferred from
Epidemology Investigations, ARS, Beltsville,
Maryland to Fort Valley State College, Fort
Valley, Georgia, to serve for two years as
USDA Liaison Officer. This is one of 16
such positions established for the purpose of
improving agricultural education and re-
search at the 1890 black land grant colleges.

U.S. ARMY

DONALD B. DINGER has been name’
Associate Deputy for Research and Develop-
ment at the U.S. Army Mobility Equipment
Research and Development Center, Fort Bel-
voir, Virginia, according to an announce-
ment by Colonel Bennett L. Lewis, Com-
_ manding Officer.
| Mr. Dinger, 35, was formerly Chief of the
| Electromagnetic Effects Laboratory at the
Center. In assuming his new duties, he fills a
position vacant since the departure of

|| Manfred Gale to become scientific advisor to

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

the Surveillance, Target Acquisition, and
Night Observation (STANO) Systems Man-
ager, Office of the Chief of Staff of the
Army.

Dinger joined the Center in July 1958
and was engaged in research, development,
and evaluation of military electrical power
generation equipment and concepts until
1961 when he became leader of a project to
investigate nuclear electromagnetic pulse
(EMP) effects on field Army power systems.
In January 1965, he became responsible for
the Army Materiel Command’s lead labora-
tory program on the EMP nuclear weapons
effect, which has become recognized as one
of the two principal Department of Defense
programs in this area. In this capacity as
Chief of the Electromagnetic Effects Labora-

Donald B. Dinger

tory, Dinger managed a broad applied re-
search program and applications programs to
protect critical Army strategic and tactical
systems from nuclear EMP effects.

A native of Rhode Island, Dinger was the
outstanding junior engineering ROTC stu-
dent in 1957 and the outstanding senior
electrical engineering student in 1958 at the
University of Rhode Island where he re-
ceived a B.S. Degree in Electrical Engineer-
ing as a Distinguished Military Graduate in
1958. He earned a Masters of Science Degree
in Engineering at George Washington Univer-
sity in 1964, and is currently studying fora
Doctor of Science Degree at the same
university. He served on active duty as an
Army officer in 1959.

His work at the Center has earned him a
number of awards including the Command-
ing Officer’s Scientific Achievement Award
in 1965. He was elected a Fellow of the
Washington Academy of Sciences in 1966,
and is a member of the Institute of Electrical
and Electronics Engineers, and the Scientific
Research Society of America. As Chief of
the Electromagnetic Effects Laboratory,
Dinger served on a Nuclear Weapons Effects
Panel of The Technical Cooperation Program
among Canada, United Kingdom, Austrialia
and the United States; the Defense Atomic
Support Agency EMP Advisory Group; the
Safeguard ABM System EMP Vulnerability
Working Group; and was Chairman of the
EMP Subcommittee of the Army Materiel
Command Nuclear Weapons Effects Re-
search and Test Committee. He has authored
a number of technical papers.

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

ALAN V. ASTIN, who retired as director
of the National Bureau of Standards in
1969, was elected to a four-year term as
Home Secretary of the National Academy of
Sciences. He succeeds Merle A. Tuve, who
has held the position since December 1965.

Dr. Astin’s election took place on April
27, 1971, during the business session of the

132

Academy’s 108th Annual Meeting. As Home |
Secretary, Dr. Astin is responsible for the |
membership affairs of the Academy, includ-

ing meetings, elections, and awards. 1

As members of the Council of the Acade- §

my, the Home Secretary and four newly |
elected Councilors share in responsibility for |
the general direction of the Academy and |
the National Research Council, whose activi- |

ties in the stimulation of research and its §,

application and in rendering advice to the
Government now account for an annual |
expenditure of approximately $30 million.
Of this total, approximately four-fifths is
derived from contracts with agencies and |

departments of the Federal Government, § .

and the remaining one-fifth from private and |
other public sources.

LEWIS V. SPENCER was elevated to
“Fellow of the American Nuclear Society |
(ANS)” at the 17th Annual Meeting of the |
Society in Boston. Dr. Spencer is honored |
for his outstanding work in the theoretical
development of methods in gamma radiation
transport and radiation dosimetry; for his
leadership in the development of weapons |
shielding methods within the civil defense |
context; for the inspiration he has provided
to all those who have worked with and for |
him and for his promotion of educational
excellence in scientific fundamentals.

Dr. Spencer has received such awards as:
U.S. Department of Commerce Meritorious
Service Award, U.S. Office of Civil and
Defense Mobilization Distinguished Service
Award, Gov. John Anderson’s (Kansas) Dis-
tinguished Jayhawker Award, Ottawa,
Kansas Chamber of Commerce Community |
Service Award, L.H. Fray Medal of Inter-
national Commission on Radiation Units 7 }
Measurements.

He has served the ANS as a member of |
the Shielding Division Executive Committee.
He is also a member of the American
Physical Society, the Washington Academy
of Sciences, the Kansas Academy of Science,
and the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

|

_ NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH

| HEINZ SPECHT, Special Assistant to the

| Director of the Fogarty International

| Center, retired on March 31, 1971 after 36
years of Government service thoughout the
| world.

The well-traveled PHS Commissioned
Corps officer is a graduate of Princeton
| University, and received his Ph.D. in General
Physiology from Johns Hopkins University.

| In 1936 he joined the research section of
|| the former Division of Industrial Hygiene of
| NIH which had been engaged in field surveys
| but was at that time organized as an investi-
| gative unit to establish toxicological data.

| The unit tested by inhalation the toxic
| properties of various ketones which were
| being considered by the Alcohol Tax Unit
| during the Prohibition years as possible
| denaturants to ethyl alcohol preparations in
| order to produce unpotable mixtures.

The Division moved to Cincinnati in
| 1938, but its research functions remained at
NIH in the Industrial Hygiene Research
|| Laboratory. Here Dr. Specht engaged in
research on driver fatigue for the Depart-
| ment of Commerce.

During World War II, he undertook re-
| search in aviation medicine, particularly on
| respiratory equipment, for the Bureau of
|| Aeronautics of the Navy Department.

|
}
At the end of the war, the laboratory was
|| incorporated into the National Institute of
_ Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases as the Labo-
| ratory of Physical Biology, where Dr. Specht
|| was able to continue his studies on respi-
‘tation in abnormal atmospheric environ-
‘| ments.

_ In connection with this research he made
| a survey in 1948-49 for the Office of

\ nternational Health, PHS, in Peru regarding
|| the feasibility of laboratory studies on the
| prevalent practice of coca-leaf chewing by
| Andean natives to relieve the distress of

) physical work in high altitudes.

| He joined the Office of International
i) Research in 1962 to establish the NIH

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

Pacific Office in Tokyo and was its chief for
3 years. In 1965 he returned to Bethesda
and eventually became Director of OIR.
With the establishment of the new Fogarty
International Center, Dr. Specht was made
chief of the NIH European Office in Paris,
where he served for 2 years.

DAVID P. RALL has been selected to be
Director of the National Institute of En-
vironmental Health Sciences in Research
Triangle Park, N.C.

Dr. Rall is associate scientific director of
the National Cancer Institute, supervising
experimental therapeutic programs.

He succeeds Dr. Paul Kotin, Director of
NIEHS since its establishment in 1966. Dr.
Kotin has accepted a position as Vice Presi-
dent for Health Sciences of Temple Univer-
sity.

The position requires not only that the
NIEHS Director have the ability to manage
an active in-house research program, but also
calls for him to play a strong role in the
training of specialists in environmental
health, Dr. Marston explained. Also, the
Director must identify research programs
throughout the country that are worthy of
strong encouragement through NIH financial
support.

Dr. Rall received his Ph.D. degree in
Pharmacy and his M.D. degree, both from
Northwestern University. In 1951 he became
a PHS Commissioned Officer assigned to the
National Cancer Institute, and by 1963 had
been promoted to the rank of Medical
Director.

He has had extensive experience in com-
parative pharmacology and cancer chemo-
therapy studies and has conducted investi-
gations of the blood-brain barrier as well as
the blood-cerebrospinal fluid barrier, pesti-
cide toxicology, and drug research and regu-
lation.

Dr. Rall has written or contributed to
more than one hundred scientific articles
and serves on the editorial board of two
authoritative scientific journals: Cancer Re-
search and Pharmacological Reviews.

153

During 1970, he was chairman of the
HEW Departmental Committee on Drug
Research and Regulation. In addition, Dr.
Rall lectured on Physiology at the George
Washington University School of Medicine
from 1953 69 1962, and is presently a
member of its Graduate Council.

NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY

GEORGE T. RADO, has received the
Navy Award for Distinguished Achievement
in Science for his pioneering achievements in
experimental and theoretical magnetism re-
search. He was presented the coveted award
by Dr. Robert Frosch, Assistant Secretary of
the Navy for Research and Development, in
a ceremony at the Pentagon, Friday, April 9.
In addition to the Navy Award, Dr. Rado,
Head of the Magnetism Branch, Solid State

Division, NRL, received a Gold Metal, an.

Emblem, and a check in the amount of
$5,000.

His achievements have been widely ac- |

claimed by internationally known experts in
Magnetism as representing important ““break-
throughs” in this field of science. Scientists
report that his research has directly resulted
in valuable technological developments of
magnetic materials used in microwave and

communications devices the world over. Dr. |

Rado’s research includes the ingenious dis-
coveries of spin wave effects in ferromag-
netic resonance, the magnetoelectric effect,
and the origin of magnetic anisotropy in
ferrites, as well as brilliant theoretical and
experimental contributions to these areas,
and the electromagnetic propagation in mag-
netic insulators and metals.

In his present position, Dr. Rado is
responsible for the direction of a broad
program of research on magnetic phenomena

in a wide variety of materials over a range of |

Dr. Robert Frosch, Assistant Secretary of the Navy (Research and Development), pins the covet-

ed medal on Dr. Rado.

154

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

|
|

:

_ frequencies from zero in the optical region,

and at temperatures down to almost abso-

_ lute zero. The objective of this program is to
| achieve a better understanding of the funda-

mental physical mechanisms in ferromag-
netic, paramagnetic and superconducting
substances, and to provide the necessary

| prerequisities for practical applications of
the magnetic properties of these materials.

The knowledge learned from this research by
Dr. Rado’s Branch is then applied to im-
provements in various components of elec-
tronic equipment such as microwave devices,
computer memories, control and sensing
devices and masers.

Dr. Rado, who has been employed at the
Naval Research Laboratory since 1945, is
widely renowned as a physicist and received
a host of letters from the Nation’s top
industrial companies and universities com-
mending him for his achievements in mag-
netism. He also holds the Pure Science

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

i

Award granted to him by the Research
Society of America at NRL in 1957 and the
E.O. Hulburt Science Award for 1965. Dr.
Rado is a member of many scientific societ-
ies and has edited a number of books and
authored numerous papers and articles. He
received his Ph.D from the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology in 1943. He is listed
in the American Men of Science and Who’s
Who in the South and Southwest. Dr. Rado’s
recognition as an international expert in
magnetism is manifested by, among other
things, his election to the position of Full
Member and Secretary, Commission on Mag-
netism, International Union of Pure and
Applied Physics. This Commission consists
of distinguished scientists from all over the
world and has only two representatives from
the United States. He is past President of the
Washington Philosophical Society, and had
the honor of serving as co-editor of a series
of volumes on magnetism.

155

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 2, 1971

156

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Instructions to Contributors

General

_ Type manuscripts on white bond paper
either 8% by 11 or 8 by 10% inches. Double
space all lines, including those in abstracts,
tables, legends, quoted matter, acknowledg-
ments, and references cited. Number pages
consecutively. Place your name and com-
plete address in the upper right hand corner
jor the title page.

Title, Author, and Affiliation

_ Page 1 of your manuscript should contain
‘only this information and your name and
address. Choose a concise but complete and
meaningful title. In research papers con-
cerning biological subjects, include an indi-
cation of the order and family of the taxa
discussed. Academic degrees will not nor-
mally be included unless the author so
specifies. If possible, combine your affilia-
‘tion and mailing address (including Zip) so
that readers can write to you directly.

‘Abstract

__ Type on a separate sheet at the end of the
manuscript. Make the abstract intelligible
‘without reference to the text of the paper.
Write an informative digest of the significant
jcontent and conclusions, not a mere descrip-
\tion. Generally, the abstract should not ex-
: ceed 3% of the text.

Footnotes

| Use footnotes as sparingly as possible.
\Number text footnotes consecutively with
\Arabic numerals and type them on a sepa-
(tate sheet of paper at the end of the manu-
\seript. Type table footnotes, if any, below
ach pertinent table on the same page.

llustrations and Legends
The quality of all original illustrations
must be high enough to facilitate good offset
eproduction. They should have ample mar-
sins and be drawn on heavy stock or
astened to stiff cardboard to prevent bend-
ag. They should be proportioned to column
x 3) or page (2 x 3) type-dimensions,
Ving space for legend material. Photo-

graphs should have a glossy finish. They re-
produce best when the contrast is fairly
high. Identify each illustration with number
and author in light pencil marks on the
reverse side. Submit all illustrations sepa-
rately — please do not glue or clip them to
the pages of the manuscript.

Do not type or write legends directly on
the illustrations. Type legends on a separate
sheet or sheets at the end of the manuscript.
Indicate where you want illustrations to
appear in the printed paper by writing the
figure numbers lightly in the text margins,
and be sure that each figure is properly re-
ferenced in the text itself. Original “art” will
be returned only at the author’s request and
expense.

Tables

Include tables only when the same infor-
mation cannot be presented economically in
the text, or when a table presents the data in
a more meaningful way. Consider preparing
extremely complicated tabular matter in a
form suitable for direct reproduction as an
illustration. In such cases, the use of the
typewriter is not recommended.

References to Literature

Limit references within the text and in
synonymies to author and year (and page if
needed). In a “Reference Cited” section, list
alphabetically by senior author only those
papers you have included in the text. Like-
wise, be sure all the text references are
listed. Type the “References Cited” section
on a separate sheet after the last page of
text. Abbreviations should follow the USA
Standard for Periodical Title Abbreviations,
Z39.5-1963.

Submission of Manuscripts

Send completed manuscripts and sup-
porting material to the Academy office (see
address inside front cover) in care of the
Editor. Authors will be requested to read
Xerox “proofs” and invited to submit re-
print orders prior to publication.

Reprints - Prices for reprints may be obtained on request.

Washington Academy of Sciences : 2nd Class Postage |
Room 29, 9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda) Paid at |
Washington, D.C. 20014 Washington, D.C. |
Return Requested with Form 3579
|

(RY :
.. Se eNAT LONAL eo
WASHINGTON, DeCo

|
( ‘

VOLUME 61
Number 3

Journal of the ene

ASHINGTON
CADEMY..SCIENCES

Issued Quarterly
at Washington, D.C.

Directory Issue

CONTENTS
Me at rte NOS Ne kia alae gs ava aw ad wid eNotes a Whe 158
Ee epee ea Lures bite Ss & feta en 'es Rare vel AREY ste Oe 188
Features:
The Philosophical Society of Washington — Centennial Year,
aE Teas MeN ies ees os url ee Die vein «Se yerd_ euecte 159
PRrliP HANDLER: In, Defense of Science '........25% <2. We)
EDWARD E. DAVID, JR.: Advocacy or Options........... 185
Profile:
STANLEY M. GREENFIELD: A Responsible Role For
Science in Alleviating Environmental Problems.......... 189
Research Report: :
BARNARD D. BURKS: A North American Elasmus Parasitic
on Polistes (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae) ..........2....% 194
NUMERO ect A etheuiath. 6 oh re re taas! ol abe @ Bot ela tags osname eee 197
Academy Affairs:
Board of Managers Meeting Notes — May, 1971............ 200
CICHINISES MmMIPO UNG WVS 5 Sc 2 5s Gd a sila allerin le: estonia sitcreine 5) Syeda mele 201
Obituaries:
Rola EupenerDyal solace eo W els oli 2 ied wler a 5 Stee 205
VEIL VAD ENGI Miri Yee . Santis ees Clinic os. suet, ore ala + a ee 205
Beach amines, hone Cite ass os aes we 206
DIRECTORY, 1971
[FIG SAG elie amie 28. 7 6 SESSA PE ern, ee ee eeere cr Soo 208
Code for Sacietiesiand Society Officers......¢. 7... 6.52% 208
Alpliahetical Pistia ai tne ec cc Mae's ee ole ad wie Se

NOV L797 |

Lipaanies 2

Washington Academy of Sciences

Founded in 1898

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
President

Mary Louise Robbins
President-Elect

Richard K. Cook
Secretary

Grover C. Sherlin
Treasurer

John G. Honig

Board Members
Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr.
Kurt H. Stern

BOARD OF MANAGERS

All delegates of affiliated
Societies (see facing page)

EDITOR
Richard H. Foote

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT

Elizabeth Ostaggi

ACADEMY OFFICE

9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)

Washington, D. C. 20014
Telephone (301) 530-1402

en

ar

The Journal

This journal, the official organ of the Washington Aca-
demy of Sciences, publishes historical articles, critical
reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; proceedings
of meetings of the Academy and its Board of Mana-
gers; and other items of interest to Academy members.
The Journal appears four times a year (March, June,
September, and December) — the September issue
contains a directory of the Academy membership.

Subscription Rates

Members, fellows, and patrons in good standing re-
ceive the Journal without charge. Subscriptions are
available on a calendar year basis only, payable in ad-
vance. Payment must be made in U.S. currency at the
following rates:

U.S. and Canada .. 22228 $8.00
FPOreign . . ...s.. see »~ , 9200
Single Copy Price... 2.2. 2.50

There will no longer be special 2- and 3-year rates after
December 1969. Those subscribers who have paid for
special rates and are now receiving the Journal at these
rates will continue to receive the publication until the
date of expiration of their agreement.

Back Issues

Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (Volumes
1-58, 1911-1968) can be purchased direct from Walter
J. Johnson, Inc., 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y.
10003. This firm also handles the sale of the Proceed-
ings of the. Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) and
the Index (to Volumes 1-13 of the Proceedings and
Volumes 1-40 of the Journal). Single issues from 1969
to present may be obtained directly from the
Academy office (address elsewhere this page).

Claims for Missing Numbers

Claims will not be allowed if received more than 60
days after date of mailing plus time normally required
for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be al-
lowed because of failure to notify the Academy of a
change in address.

Changes of Address

Address changes should be sent promptly to the Aca-
demy office. Such notification should show both old
and new addresses and zip number.

Published quarterly in March, June, September, and December of each year by the
Washington Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville Pike, Washington, D.C. Second class
postage paid at Washington, D.C.

———

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

DELEGATES TO THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
REPRESENTING THE LOCAL AFFILIATED SOCIETIES

Buemveremcal society Of Washington 2... ...62 350 eee ee nee ee me ee es John O’Keefe
maenrapelosical society of Washington ... 2.2.5.2 2 cc ew eee ww ee ee Jean K. Boek
memarredimnsocicry Of Washington .(: . «2 ss te te lt ee ee eee eee Delegate not appointed
() BOULBEL ST GEIRY CHAE Ts (0) an Joseph C. Dacons
Peeminolarical Society Of Washington . . . 0... 66 122i tie ew ewe ne ee we oe Reece I. Sailer
PEM MESCOPLADING SOCICTY ©. 5. 2 acs ss es ws we ee ee te wee Me Alexander Wetmore
Bemeriedmsecicry, Of Washington . 06. 6 we es te et ee Ralph L. Miller
Medical society of the District of Columbia ..... 1... cee wc wc wae Delegate not appointed
MMA IARLIESEORICAU SOCICLY, 2) ool e lepw boc new seine tees ate s' Ja cepa ier area te ese) obese Delegate not appointed
eae mOCICTY. Ol WaShinptOmn. 2/04). 41s) sae. Bleds Soucek woe See Bee BS Conrad B. Link
Society of American Foresters PA cull. Nerruie gaily ldo a iteap oat, ot Robert Callaham
BE SUMMPEMEIOOCICLY- OL ENPMECIS © 5. 5 ss 5 s+ cs se ct ee ee te George Abraham
Insitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers .... 2... 1 eee ee ew Leland D. Whitelock
Emenicani society of Mechanical Engineers...) 6 .5....6 60 oo) 6 Se ee ea) os aie eens William G. Allen
Efemminthiolorical society of Washington ««).c2%s. 2. 2 2s bee we ee ee . Edna Buhrer
Pence AGE SOCICLY fOr MICTODIOIOBY 2 F0.)560. 6 eee ein So ee a ee Rita R. Colwell
PanMirmeeumrunenicam Wilitary ENGINCeMs . te te tt te ee H.P. Demuth
PoC reAMEOOCICT) OF Civil ENSINGEMS .. 2. cs ws i et et ee es Carl H. Gaum
Saciety for Experimental Biology and Medicine ..... 2... 22 ese sew ee Carlton Treadwell
Panmchicanmocicnysror Metals |... S eur). he a eee PE Solar ele oe Be es Melvin R. Meyerson
Imternational Association for Dental Research .... 2... 2 ee ee wee et te es N.W. Rupp
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics ................. . Robert J. Burger
PmMcHeanyictCOLrOlopical SOCIGLY ss)... 6 i eo ne we we et eh ee Harold A. Steiner
_SESICILE SOC NAGE VENI 2c) ia ae es H. Ivan Rainwater
Pee TE SOCICEVAOL AMETICA js. a: sc 5,5 drss dueir= ‘eo b,. 8, Wigwey deueids len ePaweh one, 20) aaudrs Alfred Weissler
= SOSHGr INGER: SCG Ci ee ena es eee Delegate not appointed
radiitcromeGOd MeChiNOlopists 220.2 eae a George K. Parman
Pee RIG AECCEAIIC TSOCICLY Se fr eee ate ee che ee Some oe Oe ee be ee ee ee J.J. Diamond
ee OEE Hie caSOCIE Ieee fae tied mals. chive «boa senrege, Cicharatin © sLaeMeee. a 6.6 Ras deo 2 Kurt H. Stern
EAeinieton ristory, or ocience CluD <2... s2.. 2s 288 ens wr we 4 wes Shenae She Seals Morris Leikind
Eametican Association of Physics Teachers ... . «0 «16 «© s% © 0 nce 0% we yes © oe Bernard B. Watson
Mec aesociciy GirAmerica gia 40.4 ie ws Stile, (heowG 2G 20a ka. ARI OM . Elsie F. DuPré
Emictican society Of Plant Physiologists «2: . 6 «506 cece se ee ee Waiter Shropshire
Sashineton Operations Research Council .. 2. «2 2.5 ee ee eee et John G. Honig
MESES MMCTIE SOCICEY/OF AMICTIED (a6 5 cis Glens, ud ders. Susie whan sos 6 eke eee Bete epynn ne H. Dean Parry

American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical
MIELeCEMICM MULT PINECES Ola) < Jie 2S aes cee SS ee ee Bernardo F. Grossling

REO AMCADILOLASIFONOMECIS ¢-< 6 2 «Fees ce ee te le eee ee - William Winkler

Delegates continue in office until new selections are made bv the respective societies.

157

EDITORIAL

A MESSAGE FROM YOUR PRESIDENT — [
A recurring theme in these “presidential messages” is the apparent
difficulty in interesting the members of the Washington Academy of Sciences | (

in the activities of their own organization. Consequently a recurring question |
in the meetings of the Executive Committee and of the Board of Managers is {
“What programs and activities will interest the members?” Last year, under
the capable leadership of Alphonse Forziati, the Academy initiated a series of
symposia on Science And The Environment. The proceedings of the first, and
highly successful, symposium entitled Lead in Gasoline, were published in
Volume 61, No. 2, of the Journal.

The symposium series will be continued this year. Under the title The Fate
of the Chesapeake Bay, there will be a two-day symposium that is expected |
to cover a range of subjects broad enough to appeal to every member of the
Academy and all ecology-minded members of society. The dates are January '
7 and 8, 1972. Please mark these dates on your calendar now, so that you can |
support the symposium in the most important way possible—your presence.
[See additional announcement, this issue.—Ed. |

The Academy is hoping to establish closer contact with college and
graduate students, an age-group that we have largely neglected in the past.
Our regular meeting may be devoted to a forum in which scientists and
science students can come to grips with some of the problems that either
divide or unite them.

The Committee on Meetings has other innovations in mind. Come to the
meetings to find out what they are!

Some members say the Academy is dead. I do not agree —I would not
have accepted the presidency of a corpse. But there is no denying that it is
not as healthy a body as it should and could be. Your ideas of what kind of
transfusions and medicines are needed to restore its health are urgently
requested. It would be a fine thing to have so many suggestions that the
Editor could add a “‘Suggested Remedies” column to the Journal. Or bring
the medicine for your officers to take before or after the dinners at
Georgetown University. Bitter or sweet, the pills will be very welcome.

Mary Louise Robbins
President

158 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971 |

FEATURES

_ The Philosophical Society of Washington--
Centennial Year, 1871-1971

ABSTRACT

An explanation of the origin and present status of the Philosophical Society of
Washington introduces a presentation of summaries of all but two of the 17 Society
meetings held in Washington, D.C. between October 9, 1970 and May 28, 1971. 1971

marks the 100th anniversary of the Society.

CONTENTS

Introduction — The Centennial Year of the Philosophical Society of Washington ... 00

About the Philosophical Society of Washington .............cccceececcetcecs 00

Summaries of Meetings
1658th Meeting, October 9, 1970; Speaker: Herbert Callen............... 00
1659th Meeting, October 23, 1970; Speaker: Lewis M. Branscomb......... 00
1660th Meeting, November 6, 1970; Speaker: Helmut E. Landsberg ........ 00
1661st Meeting, November 20, 1970; Speaker: Martin E. Glicksman........ 00
1662nd Meeting, December 4, 1970; Speaker: Sterling B. Hendricks........ 00
1663rd Meeting, December 18, 1970; Speaker: Elliott W. Montroll......... 00
1664th Meeting, January 8, 1971; Speaker: Herbert A. Hauptman ......... 00
166Sth Meeting, January 22, 1971; Speaker: William Thurston............ 00
1666th Meeting, February 5, 1971; Speaker: Walter M. Elsasser............ 00
1667th Meeting, February 19, 1971; Speaker: Bernard S. Finn............ 00
1668th Meeting, March 5, 1971; Speaker: J.G. Keller ................... 00
1669th Meeting, March 19, 1971; Speaker: Morton Kramer............... 00
1670th Meeting, April 2, 1971; Speaker: S. Dillon Ripley ............... . 00
1G7Ust Meeting; April 16, 1971; Speaker: Carl Sagan . 2. 2556...05 202 2264s 00
1672nd Meeting, April 30, 1971; Speaker: Edward E. David .............. 00
1673rd Meeting, May 14, 1971; Speaker: Philip Handler ................. 00
1674th Meeting, May 28, 1971; Speaker: Jerry W. Combs ............... 00

Introduction — The Centennial Year of the Philosophical
Society of Washington

One hundred years ago a group of men in
Washington from various government and
Other organizations wanted to formalize
their habit of meeting every other week in
what was called the Saturday Club to ex-
change views on scientific subjects. Joseph
Henry, the first Secretary of the Smith-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

sonian Institution, was requested by the
others to preside at a meeting to form the
Society. He explained that the term “Philo-
sophical” was chosen for the name to
indicate “those branches of knowledge that
relate to the positive facts and laws of the
physical and moral universe.”

159

For the first 16 years the group met in
the Old Ford’s Theater, which also housed
the office and laboratory of the Surgeon
General of the Army after President
Lincoln’s death. According to a history
written by F.N. Frenkiel, “During the first
years of the Society the leading themes of
the communications were astronomy, geo-
graphy, physics, and biology. Geology,
meterology, and anthropology gained the
floor of the Society during these beginnings
owing to the rapid growth of the Geological
Survey, the Weather Bureau, and the Bureau
of Ethnology.”

The nature of the meetings changed when
more specialized scientific societies sprang
from the Philosophical Society. The Anthro-
pological Society of Washington was
organized in 1879, the Biological Society of
Washington in 1880, and the Chemical
Society of Washington in 1884. A Mathe-
matical Section within the Society held
sixty-nine meetings. Frenkiel says, “The
Philosophical Society; which had started by
including all fields of science in its scope,
became more closely identified with the

physical and mathematical sciences, geophy-
sics, and biophysics, although it has never
taken the character of a specialized society.”

It seemed desirable in the Centennial
Year to emphasize the original concept of
the Society and to take a broad approach
with a wide variety of speakers. The speakers
were requested to portray their specialties in
terms which would clarify the purposes and
expectations they feel to specialists in other
fields and hence laymen in the field of the
speaker.

The dictionary definition of science,
“possession of knowledge as distinguished
from ignorance or misunderstanding,” was
considered an adequate limitation to put on
the choice of the speakers topic and ap-
proach, in order to conform to the basic
purpose of the Society, “to exchange views
on scientific subjects.” It also seemed ob-
vious that Joseph Henry was ahead of his
time when he spoke of the “positive facts
and laws of the physical and moral uni-
verse.” Although some may claim that pure
science is amoral, few scientists still claim
this immunity for themselves.

About The Philosophical Society of Washington

The Philosophical Society of Washington
was founded on March 13, 1871, and was
incorporated on May 20, 1901, in the
District of Columbia. The aims for which the
Society was incorporated are “the pro-
motion of science, the advancement of
learning, and the free exchange of views
among its members on scientific subjects.”

Since March 26, 1887, the date of the
300th meeting of the Society, the meeting
place has been the Assembly Hall of the
Cosmos Club, except on special occasions.
Prior to the organization of the Cosmos Club
in 1878 and for some nine years thereafter,
meetings were held in the library of the
Surgeon General’s Office, Old Ford’s
Theater, where Lincoln was assassinated.

Meetings are now held usually on alter-
nate Friday evenings from October to May
in the John Wesley Powell Auditorium of
the Cosmos Club. Following the scheduled
program for the evening, opportunity is

160

given for the presentation of informal com-
munications. Refreshments are served fol-
lowing adjournment of meetings. With the
exception of business transacted at the
Annual Meeting in December, the Society is
managed by the General Committee com-
posed of the elected officers of the Society,
four elected members-at-large, the latest two
living ex-Presidents of the Society and mem-
bers of the Committee on Communications.
Regular meetings of the General Committee
are held before each regular meeting of the
Society.

In 1931 the Society inaugurated the
Joseph Henry Lectures sponsored annually
(except 1943) by the Society in honor of its
first president.

The Society published 15 volumes en-
titled Bulletin of The Philosphical Society of
Washington which were also reprinted as
volumes of the Miscellaneous Collections of

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

—

the Smithsonian Institution. Publication of
the Bulletin was discontinued in 1911; one

- volume was added in 1960. These volumes

are now housed in the Office of the Washing-
ton Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville

Pike, Bethesda, Maryland.

On June 6, 1874, the Society adopted the
tule that in the official records of the
Society no title except “Mr.” shall be used.
This rule was amended on May 26, 1945, to
include “Mrs.” and “Miss.” As the oldest
scientific society of the Washington area, the
Philosophical Society maintains many of its
traditions. In April 15, 1899, the Society
celebrated its 500th meeting. The 1000th
meeting was celebrated on January 18,

1930.

Membership in the Society is open to all
persons who are interested in the aims for
which the Society was incorporated. A
nomination for membership must be ad-
dressed to the General Committee, signed by
three members of the Society, and accom-
panied by a statement of the qualifications

of the candidate. Election to membership
are made by ballot at a regular meeting of
the General Committee, a two-thirds majori-
ty of those present being necessary for
election. Two months are allowed a newly-
elected member to qualify by paying his
dues, for which a bill is sent by the
Treasurer.

Members of the Society are entitled to
subscribe at a reduced rate to the journals
published by the American Institute of
Physics with which the Society is affiliated.
Annual subscription to Physics Today can be
obtained through the Society at a special
rate of two dollars.

Additional information about the Society
can be obtained by writing to The Philo-
sophical Society of Washington, c/o Wash-
ington Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville
Pike, Bethesda, Maryland 20014. The Socie-
ty maintains a permanent office at this
address. All changes of address and dues
inquiries should be directed to the Society
office. Telephone: 530-1402.

Past-Presidents of the Philosophical Society of Washington

Joseph Henry 1871-78 R. S. Woodward 1910 H. E. McComb 1941
Simon Newcomb 1879-80 A. L. Day 1911 W. G. Brombacher 1942
J. J. Woodward 1881 E. B. Rosa 1912 R. J. Seeger 1943
W. B. Taylor 1882 C. G. Abbot 1913 H. F. Stimson 1944
J. W. Powell 1883 L. A. Fischer 1914 G. R. Wait 1945
J. C. Welling 1884 W. S. Eichelberger OARS F. M. Defandorf 1946
Asaph Hall 1885 L. J. Briggs 1916 F. L. Mohler 1947
J. S. Billings 1886 E. Buckingham 1917 Walter Ramberg 1948
William Harkness 1887 G. K. Burgess 1918 F. E. Johnston 1949
Garrick Mallery 1888 W. J. Humphreys* 1919 F. C. Kracek 1950
J. R. Eastman 1889 R. B. Sosman 1920 E. U. Condon 1951
C. E. Dutton 1890 R. L. Faris 1921 A. G. McNish 1952
T. C. Mendenhall 1891 E. C. Crittenden 1922 A. I. Mahan 1953
G. K. Gilbert 1892 W. P. White 1923 S. E. Forbush 1954
G. Brown Goode 1893 D. L. Hazard 1924 L. A. Wood 1955
Robert Fletcher 1894 J. A. Fleming 1925 B. L. Wilson 1956
W. H. Dall 1895 William Bowie 1926 C. H. Page 1957
F, W. Clarke 1896 J. P. Ault 1927 L. L. Marton 1958
Marcus Baker 1897 P. R. Heyl 1928 Michael Goldberg 1959
F. H. Bigelow 1898 L. H. Adams 1929 L. R. Maxwell 1960
O. H. Tittmann 1899 W. D. Lambert 1930 L. M. McKenzie 1961
G. M. Sternberg 1900 H. L. Curtis 1931 R. D. Myers 1962
C. D. Walcott 1901 L. B. Tuckerman 1932 Francois N. Frenkiel 1963
- Richard Rathbun 1902 O. S. Adams 1933 M. C. Henderson 1964
_ J. H. Gore 1903 H. L. Dryden 1934 Urner Liddel 1965
C. F. Marvin 1904 O. H. Gish 1935 M. M. Shapiro 1966
_ G. W. Littlehales 1905 F. B. Silsbee 1936 W. J. Youden 1967
Cleveland Abbe 1906 Frank Wenner 1937 G. T. Rado 1968
J. F. Hayford 1907 N. H. Heck 1938 J. A. O’Keefe 1969
L. A. Bauer 1908 F. G. Brick wedde 1939 H. A. Hauptman 1970
_C. K. Wead 1909 R. E. Gibson 1940
J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971 161

1658th Meeting —

The meeting was addressed by Mr.
Herbert Callen of the University of Pennsyl-
vania, who spoke on the topic “The Con-
ceptual Melding of Thermodynamics and
Relativity.” The speaker commenced by
pointing out that famous physicists have
disagreed as to whether moving things look
hotter or colder, and as to whether heat flux
appears larger or smaller to a moving ob-
server.

Taking T'°? as the temperature in the rest
frame and y=1//]-V2/C?; then with the aid
of a ghoulish mnemonic, “Ott is hot, Einstein
and Planck long since cold,” one recalls the
Planck-Einstein results, T=T'°’y and
AQ=AQ'°)/7, whereas for Ott’s results,
multiply T'°? and AQ‘° by Y. There were
other contenders who elaborated different
results. Peter Lansburgh of the University of
South Wales suggested that T=T'°) and
AQ=AQ'°?. At the Hebrew University of
Jerusalem, the speaker, with Dr. Gerald
Horwitz, developed a viewpoint supporting
T=T'°) and AQ=AQ‘°’ . The relevant
arguments were then presented. T = T'°?
follows strictly from symmetry consider-
ations if one invokes the definition that two

October 9, 1970
systems

in equilibrium have the same |

temperature. T = T'°) has a heuristic appeal |

in that water

would boil at the same |

temperature in any frame. (The pressure Pis _
a relativistic invariant.) The essence of the |

argument for AQ lies subtly hidden in the

walls of the system container, which do not —
coincide with a single surface of simultaneity —
and which carry a continuous flux of energy ©
backward. Because of these energy currents |
flowing forward through moving systems |

and backward through their walls, the fourth

component of the momentum is not the |
energy but the enthalpy. It then follows that |
AQ=A °°) 7. However, all thermodynamic |

quantities are Lorentz invariant, using an |

enthalpy representation; heat and work

never enter the central core of thermo- |

dynamic theory.

In the question-and-answer period, Mr.
Lawrence Smith of Goddard discussed some
very interesting historical aspects of the
development of relativistic thermodynamics,
especially in the period between 1905 and
1908 before Minkowski brought forth the
tensor formulation.

1659th Meeting — October 23, 1970

The meeting was addressed by Dr. Lewis
M. Branscomb, Director, National Bureau of
Standards, who spoke on the topic, “What
Metrication Is and Is Not.” The. speaker
began by citing a statement by Secretary of
State Adams in 1834 which clearly shows
how the knowledge of measurement stand-
ards is riveted in the minds of men like a
native language in which units are the words,
the measurement standards are the defini-
tions of words, and the International Com-
mittee on Weights and Measures and NBS are
the dictionaries to look up these words. We
dream of an international language, but the
changing of the measurement language is a
monumental task involving the changing of
folkways — not a straight-forward education-
al problem.

The speaker proceeded to trace the histo-
ry and growth of measurement systems,

162

pointing out several interésting facts: (1)
King Edward established the yard as the
distance from his nose to the tip of the
finger of his outstretched arm. (2) In an
early attempt at standardization, the Ger-
mans defined the root or pole or perch as
the combined length of the feet of 16 good
men selected at random as they came out of
church. (3) Although the U.S. and England
each have been reluctant to change systems
because of close ties, neither uses units
identical with those of the other. Some
interesting aspects of our evolving measure-
ment language were mentioned: (1) Some
people feel concerned that the automobile
will need to be redesigned to accommodate
liters of oil instead of quarts. (2) Whether or
not the U.S. conducts a coordinated national
effort at metrication which is dependent on
the outcome of the National Metric Study
authorized by the Congress under P.L. 9472,

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

— ee -

we are at present the only nation not
exclusively using the metric system industri-

ally or committed to it. (3) By an 1866 law,

the metric system is the only Federally
legalized system in the U.S. (4) Serious

_ problems lie in the engineering standards and

practices coupled with the natural inclina-

tion to show a preference for whole
numbers. (5) We should be more active in
the negotiations for international standards.
(6) A kit containing a 127-tooth gear which
works against a 50-tooth gear, invented by
Mr. Rabinow makes it easy to convert inches
to cm.

1660th Meeting — November 6, 1971

The meeting was addressed by Mr.
Helmut E. Landsberg of the University of
Maryland, who spoke on the topic, “Some
Early American Weather Observations.” The

_ speaker began by pointing out that old

weather records are now important in shed-

ding light on the question of whether or not

man is responsible for global weather
changes.

Botanical and geologic records on the
earth are too qualitative and not sufficiently
recent. Ancient records were crude, though
the Chinese did have rain gages used mostly
as a basis for levying taxes. In the middle
ages, the monks kept probably reliable

_ though crude weather records as an earthly

aid to their viticulture. About the middle of
the 16th Century, Toricelli and others of the
Florentine Academy began to devise instru-
ments. In North America the earliest
weather record of any scientific significance
was made in Delaware in 1644/45. By 1715,
a thermometer was used for observations in

Philadelphia, but the readings were lost. The

first useful data were obtained in German-
town in 1730. There were then some 36
different thermometer scales in existence,
mostly non-linear with no reference stand-
ards.

By 1730 Fahrenheit thermometers, well
constructed and calibrated, began to be

) used. Most early records were kept by
| physicians though John Winthrop, an early

professor and President of Harvard, kept

' reliable records for 37 years. An early 5-year
| record reported in the Transactions of the
_ Royal Society had been traced to the extinct

tobacco port of Nottingham, Maryland. The

Speaker expressed hope of finding the pre-

cise location of the old instruments and of
setting up his own for comparative purposes.

In about 1780-92 the Mannheim stations

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

around the world were in operation, using
the calibrated instruments of Hemmer,
thanks to his benefactor Prince Elector
Theodore. Some years later, von Humboldt
used these old records for analytical pur-
poses. A. von Humboldt influenced Jeffer-
son, who kept his own records from which
one notes that on July 4, 1776 it was a
seasonably cool day in Philadelphia with a
high of 76 degrees. Incidentally, in later life
Jefferson expressed concern that man might
be influencing the climate through the clear-
ing of forests for agriculture.

Pioneers in the growth of weather obser-
vations were James Tilton, the Surgeon
General, Josiah Meigs, Commissioner of the
U.S. Land Office and founder of George
Washington University, and Matthew
Fontaine Maury of the Navy. The history of
early observations ends with the founder and
first president of our society, Joseph Henry,
who, as first secretary of the Smithsonian,
encouraged the systematic study of storms.
He commissioned a colleague, Professor Elias
Loomis of Yale, to make a feasibility study.
In a report published by the Smithsonian,
Loomis made the optimistic technological
assessment that given the money to set up
country wide observations, the Smithsonian
could solve the problem of storm prediction
in 3 years, with a little luck.

With President Grant’s establishment of
the Weather Bureau 100 years ago, approxi-
mately 150 years of helter-skelter observa-
tions came to an end. The speaker then
presented some statistical analyses of these
data taken as 10-year averages going back
some 200 odd years. Parallel records of
world-wide data were exhibited. Thus, these
global weather records show variations
which appear random-like, apparently unin-
fluenced by man.

163

In the question-and-answer period it was
brought out that about 4% of the variance in
the records are attributable to the 11-year

solar cycle and that satellites will soon be
gathering extensive systematic ocean temper-
ature data.

1661st Meeting — November 20, 1970

The meeting was addressed by Mr. Martin
E. Glicksman of the U.S. Naval Research
Laboratory who spoke on the topic, “Micro-
scale Solidification Phenomena.” The speak-
er began by noting that the earliest quantita-
tive scientific work he found on solidifica-
tion was attributable to Fahrenheit, who
reported on the supercooling of water as
measured by one of his sensitive thermo-
meters about 1750.

The speaker pointed out that there have
been two different approaches to the study
of solidification — that of the chemists and
physicists who concentrated on the thermo-
dynamic aspects of crystallization and that
of the geologists, metallurgists and other
materials scientists who were more interest-
ed in the resulting structure. It was explain-
ed that thermodynamics gives useful guide-
lines in phase transformations but leaves us
to infer that such processes go from an
initial to a final state and that somewhere in
between there is a partitioning of heat and
matter to determine the resulting con-
stituent chemical components. On the other
hand, Chalmers of Toronto and Harvard
20-25 years ago opened up the current
thrust which is in the area of kinetics by
looking at the intermediate steps to see the
action and finding that the kinetic liquid-

solid interface was highly structured rather
than planar. The redistribution of heat de-
pends in detail on the rate of the process, on
the shape of the interface between the
phases, on the undercooling or overcooling,
and on solute fluxes in the case of alloys.

As the amount of undercooling is in-
creased, the cellulation moves from a linear
to a highly non-linear process analogous to
the change from lamination to turbulence as
velocity increases in fluid flow, a manifesta-
tion of dimensional breakdown. This non-
linearity first shows up as tree-like dendrites
which are a product of the diffusion process
occurring during the redistribution of heat
from the solid to the liquid at the interface.
Favorable directions for dendritic branching
are determined by anisotropies in the
crystalline materials and are usually triggered
by the presence of a perturbation, an im-
purity or a crystalline defect, on the inter-
face. A so-called a-factor, which is the ratio
of the entropy of fusion to the gas constant,
is useful in classifying the dendritic tenden-
cy. For @ increasing above 2, the tendency
to form facets which ignore the isotherms is
more and more pronounced. Several interest-
ing slides and movies were shown from
which we observed that dendrites on a
collision course do not crash.

1662nd Meeting — December 4, 1970

The meeting was addressed by Mr.
Sterling B. Hendricks of the agricultural
Research Service of the U.S. Department of
Agriculture who spoke on the topic “Light
and Life.” As a preface, the speaker express-
ed his surprise and pleasure at being asked to
address the Society on the occasion of its
hundredth annual meeting. He then pointed
out that although light affects life in a
number of different ways, for example,
through photosynthesis and the sense of
sight, his primary topic would be the trigger-

164

ing effect which light produces in various
plants.

There is often considerable difficulty in
discovering the causation of biological pro-
cesses. If, however, light is part of the
process in question, it acts in a very specific
manner, although the biological concomi-
tants are more difficult to unravel. In order
to measure the action spectra of the light,
that is, the effect of various wavelengths in
stimulating blooming or other biological
activity, plants are grown on a large spectro-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

graph, so that different plants are bathed in
light from various portions of the spectrum.
An interesting consequence of these experi-

ments was the ability to titrate the action

spectrum in the unusual units of inches of
beanstalk per Einstein (an Einstein is a mole
of photons). Since at peak sensitivity the
concentration of quanta is only about 10°
molal, it is clear that we are concerned with
the effect on a small number of catalytic
molecules. By alternately illuminating plants
with infrared and red light of the proper
wavelengths, it is possible to turn off and on
their potentiation for flowering, germination
and many other processes.

The above clearly implies a pigment

_ which exists in two possible forms or states.

This pigment, a protein, has in fact been
isolated and shown to have the required
reversible properties, although the exact
change which takes place is still unknown.
The fact that such a long time occurs
between the application of the controlling
light and the eventual effect has made the

second step in the process difficult to
determine. Some fast-acting plants, however,
show that the process involves the motion of
potassium ions and seems to be due to a
change in membrane permeability.

The processes of photosynthesis and
vision were then briefly discussed. Both of
the processes involve molecules, namely
chlorophyll and a vitamin A aldehyde which
can be converted from one form to another
by impinging radiation. In contrast to the
triggering mechanism for flowering which
operates on a very dilute level, both of these
processes involve highly condensed and or-
ganized systems which make efficient use of
the available light. For example, a dark-
adapted eye can detect as few as ten light
quanta. In the question and answer period, it
was brought out that plowing under weeds
can have the effect of protecting the weed
seeds from infrared radiation and assuring
their germination at some later and undesir-
able time.

1663rd Meeting — December 18, 1970

This joint meeting with The Washington
Academy of Sciences was addressed by Mr.
Elliot W. Montroll of the University of
Rochester who spoke on the topic “Quanti-
tative Aspects of Social Phenomena.”

The speaker began by noting that his
principal purpose was to illustrate that some
quantitative or model-making aspect is, or
can be, involved in almost everything in
everyday life and that he would show this by
means of a wealth of individual examples.

The model of Malthus predicts that the
tate of change of the population is propor-
tional to the population. This so disturbed
the King of Belgium in the 18th Century
that he asked the mathemetician Verhulst to
examine the problem. He had no trouble in
coming up with another model wherein the
rate of growth is jointly proportional to the

_ population and to the difference between

the population and some saturation value.
This eliminated the King’s worry about an
exponentially exploding population in a
small country. A population bulge which
appears in a given age group will persist in

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

time, moving gradually to later ages — a fact
of importance to planners. For example, if
one considers the system of Social Security
in this country, will a zero growth popula-
tion be able to support the present-day
members of the society when they are
oldsters?

The speaker also considered the distri-
bution of population density as one moves
out from the center of a city. Colin Clark
first showed this density drops in an ex-
ponential manner in many cases. For pre-
sent-day large cities, the coefficient in the
exponential is approximately 0.2. However
in 1760, it was 2.3 for Paris and 1.1 for
London. Thus, these cities were quite com-
pact and the very high figure for Paris is
attributed to the long working day (16
hours) and the high incidence of crime at
that time, while the present-day figures
reflect the good transportation systems avail-
able.

An interesting quantitative application
involving traffic concerns the average dis-
tance travelled to work. It is possible to set

165

up semi-realistic models in which the people
are distributed uniformly around the rim of
the city and work at random locations on
the cross streets within the city. It is an
interesting fact that the average distance is
approximately 0.85 times the square root of
the area, almost completely independent of
the actual shape of the city or the density of
cross streets — an illustration of the generali-
ty of some modeling technique results.
Another example of a possible application of
mathematics to a social phenomenon is that
of distributing IUD’s in India. The speaker
noted that if 10 young girls were taught the
techniques involved in using these devices,
and they in turn were to teach 10 more, and
so on, the exponential growth in the number
of users would presumably soon end India’s
population explosion. After developing this
model, he learned of certain difficulties in
putting it into practice. However, an Indian
colleague told him it could be usefully
applied to improving hygenic conditions in
that country. Unfortunately, this would
have the opposite effect on the popu-
lation —an example of the necessity of
thinking your models through before acting
on them.

In the area of speculation, the planner’s
problem was considered. For example, the
probability of a flood of a given height
decreases with height but the cost of count-
eracting it increases. In order to make a
tational choice as to how much to spend on
flood control, it is necessary for the planner
to have some estimate as to how often an
event of given magnitude will occur. Here we
were referred to the theoretical work of
Gumboldt. If the frequency of fluctuation

1664th Meeting

Customarily, no summary is written for
this meeting, which is reserved for the

vs. the size of the fluctuation is plotted on
special Gumboldt graph paper, the result is a
straight line. Of course, the stock market is
also an example of a fluctuating phenomena,
and if one plots stock market fluctuations
on Gumboldt paper, he concludes that the
1928 event should occur, only every 2000
years. The speaker did not suggest how to
make practical use of this information. He
did, however, note that there exists certain
valuable indices of speculative activity. For
example, the subscription of the journal
Coin World suddenly showed a large spurt
indicating speculation in coins in the middle
60’s. When this circulation peaked out in
1965, the market was clearly running out of
new speculators. Not surprisingly, three
months later, coin prices fell dramatically.

The foregoing is only a smattering of the
speaker’s disparate topics which also includ-
ed the effect of tunneling on famines in

Europe; how to tell physicist’s jokes; that.

bad teeth were an important cause of death
in 17th century London; how the effect of
fashion on population growth resembles
zero-point motion; why there were 2000
crossing sweepers in London in 1840; that
the Bronx has one-fourth the population
density of Uhr in Abraham’s time; why
Jewish boxing skills proliferated in London
in 1780; and why an IUD looks like a Danish
pastry. In the question and answer period,
the speaker noted Babson’s prediction in the
late 20’s that the stock market boom could
not continue indefinitely. At that time,
however, it was discounted by an eminent
professor of economics who saw no reason
for lack of continued growth.

— January 8, 1971

address of the Retiring President of the
Society .—Ed.

1665th Meeting — January 22, 1971

The meeting was addressed by Mr.
William Thurston of the U.S. Geological
Survey who spoke on the topic “The US.
Geological Survey in the World of Science.”
The speaker began by pointing out that

166

history and dominant personalities have a
strong effect on the development of organi-
zations, the Geological Survey included. The
Survey was established in 1879 and received
the following simple charge: “The classifica-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

tion of public lands, examination of the
geological structure, mineral resources and
products in the national domain.” The histo-
ry leading up to this event included an
extensive series of surveys of the western
U.S. aimed primarily at military information
but also at aiding the westward movement.
The speaker quoted from an amusing and
fantastically detailed letter written by Presi-
dent Jefferson to Merriweather Lewis at the
start of the Lewis and Clarke expedition.

In 1867, three separate and overlapping
surveys were initiated by different agencies.
Several years later the National Academy of
_ Sciences was asked to help solve the prob-
lems arising from bitter rivalries between
these agencies and recommended the
establishment of the U.S. Geological Survey.

The first head of the Geological Survey,
Clarence King, attracted many excellent men
by his personality and intellect. The wide
spectrum of scientific expertise within the
Survey produced a spin-off effect which led
to the establishment of the Forest Service,
the Bureau of Reclamation, and the Bureau
of Mines near the turn of the century.

The present Geological Survey is primari-
ly concerned with identifying and evaluating
earth resources. About 9000 employees are
engaged in five major programs. The Topo-
graphic Division delineates the topographic
features of the nation; the Conservation
Division classifies the public lands (covering
one-third of the U.S.) for their mineral and
waterpower potential, and supervises mining
and oil and gas operations under the Mining
Laws and the Mineral Leasing Laws; the
Water Resources Division and the Geologic
Division appraise the water, mineral and
mineral fuel resources of the United States
and conduct extensive field and laboratory
investigations in hydrology, geology, geo-
physics, and geochemistry to make the
appraisals responsive to problems in resource
planning, conservation, safe and economical
construction, and in guarding against hazards
of geologic origin. The fifth program is the
Earth Resources Observation System, whose
acronym EROS shows that love has pentrat-
ed even the U.S. Geological Survey. In sum,
the present USGS is a technically oriented
agency which bridges the gap between scien-
tific output and the conversion of this
information to land-use needs.

1666th Meeting — February 5, 1971

The meeting was addressed by Mr. Walter
Elsasser of the University of Maryland, who
spoke on the subject, “Large-Scale Motions
in the Solid Earth and Mountain Building.”
In his introduction the speaker noted that
this was the great age of geophysics because
of the rapid proliferation of new experi-
mental data. He noted, however, that he
would choose to underplay those facts
which disagreed with the theory.

The talk was organized around a number
of major concepts, the first of these being
creep, which is a type of plastic deformation
of materials under stress. Creep is responsi-
ble for the motion of ocean bottoms at a
rate of 1 - 10 cm/yr. The material rises at a
number of mid-ocean ridges, moves along
the ocean bottom and then sinks below the
surrounding crust at various oceanic trenches
as was illustrated with some beautiful slides.
- Earthquakes which take place at the Tonga

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

trench indicate that the ocean bottom ma-
terial moves down at roughly a 45° angle,
and recent data for other trenches indicates
similar behavior. It is also clear that the
motion is correlated on a global scale since
some of the faults associated with the
motion are as much as 90° long.

The speaker next drew attention to the
asthenosphere, a region roughly 300 kilo-
meters below the surface where the viscosity
may have dropped to 1019 poise. As he
noted, this can be considered soft rock, as
long as you're not hit in the head with it.
The asthenosphere occurs where tempera-
ture causes creep rate to accelerate greatly.
Thus we have the picture of the lithosphere
sliding over the asthenosphere, the entire
system being driven by thermal convection.
The great plateaus of North America, Africa
and Tibet pose a problem because erosion
would give them a half-life of only 40

167

million years. The speaker suggested that
these plateaus are built up from below at
approximately the 200-km level, although
the process is less than clear. The speaker
quoted. Mark Twain to the effect that what
is involved is “a vast mountain of specula-
tion on a narrow base of fact,” but as he
pointed out, the facts are catching up. In the
question-and-answer period, the speaker dis-

agreed with the impact theory of mountain

building, indicating that material of low

1667th Meeting —

. The meeting was addressed by Mr.
Bernard S. Finn of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion who spoke on the subject, “Electrical
Theory and Experiment at Mid-18th Centu-
ry.” The speaker addressed himself to the
problem of why Benjamin Franklin, who
was essentially a provincial amateur scientist,
was able to have a significant impact on the

development of electrical theory which was.

practically non-existent in 1700 but ap-
proaching sophistication by the end of the
century. As an illustration of the type of
electrical knowledge which shortly preceded
Franklin’s efforts, the speaker showed how
pieces of paper are attracted and then
repelled from a glass tube rubbed with a
cloth. Around 1740 this process was made
much more efficient by the invention of the
friction machine and its attendant prime
conductor. Shortly thereafter, the Leyden
jar was discovered by Musschenbroek. These
two devices allowed the experimenter to
produce both large voltages and substantial
quantities of electrical charge. Franklin’s
major period (1746-49) followed shortly on
the discovery of these devices. By the
summer of 1747, Franklin gave an explana-
tion of electricty as a fluid substance attach-
ed to matter which moves to the surface
upon rubbing, and whose particles repel one
another but are attracted to matter. With
this simple concept he was able to explain
how one body could be charged by another
via induction, how the Leyden jar operates,
and how sparks are produced. He ignored,
however, both the problem of action at a
distance and the repulsion of like negative
charges which did not fit into his theory. By

168

density is added at the root of the moun-
tains, thus causing them to rise.

In an informal communication, Mr.
Bennett noted that the large accelerator now
being built at Batavia, Ill. is in good shape. It
consists of a linear accelerator followed by a
booster ring and finally a large ring 1-km in
radius leading to the experimental area. It is
now expected that the entire accelerator will
be on line by summer so that some of the 30
experiments approved to date can begin.

February 19, 1971

1755 he had found that his Leyden jar
explanation was faulty, but did not pursue
the matter.

Why then was he so successful, and why
was not his theory, which contained a
number of defects, shot down? The speaker
suggested the following reasons: First, the
advent of the Leyden jar changed the em-
phasis in electrical experiments from attrac-
tion and action at a distance to the areas of
sparks, electrical jolts, induction and con-
duction. Secondly, Franklin’s isolation,
which acted to prevent a prior bias in his
ideas, at the same time spared him criticism,
since he did little writing until his 1751
book entitled, “Experiments and Observa-
tions on Electricity.” Finally, his identifica-
tion with lightning by means of a suggested
experiment confirming that it represented
the flow of electrical charge caused him to
gain significantly in stature. Thus, although
Franklin’s theory was actually greatly modi-
fied during the latter part of the 18th
Century, his work strongly influenced later
endeavors, and much of the terminology
remains his. Franklin had arrived at a pro-
pitious time in history, and as the speaker
said, he was lucky — “‘what he did not know
might have confused him and criticism might
have forced him to reconsider the holes in
his theory that he had surely circumvented.”

During a long question-and-answer
period, the speaker noted that Franklin’s
invention of the lightning rod had proved
both controversial and political and, in fact,
at the time of the Revolution, the King of
England decreed that lightning rods should
be blunt rather than sharp as Franklin

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

suggested. The speaker also noted that the

link between electricity and magnetism was’

not firmly established until 1820. He also
pointed out that Franklin in 1747 had
invented the first electric motor, which
_ worked on electrostatic principles, and that

one of the reasons for Franklin’s popularity
Jay in the delightful way he had of describ-
i: g electrical phenomena.

The speaker brought with him a static
machine and a Leyden jar built in the
manner of the 18th Century.

1668th Meeting — March 5, 1971

The meeting was addressed by Mr. J.G.
Keller of the Humble Oil & Refining Co.
_ who spoke on the topic, ““A Progress Report
on Control of Automotive Emissions.” At
the onset the speaker pointed out that he
- could: not speak for the petroleum industry
as a whole, which is divided on some of the
_ issues, but rather for his own company. He
_ allowed that pollution is indeed real and
_ present, but while major problems remain
_ there has been significant progress in reduc-

ing the level of automotive pollutants.
| Three-fourths of the energy used in the
U.S. is generated by burning petroleum fuels
and the resultant pollution is naturally most
abundant in urban areas. The average car
with no emission controls produces some
2300 pounds of pollutants per year. The
introduction of positive crankcase ventila-
tion, certain changes in the operating mode
of the automobile engine, and addition of
special control equipment have combined to
reduce the pollution rate to 700 pounds per
car-year at present. The Clean Air Act calls
for further drastic reduction in emissions by
1975-1976, and the speaker thought that at
least in the case of nitrogen oxides, it would
be necessary to develop new technology to
meet the stringent standards. For example,
Humble is working on both thermal and
catalytic systems for this problem. By in-
creasing the compression ratio, it would be
possible and desirable to use high-octane,
non-leaded fuel which would permit better

1669th Meeting —

The Meeting was addressed by Dr.
Morton Kramer of the National Institute of
Mental Health who spoke on the topic,
“Biostatistics, Epidemiology and Mental Dis-
orders.” In referring to the U.S. when the
_ Society first came into being, the speaker

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

fuel economy. It has been found, however,
that in today’s cars, if no lead is used there is
excessive amount of valve wear. Humble
favors strict emission standards rather than
standards on fuel composition.

The question-and-answer period rivalled
the talk in length, as befitted the contro-
versial subject under consideration. As to
whether cars getting out of tune effectively
negate the emission controls, the speaker
noted that the average 1970-71 car stays
within the limits set. He noted that New
Jersey is attempting an annual inspection for
pollution emission. Motorists rejected at the
inspection may have difficulty in finding
sufficient qualified mechanics to make the
adjustments necessary for passing the inspec-
tion. Won’t the cost of these changes be too
high? The speaker noted at present they are
estimated to be about $20.00 to $35.00 per
car. There has been very little response from
the general public to either low-lead gas or
anti-pollution devices. The more sophisti-
cated devices required for 1975-1976, by the
way, produce a 10-25% increase in gasoline
consumption. On the subject of alternate
power sources, such as gas turbines, steam
engines and electric cars, he pointed out that
they also generate pollution. Although
electric cars do not produce emissions when
they are operating, pollutants are generated
when the power is originally produced at the
plant.

March 19, 1971

noted that the 1880 census showed that 60%
of the population was under 30 and that
expectation of life at birth was 38 years for
men and 40 years for women. The speaker
also referred to the 1880 Census of the
Defective, Delinquent and Dependent classes

169

that revealed some of the attitudes then
prevalent in the U.S. concerning the insane,
criminals and delinquents. Of particular
interest were comments on the sex differ-
ences that appeared in the crime statistics of
the time:

“The crimes charged against men and boys
number 48,845; against women and girls, 4,
324. The men outnumber the women, very
nearly twelve to one. This is partly because
women are better than men, and partly
because they are more timorous and less
aggressive; if a wicked woman wants a crime
committed, she can usually get a man to do
it for her. Partly, too, the smaller propor-
tion of women who are prisoners is due to
the leniency of the officers of the law in
dealing with them.”

The speaker defined epidemiology as the
science concerned with the study of factors
that influence the occurrence and distri-
bution of disease, defects, disability or death
in aggregations of individuals. Studies are
carried out to determine the frequency of
occurrence of diseases in various segments of
a population (by age, sex, race, occupation,
socioeconomic factors, etc.) to determine
factors that account for variations in inci-
dence, prevalence and mortality rates. Thus,
epidemiology studies the group rather than
the individual and determines how many
cases of a given type occur in a given
population. Epidemiological methods are
used in historic studies of rise and fall of
diseases, in diagnosing the health of a com-
munity, in planning health services and
evaluating their effectiveness, in describing
the natural history of disease and in the
search for causes of health and disease. Thus,
epidemiology is an important tool not only
in basic medical research, but also in plan-
ning and evaluating programs designed to
improve the general public health.

The Community Mental Health Act of
1963 and its Amendments in 1965 opened a
new era for delivery of mental health serv-
ices and for mental health epidemiology.
Planning for community mental health
centers required greatly increased facts on
the distribution of mental disorders and
related social problems and patterns of use
of mental hospitals and other types of

170

psychiatric services. The speaker emphasized
that morbidity statistics on the mental dis-
orders, derived from surveys on the non-
institutional population, are quite limited.
However, a body of systematic statistics on
the mentally ill in the mental hospitals and
other types of psychiatric facilities have
been developed for the U.S. The speaker
provided examples of these statistics and
their uses. Of particular interest were those
on the trend of the mental hospital popula-
tion and the relationship of marital status to
patterns of hospitalization.

Since 1956 there has been a drop in the
number of mentally ill in mental hospitals
while at the same time the number of
admissions has been going up. This is associ-
ated with the present day use of psycho-
active drugs (tranquilizers, antidepressives)
and treatment programs that emphasize out-
patient and community care. Roughly 50%
of the patients in mental hospitals are |
suffering from schizophrenia and the rest
from a variety of other mental disorders.
Depression in particular was noted as a very
great public health problem. A point of
interest is that the never married, separated,
divorced and widowed have much higher
admission rates and much lower separation
rates from mental hospitals than do the
married. As a result, the mental hospital
population is very heavily weighted with the
never married, separated, divorced and
widowed. To illustrate, in 1960, 5-6% of the
never married males in the U.S. were in
mental hospitals, and one-half of the indi-
viduals in mental hospitals had never been
married. The speaker emphasized that there
is substantial selectivity in these statistics
and that overly strong conclusions in favor
of marriage should not be drawn. Thus,
admission rates to mental hospitals are the
result of an interaction of many factors:
those that account for differential rates of
occurrence of mental disorders; those that
determine whether a person enters into
treatment; those related to availability of
various types of services (outpatient and
inpatient); those that determine whether
hospitalization or community care is re-
quired. The composition of the population
in a mental hospital on a given day is

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

——_—__—SSSSS

determined not only by the preceding
factors but an additional set that determines
whether a patient’s length of stay shall be
long or short, for example, severity of
illness, and the availability of a suitable
living arrangement to which a patient can be
discharged. Proper interpretation of data on
marital status requires knowledge of the role
of disease, disability and defect in preventing
marriage; the role of marriage, separation
and divorce as stressors in precipitating
attacks of mental disorders; and the extent
to which living arrangements and styles of
life of persons in each marital status cate-
gory account for admission to and separa-
tion from the hospital. Family disruption

also exacts a toll. Thus, the admission rates

for female heads of large families and for
children in female-headed families are exces-
sively high. In both the latter cases, the

1670th Meeting

The meeting was addressed by Mr. S.
Dillon Ripley, Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution, who spoke on the subject “In-
crease and Diffusion”. The speaker noted
that this is the Smithsonian’s 125th anniver-
sary, and it is increasingly clear that the
Institution can not remain static but must
participate in the revolution of educational
processes presently going on.

Museums must not be clubs and ware-
houses of the wealthy but rather must play a
positive role in community education and
culture. To a large extent, the Smithsonian
museums are concerned with the impact of
man on his environment, and that environ-
ment on man. They preserve historical ob-
jects since the objects are visual symbols of
ideas. To transfer these ideas there is a need
to try unstructured means of communi-
cation which are more attuned to the
modern predilictions and in this area

Museums represent a largely unrecognized
form of open education. It therefore be-

comes the responsibility of museums to

_ establish and make known their educational

abilities, since one finds that educationalists
often fail to recognize the opportunities for

_ learning inherent in museums.

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

situation is exacerbated for the black popu-
lation.

During the question-and-answer period,
the speaker was asked how the factors
uncovered actually affect treatment. He said
they did to some extent, but not as much as
they should, largely because of the problem
of imprecise diagnosis. That is, more precise
data are needed on the diagnostic and other
characteristics of patients who are most
likely to respond to a given drug and
treatment program. In response to other
questions, he noted that scales related to
intensity of mental illness are being devel-
oped, that very high proportions of persons
under the care of general practitioners have
emotional problems (estimates vary from
12-50%), and that genetic factors play a very
important role in the etiology of schizo-
phrenia.

— April 2, 1971

On the question of how to reach more
people, the answer is not more people per
museum since they are’ overflowing now. [In
fact, the speaker revealed a fantasy wherein
the museum pictures are worn bare by the
stares of hordes of viewers.| Rather, what is
needed is satellite museums, and he cited the
Anacostia Neighborhood Museum of the
Smithsonian as an example. This museum
furnishes needed enrichment, involves the
neighborhood, breaks down antagonism
against the “downtown” museums, and since
it belongs to the local community, does not
suffer from vandalism. The speaker mention-
ed other means the Smithsonian is using to
illuminate break-through areas in science and
the humanities. These include seminars, con-
ferences, the annual Folk Life Festival, and
the establishment of the magazine Smith-
sonian. In sum, scholarship and a concern
for the distribution of knowledge mark the
present course of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, thus hewing to the “increase and
diffusion of knowledge” which is the key
part of its charter.

During question-and-answer period, the
speaker revealed that there is an astonding
volume of written questions submitted to

if |

the Smithsonian ranging from “please tell
me everything you know about bugs for my

1671st Meeting —

The meeting was addressed by Mr. Carl
Sagan of Cornell University, who spoke on
the topic, “The Evolution of Stars and
Life.” The speaker began by noting that the
word “evolution” is used in two senses in
the title. Biological evolution involves the
accurate replication of inheritable changes
by individuals who reproduce themselves,
while stellar evolution involves progressive
changes during the life of a single star. The
purpose of the talk would be to show that
these two types of evolution are related in
an intimate sense.

The speaker showed a number of com-
puter-drawn slides of the night sky as seen
from the sun and nearby stars. These showed
that the sun would be barely visible from the
star y-Ceti which is only 11 light years
away. The apparent insignificance of the sun
at this distance causes one to wonder
whether there may be life on planets of
similar nearby stars. In any case, thermo-
dynamic arguments show that such life,
being a heat engine, would have to be driven
by the output of the local sun. If one argues
from random assembly of nucleotide pairs,
the probability against a human being is one
chance in 4 raised to the 4 x 10? power.
However, Darwinian natural selection pro-
vides a means whereby such an unlikely
event can come about. It is now known that
the complex molecules which are the basic
building blocks of life can be assembled by
the action of sparks or ultraviolet light in a
reducing atmosphere, that is, an atmosphere
consisting of the fully saturated hydrides of
nitrogen, carbon and oxygen. But how plaus-
ible is this atmosphere? The sun during its
evolution was formerly cooler. However,
atmospheric modeling shows, that to expect
temperatures in excess of the freezing point
of H20 more than 1.5 x 10? years ago as the
fossil record indicates, it is necessary to
assume that ammonia and methane did
indeed exist in the atmosphere at that time.
Interestingly, Jupiter now contains hydro-

172

term paper” to serious requests from world-
famous scientists.

April 16, 1971

gen, ammonia and methane, and the speaker
suggested that the brownish bands on
Jupiter are produced by the same chemistry
by which amino acids are produced in the
laboratory.

The sun is on its way to becoming a red
giant some 5-9 x 10? years from now. Suc-
cessively collapsing shells of low atomic
weight nuclei (the abundant atoms on earth)
are produced by nuclear processes and then
spewed out into the interstellar medium
eventually to be incorporated into beings
such as ourselves. Before the red giant
evolves into a degenerate black dwarf, the
oceans will boil and the earth itself will fry.
Another possible stellar evolutionary se-
quence produces supernovae and the cosmic
rays from these induce genetic changes
which affect the evolution of life. Thus we
evolve because of the evolution of stars, are |
made of matter produced during this evolu- |
tion, are kept in existence by the stars |

outpouring of energy, and will finally be
wiped out by the sun’s continued evolution.
As a final speculation, the speaker noted |
that there are few star types but many types |
of organisms and hence life which might
have evolved on other planets of other stars |
is not likely to be similar io thai on
earth — there are just too many possibilities.

During the question-and-answer period, |
the speaker noted that some stars have
lifetimes of only 100 million years, thus |
making it possible to have multiple star
generations during the lifetime of our |
galaxy. In answer to whether the change |
from a reducing to an oxidizing atmosphere
is necessary for life, he replied no, rather it |

produced a crisis since it became necessary @
to buffer life against oxygen-rich com- @
pounds. In fact, he suggested, it might be

possible to have life in the reducing atmos-
phere of Jupiter. The speaker’s talk was |
illustrated with a number of unusually |
beautiful slides.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

OS a a ee ie eee A ee ee ee ee ee ee

1672nd Meeting —

| The meeting was addressed by Mr.
| Edward F. David, Jr., the President’s Science
_ Advisor, who spoke on the topic “Advocacy
1 or Options.” The speaker began by pointing
out that adversary tendencies are in the
air — tendencies which he considers incom-
patible with the scientific method. He said
that the type of arguments raised by advo-
cates are like pulling a fat lady out of a
Volkswagen: there is no place to take hold.
| His principal topic, however, related to the
operation of various governmental advisory
_ bodies. Invariably these bodies issue some
| sort of report on their activities, and it is the

- form of these reports which is important to
_ the Executive. They normally fall into three

| classes — the evaluative report or scholarly

view of a situation which can be considered
| “music to handwring by”; second, the ad-
| vocacy report wherein there is a unanimous
| recommendation by the body with corres-
ponding pressure on the Executive to imple-
| ment it (such reports have an essentially
’ legal origin); and finally, the option mode of
report which indicates the state-of-the-art at
a given time and points out those realistic
options which are available to solve the
problem. This last mode, which was favored
by the speaker, has scientific and technologi-
cal roots. In closing, the speaker pointed out

1673rd Meeting

No summary of this meeting was pre-
pared. The Joseph Henry Lecture presented

1674th Meeting

The meeting was addressed by Mr. Jerry
-~W. Combs of the National Institutes of
_ Health who spoke on the topic “Issues in
' Population.”

After a relatively slow growth rate up to
| 1750, the world population has spurted to
| exceed 3 billion now with an anticipated
| increase to 7.4 billion by 2000 AD. In
| addition, the growth rate in undeveloped
countries is 2 to 3% per year — a situation
which obviously cannot continue indefinite-
\ ly. In the short term, nutritionists have
) stayed off the food dilemma, but economists

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

April 30, 1971

a possible logical flaw in his argumentation:
that is, “I am advocating option.”

The speaker’s thesis was not allowed to
go unchallenged during the question-and-
answer period which followed. Examples of
a truly factual set of options on a contro-
versial issue were requested. The speaker
noted the studies of the electrical power
versus pollution problem and the FAA noise
studies. He said scientists are generally ob-
jective but in advisory committees they
become less objective in order to exert
influence. There is nothing wrong in making
recommendations in the option mode as
long as the various alternative options are
made clear. Do interdisciplinary studies have
less advocacy problems? Not really, all are
pretty contentious, replied the speaker. One
questioner thought advocacy was needed in
order to implement the soft voice of sci-
entists in the U.S. The speaker pointed to
the problem that sicentists tend to lower
their credibility when they take adversary
positions, and the problem can be best
handled by turning over the information to
specialists in the public information field as,
for example, the work done by Rachel
Carson or Ralph Nader.

[Mr. David’s presentation is reproduced
in full in this issue of the Journal.—Ed. |

— May 14, 1971

by Dr. Philip Handler is reprinted in full in
this issue of the Journal. — Ed.

— May 28, 1971

are finding that in the undeveloped countries
the cost of keeping individuals alive is
depleting the per capita economic resources.
Demographers also point out that there is a
rather long damping time associated with
any change in the age makeup of a popu-
lation and most undeveloped countries now
have many children and few adults of
working age. The environmentalists mean-
while argue for population control on the
basis of resource depletion and the debase-
ment of the ecology. The speaker pointed
out, however, that in the U.S. it is affluence

173

rather than population which creates the
pollution problem, although population is,
of course, a multiplying factor. Nevertheless,
the ecological argument seems to the speaker
to be one which has considerable merit.

We have the ingenuity to slow the growth
rate but it will take several generations to
stabilize the population. What are some of
the means? Urban conditions favor lower
birth rates but the experience after WW II
shows that this cannot be relied upon in all
cases. Also the major family planning pro-
grams initiated have had only limited success
so far, and the unfortunate coupling be-
tween family planning services and welfare
in the U.S. and England has been taken by
some to indicate an attempt to hold down
the poor. What is needed is an alteration of
the social structure, that is, inducing a
decision on the part of individuals not to
have more children — the technical contra-
ceptive means are already available. The
speaker noted that it would probably be
necessary to invoke sanctions of some type
in order to produce the necessary changes in
social attitudes and behavior.

What about changing the value of the
family as the principal childbearing institu-
tion which can be done by postponing
marriage, changes in the role of women, or
provide alternate sex-drive outlets — all of
which are counter to present-day US.
mores? It is not clear that such changes
would actually produce the desired ends
since the family plays a very complex role in
society and any tampering would be a
delicate task. Further, the recent changes in

174

sexual permissiveness have not lowered the
birth rate. The educational system can pos-
sibly help provide changes in people’s atti-
tudes toward the goals of marriage. The
speaker also considered that changes in
religious attitudes from emphasis on the
immorality of sex to emphasis on the wel-
fare of the child could have important
consequences on the population problem.

The government meanwhile can most ef-
fectively exercise control in an indirect
manner such as the availability of various
services and population incentives. In any
case, the speaker emphasized that it is
necessary to think about these problems and
about the fact that voluntarism does not
seem to work. How can the individual be
convinced to recognize his obligation to
society? Some generation will have to face
squarely the difficult problem — why should
not ours make a beginning?

During the question-and-answer period,
the speaker was asked about unbalancing the
male-female ratio, but he suggested that
society might very well react to equalize it
again. He said that he was a short-run
optimist. although not for the undeveloped
nations. A population of at least 300 million
for the US. is definitely in sight.

Mr. Bennett gave a short communication
on the Illinois accelerator. The second stage
is now producing 7 Gev reliably, and the
hope is for a usable beam this summer. The
main ring has been assembled and workers
expect to detect neutrinos in the first
experiment.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

In Defense of Science
Philip Handler’

‘President, National Academy of Sciences,

It will not surprise you that I rise in
: defense of science. Only yesterday, no such
defense seemed required. The tinkering, in-
| ventor folk-heroes of yesterday — the
Wrights, Morse, Bell, Edison, Ford — had
been replaced in part by a new set of
‘household names — Einstein, Oppenheimer,
‘Watson, and Crick. Science-based technology
was accepted as a cornucopia from which
only good could flow and it seemed that
|Toynbee had indeed expressed the modern
‘credo, “Our age will be remembered because
it is the first generation in which mankind
dared to believe it practical to make the
benefits of civilization available to the whole
/human race.”
' Suddenly, we are confronted with the
‘vision of science and technology as a modern
Janus —a two-faced god. We are told that
when we consider atomic energy we should
/envision apocalyptic nuclear extermination,
radioactive wastes, and harmful genetic
mutations, that heavy industry equates to
‘pollution of rivers and streams; that ferti-
lizers, insecticides, and pesticides developed
for agricultural productivity bring contami-
nation of our food and of earth itslef; that
mass-produced personal transportation is the
‘major source of air pollution; that the
educational potential of television has been
| transmuted into the idiot-box of crass com-
mercial materialism; that the wonders of the
‘new pharmacopoeia evoke only visions of
malformed infants; that the triumphal selec-
‘tion of foodstuffs in every supermarket
‘conveys possible carcinogens and mutagens;
| that microminiaturization of electronics con-
Notes loss of privacy and a depersonalized
‘Machine culture; that our growing under-
standing of the human brain and of genetic

1The 1971 Joseph Henry Lecture, presented at
the 1673rd meeting of the Philosophical Society of
“Washington, Washington, D.C. on May 14, 1971.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

2101 Constitution Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20418

mechanisms can bring tyranny; that sani-
tation and medicine bring overpopulation
and human degradation; that steroid contra-
ceptives promote licentiousness and destruc-
tion of the family.

These views were brassily stated by Paul
Goodman, “Inevitably, given the actual dis-
asters that scientific technology has pro-
duced, superstitious respect for the wizards
has been tinged with a lust to tear them limb
from limb.” And so it seems that “Do not
fold, spindle or mutilate” refers not to IBM
cards but to human beings.

More reasonably, according to Harwood,
“Science and technology must not be ram-
pant, irrespressible forces to which man
must meekly submit. The challenge is not
where technology is blindly leading us, but
how can science and technology help get us
where we want to go?” He asks, “Through
which code of morals can society exploit
and control science and technology, not
only to assure physical survival and material
comforts, but to assure the survival of
human values and the more equitable better-
ment of mankind. Does a basis for such
moral values reside intrinsically within the
practice of science itself?”

Ethics and Morals

No society can survive without value
standards and an ethical system, yet
thoughtful scientists consider that no exist-
ing system, no revealed religion, no 19th
Century rationalistic philosophy, neither
Marxism nor existentialism can sustain man
in the modern world. Jacques Monod’s
contention is that older value systems wither
into absurdity when confronted by that
science which reaches truth by confront-
ation of logic with experience. But Monod
offers no substitute ethic.

From the personal standpoint of the
scientist, these matters were summarized in

175

part by Warren Weaver, “Science is not
technology, it is not gadgetry, it is not some
mysterious cult, it is not a great mechnical
monster; science is an adventure of the
human spirit. It is an essentially anarchistic
enterprise stimulated largely by curiosity,
served largely by disciplined imagination and
based largely on faith in the reasonableness,
order and beauty of the universe of which
man is part.”

This vision is amplified in a remarkable
recent book entitled Behind Appearance, a
study of the relations between painting and
the natural sciences in this century by the
distinguished geneticist C.H. Waddington. He
states that his book “...is not intended to
be a general survey of the science-culture
chasm, but is a moderately detailed recon-
naissance of one of the areas in which the
chasm turns out to be quite a narrow,
shallow cleft across which it is easy to step,”
as scientists would like to believe.

Science is more than just a record of
observations and empirical fact; it is know-
ledge organized in such fashion as to permit
insight into all natural phenomena and
forces, so that, from the relatedness of facts
it creates unity out of diversity. It is this
recognition of connections — where none
appeared to exist before — that is the es-
sence of scientific creativity. Although the
requirements of precision and logic, the
necessity of conforming to facts, the me-
thodology of testing of concepts and ideas,
create the impression of scientific activity as
an impersonal exercise, nothing could be
further from the truth. Science is a truly
human experience, and it is the pleasure and
excitement of personal involvement which
underlies scientific creativity. But that does
not constitute an ethos.

A scientific ethic can be described, albeit
in retrospect. It would include personal
independence in observation and hypothesis,
regardless of established dogma; free inquiry
and dissent but at least temporary accept-
ance of the common fund of accepted
knowledge; free communication of both
observation and interpretation; open-minded
willingness to consider revision of older
doctrine. To be sure, as Alvin Weinberg said,
“In all honesty, I have never once seen a

176

scientist doing something differently in his |
scientific work because of some relevant |
stricture or canon from the philosophy of |
science.” Despite the occasional caustic as- |
sertion that scientists treat the philosophy of |
science with exasperated contempt, that
philosphy is useful for the scientist; it makes |
him aware of his implicit assumptions even if |
it is not a tool to be used explicitly like the /
calculus or programming. In this sense, |
science is enriched by the philosophy |
science itself.

And, there must also be explicit recog- |
nition that, on occasion, the ends for which |
science drives will be judged by the means |
used to reach them — witness the universal |
rejection of the experimentation with
human subjects conducted by Nazi scien- |
tists.

This ethic derives from the necessities of
science itself; no alternative is available as a |
means to objective knowledge. But, restated,
the values so held are also thoee of our |
civilization: dignity, freedom, justice, demo-
cracy are cherished moral values, so much a |
part of the the scientific ethic that |
Bronowski surmised that if such values had |
not previously existed, the scientific com- |
munity would have had to invent them. |

|

The Attack on Science

Current concern for science, then, lies |
with its interaction with society through
technology. Scientists generally have agreed
with Glenn Seaborg that, “Knowledge is |
born without moral properties. It is man |
who applies it according to his acquired |
pattern of behavior. Man, not knowledge, is |
the cause of violence.” But that is too facile. |
If it be true that “science is what scientists |
do,” then the latter cannot escape the |
responsibility to make known the con- |
ceivable consequences of their newly gained
understanding when they have the foresight |
and wisdom to so do. That is why after
Hiroshima, Robert Oppenheimer said that, |
“For the first time, the scientist has known |
sin.”

1. A perpetual problem is public failure
to distinguish between science and misuse of
the technology it makes possible, whether |

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL.,

VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

that be seen as unpredicted effects on
population, the environment, or the arms
race.

2. Other forces, more subtle, are at work
as well. Once again some proclaim that most
of the important work of science in revealing
the nature of the universe including man
himself has already been done. Such pre-
dictions have been made in the past — and
belied by subsequent history. There is little
reason to think otherwise today. Certainly
no biologist seeking to understand man as an
organism or sociologist seeking to under-
stand man the social creature, no astronomer
concerned with cosmology, no theoretical
_ physicist could accept such a view.

3. It is difficult to assess the public
impact of the rise of those cults which
emphasize the affective aspects of human
experience rather than the cognitive and
analytical. How disconcerting that our socie-
ty supports at least 30 times as many
astrologers as astronomers! Nor can we
estimate the future impact of those move-
ments which would diminish public esteem
of the components of our high culture,
romanticising the underprivileged and pro-
moting the egalitarian, when science is surely
the activity of a particular elite. I no more
understand “science for the people” than I
know what is meant by the “age of
Aquarius.” But when we are portrayed as
the “mad scientists” of television or are seen
as individuals who may speak mathematics
or chemistry, who use English itself in
strange ways, the xenophobia inherent in
every culture generates distrust by reflex.

4. The scientist may find deep satis-
faction in statements like that of Sir Brian
Flowers’, “Science, like the arts, gives ex-
pression to the innermost yearnings of the
human spirit and thereby enriches our lives.
It changes profoundly our comprehension of
the world around us and of our place in it.”
But that satisfaction is shared by a very
small fraction of our population. The usual
conservatism of social systems retreats from
the vastness and hostility of the cosmos
revealed by modern astronomy, from the
suggestion that, one day, man’s brain will be
totally comprehensible in physical terms;

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

from the allegation that, biologically speak-
ing, man is more closely related to the
chimpanzee than is the horse to the donkey.
It is unlikely that such thoughts would lead
to declining public support for science or
diminished numbers of students seeking sci-
entific careers, but they do contribute to an
increasingly unfavorable climate for public
consideration of the claims of science on the
public purse, exacerbating the current
malaise of science.

5. And, of course, there is the tiresome
complaint that fundamental research is be-
coming progressively more abstract and irre-
levant to society. Strangely, those who make
this statement also request unprecedented
control of science for the preservation of the
good life, in which case, I fail to see why
irrelevant activities need rigid control.
Patently, those who make such claims fail to
appreciate the process by which relevant
innovation arises from the continuing inter-
play between fundamental and applied re-
search, and fail to appreciate the long lead
time —no less than a decade — for trans-
lation of scientific findings into societally
useful technology.

6. How much we have accomplished
since World War II! That now we may find it
wanting reflects not failure of science or
adaptation to technology, but a yet more
rapid alteration of our perceived goals, the
societal equivalent of the well-known “float-
ing aspiration level” of individual humans. In
generating new technology one has little
choice but to rely on the existing fund of
knowledge. Many young people find them-
selves dissatisfied; they are, it seems, setting
ill-formed, vague new goals. And if these are
to be met we shall surely require yet more
knowledge, but as yet unspecified. If immed-
iately perceived social goals be utilized as the
measure of “relevance”’, then, in all probabi-
lity, the intellectual community will be
behaving as do generals when they “prepare
for the last war.” It is precisely because, a
decade hence, our goals will again have
changed that nothing can be more relevant
than undirected fundamental research which
simply must occupy a substantial fraction of
the scientific community if we are to be
positioned for that tomorrow.

177

7. A small but vocal tide of concern
suggests that some aspects of science are best
left unexplored, a movement which has two
aspects. To one we have already referred, the
chronic resistance to the intrusion of new
knowledge which might substantially alter
previously held views. This was well express-
ed by Eddington in his The Nature of the
Physical World, ‘““We are drawing near to the
great question whether there is any domain
of activity — of life, of consciousness, of
deity, which will not be engulfed by the
advance of exact science, and our apprehen-
sion is not directed against the particular
entities of physics, but against all entities of
the category to which exact science can
apply. For exact science invokes, or has
seemed to invoke, the type of law, inevitable
and soulless, against which the human spirit
rebels. If science finally declares that man is
no more than a fortuitous concourse of
atoms, that blow will not be softened by the
explanation that the atoms in question are
the Mendelian unit characters (we now call
these genes) and not the material atoms of
the chemist.”

The other aspect of this problem has
emerged in public repugnance at the possibi-
lities of “genetic engineering,” including
production of multiple copies of a single
individual by cloning. But, book-burning was
ever evil; resistance to the advance of science
at its exciting frontiers is its modern equiva-
lent and not only delays progress, it erodes
the moral fiber of civilization, a precious,
fragile veneer over our animal state.

It will, of course, remain for society,
collectively, to manage the manner in which
the information so gained is to be used.
Scientists, no less than others, are repelled
by the image of a world populated by
multiple copies of idiot laborers, football
players or soldiers, or even of Einstein or
Mozart for that matter. Nor have we any
taste for mass manipulation of the popula-
tion by the utilization of mind-altering
drugs. But society must surely protect the
right of informed and understanding scien-
tists to undertake those experiments by
which genuine information and understand-
ing might be acquired, just as society must

178

subsequently determine how such know-
ledge shall be employed.

8. There is growing concern for the
history of cooperation between the scientific
community and the military. Pondering
nuclear, biological and chemical weapons,
those espousing the extreme view could
argue that since new knowledge is most
easily available to those with political and
economic power, acquisition of new know-
ledge must inevitably lead to further concen-
tration of that power and, thus, must be
inherently evil. Those who so hold, accord-
ing to Harvey Brooks, have replaced the
adage “The truth shall make you free” with
the slogan “Beware of the truth, for it can
be used to enslave you.”

Another aspect of the relationship be-
tween the military and the scientific com-
munity has had insufficient attention. For
well known historical reasons, the earliest
Federal sponsor of scientific research on the
current scale was the Department of De-
fense. That support remained essentially
unchallenged until Senator Mansfield pressed
for support, by the military, of only those
scientific projects which can be shown to
have an immediate relationship to military
needs. Those closest to this problem believe
that it would be tragic if rigid implementa-
tion of that philosophy were to result in a
clear separation of the military from the
very best of the academic technical com-
munity. They believe, as do I, that while we
require a Defense Department, as we do, let
it be competent.

On the other hand, we may have already
paid some price for the device, understood
by all concerned, whereby support of a great
deal of fundamental research has been
underwritten by the Defense Department
with little or no reference to the immediacy
of its application. This has advanced many
areas of science, notably solid state physics,
while the funds so used were probably made
available with no reduction in the funds
which otherwise might have been made
available to the Defense Department. The
cause of progress in science and its appli-
cations was certainly served thereby.

What is not measurable is the influence
this history may have had on the attitudes of

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

ity — as

1

an entire generation of physical scientists,
who albeit all unwittingly, cannot help but
regard the policies and programs of the
Defense Department somewhat more
sympathetically than might otherwise have
been the case. The consequences of this
situation are uncertain. But one may certain-
ly raise the question as to whether that
element of the scientific community might
have challenged the ABM system, the SST,
or even intervention in South Vietnam
earlier than they did.

9. This may be translated into the fre-
quently debated question of what fraction
of the national research endeavor should be
funded through a central research author-
in Britain—and what fraction
through mission agencies. I insist that a
substantial protion of the effort, even on
campus, should be funded through the mis-
sion agencies both so as to enhance their
mission capability and assure awareness of
agency problems among the external techni-
cal community. But I also believe that we
have overdone this and that we should look
to the day when an adequately funded
NSF — or its equivalent — provides about
one-half of the federal support of basic
research.

10. One other lesson may be drawn
from this history. The magnitude of funding
of academic science from a variety of agen-
cies has delayed the day when the federal
government must accept responsibility for
the fiscal stabilization of the universities.
This responsibility is still being met in part
by local “bootlegging” of Federal funds
appropriated for research, thereby further
delaying the long overdue stabilization of
the financial base for both private and state
institutions of higher education.

11. It is frequently stated that if science
is to find support from the public exchequer
at a level greater than that which it would
receive as a purely cultural endeavor, there is
a continuing burden to demonstrate its
telationship to societal need. As we have
seen, however, that relevance really is, and
should be, to as yet unperceived need;
moreover, as Don Price notes, when science
is thus placed in the public arena, it becomes
exposed and vulnerable.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

Those who would further the cause of
science must understand that, whatever the
past, however glorious and uplifting some of
us may find the intellectual edifice of
science, it can be protected against attack
only with the understanding that, whereas
science cannot determine the values which
direct political choices, science cannot be
totally irrelevant to them. This understand-
ing must be particularly clear to those
encharged with support of the social sciences
which are, as yet, institutionally weaker than
are the natural sciences. I become particular-
ly alarmed when the cry for relevance, by
students and others, threatens to reorient
universities, the respositories of disciplinary
competence, so that they shall become
multidisciplinary, problem-solving organiza-
tions. The disciplinary frontiers are the
frontiers of our civilization. Only when they
are vigorously explored will our problem-
solving capability be assured — on campus or
off.

12. Increasingly disconcerting is the loss
of faith in the belief that science is the
principal instrument for alleviating the con-
dition of man. Allocation of all possible
resources to the amelioration of domestic
and international problems is demanded, as
if we already possessed all the information
and understanding required. Such sounds
emanate from every campus and are oc-
casionally reflected by those in the political
arena who would pander to such sentiment.
In the face of these pressures, it appears ever
more necessary to educate those in authority
to the social values of undirected funda-
mental research, an education which usually
consists of a recital of anecdotes. That
would be aminor problem were it not for the
fact that, to compensate, scientists, who
should know better, succumb to the tempta-
tion to over-promise. Witness the behavior of
those who have recently indicated that only
sufficient funding stands between us and
definitive therapy of neoplastic diseases.

13. In any case, let us not exaggerate the
plight of American science. Funding for
basic research has declined from fiscal year
1967 by perhaps 20% in constant dollars.
Since some laboratories may have been
rather generously funded, and there may

179

even have been some marginal investigators
whose loss from the system is small loss to
society, of itself that decrement might not
have been too serious. Research in many
disciplines proceeds with great vigor and
sense of accomplishment.

The funding difficulties so painfully per-
ceived in many research laboratories stem
rather from the fact that this system, with
earlier Federal encouragement, has been
Operating so as to double the available
scientific population in each decade. And
the pipelines are still full; graduate student
enrollments have not yet suffered signifi-
cantly. But declining undergraduate enroll-
ments in science appear more serious; we
shall badly need many of these young men
and women one day, although it would be
well to reduce annual output somewhat.
Should that not prove true, should there not
be appropriate jobs for them, our country
will have fallen off the track of true pro-
gress. Much as policy for fundamental re-
search must admit that it is directed toward
the requirements of society a decade or
more hence, so too, must our policies for
support of graduate education — which must
not be blinded by transient episodes such as
the current, temporary I trust, technological
unemployment, particularly on our West
Coast.

We are now living through a transition
phase from the time in which all major
decisions affecting our national life were
made in a market economy to a time when,
inevitably, all such decisions will be taken in
the public sector. That we are woefully
unskilled in this art is evident in the disin-
genuous exclamations of governmental dis-
may when wholesale unemployment of tech-
nically trained individuals resulted from
sharply decreased Federal funding of applied
research and development in the aerospace
industry, when, patently, the government
itself was known to be the only customer.
We sadly lack a national vision or will, much
less plan, as to how we shall address our
national technical capabilities to the battery
of discernible problems, domestic and inter-
national, which demand technical solutions.
My subsequent remarks will attempt to
illustrate a few of these problems.

180

Health Care

I consider myself extraordinarily privi-
leged to have witnessed at first hand the
glorious development of biochemistry. But I
also recognize how much more there is to be
learned than is yet known. And that is
precisely the point. One can fashion an
impressive list of all those diseases for which
research has already provided definitive,
therapeutic, or preventive measures. In the
main, these are nutritional deficiencies, in-
fectious processes, and endocrine disorders.
The cost of the earlier research and the
current costs of dealing with these diseases
are trivial as compared with the costs when
each was a major afflication of mankind.

In contrast, the diseases which currently
take serious toll of mankind are those which
are now understood insufficiently to offer a
basis for definitive prevention or therapy.
And it is the less than satisfactory, terribly
costly palliative management of these
diseases, utilizing what Ivan Bennett has
termed “halfway medical technology,”
which is what one means by the “health
care” for which the country clamors. How
comparatively trivial are the costs of re-
search!

But how long and difficult the task is. Is
it not remarkable that, amid the cries of
irrelevance, no attention has been paid to
the fact that 1970 offered proof that it was
possible to abolish a once devastating dis-
ease? For the first time in recorded history,
last year, not a single case of smallpox was
reported in 20 African nations receiving U.S.
aid in a WHO-organized eradication program.
That event may go unnoticed in political his-
tory, but in the real history of mankind it
represents one of man’s truly great triumphs
over his ever-hostile environment.

The Environment

The fever pitch of national, indeed inter-
national, concern for the environment is a
phenomenon which future historians must
evaluate in the perspective of man’s oc-
cupancy of our planet. The universal intensi-
ty of these feelings probably arises from the
fact that, at some time, each of us feels

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

threatened by environmental disaster or of-
fended by unsightly cities or landscapes.
Yet, even now, man’s effect on the general
environment is trivial as compared to that of
natural forces.

Consider the effects of climate, erosion of
continental surfaces by rivers and streams,
transpiration of vegetation, the emanation of
the terpenes from pine and cedar trees which
long ago led man to name regions of the
Appalachians as the Blue Ridge and the
Smokies. Consider the lovely landscapes of
England which were fashioned in the last
several centuries from primeval forests and
exist by virtue of the otherwise abominable
English climate. Or the magnificently tilled
hillsides of France, Italy, and Japan, all of
which were fashioned by the hand of man.

‘Or the great, rich loam of our own
‘prairies — the consequence of centuries in

which the Indians burned over the native
‘vegetation as a means to drive the buffalo; to

ssay nothing of earthquakes, tidal waves, or

landslides.

__ Man and nature have ever been altering
‘the total environment. Yet our tragically

blighted cities are cleaner and healthier than

/were urban agglomerates anywhere in the
‘world until the middle of the last century.

‘We have not suddenly begun to alter the
environment. Our justifiable concern arises

ifrom the logarithmic concatenation of our

|

ever-increasing numbers, our productive

\heavy industry, coupled with increasingly

}

) sensitive

chemical analytical procedures
which permit detection of contaminants in
minute amounts, some of which — like the
‘mercury in the swordfish — have probably
been there all these years.

Many current problems can be handled
reasonably well with available off-the-shelf

technology, as it were. But we have not yet
established the social mechanisms whereby

to bear the costs or agreed on what we shall
forego so as to do so. My plea is that we do
‘not, out of a combination of emotional zeal
and ecological ignorance, romanticizing
“sood old days” that never were, hastily

substitute environmental tragedy for existing

i)

environmental deterioration. Let us not re-

place known devils by insufficiently under-
stood, unknown devils, as when phosphate

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

in detergents was replaced by inadequately
evaluated NTA, or caustic soda, or when,
tragically, highly toxic parathion was substi-
tuted in some instances for too stable, but
relatively innocuous DDT. The brute fact is
that ecology is, as yet, a young, little
developed science which requires much
nourishment before it can adequately serve
society.

It seems strangely difficult to order na-
tional priorities. How remarkable that we
should weigh air pollution from automobile
tailpipes more heavily than the annual
carnage on our highways — 56,000 deaths
and hundreds of thousands of injured last
year — or that we so easily ignore the 15
tons of TNT equivalent for each man,
woman and child on the face of the earth
now reposing in the nuclear tips of the
world’s arsenals.

Perhaps, however, that is the solution.
Were we to galvanize the governments of the
world into an international effort to reverse

_ the deterioration of the planetary environ-

ment, utilizing funds released by a morator-
ium in the arms race, we might also contri-
bute to the cause of a stable peace. Surely
the ultimate environmental catastrophe is
nuclear warfare.

Energy and Natural Resources

This country does not face an immediate
natural resource crisis. Although coal mining
is currently a distressed industry and we
depend upon imports for 25 out of 32
strategic minerals, we have no current prob-
lems in satisfying our wants in these regards.
But the analyses of this problem which I see
invariably strike me as being incredibly
short-sighted in that they fail to anticipate
the day when currently less developed
countries will want these minerals for their
own purposes. So-called “long-term” pro-
jections extend to the year 2000 or even
2100 — when I expect mankind to be walk-
ing the earth in the year 200,000. On that
time scale, without exquisitely careful inter-
national planning, there may be insufficient
quantities of any natural resource other than
water and oxygen.

Is it not almost sinful that we burn
petroleum as a source of energy, thereby

181

denying our progeny of this unique raw
material for chemical industry? Can man-
kind not become wise enough to husband
this unique resource before its exhaustion?
And yet energy production and utilization
lie at the heart of our civilization. Each of us
cherishes his personal transporation, and
although we shall surely manage to reduce
the air pollution engendered by the internal
combustion engine, no truly acceptable sub-
stitute for petroleum as a fuel source for an
equivalent mode of personal transporation
has yet become evident.

Equally perplexing is our attitude with
respect to large-scale energy production.
Electric power drives our civilization. Nu-
clear power plants, whether of the current
variety, the breeder reactors under develop-
ment, or the ultimate of controlled fusion
must soon become absolutely essential to
our way of life since return to more primi-
tive times is really unacceptable.

In part, this is because we are not really a
consuming civilization, but a processing one,
generating vast quantities of waste which
demand disposal. Possibly, with sufficient
ingenuity we shall devise means for recycling
much of it. But that will, necessarily, require
expenditure of yet more energy. Thermo-
dynamics permits no way out of this dilem-
ma. Hence, early resolution of the conflict
between the proponents of energy pro-
duction and the environmentalists must soon
occur. This difficult political decision must
rest on an adequate, comprehensive, ob-
jective analysis of these problems, but none
is yet available.

My point, then, is that the requirements
and opportunities for research germane to
this assemblage of environmental, trans-
portation, energy use, and wastedisposal
problems could profitably utilize the re-
search attention of a great battery of sci-
entific talent, but we have not yet agreed to
do so, much less organized to undertake
these tasks. Industry can do much, but
leadership rests with the government.

Population

Our population problems do not arise out
of concern for our ability to feed ourselves.

182

They will arise, in part, from our growing |

inability to provide useful employment to }
many because the others will be so pro-.
ductive and from the impact of our very ]

|

affluence on the environment and supply of |
raw materials. In the economically under- |
developed world, population growth is the |
deterrent to improvement in the quality of |

life. In a sense, it is almost sad to realize
that, thanks to the “green revolution”,

Malthus was wrong. We shall almost certain- |

ly be able to feed a world population which

is intolerably large by any other criteria. But

surely starving people to death cannot be the
solution!

Here again, research has scarcely begun. |

The first generation of mechanical and

chemical means of contraception, remark- |
ably successful as they have proved, will |
certainly not suffice. We yet require simpler,
cheaper, safer, more reliable methods, and |

these can derive only from better under-

standing of reproductive physiology. Even |

now, however, lack of acceptable social |
mechanisms to ensure their utilization is a |

principal impediment to population control. |

Nor should it be thought that the task of
agricultural research is complete. On the
contrary, it has no end and its very successes
bring yet more problems.

Thus we stand at a strange crossroad. The |

pattern and quality of American life is

largely the product of past research. In some |
of the very areas where, in the past, we have |
been most successful, the direction of future |

efforts is now in question. To be sure, some

of the most exciting visions in the history of |
man, particularly those of molecular biolo- |
gy, have as yet found little application. |
Whereas science is most capable when study- |

ing the infinitely large or the infinitesimally
small, man’s most serious problems lie in the
as yet insufficiently comprehended range
between. Physiology, psychology, develop-

mental biology, soiciology, and ecology, |

inter alia, are as yet too primitive for applied

societal purposes, while the problems to |
which these disciplines might contribute |
grow ever more intense. And yet the re- |

search effort is said to be irrelevant.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971 |

|

Sa

The Planet as a System

The view of earth from space brought
home how small our planet really is, and
gave stimulus to what is becoming a new
discipline — systems analysis of the entire
world biosphere. Such studies seek to under-
stand, by computer modelling, utilizing as
many parameters as can usefully be invoked,
what the longer-term history of our planet
may be. After adopting a set of arbitrary
assumptions, models are constructed indicat-
ing future consequences of the sustained
growth or decline of the world population,
of the food supply, the energy supply, waste
accumulation, etc. Sadly, these models indi-
cate that, unless man changes the course of

’ events, a cataclysm is in the offing sometime

in the next century. This discipline is in its
infancy, and it is hoped that it will yet
mature sufficiently to become a useful guide
to political action, perhaps to force adoption
of a true world government. Those so
engaged have assured themselves that we
really do live in a period of sharp transition
between the past and the future, in the sense
that decisions taken in the next few years
may make for irrevocable commitments con-
cerning the future of mankind.

Peccei summarized it thus: “...the re-
sponsibility of controlling technology and
through it of regulating the ecosystem itself,
now rests on man...He must now take
upon himself functions in the cycle of life
which up to now were reverently considered
to be the prerogative of nature or provi-
dence, and left to their inscrutable designs.
The physical world and the biosphere are
now so pervasively interfered with by man’s
actions that he has no other alternative but
to accept the responsibility of being, him-
self, the enlightened manager of his terrestri-
al kingdom.” Or, according to Julian
Huxley, ““Man’s role, whether he wants it or
not, is to be the leader of the evolutionary
process on earth and his job is to buide and
direct it in the general direction of improve-
ment.”

The Future of Man

The brain of Cromagnon man, or certain-
ly Homo erectus, was about as fully develop-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

ed as that of Homo sapiens. He lived in
small, organized groups with established
mores, used primitive tools found in nature,
and communicated orally with his fellows.
Subsequent stages are largely hidden, but it
is considered that organized societies, tool-
making, communication, agriculture, and an-
imal husbandry developed in parallel, re-
quiring little or no change in man’s physical
brain.

Man’s aggressive behavior, inherited from
these ancestral froms, has been evident ever
since as slavery, serfdom, the harsh inhuman-
ities of the industrial revolution, exploita-
tion of less developed colonial nations,
current inability truly to guarantee a stable
peace, even the 800 incidents of bombing in
the United States last year. It is not clear to
what extent aggression is transmitted geneti-
cally or culturally, and, unfortunately, there
is suspicion that attempts to eliminate this
characteristic might also eliminate other
forms of social drive, aspiration, and creativi-
tye
. In any case, until very recently, human
life was interwoven with the biotic com-
munities of which human societies formed a
small part. Man, like other species, survived
by accommodating himself to natural sur-
roundings. The changes which began with
the dawn of agriculture have been completed
only in our own time.

But what if we make it? Suppose man
does become successful manager of the
earth’s ecology, the species that determines
where and in what numbers all other species
may also survive? If our research is success-
ful and we learn to control the planet’s
climate, to conserve and recycle natural
resources, to minimize disease, to provide
energy without hazard, and to provide an
ample food supply so that humanity around
the globe lives in dignity — then what? Will
man evolve further, and if so, in what
direction?

We have already unwittingly altered the
character of the gene pool. By our actions,
individuals afflicted with diabetes, phenylke-
tonuria, and galactosemia, for example, now
survive to spread their deleterious genes
through the population, the forces of natural
selection having been removed. Surely our

183

progeny will be too rational to permit
further deterioration of the gene pool. Fort-
unately, the ability to detect a growing
number of undesirable genes, in early uterine
life, is rapidly improving. Such information
is valueless without a commitment to abor-
tion. I hope that our successors will find
such decisions less painful than do we.

The press abounds with emotional discus-
sions of what is called “‘genetic engineering.”
This possibility can only materialize by
virtue of an enormous effort, and there is
certainly no early prospect for such meas-
ures. The avowed purpose of such research is
abolition of the perhaps surprisingly long list
of genetically transmitted disorders. Alterna-
tively, deletion from the human stock of
undesirable genes could be approached by
eugenic breeding procedures over a great
many generations. Somewhat more rapid
would be the use of preserved sperm banks.
Whether future generations will find these
procedures, or cloning, acceptable if they
prove practicable is unclear; ours surely
would not.

In any case, at best, these procedures
would permit a population of individuals
free of the extraordinarily long list of
genetically transmitted disorders. Adapta-
tion of man to the environment seems
unlikely to give direction to further evolu-
tion, since man can make the environment
adapt to him. But if, one day, man could
truly direct his own evolution, in what
direction should he guide it? What should
future man be like?

Clearly, I can have no real answer to that
question. But I can ask whether future man
is already here. All readers of science fiction
know that he should have an expanded brain
with enhanced intellectual powers, probably

184

on a diminished torso which would make
less demand on the environment. Well, does
Homo sapiens plus Computer equal Homo
supersapiens? It is almost vulgar to think of
the computer as an electrical analog of the
brain, but the combination of man plus
computer could well be regarded as a single
organism. Computers have enormously add-
ed to productivity in the economic sense,
have permitted management of vast quanti-
ties of information, heroic “number crunch-
ing’, and new capabilities are imagined and
employed daily. The computer not only
provides an ancillary information processing
system, it is a mirror to one’s own mind. In
learning how to converse with a computer,
much is revealed about man’s own thought
processes. Whether some future generation
of computer will itself experience affect or
emotion is unpredictable. But even today, in
attempting to understand rigorous thought
within an emotional context much is gained.

We have no experience with adult repre-
sentatives of Homo sapiens who have devel-
oped from childhood and lived out their - |
lives with constant access to a computer. |
What would such a creature be like; It is
moot whether he would be happier, what-
ever that means, but he would surely have
vastly increased intellectual capabilities,
quite possibly capabilities of which we have
not yet dreamed. In that sense, he could be,
in effect, a new biological species.

After the victory at El Alemein, Winston
Churchill said, ““This is not the end; it is not
even the beginning of the end, but perhaps it
is the end of the beginning.” Hopefully, man
himself has come to the end of the be-
ginning. If we are fortunate and wise, science
may yet be the means to set man free.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

Advocacy or Options!
Edward E. David, Jr.

Science Advisor to the President

Strong adversary positions are a fashion
of this day. There are prominent voices
urging scientists and engineers to join this
action so as to influence the directions of
technology, and indeed some have done so.
With these adversary tendencies in mind, I
would like to review the operation of ad-
visory mechanisms and try to correlate that
with the interaction of science, technology,
and society. I hope to indicate that advocacy
and the traditional scientific approach are
not comfortably compatible.

This is a slippery subject and I will try to
limit the scope of discussion in order to keep
it focused. I will direct my remarks at
commissions, committees, and advisory
bodies generally. As Senator Ervin has point-
ed out recently, there are literally hundreds
of these throughout the Federal government,
and every university, college, and industry
has its share also. This popular mechanism
for aiding in decision-making has been
roundly criticized, of course, but neverthe-
less it is part and parcel of our culture and
has a strong influence on the course of
events. Thus, it provides a fertile ground in
which to discuss advocacy.

We can categorize these advisory bodies
by the nature of what they produce. Of
course they produce reports and papers
without end, but it is the nature of these to
which I am referring. The form of papers
and reports is the aspect of most concern to
the executive who receives them, and it is
this which determines, apart from quality,
the ultimate utility of the output.

I have distinguished three classes of ad-
visory body output, each with a correspond-
ing mode of operation. First, there is what I
would call the evaluation mode. Here the
advisory body carries through a study of
some prescribed situation and draws con-

IThis address was delivered on April 30, 1971 ata
meeting of the Philosophical Society of Washing-
ton at the John Wesley Powell Auditorium, Wash-
ington, D.C.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

clusions as to its current state. Various
people have called the resulting reports the
“expert’s delight” or perhaps “music to
hand-wring by.” In any case, such reports,
though they may prove useful, do not give
answers; they only point toward problems
which have yet to be solved. Another title
for this category is “the budget-cutter’s
dream.” A good example of this kind of
report is one which might be drawn up on
the Aswan Dam. You may remember reading
in the newspapers and magazines recently
that the dam has caused severe environment-
al and ecological problems and has not
operated as anticipated. A scientific look at
this subject might yield a report that said the
problems of the dam are naormal and
predictable for one of this size. It might
point out that one of the effects seems to be
that the sardine catch off the Nile Deita has
decreased considerably, but may be offset
by additional fishing opportunities in the
lake behind the dam. In any case, a report of
this kind merely brings the recipient up-to-
date on the status of this important and
interesting matter.

The second category might be labeled the
advocacy report. This is the usual mode of
operation for advisory bodies. There is a
study followed by documentation and — the
key element—a number of recommen-
dations. For example, my office has recently
prepared a report on the desalting program
of the government. This report points out,
for example, that the government has since
1953 invested $211 million in developing
the technology of low-cost desalting of
saline waters. The cost for desalting of sea
water has been reduced to about 65 cents
per thousand gallons, and at this cost can be
used in some limited circumstances. There is
promise that the cost can be reduced a good
deal further if the research program is
expanded by about 50% over the next
fifteen to twenty years. Detailed recom-
mendations are included.

185

Efforts of this sort can be extremely
useful in, for example, wringing a measure of
agreement from competing parties. Advoca-
cy reports detail not only problems but
propose solutions. The disadvantage to the
executive receiving the report is that by
accepting it he is also accepting an obligation
to implement the recommendations. Of
course, there is no absolute obligation, but
the pressures can be severe. This is illustrated
best, I think, by the lack of enthusiasm for
statutory advisory committees, those provid-
ed by law. Many administrators feel that the
worse possible fate is to have a permanent
committee appended to them.

A well-known peril of the advocacy ad-
visory panels concerns choosing the people
to serve. It goes without saying that a panel’s
recommendations can be strongly biased by
the membership. In fact, the enabling execu-
tive can assure almost any outcome he
desires by “loading” the committee. The
best that can be done to get an unbiased
view is to choose the members so that they
represent a balance of conflicting opinions.
This tends to favor the lowest common
denominator as a result, unless the chairman
dominates.

The origins of these two modes of com-
mittee operation are a commentary on their
characteristic. The “budget-cutter’s delight”’
is of scholarly origin. It is in the best
academic tradition to study a subject care-
fully, document it, and draw the logical
conclusions. The origins of the advocacy
report are much more complex but.probably
stem from the legal side. Advocacy is much
favored by panels as compared to merely

drawing conclusions. There is the inevitable
desire to influence the course of events
directly through the responsible organiza-
tion. Experts who populate panels tend also
to value their own expertise and they often
have strong feelings, particularly where their
own discipline is involved. These are usually
reflected in the recommendations.

As I said, the background of the advocacy
mode is probably legal. You all know the
expression, ‘‘Brandeis brief.” Justice
Brandeis, when practicing before the Su-
preme Court early in his career, was, as I

186

understand it, the first to popularize the
exceedingly thorough, factual brief. His
briefs were persuasive not through trickery
or guile but through their sheer weight of
information and scholarship. I have been
told that he was the first to quote from
literature in his briefs, and they were the
basis of the court’s first taking judicial
notice of publications. Though scholarly,
they of course represented one side of the
argument only. It was up to the opposing
counsel to make the opposing arguments,
poor fellow.

I have saved the third mode of operation
until last because I think it provides an
attractive alternative to the first two, parti-
cularly where technological decisions are to
be made. Here, there is study and documen-
tation but instead of recommendations,
there is a listing of options illustrating a
range of possibilities, each with its own
evaluation, that is, its advantages and dis-
advantages. The options mode avoids many
of the difficulties of the other two for the
receiving executive. It gives him a range of
possible solutions but does not put pressure
on him to adopt any particular one.

The options mode, I believe, has scientific
and engineering roots. Here we must exa-
mine how technology is created and how it
interacts with society. Some say that techno-
logy starts from the laws of nature and it is
true that technology cannot violate the laws
of nature. We know, for example, that we
cannot build a perpetual motion machine
because it violates the First Law of Thermo-
dynamics. Similarly, we know that we can-
not change the direction of motion of a mass
instantaneously because of Newton’s Law.
Yet, there is a great deal more to the
creation of technology than merely noting
what cannot be done. What is technological-
ly possible is circumscribed by the so-called
state-of-the-art. The state-of-the-art allows us
to do certain things; for example, light water
power reactors are within the state-of-the-art
but full-scale breeder reactors are not and
neither is fusion power. In other words, the
state-of-the-art limits the degree to which
man can tailor the world. Only certain
pathways are open. Man and his society can
only pick the best of those available.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

There have been numerous cases where
Organizations have chosen apparently
_ feasible pathways or options which turned
out to be unworkable because they were
actually beyond the state-of-the-art. A good
example of that, in my opinion, was the
600-foot dish antenna which was attempted
at Sugar Grove, Virginia, in the 1950’s. The
antenna was to be more than seven acres in
area and its shape was to be maintained
under diverse environmental conditions by
electronically-controlled aluminum panels
50 x 50 feet; $63 million was spent before
the project was abandoned as being beyond
the state-of-the-art at that time. Looking
back, it is clear that the time schedules were
unrealistic. The structural design was much
more complex than initially thought. In any
case, Sugar Grove is not the only example.
-Mohole is perhaps another, and there are

more recent examples. While poor manage-

ment certainly may have had some hand in
these matters, I believe that it had more to
do with trying to accomplish the unique in
'-an unrealistic time-frame and without ade-
quate interim steps involving small trial and
demonstration system. Short-cuts are
dangerous when trying to extend the state-
of-the-art.

However, science and technology, re-
_ search and development can yield new op-
tions and alternatives and this, indeed, is
their primary function. If we pursue research
and development properly, there is a good
chance we will have the option in the 1980’s
to build a breeder power reactor.

The point of all this is that science and
technology provide certain options for
problem-solving. One can choose the best
among them but he must be careful that the
options are real and not merely dreams. An
options study, therefore, which lays out the
viable opportunities with all the advantages
and disadvantages fairly stated inherently
- seems to yield a better possibility of choos-
ing a path congruent with reality. The
decision-maker has in front of him, if the
- study is a good one, the range of opportuni-
_ties and the trade-offs which go with them.
This, of course, leaves the act of actually
choosing between the options — that is,
_ making the decision — but that is the respon-

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

sibility of the executive and presumably not
of the study group.

I have seen a number of option papers
since coming into government. Relatively
few of them, however, have concerned sci-
entific and technological issues. A typical
one lists three or four options with option
No. 1 being the most radical course of action
and option No. 4 as a “do-nothing” option.
It is interesting to observe, I think, that most
of the decisions are for option No. 2. This
may be a bureaucratic tendency, but imagi-
native, courageous administrators can occa-
sionally pick option No. 1 or No. 4.

Now, the above discussion neglects the
content of studies and, of course, that is an
extremely important element. However, I
think to generalize before the Philosophical
Society is permissible. If we can apply the
philosophy to the issue which I raised at the
beginning, perhaps we need not go further
with the analysis of advisory panels.

Many of you undoubtedly remember
former Secretary Udall’s suggestion that
scientists, and the National Academy parti-
cularly, take an advocacy viewpoint in tech-
nological matters. This suggestion has defi-
nite drawbacks for society. Some scientists
are indeed very effective as advocates, others
are not so good at it. It has little to do with
their scientific competence. Not all scientists
are politically sophisticated and they can be
used. We might well ask, however: Would we
get a balanced point of view by choosing
scientific advocates for each option and
allowing them to make their cases as in a
court of law? I think not, for in that
atmosphere issues tend to be decided by
who is persuasive and who provides the
“Brandies brief,’ not by what is realistic.
Furthermore, the objective of scientists and
engineers should be to point out the options
available to society with their advantages
and disadvantages. This is being called today
“technology assessment.” I believe that the
proper and coming role for science advice is
to provide the range of options for decision-
makers, and so in answering the question in
the title of this talk, my choice is “options.”
Any by now you have undoubtedly located
the logical flow in my argument — it is that
I’m advocation options!

187

) | PRELIMINARY ANNOUNCEMENT

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
SYMPOSIUM
Science and the Environment II
“The Fate of the Chesapeake Bay”
January 7-8, 1972

| Friday, January 7, 1972
Morning Session, 9:00-12:00

Current Status:

Biological
Physico-chemical
Socio-economic
Industrial

Afternoon Session 2:00-5:00

Major Threats:

Hydrodynamic changes

Pesticides

Toxic heavy metals

Thermal changes

Sewage: municipal; industrial; rural run-off

Mospitality Hourws: i248 .2 28e).. eee 2 ee ee 6:00
Bera crepes: «20k Eres eA i cs cds cae alec rege MEE ys. 7:00

Saturday, January 8, 1972

Morning Session 9:00-12:00 — Research to Counter the Threats:

Measurement techniques
Control Procedures
Future needs

Further details will be announced in the December Journal and in the
public press.

188 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

PROFILE

A Responsible Role For Science in
Alleviating Environmental Problems!

Stanley M. Greenfield

Assistant Administrator for Research and Monitoring,
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. 20460

ABSTRACT

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) was created on December 2, 1970 asa
new Federal organization to make possible an integrated attack on pollution. Its primary
functions will be the consolidation and evaluation of data and setting of standards. The
EPA will consider all sources of environmental pollution and will evaluate and act in
areas such as recycling of waste products, the biological effects of pollutants, and the

effects of technical and sociological change.

It is a great pleasure to be here with you
this evening, especially to participate in
honoring noteworthy accomplishments by
some of our young scientists. The world has
never stood in greater need of science and of
talented young people to dedicate them-
selves to scientific investigation, Yet, incredi-
bly, it seems that among many young people
in this most scientific of all the Scientific
Ages of Man, science has a rather hard time
competing with tarot cards and the zodiac as
a source of enlightenment. Even among
those who are not so young, there are signs
of a growing disenchantment with science —
a visible suspicion of, and even revulsion
from, the scientist and his efforts.

A generation ago, George Bernard Shaw,
who viewed quite a few human endeavors
with a jaundiced eye, flatly asserted that
“Science is always wrong. It never solves one

1A ddress presented before the 525th meeting of
the Washington Academy of Sciences at the Cos-
mos Club on March 18, 1971.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

problem without creating ten more.” At the
time, I suppose, most of us could have
shrugged off Shaw’s opinion as just the
bad-tempered witticism of one who deliber-
ately cast himself in the role of the icono-
clast. Unfortunately, today, Shaw’s unkind
disapproval of the scientist and many of his
works is shared, I am afraid, by a number of
thoughtful, and a great many not-so-
thoughtful, people.

The truth is that 20th century man — and
the 20th century American, in particular, in
spite of the very real benefits science and
technology have brought him — is confront-
ed with seemingly overwhelming societal
problems that have accompanied technical
advances. Growing pollution, with the threat
of irreversible damage to the biosphere;
noise; crowding; alienation from nature; the
growing impersonality of a computerized
world; “rural blight,” “urban decay,” “‘su-
burban sprawl” — these are just a few of the
facets of modern life which, combined with
the grim reality of the nuclear bomb, create

189

a sense of frustration and helplessness among
the beneficiaries of “progress.” People are
asking themselves if man is any longer in
charge of his own destiny. Or, if instead, the
forces of technology which he has unleashed
are out of control and carrying him, full
steam ahead, into a future—or non-
future — which was never on the human
agenda.

Indeed, the problems which have been
associated with technological change have
generated a wholesome spirit of self-
examination in the scientific community
itself. Rene Dubos, of course, has contri-
buted important insights into the short-
comings of science as it relates to human
needs and human problems. And Professor
Robert Morrison of Cornell University, in a
paper presented at a recent AAAS Con-
ference on Science and the Future, conceded
that the anti-science argument “depends on
a careful demonstration that science raises
new problems of increasing complexity as it
continues to solve the older and simplier
ones.”” So you see, while we may reject
Shaw’s harsh indictment that science is
always wrong, we cannot deny that his view
of the problem was at least partly right. I
don’t believe we can any longer, as scientists
or as human beings, view with detachment
the effects of our work on human life and
human aspirations, nor can we ignore the
gap between the promise and the reality of
scientific advance.

We are in a difficult dilemma, torn
between the traditional—and indeed
valid — view that the search for scientific
truth is its own justification, and the clear
need to reexamine the goals of scientific
technology in terms of what is socially and
biologically desirable in terms of human
progress. We must conclude, I think, with
Dr. Dubos, that while we may not be
responsible for the use society makes of our
scientific achievements, “...we are guilty
of escapism and irresponsibility if we do not
concern ourselves with the social conse-
quences of our work.”

I want to speak to you about recent
developments at the Federal level of govern-
ment which are designed to alleviate the
environmental problems which already af-

190

flict our changed and changing world, and
enable our nation to make more rational and
orderly environmental choices for the
future. I want to tell you something of our
plans in the new Environmental Protection
Agency [EPA] for a new, more meaningful
scientific approach to these problems. And I
hope, thereby, to shed some small light on
the way in which the environmental crisis
bears on the overall responsibilities of the
scientific community.

The EPA came into being on December 2,
1970 as a major part of a restructured
Federal plan to implement the national
policy (as defined by the National Environ-
mental Policy Act) of encouraging “‘pro-
ductive and enjoyable harmony between
man and his environment.”

EPA brings under one organizational roof
the Federal programs dealing with air and
water pollution, drinking water quality, solid
wastes, pesticides, and environmental radi-
ation. In addition, recent legislation has
given our agency specific responsibilities
with respect to the noise problem. In gener-
al, we are responsible for establishing and
enforcing standards, monitoring pollution in
the environment, conducting research and
demonstrations, and assisting State and local
governments in their pollution-control ef-
forts.

EPA was established to make possible an
integrated, coordinated attack on pollution,
based on a view of the environment as it
truly is — a single system of interdependent
and interrelated parts. It is to fill the need,
moreover, in the President’s words, for “a
strong independent agency” to serve as an
objective, impartial arbiter of environmental
matters, particularly in the standards-setting
function.

Our agency is working closely with the
other two new environmental agencies: the
Council on Environmental Quality, which
advises the President and coordinates Feder-
al policy and action in the environmental
field; and the National Oceanic and Atmos-
pheric Administration in the Department of
Commerce, which is responsible for research
on long-range effects of pollution on the
physical environment, especially global
trends affecting the oceans and the atmos-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

phere; and with all other Federal agencies on
matters affecting the environment.

I believe that this new organizational
structure places our nation in a much better
position to make orderly and effective pro-
gress toward understanding and controlling
environmental hazards. We in EPA believe
we have a dual responsibility — we must be
able to act quickly in those environmental
matters that are urgent, and at the same
time, we must be able to foresee and
forestall what is coming. It is our task, in
other words, to roll back the tide of pollu-
tion that is the legacy of past apathy and
ignorance, and at the same time help to
initiate an orderly system of making choices
for the future that do not repeat or com-
pound the mistakes of the past.

We have been: given a number of new
authorities to accomplish this. Let me men-
tion, as one important example, the new
provisions of the Clean Air Act, which were
signed into law by the President on Decem-
ber 31, 1970. I cite this legislation in
particular because I think it provides, within
a specific context, a concrete illustration of
two important developments in our society:

e@ There isemerging a genuine determi-
nation on the part of our people to make
societal choices about the kind of life they
live and the kind of world they live it in.

e The scientific community is being
called upon to assume a direct responsibility
for providing guidance in those societal
choices — choices which will determine the
habitability of the planet and the quality of
human life.

The 1970 amendments of the Clean Air
Act authorize for the first time the promul-
gation of national ambient air quality stand-
ards. Two types are now required: Primary
standards to protect the public health, and
secondary standards to protect the public
welfare. Proposed standards on particulates,
sulfur oxides, oxidants, hydrocarbons, car-
bon monoxide,-and nitrogen oxides have
been published. In accordance with the
prescribed procedures, these should be pro-
mulgated about the end of April.

In addition, EPA is now required to
establish performance standards which will
limit emissions from new or modified

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

stationary sources of air pollution. More-
over, in the case of any air pollutant which
we determine constitutes a serious hazard to
health, emission standards providing an
ample margin of safety are to be promul-
gated. Regulation of motor vehicle fuels and
fuel additives is another new authority.

Society is telling us, it seems to me, that
societal choices in these matters can be made
in the polling booth, or the halls of Con-
gress, in the marketplace, or perhaps even in
the streets, but they cannot be made sensi-
bly — the right choices cannot be assured —
without sound, scientific guidelines that take
into account the totality of human needs,
biological, social, economic. And that sci-
ence must, therefore, refocus its efforts to
insure that sufficient attention is placed on
solving these human problems.

Let me give you one other example of
this new direction. This is the proposed
Toxic Substances Act, one of many im-
portant new legislative proposals which the
Administration has sent to the Congress to
strengthen environmental programs. This leg-
islation, if enacted, would authorize EPA to
restrict or prohibit the use or distribution of
a chemical substance if necessary to protect
health and the environment. We would also
be authorized to prescribe standards for
tests, and the test results which must be met
before a manufacturer can market a new
product. The Act would establish, as a
national policy, that new chemical sub-
stances should be adequately tested, and it
stipulates as well that effective regulation of
chemicals in interstate commerce necessi-
tates the regulation of transactions in inter-
state commerce. This reflects, it seems to
me, the growing and justifiable uneasiness of
our whole society about our present de-
ficiencies in dealing with chemicals in the
environment, and a genuine national com-
mitment to a new policy of thinking before
we act.

As you can see, effectivé action under
both existing and proposed authorities will
require that EPA have sound data on what
actually is being introduced into the environ-
ment, its impact on ecological stability, on
human health, and on other factors im-
portant to human life.

191

We must be concerned, for example, with
the effects of pollution on the flora and
fauna and the natural beauty of our wonder-
ful land, for who would deny their value to
human welfare? Since pollutants are, in large
part, valuable resources out of place, we
must give attention to ways of limiting,
recycling, or reusing the discards and ef-
fluents of our wasteful system of production
and consumption. We must be concerned
with the development of technology to
control pollutants. And we must help to
develop a system of technology assessment
or forecasting, so that we can foresee and
forestall emerging problems.

To be sure that we are setting standards
that fully protect our own and future
generations, we need to know more, far
more, about what we are doing to ourselves
and our planet. Of course, we cannot wait to
set and enforce standards until we know
everything there is to know, for science is
never immutable, and the unhappy results of
our past willingness to delay and postpone
are all too evident. As we seek more and
better data, we must act on the knowledge
we now have or accept responsibility for
future environmental decay and even tragic
damage to the lives and health of our own or
future generations.

Believe me, I am well aware of the
difficulties of achieving the integrated,
multi-disciplinary, holistic approach which
the problems of human ecology, by their
very nature, require. We are trying to unify
and integrate a variety of research programs
which have been primarily categorical, to
counteract the natural human and scientific
tendency to over-specialization, to create a
cross-fertilization of ideas —a synthesis of
knowledge from the biological, physical, and
social sciences which can be interpreted in
terms of total human and environmental
needs.

We are determined to expand and im-
prove our environmental monitoring. For
example, a new inventory of industrial
wastes by major water users is being initi-
ated, with the cooperation of industry. We
have in partial operation an integrated

State-Federal-industry system for monitor- -

ing environmental radiation contamination

192

sources designed to meet the need for a new
order of surveillance capability as the
nuclear power industry expands. These
things are essential for determining what is
actually going into our environment and
establishing base-lines of environmental
quality.

In the biological sciences, we hope to
improve our understanding of long-term
exposures to environmental contaminants,
of sub-acute or delayed effects on human
and other organisms, of the combined and
synergistic actions of chemical, biological,
and physical stresses.

We must try to hasten progress in applied
research relating to the control of pollutants,
the recycling of so-called “wastes,” and the
development of sophisticated, non-polluting
production processes.

Moreover, we must be able to assess the
trends of technical and social change and
evaluate not only their primary but potential
secondary and tertiary impacts. The develop-
ment of new systems of mass transit, for
example, will alleviate certain important
problems growing out of our current love-
affair with the automobile. It will, at the
same time, create new patterns of land use,
possibly new sources of pollution, altera-
tions in urban or rural life-styles. We must
try to assess all of these factors as an
interrelated whole, in so far as possible, as

well as such matters as changing population © |

growth rates, power needs, and laternative
power sources.

We must be able to evaluate the social
and economic effects of specific environ-
mental controls, as well as the consequences
of non-intervention. Such questions must be
investigated simultaneously, with feedback
and interchange of information among all
branches of the inquiry.

EPA will be conducting and supporting
research in all these matters. But we are well
aware that our own science base can provide
only a small part of the data which will be
required to cope with pollution problems or
to furnish other needed guidelines for
achieving sane use of the global environment
and the desired stability and harmony of the
ecosystem.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

To a large extent, ours will be the role of
consolidating and evaluating information as
it is developed throughout the scientific

community. We will be drawing on the

expertise and findings of other governmental
scientific bodies NOAA, the National
Institute for Environmental Health Sciences,
NASA, as example’s — and many others. But
the success of our mission and the success of
the Nation in stopping the drift toward
environmental chaos will depend upon the
contributions of scientists everywhere
toward the development of a sound scientif-
ic base for environmental action. And this
depends upon many things: On concerning
ourselves with the social consequences of
our work, as Dr. Dubos has pointed out; on

_ viewing our work in terms of a large whole;

-

on establishing communication and working
relationships across disciplinary lines.

There is, as we all know, a growing
movement on the part of scientists to meet
this challenge. Ecological centers and insti-
tutes are being established. Universities are
revising their science curricula to broaden
the individual student’s area of interest and
training. Attention is being given to the need
for new institutional arrangements capable
of addressing the multifaceted character of
the total environmental problem. My own
discipline of atmospheric science, for ex-
ample, would appear to be a key component

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

of such institutional solutions, but only in
combination with other disciplines that are
largely foreign to most current concepts of
research colleagues. Scientists are speaking
out, not only about the misapplication of
scientific advance, but about science prior-
ities, even questioning the overall desirability
of some avenues of investigation. I believe all
of us in science must welcome such signs of
a new scientific maturity and do everything
we can as scientists and as human beings to
encourage and advance the trend.

The stakes are high, for the uncontrolled
rush of technology propels us ever closer to
the brink of environmental insanity. We can
stand aside and speculate where these forces
are taking us, or we can specify the future
we desire and examine ways of getting there
from the present. Of course, neither man nor
his science is omniscient; he cannot hope to
manage his environment flawlessly. But he
can make choices, based on rational thinking
and verifiable facts — the stuff of science.

If we can provide this thinking and these
facts, we may help to usher in a new age of
scientific enlightenment, an age when our
study of the microcosm becomes truly rele-
vant to our understanding of the
macrocosm, an age when man can justify his
long-held faith that science is the key to the
elevation and advancement of the human
species.

193

RESEARCH REPORT

A North American Elasmus Parasitic on
Polistes (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae)

B. D. Burks

Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agr. Res. Serv., USDA,
c/o U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560

ABSTRACT

Elasmus polistis Burks, new species (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae), a primary parasite
of the larvae of several species of social wasps of the genus Polistes (Hymenoptera:
Vespidae) in eastern United States, is described.

Not long after I published a revision of
the North American species of Elasmus
Westwood (Burks, 1965) I began receiving
specimens of an Elasmus species that I had
not included. It is a primary parasite of
social wasps of the genus Polistes. This
parasite proved to be not only common but
also widespread in Eastern North America,
although it had not been represented in the
large amount of Elasmus material that had
accumulated in the U.S. National Museum
collection during the century before I pub-
lished my revision. At first I thought it
might be an immigrant species that had
recently gained entrance to North America,
but my search of the world fauna failed to
produce a name for it. It turned out to be
undescribed. Since a name for it is now
needed by workers who wish to publish on
the parasites of Polistes, I describe it here.

There are other species of Elasmus in the
world fauna that have been recorded as
parasitizing Polistes. Iwata and Tachikawa
(1966) give Elasmus japonicus Ashmead as a
parasite of Polistes jadwigae Dalla Torre in
Japan. Ferriére (1947) gives Polistes gallicus
(L.) as the host of Elasmus schmitti Ruschka

194

in Europe. Masi (1935) described Elasmus
invreae from the nest of Polistes foederatus
Kohl in Italy, but Ferri¢re (1947) placed
invreae in synonymy under schmitti. Erd6s
(1964) described Elasmus biroi from Polistes
opinabilis Kohl in Hungary. Ferriére (1930)
described Elasmus lamborni from
Tanganyika, from “vespid nests.” It might
have been a Polistes parasite.

All of these foreign species have the
thorax predominantly yellow, with only
minute dorsal dark markings. None could be
the same as the undescribed North American
species, which has the thorax predominantly
black, with relatively small yellow markings.
The Japanese species has both the thorax
and gaster yellow, unlike our species, which
has the gaster black. In addition, the Euro-
pean species have the antennal funicular
segments short, semi-quadrate. The North
American species has the funicular segments
elongate. As described, the African E.
lamborni would be separated from our
North American Polistes parasite by its
predominantly yellow thorax in the female.
The male of Jamborni has the face and dorsal
spots on the thorax yellow; the face and the

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

thoracic dorsum of the male of the North
American species are black.

Elasmus polistis, new species

Female, — Length, 2.5-3.0 mm. Face and ven-
tral part of frons up to level of apices of antennal
scapes, areas bordering inner eye margins on
vertex, antennal scapes, sides of pronotum, spot at
anterodorsal angel and at posterolateral angle of
mesoscutum, prepectus (except for black antero-
dorsal angle), tegula, lateral margins of scutellum
and postscutellum, entire foreleg, midleg (except
for black line on dorsal margin of fumur), and
hindleg (except for black dorsal half of coxa and
dorsal margin of fumur), white to pale yellow.
Gastral terga 1-5 red-brown laterally. All other
parts of head, thorax, and abdomen black with
faint metallic green luster. Wings hyaline, veins
white or pale tan. Head, body, and appendages
clothed with dark brown or black bristles.

Head slightly broader than high, frons with
scattered, shallow umbilicate punctures, interstices
smooth; vertex with deeper, more closely set
umbilicate punctures, interstices minutely pebbled;
mandibles symmetrical, each with 2 ventral
denticles and 5 or 6 minute dorsal denticles; length
of ocellocular line twice as great as diameter of
lateral ocellus. Relative lengths of parts of antenna:
scape, 30; pedicel, 12; first funicular, 18; second,
14; third, 14; club, 35.

Bristle at posterolateral angle of pronotum as
long as lateral margin of pronotum; tegula with 6
or 7 bristles; surface of prepectus smooth (not
minutely striolate, as in albizziae Burks). Forewing
with submarginal vein 1/3 as long as marginal,
postmarginal 1/6 as long as marginal, stigmal 1/3 as
long as postmarginal. Coxal bristles as in albizziae.
Row of bristles along posterior margin of midtibia
sinuate near base; midfemur lacking discal bristles,
these present only in dorsoapical area. Hindfemur
with dorsoapical bristles; hindtibia with 7
diamond-shaped areas along posterior margin.
Scutellum smooth and shining, bearing 2 pairs/of
stout bristles; postscutellum projecting slightly past
middle of propodeum.

Propodeal spiracles round, not touching anterior
propodeal margin. Gaster as long as head, thorax,
and propodeum combined; first gastral tergum
twice as long as second, sixth tergum as long as
first; fifth tergum with 1 transverse row of bristles,
sixth with 3 irregular transverse rows, seventh ter-
gum densely bristly. Apices of ovipositor sheaths
barely projecting beyond apex of gaster.

Male. — Length, 1.5-2.0 mm. Entirely black,
with faint metallic green luster, except antennae
tan and legs mostly pale yellow, as in female. Base
of tegula and a minute area at each posterolateral
angle of mesoscutum may be yellow. Wings hya-
line, veins tan. Antenna with long branch borne on
each of 3 basal funicular segments. Relative lengths
of parts of antenna: scape, 24; pedicel, 10; first

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

funicular, 8, length of branch, 60; second funicu-
lar, 8, branch 60; third, 10, branch, 50; fourth, 44;
club, 40. Gaster as long as thorax and propodeum.
Basal gastral tergum as long as 2 following terga.

This species runs to couplet 10 in my key
(Burks 1965: 202), where it comes out with
albizziae Burks. It agrees with albizziae in
having the funicular segments elongate, more
than 1-1/2 times as long as wide, in having
the scutellum provided only with 4 stout
bristles, the posterior margin of the hindtibia
having 7 diamond-shaped figures, and in
having numerous small teeth on the man-
dible. Both species also have the ventral half
of the head yellow in the female. They differ
in that the mandible of polistis has 2 ventral
denticles and 5 or 6 dorsal denticles, rather
than 1 ventral denticle and 17 to 19 dorsal
denticles, as in albizziae; the first funicular
segment in polistis is 1-1/2 times as long as
the pedicel, rather than being the same
length; the prepectus in the female of
polistis is almost entirely yellow, rather than
being black; and the mesoscutum of the
female of polistis has 2 yellow spots on each
side, instead of being entirely black or
having only a variable, minute yellow spot at
each anterolateral angle. The 2 species also
differ genetically. Large rearings of polistis
are approximately 80% female and 20%
male, and the sexes have been observed to
mate readily. The species is bisexual. E£.
albizziae, however, is known to be partheno-
genetic, and males are extremely rare. When
I described albizziae in 1965 the male was
unknown, but a single male was found in
1967. By now I have seen thousands of
females, but only 9 males. Almost all the
reared series I have seen are exclusively
female.

Type locality. — Madison Co., Georgia.

Type. — U.S. N.M. No. 71549.

Type material — Described from 409 fe-
male, 55 male specimens. Holotype female,
allotype male, and 3 female, 4 male para-
types, Madison Co., Georgia, emerged Octo-
ber 1970, from Polistes annularis (L.), T.F.
Dirks; 8 female, 1 male paratypes, from near
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, emerged October
2, 1969, from Polistes exclamans Viereck, R.

-Gauss; 397 female, 49 male paratypes, Belts-

195

ville, Maryland, emerged August 1970 from
Polistes fuscatus (F.) B.H. Braun.

Biology. — This is a primary parasite of
the larvae of several species of social wasps
of the genus Polistes (Vespidae). Dr. T.F.
Dirks has given me the following observa-
tions on this parasite: It “appears to be
parasitic as it emerged from uncapped cells
and killed the host larvae. These [parasitic]
wasps were usually found in nests not
occupied by pyralids, so undoubtedly were
dependent upon Polistes larvae.”

References Cited
Burks, B.D. 1965. The North American species of

196

Elasmus Westwood (Hymenoptera, Eulophidae).
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 78: 201-208.

Erdés, J. 1964. Fauna Hungarica, 12. Hym. II,
Chalc. VII, p. 25-26

Ferriere, Ch. 1930 (1929). The Asiatic and African
species of the genus Elasmus Westw. (Hym.
Chalcid.). Bull. Entomol. Res. 20: 411-423.

1947. Les espéces européennes du genre
Elasmus Westw. (Hym. Chalc.). Mitt. Schw.
Entomol. Ges. 20: 565-580.

Iwata, K., and T. Tachikawa. 1966. Biological
observations on 53 species of the superfamilies
Chalcidoidea and Proctotrupoidea from Japan
(Hymenoptera: Apocrita). Trans. Shikoku En-
tomol. Soc. 9: 1-29.

Masi, L. 1935. Nuovo Elasmus ottenuto da un nido
di Polistes. Bol. Soc. Entomol. Ital. 67:
131-133.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

Ryan, the Aviator: Being the adventures and
ventures of pioneer airman and businessman T.
Claude Ryan by William Wagner, in collaboration
with Lee Dye. 246 pages plus index; 444 illustra-
tions; 8% x 11, McGraw-Hill; $18.50. Publication
date: April 13, 1971.

One of the most significant but least
known or understood aspects of Charles
Lindbergh’s New York-to-Paris flight in the
Ryan “Spirit of St. Louis’ monoplane is
what became of the leading participants in
the years that followed. The Lindbergh story
is well chronicled, but little has been written
about the other men involved — T. Claude
Ryan, the company founder, B. Franklin
Mahoney, who bought Ryan’s company;
Donald A. Hall, the engineer; Hawley
Bowlus, the factory superintendent, and A.J.
Edwards, the sales manager. With the excep-
tion of Claude Ryan, the behind-the-scenes
men of the Lindbergh flight failed as busi-
nessmen, although they had the greatest
opportunity for success ever available in the
American aircraft industry. Why, in retro-
spect, did they fail while Claude Ryan, who
had started it all but was on the outside
looking in during the historic flight, was able
to bring his new company to outstanding
success? This new book provides historical
documentation for the success of Ryan, the
man; Ryan, the creator of aircraft; and
Ryan, the corporation.

One of the few books to ever combine a
biography, a company history, and consider-
able detail on individual aircraft, Ryan, the
Aviator touches on such aviation luminaries
as General Hap Arnold, General Billy
Mitchell, Donald W. Douglas, and John K.
Northrop, as well as Lindbergh. Profusely
illustrated with almost 450 photographs,
many never before published, the book is a
lucidly written, often humorous, history of a
pioneer aircraft personality and the corpora-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

BOOK REVIEWS

tion he founded. Divided into 19 chapters, it
has individual chapters which tell the com-
plete stories of such aviation highlights as
the building of the first plane capable of
spanning the Atlantic, the establishing of the
nation’s first year-round, regularly scheduled
passenger airline (between Los Angeles and
San Diego); and the building of such proto-
type aircraft as the Ryan M-1 for the early
air mail service, the classic Ryan S-T, the
Ryan Fireball, and the first jet V/STOL, the
Ryan X-13 Vertijet.

There are tragic personal stories which
relate the final years of the other men who
were involved with the “Spirit of St. Louis”.
This biography of Claude Ryan spans the
most important events of the last fifty years.
Both world wars, the depression, and man’s
thrust into outer space were events crucial to
the development of commercial and military
aviation and to Claude Ryan’s personal
story.

Anatomy of a Park: The Essentials of Recreation
Area Planning and Design by Albert J. Rutledge,
ASLA, Associate Professor of Landscape Architec-
ture, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Illustrations by Donald J. Molnar, ASLA, NRPA,
Landscape Architect. 176 pages plus index; 149
illustrations; 8% x 9%; McGraw-Hill; $15.95. Publi-
cation date: May 24, 1971.

Designed to bridge the gap between pro-
fessionals and lay people who must cooper-
ate to bring about a needed improvement in
our leisure environment, this work seeks to
stimulate greater collateral activity between
these two groups. It offers numerous and
varied suggestions for evaluating existing and
proposed park plans. It shows what can
make a park development proposal succeed
or fail; provides a system for thoroughly

197

investigating the worth of a park design plan;
identifies the physical needs of parks; shows
how to read plan drawings, suggests ways in
which design measures can eliminate un-
necessary maintenance and supervision ex-
penses; and indicates how construction costs
can be held down.

Superbly illustrated with numerous line
drawings by Donald J. Molnar (drawn especi-
ally for this book), Anatomy of a Park is
divided into seven chapters. The initial
chapter provides a capsule history of the
growth of landscape architecture and the
park and recreation professions in this
country, and places our current needs in
historical context. The following chapters
discuss the three major considerations of
planning and building parks — unbrella (the
broad, overall goals), aesthetic, and function-
al. These chapters emphasize that efficiency
must not be allowed to overshadow the
satisfaction or the needs of the people who
will use the park, that design solutions must
give equal weight to matters of function and
of aesthetics, and that, the use of aesthetic
principles can enhance the functional ef-
ficiency of a park.

A chapter on the site design process
outlines the procedure for preparing site
development proposals in an_ illustrated
series of step-by-step case study drawings.
The final chapter describes plan evaluation
and offers a systematic procedure for ana-
lyzing the value of design proposals. Seven
appendices deal with such topics as game
area size standards, facility standards, a
recreation demand questionnaire, and select-
ed tree and soil types.

Industrial Pollution Control Handbook edited by
Herbert F. Lund, President of Leadership Plus, Inc.
778 pages plus index; 264 illustrations; 6 x 9;
McGraw-Hill; $29.50. Publication date: May 3,
1971.

With industry searching for reliable solu-
tions to pollution problems, this handbook
deals with practical information of interest
to all industry and is written by industrial
experts and consultants. Writing in the fore-
word to the book, Senator Edmund S.

198

Muskie says, “The central question in pollu-
tion abatement is no longer whether; it is
how. The Industrial Pollution Control Hand-
book is designed to answer the question of
how best to reduce waste discharges with the
latest technology. It should provide a major
contribution to the dissemination of control
techniques.”” He adds, “I am encouraged by
the publication of this Handbook as evi-
dence of private industry’s growing aware-
ness of the need to reduce waste discharges
as a contribution to societal health and as a
sound business practice.”

Containing the contributions of 34
authorities in the field, the handbook tackles
legal aspects, quality standards, community
relations, various control systems, and the
training of personnel. It includes material on
performance testing and equipment guaran-
tees which helps the reader safeguard his
company’s investment. A glossary of terms
aids the nonspecialist who must begin to
cope with pollution control for the first
time.

Industrial Pollution Control Handbook is
divided into 25 chapters which are grouped
into three major parts. Part 1, “Evolution of
Industrial Pollution Control,” deals with
such subjects as the history of federal
pollution control legislation; air and water
pollution quality standards; air pollution
control programs and systems; pollution
waste control; and research programs for air
and water pollution control.

Part II, “Pollution Control by Industry
Problem,” devotes individual chapters to
specific industries. Coverage is given to such
areas as the steel industry; the chemical
industry; textile mills; plating operations;
foundry operations; the food industries; the
pharmaceutical industry; the pulp and paper
industry; and the aerospace and electronics
industries.

“Pollution Control Equipment and Oper-
ation,” Part III, investigates the organization
and planning of a pollution control depart-
ment; air pollution control equipment; water
pollution control equipment; and operating
costs and procedures. Other chapters discuss
equipment guarantees, performance testing,
and startup procedures; and plant operation
and training personnel for pollution control.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

Organizing for Innovation: A Systems Approach to
Technical Management by J.A. Morton, Vice Presi-
dent, Electronics Technology, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc. 165 pages plus index, 41 illustra-
tions; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill, $11.50. Publication
date: February 25, 1971.

This book is an interesting and stimu-
lating presentation of effective techniques
for organizing and managing technological
innovation in all types of industries. This
provocative volume shows that research and
development are essential to the production
of a new technology, but they are inade-
quate unless coupled effectively to manu-
facturing, marketing, sales, and service. The
premise of the book is that technological
innovation can only be effective if it is a
total process of integrated specialized parts
with a common purpose. The author states
further that the innovation process must
have a well-understood social purpose which
goes beyond mere growth in size and profit.

Organizing for Innovation is divided into
seven fact-filled and thought-provoking
chapters. The initial chapter deals with the
value and meaning of technological innova-
tion. The following chapter discusses the
systems approach to innovation, including
such topics as the scientific method, charac-
teristics of systems, the system method, and
adaptability. The next two chapters investi-
gate organizing people for the process and
renewing people in the process. Subjects
discussed include the role of research, the
role of specific development and design, the
importance of interpersonal communi-
cations, the recruitment of people, and the
renewal of people for specialization.

In a discussion of the ecology of organi-
zations, the author examines an ecological
strategy for innovation and the organization
as an organism. A subsequent chapter de-
scribes the ecological impact of innovation,
and the final chapter describes the manager’s
changing role.

Managing the EDP Function, by Arnold E. Ditri,
John C. Shaw, and William Atkins, Touche Ross &
Co. 270 pages plus index; 55 illustrations; 6 5/8 x
9, McGraw-Hill; $14.75; Publication Date: June
28, 1971.

Designed to fill the existing void in the
application of managerial skills, this volume
offers an all-purpose plan for planning,
resource allocation, implementation, opera-
tion, and control of computer related sy-
stems and operations. It recognizes that
most computer systems used by business and
government in the past have failed to meet
their goals, and undertakes the task of
reeducating executives whose understanding
of the elements of control over the EDP
(Electronic Data Processing) function is in-
adequate.

Stressing the fact that technical expertise
and detailed understanding of computers are
not necessary to effective EDP management,
the book establishes a common denominator
from which EDP can be successfully render-
ed by the generally trained executive. The
reader is shown that the same methods used
for applying control over such functions as
engineering or product development can
now be applied to EDP.

Managing the EDP Function contains
thirteen chapters, divided into two parts.
Focusing on the relationships in the EDP
department and its organization as a whole,
Part I points out the need for successful
application of management control to the
EDP function and offers suggestions to the

manager interested in effectively organizing

his department. Part II deals with the opera-
tions of the EDP department itself: princi-
ples of departmental management; the
functions of middle management; program-
ming, operations, technical services, and
personnel. The conclusion of the book takes
a look at the way in which EDP stands as a
bridge into the era of successful, construc-
tive computer application.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

199

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

BOARD OF MANAGERS MEETING NOTES

May, 1971

The 614th meeting of the Board of
Managers of the Washington Academy of
Sciences was called to order at 8:30 p.m.
May 10, 1971 by President Forziati in the
Conference room of FASEB.

Treasurer. — Dr. Cook stated that the
auditing committee consisting of Dr. Foote,
Mr. Rader, and Mr. Detwiler had not quite
completed the task and was still in session.
Dr. Cook pointed out that on April 16, 1970
the Board voted to liquidate an amount of
securities not to exceed $5000 to pay
operating expenses until dues came in during
the fall. Since this action was not necessary
during the summer of 1970 it was suggested
that the stock he sold this summer and
possibly establish a special savings account
to cover the low-income periods. Dr.
Forziati directed the Treasurer to investigate
possibilities and to make the most advanta-
geous arrangements.

Joint Board on Science Education. — Dr.
Oswald noted the continuing need for funds
and that an article about the JBSE had
appeared in the Academy’s Journal. Also a
new brochure has been prepared to tell Me
story of the Joint Board.

To help stabilize the budgeting of pro-
grams she suggested that each society com-
mit itself to an annual contribution of $50
Or more depending on the size of the
organization. General discussion indicated
that for the affiliated societies, the new
officers too often were uninformed of the
Joint Board needs at the time of establishing
annual budgets. It was pointed out that
chapters of some societies covered a much
larger geographical area than that of the

200

Washington Academy of Sciences; members
of such societies living outside the WAS area
might be reluctant to contribute to the JBSE
programs.

Dr. Watson reported that the present
resources of the JBSE amounted to about
$13,000.

Policy Planning. — Dr. Stern had prepared
a proposed change of the bylaws to permit a
modification of the nomination procedure.
After some general discussion on the merit
of the proposal, Dr. Cook offered a motion
that the present bylaws wording be replaced
to direct the President to designate the most
recent of the available past-presidents to
serve as chairman of a committee, and to
designate 5 fellows (3 of whom are dele-
gates) to comprise the members of the
committee. This committee would meet
prior to the first meeting of the Board of
Managers in October of each year (starting in
1972) to consider candidates for the office
of President-elect, Secretary, Treasurer, and
Managers-at-Large for the Board. Dr. Colwell
seconded the motion which was subsequent-
ly approved by voice vote.

Dr. Honig called attention to the need for
an interim procedure for October 1971. He
made a motion that the incoming president
appoint a committee as defined by Dr. Cook
but with the duties to prepare recommen-
dations to the presently established nominat-
ing committee consisting of the delegates
from each affiliated society. Dr. Cook se-
conded the motion and it was passed by
voice vote.

Membership. — On the second reading of
names for membership, Robert J. Argauer

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

was accepted for the grade of Fellow and
Robert Fallon was reinstated.

Auditing. — Mr. Detwiler reported that
the Treasurer’s books were in good order,
but the contents of the safety deposit box
had not been checked.

Journal, — Dr. Foote asked for opinions
on including news items in the June issue of
the Journal —the Symposium issue. On a
motion by Dr. Honig with a second by Mr.

Whitelock, it was voted to include the

news. — Grover C. Sherlin, Secretary

SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS

Contributions in this section of your Journal are earnestly solicited. They
should be typed double-spaced and sent to the Editor by the 10th of the
month preceding the issue for which they are intended.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE

George W. Irving, Jr., Administrator of
the Agricultural Research Service since
1965, retired on July 30, 1971.

Dr. Irving was born in 1910 in Caribou,
Maine. He attended public schools in Seattle,
Wash., and was graduated from Western High
School in the District of Columbia. He holds
a B.S. degree in chemistry and M.A. and
Ph.D. degrees in biochemistry from The
George Washington University, Washington,
D.C. He completed part of his graduate
studies at the University of Illinois, Cornell
University Medical College in New York
City, and the U.S. Department of Agricul-
ture Graduate School.

Dr. Irving worked with USDA as a labora-
tory assistant from 1928 to 1935 after a
year of similar duties at the National Bureau
of Standards, during which time he com-
pleted his undergraduate studies in evening
school at George Washington. After a brief
stint as Chemist in the Bureau of Entomolo-
gy and Plant Quarantine, he left USDA ot
serve as Research Fellow in Biochemistry at
the George Washington University School of
Medicine, 1936 to 1938; and at the Cornell
University College of Medicine, 1938 to
1939, teaching and conducting research on
proteins and pituitary hormones. After com-
pleting work for his Ph.D., he was Assistant
in Chemistry, Rockefeller Institute for Medi-
cal Research (now Rockefeller University),
New York City, 1939 to 1942, where his

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

work involved proteolytic enzymes and can-
cer.

Dr. Irving returned to USDA in 1942 to
direct protein research at the Southern
Regional Research Laboratory at New
Orleans, La. In 1944 he established a labora-
tory to study the biochemistry of plant
disease resistance and the mchanism of
action of plant growth regulating chemicals
at the Agricultural Research Center, Belts-
ville, Md.

From 1947 until 1953 he was Assistant
Chief, Bureau of Agricultural and Industrial
Chemistry. When research in USDA was
reorganized in 1953 he was appointed Chief
of the Biological Sciences Branch of the
Agricultural Marketing Service. He was
named Deputy Administrator for research of
the Agricultural Research Service in 1954,
for Utilization Research and Development in
1957, and for Nutrition, Consumer, and
Industrial Use Research in 1963. He served
as Associate Administrator, ARS, from July
1964 until his appointment as Administrator
in March 1965. Dr. Irving was Professorial
Lecturer in Biochemistry, George Washing-
ton University Medical School 1947 to
1953, and Lecturer on Antibiotics, USDA
Graduate School 1946 to 1952.

Dr. Irving’s scientific work in biochemis-
try has been mainly of the fundamental
type, including some of the earliest work
done in this country with plant growth
regulators and radioisotopes. His work on
the biochemistry of plant disease resistance

201

led to the isolation of the antibiotic
tomatine, for which he was a co-recipient of
USDA’s Superior Service Award. Largely for
the same work, he also was honored by the
Washington Academy of Sciences in 1946
with its award for Scientific Achievement in
Physical Sciences. He also contributed to the
fundamental knowledge that led to the
isolation of the posterior-pituitary hor-
mones. In 1969 he was recognized with
USDA’s top honor, the Distinguished Service
Award.

Among Dr. Irving’s contributions to sci-
entific literature are more than 50 technical
papers and books in the field of biochemis-
try, on pituitary hormones, amino acid and
protein chemistry and metabolism, plant and
animal proteolytic enzymes, antibiotics and
growth regulators, and an equal number of
articles on various aspects of research ad-
ministration.

Among the scientific organizations of
which Dr. Irving is a member are the
American Chemical Society, Councillor,
1966—; Chemical Society of Washington,
President, 1954; Fellow of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science,
Chairman of Section O, Agriculture, 1962;
Fellow of the Washington Academy of Sci-
ences, Secretary, 1962-64; President,
1969-70; Society of Biological Chemists; and
the Institute of Food Technologists.

He serves as Public Trustee of The Nutri-
tion Foundation, Chairman of the Scientific
Advisory Board of the International Sugar
Research Foundation, member of the Com-
mittee on Federal Laboratories of the Feder-
al Council for Science and Technology, and
as a member of the Agricultural Board of the
National Research Council.

[Dr. Irving has been succeeded by Talcott
W. Edminster, since May 1970 Associate
Administrator of ARS. Trained as an engi-
neer (B.S., University of Massachusetts;
M.S., University of Georgia), he has devel-
oped his skills in research and its manage-
ment by doing it at many levels in the
organization. He was a project leader for
drainage investigations, Chief of the Eastern
Soil and Water Res. Br., Associate Director
of the Soil and Water Conservation Res.
Div., and Deputy Administrator for Farm

202

Research before being named Associate Ad-
ministrator. — Ed.]

AID

Miloslav Rechcigl, Jr. has been appointed
Chief of a newly established Research &
Institutional Grants Division in the Agency
for International Development, U.S. Depart-
ment of State, Washington, D.C.

Dr. Rechcigl, 41, biochemist, nutritionist
and science administrator, was formerly
Nutrition Advisor in A.I.D.’s Office of Re-
search and University Relations which he
joined in July 1970. In his new post, he will
be responsible for planning, program coordi-
nation and review of the central research and
institutional grants program of A.I.D. and
for direction of the work of a diversified
team of senior scientists and other profes-
sionals responsible for advising on research
management.

A native of Czechoslovakia and now
naturalized citizen, Recheigl attended Cor-
nell University after being awarded a scholar-
ship from the National Committee for a Free
Europe. After receiving his B.S. degree in

Miloslav Rechcigl

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

biochemistry in 1954, he earned his Master
of Nutritional Science degree at the new
Graduate School of Nutrition at Cornell in
1955. He then continued his studies at
Cornell in biochemistry, physiology and
nutrition and received his Ph.D. in 1958.
Subsequently he was appointed Research
Associate in the Department of Bio-
chemistry and Nutrition at Cornell. Having
been awarded a Public Health Service Re-
search Fellowship in 1958 and again in
1959, he relinguished that position and did
postdoctoral work under the late Dr. Jessie
P. Greenstein in the National Institutes of
Helath. In 1960 he was appointed to the
staff of the Laboratory of Biochemistry at
the National Cancer Institute where he had
risen to the position of Senior Investigator.

In 1968 he was selected through rigorous
screening for the Grants Associates Program,
administered by the Public Health Service,
for the training of future key executives in
Federal service. As a part of this program, he
rotated through a series of varied challenging
assignments in a number of Federal agencies,
including the Bureau of the Budget
— Executive Office of the President, Nation-
al Academy of Sciences, National Science
Foundation, U.S. Atomic Energy Commis-
sion, U.S. Department of State, and US.
Department of Health, Education, and Wel-
fare. Upon completion of this high level
training he was appointed Special Assistant
for Nutrition and Health in the DHEW’s
Health Services and Mental Health Adminis-
tration, and then Nutrition Advisor at the
Agency for International Development.

Dr. Rechcigl is a member of numerous
professional societies, including being a Fel-
low of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science, Fellow of the
Washington Academy of Sciences, Fellow of
the American Institute of Chemists, Fellow
of the International College of Applied
Nutrition, and Fellow of Intercontinental
' Biographical Association. He holds member-
| ships in the Cosmos Club, The Honorary
Society of Phi Kappa Phi and the Society of
Sigma Xi, and has been awarded numerous
Certificates of Merit, including that for
Distinguished Service to Scientific Re-
search — the Dictionary of International Bio-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

graphy, London (1967), and a Diploma for
Distinguished Achievement — Two
Thousand Men of Achievement (1969). He
has also been elected to honorary member-
ship in the International Social Science
Honor Society, Delta Tau Kappa and on the
Editorial Advisory Board of the American
Biographical Institute.

Dr. Rechcigl is a co-editor of the Journal
of Intero-sciplinary Cycle Research and a
member of the board of the Journal of
Applied Nutrition.

In addition to his strictly scientific activi-
ties which include over 100 published
papers, chapters and monographs, Rechcigl
is a student, editor, bibliographer and docu-
mentalist in East European history and
culture.

AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Mary Aldridge was appointed to a 3 year
term to a National Committee of the Ameri-
can Chemical Society: Chemistry and Public
Affairs. She also attended a Joint Senate —
House colloquium on International Environ-
mental Science, May 25-26, 1971 sponsored
by the Committee on Commerce, United
States Senate, and Committee on Science
and Astronautics, House of Representatives.

Leo Schubert was presented the Profes-
sional Service Award of the Washington
chapter of the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary
Chemistry Fraternity on May 21, 1971.

FLOW LABORATORIES, INC.

Dr. William A. Knapp, Jr. recently joined
the management of Flow Laboratories, Inc.,
Rockville, Maryland, as Director, Animal
Science Products Division and President,
Flow Research Animals, Inc., Dublin, Vir-
ginia. Prior to joining Flow Laboratories, a
biological research and development organi-
zation in suburban Washington, D.C., Dr.
Knapp served in several executive and sci-
entific capacities including Associate Di-
rector and Research Coordinator of the
Toxicology Division of Hazleton Labora-
tories, Inc., Falls Church, Virginia, and as
Director of the Laboratory Animals Division
of the same organization.

203

Dr. Knapp attended the University of
Georgia, College of Veterinary Medicine,
where he received the Doctor of Veterinary
Medicine degree and the Master of Science
degree. He served on the faculty of that
institution where he taught pharmacology,
pharmaco-therapeutics and toxicology from
1955 to 1962. He is immediate past-
president of the Industrial Veterinarians
Association, a member of the American
Veterinary Medical Association, District of
Columbia Veterinary Medicine Association
and the Capital Area (D.C.) Chapter of the
American Association of Laboratory Animal
Science.

Dr. Knapp has resided in Fairfax County,
Virginia, where he has been active in com-
munity affairs. He is past-president of the
Vienna, Virginia, Rotary Club and is present-
ly Chairman of the Administrative Board of
Wesley Methodist Church of Vienna, Vir-
ginia.

NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH

Helen D. Park, research biologist with the
National Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic
Diseases, has retired after 30 years of service
with NIH.

In recent years, Dr. Park has concentrated
on defining conditions under which the
fresh-water polyp, Hydra, undergoes meta-
morphosis.

In this developmental change, body
structural cells transform into germ cells. As
a result of her discoveries, Dr. Park is a
recognized authority on Hydra development
and physiology.

Beginning her NIH career as a biological
aide with the National Cancer Institute in
1942, Dr. Park attended George Washington
University. She received her Ph.D. degree in
1956.

She has been active as a teacher, lecturer,
and participant in community science activi-
ties. “As a result of her valuable services
given without recompense, many interesting
activities were made available to our boys
and girls.... “Occasionally, Dr. Park has
been a gracious hostess to our science staff
at luncheons and tours of her laboratory,”
wrote Mrs. Jessie H. Jackson, principal,

204

Francis Junior High School, in a letter of
appreciation to Dr. Robert Q. Marston, NIH
Director.

NOAA

Robert M. White was named Acting Ad-
ministrator of the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) when
the new Department of Commerce agency
was established on October 3, 1970.

Before the formation of NOAA, Dr.
White had been Administrator of the Com-
merce Department’s Environmental Science
Services Administration which was absorbed
by the new organization.

From 1963 until the establishment of the
Environmental Science Services Administra-
tion in 1965, he was Chief of the Commerce
Department’s Weather Bureau. Since 1964,
he has served as Federal Coordinator for
Meteorology, with responsibility for coordi-
nating and planning Federal weather services
and supporting research.

In 1967, Dr. White was appointed by the
President as a member of the Commission on
Marine Science, Engineering and Resources.
After a two-year study of marine problems,
the Commission published its report, “Our
Nation and the Sea,” proposing a program to
assure the development of a national capabi-
lity in the oceans to meet future needs.

Born in Boston in 1923, Dr. White
received a B.A. degree in geology from
Harvard University in 1944. While attending
Harvard, he worked as a weather observer at
the Blue Hill Observatory. During World War
II, Dr. White was a Captain in the U.S. Air

‘Force with duties in both weather forecast-

ing and instruction. Continuing his studies in
meteorology at Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, he earned his master’s degree in
1949 and his doctorate in 1950.

From 1952 to 1958, Dr. White was Chief
of the Large Scale Processes Branch of the
Atmospheric Analysis Laboratory at the
Geophysics Research Directorate, Air Force
Cambridge Research Center. In 1958, he
became Chief of the Meteorological Develop-
ment Laboratory at the Cambridge Research
Center. During the first half of 1959, he was
a research associate at Massachusetts Insti-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3. 1971

tute of Technology, studying problems of
stratospheric meteorology. He joined The
Travelers Insurance Companies at Hartford,
Conn., in July 1959, as head of The Travel-
ers Weather Research Center. Later, he was
Associate Director of the Research Depart-

ment of The Travelers Insurance Companies.
When The Travelers Research Center, Inc.,
was established in 1960, Dr. White became
its first President. He served in this position
until his appointment by President Kennedy
as Chief of the U.S. Weather Bureau.

OBITUARIES

Rolla Eugene Dyer

Rolla Eugene Dyer, director of the Na-
tional Institutes of Helath from 1942 to
1950, died of a heart attack in Atlanta in
June. He was 84. The present NIH director,
Dr. Robert Q. Marston, described Dr. Dyer
as a ‘world-famed scientist who belongs
among America’s company of great men in
the field of biomedicine.” Dr. Marston said,
“He was director of NIH at the time of its
first period of great growth, in the years
during and immediately following World War
II. He was precisely the right man at the
right time. He laid the groundwork for what
was to become this nation’s—and the
world’s—foremost biomedical research insti-
tution.” |

As a scientific researcher, Dr. Dyer de-
monstrated that the common rat flea was
the agent of endemic typhus. He later helped
develop a vaccine against this typhus. He
developed a scarlet fever toxin skin test and
did studies on scarlet fever antitoxin which
resulted in a world standard for antitoxin.
He discovered that Rocky Mountain spotted
fever was endemic in the eastern United
States. In 1940, he showed that a “new”
disease in the United States, attributed to a
newly identified microorganism, was in fact
“Q” fever previously found in Australia.

Dr. Dyer channeled the resources of NIH
into the war effort during World War II.
Under his leadership, the organization pro-
duced a yellow fever vaccine anddeveloped a
typhus vaccine for the Armed Forces. Its
scientists conducted research on blood sub-
stitutes and on aviation medicine. They
synthesized and clinically tested antimalarial
drugs. As director of NIH, he organized the
Division of Research Grants, assisted in

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

planning the research hospital known as the

NIH Clinical Center, and helped establish
new Institutes to perform research on heart
diseases, dental health, and mental health.

Born in Delaware County, Ohio, in 1886,
Dr. Dyer received his M.D. degree from the
University of Texas and joined the US.
Public Health Service in 1916. His first
assignment involved field work on bubonic
plague in New Orleans. Five years later he
joined the organization that was later re-
named the National Institutes of Health and
became chief of the Division of Infectious
Diseases (now the National Institute of
Allergy and Infectious Diseases) in 1936.

After retiring from active duty in 1950,
he served on the board of directors of the
International Health Division of the Rocke-
feller Foundation. He moved to Atlanta and
became director of research at the Robert
Winship Memorial Clinic of Emory Univer-
sity until 1957. He maintained an office at
Emory until his death.

He is survived by his wife, Esther, of the
home address 2150 East Lake Rd., N.E.,
Atlanta, and three children, Mrs. Hugh C.
Gracey, of Nashville, Mrs. David G. Bryce, of
Alexandria, Va., and William E. Dyer, of
Denver, Five grandchildren and a great-
-grandchild also survive.

W. J. Youden

William John Youden, internationally
known statistician died suddenly from a
heart attack on Wednesday, March 31, 1971,
in Washington, D.C.

Dr. Youden had been a regular staff
member of the National Bureau of Standards
from 1948-1965, and a Guest Worker since
that time. He was noted for significant

205

research in mathematical statistics, especially
experiment design. His host of outstanding
contributions to statistical methodology in-
cluded the origination of new families of
statistical designs, among them a class of
designs for use when test conditions vary
from one set of tests to another, which is
known as the “Youden Square.’’ He was an
innovator in the application of experiment
designs and statistical techniques to the
needs of physical sciences and engineering.
He was a “missionary” in acquainting sci-
entists and engineers with the effective use
of modern tools of statistical design and
experiment analysis.

Born in Australia in 1900, Dr. Youden
came to America in 1907. He was educated
at the University of Rochester (B.S., chemi-
cal engineering) and Columbia University
M.A. and Ph.D., chemistry). From 1924-48
he was on the staff of the Boyce Thompson
Institute for Plant Research in Yonkers, New
York, except for two short leaves of absence
and one three-year stint as an operations
analyst with the U.S. Army Air Force. While
with the Air Force, he invented novel
statistical tools for application to studies of
bombing accuracy, and was awarded the
Medal of Freedom in 1946 for his important
contributions to the Allied victory in World
War II.

In 1948 Dr. Youden joined the National
Bureau of Standards as Assistant Chief of
the Statistical Engineering Laboratory, Ap-
plied Mathematics Division. Three years later
he became Consultant on statistical design
and experiment analysis to the Chief of that
Division. In 1965 he retired from full-time
employment, but stayed on at NBS as a
Guest Worker, a post he still held at the time
of his death.

Not the least of Dr. Youden’s assets was
the effectiveness with which he communi-
cated, both in writing and speaking. He was
the author of two books and over 50
technical papers. For six years he wrote a
regular and highly original bi-monthly
column on statistical design for the profes-
sional journal, Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry. Experimentation and Measure-
ment (1962), a booklet he prepared for the
National Science Teachers Association’s

206

series, Vistas of Science, had sold over
52,000 copies as of mid-1969, and is -con-
tinuing to sell at the rate of over 1,000
copies a year.

In constant demand as a lecturer, Dr.
Youden delivered hundreds of presentations
to professional groups, and served as statisti-
cal consultant to workers in nearly all
branches of science.

Dr. Youden’s honors included (in ad-
dition to the Medal of Freedom) the Univer-
sity of Rochester Alumni Award (1946), the
Commerce Department’s Gold Medal for
Exceptional Service (1962), the Wilks Medal
(1969, and the Shewhart Medal (1969). Also
in 1969, the Chemical Division of the
American Society for Quality Control an-
nounced the establishment of “The Jack
Youden Prize,” to be awarded annually for
the best expository paper on particular
statistical methods or philosophy published
in its journal Technometrics in a given
calendar year.

An Honorary Fellow of the Royal Statis-
tical Society of London, Dr. Youden was a
member of the American Chemical Society
(Councillor 1937), the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, the Ameri-
can Statistical Association, the Institute of
Mathematical Statistics, the Biometric Socie-
ty, the Mathematical Association of Ameri-
ca, the American Society for Quality Con-
trol, and the International Statistical Insti-
tute.

He is survived by his widow, Didi, a
brother, Harry, of Sebring, Florida; two
sons, Robert H. of Palo Alto, California, and
Julius H. of Copenhagen, Denmark; a
daughter-in-law, Nancy (Mrs. William W.), of
Gaithersburg, Maryland; and eight grand-
children.

E. Jack Coulson

E. Jack Coulson, formerly head of the
Allergens Investigations Unit, U.S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., died
suddenly at his home in Silver Spring,
Maryland on Sunday, July 11, 1971.

Dr. Coulson was born in Beloit, Kansas in
1904; however, he made Abilene his home
after 1913. He received his Bachelor’s De-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

} oo

E. Jack Coulson

gree in Chemistry from Kansas State Univer-
sity in 1927 and joined the Kansas State
Experiment Station as Assistant Chemist. He
received nis Master’s Degree from Kansas
State University in 1930. In 1931 he was
appointed Associate Chemist with the US.
Bureau of Fisheries and stationed with the
South Carolina Food Research Commission
in Charleston.

In 1936, Dr. Coulson was appointed
biochemist with the Allergens Investigations
Laboratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture
in Washington, D.C. and recently retired
after 40 years of service with the Govern-
ment. He received his Doctor of Philosophy

| J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

Degree in biochemistry from Georgetown
University, Washington, D.C. in 1940.

Dr. Coulson’s research accomplishments
were recognized by the Department of Agri-
culture in 1949 by a Superior Service Award
to the Allergens Laboratory. For special
studies on allergens in typhus vaccines dur-
ing World War II, Dr. Coulson received a
citation of meritorious achievement from
the Surgeon General of the Army. He also
shared with his co-workers the Hildebrand
Prize Award of the Chemical Society of
Washington for the year 1950 and was
recognized in Who’s Who for notable contri-
butions to the chemistry of Allergens.

Dr. Coulson also maintained an active
interest in local civic and church affairs, and
was a member of the Takoma Park Presby-
terian Church in Takoma Park, Maryland.

At Kansas State he was elected to mem-
bership in Phi Kappa Phi, Sigma Xi and
Gamma Sigma Delta. He was a member of

-the Washington, D.C. Professional Chapter

of Alpha Chi Sigma; a fellow of the Washing-
ton Academy of Science, an honorary mem-
ber of the D.C. Allergy Society; member of
the American Association of Immunologists,
American Chemical Society and the Ameri-
can Society for Experimental Biology and
Medicine. He was currently serving on the
Board of Directors at Children’s Hospital in
Washington, D.C., and was a charter member
of the academic staff and the Allergy Semi-
nar there.

Dr. Coulson leaves his wife, the former
Esther George, formerly of Manhattan, Kan-
sas; two sisters, Mary Smee of Kansas City,
formerly of Abilene and Villa James; a
daughter, Janet C. LaMarre; a son, Jack R.
Coulson; and two grandchildren.

207

THE DIRECTORY OF THE ACADEMY FOR 1971

Foreward
‘The present, 46th issue of the Academy’s
directory is again this year issued as part of the
September number of the Journal. As in previous
years, the alphabetical listing is based on a postcard
questionnaire sent to the Academy membership.

address and membership in affiliated societies by
July 30, 1971. In cases in which cards were not
received by that date, the address appears as it was
used during 1970, and the remaining data were
taken from the directory for 1970. Corrections
should be called to the attention of the Academy

Members were asked to update the data concerning office.

Code for the Affiliated Societies and Society Officers

1 Philosophical Society of Washington (1898)
President: Langdon Crane, Jr., University of Md., College Park, Md. 20742
Vice-president: Harold Glaser, Office of Director, National Bureau of Standards, Wash-
ington, D. C. 20234

Secretary: Robert S. Allgaier, Naval Ordnance Lab., White Oak, Silver Spring, Md.
20910
Delegate: L. Marton, 4515 Linnean Ave., N.W., Washington, D. C. 20008

2 Anthropological Society of Washington (1898)
President: Wilton Dillon, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 20560
Vice-president: Mrs. Hertzog-Flannay

Secretary: Cjarny Hume, Dept. of Anthropology, American University, Washington,
D.C. 20016

Delegate: Jean K. Boek, National Graduate Univ., 1630 Kalmia Rd., N.W., Washington,
D. C. 20012

3 _ Biological Society of Washington (1898)
President: Joseph Rosewater, Smithsonian Institution
Secretary: Richard C. Banks, Smithsonian Institution

4 Chemical Society of Washington (1898)
President: J.C. Bacons, Naval Ordnance Lab., White Oak, Silver Spring, Md. 20910
President-elect: F.E. Saalfeld, Naval Research Lab. Washington, D. C. 20390
Secretary: A. Weissler, Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D. C. 20204
Delegate: F.E. Saalfeld

5 Entomological Society of Washington (1898)

President: Edson J. Hambleton, 5140 Worthington Dr., Washington, D. C. 20016

President-elect: Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Ent. Lab., USDA, c/o USNM, Washington,
D. C. 20560

Secretary: David R. Smith, Systematic Ent. Lab., USDA, c/o USNM, Washington, D.C.
20560

Delegate: Reece I. Sailer, USDA, Ent., Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. 20705

6 National Geographic Society (1898) |
Melvin M. Payne, National Geographic Society, Washington, D.C. .20036

President:
Secretary: Robert E. Doyle, National Geographic Society, Washington, D.C. 20036
Delegate: Alexander Wetmore, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560

7 Geological Society of Washington (1898)
President: Walter S. White, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. 20242
Vice-president: David B. Stewart, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. 20242
Secretary: Daniel E. Appleman, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, ‘D. C. 20242
Delegate: Ralph L. Miller, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. 20242

8 Medical Society of the District of Columbia (1898)
President: William S. McCune
President-elect: Frank S. Bacon
Secretary: Thomas Sadler

208 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

10

11.

12

13

14

15

16

17

| 18

Columbia Historical Society (1899)

Vice-president: Homer Rosenberger
Exec. Director: Robert J. McCarthy

Secretary: Winifred M. Pomeroy
Botanical Society of Washington (1902)
President: Martin M. Kulik, USDA, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. 20705
Vice-president: Willis H. Wheeler, 3171 N. Quincy St., Arlington, Va, 22207
Secretary: Marie C. Taylor, Dept. of Botany, Howard Univ., Washington, D.C. 20001
Delegate: Conrad B. Link, Dept. of Horticulture, Univ. of Md., College Park, Md.
20742
Society of American Foresters, Washington Section (1904)
Chairman: Richard K. Ely, U.S. Dept. of Interior
Vice-chairman: Malcolm E. Hardy, USDA
Secretary: Gene S. Bergoffen, Forest Service
Delegate: Robert Z. Callaham, 3720 Acosta Rd., Fairfax, Va. 22030
Washington Society of Engineers (1907)
President: Thomas M.- Robertson, 14000 Georgia Ave., Silver Spring, Md. 20910
Vice-president: Burton H. Tower, 2009 14th St., No., Arlington, Va. 22201
Secretary: Gerald H. Laird, 6006 N. 35th St., Arlington, Va. 22207
Delegate: George Abraham, Code 4024, Naval Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers, Washington Section (1912)
Chairman: Harry Fine, 808 Hyde Court, Silver Spring, Md. 20902
Vice-chairman: Robert E. Miller, Control Data Corp., 901 S. Highland St., Arlington, Va.
22004
Secretary: Forrest Hogg, Motorola, 1120 Conn. Ave., N.W., Suite 1120, Washington,
D. C. 20036
Delegate: Leland Whitelock, 5614 Greentree Rd., Bethesda, Md. 20034
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Washington Section (1923)
Chairman: Charles P. Howard, Catholic University of America
Vice-chairman: Robert A. Cahn, Agency for International Development
Secretary: Patrick F. Cunniff, University of Maryland
Delegate: William G. Allen, 8306 Custer Rd., Bethesda, Md. 20014
Helminthological Society of Washington (1923)
President: E.J.L. Soulsby, Dept. of Pathobiology, Univ. of Pa., Phila., Pa. 19104
Vice-president: Frank Douvres, National Animal Parasite Lab., USDA, Beltsville, Md.
20705
Secretary: Edna M. Buhrer, 5415 Conn. Ave., N.W., Washington, D. C. 20015
Delegate: A.O. Foster, 4613 Drexel Rd., College Park, Md. 20740
American Society for Microbiology, Washington Branch (1923)
President: Dr. Shaparas, Division of Biological Standards, NIH, Bethesda, Md. 20014
Vice-president: Carl Lamanna, 3812 37th St., N., Arlington, Va. 22207
Secretary: Donald M. Boyd, 15220 Georgia Ave., Rockville, Md. 20853
Delegate: Rita R. Colwell, Dept. of Biology, Georgetown Univ., Washington, D. C.
20007
Society of American Military Engineers, Washington Post (1927)
President: Col. Cliff M. Whitehead, 2111 Jefferson Davis Hwy., Arlington, Va. 22202
Vice-president: Cpt. W.E. Wynne, Naval Facilities Engrg. Comd., Code 10, Washington,
D. C. 20390
Secretary: Maj. Jack L. Hendrix, 10812 Charles Drive, Fairfax, Va. 22030
Delegate: Cdr. Hal P. Demuth, 4025 Pinebrook Rd., Alexandria, Va. 22310
American Society of Civil Engineers, National Capital Section (1942)
President: James O. Granum
Vice-president: Myles R. Howlett
Secretary: Robert E. Spicker
Delegate: Cyril J. Galvin, Jr., 2915 Tennyson St., N.W., Washington, D. C. 20015

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971 209

| pee

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

Pal)

210

Society for Experimental Biology & Medicine, D. C. Section (1952)

President: Earl Usdin, 2924 N. Oxford St., Arlington, Va. 22207
Vice-president: Donald F. Flick, 930 19th St., So., Arlington, Va. 22202
Secretary: Ira R. Telford, 3424 Garrison St., N.W., Washington, D. C. 20008
Delegate: Carleton R. Treadwell, 1335 H St., N.W., Washington, D. C. 20005

American Society for Metals, Washington Chapter (1953)
Chairman: Klaus M. Zwilsky, U.S. Atomic Energy Comm., Washington, D. C. 20545
Vice-chairman: Alan H. Rosenstein, Air Force Office of Scientific Res., 1400 Wilson Blvd.,
Arlington, Va. 22209

Secretary: Joseph Malz, NASA, Code RWM, Washington, D.C. 20546

Delegate: Glen W. Wensch, U.S. Atomic Energy Comm., Washington, D. C. 20545
International Association for Dental Research, Washington Section (1953)

President: H. I. Copeland, Andrews Air Force Base

Vice-president: Jeanne C. Sinkford, Howard University

Secretary: Maj. E. F. Huget, Walter Reed Army Medical Ctr.

Delegate: Nelson W. Rupp, American Dental Assoc., National Bureau of Standards,

Washington, D. C. 20234

American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, National Capital Section (1953)

Chairman: Robert H. Herrmann, Thiokol Chemical Co.

Vice-chairman: James D. Redding, Univac

Secretary: Charles K. Kraus, Rocketdyne, Division of North American Rockwell Corp.
Delegate: Col. Robert J. Burger, National Academy of Engineering, 2101 Constitution

Ave., Washington, D. C. 20418

American Meteorological Society, D. C. Chapter (1954)

Chairman: Clifford J. Murino, National Science Foundation

Vice-chairman: James K. Angell, ESSA

Secretary: Mary Ann Ruzecki, ESSA

Delegate: Harold A. Steiner, Hq., U.S. Air Force, The Pentagon, Rm. 5-D-982, Wash-

ington, D. C. 20330

Insecticide Society of Washington (1959)

President: Alexej B. Borkovec, Entomology Research Div. USDA, Beltsville, Md.
20705
Vice-president: Richard L. Cowden, Plant Protection Div., USDA, Hyattsville, Md. 20740
Secretary: Robert E. Menzer, Dept. of Entomology, Univ. of Md., College Park, Md.
20740
Delegate: H. Ivan Rainwater, Agricultural Quarantine Inspection Div., USDA,

Hyattsville, Md. 20782

Acoustical Society of America (1959)
Chairman: Richard K. Cook, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C. 20234
Vice-chairman: Herbert M. Nenstadt, Electrical Engineering Dept., U.S. Naval Academy,
Annapolis, Md. 21402

Secretary: Gerald J. Franz, Naval Ship R&D Ctr., Washington, D. C. 20034

Delegate: Alfred Weissler, Food & Drug Admin., Code SC-8, Washington, D. C. 20204
American Nuclear Society, Washington Section (1960)

Chairman: Oscar M. Bizzell, Atomic Energy Comm.

Vice-chairman: Justin L. Bloom, Atomic Energy Comm.

Secretary: Leslie S. Ayres, Arms Control & Disarmament Agency

Institute of Food Technologists, Washington Section (1961)

Chairman: Richard W. Sternberg, 1133 20th St., N.W., Washington, D. C. 20036

Vice-chairman: John N. Yeatman, ARS Market Quality Res., Color Res. Lab., Beltsville,
Md. 20705

Secretary: Cleve B. Denny, 1133 20th St., N.W., Washington, D. C.

Delegate: Lowrie M. Beacham, Food & Drug Adm., Rm. 3171, S. Bldg., Washington,
D. C. 20204

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971.

28°

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

American Ceramic Society, Baltimore-Washington Section (1962)

Chairman:

Paul W. Corbett, Glidden-Dirkee Div., Baltimore, Md.

Chairman-elect: John B. Wachtman, National Bureau of Standards

Secretary:
Delegate:

Wate T. Barker
J. J. Diamond, National Bureau of Standards, Materials Bldg. A-329, Wash-
ington, D. C. 20234

Electrochemical Society, National Capital Section (1963

Chairman:
Vice-chairman:
Secretary:
Delegate:

S. D. James, Naval Ordnance Lab., Code 232, White Oak, Md. 20910

G. Halpert, Goddard Space Flight Ctr., Greenbelt, Md. 20771

J. Barclay, U.S. Bureau of Mines, College Park, Md. 20740

Kurt H. Stern, Electrochemistry Branch, Naval Res. Lab., Washington,
D. C. 20390:

Washington History of Science Club (1965)

Chairman:
Vice-chairman:
Secretary:

Richard G. Hewlett, Atomic Energy Comm.
Deborah Warner, Smithsonian Institution
Dean C. Allard

American Association of Physics Teachers, Cheaspeake Section (1965)

President:
Vice-president:
Secretary:
Delegate:

Lee Anthony, Roanoke College, Salem, Va. 24153

Bernard Weigman, Loyola College, Baltimore, Md. 21212

John B. Newman, Towson State College, Baltimore, Md. 21204
Bernard B. Watson, Res. Analysis Corp., McLean, Va. 22101

Optical Society of America, National Capital Section (1966)

President:
Vice-president:
Secretary:

Delegate:

Elsie F. DuPre, Optical Sciences Div., Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D. C.
20390

Bruce Steiner, Rm. B-312, Metrology Bldg., National Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D. C. 20015

Irving H. Malitson, A-251 Physics Bldg., National Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D. C. 20234

Elsie F. DuPre

American Society of Plant Physiologists, Washington Section (1966)

President:

Vice-president:

Secretary:
Delegate:

Patricia Jackson, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. 20705

Donald Krizek, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. 20705

Neal Barnett, Dept. of Botany, Univ. of Md., College Park, Md. 20742

W. Shropshire, Jr., Radiation Biology Lab., 12441 Parklawn Dr., Rockville,
Md. 20852

Washington Operations Research Council (1966)

President:

President-elect:

Secretary:
Delegate:

Murray Kamrass, Institute for Denfense Analysis

Samuel E. Eastman, Economic Sciences Corp.

Ellison Burton, Ernst & Ernst

John G. Honig, Office Chief of Staff, Army, the Pentagon, Washington, D.C.
20310

Instrument Society of America, Washington Section (1967)

President:

President-elect:

Secretary:
Delegate:

Francis C. Quinn

John I. Peterson

Frank L. Carou

H. Dean Parry, ESSA, Gramax Bldg., 8060 13th St., Silver Spring, Md. 20810

American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical & Petroleum Engineers (1968)

President:

Vice-president:

Secretary:

Robert N. Morris, Southern Railway Systems
Ralph C. Kirby, Bureau of Mines
Harold W. Lynde, Jr., Department of Commerce

National Capital Astronomers (1969)

President:
Vice-president:
Secretary:
Delegate:

William R. Winkler, 1001 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Md. 20852
John.A. Eisele, 5513 Wolf St., Oxon Hill, Md. 20022

Estelle A. Finkle, 939 26th St., N.W., Washington, D. C. 20037
William R. Winkler

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971 211

Alphabetical List of Members

M=Member; F=Fellow; E=Emeritus member. Numbers in parentheses refer to numerical code in foregoing

list of affiliated societies.

A

ABBOT, CHARLES G., Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D.C. 20560 (E-1, 23, 32)

ABELSON, PHILIP H., Geophysical Lab., 2801
Upton St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1,
4,7, 16)

ABRAHAM, GEORGE, M.S., 3107 Westover Dr.,
S.E., Washington, D.C. 20020 (F-1, 6, 12, 13,
31)

ACHTER, M.R., Code 6306, U.S. Naval Research
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-20, 36)

ADAMS, CAROLINE L., 242 North Granada St.,
Arlington, Va. 22203 (E-10)

ADAMS, ELLIOT Q., 1889 Edgewood Dr., Twins-
berg, Ohio 44087 (E)

ADAMS, WILLIAM W., Dept. of Mathematics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20740 (F)

AFFRONTI, LEWIS, Dept. of Microbiology,
George Washington Univ. Sch. of Med., 1339 H
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (M-16, 19)

AHEARN, ARTHUR J., Ph.D., 9621 East Bexhill
Dr., Box 294, Kensington, Md. 20795 (F-1)

AKERS, ROBERT P., 9912 Silverbrook Dr., Rock-
ville, Md. 20850 (F-6)

ALDRICH, JOHN W., Ph.D., 6324 Lakeview Dr.,
Falls Church, Va. 22041 (F-3)

ALDRIDGE, MARY H., Ph.D., Dept. of Chemis-
try, American University, Washington, D.C.
20016 (F-1, 4)

ALEXANDER, A.D., D.V.M., Div. of Veterinary
Med., Walter Reed Army Med. Ctr., Washington,
D.C. 20012 (F-16, 19)

ALEXANDER, ALLEN L., Ph.D., Code 6120,
Naval Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-4)

ALEXANDER, BENJAMIN H., Ph.D., 2522 S.
Dakota Ave., N.E., Washington, D.C. 20018
(F-4)

ALGERMISSEN, S.T., 3904 Mt. Olney Lane,
Olney, Md. 20832 (F-6)

ALLAN, FRANK D., Dept. of Anatomy, George
Washington Univ., 1335 H St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20005 (M-6)

ALLEN, J. FRANCES, 6000 42nd Ave., Hyatts-
ville, Md. 20781 (F-3)

ALLEN, WILLIAM G., 8306 Custer Rd., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-14)

ALLISON, FRANKLIN E., 4930 Butterworth PI.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-4, 6)

ALTER, HARVEY, Ph.D., The Gillette Co. Re-
search Institute, 1413 Research Blvd., Rock-
ville, Md. 20850 (F)

ALTMAN, PHILIP L., 9206 Ewing Dr., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (M)

212

a I iy ee

AMIRIKIAN, ARSHAM, 6526 Western Ave.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-17, 18)

ANDERSON, ELIZABETH P., 3768 McKinley St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (M)

ANDERSON, MYRON S., 1433 Manchester Lane,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20011 (F-4)

ANDERSON, WENDELL L., 7507 Elmhurst St.,
District Heights, Washington, D.C. 20028 (F-4)

ANDREWS, JOHN S., Sc.D., National Animal
Parasite Lab., Agric. Res. Cent., Beltsville, Md.
20705 (F-15)

APPEL, WILLIAM D., B.S., 12416 Regent Ave.,
N.E., Albuquerque, N. Mex. 87112 (E-6)

APSTEIN, MAURICE, Harry Diamond Labs., Con-
necticut Ave. & Van Ness St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20438 (F-1, 6, 13)

ARGAUER, ROBERT J., 4208 Everett St., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (F)

ARMSTRONG, GEORGE T., Ph.D., Natl. Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4,
6)

ARSEM, COLLINS, 6405 Maiden Lane, Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (M-1, 6, 13)

ASLAKSON, CARL I., 5707 Wilson Lane, Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 6, 12, 18)

ASTIN, ALLEN V., Ph.D., 5008 Battery Lane,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-1, 13, 22, 31, 35)

AUSLANDER, JOSEPH, Dept. of Mathematics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F)

AXILROD, BENJAMIN M., 9915 Marquette Dr.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1)

AYENSU, EDWARD S., Ph.D., 103 G St., N.W.,
#B219, Washington, D.C. 20024 (F-10)

B

BAILEY, J.M., Biochemistry Dept., Geo. Washing-
ton Univ. Sch. of Med., 1335 H St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20005 (M-16, 19)

BAILEY, WILLIAM J., Dept. of Chemistry, Univ.
of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F-4)

BAKER, ARTHUR A., Ph.D., 5201 Westwood Dr.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-7)

BAKER, LOUIS C.W., Ph.D., Dept. of Chemistry,
Georgetown University, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20007 (F-4)

BALLARD, LOWELL D., 1001 E. Montgomery
Ave., No. 319, Rockville, Md. 20852 (M-1, 13,
32)

BANKS, HARVEY W., 6233 N. 23rd St., Arling-
ton, Va. 22205 (F)

BARBEAU, MARIUS, Natl. Museum of Canada,
Ottawa, Ont., Can.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

BARBROW, LOUIS E., Natl. Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 13, 32)

BARGER, GERALD L., 1527 Ainsley Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20904 (F-23)

BARNHART, CLYDE S., Sr., Ph.D., Land Warfare
Lab., Aberdeen Proving Ground, Md. 21005
(F-5, 24)

BARRETT, MORRIS K., Ph.D., 5528 Johnson
Ave., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-6)

BARSS, H.P., 2545 S.W. Terwilliger Blvd., Apt.
534, Portland, Oregon 97201 (E-3, 10)

BARTONE, JOHN C., School of Medicine, Howard
University, Washington, D.C. 20001 (M-19)

BASS, ARNOLD M., Ph.D., 11920 Coldstream Dr.,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-1, 32)

BATES, P.H. 307 Skyhill Rd., Alexandria, Va.
22314 (E)

BATES, ROGER G., Dept. of Chemistry, Univ. of
Florida, Gainesville, Fla. 32601 (F-29)

BEACH, LOUIS A., Ph.D., 1200 Waynewood
Blvd., Alexandria, Va. 22308 (F-1, 6)

BEACH, PRISCILLA A., 616 Lake Dr., Towson,
Md. 21204 (M)

BEACHAM, LOWRIE M., Jr., 200 C St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20250 (F-4, 27)

BEACHEM, CEDRIC D., Code 6322 Metallurgy
Div., Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-6, 20, 36)

BECKER, EDWIN D., Inst. Arthritis & Metabolic
Dis., National Institutes of Health, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-4)

BECKETT, CHARLES W., 5624 Madison St.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-1, 4)

BECKMANN, ROBERT B., Dean, College of En-
gineering, Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20740 (F-4, 6)

BEDINI, SILVIO A., 4303 47th St., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F-30)

BEIJ, K. HILDING, B.S., 69 Morningside Dr.,
Laconia, N.H. 03246 (F-1)

BEKKEDAHL, NORMAN, Ph.D., 405 N. Ocean
Blvd., Apt. 1001, Pompano Beach, Fla. 33062
(E-4, 6)

BELKIN, MORRIS, National Inst. of Neurological
Diseases & Stroke, N.I.H., Bethesda, Md. 20014
(F)

BELSHEIM, ROBERT, Ph.D., Code 8403, U.S.
Naval Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-1, 12, 14)

BENDER, MAURICE, Ph.D., HSMHA-OA, 5600
Fisher’s Lane, Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-4, 6, 27)

BENEDICT, WILLIAM S., 4935 Mass. Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-32)

BENESCH, WILLIAM, Inst. for Molecular Physics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(F-1, 32)

BENJAMIN, C.R., Ph.D., Natl. Fungus Collections,
USDA, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md.
20705 (F-10)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

BENNETT, JOHN A., 7405 Denton Rd., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-20)

BENNETT, LAWRENCE H., 6524 E. Halbert Rd.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-20)

BENNETT, MARTIN TOSCAN, 1775 Church St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 (F)

BENNETT, ROBERT R., 5312 Yorktown Rad.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-6, 7)

BENNETT, WILLARD H., Dept. of Physics, North
Carolina State Univ., Raleigh, N.C. 27607 (F)

BERCH, JULIAN, Gillette Res. Inst., 1413 Res.
Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F-4)

BERLINER, ROBERT W., M.D., Deputy Dir. for
Science, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F)

BERNTON, HARRY S., 3701 Massachusetts Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-8)

BEROZA, MORTON, Ph.D., USDA, Rm. 105
South Lab., Agriculture Research Center, Belts-
ville, Md. 20705 (F-4, 5, 19, 24)

BESTUL, ALDEN B., Natl. Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 6)

BICKLEY, WILLIAM E., Ph.D., Dept. of Entomol-
ogy, Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F-5, 24)

BIRCKNER, VICTOR, 1608 Tucker Rd., Oxon
Hill, Md. 20022 (E)

BIRD, H.R., Dept. of Poultry Science, Univ. of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. 53706 (F)

BIRKS, L.S., Code 6680, U.S. Naval
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F)

BLAKE, DORIS H., M.A., 3416 Glebe Rd., North,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (E-5)

BLANC, MILTON L., 619-C Cherry St., Statesville,
N.C. 28677 (F)

BLANDFORD, J., Miss, Blair Plaza, Apt. 1624,
1401 Blair Mill Rd., Silver Spring, Md. 20910
(F)

BLANK, CHARLES A., 5110 Sideburn Rd., Fair-
fax, Va. 22030 (M-6)

BLOCK, STANLEY, Ph.D., National Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

BLUM, WILLIAM, Ph.D., 5225 Partridge Lane,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-4, 6, 20, 29)

BLUNT, ROBERT F., 5411 Moorland Lane, Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (F)

BOEK, JEAN K., Ph.D., Natl. Graduate Univ.,
1630 Kalmia Rd., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20012 (F-2)

BOGLE, ROBERT W., Code 5300, Naval Res.
Lab., 4555 Overlook Ave., Washington, D.C.
20390 (F-1, 6, 22)

BONDELID, ROLLON O., Ph.D., Code 6610,
Naval Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F)

BORTHWICK, HARRY A., 13700 Creekside Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (E-10, 33)

BOWER, VINCENT E., Natl. Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

Research

213

BOWLES, RONALD E., Ph.D., Bowles Fluidics
Corp., 9347 Fraser Ave., Silver Spring, Md.
20910 (F)

BOWMAN, PAUL W., Westwood Bldg., Rm. 922,
Inst. of Gen. Med. Science, Natl. Institutes of
Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

BOWMAN, THOMAS E., Ph.D., Div. of Crustacea,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
20560 (F-3)

BOZEMAN, F. MARILYN, Dept. of Rickettsia
Disease, Walter Reed Army Inst. of Res., Walter
Reed Army Med. Ctr., Washington, D.C. 20012
(F-16, 19)

BRAATEN, NORMAN F., U.S. Coast & Geodetic
Survey, 6001 Executive Blvd., Rockville, Md.
20852 (F-1, 12, 17)

BRANCATO, E.L., Code 4004, U.S. Naval Re-
search Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F)

BRANDEWIE, DONALD F., 6811 Field Master
Dr., Springfield, Va. 22153 (F)

BRANSON, HERMAN, President, Lincoln Univ.,
Lincoln University, Pa. 19352 (F)

BRAUER, G.M., Dental Research A-123 Polymer,
Natl. Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-4, 21)

BRAZEE, RUTLAGE J., 619 Kenbrook Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (M)

BRECKENRIDGE, F.C., 5301 Broad Branch Rd.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-1, 32)

BRECKENRIDGE, R.G., Atomics International,
P.O. Box 309, Canoga Park, Calif. 91364 (F)

BREGER, IRVING A., Ph.D., 212 Hillsboro Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-4, 7)

BREIT, GREGORY, State Univ. of N.Y. at Buf-
falo, 4248 Ridge Lea Rd., Amherst, N.Y. 14226
(F)

BRENNER, ABNER, Ph.D., 7204 Pomander Lane,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-4, 6, 29)

BREWER, CARL R., Ph.D., 8113 Lilly Stone Dr.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-16)

BRICKWEDDE, F.G., Ph.D., Osmond Laboratory,
Dept. of Physics, Penn. State University, Univer-
sity Park, Pa. 16802 (F-1)

BRIER, GLENN W., M.A., 1729 N. Harrison St.,
Arlington, Va. 22205 (F-23)

BROADHURST, MARTIN G., 504 Calvin Lane,
Rockville, Md. 20851 (F)

BRODIE, BERNARD B., Lab. of Chem. Pharma-
cology, Natl. Heart and Lung Inst., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F)

BROMBACHER, W.G., 6914 Ridgewood Ave.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (E-1)

BROOKS, RICHARD C., M.S.E., 301 Tiger Lane,
Apt. 417, Columbia, Mo., 65201 (M-13)

BROWN, B.F., Sc.D., Code 6320, Naval Research
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-20, 29)

BROWN, J.R.C., Dept. of Zoology,
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F)

Univ. of

214

SE ee a

BROWN, RUSSELL G., Dept. of Botany, Univ. of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F-6, 10)

BROWN, THOMAS McP., Arthritis Clinic of N.
Virginia, S. 25th St. and Army-Navy Dr.,
Arlington, Va. 22206 (F)

BRUCK, STEPHEN D., 1113 Pipestem PI., Rock-
ville, Md. 20854 (F-4, 6)

BRYAN, MILTON M., U.S. Forest Service, Rm.
3025, S. Agriculture Bldg., Washington, D.C.
20250 (M-11)

BUGGS, C.W., Faculty of Allied Hlth. Sciences,
Drew Postgraduate Medical School, 12012 S.
Someta Ave., Los Angeles, Calif. 90059 (F-6,

i

BUNN, RALPH W., M.P.H., Box 411A, Route 3
Wild Rose Shores, Annapolis, Md. 21403 (F)

BURAS, EDMUND M., Jr., Gillette Research Inst.,
1413 Research Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

BURGER, ROBERT J. (USAF Ret.), Natl. Acad.
Engineering, 2101 Constitution Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20418 (F-22)

BURGERS, J.M., D.M.P.S., 4622 Knox Road, Apt.
7, College Park, Md. 20740 (F-1)

BURINGTON, RICHARD S., Ph.D., 1834 N.
Hartford St., Arlington, Va. 22201 (F-1,, 6)

BURK, DEAN, Natl. Cancer Institute, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F)

BURKEY, LLOYD A., 1212 Harding Lane, Silver
Spring, Md. 20904 (E-16)

BURNETT, H.C., Metallurgy Division, Natl. Bu-
reau of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

BYERLY, PERRY, Ph.D., Dept. of Geology &
Geophysics, Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif.
94720 (F)

BYERLY, T.C., Asst. Director, Science Education,
U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.
20250 (F)

’

C

CALDWELL, FRANK R., 4821 47th St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-1, 6)

CALDWELL, JOSEPH M., 2732 N. Kensington St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (E-18)

CALLAHAM, ROBERT Z., Ph.D., 3720 Acosta
Rd., Fairfax, Va. 22030 (F-11)

CAMERON, JOSEPH M., A345 Physics Bldg.,
Natl. Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-1)

CAMPANELLA, S. JOSEPH, 18917 Whetstone
Circle, Gaithersburg, Md. 20760 (F)

CAMPBELL, f.L., Ph.D., 2475 Virginia Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037 (F-5, 24)

CANDELA, GEORGE A., Natl. Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

CANNON, E.W., 5 Vassar Circle, Glen Echo, Md.
20768 (F-1)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

CARDER, DEAN S., Ph.D., 682 Forest St., Ash-
land, Oreg. 97520 (E)

CAREY, FRANCIS E., 12 N. Edison St., Arling-
ton, Va. 22203 (F)

CARHART, HOMER W., 6919 Lee Place, Annan-
dale, Va. 22003 (F-1, 6)

CARLSTON, RICHARD C., Calif. State Polytech-
nic Coll., San Luis Obispo, Calif. 93401 (F-6,
20, 29)

CARMICHAEL, LEONARD, Ph.D., Natl. Geo-
graphic Society, 17th & M Sts., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20036 (F)

CARROLL, THOMAS J., 4522 N. Charles St.,
Baltimore, Md. 21210 (F-1, 13, 25, 31, 32)

CARROLL, WILLIAM R., Room B-18, Bldg. 4,
National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.
20014 (F)

CARRON, MAXWELL K., U.S. Geological Survey,
Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-4, 7) ;

CARTER, HUGH, 2039 New Hampshire Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20009 (F)

CASH, cai K., Box 44, Nineveh, N.Y., 13813
(E-10

CASSEL, JAMES M., Route !, Sunnyview Dr.,
Germantown, Md. 20767 (F-4, 20)

CASSIDY, MARIE M., George Washington Sch. of
Med., 1339 H St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20005 (F)

CATHEY, HENRY M., 1817 Bart Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20904 (F-33)

CAUL, HAROLD J., Polymer Bldg., Natl. Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (E-4, 20,
21)

CHALKLEY, HAROLD W., 4609 Highland Ave.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (E-19)

CHAPIN, EDWARD J., 7123 Burtonwood Dr.,
Alexandria, Va. 22307 (F-14, 20)

CHAPLIN, HARVEY P., Jr., 1561 Forest Villa
Lane, McLean, Va. 22101 (F-22)

CHAPLINE, W.R., 4225 43rd St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20016 (E-6, 10, 11)

CHAPMAN, GEORGE B., Dept. of Biology,
Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.
20007 (F)

CHEEK, CONRAD H., Ph.D., Code 8330, U.S.
Naval Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F-4)

CHEZEM, CURTIS G., Ph.D., Head, Dept. of
Nuclear Engineering, Kansas State Univ., Man-
hattan, Kans. 66502 (F)

CLAIRE, CHARLES N., 4403 14th St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20011 (F-1, 12)

CLARK, FRANCIS E., ARS Research Lab., P.O.
Box E, Ft. Collins, Colo. 80521 (F)

CLARK, GEORGE E., Jr., 4022 North Stafford
St., Arlington, Va. 22207 (F)

CLARK, JOAN ROBINSON, Ph.D., U.S. Geolog-
ical Survey, Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-7)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

CLARK, KENNETH G., Ph.D., 4816 46th St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (E)

CLAUSEN, CURTIS P., University of California,
Riverside, Calif. 92507 (E-5)

CLEMENT, J. REID, Jr., 3720 Weltham St.,
Washington, D.C. 20023 (F)

CLEVEN, GALE W., Ph.D., Normandy House,
Apt. 107, 1701 N. Kent St., Arlington, Va.
22209 (F-1, 6)

CODLING, KEITH, University of Reading, Physics
Dept., Reading, England (F)

COHEE, GEORGE V., U.S. Geological Survey,
Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-6, 7)

COHN, ERNST M., 103 G St., S.W., Apt. 620-B,
Washington, D.C. 20024 (M-4, 29)

COHN, ROBERT, 7221 Pyle Road, Bethesda, Md.
20034 (F)

COLE, KENNETH S., Ph.D., National Institutes of
Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-1)

COLLINS, HENRY B., Dept.
Smithsonian Inst., Washington,
(E-2)

COLWELL, R.R., Ph.D., Dept. of Biology, George-
town University, Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-6,
16)

COMPTON, W. DALE, Director, Chem. and Phys.
Sciences, Ford Motor Co., 20000 Rotunda
Drive, Dearborn, Mich. 48121 (F)

CONGER, PAUL S., M.S., U.S. National Museum,
Washington, D.C. 20560 (E)

COOK, HAROLD T., Ph.D., Box 303, Rt. 3,
Edgewater, Md. 21037 (F-10)

COOK, RICHARD K., Ph.D., Room A311, Bidg.
226, Natl. Bur. Standards, Washington, D.C.
(F-1, 25)

COOK, ROBERT C., Population Consultant, 1701
18th St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20009 (F-10)

COOKE, C. WYTHE, Ph.D., Princess Issena Hotel,
Daytona Beach, Fla. 32020 (E-7)

COOLIDGE, HAROLD J., 2101 Constitution Ave.,
Washington, D.C. 20037 (E-6)

COOLIDGE, WILLIAM D., 1480 Lenox Rad.,
Schenectady, N.Y. 12308 (F)

COONS, GEORGE H., Ph.D., 7415 Oak Lane,
Chevy Chase, Md., 20015 (E-10)

COOPER, G. ARTHUR, U.S. Natl. Museum, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20560 (F-7)

CORNFIELD, JEROME, 9650 Rockville Pike,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

CORRELL, DAVID L., Radiation Biology Lab.,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
20560 (F-4, 33)

CORY, ERNEST N., Ph.D., 4710 College Ave.,
College Park, Md. 20742 (E-5)

COSTRELL, LOUIS, 241.02, Natl. Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 13)

COTTAM, C., Welder Wildlife Foundation, Box
1400, Sinton, Texas 78387 (F-3, 6)

Anthropology,
D.C. 20560

215

COX, EDWIN L., Biometrical Services, ARS, Ag.
Res. Center, Bldg. 228, Beltsville, Md. 20705
(F-6)

COYLE, THOMAS D., National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4, 6)

CRAFT, CHARLES C., U.S. Dept. of Agriculture,
Box 700, Pomona, Calif. 91766 (F)

CRAFTON, PAUL A., P.O. Box 454, Rockville,
Md. 20850 (F)

CRAGOE, CARL S., 6206 Singleton Place, Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (E-1)

CRANE, LANGDON T., Jr., 7103 Oakridge Ave.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 6)

CRAVEN, JOHN P., Special Projects Office, Dept.
of the Navy, Washington, D.C. 20350 (F-1, 25)

CREITZ, E. CARROLL, 10145 Cedar Lane, Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (E)

CRESSMAN, GEORGE P., 9 Old Stage Court,
Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-23)

CRETSOS, JAMES M., 3210 Saber Circle, Fairfax,
Va. 22030 (M-4)

CROSSETTE, GEORGE, 4217 Glenrose St., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (M-6, 9, 11, 17)

CULBERT, DOROTHY K., 812 A St., S.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20003 (M-6)

CULLINAN, FRANK P., 4402 Beechwood Rd.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E-6, 10, 33)

CURRAN, HAROLD R., 3431 N. Randolph St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (E-16)

CURTIS, ROGER W., Ph.D., 6308 Valley Rd.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F)

CURTISS, LEON F., 1690 Bayshore Drive, Engle-
wood, Fla. 33533 (E-1)

CUTHILL, JOHN R., Ph.D., 12700 River Rad.,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-20, 36)

CUTKOSKY, ROBERT DALE, 19150 Roman
Way, Gaithersburg, Md. 20760 (F-6, 13)

CUTTITTA, FRANK, 12911 Bluhill Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20906 (F-4, 6, 7)

D

DACONS, JOSEPH C., Ph.D., White Oak, Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (P-4)

DALY, JOSEPH F., 6217 85th Place, New Carroll-
ton, Md. 20784 (F)

DARRACOTT, HALVOR T., M.S., 3325 Mansfield
Rd., Falls Church, Va. 22041 (F-13)

DARWENT, B. DE B., Chemistry Dept., Catholic
agi of America, Washington, D.C. 20017 (F-1,
4

DAVENPORT, James C., Virginia State College,
Petersburg, Va. 23803 (M)

DAVIS, CHARLES M., Jr., 8458 Portland Place,
McLean, Virginia 22101 (M-25)

DAVIS, MARION MACLEAN, M.M.D., 5315 29th
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-4, 6)

216

DAVIS, R.F., Ph.D., Head, Dept. of Dairy Science,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F)

DAVIS, RAYMOND, 5315 29th St., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20015 (E-1, 4)

DAVIS, STEPHEN S., Dean, School of Engrg. &
Arch., Howard University, Washington, D.C.
20001 (M-6, 14)

DAVISSON, JAMES W., 4654 Cedar Ridge Dr.,
S.E., Washington, D.C. 20021 (F-1)

DAWSON, ROY C., 4019 Beechwood Rd., Univ.
Park, Md. 20782 (F-16)

DAWSON, VICTOR C.D., 9406 Curran Road,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F-6, 14, 20, 22)

DE BERRY, MARIAN B., 1116 Lamont St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20010 (M)

DE CARLO, MICHAEL, 2101 Constitution Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20408 (M-6)

DE FERIET, J. KAMPE, Prof. A. La Faculte
Des-Sci., de L’Univ. de Lille, 82 Rue Meurein,
Lille, France (F)

DE PACKH, DAVID, 100 Vista Terrace, S.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20022 (F-1)

DE PUE, LELAND A., Ph.D., Code 2303.3, Naval
Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-6,
20)

DE VOE, JAMES R., 17708 Parkridge Dr., Gai-
thersburg, Md. 20760 (F-4, 6)

DE VORE, CHARLES, 2243 N. Trenton St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (M-12, 13, 26)

DE WIT, ROLAND, Metallurgy Division, National
Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
(F-1, 6, 36)

DEDRICK, ROBERT L., Ph.D., Natl. Insts. Health,
Bg. 13, Room 3W13, Bethesda, Md. 20014
(F-1)

DEHL, RONALD E., 3895 Rodman St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

DEITZ, VICTOR R., 3310 Winnett Rd., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F-28)

DEMUTH, HAL P., M.S., 4025 Pinebrook Rd.,
Alexandria, Va. 22310 (F-17)

DERMEN, HAIG, Plant Industry Station, Belts-
ville, Md. 20705 (E)

DESLATTES, RICHARD D., Jr., 610 Aster Bivd.,
Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

DETWILER, ROBERT H., 5027 N. 30th St.,
Arlington, Va. 22210 (M)

DETWILER, S.B., 5711 No. Washington Blvd.,
Arlington, Va. 22205 (E-11)

DETWILER, SAMUEL B., Jr., 631 S. Walter Reed
Drive, Arlington, Va. 22204 (F-4)

DI MARZIO, E.A., 14205 Parkvale Rd., Rockville,
Md. 20853 (F)

DIAMOND, J.J., Physics B-150, National Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4,
6, 28)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

DIAMOND, PAULINE, 6436 Bannockburn Dr.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 4, 28)

DICKSON, GEORGE, M.A., Dental Research Sec-
tion, National Bureau of Standards, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F-6, 21)

DIEHL, WALTER S., 4501 Lowell St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-22)

DIEHL, WILLIAM W., Ph.D., 1512 N. McKinley
Rd., Arlington, Va. 22205 (E-3, 10)

DIGGES, THOMAS G., 3900 N. Albemarle St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (E-20)

DINGER, DONALD B., U.S. Army MERDC, Attn:
SMEFB-A, Ft. Belvoir, Va. 22060 (F-13)

DOCTOR, NORMAN, B.S., 3814 Littleton St.,
Wheaton, Md. 20906 (F-13)

DOETSCH, RAYMOND N., Microbiology Dept.,
aoe Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
F-16

DOFT, FLOYD S., Ph.D., 6416 Garnett Drive,
Kenwood, Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (E-4, 6, 19)

DONNERT, HERMANN J., Ph.D., Dept. Nuclear
Eng., Kansas State Univ., Manhattan, Kans.
66502 (F)

DOSS, MILDRED A., 109 Park Valley, Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-15)

DOUGLAS, CHARLES A., Section 21211, Natl.
Bureau of Standards, Washington D.C. 20234
(F-1, 6, 32)

DOUGLAS, THOMAS B., Ph.D., 3031 Sedgwick
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-4)

DRAEGER, R. HAROLD, M.D., 1201 N. 4th St.,
Tucson, Ariz. 85705 (E)

DRECHSLER, CHARLES, Ph.D., 6915 Oakridge
Rd., University Park (Hyattsville), Md. 20782
(E-6, 10)

DRUMMETER, LOUIS F., Jr., Code 6420, U.S.
Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F)

DU PONT, JOHN ELEUTHERE, Newton Square,
Pennsylvania 19073 (M)

DUERKSEN, J.A., 3134 Monroe St., N.E., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20018 (E-1, 6)

DUNCAN, HELEN M., U.S. National Museum,
Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-7)

DUNKUM, WILLIAM W., Alexandria City Public
Schools, 418 So. Washington St., Alexandria,
Va. 22313 (F)

DUNNING, K.L., Ph.D., Code 7670, Naval Re-
search Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1)

DUPONT, JEAN R., M.D., 818 Moore St., Sike-
ston, Mo. 63801 (F-19)

DURIE, EDYTHE G., 5031 Americana Dr., An-
nandale, Va. 22003 (M)

DURST, RICHARD A., Ph.D., Chemistry Bldg.,
Rm. A219, National Bureau of Standards, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

DURY, ABRAHAM, Ph.D, 5510 Cornish Rd.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-19)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

E

EASTER, DONALD, Code SL., NASA Headatrs.,
Washington, D.C. 20546 (M-4, 6, 13)

EBY, RONALD K., Chief, Polymers Division,
National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-25)

ECKERT, W.J., IBM Watson Laboratory, 612 W.
115th St., New York, N.Y. 10025 (F)

ECKHARDT, E.A., 840 12th St., Oakmont, Alle-
gheny County, Pa. 15139 (E-1)

=DDY, BERNICE E., Ph.D., Div. Biologic Stan-
dards, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-6, 16, 19)

EDDY, NATHAN B., M.D., 7055 Wilson Lane,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F, 6, 19)

EDERER, DAVID L., Far U V Physics Section,
Rm. A251, Bldg. 221, National Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-32)

EDMUNDS, LAFE R., Ph.D., 6003 Leewood Dr.,
Alexandria, Va. 22310 (F-5)

EGOLF, DONALD R., 3600 Cambridge Court,
Upper Marlboro, Md. 20870 (F-10)

EISENHART, CHURCHILL, Ph.D., Met A-123,
National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-1, 30)

EL-BISI], HAMED M., Ph.D. 1017 Aponi Rd.,
Vienna, Va. 22180 (M-16)

ELBOURN, ROBERT D., 8221 Hamilton Spring
Ct., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 13)

ELLINGER, GEORGE A., 739 Kelly Dr., York,
Pa. 17404 (E-6)

ELLIOTT, F.E., 7507 Grange Hall Dr., Oxon Hill,
Md. 20022 (F)

ELLIS, N.R., 4011 Van Buren St., W. Hyattsville,
Md. 20782 (E)

ELLISON, ALFRED H., Gillette Research Inst.,
1413 Research Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850
(F-4)

EMERSON, W.B., 415 Aspen St., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20012 (E-32)

ENNIS, WILLIAM B., Jr., 4011 College Hgts. Dr.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-6)

ESTERMANN, I., Dept. of Physics, Technion,
Haifa, Israel (E-1)

ETZEL, HOWARD W., 7304 River Hill
Washington, D.C. 20021 (F)

EVANS, W. DUANE, 364 Ives Hall, Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca, N.Y. 14850 (F)

EWERS, JOHN C., 4432 26th Road, North,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (F-2)

Rd.,

r

FAHEY, JOSEPH J., U.S. Geological Survey,
Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-4, 6, 7)

FALLON, ROBERT, 8251 Toll House Rd., Annan-
dale, Va. 22003 (F)

217

FARR, MARIE L., National Fungus Collections,
Plant Industry Station, Beltsville, Md. 20705
(F-10)

FARR, MARION M., Miss, 515 Thayer Ave., Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-15)

FARRAR, THOMAS C., JEOLCO (U.S.A.), Inc.,
235 Birchwood Ave., Cranford, N.J. 07016 (F)

FARRE, GEORGE L., Georgetown Univ., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20007 (F-30)

FARROW, RICHARD P., National Canners Assn.,
1133 20th St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036
(F-4, 6, 27)

FAULKNER, JOSEPH A., 1007 Sligo Creek Pky.,
Takoma Park, Md. 20012 (F-6)

FAUST, GEORGE T., Ph.D., 9907 Capitol View
Ave., Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-7, 31)

FAUST, WILLIAM R., Ph.D., 6410 Walnut St.,
Temple Hills, Md. 20031 (F-1, 6)

FEARN, JAMES E., Ph.D., Polymer Chemistry
Section, National Bureau of Standards, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

FELSENFELD, OSCAR, Tulane Research Center,
Covington, La. 70433 (F-6)

FELSHER, MURRAY, Amer. Geological Inst.,
2201 M St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006
(M-7)

FERGUSON, ROBERT E., 6307 Tone Dr., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20034 (F-4)

FERRELL, RICHARD A., Dept. of Physics, Uni-
versity of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(F-6, 31)

FIELD, WILLIAM D., Dept. Entomology, Smith-
sonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560
(F-5)

FINLEY, HAROLD E., Head, Dept. of Zoology,
Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20001
(F-3)

FISK, BERT, 2513 Dawson St., Hillcrest Hts., Md.
20031 (F-6)

FIVAZ, ALFRED E., 804 Dale Drive, Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (E-11)

FLETCHER, DONALD G., Natl. Bureau of Stan-
dards, Rm. A102, Bldg. 231—IND, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (M-4)

FLETCHER, HEWITT G., Jr., Box 217, Sandy
Spring, Md. 20860 (F)

FLINT, EINAR P., U.S. Bureau of Mines, 4071
Interior Bldg., Washington, D.C. 20240 (F-4,
20, 28, 36)

FLORIN, ROLAND E., Ph.D., Polymer Chemistry
Section, B-328 Poly, National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

FLYNN, DANIEL R., 17500 Ira Court, Derwood,
Md. 20855 (F)

FLYNN, JOSEPH H., Ph.D., 5309 Iroquois Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-4)

FOCKLER, H.H., MSLS, 10710 Lorain Ave., Silver
Spring, Md. 20014 (M)

218

FONER, S.N., Applied Physics Lab., The Johns
ae University, Silver Spring, Md. 20910
F-1

FOOTE, RICHARD H., Sc.D., 8807 Victoria
Road, Springfield, Va. 22151 (F-5, 6)

FORD, W. KENT, Jr., Dept. of Terrestrial Magne-
tism, Carnegie Institution of Washington, 5241
Broad Branch Rd., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20015 (F)

FORD, TIREY FOSTER, Code 6170, U.S. Naval
Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-4)

FORZIATI, ALPHONSE F., Ph.D., 9812 Dameron
Dr., Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-1, 4, 21, 29):

FORZIATI, FLORENCE H., Ph.D., CFE, ARS,
USDA, Federal Center Bldg., Hyattsville, Md.
20781 (F-4)

FOSTER, AUREL O., 4613 Drexel Rd., College
Park, Md. 20740 (F-15, 24)

FOURNIER, ROBERT O., 1550 Dana Avenue,
Palo Alto, Calif. 94303 (F-6, 7)

FOURT, LYMAN, 5510 Johnson Ave., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F)

FOWELLS, H.A., Ph.D., 10217 Green Forest,
Silver Spring, Md. 20903 (F-11)

FOWLER, EUGENE, U.S. Atomic Energy Comm.,
Washington, D.C. 20545 (M-26)

FOWLER, JOHN, Ph.D., Dept. of Physics, Univ. of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20740 (F)

FOX, DAVID W., The Johns Hopkins Univ.,
Applied Physics Lab., Silver Spring, Md. 20910
(F)

FOX, M.R. SPIVEY, Ph.D., 6115 Wiscassett Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-4, 19)

FOX, ROBERT B., Naval Res. Lab., Washington,
D.C. 20390 (F-4, 6)

FRAME, ELIZABETH G., Ph.D., 7711 Radnor
Rd., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F)

FRANKLIN, PHILIP J., 5907 Massachusetts Ave.
Extended, Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-4, 13)

FRANZ, GERALD J., M.S., 9638 Culver St.,
Kensington, Md. 20795 (M-6, 25)

FREDERIKSE, H.P.R., Ph.D., 9625 Dewmar Lane,
Kensington, Md. 20795 (F)

FREEMAN, ANDREW F., 5012 N. 33rd St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (M)

FREEMAN, DAVID H., 11903 Devilwood Dr.,
Rockville, Md. 20854 (F-4)

FREEMAN, MONROE E., 1200 N. Nash St.,
Arlington, Va. 22209 (F-4, 19)

FRENKIEL, FRANCOIS N., Computation and
Math. Dept., Naval Ship Res. & Develop. Ctr.,
Washington, D.C. 20034 (F-1, 22, 23)

FRIEDMAN, LEO, Ph.D., Director, Div. of Toxi-
cology (BF-140), Bureau of Foods and Pesti-
cides, Food & Drug Admin., H.E.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20204 (F-4, 19)

FRIESS, S.L., Ph.D., Environmental Biosciences
Dept., Naval Med. Res. Inst. NNMC, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-4)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

FRUSH, HARRIET L., 4912 New Hampshire Ave.,
N.W., Apt. 104, Washington, D.C. 20011 (F-4,
6)

FULLMER, IRVIN H., Warwick Towers, Apt.
1003, 1131 University Blvd. W., Silver Spring,
Md. 20902 (E-1, 6, 14)

FULTON, ROBERT A., 530 Merrie Dr., Corvallis,
Oregon 97330 (E-24)

FURUKAWA, GEORGE T., National Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4, 6)

FUSILLO, MATTHEW H., VA Hospital, 50 Irving
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20422 (M-6, 16)

G

GABRIELSON, IRA N., 2500 Leeds Rd., Oakton,
Va. 22124 (F-6)

| GAFAFER, WILLIAM M., 133 Cunningham Dr.,
New Smyrna Beach, Fla. 32069 (E)

GAGE, WILLIAM, Ph.D., 2146 Florida Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-2)

GALLER, SIDNEY, 6242 Woodcrest Ave., Balti-
more, Md. 21209 (F-6)

GALLOWAY, RAYMOND A., Dept. of Botany,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F-10, 33)

GALTSOFF, PAUL S., Ph.D., P.O. Box 167,
Woods Hole, Mass. 20543 (E-3)

GALVIN, CYRIL J., Jr., 2915 Tennyson St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-7, 18, 30)

GANT, JAMES O., Jr., 1801 Eye St., N.W., Suite
812, Washington, D.C. 20006 (M)

GARDNER, IRVINE C., Ph.D., 9531 E. Stanhope
Rd., Rock Creek Hills, Kensington, Md. 20795
(E-1, 6, 32)

GARGUS, JAMES L., 7108 Wayne Dr., Annan-
dale, Va. 22003 (M)

GARNER, C.L., The Garfield, 5410 Connecticut
Ave., Mae Washington, D.C. 20015 (E-1, 4, 12,
17,18

GARSTENS, MRS. HELEN L., 913 Buckingham
Drive, Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F)

GARVIN, DAVID, Ph.D., 4000 Tunlaw Rd., N.W.,
Apt. 323, Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-4)

GEIL, GLENN W., 211 N. Wakefield St., Arling-
ton, Va. 22203 (F-20)

GELLER, ROMAN F., 4977 Battery Lane, Apt.
406, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (E-28)

GEORGE, BOYD W., Ph.D., USDA, North Blidg.,
Plant Industry Sta., Beltsville, Md. 20705 (M)

GHAFFARI, ABOLGHASSEM, Ph.D., D.Sc.,
NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, Greenbelt,
Md. 20771 (F-1)

ahaa JOHN E., Box 96, Gibson, N.C. 28343
E

GIBSON, KASSON S., 4817 Cumberland St.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (E)

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

GIBSON, RALPH E., Johns Hopkins Applied
Physics Lab., 8231 Georgia Ave., Silver Spring,
Md. 20910 (F-1, 4, 22)

GINNINGS, DEFOE C., Physics Bldg., Rm. B-328,
National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

GINTHER, ROBERT J., Code 6060, U.S. Naval
Leela Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-6,
28, 29

GISH, OLIVER H., 7107 S. Indian River Dr., Fort
Pierce, Fla. 33450 (E-1, 6)

GIUFFRIDA, MRS. LAURA, 1600 S. Joyce St.,
Apt. B-211, Arlington, Va. 22202 (F)

GLASGOW, A.R., Jr., Ph.D., 4116 Hamilton St.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20781 (F-4, 6)

GLASSER, ROBERT G., Ph.D., 2812 Abiiene Dr.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-1, 6)

GLICKSMAN, MARTIN E., 2223 Hindle Lane,
Bowie, Md. 20715 (F-20)

GODFREY, THEODORE B., 7508 Old Chester
Rd., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (E)

GOLDBERG, MICHAEL, 5823 Potomac Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1)

GOLDMAN, ALAN J., Applied Mathematics Div.,
Inst. for Basic Standards, Natl. Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

GOLDSTEIN, GORDON D., 9520 Saybrook Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (M)

GOLUMBIC, CALVIN, ARS, USDA, Rm. 358,
Bldg. A, Washington, D.C. 20250 (F)

GONET, FRANK, 4007 N. Woodstock St., Arling-
ton, Va. 22207 (F-4)

GOODE, ROBERT J., B.S., Strength of Metals Br.,
Code 6380, Metallurgy Div., U.S.N.R.L., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20390 (F-6, 20, 36)

GOODMAN, RALPH, 6600 Melody Lane, Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F)

GORDON, CHARLES L., 5512 Charles St., Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (F-1, 4, 6)

GORDON, FRANCIS B., Ph.D., M.D., Dir. Dept.
of Microbiology, N.M.R.!. Naval Medical Cen-
ter, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-6, 16, 19)

GORDON, NATHAN, 1121 Univ. Blvd., Apt. 205,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-4)

GORDON, RUTH E., Ph.D., Inst. of Microbiology,
Rutgers Univ., New Brunswick, N.J. 08903
(F-16)

GOULD, |.A., Dept. of Dairy Technology, 2121
Fyffe Rd., Ohio State University, Columbus,
Ohio 43210 (F)

GRAF, JOHN E., 2035 Parkside Dr., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20012 (F-3, 5, 6)

GRASSL, CARL O., Sugar Plant Field Station,
P.O. Box 156, Canal Point, Fla. 33438 (F)

GRAY, ERNEST P., Applied Physics Laboratory,
8621 Georgia Ave., Silver Spring, Md. 20910
(F-1)

219

GRAY, IRVING, Georgetown Univ., Washington,
D.C. 20007 (F)

GREENBERG, LEON, Ph.D., 6209 Poindexter
Lane, Rockville, Md. 20852 (F)

GREENOUGH, M.L., M.S., Rm. A109 Poly, Na-
tional Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

GREENSPAN, MARTIN, 12 Granville Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (F-1, 25)

GRIFFITHS, NORMAN _ H.C., Dental School,
Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20001 (F)

GRISAMORE, NELSON T., National Academy of
Sciences, 2101 Constitution Ave., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20418 (F-1, 6, 13)

GROSSLING, BERNARDO F., 10903 Amherst
Ave., Apt. 241, Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-7,
36)

GROVES, DONALD G., c/o Town House Apt.
817, 601 19th St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20006 (F)

GUARINO, P.A., 6714 Montrose Rd., Rockville,
Md. 20852 (F-13)

GUILDNER, LESLIE A., Ph.D., National Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 6)

GUNN, CHARLES R., 10321 Seven Locks Rd.,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-22)

GURNEY, ASHLEY B., Ph.D., Systematic Ento-
mology Lab., USDA, c/o U.S. National Mu-
seum, Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-3, 5, 6)

H

HAAS, PETER H., 9232 E. Park Hill
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (M)

HACSKAYLO, EDWARD, Ph.D., Plant Industry
aoa USDA, Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-6, 10,
11, 33

HAENNI, EDWARD O., Food and Drug Adminis-
tration, H.E.W., Washington, D.C. 20204 (F-4)

HAGUE, JOHN L., National Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4, 6, 7)

HAHN, FRED E., Dept. of Molecular Biology,
Walter Reed Army Inst. of Res., Washington,
D.C. 20012 (F)

HAINES, KENNETH A., ARS, USDA, Federal
Center Bidg., Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-5, 24)

HAKALA, REINO W., Ph.D., Mathematics Dept.,
geile City U., Oklahoma City, Okla. 73106
F

Drive,

HALL, E. RAYMOND, Museum of Natural His-
fae Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. 66044
F

HALL, R. CLIFFORD, M.F., 316 Mansion Drive,
Alexandria, Va. 22302 (E-11)

HALL, STANLEY A., Agric. Res. Center, USDA,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-4, 24)

HALL, WAYNE C., Naval Research Lab., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20390 (F-1, 6, 13, 31)

220

HALLER, H.L., 4407 38th St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20016 (E-4, 5, 6, 24)

HALLER, WOLFGANG, National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

HALSTEAD, BRUCE W., World Life Research
Institute, 23000 Grand Terrace, Colton, Calif.
92324 (F-6, 19)

HAMBLETON, EDSON J., 5140 Worthington Dr.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-3, 5, 6)

HAMER, WALTER J., 3028 Dogwood St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-6, 13, 29)

HAMILTON, C.E. MIKE, Federal Power Comm.,
a G St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20426 (M-7,
36

HAMILTON, CANON M., Washington Cathedral,
Mt. Saint Alban, Washington, D.C. 20016 (M)

HAMMERSCHMIDT, W.W., 7818 Holmes Run Dr.,
Falls Church, Va. 22042 (M-1)

HAMMOND, H. DAVID, Ph.D., 14 Chappel St.,
Brockport, N.Y. 14420 (M-10)

HAMPP, EDWARD G., D.D.S., National Institutes
of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-21)

HANCOCK, JUDITH M., Biol. Dept., St. Joseph's
College, North Windham, Me. 04062 (M)

HAND, CADET H., Jr., Bodega Marine Lab.,
Bodega Bay, Calif. 94923 (F-6)

HANSEN, IRA B., Ph.D., Dept. of Biological
Sciences, George Washington University, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20006 (F-3, 6)

HANSEN, LOUIS S., D.D.S., School of Dentistry,
University of California, San Francisco, Calif.
94122 (F-21)

HANSEN, MORRIS H., M.A., Westat Research,
Inc., 7979 Old Georgetown Road, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-34)

HARDENBURG, ROBERT EARLE, Ph.D., Plant
Industry Station, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-6)

HARDER, E.C., 486 Strathcona Ave., Westmount,
Montreal 217, Que., Canada (F-6, 7, 11)

HARRINGTON, M.C., Ph.D., Physics Directorate,
Air Force Off. Sci. Res., 1400 Wilson Blvd.,
Arlington, Va. 22209 (F-1, 13, 22, 31, 32)

HARRIS, MILTON, Ph.D., 3300 Whitehaven St.,
N.W., Suite 500, Washington, D.C. 20007 (F)

HARRIS, THOMAS H., Office of Pesticides, Public
ae Service, HEW, Washington, D.C. 20201
(F) -

HARRISON, W.N., 3734 Windom PI., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 6, 28)

HARTLEY, JANET W., Ph.D., National Inst. of
Allergy & Infectious Diseases, National Insti-
tutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

HARTMANN, GREGORY K., 10701 Keswick St.,
Garrett Park, Md. 20766 (F-1, 25)

HASKINS, C.P., Carnegie Inst. of Washington,
1530 P ‘ie N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F-4,
5,6, 17

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

HASS, GEORG H., 7728 Lee Avenue, Alexandria,
Va. 22308 (F)

HAUPTMAN, HERBERT, Ph.D., Medical Founda-
tion of Buffalo, 73 High St., Buffalo, N.Y.
14203 (F-1)

HAWTHORNE, EDWARD W., M.D., Ph.D., Head,
Dept. of Physiology, Howard University, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20001 (F-8, 19)

HAZLETON, L.W., Ph.D., 9200 Leesburg Pike,
Vienna, Va. 22180 (F-4, 19)

HEINRICH, KURT F., 4826 Montgomery Lane,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

HEINZE, P.H., Ph.D., Horticultural Crops Re-
search, USDA, ARS, MQ., Rm. 803 F.C.B.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-4, 6, 10) S

HELLER, ISIDORE, Dept. of Mathematics, Catho-
lic University, Washington, D.C. 20017 (F)

HENDERSON, E.P., Div. of Meteorites, U.S. Na-
tional Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560 (E)

g HENDERSON, MALCOLM C., Ph.D., 2699 Shasta

Rd., Berkeley, Calif. 94708 (F-1)

HENNEBERRY, THOMAS J., 2608 Shenandale
Dr., Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (F-5, 24)

HERMACH, FRANCIS L., 2415 Eccleston St.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-13, 35)

HERMAN, ROBERT, Theoretical Physics Dept.,
General Motors Research Lab., 12 Mi & Mound
Rds., Warren, Mich. 48091 (F-1)

HERSCHMAN, HARRY K., 3349 Military Rd.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-20)

HERSEY, MAYO D., M.A., Div. of Engineering,
Brown University, Providence, R.I. 02912 (E-1)

HERZFELD, KARL F., Dept. of Physics, Catholic
University, Washington, D.C. 20017 (F-1)

HERZFELD, REGINA F., Ph.D., Dept. of Anthro-
pology, Catholic University, Washington, D.C.
20017 (F-1)

HESS, WALTER C., 3607 Chesapeake St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (E-4, 6, 19, 21)

HETRICK, FRANK, Dept. of Microbiology, Uni-
versity of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(M-16)

HEWITT, CLIFFORD A., 305 N. Lee St., Falls
Church, Va. 22046 (M-4, 6)

HEWSTON, ELIZABETH M.., Felicity Cove, Shady
Side, Md. 20867 (F)

HEXNER, PETER E., 7117 Dalhouse St. N.,
Springfield, Va. 22151 (F)

HEYDEN, FR. FRANCIS, Georgetown Univ. Ob-
servatory, Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-6, 32)

HIATT, CASPAR W., Ph.D., Univ. of Texas Medi-
cal School, San Antonio, Texas 78229 (F)

HICKLEY, THOMAS J., 10605 Amherst Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-13)

HICKOX, GEORGE H., Ph.D., 9310 Allwood Ct.,
Alexandria, Va. 22309 (F-6, 14, 18)

HICKS, GRADY T., Code 7124, Naval Res. Lab.,
Washington, D.C. 20390 (M-6)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

HICKS, V., Ph.D., 4000 Sunset Bivd., Minneapolis,
Minn. 55416 (F)

HILDEBRAND, EARL M., 3414 Bradley Lane,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (E-10)

HILL, FREEMAN K., 12408 Hall’s Shop Rad.,
Clarksville, Md. (F-1, 6, 22)

HILSENRATH, JOSEPH, 9603 Brunett Ave., Sil-
ver Spring, Md. 20901 (F-1)

HILTON, JAMES L., Ph.D., Plant Industry Sta-
tion, USDA, ARS, Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-33)

HINMAN, WILBUR S., Jr., Marlborough Point, Rt.
2, Box 102, Stafford, Va. 22554 (F-13)

HOBBS, ROBERT G., 7715 Old Chester Rd.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 4, 6)

HOCHMUTH, M.S., Ph.D., 9 Baskin Rd., Lexing-
ton, Mass. 02173 (M)

HOERING, THOMAS C., Carnegie Inst. of Wash-
ington, Geophysical Lab., 2801 Upton St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-4, 7)

HOFFMANN, C.H., Ph.D., 6906 40th Ave., Uni-
ie Park, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-5, 11,
24

HOGE, HAROLD J., Ph.D., Head, Thermodyn.
Lab. Prd., U.S. Army Natick Labs., Natick,
Mass. 01760 (F-1)

HOLLIES, NORMAN R:S., Gillette Research Insti-
tute, 1413 Research Blvd., Rockville, Md.
20850 (F-4)

HOLLINSHEAD, ARIEL C., Lab. for Virus &
Cancer Research, Dept. of Medicine, 2300 K
St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037 (F-16, 19)

HOLMGREN, HARRY D., Ph.D., P.O. Box 391,
College Park, Md. 20740 (F-1)

HOLSHOUSER, WILLIAM L., Bureau of Aviation
Safety, Natl. Trans. Safety Board, Washington,
D.C. 20591 (F-6, 20)

HONIG, JOHN G., 7701 Glenmore Spring Way,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 4, 34)

HOOKER, MISS MARJORIE, U.S. Geological Sur-
vey, Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-7)

HOOVER, JOHN I., 5313 Briley Place, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 6)

HOOVER, THOMAS B., Ph.D., Southeast Water
Lab., Athens, Ga. 30601 (F-4)

HOPKINS, STEPHEN, M.Ed., Trash Masters Corp.,
2135 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20007 (F)

HOPP, HENRY, Ph.D., c/o Ministry of Agriculture,
P.O. Box M37, Accra, Ghana, Africa (F-11)

HORNSTEIN, IRWIN, 5920 Bryn Mawr Rad.,
College Park, Md. 20740 (F-4, 27)

HOROWITZ, E., Deputy Director, Institute for
Materials Res., National Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

HORTON, BILLY M., 3238 Rodman St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 6, 13)

HOUGH, FLOYD W., Woodstock, Virginia 22664
(E-6)

221

HOWE, PAUL E., 3601 Connecticut Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (E-3, 4, 6, 8, 19)

HUBBARD, DONALD, 4807 Chevy Chase Dr.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-4, 6, 32)

HUBERT, LESTER F., 4704 Mangum Rad., College
Park, Md. 20740 (F-23)

HUDSON, COLIN M., Ph.D., Chief Scientist, U.S.
Army Weapons Command, Rock Island, Ill.
61201 (F-22)

HUGH, RUDOLPH, Ph.D., George Washington
Univ. Sch. of Med., Dept. of Microbiology,
1339 H St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005
(F-16, 19)

HUMPHREYS, CURTIS J., Ph.D., Williamsburg on
the Wabash, 400 N. River Rd., Apt. 1122, W.
Lafayette, Ind. 47906 (F-1)

HUNDLEY, JAMES M., American Heart Associa-
tion, 44 E. 23rd St., New York, N.Y. 10010 (F)

HUNT, W. HAWARD, 11712 Roby Ave., Belts-
ville, Md. 20705 (M)

HUNTER, G.W., III, Ph.D., P.O. Box 5418, Sun
City Center, Fla. 33570 (E-15)

HUNTER, RICHARD S., 9529 Lee Highway,
Fairfax, Va. 22030 (F-27, 32)

HUNTER, WILLIAM R., Code 7143, U.S. Naval
Research Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1, 6,
32)

HUNTOON, R.D., Ph.D., 13904 Blair Stone Lane,
Wheaton, Md. 20906 (F-1, 13)

HUTCHINS, LEE M., Cacao Ctr., Institute of
Agriculture, Turrialba, Costa Rica (E-10, 11)

HUTTON, George L., 6304 Kirby Road, Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-5, 6)

IMAI, ISAO, Dept. of Physics,
Tokyo, Tokyo, Japan (F)

INSLEY, HERBERT, 5219 Farrington Rd., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 7)

IRVING, GEORGE W., Jr., Ph.D., 4836 Langdrum
Lane, Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-4, 27)

IRWIN, GEORGE R., Ph.D., 7306 Edmonston
Rd., College Park, Md. 20740 (F-1, 6)

ISBELL, H.S., 4704 Blagden Ave., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20011 (F-4)

University of

J

JACKSON, H.H.T., Ph.D.,
Durham, N.C. (E-3)

JACKSON, J.L., Ph.D., Chmn., Dept. of Chem.
Eng. & Matl. Sciences, Wayne State Univ.,
Detroit, Mich. 48202 (F)

JACOB, K.D., 3812 Woodley Rd., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20016 (F-4)

122 Pinecrest Rd.,

222

JACOBS, WALTER W., 1812 Metzerott Rd., Apt. |
31, Adelphi, Md. 20783 (F) |

JACOBS, WOODROW C., Ph.D., 6309 Bradley |
Bivd., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-23)

JACOBSON, MARTIN, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, ©
Agric. Research Center, Beltsville, Md. 20705 ©
(F-4, 24)

JACOX, MARILYN E., Ph.D., National Bureau of |
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

JAMES, L.H., The James. Laboratories, 189 W. |
Madison St., Chicago, Ill. 60602 (F)

JAMES, MAURICE T., Ph.D., Dept. of Entomol- |
ogy, Washington State University, Pullman, |
Washington 99163 (E-5)

JANI, LORRAINE L., 2731 Ontario Rd., N.W., |
Washington, D.C. 20009 (M)

JAY, GEORGE E., Jr., Ph.D., National Cancer
Inst., Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-6)

JEN, C.K., Applied Physics Lab., 8621 Georgia
Ave., Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F)

JENKINS, ANNA E., Route 3, Walton, N.Y.
13856 (E-3, 6, 10)

JENKINS, WILLIAM D., 1829 Ingleside Terrace,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20010 (M-20)

JESSUP, R.S., 7001 W. Greenvale Pkwy., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 6)

JOHANNESEN, ROLF B., National Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

JOHNSON, DANIEL P., 9222 Columbia Bivd.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-1)

JOHNSON, KEITH C., 4422 Davenport St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F)

JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T., Ph.D., 355 Princeton
Dr., Costa Mesa, Calif. 92626 (F-5, 6)

JOHNSON, WILBUR V., Apt. 627, 4000 Massa-
chusetts Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016
(M-1, 4, 31)

JOHNSTON, FRANCIS E., 307 W. Montgomery
Ave., Rockville, Md. 20850 (E-1)

JONES, HENRY A., Desert Seed Co., Inc., Box
181, El Centro, Calif. 92243 (F)

JORDAN, GARY BLAKE, 7185 So. Birch Way,
Littleton, Colo. 80122 (M-13)

JORDAN, REGINALD C., 501 N. York Rad.,
Hatboro, Pa. 19040 (M)

JUDD, NEIL M., Georgian Towers, Apt. 120-C,
8715 First Ave., Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (E)

JUDSON, LEWIS V., Ph.D., 314 Main St., Cumber-
land Center, Maine 04021 (E-1, 6)

K

KAGARISE, RONALD E., 339 Onondaga Dr.,
Oxon Hill, Md. 20021 (F)

KAISER, HANS E., 433 South West Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20901 (M-6)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

KALMUS, HENRY P., Ph.D., 3000 University
Terrace, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-13)

KARLE, ISABELLA, Code 6030, U.S. Naval Res.
Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F)

KARLE, JEROME, Code 6030, U.S. Naval Re-
search Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1, 4)

KARR, PHILIP R., 5507 Calle de Arboles, Tor-

rance, Calif. 90505 (F-13)

KARRER, ANNIE M.H.,
20676 (E)

KARRER, S., Port Republic, Md. 20676 (F-1, 4, 6,
31, 32)

KAUFMAN, H.P., Box 266, Fedhaven, Fla. 33854
(F-12)

KEARNEY, PHILIP C., Ph.D., 13021 Blairmore
St., Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-4)

Port Republic, Md.

_KEGELES, GERSON, RFD 2, Stafford Springs,

|

Conn. 06076 (F)

-KENNARD, RALPH B., Ph.D., 3017 Military Rd.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20615 (E-1, 6, 31, 32)

KENNEDY, E.R., Ph.D., Biology Department,
-Catholic University, Washington, D.C. 20017
(F-6, 16)

KESSLER, KARL G., Ph.D., B164, Physics, Opti-
cal Physics Division, National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 6, 32)

KEULEGAN, GARBIS H., 215 Buena Vista Dr.,
Vicksburg, Miss. 39180 (F-1, 6)

KING, PETER, 1120 Cameron Rd., Alexandria,
Va. 22308 (F-1, 4, 6)

| KINNEY, J.P., Hartwick, Otsego County, N.Y.

13348 (E-11)

KLEBANOFF, PHILIP S., Aerodynamics Sect.,
National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-1, 22)

thesda, Md. 20034 (F-23)

KLINGSBERG, CYRUS, Natl. Academy of Sci-
ences, 2101 Constitution Ave., Washington,
D.C. 20418 (F-28)

KLUTE, CHARLES H., Apt. 118, 4545 Connec-
act Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1,
4

KNAPP, DAVID C., 9520 Bruce Dr., Silver Spring,
Md. 20901 (F)

| KLEIN, WILLIAM H., 7921 Maryknoll Ave., Be-

* KNIPLING, EDWARD F., Ph.D., Sc.D., Science

Advisor, Agr. Res. Serv., USDA, Room 205,
Nat. Agr. Library, Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-5)

' KNIPLING, PHOEBE H., Ph.D., 2623 N. Military

Rd., Arlington, Va. 22207 (F)

’ KNOBLOCK, EDWARD C., 12002 Greenleaf Ave.,
Rockville, Md. 20854 (F-4, 19)

|

KNOPF, ELEANORA B., Ph.D., Sch. of Earth
‘ moo Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif. 94305
E

KNOWLTON, KATHRYN, Apt. 837, 2122 Massa-
chusetts Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008
(F-4, 19)

J.WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971
Ec

KNOX, ARTHUR S., M.A., M.Ed., U.S. Geological
Survey, Washington, D.C. 20006 (M-6, 7)

KOHLER, HANS W., 607 Owl Way, Bird Key,
Sarasota, Fla. 33577 (F-6, 13, 31)

KOHLER, MAX A., NOAA Office of Hydrology,
Natl. Weather Serv., Silver Spring, Md. 20910
(F-18, 23)

arr ALAN C., Maxwell Labs, San Diego, Calif.

KOSTKOWSKI, HENRY J., Ph.D., 3506 Jeffry St.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20906 (F-1, 32)

KOTTER, F. RALPH, Sc.D., Met B344, Natl.
Ey of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
F-13

KRASNY, J.F., Gillette Res. Inst., 1413 Research
Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

KREITLOW, KERMIT W., USDA, ARS, Plant
Industry Sta., Beltsville, Md. 20250 (F-10)

KRUGER, JEROME, Ph.D., Rm B254, Materials
Bidg., Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-4, 29)

KULLBACK, SOLOMON, Statistics Dept., George
Toe Univ., Washington, D.C. 20006
F-13

KULLERUD, GUNNAR, Sc.D., Head, Dept. Geo-
sciences, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907
(F-6)

KURTZ, FLOYD E., 8005 Custer Rd., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-4)

KURZWEG, HERMAN H., 731 Quaint Acres Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (F-1, 22)

KUSHNER, LAWRENCE M., Ph.D., Dept. Dir.,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-36)

L

LADO, ROBERT, Ph.D., Georgetown Univ., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20007 (F)

LAK!I, KOLOMAN, Ph.D., Bldg. 4, Natl. Inst. of
Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

LAKIN, HUBERT W., U.S. Geological Survey,
rae 25, Denver Fed. Ctr., Denver, Colo. 80201

LAMANNA, CARL, Ph.D., 3812 37th St., N.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (F-16, 19)

LAMBERT, EDMUND B., Plant Industry Sta.,
Beltsville, Md. 20250 (E-6, 10)

LAMBERTON, BERENICE, Georgetown Univ.
Observ., Washington, D.C. 20007 (M)

LANDER, JAMES F., NOAA Environm. Res.
Labs., Seismoiogy Gp., Rockville, Md. 20852
(F)

LANDIS, PAUL E., 6304 Landon Lane, Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-6)

LANDSBERG, H.E., 5107 53rd Ave., Yorkshire
Village, Temple Hills, Md. 20031 (F-1, 23)

LANG, WALTER B., M.S., Kennedy-Warren, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20008 (E-4, 6, 7, 36)

223

LANG, MRS. WALTER B., B.S., 3133 Connecticut
Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-6, 7)

LANGFORD, GEORGE S., Ph.D., 4606 Hartwick
Rd., College Park, Md. 20740 (F-5, 24)

LAPHAM, EVAN G., 5340 Cortez Ct., Cape Coral,
Fla. 33904 (E)

LASHOF, THEODORE W., 10125 Ashburton
Lane, Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F)

LASTER, HOWARD J., Ph.D., Dept. of Physics &
Astron., Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F-1)

LATTA, RANDALL, 2122 California St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (E-5)

LAYMAN, JOHN, Ed.D., Science Teaching Center,
Univ. Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (M)

LE CLERG, ERWIN L., 6804 40th Ave., Univer-
sity Park, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E)

LEE, RICHARD H., 106 Hodges Lane, Takoma
Park, Md. 20012 (E)

LEINER, ALAN L., 222 Martling Ave., Apt. 6M,
Tarrytown, N.Y. 10591 (F)

LEJINS, PETER P., Univ. of Maryland, Dept. of
Sociology, College Park, Md. 20742 (F-10)

LENTZ, PAUL LEWIS, 5 Orange Ct., Greenbelt,
Md. 20770 (F-6, 10)

LEOPOLD, LUNA B., Room 3203, 95 A Bldg.,
Washington, D.C. 20242 (F)

LEVERTON, RUTH M., Ph.D., Office of Adminis-
fon ARS, USDA, Washington, D.C. 20250
F

LEVIN, ERNEST M., 7716 Sebago Rd., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-4, 28)

LEVY, SAMUEL, 2279 Preisman Dr., Schenec-
tady, N.Y. 12309 (F)

LEWIS, KEITH H., Ph.D. 1701 No. Kent, Apt.
1006, Arlington, Va. 22209 (M)

LEY, HERBERT L., Jr., M.D., P.O. Box 34434,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-6, 8, 16)

LI, HUI-LIN, The Morris Arboretum, Chestnut
Hill, Philadelphia, Pa. 19118 (F)

LIDDEL, URNER, 8312 Westmont Terr., Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (E-1, 13, 22)

LIEBERMAN, MORRIS, 107 Delford Ave., Silver
Spring, Md. 20904 (F-4, 6, 33)

LINDQUIST, ARTHUR W., Rte. 1, Bridgeport,
Kans. 67424 (E-6)

LINDSEY, IRVING, M.A., 202 E. Alexandria
Ave., Alexandria, Va. 22301 (E)

LING, LEE, Food & Agri. Organ. of U.N., Viale
Delle, Terme Di Caracalla, Rome, Italy (F)

LINNENBOM, VICTOR J., Ph.D., Code 8300,
Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-4)

LIPPINCOTT, ELLIS R., Dept. of Chemistry,
Univ. 2 Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
(F-1, 32

LIST, ROBERT J., 1123 Hammond Pkwy., Alex-
andria, Va. 22302 (F-23)

224

LITOVITZ, THEODORE A., Physics Dept., Catho- |
lic Univ. of America, Washington, D.C. 20017 |

(F-1)

LITTLE, ELBERT L., Jr., Ph.D., U.S. Forest |

Service, Washington, D.C. 20250 (F-10, 11)

LLOYD, DANIEL BOONE, 5604 Overlea Rd., |

Sumner, Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-6)

LOCKARD, J. DAVID, Ph.D., Botany Dept., Univ. |

of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20740 (M-33)

LOCKHART, LUTHER B., 6820 Wheatley Ct., |

Falls Church, Va. 22042 (F-4)

LOGAN, HUGH L., 222 N. Columbus St., Arling-

ton, Va. 22203 (F-20)

LONG, AUSTIN, 2715 E. Helen St., Tucson, Ariz.
85716 (F)

LORING, BLAKE M., P.O. Box 4637, Anacostia |

Sta., S.E., Washington, D.C. 20022 (F-6, 20, 36)

LUDFORD, G.S.S., Dept. of Mechanics, Thurston |

Hall, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y. 14850 (F)

LUSTIG, ERNEST, Ph.D., 3511 Ordway St., N.W.,

Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-4)

LYMAN, JOHN, Ph.D., 404 Clayton Rd., Chapel |

Hill, N.C. 27514 (F-23)

LYNCH, MRS. THOMAS J., 4960 Butterworth PI.,

N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (M)

LYNN, W. GARDNER, Catholic Univ. of America,

Washington, D.C. 20017 (F-1)

M

MA, TE-HSIU, Dept. of Biological Science, West-

ern Illinois Univ., Macomb, III. 61455 (F-3)

MAC DONALD, TORRENCE H.,
Bridge Rd., McLean, Va. 22101 (M)

MACHTA, LESTER, 6601 Brigadoon Dr., Be-

thesda, Md. 20034 (F-23)

MADDEN, ROBERT P., A251 Physics Bldg., Natl. |

eon of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20034
F-32

MAENGWYN-DAVIES, G.D., Ph.D., 2909 34th |

St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-4, 6, 19)

MAGIN, GEORGE B., Jr., 7412 Ridgewood Ave.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-6, 7, 26)

MAHAN, A.!., 10 Millgrove Gardens, Ednor, Md. |

20904 (F-1)

MAIENTHAL, MILLARD, 10116 Bevern Lane,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-4)

MALONEY, CLIFFORD J., Div. of Biologic Stan-
dards, Natl. Insts. of Health, Bethesda, Md.
20014 (F)

MANDEL, H. GEORGE, Ph.D., Dept. of Pharma- |
cology, George Washington Univ. Sch. of Med., |
1339 H St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F) |

622 Chain |

MANDEL, JOHN, A307 Polymer Bldg., Natl. Bur. |

of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1)
MANNING, JOHN R., Metal Physics Section, Natl.

Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 |

(F-6, 20, 36)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

MARCUS, MARVIN, Dept. Mathematics, Univ. of
California, Santa Barbara, Calif. 93106 (F-6)

MARCUS, SIDNEY O., Jr., 3603 80th Ave., S.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20028 (M-23)

| MARGOSHES, MARVIN, Ph.D., 69 Midland Ave.,

Tarrytown, N.Y. 10591 (F)

MARSHALL, LOUISE H., Div. Med. Sci., Room
342 NAS-NRC, 2101 Constitution Ave., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20418 (F)

MARSHALL, WADE H., 4209 Everett St., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (F-1)

MARTIN, BRUCE D., P.O. Box 234, Leonard-
town, Md. 20650 (F-7)

_ MARTIN, GEORGE W., Dept. of Botany, Univ. of

~MARTON, L., Editorial

lowa, lowa City, lowa 52240 (E)

MARTIN, JOHN H., 124 N.W. 7th St., Apt. 303,
Corvallis, Oregon 97330 (E-6)

MARTIN, MONROE H., Univ. of Maryland, Col-
lege Park, Md. 20742 (F)

MARTIN, ROBERT H., 2257 N. Nottingham St.,
Arlington, Va. 22205 (M-23)

Office, 4515 Linnean
Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 13)

MARVIN, ROBERT S., Natl. Bur. of Standards,

B354 MET, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4, 6)

MARYOTT, ARTHUR A., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4, 6)

MARZKE, OSCAR T., Westchester Dr., Pittsburgh,
Pa. 15215 (F-14, 20)

' MASON, EDWARD A., Brown Univ., Providence,

R.1. 02912 (F)

~MASON, HENRY LEA, Sc.D., 7008 Meadow

Lane, Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 6, 14, 35)

MASON, MARTIN A., President, Capitol Institute
of Technology, Kensington, Md. 20795 (F-12,
14, 18)

' MASSEY, JOE T., Ph.D., 10111 Parkwood Dr.,

Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

MATHERS, ALEX P., 320A Mansion Dr., Alex-
andria, Va. 22302 (F-4)

' MATLACK, MARION, 2700 N. 25th St., Arling-

ton, Va. 22207 (E)

MAUSS, BESSE D., Rural Rt. 1, New Oxford, Pa.
17350 (F)

/MAXWELL, LOUIS R., Ph.D., 3506 Leland St.,

Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1)

'MAY, DONALD C., Jr., Ph.D., 5931 Oakdale Rd.,

— ee

\

b

McLean, Va. 22101 (F)

) MAY, IRVING, U.S. Geological Survey, Washing-

ton, D.C. 20242 (F-4, 7)

'MAYER, CORNELL H., 1209 Villamay Blvd.,

Alexandria, Va. 22307 (F-1, 6, 13)

MAYOR, JOHN R., A.A.A.S., 1515 Massachusetts

Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F)

MAZUR, JACOB, Natl. Bureau of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-6)

_J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

i

MC BRIDE, GORDON W., Ch.E., 100 Park Ave.,
Suite 2209, New York, N.Y. 10017 (F)

MC CABE, LOUIS C., 7102 Pomander Lane,
Chevy Chass, Md. 20015 (F-17, 36)
MC CAMY, CALVIN S., All Angels Hill Rd.,

Wappingers Falls, N.Y. 12590 (F-32)

MC.CLAIN, EDWARD FIFER, Jr., 225 Maple Rd.,
Morningside, Md. 20023 (F-13)

MC CLELLAN, WILBUR D., Ph.D., Plant Ind.
Station, USDA, Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-6, 10)

MC CLURE, FRANK T., 810 Copley Lane, R.F.D.
1, Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (F-1, 4)

MC CULLOUGH, JAMES M., 6209 Apache St.,
Springfield, Va. 22150 (M)

MC CULLOUGH, N.B., Ph.D., M.D., Dept. of
Microbiology & Public Health, Michigan State
Univ., East Lansing, Mich. 48823 (F-6, 8)

MC ELHINNEY, JOHN, Ph.D., 11601 Stephen
Rd., Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (F-1, 6, 26)

MC GRATH, JAMES R., Ph.D., 5900 Madawaska
Rd., Washington, D.C. 20016 (M-25)

MC INTOSH, ALLEN, 4606 Clemson Rad., College
Park, Md. 20740 (E-6, 15)

MC KEE, S.A., 5431 Lincoln St., Bethesda, Md.
20034 (F)

MC KELVEY, VINCENT E., Ph.D., 6601 Brox-
burn Dr., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-7)

MC KENZIE, LAWSON M., 5311 Westpath Way,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1)

MC KIBBEN, EUGENE G., Ph.D., 4226 Longfel-
low St., Hyattsville, Md. 20781 (F-12)

MC KINNEY, HAROLD H., 1620 N. Edgewood
St., Arlington, Va. 22201 (E-6, 10, 16, 33)

MC KNIGHT, EDWIN T., 5038 Park Place, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F-7)

MC KOWN, BARRETT L., M.S., 7611 Fontaine-
bleau Dr., Apt. 2223, New Carrollton, Md.
20784 (M-6)

MC MILLEN, J. HOWARD, Ph.D., 4200 Stanford
St., Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1)

MC MURDIE, HOWARD F., Natl. Bur. of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-28)

MC NESBY, JAMES R., Natl. Bur. of Standards
300.00, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

MC PHEE, HUGH C., 3450 Toledo Terrace, Apt.
425, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E-6)

MC PHERSON, ARCHIBALD T., Ph.D., 4005
Cleveland St., Kensington, Md. 20795 (F-1, 4,
6, 27)

MEADE, BUFORD K., Coast & Geodetic Survey,
Washington Science Ctr., Rockville, Md. 20852
(F-17)

MEARS, FLORENCE, Ph.D.,
Lane, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

MEARS, THOMAS W., B.S., 2809 Hathaway Ter-
race, Wheaton, Md. 20906 (F-1, 4, 6)

MEBS, RUSSELL W., 6620 32nd St., N., Arling-
ton, Va. 22213 (F-6, 12, 20)

8004 Hampden

225

MEINKE, W. WAYNE, Ph.D., Analytical Chemis-
try Div., Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F-4)

MELMED, ALLAN J., 732 Tiffany Court, Gai-
thersburg, Md. 20760 (F)

MENDLOWITZ, HAROLD, 708 Lamberton Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F)

MENIS, OSCAR, Analytical Chem. Div., Natl.
rates of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
F

MENKART, JOHN H., Gillette Co. Res.
1413 Res. Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

MERRIAM, CARROLL F.,
Maine 04669 (F-6)

MEYERHOFF, HOWARD A., 3625 S. Florence
Pl., Tulsa, Okla. 74105 (F-7)

MEYERSON, MELVIN R., Ph.D., Rm. A349,
Bldg. 224, National Bureau of Standards, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20234 (F-20)

MEYKAR, OREST A., P.E., 200 E. Luray Ave.,
Alexandria, Va. 22301 (M-13, 14)

MEY ROWITZ, ROBERT, 555 Thayer Ave., Apt.
209, Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-4)

MICHAELIS, ROBERT E., National Bureau of
Standards, Chemistry Bldg., Rm. B330, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20234 (F-20)

MICKEY, WENDELL V., NOAA-ERL, Washington
Science Ctr., Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-1, 25)

MIDDLETON, H.E., 430 E. Packwood, Apt.
H-108, Maitland, Fla. 32751 (E)

MIDER, G. BURROUGHS, M.D., Deputy Director,
Natl. Library of Medicine, Bethesda, Md. 20014
(F)

MILLAR, DAVID B., NMRI, NNMC, Environ-
mental Biosciences Dept., Physical Biochemistry
Div., Washington, D.C. 20014 (F)

MILLER, CARL F., 18 W. Windsor Ave., Alexan-
dria, Va. 22301 (E-6)

MILLER, CLEM O., Ph.D., 6343 Nicholson St.,
Falls Church, Va. 22044 (F-4, 6)

MILLER, J. CHARLES, 4217 Canoga Dr.,
land Hills, Calif. 91364 (E-7)

MILLER, PAUL R., Ph.D., Fort Valley State
College, Box 889, Ft. Valley, Ga. 31030 (F-10)

MILLER, RALPH L., Ph.D., 5215 Abington Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-7)

MILLER, ROMAN R., 1232 Pinecrest Circle, Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-4, 6, 28)

MILLIGAN, DOLPHUS E., Ph.D., National Bureau
of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4)

MILLIKEN, LEWIS T., Natl. Bur. of Standards
408-03, Washington, D.C. 20234 (M-1, 4, 7)

MILTON, CHARLES, Dept. of Geology, George
Washington Univ., Washington, D.C. 20006
(M-7)

MISNER, CHARLES W., Dept of Physics and
Astron., Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (F)

Inst.,

Prospect Harbor,

Wood-

226

MITCHELL, J. MURRAY, Jr., Ph.D., 1106 Dog- |
wood Dr., McLean, Va. 22101 (F-6, 23)

MITCHELL, JOHN W., 9007 Flower Ave., Silver | !

Spring, Md. 20901 (F)

MITTLEMAN, DON, 80 Parkwood Lane, Obert |
Ohio 44074 (F) |

MIZELL, LOUIS R., 108 Sharon Lane, Greenlawn,
N.Y. 11740 (F)

MOEZIE, FATEMEH T., Mrs., 3113 Quebec St.,
N.W. , Washington, D.C. 20008 (M)

MOHLER, FRED L., Ph.D., 2853 Brandywine St.,
N.W. , Washington, D.C. 20008 (E- 1,6, 32)

MOLLARI, MARIO, 4527 45th St.,
ington, D.C. 20016 (E-3, 5, 15)

a

N.W., Wash- |

MOLLER, RAYMOND W., Ph.D., Catholic Univ. |

of America, Washington, D.C. 20017 (F)

!
|

MONCHICK, LOUIS, 2801 Greenvale St., Chevy |

Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 4)

MOORE, GEORGE A., Ph.D., Natl. Bur. of Stan- .

dards 312.03, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-6, 20, |

29, 36)

MOORE, HARVEY C., Office of the Dean, CAS, |

American Univ., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-2)

MORAN, FREDERICK A., 7711 Kipling Pkwy.,
Washington, D.C. 20028 (M-18, 23)

MORRIS, J.A., 23-E Ridge Rd., Greenbelt, Md. |

20770 (M-6, 15, 16)

MORRIS, JOSEPH BURTON, Chemistry Dept.

Howard Univ., Washington, D.C. 20001 (F)

MORRIS, KELSO B., Howard Univ., Washington,

D.C. 20001 (F-4)

MORRISS, DONALD J., 102 Baldwin Ct., Pt.
Charlotte, Fla. 33950 (E-11)

MORTON, JOHN D., M.A.,
Fairfax, Va. 22030 (F-16, 23)

MOSHMAN, JACK, LEASCO,
Ave., Bethesda, Md. 20014 (M-34)

MOSTOFI,
Pathology, Washington, D.C. 20012 (F)

f
MUEHLHAUSE, C.O., Ph.D., 9105 Seven Locks |

Rd., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-1, 26)

MUELLER, H.J., 4801 Kenmore Ave., Alexandria,
Va. 22304 (F)

MUESEBECK, CARL F.W., U.S. Natl.
Washington, D.C. 20560 (E-3, 5)

MURDOCH, WALLACE P., Ph.D., 13220 Limetree
Rd., Silver Spring, Md. 20904 (F-5)

MURPHY, LEONARD M., Seismology Div., U.S.
Coast & Geodetic Survey, Rockville, Md. 20852
(F)

MURRAY, WILLIAM S., 1281 Bartonshire Way,
Potomac Woods, Rockville, Md. 20854 (F-5)

MYERS, ALFRED T., USGS Geochemistry &
Petr., Denver Federal Ctr., Denver, Colo. 80225
(F-4, 6)

MYERS, RALPH D., Physics Dept., Univ. of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20740 (F-1)

Museum,

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

|
\

10217 Forest Ave., |
Inc., 4033 Rugby |

F.K., M.D., Armed Forces Inst. of |

| MYERS, WILLIAM H., Natl. Oceanographic Data
- Ctr., Rockville, Md. 20852 (M)

N

_ NAESER, CHARLES R., Ph.D., 6654 Van Winkle
| Dr., Falls Church, Va. 22044 (F-4, 7)

NAMIAS, JEROME, Chief, Extended Forest Div.
NMC, ESSA, Washington, D.C. 20233 (F)

NELSON, R.H., 7309 Finns Lane, Lanham, Md.
Y 20801 (E-5, 6, 24)

| NEPOMUCENE, SR. ST. JOHN, Trinity Coll.,
Michigan Ave. & Franklin St., N.E., Washington,
D.C. 20017 (E)

) NEUENDORFFER, J.A., 911 Allison St., Alexan-
dria, Va. 22302 (F-6, 34)

y NEUSCHEL, SHERMAN K., U.S. Geological Sur-

vey, Washington, D.C. 20240 (F-7) .

NEWMAN, MORRIS, Natl. Bur. of Standards,

' Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

| NEWMAN, SANFORD B., Ph.D., Room 1000
Admin., Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington,
.

D.C. 20234 (F)

' NEWTON, CLARENCE J., Ph.D., 1504 S. 2nd
Ave., Edinburg, Texas 78539 (F)

\ NICKERSON, DOROTHY, 2039 New Hampshire
| Ave., Washington, D.C. 20009 (E-6, 32)

* NIKIFOROFF, C.C., 4309 Van Buren St., Univer-
sity Park, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E)

/NIRENBERG, MARSHALL W., 7001 Orkney
_ Pkwy., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-4)

|

’ NOFFSINGER, TERRELL L., Spec. Weather Serv.
| Br., NOAA/NWS, Gramax Bldg., Silver Spring,
Md. 20910 (F-23)

‘NOLLA, J.A.B., Ph.D., Apartado 820, Mayaguez,
Puerto Rico 00708 (F-6)

‘NORRIS, KARL H., 11204 Montgomery Rd.,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-27)

‘NOYES, HOWARD E., Hg., WRAIR, Walter Reed
Army Medical Center, Washington, D.C. 20012
(F-16, 19)

*NUTTONSON, M.Y., American Inst. of Crop

| Ecology, 309 Dale Dr., Silver Spring, Md. 20910
(M)
‘O’BRIEN, JOHN A., Ph.D., Dept. of Biology,

Catholic Univ. of America, Washington, D.C.
| 20017 (F-10)

‘O’HERN, ELIZABETH M., Ph.D., 633 G St., S.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20024 (M-16)

O'KEEFE, JOHN A., Code 640, Goddard Space
Flight Ctr., Greenbelt, Md. 20771 (F-1)

/O’NEILL, HUGH T., 571 Coover Rd., Annapolis,
Md. 21401 (E)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

OBOURN, ELLSWORTH S., Ph.D., 2100 S. Ocean
oh Apt. 2CD, Ft. Lauderdale, Fla. 33316 (E-1,
6

OEHSER, PAUL H., 9012 Old Dominion Dr.,
McLean, Va. 22101 (F-1, 3, 9, 30)

OKABE, HIDEO, Ph.D., Div. 223 No. 53, Natl.
fea of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
F-4)

OLIPHANT, MALCOLM W., Ph.D., Hawaii Loa
Coll., P.O. Box 764, Kaneohe, Oahu, Haw.
96744 (F)

OLIVER, VINCENT J., Applications Group,
NESC, Federal Office Bldg. No. 4, Rm. 0215,
Suitland, Md. 20233 (F-23)

OLSEN, HAROLD W., Br. of Engr. Geol., U.S.
Geological Survey, 345 Middlefield Rd., Menlo
Park, Calif. 94025 (M)

OLSON, JOSEPH C., Ph.D., Food & Drug Admin.,
200 C St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20204
(M-16, 27)

ORDWAY, FRED, Ph.D., 5205 Elsmere Ave.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-4, 6, 20, 28)

ORLIN, HYMAN, NOAA-NOS, Rockville, Md.
20852 (F-17)

OSER, HANS J., 8810 Quiet Stream Ct., Potomac,
Md. 20852 (F-6)

OSGOOD, WILLIAM R., Ph.D., 2756 Macomb St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (E-14)

OSMUN, J.W., 7219 Churchill Rd., McLean, Va.
27101 (F-6, 22, 23)

OSWALD, ELIZABETH, 9107 Jones Mill Rd.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-16)

OWENS, HOWARD B., 14528 Bauer Dr., Rock-
ville, Md. 20853 (F-7)

OWENS, JAMES P., M.A.,
Rockville, Md. 20853 (F-7)

14528 Bauer Dr.,

P

PACK, DONALD H., 1826 Opalacka Dr., McLean,
Va. 22101 (F-23)

PAFFENBARGER, GEORGE C., D.D.S., ADA
Res. Div., Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F-21)

PAGE, BENJAMIN L., 1340 Locust Rd., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20012 (E-1, 6)

PAGE, CHESTER H., 15400 Layhill Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20906 (F-1, 6, 13)

PAGE, R.M., 10222 Berkshire Rd., Bloomington,
Minn. 55437 (F-13)

PALLOTTA, ARTHUR J., Bionetics Res. Lab.,
P.O. Box 26, Falls Church, Va. 22046 (M-4, 19)

PANCELLA, JOHN R., 1209 Viers Mill Rd.,
Rockville, Md. 20851 (M)

PARK, HELEN D., NIAMD, Natl. Insts. of Health,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

PARK, J. HOWARD, 3614 59th Ave., S.W.,
Seattle, Washington 98116 (F-13)

227

PARKER, KENNETH W., 6014 Kirby Rd., Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (E-3, 10, 11)

PARKER, ROBERT L., Ph.D., Chief, Crystalliz of
Metals Sect., Rm. B-164 MATLS, Natl. Bur. of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

PARLETT, ROBERT C., M.D., Ph.D., George
Washington Univ. Sch. of Med., 1339 H St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F)

PARMAN, GEORGE K., c/o UNIDO, P.O. Box
837, A-1011, Vienna, Austria (F-27)

PARR, L.W., 302 Scientists Cliffs, Port Republic,
Md. 20676 (E-16, 19)

PARRY, H. DEAN, NOAA-National Weather Ser-
vice, Gramax Bldg., 8060 13th St., Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-13, 23, 35)

PASSAGLIA, ELIO, Metallurgy Div. 31200, Natl.
ae of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
F-20)

PASSER, MOSES, Ph.D., American Chemical Soci-
ety, 1155 16th St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20036 (F) ;

PATTERSON, GLENN W., 8916 2nd St., Lanham,
Md. 20801 (F-4, 33)

PATTERSON, WILBUR I., Ph.D., Blakely Island,
Washington 98222 (F)

PAUL, FRED, Code 324, Goddard Space Flight
ae eau Code 320, Greenbelt, Md. 20771
F-32

PAYNE, L.E., Dept. Math., Cornell Univ., Ithaca,
N.Y. 14850 (F)

PEACOCK, ELIZABETH D., 3140 Highland Lane,
Fairfax, Va. 22030 (M)

PECORA, WILLIAM T., Under-Secretary, Dept. of
Interior, Washington, D.C. 20240 (F)

PEISER, H. STEFFEN, 638 Blossom Dr., Rock-
ville, Md. 20850 (F-1, 4, 28)

PELCZAR, MICHAEL J., Jr., Univ. of Maryland
Graduate School, College Park, Md. 20742 (F)

PELL, WILLIAM H., National Science Fndn., 1800
G St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20550 (F-6, 14)

PERKINS, LOUIS R., USAID, Ethiopia, c/o Amer-
ican Consul. Gen., Asmara, Ethiopia, APO, New
York 09843 (M)

PERROS, THEODORE P., Ph.D., Dept. of Chemis-
try, George Washington Univ., Washington, D.C.
20006 (F-1, 4)

PHAIR, GEORGE, 14700 River Rd., Potomac,
Md. 20854 (F-7)

PHILLIPS, MRS. M. LINDEMAN, Union Farm,
Mount Vernon, Va. 22121 (F-1, 13, 25)

PIGMAN, WARD, Ph.D., Dept. of Biochemistry,
New York Med. Coll., 5th Ave. & 106th St.,
New York, N.Y. 10029 (F)

PIKL, JOSEF, 211 Dickinson Rd., Glassboro, N.J.
08028 (E)

PIPKIN, ALAN C., Sr., Ph.D., P.O. Box 66,
Simpsonville, Md. 21150 (F-6, 15, 19)

PITTMAN, MARGARET, Ph.D., 3133 Connecticut
Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (E)

228

PITTS, JOSEPH W., 5714 Beech Ave., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-6, 20, 28)
PLOTKIN, HENRY H., 1801 Briggs Rd., Silver |
Spring, Md. 20906 (F-1) !

POLACHEK, HARRY, 12000 Old Georgetown }
Rd., Rockville, Md. 20852 (E) L

POLING, AUSTIN C., R.C. No. 1, Bufflick
Heights, Winchester, Va. 22601 (F)

POMMER, ALFRED M., 3117 Fayette Rd., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (F-4, 7, 19, 35)

POOS, F.W., 3225 N. Albemarle St., Arlington, Va.
22207 (E-5, 6, 24) !

POPENOE, WILSON, Antigua, Guatemala, Central }
America (E-3, 11)

POTTS, B.L., 119 Perwinkel Ct., Greenbelt, Md. |
20770 (F)

PRESLEY, JOHN T., .3811 Courtney Circle, |
Bryan, Texas 77801 (E) |

PRO, MAYNARD J., 7904 Falstaff Rd., McLean, |)
Va. 22101 (F-26)

PROSEN, EDWARD J., 621 Warfield Dr., Rock- |
ville, Md. 20850 (F-4)

PUTNINS, PAUL H., 10809 Georgia Ave., Apt. |
202, Wheaton, Md. 20902 (F-6, 23)

R

RABINOW, JACOB, Control! Data Corp., 1455 |
Research Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F-13)

RADER, CHARLES A., 15807 Sherwood Ave.,
Laurel, Md. 20810 (F-4)

RADO, GEORGE T., Ph.D., 818 Carrie Court, |
McLean, Va. 22101 (F-1) .

RAINWATER, H. IVAN, 2805 Liberty Place, |
Bowie, Md. 20715 (F-5, 6, 24) |

RALL, DAVID P., Director, National Institute of |
Envir. Health Sciences, P.O. Box 11233, Re-
search Triangle, Raleigh, N.C. 27709 (F-6, 19) |

RAMBERG, WALTER, Stone Hall, Cuba Rad.,
Cockysville, Md. 21030 (E-1) .

RANDOLPH, WILLIAM D., 1111 University Blvd.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (M)

RANDS, ROBERT D., Route 2, Box 128, Lake |
Wales, Fla. 33853 (E)

RAPPLEYE, HOWARD S., 6712 4th St., N.W., |
Washington, D.C. 20012 (E-1,6, 12, 17,18) |

RAUSCH, ROBERT, Arctic Health Res. Center,
U.S. Public Health Service, College, Alaska }
99701 (F-3, 15)

RAVITSKY, CHARLES, M.S., 1808 Metzerott |
Rd., Adelphi, Md. 20783 (F-32) |

}

|

|

READING, O.S., 6 N. Howells Point Rd., Bellport |
Suffolk County, New York, N.Y. 11713 (E-1) |

REAM, DONALD F., Holarallagata 9, Reykjavik, |
Iceland (F) |

|
RECHCIGL, MILOSLAV, Jr., 1703 Mark Lane, |
Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-4, 19)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971 |

REED, JOHN C., Jr., 708 College Parkway, Rock-
ville, Md. 20850 (F)

REED, WILLIAM D., 3609 Military Rd., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20015 (F)

" REEVE, WILKINS, 4708 Harvard Rd., College

Park, Md. 20740 (F-4)

_ REEVES, ROBERT G., Ph.D., 12524 W. Virginia

Ave., Denver, Colo. 80228 (F-7, 14)

' REGGIA, FRANK, 6207 Kirby Rd., Bethesda, Md.

20034 (M-6, 13)

/ REHDER, HARALD A., U.S. National Museum,

Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-3, 6)
REICHELDERFER, F.W., 3031 Sedgwick St.,

N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 6, 22, 23)
REICHEN, LAURA E., U.S. Geological Survey,

G.S.A. Building, Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-4)

REINHART, BRUCE L., Dept. of Mathematics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20741 (F)

REINHART, FRANK W., 9918 Sutherland Rd.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F-4, 6)

REINHART, FRED M., 1001 N. Drawn Ave., Ojai,
Calif. 93023 (F-20)

REINING, PRISCILLA, 3601 Rittenhouse St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-2)

REITEMEIER, R.F., 7563 Spring Lake Dr., Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F)

REYNOLDS, HELEN L., 1201 S. Court House
Rd., Arlington, Va. 22204 (M-4, 6)

REYNOLDS, HOWARD, 6815 Dartmouth Ave.,
College Park, Md. 20740 (F-16, 27)

REYNOLDS, ORR E., 2134 LeRoy Place, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F)

RHODES, IDA, 6676 Georgia Ave., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20012 (F)

RICE, DONALD A., 1518 East West Highway,
Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F)

RICE, FREDERICK A.H., 8005 Carita Court,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-4, 6, 19)

RICHMOND, JOSEPH C., 4822 Morgan Dr., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 6, 12, 22, 28)

RICKER, P.L., San Angelo Nursing Ctr., 609 Rio
Conoho Dr., San Angelo, Texas 76901 (E)

RINEHART, JOHN S., 756 Sixth St., Boulder,
Colo. 80302 (F-6, 20)

RIOCH, DAVID McK., 2429 Linden Lane, Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-3, 8)

RITT, P.E., Ph.D., GTE Laboratories, Inc., 208-20
Willets Pt. Blvd., Bayside, N.Y. 11360 (F)

RITTS, ROY E., Jr., Section of Microbiology,
Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minn. 55901

RIVELLO, ROBERT M., Dept. of Aerospace
Engng., Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20740 (F-14, 22)

RIVLIN, RONALD S., Lehigh University, Bethle-
hem, Pa. 18015 (F)

me WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

\ ie

ROBBINS, MARY LOUISE, Ph.D., George Wash-
ington Univ. Sch. of Med., 1339 H St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20005 (F-6, 16, 19)

ROBE RTS, ELLIOT B., 4500 Wetherill Rd., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (E-1)

ROBERTS, RICHARD B., Ph.D., Dept. Terrestrial
Mag., 5241 Broad Branch Rd., N.W., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20015 (F)

ROBERTS, RICHARD C., 5170 Phantom Court,
Columbia, Md. 21043 (F-6)

ROBERTSON, A.F., 4228 Butterworth PIl., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F)

ROBERTSON, RANDAL M., Ph.D., 1404 High-
land Circle, S.E., Blacksburg, Va. 24060 (F-1, 6)

ROBINSON, GEORGE S., Jr., Ph.D., SODIVNAV-
FAC, P.O. Box 10068, 2144 Melbourne St.,
Charleston, So. Car. 29411 (M)

ROCK, GEORGE D., Ph.D., The Kennedy Warren,
3133 Conn. Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20008 (E)

RODENHISER, HERMAN A., 124 N.W. 7th St.,
Apt. 403, Corvallis, Oreg. 97330 (F-10)

RODNEY, WILLIAM S., 8112 Whites Ford Way,
Rockville, Md. 20854 (F-1, 32)

RODRIGUEZ, RAUL, 3533 Martha Custis Drive,
Alexandria, Va. 22302 (F-17)

ROGERS, L.A., Patten, Maine 04765 (E-16)

ROLLER, PAUL S., 825 Colorado Bldg., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20005 (E)

ROMANOFF, MELVIN, 2807 Harris Ave., Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (F)

ROMNEY, CARL F., 4105 Sulgrave Dr., Alexan-
dria, Va. 22309 (F-7)

ROSADO, JOHN A., 1709 Great Falls St.,
McLean, Va. 22101 (F)

ROSE, JOHN C., M.D., Dean, Georgetown Univ.
Sch. of Med., Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-8, 19)

ROSEN, STEPHEN |., Ph.D., Dept. of Anthro-
pology, U. of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742 (M-2, 6)

ROSENBLATT, DAVID, 2939 Van Ness St., N.W.,
Apt. 702, Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1)

ROSENBLATT, JOAN R., 2939 Van Ness St.,
N.W., Apt. 702, Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1)

ROSENSTOCK, HENRY M., 10117 Ashburton
Lane, Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F)

ROSENTHAL, SANFORD, M., Bldg. 4, Rm. 122,
National Insts. of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014
(E)

ROSS, SHERMAN, National Research Council,
2101 Constitution Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20418 (F)

ROSSINI, FREDERICK D., Dept. Chemistry, Rice
Univ., Houston, Tex. 77001 (F-1)

ROTH, FRANK L., M.Sc., Box 441, Nogales Star
Rt., Amado, Ariz. 85640 (E-6)

ROTH, ROBERT S., Solid State Chem. Sect.,
National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

229

ROTKIN, ISRAEL, 11504 Regnid Dr., Wheaton,
Md. 20902 (F-1, 13, 34)

RUBEY, WILLIAM W., Dept. of Geology, Univ. of
California, Los Angeles, Calif. 90024 (F-7)

RUBIN, MEYER, U.S. Geological Survey, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20242 (F-7)

RUBIN, MORTON J., M.Sc., Bldg. 5, NOAA, 6010
Executive Bldg., Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-23)

RUBIN, VERA C., Ph.D., 3308 McKinley St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F)

RUFF, ARTHUR W., Jr., 11807 Kim Place,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-1, 6)

RUPP, N.W., D.D.S., American Dental Assoc.,
Research Division, National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-21)

RUSSELL, LOUISE M., M.S., Entomology Res.
Div., ARS, U.S. Dept. of Agric., Washington,
D.C. 20250 (F-3, 5, 6)

RUSSELL, RICHARD W., 4807 Webster St.,
Omaha, Nebr. 68132 (M)

RYALL, A. LLOYD, Route 2, Box 216, Las
Cruces, N. Mex. 88001 (E-6, 10, 27)

RYERSON, KNOWLES A., M.S., Dean Emeritus,
15 Arlmonte Dr., Berkeley, Calif. 94707 (E-6)

S

SAALFIELD, FRED E., Naval Res. Lab., Code
6110, Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-4)

SAENZ, ALBERT W., Nuctear Sciences Div., Naval
Research Laboratory, Washington, D.C. 20390
(F)

SAILER, R.I., Ph.D., Entomology Research Div.,
ARS, USDA, Plant Industry Station, Beltsville,
Md. 20705 (F-5, 24)

SALISBURY, HARRISON B., Tuslog Det. 95,
APO, New York, N.Y. 09324 (M-6, 7)

SALISBURY, LLOYD L., 10138 Crestwood Rd.,
Kensington, Md. 20795 (M)

SAN ANTONIO, JAMES P., Plant Science Div.,
ARS, USDA, Plant Industry Sta., Beltsville, Md.
20705 (M)

SANDERSON, JOHN A., Ph.D., 303 High St.,
Alexandria, Va. 22203 (F-1, 32)

SANDOZ, GEORGE, Ph.D., Office of Naval Re-
search, Chicago Office, 536 Clark St., Chicago,
Ill. 60605 (F-6, 20)

SANTAMOUR, FRANK S., Jr., U.S. National
Arboretum, Washington, D.C. 20250 (F-11)

SARVELLA, PATRICIA A., Ph.D., 4513 Romlion
St., Apt. 302, Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-6)

SASMOR, ROBERT M., 4000 Massachusetts Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-34)

SAULMON, E.E., 202 North Edgewood St., Ar-
lington, Va. 22201 (M)

SAVILLE, THORNDIKE, Jr., M.S., 5601 Albia
Rd., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-6, 18)

230

SAYLOR, CHARLES P., 10001
Adelphi, Md. 20783 (F-1, 4, 32)

Riggs Rd.,

SCHAFFER, ROBERT, Chemistry A 367, Na- |

tional Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

SCHAMP, HOMER W., Jr., 521 Overdale Rd.,
Baltimore, Md. 21229 (F-1)

SCHECHTER, MILTON S., 10909 Hannes Court,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F-24)

SCHEER, MILTON D., 811 N. Belgrade Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (F-1, 4)

SCHERTENLEIB, C., Ph.D., Consul of Monaco,
2614 Woodley PIl., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20008 (M-6)

SCHINDLER, ALBERT |., Sc.D., Code 6330, U.S.
Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1)

SCHMID, HELLMUT, 20740 Warfield Court, Gai-
thersburg, Md. 20760 (F-6, 17)

SCHMIDT, CLAUDE H., 1807 Duke Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (F-4, 5)

SCHMITT, WALDO L., Ph.D., U.S. National Mu-
seum, Washington, D.C. 20560 (E-3)

SCHNEIDER, SIDNEY, 239 N. Granada St., Ar-
lington, Va. 22203 (M)

SCHOEN, LOUIS J., 8605 Springdell Pl., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F)

SCHOENEMAN, ROBERT LEE, 217 Sachem
Drive, Forest Heights, Washington, D.C. 20021
(F)

SCHOOLEY, ALLEN H., 6113 Cloud Dr., Spring-
field, Va. 22150 (F-6, 13, 31)

SCHOOLEY, JAMES F., Rt. 3, Box 198, Gaithers-
burg, Md. 20760 (F-6)

SCHOONOVER, IRL C., National Bureau of Stan-
dards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4)

SCHOT, STEVEN H., American University, Wash-
ington, D.C. 20016 (F)

SCHRECKER, ANTHONY W., Ph.D., National
Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-4)

SCHUBAUER, G.B., Ph.D., 5609 Gloster Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-22)

SCHUBERT, LEO, Ph.D., The American Univ.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 4, 30)

SCHULMAN, JAMES H., 6469 Livingston Rd.,
Washington, D.C. 20021 (F-32)

SCHULTZ, E.S., 2 Martins Lane, Benwyn, Pa.
19312 (E-6)

SCHUYLER, ROBERT L., M.A., Dept. of Anthro-
pology, City College of New York, Convent
Ave., & West 138th, New York, N.Y. 10031
(M-2)

SCHWARTZ, ANTHONY M., Ph.D., Gillette Re-
search Inst., 1413 Research Blvd., Rockville,
Md. 20850 (F-4)

SCHWARTZ, BENJAMIN, 888 Montgomery St.,
Brooklyn, N.Y. 11213 (E)

SCHWERDTFEGER, WILLIAM J., B.S., 9200
Fowler Lane, Lanham, Md. 20801 (F-13)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

SCOFIELD, FRANCIS, 2403 Eye St., N.W., Wash-
ington, D.C. 20037 (M-4, 32)

SCOTT, ARNOLD H., Mease Manor, Apt. 427,
Dunedin, Fla. 33528 (E-1, 6, 13)

~SCOTT, DAVID B., Dean, Case Western Reserve
Univ., Sch. of Dentistry, 2123 Abington Rd.,
Cleveland, Ohio 44106 (F-21)

SCOVILLE, HERBERT, Jr., 6400 Georgetown
Pike, McLean, Va. 22101 (F)

SCRIBNER, BOURDON F., National Bureau of
Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-4, 32)

SEABORG, GLENN T., U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission, Washington, D.C. 20545 (F)

SEEBOTH, CONRAD M., Mathematics Dept.,
Board of Education, Upper Marlboro, Md.
20870 (M-6)

SEEGER, RAYMOND J., Ph.D., 4507 Wetherill
Rd., Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-1, 31)

| SEITZ, FREDERICK, Rockefeller University, New
York, N.Y. 10021 (F-36)

| SERVICE, JERRY H., Ph.D., Cascade Manor, 65
W. 30th Ave., Eugene, Oreg. 97405 (E)

SETZLER, FRANK M., 950 E. Shore Dr., Culver,
| Ind. 46511 (E-2, 3, 6)

| SHAFRIN, ELAINE G., M.S., Apt. N-702, 800 4th
St., S.W., Washington, D.C. 20024 (F-4)

|| SHALOWITZ, A.L., 1520 Kalmia Rd., N.W., Wash-
| ington, D.C. 20012 (E-17)

|| SHANAHAN, A.J., 7217 Churchill Rd., McLean,
Va. 22101 (F-16)

|, SHAPIRO, GUSTAVE, 3704 Munsey St., Silver
Spring, Md. 20906 (F)

|; SHAPIRO, MAURICE M., Ph.D., U.S. Naval Re-
search Lab., Code 7020, Washington, D.C.
20390 (F-1)

SHELTON, EMMA, National
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

| ' SHEPARD, HAROLD H., Ph.D., 2701 S. June St.,
Arlington, Va. 22202 (F-5, 24)

|| SHERESHEFSKY, J. LEON, Ph.D., 9023 Jones
Mill Rd., Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (E)

SHERLIN, GROVER C., 4024 Hamilton St.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20781 (F-1, 6, 13, 31)

SHIELDS, WILLIAM ROY, A.M.S.S., Natl. Bur. of
Standards, Physics Bldg., Rm. A25, Washington,
D.C. 20234 (F)

‘SHMUKLER, LEON, 151 Lorraine Dr., Berkeley
Heights, N.J. 07922 (F)

|} SHOTLAND, EDWIN, 418 E. Indian Spring Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (M-1)

| SHROPSHIRE, WALTER A., Ph.D., Radiation
Bio. Lab., 12441 Parklawn Dr., Rockville, Md.
20852 (F-6, 10, 33)

SIEGLER, EDOUARD HORACE, Ph.D., 201
Tulip Ave. Takoma Park, Md. 20042 (E-5, 24)

SILBERSCHMIDT, KARL M., Instituto Biologico,
Caixa Postal 7119, Sao Paulo, Brazil (F)

Cancer Institute,

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

SILVERMAN, SHIRLEIGH, Academic Liaison,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-1)

SIMHA, ROBERT, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
Univ., Cleveland, Ohio 44106 (F)

SIMMONS, JOHN A., Rm. A157, Bldg. 223, Natl.
ore of Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234
(F

SIMMONS, LANSING G., 4425 Dittmar Rd., N.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (F-18)

SINGER, MAXINE F., Ph.D., Natl. Inst. of Arthri-
tis & Metabolic Diseases, National Institutes of
Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

SITTERLY, BANCROFT W., Ph.D., 3711 Brandy-
wine St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-1,
BH, 62)!

SITTERLY, CHARLOTTE M., Ph.D., 3711 Bran-
dywine St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-1,
6, 32)

SLACK, LEWIS, 106 Garden Rd. Scarsdale, N.Y.
10583 (F)

SLADEK, JAROMIL V., 2940 28th St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-4)

SLAWSKY, MILTON M., 8803 Lanier Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-6, 12, 22, 31)

SLAWSKY, ZAKA 1|., Naval Ordnance Lab., White
Oak, Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F)

SLOCUM, GLENN G., 4204 Dresden St., Kensing-
ton, Md. 20795 (E-16, 27)

SMITH, BLANCHARD DRAKE, M.S., 2509 Rye-
gate Lane, Alexandria, Va. 22308 (F-6, 13)

SMITH, EDGAR R., Box 52, Lottsburg, Va. 22511
(E-4)

SMITH, FLOYD F., 9022 Fairview Rd., Silver
Spring, Md. 20910 (F-5, 24)

SMITH, FRANCIS A., Ph.D., 1023 55th Ave.,
South, St. Petersburg, Fla. 33705 (E-6)

SMITH, HENRY LEE, Jr., Ph.D., 112 Depew Ave.,
Buffalo, N.Y. 14214 (F-2)

SMITH, JACK C., 3708 Manor Rd., Apt. 3, Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F)

SMITH, NATHAN R., 322 S. Washington Dr., St.
Aa Key, Sarasota, Fla. 33577 (E-6, 10,
16

SMITH, PAUL A., 4714 26th St., N., Arlington,
Va. 22207 (F-6, 7, 18, 22)

SMITH, PAUL L., Ph.D., Crystal Branch 6430,
Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-13,
28)

SMITH, ROBERT C., Jr., B.S., Atlantic Res. Corp.,
Shirley Hwy. at Edsall Rd., Alexandria, Va.
22314 (F-4, 22)

SMITH, SIDNEY T., D.Eng., 5811 Sunderland
Court, Alexandria, Va. 22310 (F-1, 13, 32)

SMITH, WILLIE, Natl. Insts. of Health, Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-19)

SNAY, HANS G., 17613 Treelawn Dr., Ashton,
Md. 20702 (F-6, 25)

231

SOKOLOVE, FRANK L., 2311 S. Dinwiddie St.,
Arlington, Va. 22206 (M)

SOLLNER, KARL, Lab. of Physical Bio., Nat!.
Insts. of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-4, 29)

SOMMER, HELMUT, 9502 Hollins Ct., Bethesda,
Md. 20034 (F-1, 13)

SONN, MARTIN, Ph.D., 74 Pleasant St., Wake-
field, Me. 01880 (F)

SOOKNE, ARNOLD M., Burlington Industries
Res. Ctr., P.O. Box 21327, Greensboro, N.C.
27420 (F-4)

SORROWS, H.E., 8820 Maxwell Dr., Potomac,
Md. 20854 (F)

SPALDING, DONALD H., Ph.D., 1305 Oakview
Dr., Silver Spring, Md. 20903 (F-6, 10)

SPECHT, HEINZ, Ph.D., 4229 Franklin St., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (F-1, 6, 19)

SPENCER, LEWIS V., Box 206, Gaithersburg, Md.
20760 (F)

SPENCER, R.R., M.D., 931 Norsota Way, Sara-
sota, Fla. 33581 (E)

SPERLING, FREDERICK, 9039 Sligo Creek Park-
way, Silver Spring, Md. 20901 (F-19)

SPICER, H. CECIL, 2174 Louisa Drive, Belleair
Beach, Florida 33534 (E-7)

SPIES, JOSEPH R., 507 N. Monroe St., Arlington,
Va. 22201 (F-4)

SPOONER, CHARLES S., Jr., M.F., 346 Spring-
vale Rd., Great Falls, Va. 22066 (F)

SPRAGUE, G.F., 10206 Green Forest Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20903 (F)

ST. GEORGE, R.A., 3305 Powder Mill Rd.,
sae Station, Hyattsville, Md. 20783 (F-3, 5,
11,24

STADTMAN, E.R., Bldg. 3, Rm. 108, Natl. Insti-
tutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

STAIR, RALPH, P.O. Box 310, Newburg, Oreg.
97132 (E-6)

STAKMAN, E.C., Univ. of Minnesota, Inst. of
Agric., St. Paul, Minn. 55101 (E)

STAUSS, HENRY €E., Ph.D., 8005 Washington
Ave., Alexandria, Va. 22308 (F-20)

STEARN, JOSEPH L., 6950 Oregon Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20015 (F)

STEELE, LENDELL E., 7624 Highland St.,
Springfield, Va. 22150 (F-20, 26)

STEERE, RUSSELL L., Ph.D., 6207 Carrollton
Ter., Hyattsville, Md. 20781 (F-6, 10)

STEGUN, IRENE A., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F)

STEIDLE, WALTER E., 2439 Flint Hill
Vienna, Va. 22180 (F)

STEIN, ANTHONY C., Jr., D & T Enterprises,
4600 Duke St., Suite 325, Alexandria, Va.
22304 (M-13)

STEINER, ROBERT F., 2609 Turf Valley Rd.,
Ellicott City, Md. 21043 (F-4)

Rd.,

232

STEINHARDT, JACINTO, Ph.D., Georgetown
Univ., Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-4)

STEPHAN, ROBERT M., Ph.D., 4513 Delmont
Lane, Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-21)

STEPHENS, ROBERT E., Ph.D., 4301 39th St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1)

STERN, KURT H., Ph.D., Naval Res. Lab., Code
6160, Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-4, 29, 30)

STERN, WILLIAM L., 9209 Three Oaks Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20901 (F-10)

STEVENS, HENRY, 5116 Brookview Dr., Wash-

ington, D.C. 20016 (F)

STEVENS, ROLLIN E., 35 Yankee Point Dr., Rt.
1, Carmel, Calif. 93921 (E)

STEVENS, RUSSELL B., Ph.D., Div. of Biology & |

Agric. N.R.C., 2101 Constitution Ave., Washing-
ton, D.C. 20418 (F-10)

STEVENSON, FREDERICK J., 7404 Glenside Dr.,
Takoma Park, Md. 20012 (F)

STEVENSON, JOHN A., 4113 Emery PI., N.W., :

Washington, D.C. 20016 (E-6, 10)

STEWART, |.E., 4000 Tunlaw Rd., N.W., Washing- |

ton, D.C. 20007 (F)

STEWART, SARAH E., 9305 Kingsley Ave., Be-
thesda, Md. 20014 (F-19)

STEWART, T. DALE, M.D., 1191 Crest Lane,
McLean, Va. 22101 (F-2)

STIEBELING, HAZEL K., 4000 Cathedral Ave., |

Washington, D.C. 20016 (E)

STIEF, LOUIS J., Ph.D., Code 691, NASA God-
dard Space Flight Ctr., Greenbelt, Md. 20771
(F-4)

STIEHLER, ROBERT D., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4, 6, 14)

STILL, JOSEPH W., M.D., 1146 E. Garvey, West |

Covina, Calif. 91790 (F)

STILLER, BERTRAM, 3210 Wisconsin Ave., |
N.W., Apt. 501, Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1) |

N.W., |

STIMSON, H.F., 2920 Brandywine St.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (E-1, 6)

STIRLING, MATHEW W., 3311 Rowland PI.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-2, 6)

STRAUB, HAROLD W., 7008 Richard Dr., Be-

thesda, Md. 20034 (F-32)

STRAUSS, SIMON W., Ph.D., 316 Irvington St., |

S.E., Washington, D.C. 20021 (F-4)

STRINGFIELD, V.T., 4208 50th St., N.W., Wash- |

ington, D.C. 20016 (F-6, 7)

STROMBERG, ROBERT R., 808 Lamberton Dr.,

Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-4)

STUART, NEIL W., 1341 Chilton Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20904 (F-10)

SULZBACHER, WILLIAM L., Meat Lab. Eastern |
Util., Res. & Del. Div., Agric. Res. Ctr., Belts- |

ville, Md. 20705 (F-16, 27)

SUTCLIFFE, WALTER D., C.E., 3644 Forest Hill
Rd., Baltimore, Md. 21207 (E-1, 6, 12, 17)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

| SWEENEY, WILLIAM T., 2717 Highland Ave. S.,
Apt. 809, Birmingham, Ala. 35205 (F-16, 21)

SWICK, CLARENCE H., 5514 Brenner St., Capitol
Heights, Md. 20027 (F-1, 6, 12)

SWINDELLS, JAMES F., 3426 Macomb St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 6)

, SWINGLE, CHARLES F., Ph.D., Pauma Valley,
Calif. 92061 (E)

SYKES, ALAN O., 304 Mashie Dr., S.E., Vienna,
Va. 22180 (M-25)

SYSKI, RYSZARD, Ph.D., Dept. of Mathematics,
Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 (F)

.

‘TALBERT, PRESTON T., Dept. of Chemistry,
Howard Univ., Washington, D.C. 20001 (F-4)

TALBOTT, F. LEO, Stonehenze Court D-8, 2117
. ial Rd., Bethlehem, Pa. 18018 (F-1, 6,
| 31
' TASAKI, ICHIJI, M.D., Ph.D., Res. Branch Natl.
| Insts. of Mental Health, Bethesda, Md. 20014
joe =(F)
| TATE, DOUGLAS R., B.A., 11415 Farmland Dr.,
Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-1)

| TAUSSKY, OLGA, California Inst. of Technology,
Pasadena, Calif. 91109 (E)

|’ TAYLOR, ALBERT L., 3913 Wyoming Ave.,
Tampa, Fla. 33616 (E-15)

h TAYLOR, JOHN K., Chemistry Bldg., Rm. B-326,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, DiC:
20234 (F-4, 29)

| TAYLOR, LAURISTON S., 7407 Denton Rad.,
| Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F)

race, N. W., Washington, D.C. 20011 (F-4)

) TCHEN, CHAN-MOU, City College of New York,
Mechanical Engr. Dept., New York, N.Y. 10031
(F)

‘TEAL, GORDON K., Ph.D., V.P., Texas Instru-
ments, Inc., P.O. Box 5474, M-S 235, Dallas,
Texas 75222 (F-6, 13, 29)

|) TEELE, RAY P., 3713 Jenifer St., N.W., Washing-
| ton, D.C. 20015 (F-1, 6, 32)

Hi TEPPER, MORRIS, 107 Bluff Terrace, Silver
Spring, Md. 20902 (F-22, 23)

| TEWELES, SIDNEY, 7811 Birnam Wood Dr.,
McLean, Va. 22101 (F-22, 23)
,

/ THABARAJ, G.J., Ph.D., Air & Water Pollution
\ Control, Suite 300, Tallahassee Bldg., 315
South Calhoun St., Tallahassee, Fla. 32301 (M)

| THALER, WILLIAM J., Physics Dept., George-
town Univ., Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-4, 32)

Si) THAYER, T.P., Ph.D., U.S. Geological Surv.,
Washington, D.C. 20242 (F-7)

‘'THEUS, RICHARD B., 8612 Van Buren Dr.,
| Hill, Md. 20022 (F)

Oxon

A WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

THOM, H.C.S., Senior Res. Fellow, NOAA, EDS,
a Bldg., Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-6,
23

THOMAS, H. REX, Ph.D., 3907 Beechwood Rd.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-10)

THOMAS, JAMES L., 13900 Glen Mill Rd.,
Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

THOMAS, PAUL D., M.S., 5106 25th Place, S.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20031 (F)

THOMPSON, JACK C., 2621 Fairdell Dr.,
Jose, Calif. 95125 (F-23)

THURMAN, ERNESTINE B.,

San

Louisiana State

Univ., 1542 Tulane Ave., New Orleans, La.
70118 (F)
TIDBALL, CHARLES S., Physiology Dept.,

George Washington Univ., 1339 H St.,
Washington, D.C. 20005 (F-8)

TILDEN, EVELYN B., Ph.D., Apt. 1006, 55 West
Chestnut St., Chicago, III. 60610 (E-6)

TILLYER, E.D., Am. Optical Co., Southbridge,
Mass. 01550 (F)

TIPSON, R. STUART, A367 Chemistry Blidg.,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F)

TITUS, HARRY W., 7 Lakeview Ave., Andover,
N.J. 07821 (E-6)

TODD, MARGARET RUTH, Miss, U.S. Natl.
Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-7)

TOLHURST, GILBERT, Ph.D., 7 Red Fox Lane,
Amherst, Mass. 01002 (F)

TOLL, JOHN S., Pres., State Univ. of New York,
Stony Brook, L.I., N.Y. 11790 (F)

TORGESEN, JOHN L., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Materials Bldg. B-354, Washington, D.C. 20234
(F-4, 6)

TORIO, J.C., 226 Cedar Lane, Apt. 84, Vienna,
Va. 22180 (M-4)

TORRESON, OSCAR W., 4317 Maple Ave.,
thesda, Md. 20014 (E-6)

TOUSEY, RICHARD, Ph.D., Code 7140, Naval
Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-1, 32)

TRAUB, ROBERT, Ph.D., 5702 Bradley Bivd.,
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-5)

TREADWELL, CARLETON R., Ph.D., Dept. of
Biochemistry, George Washington Univ., 1335
H St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005 (F-19)

TROMBA, F.G., VSR, ARS, Agric. Res. Ctr.,
Beltsville, Md. 20705 (F-15)

TRUEBLOOD, MRS. CHARLES K., 7100 Armat
Dr., Bethesda, Md. 20014 (F-19)

TRYBUL, THEODORE S., 11711
Lorton, Va. 22079 (M-14, 34)

TRYON, MAX, 6008 Namakagan Rd., Washington,
D.C. 20016 (F-4, 6)

TULANE, VICTOR J., Assistant President, Living-
stone Coll., Salisbury, N.C. 28144 (F)

N.W.,

Be-

River Dr.,

233

TUNELL, GEORGE, Ph.D., Dept. of Geol. Sci.,
Univ. of California, Santa Barbara, Calif. 93106
(E-7)

TURNER, JAMES H., 11902 Falkirk Dr., Poto-
mac, Md. 20854 (F-15)

U

UHLANER, J.E., Ph.D., U.S. Army Behavior and
Systems Res. Lab., Rosslyn Commonwealth
Bldg., 1300 Wilson Blvd., Arlington, Va. 22209
(F)

UHLER, FRANCIS M., Fish & Wildlife Serv.,
Patuxent Wildlife Res. Ctr., Laurel, Md. 20810
(F)

USDIN, EARL, 2924 N. Oxford St., Arlington, Va.
22207 (F-4, 19)

V

VACHER, HERBERT C., 2317 Huidekoper PI.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20007 (E)

VAN DERSAL, WILLIAM R., Ph.D., 6 S. Kensing-
ton St., Arlington, Va. 22204 (F-6)

VAN EVERA, R.W., 901 No. Kensington St.,
Arlington, Va. 22205 (F)

VAN TUYL, ANDREW H., Ph.D., 1000 W.
Nolcrest Dr., Silver Spring, Md. 20903 (F-1, 6,
22)

VANGELI, MARIO G., 4709 Berkeley Terrace,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20007 (M)

VEC FLETGHER Peodr, shnebe Dept. .of
Chemistry, Univ. of Maryland, College Park,
Md. 20742 (F-4)

VERDIER, PETER H., 8827 McGregor Dr., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (F)

VERNICK, SANFORD H., 3501 John Marshall
Dr., Arlington, Va. 22207 (M)

VIGUE, KENNETH J., Dir., Internatl. Projects,
ltt Corp: ITT Bldg, 1707° L St; N-W.,
Washington, D.C. 20036 (M-13, 31)

VINTI, JOHN P., Sc.D., M.I.T. Measurement
Systems Lab., 70 Vassar St., Cambridge, Mass.
02139 (F-1, 6)

VISCO, EUGENE P., B.S., Geomet. Inc., 50
Monroe St., Rockville, Md. 20850 (M-1, 34)

VON BRAND, THEODOR C., M.D., Ph.D., 8606
Hempstead Ave., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (E-15)

VON HIPPEL, ARTHUR, 265 Glen Rd., Weston,
Mass. 02193 (E)

W

WACHTMAN, J.B., Jr., Ph.D., B306 Matis. Bldg.,
Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washington, D.C.
20234 (F-1, 6, 28)

WAGMAN, DONALD D., 7104 Wilson Lane, Be-
thesda, Md. 20034 (F-4)

234

WAGNER, HERMAN L., 5457 Marlin St., Rock-
ville, Md. 20853 (F-4)

WAGONER, ANN, Miss, 1508 34th St., N.W., |
Washington, D.C. 20007 (M)

WALKER, E.H., 7413 Holly Ave., Takoma Park, |
Md. 20012 (E-10) |

WALKER, RAYMOND F., Ph.D., 670 Shawnee
Dr., Franklin Lakes, N.J. 07417 (F-6, 28)

WALKER, RONALD E., Applied Physics Lab.,
The Johns Hopkins Univ., 8621 Georgia Ave., |
Silver Spring, Md. 20910 (F-6, 22)

WALLEN, 1.E., Smithsonian Inst., Washington, |
D.C. 20560 (F-6)

WALTER, DEAN I., Code 6370, Naval Res. Lab.,
Washington, D.C. 20390 (F-4, 6)

WALTHER, CARL H., 1337 27th St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20007 (F-6, 18)

WALTON, W.W., Sr., 1705 Edgewater Pkwy.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20903 (F-4) .

WARD, HENRY P., Ph.D., 539 Pleasant St.,
Worcester, Mass. 01602 (E-4, 6)

WARD, JUSTUS C., 660 S. Alton Way, 7C,
Denver, Colo. 80231 (F)

WARD, THOMAS G., M.D., D.P.H., Microbio- |
logical Assoc., Inc., 4813 Bethesda Ave., Wash- |
ington, D.C. 20014 (F)

WARGA, MARY E., Optical Society of America, |
2100 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W., Washington, |
D.C. 20037 (F-1, 4, 6, 32)

WARING, JOHN A., 8502 Flower Ave., Takoma |
Park, Md. 20012 (M-30)

WATERMAN, PETER, 25 Brandywine St., S.W., |
Washington, D.C. 20032 (F-6)

WATSON, BERNARD B., Ph.D., Res. Analysis |
Corp., McLean, Va. 22101 (F-6, 31)

WATTS, CHESTER B., 3224 Klingle Rd., N.W., |
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-1, 6)

WEAVER, DE FORREST E., M.S., Geological
Survey, Washington Bldg., Rm. 110, 1011
Arlington Blvd., Arlington, Va. 22209 (E-4)

WEAVER, E.R., 6815 Connecticut Ave., Chevy |
Chase, Md. 20015 (E-4, 6) |

WEBER, EUGENE W., B.C.E., 2700 Virginia Ave.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037 (F-6, 12, 17, 18) |

WEBER, ROBERT S., Naval Facilities Engineering |
Command, U.S. Navy Dept., Washington, D.C. |
20018 (M-6, 12, 13, 17)

WEIDA, FRANK, 19 Scientists Cliff, Port Re- |
public, Calvert County, Md. 20676 (E-1)

WEIDLEIN, €.R., Weidacres, P.O. Box 445, }
Rector, Pa. 15677 (E)

WEIHE, WERNER K., 2108 Basset St., Alexandria, |
Va. 22308 (F-32) !

WEIL, GEORGE L., 1101 17th St., N.W., Washing- !
ton, D.C. 20036 (F-26)

WEINBERG, HAROLD P., B.S., 1507 Sanford |
Rd., Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-20)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971 |

WEINTRAUB, ROBERT L., 305 Fleming Ave.,
Frederick, Md. 21701 (F-4, 10, 16, 33)

WEIR, CHARLES E., Rt. 3, Box 260B, San Louis
Obispo, Calif. 93401 (F)

K WEISS, FRANCIS JOSEPH, Ph.D., Sc.D., 3111
North 20th St., Arlington, Va. 22201 (E-1, 4, 6,
10, 16, 26, 27, 33)

/ WEISS, RICHARD A., 3609 N. Delaware St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (F-6, 13)

~WEISSBERG, SAMUEL, 14 Granville Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20901 (F-1, 4)

WEISSLER, ALFRED, Ph.D., 5510 Uppingham
' St., Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-1, 4, 25)

| WELLMAN, FREDERICK L., Dept. of Plant
1 Pathology, North Carolina State Univ., Raleigh,
N.C. 27607 (E)

WENSCH, GLEN W., Esworthy Rd., Rt. 2, Ger-
mantown, Md. 20767 (F-6, 20, 26)

| WEST, WALTER S., U.S. Geological Survey,
Wisconsin State Univ., Rountree Hall, Platte-
ville, Wis. 53818 (M-7, 14)

) WEST, WILLIAM L., Dept. of Pharmacology,
} Howard Univ., Washington, D.C. 20001 (M-19,

26)

} WETMORE, ALEXANDER, Smithsonian Inst.,
| Washington, D.C. 20560 (F-3, 6)

| -WETZEL, LEWIS B., Ph.D., 9024 Old Mt. Vernon
| | Rd., Alexandria, Va. 22309 (M-1)

|| WEXLER, ARNOLD, Phys. B 356, Natl. Bur. of
¥ Standards, Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 35)

|| WEYL, F. JOACHIM, 404 E. 66th St., Apt. PH-E,
New York, N.Y. 10021 (F-1)

|) WHEELER, WILLIS H., 3171 N. Quincy St.,
Arlington, Va. 22207 (E-6, 10)

) WHERRY, EDGAR T., Ph.D., Dept. Botany, Univ.
) of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104 (E)

WHITE, CHARLES E., Ph.D., 4405 Beechwood
Rd., Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E-4)

/) WHITE, HOWARD J., Jr., 8028 Park Overlook Dr.,
Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-4)

~WHITE, ORLAND E., Sc.D., 1708 Jefferson Park
Ave., Charlottesville, Va. 22903 (E)

tree Rd., Bethesda, Md. 20034 (F-13)

|! WHITMAN, MERRILL J., 3300 Old Lee Highway,
| Fairfax, Va. 22030 (F-26)

|| WHITTAKER, COLIN W., Ph.D., 1705 Lanier PI.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20009 (E-4)

| WHITTEN, CHARLES A., Natl. Ocean Survey,
| Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-1, 6)

| WICHERS, EDWARD, Ph.D., 9601 Kingston Rd.,
Kensington, Md. 20795 (E-4)

i WIEDEMANN, HOWARD M., 6515 Utah Ave.,
i «(NLW., Washington, D.C. 20015 (F-1, 6)

|) WILDHACK, W.A., 415 N. Oxford St., Arlington,
| Va. 22203 (F-1, 6, 22, 31, 35)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

WILHELM, PETER G., 6710 Elroy PI., Oxon Hill,
Md. 20021 (F)

WILLIAMS, DONALD H., 4112 Everett St., Ken-
sington, Md. 20795 (M-27)

WILSON, BRUCE L., 20 N. Leonora Ave., Apt.
204, Tucson, Ariz. 85711 (F-1, 6)

WILSON, RAYMOND E., 5625 E. 3rd St., Tucson,
Ariz. 85711 (F)

WILSON, WILLIAM K., M.S., 1401 Kurtz Rd.,
McLean, Va. 22101 (F-4)

WINKLER, WILLIAM R., 1001 Rockville Pike,
Apt. 1033, Rockville, Md. 20852 (F-23, 37)

WINSTON, JAY S., Ph.D., 3106 Woodhollow Dr.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-6, 23)

WINT, CECIL, 7 St. Andrew Park, Kingston 10,
Jamaica, W.1. (F)

WISE, GILBERT H., 8805 Oxwell Lane, Laurel,
Md. 20810 (M-6)

WITHINGTON, C.F., 3411 Ashley Terr., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-7)

WITTLER, RUTH G., Ph.D., Dept. of Bacterial
Diseases, Walter Reed Army Inst. of Res.,
Washington, D.C. 20012 (F-16)

WOLCOTT, NORMAN M., 8105 Postoak Rd.,
Rockville, Md. 20854 (F)

WOLFF, EDWARD A., 1021 Cresthaven Dr., Silver
Spring, Md. 20903 (F-6, 13, 22, 23)

WOLFLE, DAEL, Graduate School of Public
Affairs, University of Washington, Seattle,
Washington 98195 (F)

WOLFRAM, LESZEK J., Gillette Res. Inst., 1413
Research Blvd., Rockville, Md. 20850 (F)

WOLICKI, E.A., Nuclear Sciences Div., Code 6601,
U.S. Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C. 20390
(F)

WOMACK, MADELYN, 11511 Highview Ave.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20902 (F-4, 19)

WOOD, LAWRENCE A4., Natl. Bur. of Standards,
Washington, D.C. 20234 (F-1, 4)

WOOD, MARSHALL K., M.P.A., 2909 Brandy-
wine St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F)

WOOD, REUBEN E., 3120 N. Pershing Dr., Arling-
ton, Va. 22201 (F-4, 29)

WOODS, MARK W., Natl. Cancer Inst., Bethesda,
Md. 20014 (F-10, 19)

WORKMAN, WILLIAM G., M.D., 5221 42nd St.,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20015 (E-6, 8)

WRENCH, CONSTANCE P., 10230 Democracy
Lane, Potomac, Md. 20854 (M-6)

WRENCH, JOHN W., Jr., 10230 Democracy Lane,
Potomac, Md. 20854 (F-6)

WULF, OLIVER R., Noyes Lab. of Chem. Phys.,
Calif. Inst. of Tech., Pasadena, Calif. 91108 (E)

WYMAN, LEROY W., Ch. E., 134 Island View Dr.,
Cape St. John, Annapolis, Md. 21401 (F-6, 20,
36)

235

Y

YAO, AUGUSTINE Y.M., Ph.D., 4434 Brocton
Rd., Oxon Hill, Md. 20022 (M-23)

YAPLEE, BENJAMIN S., 6105 Westland Dr.,
Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (F-13)

YEOMANS, ALFRED H., 515 North Lillian Way,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90004 (F)

YOCUM, L. EDWIN, 1257 Drew St., Apt. 2,
Clearwater, Fla. 33515 (E-10, 33)

YODER, HATTEN S., Jr., Geophysical Lab., 2801
Upton St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20008 (F-4,
7)

YOLKEN, H.T., Natl. Bur. of Standards, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20234 (F-29)

YOUDEN, W.J., 4201 Massachusetts Ave., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20016 (F-1, 4, 6)

YOUNG, CLINTON J.T., M.S., 300 Rucker PI.,
Alexandria, Va. 22301 (M-32)

YOUNG, DAVID A., Jr., Ph.D., 612 Buck Jones
Rd., Raleigh, N.C. 27606 (F-5)

YOUNG, ROBERT T., Jr., 4123 Woodbine St.,
Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 (F-6)

236

YUILL, J.S., M.S., 4307-A Hartwick Rd., College |
Park, Md. 20740 (E-5, 6, 24) !

Z

ZELENY, LAWRENCE, 4312 Van Buren St.,
University Park, Hyattsville, Md. 20782 (E)

ZEN, E-AN, U.S. Geological Survey, Washington, |
D.C. 20242 (F-7)

ZIES, EMANUEL G., 3803 Blackthorne St., Chevy
Chase, Md. 20015 (E-4, 6, 7)

ZIKEEV, NINA, 5174 Hastings Rd., San Diego, |
Calif. 92116 (M-23)

ZISMAN, W.A., Chief Scientist, Lab. for Chemical |
Physics, U.S. Naval Res. Lab., Washington, D.C.
20390 (F)

ZOCH, RICHMOND T., 12612 Craft Lane, Bowie, |
Md. 20715 (F) }

ZWANZIG, ROBERT W., Inst. for Fluid Dyn. &
Appied Math., Univ. of Maryland, College Park,
Md. 20740 (F-1, 6)

ZWEMER, RAYMUND L., 5008 Benton Ave., |
Bethesda, Md. 20014 (E)

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 3, 1971

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Instructions to Contributors

General

_ Type manuscripts on white bond paper
either 8% by 11 or 8 by 10% inches. Double
“space all lines, including those in abstracts,
tables, legends, quoted matter, acknowledg-
ments, and references cited. Number pages
‘ consecutively. Place your name and com-
| plete address in the upper right hand corner
_ of the title page.

| Title, Author, and Affiliation

_ Page 1 of your manuscript should contain
only this information and your name and
address. Choose a concise but complete and
‘meaningful title. In research papers con-
‘cerning biological subjects, include an indi-
Beation of the order and family of the taxa
: discussed. Academic degrees will not nor-
‘mally be included unless the author so
=e If possible, combine your affilia-
tion and mailing address (including Zip) so
at readers can write to you directly.

_ Abstract

_ Type on a separate sheet at the end of the
| Me nuscript. Make the abstract intelligible
. without reference to the text of the paper.
\ V rite an informative digest of the significant
content and conclusions, not a mere descrip-
“tion. Generally, the abstract should not ex-

ceed 3% of the text.

Footnotes

Use footnotes as sparingly as possible.
Number text footnotes consecutively with
| Arabic numerals and type them on a sepa-
tate sheet of paper at the end of the manu-
script. Type table footnotes, if any, below

|
r

each pertinent table on the same page.

|| Illustrations and Legends

The quality of all original illustrations
| must be high enough to facilitate good offset
|| reproduction. They should have ample mar-
gins and be drawn on heavy stock or
‘fastened to stiff cardboard to prevent bend-
‘ing. They should be proportioned to column
( x 3) or page (2 x 3) type-dimensions,
‘leaving space for legend material. Photo-

graphs should have a glossy finish. They re-
produce best when the contrast is fairly
high. Identify each illustration with number
and author in light pencil marks on the
reverse side. Submit all illustrations sepa-
rately — please do not glue or clip them to
the pages of the manuscript.

Do not type or write legends directly on
the illustrations. Type legends on a separate
sheet or sheets at the end of the manuscript.
Indicate where you want illustrations to
appear in the printed paper by writing the
figure numbers lightly in the text margins,
and be sure that each figure is properly re-
ferenced in the text itself. Original “art” will
be returned only at the author’s request and
expense.

Tables

Include tables only when the same infor-
mation cannot be presented economically in
the text, or when a table presents the data in
a more meaningful way. Consider preparing
extremely complicated tabular matter in a
form suitable for direct reproduction as an
illustration. In such cases, the use of the
typewriter is not recommended.

References to Literature

Limit references within the text and in
synonymies to author and year (and page if
needed). In a “Reference Cited” section, list
alphabetically by senior author only those
papers you have included in the text. Like-
wise, be sure all the text references are
listed. Type the “References Cited” section
on a separate sheet after the last page of
text. Abbreviations should follow the USA
Standard for Periodical Title Abbreviations,
Z39.5-1963.

Submission of Manuscripts

Send completed manuscripts and sup-
porting material to the Academy office (see
address inside front cover) in care of the
Editor. Authors will be requested to read
Xerox “proofs” and invited to submit re-
print orders prior to publication.

Reprints - Prices for reprints may be obtained on request.

NT

Washington Academy of Sciences

Room 29, 9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)
Washington, D.C. 20014

Return Requested with Form 3579

€*

AIBRARY sey eatine
WASHINGTON, Dee 20025.

2nd Class Postage
Paid at
Washington, D.C.

of, fT

D2 W323

VOLUME 61
Number 4

g }OUr nal of the December, 1971

WASHINGTON
3 ACADEMY « SCIENCES

Issued Quarterly
at Washington, D.C.

CONTENTS

SauEMaN WM TRTS CRATER Meta Gy meaty ete eoes Lea sR are cri u bch Sug tue, ava wiits uals 238

Features:

ia GEORGE W. IRVING, JR.: Observations on the Scientific and

ie Political Aspects of Pollution and its Control... .........: 239
| FREDERICK D. ROSSINI: The Administration of Research

qd GITgeEMO TINE TISINS) Meee oc ela Ota 3 Ui Os eRe aNeAN Y hem ica 247

MICHAEL D. BRADLEY: Water Supply in the United States . . .254

Research Reports:

J. E. LEWIS, JR., F.W. NICHOLAS, SHEILA M. SCALES, and
C.A. WOOLLUM: Some Effects of Urban Morphology on

Street Level Temperatures at Washington, D.C. ........... 258
E.L. TODD: Notes Concerning Some Moths ae by
Watlam Schaus, im 1915 (Lepidoptera) \s, 222... 2 225 2. ee 266
. Reena CNA ee Pee ee tae 8G) oc ane A ple, 3 a als: mali duh ok oe Rn 272
f a Academy Affairs:
i Washington Junior Academy of Sciences ....°.......:+..+.-- 277
\4 ! Board of Managers Meeting Notes - September, 1971 ......... 278
i Elections to Fellowship ..............-- oes astols wut ieeeak 279
f Scientists in the News .......... oe KSC NaS Rickie UO 280
ww £
FEB 1D WD |
~~ 7

~ < f B RAR , 7 77
ee.

~,

meee

Washington Academy of Sciences
Founded in 1898

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
President

Mary Louise Robbins
President-Elect

Richard K. Cook
Secretary

Grover C. Sherlin
Treasurer

John G. Honig

Board Members
Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr.
Kurt H. Stern

BOARD OF MANAGERS

All delegates of affiliated
Societies (see facing page)

EDITOR
Richard H. Foote

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT

Elizabeth Ostaggi

ACADEMY OFFICE

9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda)

Washington, D. C. 20014

Telephone (301) 530-1402

Published quarterly in March, June, September, and December of each year by the
Washington Academy of Sciences, 9650 Rockville Pike, Washington, D.C. Second class —
postage paid at Washington, D.C.

|
al

1
The Journal ; |
|

This journal, the official organ of the Washington Age | }
demy of Sciences, publishes historical articles, critical }
reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; proceedings |
of meetings of the Academy and its Board of Mana- |
gers; and other items of interest to Academy members. 1

The Journal appears four times a year (March, June, |
September, and December) — the September issue |

contains a directory of the Academy membership.

Subscription Rates

Members, fellows, and patrons in good standing re-
ceive the Journal without charge. Subscriptions are
available on a calendar year basis only, payable in ad-
vance. Payment must be made in U.S. currency at the
following rates:

U.S. and Canada : . 25s $8.00
Foreign . .. sis + «0 see 9.00
Single Copy Price <3. 2.50

There will no longer be special 2- and 3-year rates after
December 1969. Those subscribers who have paid for

special rates and are now receiving the Journal at these, | |

rates will continue to receive the publication until the
date of expiration of their agreement.

Back Issues

Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (Volumes
1-58, 1911-1968) can be purchased direct from Walter
J. Johnson, Inc., 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N.Y.
10003. This firm also handles the sale of the Proceed-
ings of the AX’cademy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) and
the Index (to Volumes 1-13 of the Proceedings and
Volumes 1-40 of the Journal). Single issues from 1969
to present may be obtained directly from the
Academy office (address elsewhere this page).

Claims for Missing Numbers

Claims will not be allowed if received more than 60
days after date of mailing plus time normally required
for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be al-
lowed because of failure to notify the Academy of a
change in address.

Changes of Address

Address changes should be sent promptly to the Aca-
demy office. Such notification should show both old
and new addresses and zip number. a

|
|

|
ai
7

DELEGATES TO THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
REPRESENTING THE LOCAL AFFILIATED SOCIETIES

Eamesmatesusocicty OF Wasiinpion .. 2.6.2.2 cee tw ee eet ee wen ee John O’Keefe
Soenremted! society Of Washington .. 2... 1 ee et ee ee ee Jean K. Boek
Pamrmeamemeicty OF WashinetOn ... 2-9 ks te tt ce Delegate not appointed
- Chemical eG GV ASMAMIETOU fo cs .5 toa + se ce be ek ee oe ae eck eS Joseph C. Dacons
ppamenertieal society of Washington ....-......60005 2 ee scene ns eeee Reece I. Sailer
eEEE CC AG SOCICEY Wate e555) 2) oc ds ee ee a ole a we et Alexander Wetmore
MeGcolonted! Society of Washington ...........6.000ce scree eee eneees Ralph L. Miller
Metical secery Of the District of Columbia ...... 0 2s ee et ee eee Delegate not appointed
Se UMMISIMEICAl SOCIELY coe ai. ko 2 ew ee ee ew we 8 6 8 ee a cme Delegate not appointed
_ Botanical Society of Washington ...... eee aCe tere ona Sandia Mee altos Mo pene el oot Conrad B. Link
Ec meme aCTIe A) PORCSECES © 5. 52 8 ke we ew te i ne ele ek se ee Robert Callaham
SrasomenmaesOciety OF PNSINECIS .. 62 6 oe oun es ees Re ew Bw wee ee ew George Abraham
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ..........-------... Leland D. Whitelock
American society of Mechanical Engineefs .........2 2.20 see eee eee ees William G. Allen
nerauniolesical Society of Washington ........65- 208 cee cece seneee . Edna Buhrer
American Society for Microbiology ........ ee aaa Sie ae ya res awetes nn Pee Stk Rita R. Colwell
papieruer simercan Military Engineers . ... .. . wk ee ee me ee ee H.P. Demuth
Pumeream sectety Of Civil Ensineers. .. 1... 66 ee ee ee ee ae ee re Carl H. Gaum
BuGicin ter expernmental Biology and Medicine ..........2.6+00000%0- Carlton Treadwell
PuGcimemmoericty FOr Metals 2. 2c kt ee ee ee Melvin R. Meyerson
intemauenal Association for Dental Research .......-00 2602s eee ene nvens N.W. Rupp
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics ................- Robert J. Burger
Pen eEOIOPICAl SGEIELY 9.5. ac ss 6 ce ek ke ee ee Harold A. Steiner
ioNcemeierameiciy Of WaSinGtON 2.55. se ke es ee ee ee ee we ee H. Ivan Rainwater
ear mte eGelin GU AINCTICN .6, sue les elk we kek ee see ie ee ee Be ee we Alfred Weissler
PEMEMuaMeNUeledn SOGICLY =. « dig Sess wie AOA woe ole ce ere eee le Oe Delegate not appointed
costume or aod Lechnolopisis ........6656 662 ee we ee ee ee ee ee ee George K. Parman
RMR RIM CES SOIC cdc ae uses ee ee pes OR ale 8 wa Bele ee we ee J.J. Diamond
etme RS TES NC the wes vacate hr eo, my cb Ea ae oy Gia oe aA wx Oe oe Baa ae Kurt H. Stern
Mashineron History of Scienée Club... ..55 6.22 6 cc ewe ee ee ww eee Morris Leikind
pmertean Association of Physics Teachers .....2. 0.2264 we eae see wee Bernard B. Watson
ies SOGIety OtAINeNCd lt. = vot kew bie es ow eg kee 6 ele ew ele bes . Elsie F. DuPré
minciican society Of Plant Physiolosists: 2:5 os 6 se com eo 8 me we Walter Shropshire
Mashimneaton Operations Research Council s.<c. 2). 602 eee) oa 5 oe whe oe op a ew ws John G, Honig
Sulaciiminent society of Amerie LF s AN. SG eee ee ee ae 6 lS H. Dean Parry
- American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical
ARCH MlCUMPEMPINEETS§ 6) ols Giles! vileiees x abe las alee eos © eal oes Oe Bernardo F. Grossling
DN ei GI AILOE AGtEGTIONICES § 50288) pum ah soos: xa le 6 ce 6 a» [eve m stele» . William Winkler

Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective societies.

\J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971 237

ANNOUNCEMENT

WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES SYMPOSIUM
Science and the Environment II
“The Fate of the Chesapeake Bay”
Adult Education Center, University of Maryland, College Park

Friday, January 7, 1972

Morning Session, 9:00-12:00—Current Status:

Biological
Physico-chemical
Socio-economic
Industrial

Afternoon Session 2:00-5:00—Major Threats:

Hydrodynamic changes

Pesticides

Toxic heavy metals

Thermal changes

Sewage: municipal; industrial; rural run-off

Saturday, January 8, 1972

Morning Session 9:00-12:00—Research to Counter the Threats:

Rational management and the challenges to science
Crisis indicators (physio-chemical)

Crisis indicators (biological)

Industrial needs

The entire symposium on “The Fate of the Chesapeake Bay” was recorded on u_
Copies of the tapes may be purchased from the Academy office at $6.00 per hour (minimum
order, 30 minutes). Write for details. The papers will be published in the June, 1972 issue of
this Journal.

The first symposium in the series “Science and the Environment” was held on January
21, 1971 and was titled “Lead in Gasoline—Good or Bad?” Published versions are still
available from the Academy office. Ask for the June, 1971 issue (Journal of the Washington
Academy of Sciences, Vol. 61, No. 2, June, 1971).

238 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

in coping with such controversial matters.

|
' These observations, and observations are
a they are, are bound to be less microbio-
gical than they will be something else. It’s
ikely, on the scientific side, that they'll tend
© be mostly chemical. Not that we don’t
lave microbiological pollution problems, but
the principal pollutants that the public is
iow hysterical and even nasty about are
largely chemical: gases and particulate mat-
‘er from factory and power plant stacks and
tom exhaust pipes, non-biodegradable plas-
fics and detergents, solid wastes and dirty
yvater from food and clothing processing
lants, oil spills, pesticides, fertilizers. These
icientific observations will be seasoned with
Ome non-scientific ones—we’ll call them
litical—because the control of pollution
ive seek will be instigated and policed by the
Federal and State regulatory agencies,
\which, while operated mainly by scientists

—
‘An address delivered to a meeting of the Ameri-
an Society for Microbiology, Washington Branch,
sorgetown University, Washington, D.C., October
51971.

5

.
\g

WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

FEATURES

Observations on the Scientific and Political

Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.

ABSTRACT

The scientist faces several challenges in discharging his responsibilities in this age of
environmental consciousness. He faces them in a society that is skeptical of his motives
and dubious of his sincerity. But he will solve our current environmental problems and
avoid creating others by becoming even more sensitive than he has been to the need to
| fit his new. technology more comfortably into the environment. In doing so, he will help

restore science to the position of respect it once enjoyed, and will help clarify in the
public mind the difference between the role of the scientist and the role of the politician

down under in these organizations, follow
the directives, and sometimes the whims, of
Congress and State legislatures.

In any event, the subject we’ve been in-
vited to discuss is a series of problems that
affects all of us and will for some time to
come. As scientists, we are particularly con-
cerned because they are problems no matter
which way we look at them—one might say
they are spherical problems. Our work in the
laboratory has helped create most of the
technology that is being over-used or mis-
used to foul the public nest. As scientists, we
are being expected to quit inventing new
things that add to these problems and to de-
vote our efforts, instead, to finding ways to
correct the damage we’ve created and, at the
same time, help solve problems that we’ve
had little hand in creating. Again as scien-

tists, and by virtue of our roles in the

policy-making or rule-making processes in
our society, we have our biases, borne of the
multiple impinging factors in the particular
world in which we operate. And inciden-

239

NEE

tally, so do the teachers, the legislators, the
lawyers, the Federal and State regulatory of-
ficials and the conservationists. As citizens,
we are concerned about ourselves, our fami-
lies, our pets, our gardens, our hobbies, and
generally about the cleanness of our sur-
roundings. And in this role we tend, just like
other citizens, to be biased, opinionated and
narrow-minded concerning the things we
know least about.

So we'll touch on some of the things I
believe are pertinent—you could possibly call
them my personal, narrow- minded views—as
we seek sane ways of coping with the pollu-
tion problem. I make no claim to being an
expert, except to the extent that a biochem-
ist appearing before a predominantly micro-
biological group might be called an expert of
sorts. He might be expected, however, to
bring a different viewpoint to the subject—
exposure to different viewpoints is supposed
to be a good idea, particularly if you don’t
agree with them. Such sessions as this are
not likely to lead to sudden solutions. But
from sessions like this can come ideas that
each of us can use to guide our actions in
our own world and thus move in directions
that have a reasonable chance of resulting in
prompt, sensible solutions of some of our
environmental problems.

The topics in the title are not easily separ-
able, but let’s take a look first at the science
of some of our problems, than at the poli-
tics, than at the interface between them, and
finally, at what we as scientists can do more
of or do better.

Pollution begins with, and really ends
with, people. Generally, people are both the
main contributors and the loudest com-
plainers among those upon which pollution
is inflicted. Ian McHarg, author of the re-
markable book, “Design With Nature,” re-
pres people as the earth’s principal pollu-
tant?. Some ecologists would agree. But we
have a problem in 1971, not because people
are a great deal dirtier than they used to be,
but because there are so many more of us.

Zan McHarg, Professor of Landscape Architecture
and Regional Planning, University of Pennsylvania,
“Man — Planetary Disease?” in Catalyst for the
Environmental Quality, Vol. II, No. 1, p. 13, 1971.

240

| I
On June 1, 1900, the population of th)
U.S. was nearly 76 million. On November |
1970, after three score and ten years hal
passed, the population of this country We
over 206 million. In the Biblical span of on
man’s lifetime, the U.S. had increased if
population by 130 millon people, approx),
mately the total number of people in th}
country in 1940.

1 i
More people require more food and clot
ing, and this in turn necessitates the produd
tion of more of the traditional pollutants
agriculture and the food and fiber processi ! :
industries. More people drive more autom¢ |
biles, and this multiplies the burden of e>
hausts in the atmosphere and of junked cai
on the landscape. More people require mo i
heat in winter, more cool in summer, any
more electric power to run the “must” gach
gets that Madison Avenue encourages us tJ i
have, and this increases the demands upoll
air, earth and water to absorb the i |
products thereof. More people flock to citiey
where the jobs are and the action is, concer
trating all of these pollution problems if
smaller areas where they become more olf
vious. |

Without a workable system of populatio i
control, or a change in “values” as some |
our youth insist, this is and will be our wa
of life for quite a while. So we are in a situa |
tion, to look at it whimsically, where wel
be living i in a world described fairly accurate}
ly and sequentially by a list of alliterativel
““P’s”: People, Pollution, Problems, Perple
ity, Palaver, Propaganda, Penance and Pa
tience. And, of course, there’s always Poli
tics.

What is the stance of science right now
As we’ve said, we scientists, or our giftec
naturalist or inventor predecessors, are rej
sponsible for making possible most of the}
things we have today. The tanner of hides
established his plant next to a stream anc
dumped his wastes in it. So did the dairy ancl
cheese plant, the cannery and paper mill]
Some mills burned their wastes or burie
them. When living was less cramped, dilutio
and the natural purification processes off
streams, soil and the atmosphere did not alif
low the pollution problems to surface, bu |

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 197

|

|

Ne |

'yme were there. Now, with the demand for
‘sore and more product, the dilution effect
‘less, the streams and atmosphere are over-
‘ixed, and smog and the news reports of dire
‘onsequences and hidden hazards make
‘eople daily aware of and nervous about the
ame old poliutants. To these we add, of
ourse, the newer pollutants, many not bio-
egradable, that technology has more re-
‘ently developed—the pesticides, detergents,
‘lastics, and others.

_ This means that the scientist is con-
-onted with a several-sided challenge: (1) to
| nd less-polluting ways to do and make the
ame things; (2) to better understand the ef-
cts of pollutants on animal and plant life;
3) to find practical means, and these may
rell be microbiological, for ridding the en-
ironment of pollutants already present; and
» (4) develop methods to measure the
ninute amounts of the smorgasbord of
ollutants that are the present bones of con-
ention, with the precision and speed neces-
ary to permit prompt and proper action by
egulatory bodies to protect people and the
est of the environment. Let’s discuss one or
wo of these challenges; first, measurement.

Everyone knows that present, sophisti-
ated methodology permits us to measure
anishingly small amounts of almost any-
ting. One of the reasons we have developed
aese methods, of course, is that we’ve had
>. We must measure accurately to parts per
illion (or micrograms per kilogram, if we
re to go metric with the rest of the world),
r even less in some cases. Given the time for
he care that must be exercised, and assum-
ig there is no need to concern oneself
bout expense, this is possible, even if
sually difficult. Interferences must be taken
nto account—closely related substances
ometimes masquerade as the real thing in
nalytical tests; tissue fluids or other ex-
faneous materials concomitantly present
lay mask or potentiate the result. So it of-
2n takes time and pains and a lot of ex-
ensive, sometimes immobile, equipment to
‘0 the job while the world waits impatiently

or results. And we haven’t even mentioned ©

he problems of drawing a representative
ample for analysis, say from a box-car of

WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

peanuts, or from several thousand cans of
vichysoisse, or from the waters of a large
tidal estuary. So the scientist is feverishly
striving for quicker, simpler, more positive,
and cheaper analytical and sampling me-
thods on all fronts.

Let me cite a few examples that are of
concern to scientists in agriculture and other
disciplines.

Relatively recent FDA action in removing
from the market swordfish found to contain
more than 0.5 ppm of mercury made the
public aware of possible widespread mercury
contamination of marine products. For-
tunately, methodology for determining mer-
cury at trace levels exists, so it has been feas-
ible to expand greatly and quickly the moni-
toring of commercial fish for its mercury
content. The method now in general use in-
volves chemical oxidation, then reduction,
and the measurement of the mercury by
atomic absorption. A determination requires
only a few minutes. But needed in these
times, is a procedure—perhaps this one—that
can be automated for similar samples in
which the mercury content does not vary
more than 10-fold. It would also be desirable
to have a method which could be used to
continuously monitor the mercury content
of a water supply or effluent wastes, with
the possibility of using the output as a feed-
back to automatically control the operation
of a mercury decontamination device,
which, incidentally, also needs to be inven-
ted. Another useful development would be
portable equipment which could be used in
the field or on a boat for monitoring mer-
cury and other toxic elements such as lead,
cadmium, and arsenic in water supplies and
in food.

There is an old but growing need to assess
and control microbial growth in food pro-
ducts in order to conserve them and provide
wholesome, safe food supplies with adequate
shelf life. Presently used methods of estimat-
ing total viable bacteria involve culturing and
counting which are laborious and time-
consuming operations. As a result, the test-
ing of products is sometimes unduly de-
layed, or the products move through chan-
nels of processing and distribution without a

241

current record of their bacterial load. You
know better than I that attempts to develop
alternative chemical methods have’ fallen
short of the ideal. A workable method
should be general enough to react to and
measure all viable microorganisms and yet be
specific enough to exclude all dead cells and
foreign organic matter. This is a most diffi-
cult goal for the analytical researcher and is
likely to involve a basic search for suitable
transient intermediary metabolites to serve
as the reactive chemical indicator of total
viable bacteria present.

A more specific microbiological problem
concerns Salmonella methodology. Standard
cultural and serological techniques for the
identification of Salmonella require some 4
days, and the methods are rather complex.
More rapid and reliable methods are needed,
particularly for the assessment of sanitation
in food processing plants and for official in-
spection of products. Improvements are be-
ing made which reduce the time required for
identification of Salmonella by about one-
fourth, but a still more rapid procedure is
needed to meet monitoring requirements in
food processing and inspection operations.

While we’re still close to the field of mi-
crobiology, we should mention a group of
microbial metabolites—the mycotoxins—
which were recognized to exist and to be
important within the last decade. The
demonstration that aflatoxin, the first-to-
be-discovered toxic metabolite of Aspergillus
flavus, is potently carcinogenic, triggered a
vast amount of research to determine the ex-
tent of the aflatoxin problem and to study
other microorganisms for similar meta-
bolites. Accurate and sensitive analytical me-
thods exist for the aflatoxins, depending on
thin layer chromatography and the auto-
mated evaluation of the TLC plates by fluor-
odensitometry. But these methods require
moving the sample to the laboratory with
attendant delays. Needed is a more rapid
method for detection of aflatoxin in the
field to avoid delays in moving commodities.
Success in developing such a method is of
obvious importance to agriculture and the
food industry.

As a final example Ill mention poly-
chlorinated biphenyls (PCB’S), which have

242

received much notoriety lately. The PCB’S
are extensively incorporated into asphalts.
rubber tires, paints, plastics, and a variety of}
other products. As a result, they have en:
tered the air, water, and soil through indus.
trial and garbage smoke and through acci:
dents. These compounds are similar in many
respects to DDT and are important sources
of interference in the chemical detection and
measurement of chlorinated hydrocarbon
pesticides. Methodology is presently in-
adequate for the separation of the PCB’S
from other chlorinated hydrocarbons and
for the characterization of each. Pure sam-
ples of the PCB’S and the polychlorinated
triphenyls are needed. Moreover, the very
complex nature of the gaschromatographic
patterns (the method currently used) re-
quires better systems to differentiate be-
tween compounds. The PCB’S are examples
of industrial products that can lead to resi-
due problems in agricultural products. The
problem requires prompt attention.

Now, how about the responsibility of the
scientist to get a better understanding of the
effects of trace pollutants on animal and
plant life? This is probably the most crucial
of the several controversial areas in the over-
all problem. How many tests and on what
and for how long and at what dosage need
be done before we can say a certain level of
something in food, air, water, or next to |
skin, is safe? |

Basic to the resolution of these contro-
versial issues is knowledge, now lacking. We
do not know, for example, what the long-
term effects of trace amounts of most of
these chemicals will be on man, nor do we
know what their ultimate fate will be in soil,
water and other parts of the ecosystem. Cru-
cial to the resolution of questions of en-
vironmental pollution, is the establishment
of the significance in man of the results of)
toxicological experiments on laboratory ani-
mals. We need to have settled, among other’
things, some questions concerning cancer
and carcinogens, teratogenicity and tera-
togens, species specificity, significance of
dose size and route, and the effect of sub-
stances to which the living animal is concom-.
itantly exposed. We need knowledge to en-'
able us to cut through the present apparent

|
J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

]

complexities and arrive at an acceptable
practical answer to the question, “How safe
is safe enough?”

This is far from an academic question,
but it is one that must be faced repeatedly in
administering programs for regulating the
use of chemicals, whether they be pesticides,
drugs, or food additives. These decisions,
based on scientific knowledge, must be made
in the light of what is best for the overall
welfare of man, his environment, and the
creatures with whom he chooses to share the
environment.

In the toxicological area, particularly,
misinterpretation and disagreement as to the
proper interpretation of experimental re-
sults, often honest but often heated, is now
commonplace. The last chapters are yet to

_ be written and until they are, we will con-

tinue to have controversy. Meantime, it is
wrong either to treat these important
matters superciliously or to get overheated
about them. This advice is to scientists, at
least, and to others who should also know
better.

A word should be said about alternative
ways to do the things we are now doing or
about inventing new things. Such changes
are most likely to come from industry, based
of course, on the research of many including
their own. It’s true that there always tends
to be a certain amount of industrial myopia,
but an industry’s repute in its field and the
success of its business depends on satisfied
customers—satisfied that a product will do
what the label says it will and that use of the
product will not hurt them. A coming-to-
terms on the safety tests required on new
pesticides, disinfectants, drugs, and other
chemicals is important to them. Competition
being what it is, there is a limit to how much
time, hence money, can be invested in pro-
duct testing, before it becomes uneconomic
to pursue a product’s development. So let’s
not be too hard or unreasonable with indus-
try. If they should abdicate, who, then will
develop the new or better or needed pro-
ducts? With 1 of every 6 Americans on a
public payroll already (David Brinkley. Sep-
tember newscast), is it reasonable to project
this as another public responsibility? I would
think not.

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

A word should also be said here about
University scientists and their role as teach-
ers rather than as researchers. A start has
been made in several places to try to educate
students who are not going to be scientists,
but who will assume influential positions in
the decision-making world, in some of the
important precepts and limitations of sci-
ence. This should continue and multiply so
that more of our future economists, lawyers,
judges, Congressmen, medical practitioners
and laymen generally have a better concep-
tion of the experimental method and of the
significance that can be placed, or cannot be
placed, on isolated results; of the difference
between what the scientist knows as truth
and the half-truths with which so many seem
now to be content.

All of these things the scientist has to do,
or help do, or adjust himself to, in the cur-
rent atmosphere of dwindling prestige of
men of science. The 40 “‘golden years” of
science just passed, through which some of
us have lived and worked, have given way to
a public skepticism of science. And this, un-
fortunately, is being nurtured by some im-
portant people who have access to the public
ear. The credibility of scientists is being
questioned, and it is public policy that re-
search and the new knowledge it creates is
not among the top 3 or 4 things that they
say we need most now to spend our money
for. Scientists, generally, don’t agree, but we
will persevere (the hard core of us, that is)
because we are brought up to be convinced
that lasting solutions of most of our prob-
lems will depend on the knowledge that the
trained researcher can develop. All, even-
tually, come to recognize this, if not to ad-
mit it.

This has been said better by Dr. Harvey
Brooks, Dean of the Division of Engineering
and Applied Physics, Harvard University,
and one of the President’s top science ad-
visors about 10 years ago, in his C.P. Snow
Lecture at Ithaca College in January, 1971.
Speaking to the topic, “Can Science Survive
in the Modern Age?,”’ he concludes: “I can-
not give a definite answer one way or the
other. The threats to the integrity of science,
both from within and without, are probably
greater than at any time in the past, because

243

science is much more a part of the total so-
cial and political process, no longer the
semi-hobby of a few dedicated and some-
what eccentric individuals. But I am an opti-
mist. I do not think that the scientific enter-
prise is going down the drain. It will change
as science has always changed. It will re-
spond to new social priorities, but, like an
organism responding to disease, it will de-
velop antibodies which will fight and finally
contain excessive control by external cri-
teria, and in fact will transform these exter-
nal pressures into new opportunities and
new fundamental fields of inquiry.”

This leads us to consideration of some of
the political aspects of our topic, if indeed
we may not already be well into considera-
tion of them.

When science, or anything else that’s im-
portant, becomes controversial—becomes an
issue—politics enters. Pollution has become
an issue, and politicians have stepped in, as
of course they must, to try to find practical,
sometimes stop-gap and sometimes complete
resolutions of the things in controversy; to
arrive at a tolerable balance between the
pluses and minuses of each issue; and
through the political technique of exaggerat-
ing hazards and consequences, encourage the
public to support new laws and regulatory
actions.

The politician moves from a position of
shallow knowledge and understanding of the
science of the problems he grapples with.
This is not intended to be critical. Science is
not everybody’s cup of tea and many politi-
cians try very hard, through advisors, hear-
ings and the like, to smarten themselves up.
But more generally they are influenced less
by the scientific facts of a matter than they
are by public fears and emotions and the
statistics that presume to reflect them. The
prototype politician sees nothing wrong in
settling a controversial issue by taking a vote
on it. To illustrate, let me quote from the
September, 1971 speech before the Ameri-
can Chemical Society, of Mr. William D.
Ruckelshaus, a lawyer and President Nixon’s
political appointee to head the new Environ-
mental Protection Agency: “Decisions such
as the fate of DDT are not decisions solely
within the purview of the scientist to make

244

in his laboratory. Rather they are basic
societal decisions about what kind of a life
people want and about what risks they are
willing to accept to achieve it ))..90e I |
fully understand the scientist’s desire to seek _
a quiet spot to contemplate and carefully
work out rational solutions, as well as his —
distaste of the hysteria that sometimes ac- |
companies public discussion of environmen- |
tal issues. However, the demands of a free
and open society will not permit such a
luxury.” Many scientists would be reluctant
to accept this kind of settlement of some
pollution issues as being any real settlement
at all. I like better in this respect a quotation
from Milton Burton: “In this technological
age, ignorance of science can be dangerous.
It is inexcusable in those who have talents of
leadership. It is immoral when the ignorant
elect to lead and when the informed let
them. There must be clear and positive rejec-
tion by honest scientists of the domination
of decision by those who are unequipped to
make rational, honest decision. There must
be an actual act of struggle on the part of
scientists to see to it that those who make
decisions have had the opportunity to learn
enough of science either to make adequate
decision themselves or to accept guidance in
decision by scientists equipped to advise
them in this particular time of expanding
technology.”

There’s another contrast between the sci-
entist and the politician that is relavant. The
scientist is attuned to working and waiting
for decades, if need be, to come to the solu-
tion of a problem. Politicians, often, can
wait only until time for the next election. As
a result, scientists are being hurried, and are
expected to move even faster, and this is irk-
some to many. But, I might add paren-
thetically, scientists had better get used to
being hurried and used to working on phases
of problems in which they have less than an
abiding interest if they are to contribute at
all to their solution. Otherwise, the politi-
cians, with the public behind them, are going

3Milton Burton, Emeritus Professor of Chemistry,
Radiation Laboratory. University of Notre Dame;
in Chemical and Engineering News, September 27,
1971, ps 1.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

to “solve”? them even without the scientist’s
help. Those scientists with a long future
ahead of them would do will to heed this for

the time being, else the havoc created by

premature and primarily political “solu-

tions” of these problems will require the sci-

entists of the future to be trouble-shooters

_ for many years rather than the creatozs most

prefer and are trained to be.

There are some things, I believe, that the
politicians are equipped to debate and solve
while the scientists are solving the technical
problems concerned with pollution. There
are some questions that need answers and in
ones like the following, views of the public
would be relevant and significant:

Should scientists, particularly industrial
scientists, advocate and defend new tech-

nology and let the public and other pressures

bring problems that it may create to them,
or should scientists have the responsibility of
anticipating and solving in advance the envi-
ronmental problems their new technology
may create?

What should the role of the courts be
with respect to the environment? Should we
try to resolve complex technological prob-
lems by adjudication rather than by adminis-
trative determination based on judgment of
experts?

What should the role of Congress and
State legislatures be with respect to the en-
vironment? Should we try to resolve com-
plex technological problems by legislation?

Is a “truth squad” approach, where com-
petent scientists winnow the conflicting
views concerning environmental problems
and make public an informed judgment, a
practical means for public enlightenment
and guidance?

How necessary is control of population
growth to the ultimate alleviation of our en-
vironmental problems?

Scientists could and should, of course,
help the politicians in getting answers to
these questions and the answers, in turn,
would help scientists in directing their future

attitudes and actions.

Now, finally, ’'d like to share with you

some personal views on how scientists
_ should behave at the interface between sci-

ence and politics.

_ J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

I’m convinced of one thing, principally.
The scientist should stick to being a scientist
and play that game according to the rules of
science. By so doing, he’ll retain the respect
of other scientists and eventually regain the
respect of society. It is my observation that
scientists who try to play the game of poli-
tics are generally inept, although they seem
to be the last to know. The scientist-be-
come-politician, and these are mostly in
government, has usually started too late to
be taken seriously by the public or by pro-
fessional politicians. He also has a basic con-
flict. His scientific upbringing, the practice
of proceeding from hypothesis, to theory, to
test, and to proof, is a handicap in the politi-
cal arena, because the steps follow each
other too slowly for the action boys to live
with. To compensate, the scientist-become-
politician polishes his skills in management,
the seemingly universal language of today’s
world, and by becoming a hard-nosed man-
ager he begins to appear and sound more like
the action man, the quick decision-maker
and policy-maker that politicians like to deal
with. Again, he is usually too late, and he
loses rapidly his stature and credibility as a
scientist as he achieves a veneer of respect-
ability with the politicians. He winds up
with the confidence of neither group, and if
he persists in continuing to identify himself
with science, he helps discredit it in the pub-
lic eye. Such people, in reasonably high
places, are responsible for a large part of the
unrest we’re now experiencing in the scien-
tific world. The scientist-become-politician,
unless he is a very strong character indeed,
succumbs inevitably to the practiced persua-
siveness of his professional political bosses
and is stuck with aiding and abetting deci-
sions that are often inimical to science. This
point is made by none other than Dr.
Vannevar Bush, editorializing in the October
1, 1971 issue of SCIENCE, on the danger of
overemphasizing the value of the applied
phases of science in these times. “There is
also a danger that control of funds may oc-
casion injurious dictation to science by lay-
men. The fact that this is a somewhat subtle
matter renders the danger much greater. In
applying science it is often correct that a
group of laymen should set the general ob-

245

feClive 5... where men of diverse back-
grounds and interest need to meet with sci-
entists and engineers in order to create a pro-
gram that is sound..... The danger is that
this lay participation will go beyond its ap-
propriate function, enter into the methods
themselves, and seek to influence the choice
of the particular paths to be followed.”

Among the scientists-become-politicians,
the strong characters recognize this and dis-
join themselves, but a host of lesser lights
remain to join with the Maleks (Special As-
sistant to the President for Personnel, SCI-
ENCE, September 24) in finding scientific-
political leaders who are not afraid to “shake
up” scientific organizations and programs in
the name of solving the alleged problem of
“bureaucratic inertia.” The shaking-up pro-
cess, unfortunately, is not selective, since the
“shakers” know too little about the nuts and
bolts of the organizations and programs they
shake. There is danger that much good, pro-
ductive, needed research can fall in the name
of better management.

What I’m about to say now has been said
before by wiser men about other dilemmas,
but it needs saying again. I believe we need
not so much more imagination, innovation,
better communication, new ideas in manage-
ment, or new approaches to grapple with the
problems at the interface of science and poli-
tics, but a return to honesty, candor, and
consistency on the part of scientific leader-
ship. I concede it’s hard for politicians to be
candid and consistent, but there never has
been reason for scientists not to be. Scien-
tists who stick to their lasts can help politi-
cians to follow courses that are more likely
to provide lasting solutions to the problems
they both profess to want to solve. Scientists
delude others, and themselves, in “gaming”
with crucial issues. The scientist should ad-
here strictly to the facts he knows andnot
join in distorting them as in the tendency of
some. He should speak out—more than has
been his habit and inclination—about what
he knows, when occasion demands, but keep
his peace when he is ignorant or only mar-

246

ginally smart. It is unnecessary to approach
every problem with an open mouth. |

I conclude tonight by quoting my friend, |
a former Assistant Secretary of Agriculture, }
George L. Mehren, because it jibes with my |
view that, as bad as things seem to be, we |
have passed the nadir of the scientists’ |
repute as part of the establishment and that
we are on the way back up. In the August, |
1971 issue of Food Technology, Dr. Mehren
says: “There has been a sustained wave of
general nastiness in this country. There are |
people here who denigrate themselves, their |
fellow countrymen, and _ the basic
institutions and activities of their nation.
Yet the character of this nation has not |
deteriorated. If anything, its strength of
purpose and quality of achievement have
been strengthened by this nastiness. i

“What has come to be called the disaster
lobby appears to be losing its legislative
clout. This waning of the doomsday
influence is by all standards good. |
Intellectually, ethically, and aesthetically,
the performance of many who call
themselves consumer advocates .has been
ugly. They have often been _ witless,
incompetent, self-righteous, and intolerant
of other viewpoints and of democratic
resolution.

“These reformers who say that there is
but a single truth, that they alone know that
single truth, and that they must by any
means force it upon all other people have
been encountered before and been defeated
before.

“There has been much of mindless envy
and hatred in what they say and do. The
establishment that they attacked seems
fortunately now persuaded that perhaps all
dignity, wisdom and decency do not reside
in those who want to kill the
establishment.”

I hope Dr. Mehren and I are right and that
public confidence in the objectivity,
honesty, and good intentions of scientists, as
important parts of the establishment, will be
restored.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

SE SE

4

|

Frederick D. Rossini

The Administration of Research in a University!

Department of Chemistry, Rice University, Houston, Texas 77001

ABSTRACT

The author describes how an Office of Research and Sponsored Programs was
initiated at the University of Notre Dame. As important problems in conducting
sponsored research and other programs in a University, the author discusses indirect
administrative costs, faculty salaries in the academic year, support of research in the
regular budget of the University, full-time personnel on sponsored programs, cost of
publication of research papers, and travel of faculty. He recommends a program of broad
institutional grants to alleviate some of these problems.

The “‘Administration of Research in a

University” is a complex subject, not only

because of the breadth of the entire problem
of research and its support, but also because
we have in the U.S.A. a great variety of uni-
versities, each with its own local and indivi-
dual problems and constraints.

To simplify my presentation, then, I will
talk mainly about the University of Notre

_ Dame, but you will recognize that substan-

tially all the problems I discuss will be com-
mon to most universities in one way or an-
other, to a greater or lesser extent. You
should note that the problems of a private,
independent University will be different
from those of state supported Universities. I
believe that if I describe the developments at
Notre Dame you will have a picture of what
nearly every private, independent University
has gone through in developing its organiza-
tion for administering research. On coming
to the University in 1960, as Dean of the
College of Science, I was also given the re-
sponsibility of setting up an organization for
administering research in the University. In
1960, we had a Coordinator of Research,
concerned mainly with processing proposals
for research in science and engineering. With-

| in the year, we established a University Re-
search Council, with a Research Administra-
tor, to have cognizance over proposals for

research in all parts of the University.

1Taken from an address delivered to the staff of
the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Washington,
D.C., July 14, 1971.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

To introduce the Faculty of the Univer-
sity to the point of view we wanted to em-
phasize, we prepared a basic document,
copies of which were put in the hands of
each Member of the Faculty. Let me give
you the introduction and basic tenets from
that document. I quote:

‘A University has responsibility for
knowledge in the world, its custody, exten-
sion, communication, and preservation, and
for the development of persons capable of
holding this knowledge, of understanding it,
of interpreting it for the benefit of mankind,
and of extending its frontiers through origi-
nal research. Graduate research plays a key
role in the training and development of per-
sons capable of understanding knowledge, of
interpreting it, and of adding to its body.
Broadly, research helps the University in the |
promotion of free inquiry and the advance-
ment of learning for its students and faculty.

“Certain kinds of research are most ap-
propriate for industry; other kinds are most
appropriate for government laboratories;
other kinds are most appropriate for non-
profit research institutions; and still other
kinds are most appropriate for universities.
Research in laboratories of the industrial,
government, and non-profit research organi-
zations is generally tied to one of the mis-
sions of the given organization. In universi-
ties, on the other hand, it is generally agreed
that research must normally be unrestricted
and unfettered, with freedom to follow new
leads in pushing back the frontiers of know-

247

ledge, in keeping with the intellectual aims
of the University.

“In order to provide suitable guide lines
for the support and conduct of research in
the University, the following tenets are set
down:

“1. This University, as represented by its
faculty and staff, should engage only in fun-
damental basic research, leaving applied re-
search to be pursued in the research and de-
velopment laboratories in industrial, govern-
mental, and non-profit research organiza-
tions.

“2. Research work should be done mainly
by regular members of the faculty and their
graduate students, with graduate theses and
degrees and publications resulting, as appro-
priate. It is desirable to have an appropriate
number of postdoctoral investigators work-
ing with the faculty and graduate students,
to provide additional intellectual stimulus
for the graduate students and broader train-
ing for the postdoctoral workers. Also, for
certain long-term investigations, under con-
tinuing and assured sponsorship, it is de-
sirable to have an appropriate number of
full-time professional staff in order to pro-
vide continuity of experience and know-how
on complex projects.

“3. The results of all research work in the
University should be available for publica-
tion, and, further, should be of a quality ap-
propriate to the requirements and standards
of the given discipline.

“4. No research project or grant which
prohibits the publication of the results of
the research should be accepted by the Uni-
versity, except in times of national emer-
gency.

“5. Research investigations should have
stability, in terms of financial support and of
the intellectual interests of the faculty.

“6. The magnitude of the research opera-
tions of the University should be appro-
priately commensurate and in balance with
the academic teaching operations.

“7, In its research program, the Univer-
sity should not compete with commercial re-
search organizations.

“8. No member of the faculty or staff
should receive extra compensation from the

248

University for work on sponsored research,
except for “summer” stipend.

“QO. All research proposals should be ini-

tiated by one or more members of the J
academic staff with interests in the area of |

the proposal.

“10. All arrangements made by the Uni- |

versity for coordinating the preparation and

processing of proposals for support of re-
search should be such as to help the Princi- |
pal Investigators by relieving them of fiscal, —

administrative, and non-technical details, yet
still providing for them complete freedom in

the expression and presentation of the intel- |

lectual aspects of their proposals.

“11. Principal Investigators should be free
to communicate with their opposite num-
bers in the offices of sponsoring agencies re-
garding the intellectual aspects of their
work, and vice versa. However, copies of any
correspondence that touches upon fiscal
matters should always be provided for the
appropriate officials of the University.

“12. Principal Investigators should seek
support only for those researches in which
they are interested and which satisfy the in-
tellectual aims of the University.

“13. The Principal Investigators must
know that any agreement relative to a grant
or project in support of research is made by
the sponsoring agency with the University,

not with the Principal Investigators, and that |

the University assumes responsibility for all
fiscal arrangements.

“14. The matter of the administrative in-
direct costs applicable to any given proposal
is fixed by agreement of the fiscal officers of
the sponsoring agency and of the University,
in accordance with the regulations of the
sponsoring agency.”

We carried on with the Research Council
and the Research Administrator from 1961
until January, 1968, when the newly estab-
lished Office of Research and Sponsored
Programs began operations. I left the Dean-
ship of the College of Science at that time to
become Vice President for Research.

One of the problems which confronted
the original Research Coordinator, and later
the Research Administrator, was to convince
the faculty that the Office of Research was

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

concerned with all disciplines of the Univer-
sity, not just science and engineering.

To emphasize this point, as the new Vice
President for Research, I sent to each Mem-
ber of the Faculty, in January, 1968, a short
memorandum with the following thoughts;
which I quote:

“The mission of the University’s Office of
Research and Sponsored Programs is to serve
the Faculty and Administration of the Uni-
versity over the entire realm of support, out-
side the regular University budget, for re-
search, facilities and equipment, educational
programs, and service programs.

“Tt is important to note that the cogni-
zance of the University’s Office of Research
and Sponsored Programs in this realm ex-
tends over all disciplines, Arts and Letters,
Humanities and Social Studies, Business Ad-
ministration, Law, Engineering, and Science,
and over all components of the University,
Colleges, Schools, Departments, Institutes,
Centers, and Laboratories.

““As our experience increases and proce-
dures are developed to help the Faculty and
Administration carry on their sponsored
work more easily and with less frustration,
this Office will prepare appropriate state-
ments of policy.”

The purpose of bringing these ideas to the
attention of each Member of the Faculty
was to establish mutually understandable
basic guidelines under which sponsored pro-
grams are carried on in the University.

In the administration of research at Notre
Dame, we find it convenient to categorize
sponsored programs as follows:

1. Research programs.

2. Facilities and equipment.
3. Educational programs.

4. Service programs.

Category (1) is the normal one for regular
research grants and contracts. Category (2) is
for facilities or equipment without person-
nel, as a new or part of a building, rehabilita-
tion of a building, etc.; if personnel are in-
volved, then the proposal is classed under
Category (1). Category (3) includes Summer
and Academic Year Institutes, Conferences,
etc., Category (4) is for programs involving
service by the University to some compo-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

nent of society, frequently off campus, as
“aid to a foreign university,” or the “Up-
ward Bound” program, etc.

Table 1.—Faculty and Student Population at the
University of Notre Dame, 1970-71

Category Approximate No.
Riau Eye: 842) ered UN. ek, La ee, Se 650
SHUIGONtS OPAL 45 2:27) ceed ls ene ee 8100

Undergraduate students ...... 6400

Graduate students. 2... 2.4. 1300

aw SUUGENIS: <2 Gictiesde os ee 400

Undergraduate students
Freshman Year of Studies ..... 1700

College of Arts and Letters .. . .2300
Collese GM BUSipess 4 oo. use se ee

AGMINISTEATION 56. ioa ns s0seseneus 950
College of Engineering ....... 750
Coltcre of Science. 5. sos ost 700

In Table 1, we show the approximate
number of Faculty and Students at Notre
Dame. These numbers will change signifi-
cantly in a year or so with the coming ab-
sorption of St. Mary’s College into the Uni-
versity of Notre Dame, when 1,500 women
will be added to the undergraduate student
body. The total number of faculty is about
650 and the total number of students is
8,100. Of these, 6,400 are undergraduate, all
men; 1,300 are graduate, including a few wo-
men; and 400 law students, including a few
women. The undergraduate students are dis-
tributed in five places, as shown.

Table 2.—Budget Categories at the University of
Notre Dame, year ending June 30, 1971

Percentage (approx.)
$ Total Educational

Million budget budget
Total budget 46 100 200
Educational budget 23 50 100
Sponsored programs 8.5 20 40

I would like next to give you a picture of
the magnitude and extent of sponsored pro-
grams at a University like Notre Dame, as
shown in Table 2. For the year ending June
30, 1971, the overall budget of the Univer-
sity was about $46 million, with the educa-
tion budget being about half of this. Of this
amount, about $8.7 million came from spon-

249

sored programs. This means that sponsored
programs account for near 20 percent of the
total budget and near 40 percent of the edu-
cational budget of the University. We believe
these figures constitute a good mix of re-
search and education.

For the year ending June 30, 1970, we
had a decrease of 10% in the awards under
the preceding year. For the year just ended,
June 30, 1971, we had an increase of 4% in
the total over the preceding year. However,
there was a significant shift in support from
science and engineering into the social sci-
ences.

Table 3.—Summary of grant awards, University of
Notre Dame, 1961-1971

Amount,
$ millions,
Year approx
1961 2.9
1962 =
1963 3.4
1964 4.2
1965 5.2
1966 6.9
1967 12.0
1968 7.0
1969 9.2
1970 8.3
1971 8.8

Table 3 shows how sponsored programs
have changed over the past ten years at the
University of Notre Dame. We had a three-
fold increase over this decade and seem to be
leveling off in the area approaching $10 mil-
lion. This seems to be near the right magni-
tude for a University of this size and charac-
ter.

Now let me identify some general and
specific problems that arise when a Univer-
sity undertakes to carry on a significant
amount of sponsored research and other pro-
grams.

Here we list some of the problems.
1. Indirect administrative costs.
2. Faculty salaries in the academic year.

3. Support of research in the regular
budget of the University.

4. Full-time personnel on sponsored pro-
grams.

250

5. Cost of publication of research papers.
6. Travel of faculty.

I would like now to discuss briefly some
of these problems.

First, let us take the matter of indirect
administrative costs. The problem here, as I
see it, is first for the University to be fully
alert in identifying completely the several
categories that are properly included in cal-
culating the indirect cost rate. These are
usually the following:

General administration: Accounting, pay-
roll, personnel, etc.

Research administration: Personnel and
other costs involved in the administration of
research.

Plant operation and maintenance: Utili-
ties, janitorial services, routine maintenance,
and repairs.

Library expenses: Books, library staff,
etc.

Departmental administration: Adminis-
trative costs at the Department and College
level.

Depreciation or use allowance: For Uni-
versity buildings and equipment.

In general, the total amount of each of
the costs above are apportioned among three
functions of the University: (1) Instruction;
(2) Organized Research; (3) Other Institu-
tional Activities.

Indirect costs have a way of slipping in
where they are not expected and may re-
main unidentified. Some costs may be
treated as direct costs, in which case they
would not appear in the indirect cost calcu-
lation. A simple example would be clerical
or typing services for sponsored programs. In
theory, it makes no difference in the total
cost of a given research investigation since
both direct and indirect costs are real. In
practice, experience has shown that, under
the current governmental regulations, if
more elements are listed as direct costs, the
amount recovered from the sponsor may be
somewhat greater.

The large differences in the indirect cost
rates of different universities are attributable
entirely to variations in organization and in
the accounting practices of different institu-
tions. It is illogical, as some persons do, to

J. WASH. ACAD. SCL., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

compare the indirect cost rates of different

institutions without examining in detail the

organization and method of accounting of
the different institutions.

The record indicates that, as time goes
on, a given University becomes more expert
in identifying fully all components of the
indirect costs and its indirect cost rate goes
up, without significant change in organiza-
tion or method of accounting.

One of the problems in connection with
the matter of indirect costs is getting the
Members of the Faculty to appreciate that
these are real costs, and that they do not
represent a lot of gravy for the University.
With restricted budgets in research grants,
we have repeated requests to give up some of
our proper indirect costs in a given research
investigation. Uniformly we deny such re-
quests except in one or two special cases
which involve other variables.

The second problem is the matter of fac-
ulty salaries during the academic year. Let us
take as an example a Department of Chemis-
try in which a Member of the Faculty has
sponsored research investigation to which he
devotes one-half of his effort during the aca-
demic year. Consequently, one-half of his
salary in the academic year is charged to his
grant. Since half of his effort is devoted to
research, this means that he will carry one-
half of the standard teaching load.

Suppose now a second Member of the
Faculty of the same Department is similarly
fixed with a research grant, involving one-
half of his effort during the academic year.
This means that the Department would have
to hire a new Member of the Faculty to take
up the teaching load, in place of the two
missing half loads. The new Member of the
Faculty is not hired on a temporary appoint-
ment but as a regular Member of the Facul-
ty, with privilege of tenure.

Now everything is fine as long as the two
Members of the Faculty continue to receive
support for their research investigations. But
when the crunch comes, and support of re-
search is lost, the University is caught with
an extra Member of the Faculty, who, in
theory, is not now needed for teaching. Ac-
tually, the entire business is quite involved,
but the net result of a decrease in support of

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

research in a given University means that it
has excess teaching capacity and a conse-
quent deficit budget. Unfortunately, profes-
sional manpower of this category cannot be
turned on and off at will. We need to build
in to our system some kind of stabilizing
mechanism.

Another difficulty we encounter in the
matter of faculty salaries is that many Mem-
bers of the Faculty who are Principal Investi-
gators feel that, since the University has to
pay their salaries anyway, the University
could very well get along with less of their
salary charged to sponsored accounts during
the academic year. This means, of course,
that such Members of the Faculty do not
realize that this is a real cost to the Univer-
sity. With lessened budgets on ongoing re-
search projects, Principal Investigators fre-
quently resort to the device of reducing their
stated effort on given research investigations
to keep down the budgets on their grants.
The net result of all such maneuvers is to
reduce the income to the University without
corresponding reduction of. expenditures,
which spells trouble for the budget.

The problem of support of research in the
regular budget of the University is one that
keeps popping up continually. In the past
fifteen years, with a reasonable abundance of
support, Universities have not had to face
the problem of using much of their regular
university budget funds to support research.
In today’s fiscal climate for support of re-
search, however, the picture is quite differ-
ent. We have Members of the Faculty who
seriously feel that the University has a pro-
per obligation to provide a significant
amount of support for their research investi-
gations. This feeling is based on the fact the
research goes hand in hand with top-flight
teaching and that, therefore, the University
has the obligation to provide some support
of the research that helps keep the teaching
good. Few, if any, private, independent Uni-
versities can lay claim to a budget which
makes provision for any significant support
of research as a matter of policy for all Mem-
bers of the Faculty. It would be very nice if
they could.

Another problem is that of maintaining
full-time personnel on sponsored programs.

251

For the category of secretaries, clerks, typ-
ists, and general laboratory technicians, the
problem is not too difficult, if the University
has a reasonable number of these spread
throughout the several components of the
University. In such case, personnel of a given

|

kind can be shifted from one research inves-

tigation to another, from one part of the
University to another, to follow the support,
without real difficulty.

However, as the category of supporting
non-professional personnel becomes more
specialized, as for electronic technicians or
skilled machinists, the situations are not so
easily handled, and serious problems arise.
For long-term projects having continuing
support, it has become necessary to employ
full-time professionals in science or engineer-
ing or other discipline to maintain a conti-
nuity of experience and know-how for com-
plex operations. As long as the funding is
uninterrupted, there is no problem, but if
the normal funding is disturbed one begins
to have very serious problems regarding full-
time professionals.

At the University of Notre Dame, we
have created a class of full-time professional
employees for supporting research investiga-
tions, who are Members of the General Fac-
ulty but not of the Teaching Faculty. The
titles and the presumed correspondence with
the academic ranks is as follows:

Faculty Fellow Professor
Associate Faculty Fellow Associate Professor

Assistant Faculty Fellow Assistant Professor

Even in times of stable funding of research,
the existence of this category of faculty in
the University creates problems. Such re-
search faculty are not eligible for tenure, be-
ing on year-to-year contracts. But, never-
theless, with long years of service there al-
ways arises the presumption of some privi-
lege equivalent to tenure for them. The sit-
uation is somewhat similar to that of the
research scientists and engineers who have
long years of employment at one of the na-
tional laboratories supported by the AEC,
such as the Argonne National Laboratory,
with which I have some familiarity.

A lesser problem is that of handling facul-
ty travel on research grants in concert with

252

faculty travel on university budget funds. In
general, the Univeristy, in effect, has to
maintain two levels of support of travel for
regular Members of the Faculty. Those Mem-
bers of the Faculty travelling on grant funds
are supported according to the travel regula-
tions of the sponsor, as the U.S. Govern-
ment. On the other hand those Members of
the Faculty travelling to professional meet-
ings on University budget funds may be con-
strained at a lower level of support, when
the travel involves only the professional
work of the given Member of the Faculty.
However, when the traveller is a Member of
the Faculty or of the University Administra-
tion, and travels on University Administra-
tion business, all of his expenses, calculated
on a reasonable basis, are reimbursed, so that
the traveller neither gains or loses as a result
of the trip on direct University business.

The last problem I will mention is that of
the matter of the cost of publication of re-
search papers. In a properly executed budget
for a proposal for support of research, provi-
sion is made for the cost of publishing the
research paper or papers emanating from the
work. In the past ten years, great changes
have taken place in this field. Both the
American Institute of Physics and the Amer-
ican Chemical Society now make page
charges running up to the area of $75 or
more per page. Essentially all sponsoring
agencies recognize these publication costs
are legitimate expenditures, even though
they are large compared to ten years ago.

The problem is created because the publi-
cation usually comes well after the termina-
tion of the grant, as is normal in research
investigations, and there is no longer an ac-
count available against which the costs of
publication can be charged. In some cases,
the University has born the cost of such pub-
lication, in other cases the author has
pleaded lack of funds and has had his paper
put in the delayed line for free publication.

_We are currently investigating this problem.

Having mentioned just six specific prob-
lems, I do not wish to imply that there are
no others involved in the administration of
research in a University. There are many
others, but not of as broad a scope as the
ones I have mentioned.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

In my opinion, one of the things that
would help Universities in their support of
research would be to have a program of
broad institutional grants along with project
grants. Perhaps a reasonable ratio for the
amount for institutional grants compared to
the amount for project grants would be as |
to 2. That is to say, for every $2 in support
of project research, we should have $1 in
support of institutional research. There is lit-
tle doubt that such a plan would benefit
Universities in permitting the funds to be
used in a flexible manner and perhaps more
effectively to meet local requirements rather
than general national regulations. Clearly,
the administration of the institutional sup-
port would bring significant savings to the
government, in the cost and labor of award-
ing and accounting for Federal funds.

And, as has been reported, such a plan
would restore to the institution some of the
power over its own affairs that has been ero-
ded by the system of project grants. Re-
search programs that are not related to over-
all institutional goals do little good and have
the potential for much harm. Such a system
would make it possible for a University to
have a viable frame of intellectual goals, with
some hope of deploying resources to main-
tain the desired goals.

With the project grants still remaining at
twice the total of the institutional grant sup-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

port, a good balance would be maintained
between the individual desires of the Mem-
bers of the Faculty and the University Ad-
ministration. Such a system would en-
courage Members of the Faculty to think in-
stitutionally as well as individually. It would
provide a mechanism for the University to
maintain control over the direction of some
of the research carried on, so that sponsored
research can complement the intellectual
goals of the institution.

Finally, it is clear that a system of institu-
tional grants, along with project grants,
would make it possible to accelerate the pro-
cess of breaking down the barriers that now
tend to separate our disciplines. With the
University Administration having control
over the disposition of some of the research
support, investigators in different depart-
ments could be encouraged to work together
on important multidisciplinary problems.
This would get us on with the interdisci-
plinary research that we are desperately in
need of in many areas today.

Readers may wish to consult the report
of the Commission on Federal Relations of
the American Council on Education entitled
“Direct and Indirect Costs of Research at
Colleges and Universities”, published in
1969.

253

Water Supply in the United States

Michael D. Bradley

Assistant, Research in Resource Policy,

Scripps Institution of Oceanography, La Jolla, Ca. 92037

ABSTRACT

This paper discusses the features and the physical parameters of the water resource
problem which has excited public concern about the nation’s water. It describes many of
the ideas and notions presented in the press and periodicals in the last several years and
presents the more relevant features for policy considerations under 3 sub-headings: the
problem of the regional allocation of water, the problem of water uses and their costs,

and the problem of water quality.

“Are We Running Out of Water?” This
large-print type title line is sprawled across
the page of a popular magazine article.!
“North American Water Deficit Said Un-
avoidable By Year 2000” runs the headline
of a newspaper article.2 What is going on
here? Is the whole country running out of
water? Is there really a water crisis? It is
commonplace to hear today that the supply
of water for household, industrial, and agri-
cultural use is a real and growing problem. In
some eastern areas, it has periodically be-
come necessary to restrict some kinds of
water uses. In dry years, some large city res-
ervoirs have fallen dangerously low. In the
more arid West, declining ground-water
levels are threatening local communities and
the economics based on this source of sup-
ply. To avert or remedy these situations,
huge, expensive public projects have been
built or are under consideration. At a time
when the problems of water policy and de-
velopment are receiving such close observa-
tion from the press, it may be well to look
objectively at the boundaries of water sup-
ply in the nation and attempt to carefully
determine whether there is indeed a crisis or
“shortage” of water.

An understanding of the water problem,
however, requires more than a vague idea of
where the shortages are. It requires primarily

1, OOK Magazine, Vol. 29, No. 25, December,
1965.

2The Ann Arbor News, September 22, 1965.

254

a notion of how much water is available and
where that amount goes or is used. A de-
scription of water supply must begin with an
analysis of the natural process of fresh water
production, the hydrographic cycle. The
hydrographic cycle over the North American
land masses produces 4,750 million acre-feet
as annual precipitation. From this atmos-
pheric supply comes the nation’s fresh
water. The cycle is a closed-flow circuit with
2 branches, one more directly useful to man
than the other. Into the larger evaporation
and transpiration branch goes approximately
70% (3380 million acre-feet) of the total an-
nual precipitation. Over this water man has
little if any control because it is not subject
to his regulation. It falls on forests, plains,
deserts and cities; it percolates into the
ground as ground water; and it evaporates
back into the atmosphere. It has been esti-
mated that this uncontrolled flow circuit
produces up to one half of the net water-
induced benefits to man (Wolman, 1962).

The remaining 30% (1,370 million acre-
feet) of total annual precipitation goes into
stream flow—it is this water that man can
use. He withdraws 7.5% (345 million acre-
feet) from the supply and applies 3.4% (159
million acre-feet) of it to irrigation uses,
3.4% (159 million acre-feet) of it to indus-
trial uses, and 0.6% (27 million acre-feet) to
his municipal uses (Wolman, 1962). The
water is then returned with the streamflow
not withdrawn to the ocean reservoir where
it begins again the supply processes of the
hydrologic cycle.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

The water problem, then, appears to be
more than just a matter of simple quantita-
tive supply. There seems to be considerable
water physically available, now and for the
future. This supply, however, is not evenly
distributed by national region. Even though
the entire country receives an average of 30
inches of precipitation a year, this supply
pattern varies widely from region to region
and from season to season. For example:
Seattle, Washington, receives an average an-
nual precipitation of 60-80 inches, Detroit,
Michigan, from 30-35 inches (Hershleifer et
al., 1960), Phoenix, Arizona gets 7.67 in-
ches, and Yuma, also in Arizona, gets 3.38
inches (Sellers, 1960). These levels also have
different seasonal distributions. In the arid
West rain comes during 2 seasons, summer
and winter, as contrasted with the uniform
distribution over all seasons typical of the
northeastern and midwestern United States.

Almost all water situations and problems,
then, are local or regional rather than nation-
wide. Because of the high cost of transport-
ing large quantities of water long distances,
there is no national market for water as
there is for farm products, timber, metals,
fuels, and outdoor recreation. A region’s
need for fresh water will have to be met
from its own supplies: there can be a serious
shortage in one part of the country while
elsewhere large quantities flow unused to the
sea. There are some interbasin transfer pro-
jects but they are still the exception rather
than the rule. For many purposes, therefore,
the river basin is the rational, logical unit of
area and policy to use in considering water
situations.

The physical characteristics of water sup-
ply are, to summarize: the precipitation
levels, the runoff patterns, the regional vari-
ance in rainfall, and the seasonal variation of
that rainfall. Measuring this supply function
is very difficult but the Wollman report
(Wollman, 1960) develops measures involv-
ing average runoff, the maximum depend-
able flow, the flow available 95% of the
time, and the flow available 50% of the time.
These supply measures were developed for
22 water regions in the country and the re-
sults were compared to projected demands
for water or requirements. The startling and

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

sobering results show regional deficiencies in
supply in 5 basins by 1980 and in 8 basins
by 2000 (Wollman, 1960). Faced with this
fact, Wollman develops a policy model
which involves trade-offs between storage ca-
pacity for increased water quantity and pol-
lution abatement treatment for water qual-
ity and projects the costs for these programs
to maintain a minimum quality standard in
terms of B.O.D. The money required for
these water supply programs is tremendous;
annual total minimum costs of storage are
$2.4 billion in 1980 and $4.4 billion in
2000. The total minimum capital costs are
$54.2 billion in 1980 and $99.6 billion in
2000. These costs seem to reflect the price
of water in its current and projected use, and
it is to a description of these uses that this
paper now turns.

The uses of the concentrated supply of
fresh water are extremely diverse. The with-
drawal uses, in which water is actually taken
out of streams, lakes, or wells, are the only
ones for which there are nationwide statis-
tics, and even these are imperfect and recent.
The principal withdrawal uses are municipal
(for city and town water supplies), indus-
trial, and farm irrigation. There are also flow
uses (such as turning the turbines of hydro-
electric plants, providing places for fishing or
boating, providing channel depth for inland
navigation, and carrying away wastes for
which water is now withdrawn but must
flow.) Third, there are on-site uses in which
the water stays where it is, such as swamps
for waterfowl. Finally, there are negative
uses such as floods. Since the same water can
be used several times for different uses, a
simple addition does not lead to an accurate
demand function. Also, some uses are de-
structive of water quality, and any usable
supply of fresh water must be measured in
quality terms as well as quantity. Because
dilution is an alternative to elaborate treat-
ment of wastes, a sufficient supply of clean
water to flush out polluted reaches of
streams is an important water use.

The uses of water also vary by regions.
Household uses take about 60 gallons a day
per urban resident and include lawn water-
ing, cooling, and laundering as well as drink-
ing, cooking, bathing, and washing. Use of

255

household water is largely a function of pop-
ulation and this use is regionally distributed
with the demographic characteristics of the
country. Water has many industrial uses
which are concentrated in the heavily indus-
trialized East, Midwest, and Northwest.
Water becomes a product ingredient, an
agent in chemical reactions, a medium for
transportation, a cleanser, and, most impor-
tantly, a coolant in many manufacturing
processes. Irrigation is heavily concentrated
in the arid and semi-arid West where it is
essential to crop production. In 1960, about
80% of the water withdrawn for irrigation
use was in the West, 15% in the Pacific
Northwest, and 5% in the East (Wollman,
1960). Projections indicate irrigation to be
the largest cause of water depletion in these
areas by the end of the century.

To any analysis of water supplies and uses
must be added a very important time dimen-
sion. While supply remains generally con-
stant over the long run, the uses to which
water is put change or have great potential
for change over both the short run and the
long run. The major cuase of this situation
is, of course, technological change (Acker-
man and Lof, 1959). There have been, since
the end of World War II, many technological
changes which have changed the demands
for water use. Examples in the household
might include garbage disposals, dishwashers,
and air conditioners. Industrial thermal and
hydroelectric energy production efficiencies
have also increased. Some _ technological
change holds the promise of increasing water
supply such as salt and brackish water utili-
zation, weather pattern modification, and an
increased geological knowledge of the cur-
rent mysteries of the groundwater system.
Technology is also improving the use of ex-
isting supplies by such methods as industrial
re-cycling, re-cooling and re-use, phreato-
phyte control, and improved waste treat-
ment. The explosive growth of the rate of
technological change and the revolutionary
spinoffs it has wrought serves only to em-
phasize the proposition that when discussing
technological probabilities and possibilities,
the only constant is change.

And finally, when discussing the water
problem in the United States, one finds that

256

the most distinct feature of the “problem” is
the fact that the economic institutions upon
which we usually rely to balance costs and
returns do not perform this function satis-
factorily for water supply. In deciding how
to use available water supply, whether to ir-
rigate 10 more acres, or to cool another
batch of steel, or whether to flush 6 more
population equivalents of waste, an up-
stream farmer or firm or city is not forced to
take into account the costs imposed by his
actions upon downstream water users or the
value of other water uses foreclosed by his
action (Knesse and Bower, 1968). Market
forces, therefore, have been supplemented
by public policies. Governments have inter-
vened in private decision-making by legal ac-
tion, by regulatory measures, and by the de-
termination of quality standards for streams
and water courses and by subsidies and fi-
nancial inducements for waste treatment.
Even so, serious water problems still con-
front the nation. These problems are most
severe in the densely developed regions and
will no doubt increase as development con-
tinues.

In the face of this situation, public policy
will have to help determine what we are to
do with our relatively fixed water supply.
How should water be allocated among the
various competing uses and regions and in
what amounts? What standard of water qual-
ity should be maintained and where? How
much should be stored? How much should
be used for irrigation? For recreation? How
can we impose a fair cost for use upon the
beneficiaries of that use? How can we plan
for future water use and what procedural de-
vices should implement those plans? And
lastly, what institutional and organizational
arrangements are needed to manage our
water supply for the goals we set and for the
public interest? Tough questions all, but
these are the kind that help determine the
real water problem as opposed to the alarm-
ist predictions of a national water shortage.

In general, then, the water outlook for
the United States gives cause for neither
alarm nor complacency. Although each re-
gion must meet its own needs from its own
supplies, in the long run all factor inputs of
production are variable and water develop-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

—_—_—_————

ment can be transferred to where supplies
are adequate. Local and regional problems
still are formidable. In some areas, such as
the West, demands will press hard upon total
supplies, or outrun them. In areas where
quantity is ample, problems of water quality
are urgenily clamoring. In both instances the
toughest issues are likely to be institutional
and economic rather than technological. But
questions that bear upon water supply will
be substantially affected by political as well
as economic processes. Knowing about the
economic issues involved might lead to a bet-
ter understanding of the costs of the many
alternatives and their impact upon different
segments of the economy. This information
can be used to design the institutional and
organizational arrangements needed to plan,
implement, and operate regional or basin-
wide water management systems.

In summary, this paper has discussed the
water problem in the United States. It has
shown that water scarcity is not the most
important physical parameter of the prob-

‘lem even though it excites great public inter-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

est. The water problem has been described in
terms of the regional allocation of water
supplies, the uses and costs of those supplies,
and the necessity of organizational arrange-
ments for the efficient management of those
supplies.

References Cited

Ackerman, E.A. and Lof, G.O. 1959. Technology
in American Water Development. Baltimore:
The Johns Hopkins Press.

Hirshleifer, J., DeHaven, J.D., and Milliman, J.W.,
1960. Water Supply: Economics, Technology,
and Policy. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.

Knesse, A.V., and Bower, B.T. 1968. Managing
Water Quality: Economics, Technology, Institu-
tions. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins Press.

Sellers, W.D. (ed.) 1960. Arizona Climate. Tucson:
University of Arizona Press.

Wollman, N. 1960. “Water Supply and Demand”
Committee Print 32. Water Resource Activities
in the United States. Senate Select Committee
on Water Resources. United States Senate.
Washington: G.P.O., 1960.

Wolman, A. 1962. Water Resources, A Report to
the Committee on Natural Resources. National
Academy of Sciences, National Research Coun-
cil Publication No. 1000-B.

257

4

RESEARCH REPORTS

Some Effects of Urban Morphology on
Street Level Temperatures at Washington, D.C.

John E. Lewis, Jr., Francis W. Nicholas,
Sheila M. Scales, and Clarence A. Woollum!

ABSTRACT

A temperature traverse along a 7-mile route in Washington, D.C. is presented to show
some typical micro-scale temperature differences for an urban area. The route was se-
lected in order to sample all the major types of urban fabric ranging from park land to
commercial land use. Eight days were sampled,5 days for early morning traverse (05.50)
and 3 days at a late night time (23.30). The profiles illustrate that the often generalized
urban heat island actually possesses a large amount of internal variation when analyzed
at the micro-scale level. In addition, the profiles point out the strong influence that the
surface materials (both natural and man-made) have on the air temperature.

The warmer city air is part of the environ-
mental change associated with urbanization
and is commonly described as the urban heat
island. A number of factors contribute to
this change in local climate: (1) surface
shapes and materials of the city intercept
and store greater amounts of solar energy;
(2) with the rapid removal of surface mois-
ture, heat losses to the evaporation process
are significantly reduced, thereby leaving
more energy to warm the air; (3) additional
heat is added to the air from industrial and
transportation sources, as well as by furnaces
and air conditioners; and (4) effluents added
to the atmosphere from these city activities
change the radiation balance (Lowry, 1967).

Differences in temperatures between
downtown Washington, D.C. and the sur-
rounding area were first compared systemati-
cally in 1942 using data from an experimen-

tal 5-station observation network (U.S.

IMiss Scales, presently working in urban planning
in Britain, performed the temperature traverses un-
der the guidance of Mr. Woollum, now retired from
the Washington, D.C. Weather Bureau Forecast
Center. Further analysis was documented by Prof.
Lewis and Mr. Nicholas at the Dept. of Geography,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742.

258

Dept. of Commerce, 1949). In 1949, the
preliminary findings of the small fixed net-
work were verified by temperature measure-
ments obtained from a series of automobile
traverses. Typical day and night temperature
patterns were revealed in the first published
maps of the Washington urban heat island
(Landsberg, 1950). Meanwhile, the original
climatic network continued to function and
the increasing number of volunteer climatic
observers provided more than 35 observation
points throughout the metropolitan area by
the late 1960’s. A variety of mean monthly,
seasonal, and annual urban heat island pat-
terns were uncovered from a 20-year obser-

_vational record (Woollum and Canfield,

1968). More recently, day-to-day variations
of Washington’s urban heat island as related
to synoptic weather conditions, further
generalized the broad regional temperature

‘ patterns (Nicholas, 1971). All of the studies

mentioned were developed at the meso-scale
level, i.e., a regional generalization for an
area up to approximately 700 mi2.

The present study shows some typical
micro-scale temperature differences for
Washington, D.C. that are not discernible at

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

the regional or meso-scale level. Street-level
temperature profiles are drawn across a num-
ber of representative kinds of urban fabric
and are constructed from a series of traverses
conducted during July 1967. Temperatures
were measured at 30 observation points
along a 7-mile route using an aspirated
thermometer calibrated in degrees C. Tem-
peratures were measured 4 ft. above the sur-
face at a roadside point out of influence of
the car. Traverse time to include a forward
and return trace, was between 2% to 3 hr.
The profiles show the mean temperatures in
order to correct for changes of temperature
through time. Typical calm summer weather
conditions prevailed during all of the tra-
verses, i.e., winds were light and the sky
cover was below 5/10. The route was chosen
to sample virtually all of the major types of
surface forms ranging from parks and monu-
ment grounds to single dwellings and multi-
storied apartments and office buildings re-
presentative of the city (Fig. 1). The route
also includes a balance of typical city eleva-
tions from the high Piedmont in the north-

west to the marine terraces of the central
city (Fig. 2).

Early Morning Traverses

Traverses 1 through 5 (Figs. 3 and 4)
coincide generally with sunrise and the nor-
mal time of the daily minimum temperature.
Much of the stored surface heat has been
dissipated throughout the night so that
radiative thermal contrasts are somewhat
weakened by dawn. This is evident in the
first 5 traverse profiles where temperatures
do not vary much more than 2°C above or
below the mean temperature. In spite of this
relatively low contrast, temperatures appear
to show the influence of the underlying ma-
terials of the surface and the degree of urban
buildup. The residential area of the north-
west (points 1-8) shows temperatures slight-
ly below the mean. This is an area of pri-
marily single dwellings except for points 3
and 6 where the frequently observed warmer
temperatures relate to the more urbanized
Connecticut Avenue corridor.

PROFILE OF TRAVERSE ROUTE

ALTITUDE
IN FEET Broad

400 Branch Soapstone
6 Valley
300 8

VERTICAL

Columbia Heights

Mt. Pleasant

Rock Creek

EX A C.G EE R-AvTvinOUN

Potomac Valley

Fig. 2. Topographic cross-sectional profile of the traverse route.

260

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

TRAVERSE. I
745)

~~~ Mean Temperature: 22.3°C.

e=m——=° Mean Temperature Profile
Time: 05.50 hours Ye

24

10 2 14 16 18 20 22 24 26. *28%".30

5 TRAVERSE 2

a= a Mean Temperature: DD DEES

s=————- Mean Temperature Profile

Time: 05.50 hours

24

2 a \4 16 18.20 22 24 26 28 30
| | fae
4 t
Residential | Rock Creek {| Urban and | Business Parks and Urban
Area Park Industrial Area {Open Spaces! Renewal
Area | léth St. : Downtown Area

High Density Building ———_— =]
Statute Miles
Open Density Housing

Parks and Open Spaces eames Traverse Route and Stations

_ Fig. 3. Mean temperature profiles for July 1, 1967 (Traverse 1) and July 2, 1967 (Traverse 2) with
associated land use and types (time 05.50 hours).

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971 261

| 25 TRAVERSE 3 25

: 247 Mean Temperature: 21.3 aC 24
GC. e=———- Mean Temperature Profile RCr
23 Time: 05.50 hours 23
22 x "429
' Y, xcept GS
2\- / ‘ | a 2\
7 e TT ' ~~. i i
; No : |
NT mi : !
A ea | 20
2 4 6 a 10 i2- I4 6 18 20 22 24 26 28 - 30
29 Mean Temperature: 23.1 Gs TRAVERSE 4 25
s——- Mean Temperature Profile

24 Time: 05.55 hours aa 24

l
[
j
i
i
i
{
{
j
i
i
i
8

2 4 6 8 fe) l2 14 IG 18 20 22 24 26 2 30
25 ° TRAVERS E 5 25
—————— Mean Temperature: 23.2 C.
*———- Mean Temperature Profile : ° \

Ze Time: 05.25 hours J = i, a NC * 424
POT io

DS i j i a
J i
| }

22 | | 22
|
i I

2\ i 2\
i
H j |

20 : 20

2 4 6 3 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

|

Residential Rock Creek |! Urban and Business Parks and |! Urban

Area | Park Industrial Area jOpen Spaces Renewal

Area 16th St. Downtown Area |

i

Fig. 4. Mean temperature profiles for July 7, 1967 (Traverse 3), July 9, 1967 (Traverse 4), and July
10, 1967 (Traverse 5); (time 05.50 hours). |

262 J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971 |

28 TRAVERSE 6 28

| ——<— Mean Temperature: 25.4° C. 3
LS ee Mean Temperature Profile Ve \ i

[t— ;
2% Time: 23.25 hours / \ /\—-
~ ‘ ;

eaRONOON COUREENOD CAFEREOEND GQSRNEY ERENT GeORONEED RURAIIENS eENRARND pqeeERND

2 4 6 SS |e) (Clieaie is 20 2a 24 26 28. 30

PRA VERSE | 7

Mean Temperature: 23.5° C

Mean Temperature Profile Law.
Time: 23.25 hours

2 4 6 8.1 10 (2. »14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

| | | | )
|
Residential : Rock Creek : Urban and {Business | Parks and | Urban
Area Park Industrial | Area |! Open Spaces | Renewal
: |. Area : léth St | Downtown | Area
L i

Fig. 5. Mean temperature profiles for July 12, 1967 (Tzaverse 6) and July 17, 1967 (Traverse 7); (time
23.25 hours).

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971 263

The Rock Creek Park segment of the
route (points 9-14) shows the lowest tem-
peratures in nearly all the traverse profiles.
Although observation points are adjacent to
a roadway, the greater portion of this nar-
row valley is covered with grass and wood-
land. An interchange of roads at point 14 in
the valley acts as a transition toward the ur-
ban buildup to the east.

For the remainder of the traverse (points
15-30), temperatures tend to be near or well
above the mean temperature of the profiles.
Building densities are high and building
heights of 8 and 12 stories are frequently
intermixed with 2- and 3-story structures.
Noticeable temperature changes occur where
parks or the Mall interrupt the dense urban
buildup. Lower temperatures at observation

—_—- Mean Temperature: 23.2 iG

26| -———=- Mean Temperature Profile

Time: 23.25 hours

points 24, 25, and 28 frequently demon-
strate this effect.

Midnight Traverses

During the hours around midnight, tem-
perature contrasts are generally most pro-
nounced. Temperature profiles for traverses
6, 7, and 8 (Figs. 5 and 6) reveal these differ-
ences quite dramatically, especially when
compared to the predawn profiles. Note how
the near-midnight temperature ranges are ap-
proximately double those for the early
morning measurements. Traverse 8 has the
extreme temperature range of 6.3°C
(11.3°F). All 3 midnight traverses reflect the
strong influence of the surface materials on
the temperatures. Rock Creek stands out
sharply between the moderate temperatures

TRAVERSE 8

\/ V \ te

19 : x
2d 4 6 B10 [2 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
{ | |
|
Residential | Rock Creek Urban and l Business Parks and Urban
Area Park | Industrial | Area {Open Spaces; Renewal
: Area l6th St. Downtown Area
i { |

Fig. 6. Mean temperature profile for July 18, 1967 (Traverse 8); (time 23.25 hours).

264

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

of the northwest residential area and the
more densely built up areas of the central
city. Park and Mall influences again project
as sharp interruptions in the warmer inner
city.

Summary

The traverse profiles show how the of-
ten-generalized urban heat island pattern ac-
tually contains a great amount of internal
variation when viewed at the micro-scale le-
vel. For Washington, local differences in ele-
vation seem to exhibit far less influence on
temperatures than the degree of urban build-
up. The residential zone containing primarily
single homes with numerous patches of lawn
and tree-lined streets accounts for a signifi-
cant lowering of temperatures. Where corri-
dors of urban growth exist, higher tempera-
tures generally follow. Conversely, in the
buildup of the industrial-business areas
where temperatures are the highest, the exis-
tence of a vegetation surface produces a rela-
tively sharp drop in temperature. At first
glance, the exceptional drop in temperatures
in the Rock Creek Valley appears to be a
response to the topography. While this is a
partial explanation, the natural vegetation
cover exerts a greater influence. This is ap-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

parent as temperatures rise sharply in the
vicinity of numerous merging pavements
(points 13 and 14) even though there is no
great change in elevation. The nature of the
surface materials stands out as a major influ-
ence on how the temperature of a particular
place varies around the mean temperature
for the broader area. Since the existence of
greenbelts within the more typical urban
buildup is a deterrent to the development of
a more intense urban heat island, it seems
logical that their systematic placement
would be an essential element in urban plan-
ning.

References Cited

Landsberg, H.E., 1950. Comfortable living depends
on microclimate. Weatherwise, 3(1):7-10.

Lowry, W.P., 1967. The climate of cities. Scientific
American, 217(2):15-23.

Nicholas, F.W., 1971. The changing form of the
urban heat island of metropolitan Washington,
Proc. Amer. Cong. Surv. and Map., Ann. Conv.,
March 7-12, Wash., D.C.

U.S. Dept. of Commerce, 1949. The Climatic
Handbook for Washington, D.C. Weather
Bureau Techn. Paper No. 8, GPO, Wash., D.C.

Woollum, C.A., and Canfield, N., 1968. Washing-
ton Metropolitan Area Precipitation and Tem-
perature Patterns. Weather Bureau Techn.
Memo. ER-28, Garden City, N.Y.

265

Notes Concerning Some Moths Described by
William Schaus in 1915 (Lepidoptera)

E.L. Todd

Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agr. Res. Serv.,
U.S. Department of Agriculture; c/o U.S. National

Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560

ABSTRACT

Taxonomic and nomenclatural notes are provided for 19 species of Neotropical
moths originally described and deposited in the U.S. National Museum of Natural His-
tory by William Schaus. These species represent the families Arctiidae, Noctuidae, Noto-
dontidae, Lasiocampidae, Lymantriidae, Saturniidae, and Megalopygidae.

In February, 1915, a paper titled “New
species of Heterocera from tropical Ameri-
ca” by William Schaus was published in the
Transactions of the American Entomological
Society, volume 41, pages 1-9. In that paper
Schaus described one new genus and twen-
ty-seven new species of moths representing
seven families. In the very brief introduction
he stated that to that date all his types were
in the United States National Museum,
Washington, D.C. However, he only indi-
cated a type-specimen and a U.S.N.M. type
number for one species, Hylesia multiplex
Schaus (Saturniidae). Of the remaining de-
scriptions, all but three are stated to be
based on one sex only and single size mea-
surement and single locality data only are
given. Subsequent investigation indicated
that these descriptions were probably based
on uniques, except Titya albiapicata Schaus
(Lasiocampidae) and Micrattacus fribu-
rgensis Schaus (Saturniidae), but to insure
against possible unrecognized syntypes the
apparent holotypes will also be labeled and
designated as lectotypes herein. U.S.N.M.
type numbers were assigned and the names
entered in the type books at various times
between December 19, 1912 and May 19,
1918, For three species, all Noctuidae,
Schaus did not indicate the sex described
and for two of the three species he listed
multiple localities and indicated a range in
wing expanse. Examination of the collec-

266

tions reveals that he failed to place name or
type labels on the specimens and that
U.S.N.M. type numbers were not assigned.
Therefore, the following information is pro-
vided and certain actions taken to simplify
subsequent research concerning the species
described by Schaus in the paper discussed.

ARCTITDAE

Afrida sceletozona Schaus
1915, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 1.

Lectotype—The specimen selected and
presently designated as lectotype, a male,
is labeled ‘“‘Afrida sceletozona Schaus,
Type”; “Type No. 15443 U.S.N.M.”;
“Collection Wm. Schaus”; “Aug. ‘08’;
“Juan Vinas, CR” and “Lectotype, Afri-
da sceletozona Schaus, by E. L. Todd.”

Afrida polyglotta Schaus
1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 1.

Lectotype—The specimen selected and
presently designated as lectotype, a fe-
male, is labeled “Afrida polyglotta
Schaus, Type’; ‘“‘Type No. 15442
U.S.N.M.”; “Collection Wm. Schaus’’;
“Dec.”; “Juan Vinas, Cr’’; ““Afrida meli-
certa Dr.” and “Lectotype, Afrida poly-
glotta Schaus, by E. L. Todd.”

Four species of arctiids described by
Schaus on page 2 loc. cit., have been

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

treated in a paper by Alan Watson on the
types of neotropical Arctiinae in the col-
lection of the U.S. National Museum,
1971, Smithsonian Contributions to Zo-
ology, Number 50. Accordingly, they are
omitted from present consideration. An-
other species, Chlorhoda amabilis Schaus,
1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 3, pre-
sumably will be treated by Watson in part
2 of his paper. It is also omitted in the
present study.

NOCTUIDAE

Vespola similissima Schaus
1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 3.

Lectotype—The specimen selected and
presently designated as lectotype, a male,
is labeled “Vespola similissima Schaus,
Miype. lype Nox 17291 U.S.N.M.”;
“N.F., 11.2.13, Coll. J. Arp” and “Lecto-
type, Vespola similissima Schaus, by E. L.
Todd.”

Pseudocraspedia (sic) eubleptica Schaus
1915, Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. 41:3.

Schaus did not indicate the sex described
for this species and stated: “Expanse, 12
to 14 mm.” and “Habitat: Caché, Tuis,
Juan Vinas, Costa Rica.” In the collection
of the U.S. National Museum there are 4
female specimens which are presumed to
be syntypes. The specimens are labeled
es suan Vinas, CR: “Nov. and
““Schaus and Barnes coll.” 2) “Juan Vinas,
CR”; “July” and “Schaus and Barnes
coll.” [Abdomen and right hindwing
missing.| 3) “Cachi, CR”; “Sept.” and
““Schaus and Barnes coll.” 4) “‘Tuis, CR”;
“May”; “Schaus and Barnes coll.” and
“Photograph 367” [The photograph was
one I had made prior to a study trip to
the British Museum.]. The specimens
were in the unit tray containing the
Schaus name for the species, but no speci-
men bears a name label, type label, or a
U.S.N.M. type number.

Lectotype—The specimen from Tuis,
Costa Rica has been selected, labeled, and
is presently designated as the lectotype.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

The U.S.N.M. type number, 68151, has
been assigned and placed on the speci-
men.

In the original description Schaus stated
that the species was allied to P. leucozona
Hampson. Comparison of the photograph
of the lectotype with the holotype of the
latter species in the British Museum
(Natural History) convinced me that they
represent the same species. Therefore,
Pseudocraspedia eubleptica Schaus, loc.
cit., is considered a synonym of Pseud-
craspedia leucozona Hampson, 1910,
Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae
in the British Museum, 10: 260, pl. 156,
fig. 17. NEW SYNONYMY. It should al-
so be noted that Schaus used an unjusti-
fied emendation of the generic name.

Lycaugesia homogramma Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 3.

There are 2 specimens in the collection of
the U.S. National Museum from the local-
ity cited in the original description, Juan
Vinas, Costa Rica, but only 1 that agrees
in size with the statement, “Expanse, 15
mm.” The other specimen has an expanse
of only 12 mm and it lacks an abdomen.
It is not considered to be a syntype.

Lectotype—The specimen selected and
presently designated as lectotype is a
male labeled “Juan Vinas, CR”; “Nov.”,
““Schaus and Barnes coll.” and “Lecto-
type, Lycaugesia homogramma Schaus,
by E. L. Todd.” The U.S.N.M. type num-
ber, 68152, has been assigned to the lec-
totype.

Eutelia inconstrictrix Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 4.

Schaus did not specify the sex or the
number of specimens from which the spe-
cies was described, but stated: “Expanse,
27 to 29 mm.” and “‘Habitat: Juan Vinas,
Tuis, Costa Rica.’’ There are 3 males and
2 females in the collection of the U.S.
National Museum labeled “Juan Vinas,
CR” and “‘Collection Wm. Schaus’’, but 2
of the males are smaller than indicated in

267

the original description, being 25 and 26
mm in expanse. The third male measures
27 mm in expanse and the 2 females 27
and 29 mm respectively. There is 1 speci-
men, a female, from Tuis, Costa Rica, the
other locality mentioned in the original
description. It is labeled “Tuis, CR”;
“May 28-June 4”; and “Collection Wm.
Schaus.” It measures 28 mm in expanse.

Lectotype—I have selected, labeled, and
now designate the male from Juan Vinas,
Costa Rica that agrees in size with the
original description as lectotype of this
species. The U.S.N.M. type number,
68153, has been assigned to the lecto-
type.

In the collection of the United States Na-
tional Museum £. inconstrictrix Schaus is
listed as a junior synonym of Eutelia api-
thana Dyar, 1914, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
47: 382. This synonymy is correct, but as
I am unable to locate a published record
of this fact, notice of the synonymy is
hereby indicated. NEW SYNONYMY.

Pucialia acronyctoides Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 4

Lectotype—A male labeled “N.F.,
11-2-13, Coll. J. Arp”; Type No. 18514
U.S.N.M.”; “Pucialia acronyctoides Schs.
Type” and “Lectotype, Pucialia acron-
yctoides Schaus, by E. L. Todd.”

There is a second male in the collection
of the U.S. National Museum from Nova
Friburgo, Brazil (Locality spelled out on
label) that is also 43 mm in expanse. It
may be a syntype, but if so, the dark spot
at the apex of the hindwing was not men-
tioned in the original description.

Hemicephalis grandirena Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 41: 4.

Lectotype—There is only 1 specimen in
the collection of the U.S. National Mu-
seum from the locality cited in the origi-
nal description. It is a female and is la-
beled “St. Jean, Maroni, F. Guiana’’;
“Collection Wm. Schaus”; “Type No.
18513 U.S.N.M.” and “Hemicephalis
grandirena Schs., Type.” It has an ex-

268

panse of 37 mm as stated in the original
description. Without much doubt this
specimen is the holotype, but in line with
the reasoning given in the introductory
statement I presently select, label and des-
ignate it as the lectotype of the species
concerned. .

Pharga barbara Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 5.

Lectotype—There is only 1 specimen in
the collection of the U.S. National Mu-
seum. It is a male, 45 mm in expanse,
which is in agreement with the informa-
tion given in the original description. The
specimen is labeled “Neu Frbg., Jan.
1913, Coll. J. Arp” and “Rhosologia bar-
bara Schs., type.”’ The discrepancy in ge-
neric names in the paper and on the name
label of the specimen is presently unex-
plainable. It is not known when the name
label was affixed and accordingly it is not
known whether the different usage repre-
sents a change in opinion of generic place-
ment or whether it represents a mere
lapsus. If the former, the change could
have been in either direction. The type-
species of both generic names, Pharga
fasciculella Walker and Rhosologia
porrecta Walker, belong to a large com-
plex of species related to Herminodes
Guenée. Neither of the aforementioned
type-species are very similar to Pharga bar-
bara Schaus in pattern of maculation.
Hampson, 1926, Descriptions of New
Genera and Species of Lepidoptera Pha-
laenae of the Subfamily Noctuinae
(Noctuidae) in the British Museum (Natu-
ral History), p. 249, placed Rhosologia
Walker, 1865, in the synonymy of Her-
minodes Guenée, 1852. Pharga Walker,
1863, originally described as a crambid,
was not treated by Hampson in 1926;
however, it should be recalled that the
research was conducted between 1913
and 1920 and published by Tams et al 6
years later; also, that the work was pri-
marily descriptions of new genera and
new species and that generic synonymies
were given only for previously described
genera in which new species were de-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

scribed. It is, therefore, not impossible
that Hampson could have supplied infor-
mation about the genera in correspon-
dence with Schaus. One fact is clear:
Schaus described only 1 species with the
trivial name barbara. Accordingly, I con-
sider the specimen in the U.S. National
Museum to represent the material on
which the description was based and not
a specimen bearing a manuscript name.
As Schaus did not enter the species in the
type book or assign a type number, I have
done so. The type number 68154
U.S.N.M. has been assigned to it. The
specimen is now selected, labeled and des-
ignated lectotype of Pharga barbara
Schaus.

NOTODONTIDAE

Arpema meglopia Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 5.

Lectotype—The specimen selected and
presently designated as lectotype, a male,
is labeled “Arpema megalopia Schs.,
type”; “Joinville, S. E. Brazil’; “Type
No. 18538 U.S.N.M.”; “Collection Wm.
Schaus” and “Lectotype, Arpema mega-
lopia Schaus, by E. L. Todd.” This is the
only specimen from the locality cited in
the original description in the collection
of the U.S.N.M.

The specimen is actually 68 mm in ex-
panse, not 58 mm as stated in the original
description. The latter figure must be an
author or printer error. The specimen has
been eviscerated, but the valves of the
genitalia appear to be intact. A genitalic
preparation will be necessary to deter-
mine if there has been any damage to
other parts of the genitalia.

Misogada blerura Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 6.

There are 2 males, each 30 mm in ex-
panse, from the locality Novo Friburgo,
Brazil, in the collection of the U.S. Na-
tional Museum. The specimens are
labeled 1) “Misogada blerura Schs.,
type”; “Type No. 21829 U.S.N.M.” and

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

“N. F., 11-2.13, Coll. J. Arp.” 2) “Miso-
gada blerura Schs., Schs. Wm. 2.24 [dif-
ferent pen and ink]”’; “Novo-Friburgo, II
1910 [Feb::19107] )JArp and “Doe-
nin Collection.”

Lectotype—I have selected, labeled and
now designate the specimen bearing the
Schaus type label and the U.S.N.M. type
number label as the lectotype. If the Dog-
nin collection label on the second speci-
men is correct, it probably is not a
syntype, although the specimen could
have been received by Dognin from
Schaus after he described the species.

Malocampa friburga Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 6.

Lectotype—The specimen selected and
presently designated, a male 49 mm in
expanse, is the only specimen of the spe-
cies from Nova Friburgo, Brazil in the
collection of the U.S. National Museum.
It is labeled “Malocampa friburga Schs.,
type’; “Type No. 18800 U-S.N.ML; SN.
Fribg., 11.10.12, Coll. J. Arp” and “Lec-
totype, Malocampa friburga Schs., by E.
todd

LASIOCAMPIDAE

Titya albiapicata Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41:6.

Lectotype—There are 2 males in the col-
lection of the U.S. National Museum
from Nova Friburgo, Brazil. Both are
somewhat rubbed. The specimens are
labeled 1) “New Frbg., Jan. 14. 13, Coll.
J. Arp”; “Type No. 17240 U.S.N.M.” and
“Tolype albiapicata Schs., type.” 2) “N.
Fribg., 11 2aM2 aColi My Arn; obs
and “Collection Wm. Schaus.”’ The speci-
men bearing the Schaus type label has
been selected and is now designated and
labeled as lectotype. It agrees with the
expanse measurement given in the origi-
nal description, 28 mm. The other speci-
men has an expanse of 27 mm.

The reason for the difference in the gen-
eric name used in the original description

269

and on the type label is not known. It
may be an indication that the type label
was not placed on the specimen by
Schaus until some later date. The species
is placed in the genus Tolype in the col-
lection and it was so placed by Draudt,
1927, in Seitz, Die Gross-Schmetterlinge
der Erde, 6: 579 and by Collier, 1936,
Lepidopterorum Catalogus, pars 73 (Las-
iocampidae), p. 52. In the later work,
Collier treats Titva Walker, 1855 as a
junior synonym of Tolype Hubner, 1820
[1822 cited by Collier].

Claphe semifunebris Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 7.

Lectotype—The specimen selected and
now designated as the lectotype, a male
35 mm in expanse, is in the collection of
the U.S. National Museum. It is labeled
New (Frbe.. Jan., 1913, Coll fF. Arp’;
Ptype No: 186536 US.N.M.; Claphe
semifunebris Schs., type” and “Lecto-
type, Claphe semifunebris Schaus by E.
Ee odd:”

Ocha gorgas Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 7.

Lectotype—Only 1 specimen of this spe-
cies is in the collection of the U.S. Na-
tional Museum. It is a male, 26 mm in
expanse, not 25 mm as stated in the origi-
nal description. It is labeled “Ocha gor-
gas Schs., Type’’; “Joinville, S. E. Brazil’’;
a byipen Not 07292 “0cS:N Me” sand
“1101.” The specimen is probably a holo-
type, but since that is not known to be a
certainty it is selected, labeled and now
designated as the lectotype.

LYMANTRIIDAE

Trochuda ochreata Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 7.

Lectotype—The specimen selected and
now designated as the lectotype, a male
32 mm in expanse, is labeled “Trochuda
ochreata Schs, type’; “Type No. 18510
USN. Mos) 6s) aw amd) spifige 7 Ttis the
only specimen of the species in the collec-

270

tion of the U.S. National Museum. The
label “‘sp. fig.’ may refer to the illustra-
tion in Seitz, Die Gross-Schmetterlinge
der Erde, vol. 6, pl. 74, row e. There is no
locality label, but the number label ‘65
a” may have had some bearing on the lo-
cality citation by Schaus of “Southern
Brazil.” The specimen of Trochuda par-
talba Schaus discussed next has the num-
ber “65” on the back of the locality la-
bel. The specimen labeled as type by
Schaus has also been labeled by me “Lec-
totype, Trochuda ochreata Schaus by E.
L. Todd.”

Trochuda partalba Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 8.

Lectotype—A single specimen only, a
male 32 mm in expanse, is in the collec-
tion of the U.S. National Museum. It has
been selected and is now designated as
lectotype. The specimen is labeled “‘Tro-
chuda partalba Schs., type”; “N. Frbg.,
15.12.12, Coll. J. Arp (65 in ink on the
reverse of label)’; “Type No. 18511
U.S.N.M.”; “Sp. fig.” and “Lectotype,
Trochuda partalba Schaus by E. L.
Todd.”

The forewings of the specimen have not
been drawn as far forward in spreading as
in the lectotype of Trochuda ochreata
Schaus. The specimen of partalba is ac-
tually a slightly smaller specimen al-
though the measurement of expanse is
the same.

Trochuda roseidorsum Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 8.

Lectotype—There are 17 specimens of
this species in the collection of the U.S.
National Museum, but only 1 of the ex-
amples is from the locality given in the
original description. That specimen has
been selected and is now designated as
the lectotype. It is labeled “Trochuda
roseidorsum Schs., type’’; “Joinville, S. E.
Brazil”; “Type No. 18512 U.S.N.M.”;
“982 al?]” and “Lectotype, Trochuda
roseidorsum Schaus by E. L. Todd.”

After the descriptions of the preceding 3
species Schaus stated “These three species

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

are congeneric with stilpnotia Walker.”
Walker did not describe a species or a
genus by that name. Schasu apparently
intended to indicate that the 3 species
were congeneric with certain species de-
scribed by Walker in the genus Stilpnotia
Westwood and Humphreys, 1841. The
genus Trochuda Schaus, 1904, Trans.
Amer. Ent. Soc., 30: 40 (type-species
Trochuda bilinea Schaus by monotypy) is
mot treated at all by Bryk, 1934,
Lepidopterorum Catalogus, pars 62. The
type-species and other species subse-
quently described in Trochuda by Schaus
are treated and included in the genus
Thagona Moschler, 1883, by Bryk, but he
did not indicate after the references the
original genus as is the usual practice in
the Lepidopterorum Catalogus.

SATURNIIDAE

Micrattacus friburgensis Schaus
1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 8.

Lectotype—There are 2 males in the col-
lection of the U.S. National Museum with
identical locality labels. One expanded
39 mm, the other 40 mm, but Schaus
may have thought both measured 39 mm.
The specimen measuring 40 mm bears the
Schaus type label. It is selected and now
designated as the lectotype. The specimen
is labeled ‘“‘Micrattacus friburgensis Schs,
type”; “Type No. 18516 U.S.N.M.”; “N.
Bey 1122.13, Coll. J. Arp’; “gen-p. 4179,
J. O. F., Sept. 1949” and “Lectotype,
Micrattacus friburgensis Schaus by E. L.
Todd.”

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

The genitalia were prepared by Jose
Oiticica-Filho who has prepared a number
of papers on the types of Saturnioidea in
the U.S. National Museum.

Dirphia aphrodite Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 9.

Lectotype—The specimen selected and
presently designated the lectotype, a male
58 mm in expanse, is labeled “Dirphia
aphrodite Schs, type”; “Type No. 18508
USN MM.” “Cuntiba,” Coils a Ane
“Gen. prep. 4111, J. O. F. [Jose Oiticica-
Filho] , Aug. 1949.” and “Lectotype, Dir-
phia aphrodite Schaus by E. L. Todd.”
The difference in expanse between the
measurement of the specimen, 58 mm,
and that given in the original description,
48 mm, must be a typographical or au-
thor’s error. The lectotype is the only
specimen from Curitiba in the collection
of the U.S. National Museum.

MEGALOPYGIDAE

Repnoa arpi Schaus

1915, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 41: 9.

Lectotype—There is only a single speci-
men from Nova Friburgo, Brazil in the
collection of the U.S. National Museum.
It is a male, 28 mm in expanse. This spe-
cimen is selected and designated as the
lectotype. It is labeled “Repnoa arpi
schs,..type 3. ‘iype. No. teak5
U.S.N.M.”; “New Frbg., Jan. 1913, Coll.
J. Arp” and “Lectotype, Repnoa arpi
Schaus by E. L. Todd.” The species is
presently placed in the genus Podalia
Walker.

BOOK REVIEWS

Probability and Statistics by L. Daniel Massey,
Education for Management, Inc., Boston, Massa-
chusetts. (McGraw-Hill Series in Continuing Educa-

tion for Engineers) 173 pages plus index; 43,

illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $11.50. Publica-
tion date: February, 1971.

Writing in the preface, the author states,
“This book is written specifically for practic-
ing engineers and scientists who desire a
review of probability and statistics. The
review presented in this book emphasizes the
results of the theory rather than the theory
itself ... This text concentrates on present-
ing the basic principles and viewpoints need-
ed to apply various advanced techniques,
and, when appropriate, summarizing these
advanced methods.” The latest advances in
the concepts and applications of probability
and statistics are stressed throughout the
book.

Probability and Statistics is divided into
seven chapters and begins with a discussion
of the basic concepts of probability theory
which examines both the axiomatic and the
statistical viewpoints. The following two
chapters deal with discrete and continuous
random variables. These units investigate
such topics as conditional probabilities; inde-
pendence of events; binomial, Poisson, mult-
inomial, geometric, Pascal and MHyper-
geometric functions; multidimensional ran-
dom variables; and the normal, bivariate
normal, uniform, exponential, gamma, beta,
and chi-square distributions.

Subsequent chapters analyze two classes
of probabilistic models, the Markov process,
and the queue. Included are discussions of
such subjects as state variables, transition
matrices, ergodic processes, and Poisson
queues. The final two chapters analyze
statistical measurement (sampling theory
and point estimation) and statistical in-

212

ference (hypothesis testing and confidence
intervals).

Designing with TTL Integrated Circuits by The
Integrated Circuits Applications Staff of Texas
Instruments Incorporated, Components Group,
Dallas, Texas. 318 pages plus index; 399 illustra-
tions; 7 x 10; McGraw-Hill; $18.50. Publication
date: April 12, 1971.

This volume will familiarize the reader
with the entire TTL family. It covers design
philosophy, economics, basic descriptions
and electrical performance of the devices,
and many of the practical applications of the
circuits in digital systems. Designed as a
ready reference fo the practicing circuit
engineer, the book will also be of interest to
engineers and managers in any industry
where digital systems can be applied. Since
the intelligent selection of TTL circuits
depends upon sound digital system concepts
and logic design techniques, the book in-
cludes this foundation of theory. However,
emphasis is placed on the practical imple-
mentation of logic functions, and numerous
working circuits are presented as examples.
Every effort has been made to anticipate and
solve the problems that most often face the
practicing designer.

The work is divided into 12 chapters and
begins with an introduction to digital logic.
The next several chapters discuss: an over-
view of Series 54/74; circuit analysis and
characteristics of Series 54/74, extended-
range operation, and noise considerations.
The following chapters investigate combi-
national logic design (including the postu-
lates and theorems of Boolean logic); flip-
flops; decoders; and arithmetic elements.
Subsequent chapters deal with counters, in a

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

wide variety of counting functions; and shift
registers, used in counters, generators, and
other applications. The final chapter exa-
mines a miscellany of additional applications
such as a binary multiplier, a Gray-to-binary
converter, and a modulo-360 adder.

Handbook of Package Engineering by Joseph F.
Hanlon, Senior Packaging Engineer, Hoffmann-
LaRoche Inc. 526 pages plus index; 185 illustra-
tions; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $18.50. Publication
date: May 10, 1971.

This source book gathers together all the
standards, guidelines, and principles that are
directly useful in matching the product and
the package. It emphasizes the materials and
structures used for individual packages com-
monly seen in retail outlets, in addition to
large industrial drums, crates, and contain-
ers. Featuring a practical, problem-solving
approach, the book presents comparative
data on numerous types of materials —
paper, fiberboard, glass, metal, plastic, and
wood, and it covers a wide range of topics,
from standard sizes and tolerances for bot-
tles and caps to packaging’s impact on
ecology and the pollution of the environ-
ment. It provides tabulations on the stacking
strength of corrugated cartons, the pressure
exerted by shrink films, the scratch resist-
ance of plastics, and the dielectric sealability
of films.

Divided into 20 chapters, the handbook
initially discusses the elements of packaging,
giving a broad view of the opportunities and
responsibilities of the packaging technician.
The next several chapters examine the differ-
ent types of materials which may be used for
packaging. Other chapters deal with types of
containers — bags and envelopes, aerosols,
folding cartons and set-up boxes, wood
containers, and metal containers. Related
topics are covered in chapters on closures,
applicators, fasteners, and adhesives; labels
and labeling; laws and regulations; cushion-
ing; test methods; and quality control. A
final chapter discusses the machinery and
equipment needed in packaging.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

Handbook of Precision Engineering edited by A.
Davidson.

Volume 1: Fundamentals 423 pages plus index;
392 illustrations; 5-7/8 x 9; McGraw-Hill;
$15.00. Publication date: April, 1971.

Volume 2: Materials 443 pages plus index; 165
illustrations; 5-7/8 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $15.00.
Publication date: April, 1971.

The first two volumes in a projected
13-volume series, this work covers the funda-
mentals of precision engineering (Volume 1)
and the materials used in the discipline
(Volume 2). Originally published in England
and now in the United States, the series
deals with all aspects of the design and
manufacture of close tolerance devices and
mechanisms such as_ telecommunications
equipment, cameras, calculating machines,
electric shavers, and electronic equipment.

Volume 1: Fundamentals presents the
basic technological and scientific theory
involved in the wide variety of fields that
contribute to precision engineering. The
book gives the designer an insight into
drawing office practice, kinematics, electri-
cal theory, optics, and the auxiliary sciences.
Also covered are the important, related
topics of cost-price calculations, planning,
quality requirements, and patent rights. Di-
vided into 12 chapters, this first volume of
Handbook of Precision Engineering affords
individual treatment to such subjects as
construction technology, electrical contacts,
electrical safety regulations, quality control,
static measurement control, and industrial
rights.

In Volume 2: Materials, considerable at-
tention is devoted to non-ferrous metals,
synthetics, glass, ceramics, paper, and similar
materials of special importance to precision
engineering. Detailed coverage is also given
to such auxiliary materials as glue, paint, and
compounds used during the manufacturing
processes. Divided into 11 chapters, this
second volume in the series has chapters on
such topics as lubricants, noble metals, glues
and adhesives, additives and thinners, and
collant liquids.

The remaining volumes in the series are:
Volume 3: Fabrication of Non-Metals; Vol-
ume 4: Physical and Chemical Fabrication

273

Techniques; Volume 5: Joining Techniques,
Volume 6: Mechanical Design Applications;
Volume 7: Electrical Design Applications;
Volume 8: Surface Treatment; Volume 9:
Machining Processes; Volume 10: Forming
Processes; Volume 11: Production Engineer-
ing; Volume 12: Precision Measurement, and
Volume 13: Supplement and Index.

Materials Handbook: An encyclopedia for Purchas-
ing Managers, Engineers, Executives, and Foremen,
10th edition, by George S. Brady, Materials Con-
sultant to National Association of Purchasing
Management. 959 pages plus index; 13 illustra-
tions; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill; $22.50. Publication
date: March, 1971.

Rather than provide an exhaustive treat-
ment of individual materials, the book sup-
plies general information on materials in
their group classifications, followed by se-
lected process materials and patented and
trade-named materials for more specific in-
formation. The characteristics of the materi-
als and nomenclature were chosen because
they constitute the most common usage
among successful manufacturers or are most
often cited by competent authorities. Local,
slang, and colloquial names are omitted
unless they represent particular grades or
uses.

Materials Handbook is divided into two
sections: “Materials, Their Properties and
Uses” and “Elements of Materials Econo-
mics.” Part One, which constitutes the major
portion of the book, is arranged alphabeti-
cally from “‘ablative agents” to “zirconium,”
and covers thousands of materials — metals,
alloys, abrasives, plastics, woods, synthetics,
industrial chemicals, fuels, petroleum pro-
ducts, resins, and many others.

Part Two provides concise, basic infor-
mation on the elementary derivation of
materials from their mineral, agricultural,
biotic, and animal sources. Explanations and
examples are given of the units and measure-
ments used for materials in the various
industries. Extensive economic data is pre-
sented in this section, with basic information
on the economic geography of material

274

resources, physical and

methods of testing.

comparisons,

Synthetic Polymeric Membranes by Robert E.
Kesting, Chemical Systems, Incorporated. 300
pages plus index; 152 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-
Hill; $18.75. Publication date: March 29, 1971.

Unique in its emphasis on the membranes
themselves and those features which are
characteristic of all polymeric membranes,
this work minimizes mathematical analyses
in favor of qualitative descriptions and refer-
ences to the more rigorous treatments. Of
both practical and theoretical importance,
the book treats all of the most important
structural and functional properties of mem-
branes in both generalized processes and
specific practical applications. The relation-
ship between structure and function is expli-
citly considered with respect both to idealiz-
ed separation processes and to current
practice. The reader is provided with the
necessary information to solve such prob-
lems as the characterization of membranes
both structurally and functionally, the selec-
tion of available membranes for a given
separation, or the significance of membrane
properties with consideration for both life-
time and performance characteristics.

The book is divided into nine chapters.
Following an introductory chapter, the
author discusses characterization; dense
membranes; porous membranes; porous
phase inversion membranes; in situ forma-
tion; ion exchange membranes; and mem-
brane function. A final chapter deals with
applications and gives specific examples of
membrane theory adapted to practice.

Water Quality and Treatment: A Handbook of
Public Water Supplies, Third Edition, by the
American Water Works Association, Inc. 646 pages
plus index; 154 illustrations; 6 x 9; McGraw-Hill;
$19.50. Publication date: May 31, 1971

This handbook shows how to increase
efficiency of operation and decrease the

operating cost per service unit. It helps in

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

the utilization of proper procedures and
quality materials to avoid costly risk. It
provides up-to-date, easily accessible inform-
ation on the design of water treatment
facilities, the water quality requirements of
public supply utilities, and operating inform-
ation for the improvement of treatment.
Each of the 19 chapters represents the work
of one or more recognized authorities in the
particular subject area covered. Many of the
chapters are entirely new with this revision.
Following a discussion of water quality in
the initial chapter, coverage is given to such
topics as aeration; coagulation and floccula-
tion; mixing and sedimentation; and chlori-
nation and other disinfection processes. Sub-
sequent chapters deal with taste and odor;
filtration; corrosion; the chemistry of the
lime-soda process; ion exchange softening;
iron and manganese; and fluorides. Other
chapters examine such topics as radio-
activity; treatment plant control; quality
control in distribution systems; and the
treatment for cooling, heating, and steam
generation. The final chapters discuss chemi-
cals and chemical handling, and saline water
conversion.

Anyone involved in the vital processes
that supply large volumes of quality water to
the public will find Water Quality and
Treatment a valuable source book with the
latest data on all aspects of the subject.

Intrinsic Safety: The Safe Use of Electronics in
Hazardous Locations by R.J. Redding, 178 pages
plus index; 77 illustrations; 5% x 8%; McGraw-Hill;
$12.50. Publication date: September, 1971.

This book provides background
information on past experience and shows
present-day practice in making electronic
equipment safe in explosive atmospheres. A
valuable reference for any engineer engaged
in the design, construction, or operation of
electrical and electronic equipment, the
book will be particularly helpful for those in
the chemical and oil industries or in any in-
dustry where flammable liquid is used. Red-
ding shows that, if intrinsic safety is con-
sidered in the basic design of electronic

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

equipment, no sacrifice in performance or
convenience and no significant cost penalty
will occur.

Intrinsic Safety is divided into 11 chap-
ters. Following a discussion of the history
and development of safety practices, chap-
ters examine testing; certification; safety
barrier devices; and power sources. Subse-
quent chapters deal with instrumentation
and measurement applications, and logic and
remote control systems applications. The
next chapters describe cabling and instal-
lations, and other safety techniques. The con-
cluding chapter investigates intrinsic safety
practices as used in the United States, Cana-
da, Germany, France, and Japan.

Introduction To The Kinetics of Chemical Chain
Reactions, by F.G.R. Gimblett. 224 pages; 43 illus-
trations; 5% x 8%; $7.95; McGraw-Hill. Publication
Date: July 30, 1971.

Reaction kinetics is a subject of immense
technological importance, since it makes
possible the production of the most effective
and economic methods for producing a vast
range of chemical products. Avoiding com-
plex mathematical analyses whenever possi-
ble, this book provides the undergraduate
with clear definitions of the terms employed
in the study of chemical chain reactions, as
well as the type of chain reactions en-
countered in practice. Special emphasis is
given to the utility of the steady hypothesis
in the kinetic treatment of a wide range of
reactions.

In seven chapters, each provided with a
complete bibliography, the author covers
such areas as linear chain reactions involving
free atoms; linear chain reactions involving
free radicals; branched chain reactions; chain
reactions in the liquid phase; the inhibition
of chemical chain reactions; and the identifi-
cation and study of chain carriers.

F.G.R. Gimblett is currently Lecturer in
Inorganic and Physical Chemistry at Brunel
University, Uxbridge. In 1969/70 he was
visiting Research Associate Professor of
Chemistry at the College of William and
Mary in Williamsburg, Virginia.

275

The Development and Use of Polyurethane Pro-
ducts, by E.N. Doyle. 351 pages plus index; 6 x 9;
40 illustrations; $16.50; McGraw-Hill. Publication
Date: August 1971.

A practical and up-to-date treatment of
the entire field of polyurethanes is given in
this single volume, in which the author has
brought together the many facets of the in-
dustry in an extensive list of products. Al-
though chemical descriptions and processes
are given, the book emphasizes the how-to-
do-it aspect of urethane make-up. Written
for people at all levels of the urethane indus-
try, it is designed to expedite the process of
determining formulations needed for de-
sirable properties in almost any finished pro-
duct.

Aiming at a broad range of individuals
working in this field, Doyle relates his
material to the stoichiometry of poly-
urethanes and chemical groups and struc-
tures necessary in achieving specific
properties. In this way, the reader is
able to relate the information to his
own immediate concern.

E.N. Doyle has been actively engaged in
every phase of the plastics, coatings, and ad-
hesives industries for over 28 years. His work
has entailed not only the use of the count-
less intermediates involved in his field, but
also the actual development of many of the
intermediates, additives, and other compo-
nents that go into the final polymer. He is
the author of another McGraw-Hill book,
The Development and Use of Polyester Pro-
ducts.

276

Managing to Achieve Quality and Reliability, by
Frank Nixon, GBE; Vice President and Founder
Chairman of the National Council for Quality and
Reliability. 292 pages plus index; 33 illustrations;
8% x 5%; $12.00; McGraw-Hill. Publication: Au-
gust, 1971.

Managing To Achieve Quality and Re-
liability concentrates on the management
aspects of quality and reliability and pro-
vides an understanding of management re-
sponsibilities in the vital task of supplying a
reliable product at minimum cost. Published
first in England, and now in the United
States, this book covers every phase of its
subject from market research through pro-
duct support for firms of all sizes and types.
In non-technical language, Nixon demon-
strates that success depends upon the coordi-
nation of all the technical functions of an
enterprise, and explains the scope and limita-
tions of the various specialized techniques.
The manager’s role in each stage of the pro-
duction is emphasized throughout. Managing
To Achieve Quality and Reliability is divided
into 16 chapters, grouped into five main
parts—“The Basis of Successful Industry;”
“Evolving the Product Specification;” “Con-
verting the Concept Into Reality;’ “Ensur-
ing Customer Satisfaction,” and “For Action
By Management.” Two appendixes deal with
quality policy and techniques for the man-
ager.

Frank Nixon, past President of the Euro-
pean Organization for Quality Control and
currently Vice President and Founder of the
National Council for Quality and Reliability,
is one of the world’s foremost authorities on
Q&R. He is a regular lecturer in Europe,
Asia, and the U.S.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

ACADEMY AFFAIRS

WASHINGTON JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Officers for 1971-1972

Office Name High School Telephone
President Richard Lober J.E.B. Stuart 532-5795
Vice-President Judith Gallant Montgomery Blair 587-7952
Secretary Luther Miller Woodrow Wilson 966-0195
Treasurer Betsy Brooks Walt Whitman 654-4150
Membership Councilors
Name District Telephone
Nathan Tickel Arlington-Alexandria 671-1438
Monica Lakshmanan District of Columbia 474-8119
Bill Kanter Montgomery County 299-9446
Fred Temple Prince Georges County 894-1109
Felicia Stallworth Independent
Committee Chairmen

Committee Name Telephone
Convention Chairman Richard Curtis 585-1275
Fellows Chairman Steven Hsiao HE9-4664
Membership Chairman Warren Hsing 588-0716
Science Fair Chairman Bill Nagel 968-7795
Trips Chairman Richard Lober 532-5795
Alumni Advisors Liz Miller 966-0195

Gary Tickel 671-1438

ARIA gE ives seater te eee onteh ne os. catiaieiosest fed Sl A ava ale aim See
Fema agl Dey ee ahi AO eye Seales ay Ao Bip singh ss HRs packs ea aig ae Se wala
Relearaeniied 5. See ess. be ree Tie a Shee eae eye tas Se re eee

aw ees ee S| Oe 8 Oe

Tentative Calendar of Events, 1972

Seminar on the Impact of Science

Field Trip

Westinghouse Science Talent Search

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

Joint Meeting with Chemical Society

277

BOARD OF MANAGERS MEETING NOTES

September 1971

Announcements .—Minutes of the May 10,
1971 meeting had been mailed to delegates
and officers prior to the meeting. Comments
on the minutes were requested. Then after a
reasonable pause for consideration the Presi-
dent declared the minutes accepted.

Dr. Robbins noted that the new organiza-
tional brochure shows new committee chair-
man as follows: Dr. George W. Irving, Jr.,
meetings; Dr. Howard E. Noyes, Public in-
formation; Mr. Samuel E. Detwiler, Ways
and Means; Dr. David L. Ederer, Encourage-
ment of Science Talent.

At the previous meeting of the Board of
Managers, it was decided that an ad hoc
committee should seek information perti-
nent to the needs of the Nominating Com-
mittee, and supply such to it prior to the
convening of the Nominating Committee.
Dr. Alphonse Forziati was identified as the
chairman of the ad hoc committee.

Earlier in the year, Dr. Raymond J.
Seeger, in the capacity of Associate Meetings
Editor of the AAAS, had met with the board
to express a2 hope that WAS might partici-
pate in the Washington 1972 Meeting of
AAAS December 26-30, 1972. He requested
that a representative of WAS meet with his
committee to explore and develop ideas.
President Robbins announced that Dr.
Richard K. Cook had accepted that appoint-
ment. In a closely related involvement Dr.
Cook was appointed to a three-year term as
the WAS representative to the AAAS Coun-
cil.

It was further noted that less than 25% of
the delegates to WAS are new this year

Treasurer.—Dr. Honig called attention to
a Treasurer’s Report covering the period
January 1 to September 27, 1971. This re-
port detailed the obligations that necessi-
tated the liquidation of some securities. The
report also showed the extent of financial
participation by the Philosophical Society of
Washington and by the Geological Society of
Washington toward the expenses of operat-
ing the WAS office. Dr. Honig urged dele-

278

gates of the other affiliated societies to con-
sider similar working arrangements.

On a different matter, a report from Dr.
Leo Schubert’s Research Participation Pro-
gram listed twelve high school students iden-
tified as recipients of $30 each as the result
of the WAS grant of $360 to the Program
last spring. Dr. Sarvella submitted this infor-
mation to AAAS for reimbursement of the
WAS grant.

Executive Committee.—President Rob-
bins reported on topics discussed at the
meeting of the Executive Committee on July
|S PIA? fll

1. A progress report on development of
the Symposium on Science and the Environ-
ment, II “The Fate of the Chesapeake Bay.”

2. A desire to include an item in the pro-
gram which would appeal to college stu-
dents.

3. Possibility of some cooperative activity
with AAAS.

4. Need for a study of the structure and
objectives of the Joint Board on Science Ed-
ucation.

Membership.—Nomination of Richard K.
Arnold and Floyd E. Church were first read
at the meeting of May 11, 1971. Dr. Stern
seconded the nomination of Dr. Arnold and
Mr. Detwiler seconded the nomination of
Dr. Church. Approval of each for the grade
of fellow was accomplished by an affirma-
tive voice vote.

Elsie F. DuPre, Carl H. Gaum and Conrad
B. Link attained the grade of fellow as a
result of being new delegates from respective
affiliated societies.

The first reading of new nominees sub-
mitted by Chairman Landis were for Bernard
K. Dennis, Dr. K.C. Emerson, and Frank
Reggia.

Meetings.—Chairman Irving scanned the
layout of programs for the monthly meet-
ings of WAS. Only the program for October
16—a joint meeting with WJAS at George-
town University—was beyond the idea stage.
The forecast is for an excellent series of pro-
grams.

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

Awards for Scientific Achievement.
—Chairman Dickson reported that invita-
tions to the membership for the submission
of nominations for the awards will be mailed
soon.

Granis-in-aid.—Chairman Sarvella stated
that approximately $240 was available for
grants to students or teachers for aid to re-
search projects. Proposals should be submit-
ted before October 15, 1971.

Encouragement of Science Talent.—Dr.
Ederer has accepted the post which for
many years was filled by Father Heyden. He
reported on both the work of his committee
and on program plans of the WJAS. The
meeting of WJAS in September brought to-
gether students and teachers representatives
from Science Clubs throughout the Metro-
politan area to discuss common matters of
finance, membership, and projects. The
October meeting would be with the WAS
and in November the Symposium on Science
and Humanities will be held at George Wash-
ington University.

Public Information.—Dr. Noyes gene-
rated a spectrum of suggestions for publicity
matters and possible ways to induce involve-
ment by Federal agencies, foreign embassies,
foreign visitors and affiliated societies.

Special Committee.—An ad hoc commit-
tee headed by Dr. Forziati has proposed a
slate of nominees for WAS offices. The slate

contains at least two candidates for each of
the elected offices.

Symposium Committee.—Dr. Rita Col-
well gave details on the plans for the sym-
posium. It will be held on January 7 and 8 at
the University of Maryland Adult Education
Center. The hours are 9:00 a.m. to 12 noon
and 2:00 to 5:00 p.m. on Friday with the
hospitality hour at 6:00 p.m. and the ban-
quet at 7:00 p.m. For Saturday January 8
the hours are 9:00 to 12 noon.

Announcements.—Dr. A.T. McPherson
has proposed that students in the Metro-
politan area become involved in projects
concerning the eradication of hunger. The
WAS is urged to contribute pertinent project
ideas.

Dr. Robbins mentioned a going-away-
party for Father Heyden at Miss Ostaggi’s
apartment. Space limitation kept the size of
the group to that of the Executive Commit-
tee.

Dr. Honig, Dr. Marton, Mr. Abraham, and
Mr. Winckler expressed slightly different
viewpoints on the participation in WAS ac-
tivities by college students. The ideas were
referred to the Policy and Planning Commit-
tee for study.

Editor.—Dr. Foote generated questions
on the sales of the Symposium issue of the
Journal. Income from sales have reached
$1456.—Grover C. Sherlin, Secretary

ELECTIONS TO FELLOWSHIP

The following persons were elected to fel-
lowship in the Academy at the September
and October, 1971, Board of Managers meet-
ings:

Richard K. Arnold, Deputy Chief, Forest
Service, USDA, Washington, D.C., in recog-
nition of his contribution to the art and sci-
ence of forest fire control.

Lloyd E. Church, Research Professor of
Anatomy, George Washington University,
Washington, D.C., in recognition of his con-
tributions to the field of anatomy, and in
particular his researches on the development
of bone in experimental animals, bone re-

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

generation and repair, and growth and de-
velopment of the bones of the human face.

Bernard K. Dennis, Associate Chief, In-
formation Systems Section, Batelle Colum-
bus Labs, Battelle Memorial Institute, Wash-
ington, D.C., in recognition of his contribu-
tions to information science and in particu-
lar his development and implementation of
the first scientific and technical information
storage and retrieval system to use large scale
electronic computers in industry in the U.S.
His work served as a precursor for the sub-
sequent development of similar systems by
others in government and in education and
industry.

279

K.C. Emerson, Assistant for Research to
the Assistant Secretary of the Army (R&D),
The Pentagon, in recognition of his ac-
complishments as a scientist and administra-
tor in the fields of medical and veterinary
entomology, parasitology, and ecology, and
in particular to his world wide investigations

into the biosystematics of the Mallophaga
(biting lice) of birds and mammals. :

Frank Reggia, Research Electronic En-
gineer (Microwaves), Harry Diamond Labo-
ratories, Washington, D.C., for contributions
to microwave acoustic and ferrite tech-
nology.

SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS
Contributions in this section of your Journal are earnestly solicited. They
should be typed double-spaced and sent to the Editor by the 10th of the
month preceding the issue for which they are intended.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE

C.H. Hoffmann, Associate Director, En-
tomology Research Division, presented a
public lecture October 22, 1971, on “Hor-
mones, Attractants, and Parasites for Con-
trol of Insect Pests,” which was sponsored
by the Department of Biology, University of
Delaware.

NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY

Kurt H. Stern is the seventh recipient of
the William Blum Award of the Electro-
chemical Society. He was selected for his
fundamental contributions to the science of
high-temperature electrochemistry and in
particular to his outstanding research on
thermodynamic and transport properties as-
sociated with glass membrane/molten salt
systems.

Dr. Stern received a B.A. degree from
Drew University, a M.S. degree from the Un-
iversity of Michigan and his Ph.D. from
Clark University.

He was an instructor in chemistry at
Clark University from 1952 to 1953 after
which he was appointed an assistant pro-
fessor at the University of Arkansas. He ad-

280

vanced to associate professor and left Arkan-
sas to become a research chemist at the Na-
tional Bureau of Standards in 1960. In 1968
he became the Head of the High Tempera-
ture Electrochemistry Section, Electrochem-
istry Branch, Chemistry Division of the Na-
val Research Laboratory. Dr. Stern was a Na-
tional Academy of Sciences-National Re-
search Council research associate and he
received the Electrochemical Society Turner
prize in 1951.

He has carried out research on electro-
lytes, colloids, non-aqueous and _high-
temperature electrochemistry. He has made
substantial contributions to the understand-
ing of the Liesegang phenomena, ion pairs
and polar properties of electrolytes, ther-
modynamic and transport properties of
membrane/fused salt systems, and high tem-
perature properties of inorganic salts. His
contributions to the National Standards
Reference Data Series are outstanding.

He is an active member of the Electro-
chemical Society, American Chemical
Society, Chemical Society (London), Ameri-
can Association for the Advancement of Sci-
ence (Fellow), Sigma Xi, and the Washington
Academy of Sciences (Fellow).

J. WASH. ACAD. SCI., VOL. 61, NO. 4, 1971

JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Instructions to Contributors

General

Type manuscripts on white bond paper
either 8% by 11 or 8 by 10% inches. Double
space all lines, including those in abstracts,
tables, legends, quoted matter, acknowledg-
ments, and references cited. Number pages
consecutively. Place your name and com-
_ plete address in the upper right hand corner
of the title page.

Title, Author, and Affiliation

Page 1 of your manuscript should contain
only this information and your name and
address. Choose a concise but complete and
meaningful title. In research papers con-
cerning biological subjects, include an indi-
cation of the order and family of the taxa
_ discussed. Academic degrees will not nor-
mally be included uniess the author so
specifies. If possible, combine your affilia-
tion and mailing address (including Zip) so
that readers can write to you directly.

Abstract

Type on a separate sheet at the end of the
manuscript. Make the abstract intelligible
without reference to the text of the paper.
Write an informative digest of the significant
content and conclusions, not a mere descrip-
tion. Generally, the abstract should not ex-
ceed 3% of the text.

Footnotes

Use footnotes as sparingly as possible.
Number text footnotes consecutively with
Arabic numerals and type them on a sepa-
rate sheet of paper at the end of the manu-
script. Type table footnotes, if any, below
each pertinent table on the same page.

Illustrations and Legends

The quality of all original illustrations
must be high enough to facilitate good offset
reproduction. They should have ample mar-
gins and be drawn on heavy stock or
fastened to stiff cardboard to prevent bend-
ing. They should be proportioned to column
(1 x 3) or page (2 x 3) type-dimensions,
leaving space for legend material. Photo-

graphs should have a glossy finish. They re-
produce best when the contrast is fairly
high. Identify each illustration with number
and author in light pencil marks on the
reverse side. Submit all illustrations sepa-
rately — please do not glue or clip them to
the pages of the manuscript.

Do not type or write legends directly on
the illustrations. Type legends on a separate
sheet or sheets at the end of the manuscript.
Indicate where you want illustrations to
appear in the printed paper by writing the
figure numbers lightly in the text margins,
and be sure that each figure is properly re-
ferenced in the text itself. Original “art” will
be returned only at the author’s request and
expense.

Tables

Include tables only when the same infor-
mation cannot be presented economically in
the text, or when a table presents the data in
a more meaningful way. Consider preparing
extremely complicated tabular matter in a
form suitable for direct reproduction as an
illustration. In such cases, the use of the
typewriter is not recommended.

References to Literature

Limit references within the text and in
synonymies to author and year (and page if
needed). In a “Reference Cited” section, list
alphabetically by senior author only those
papers you have included in the text. Like-
wise, be sure all the text references are
listed. Type the “References Cited” section
on a separate sheet after the last page of
text. Abbreviations should follow the USA
Standard for Periodical Title Abbreviations,
Z39.5-1963.

Submission of Manuscripts

Send completed manuscripts and sup-
porting material to the Academy office (see
address inside front cover) in care of the
Editor. Authors will be requested to read
Xerox “proofs” and invited to submit re-
print orders prior to publication.

Reprints - Prices for reprints may be obtained on request.

Washington Academy of Sciences 2nd Class Postage
Room 29, 9650 Rockville Pike (Bethesda) Paid at
Washington, D.C. 20014 Washington, D.C.
Return Requested with Form 3579

LIBRARY ,
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM |

i .¢2) 5 ‘ >
Zz 4 = = = 4 |
tae OG 3 bB AD ds Be |
E NO’ 2 = = ES =, ‘BH
eae = 2 a 2 oO
NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION fi
w 3 2) 3 n = 4]
|g a. 3 sr 7) as “a | ui
a a o 4 3)
< "a Se SH = c < ts a 4 2
bes 4° NS a = rai =. ol
. rs) es ae ) S +
jer = J 2 3 pare Zz ; -t
| LIBRARI ES _ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS. ssiuvudl it
| ) Bie o ee. =
a om on et %, “ - a .* a *
a) + i rand > a & S. = Pr
a EYL * E “ E Es
2 - “iy ~ = es - =
E 2 °W x : mn 3g i
| NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31YVUGIT LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN if
Z Pe ' = of c = x = = ) |
= S + if ff 5 “ re Er
d 2 BY 2 g @ | p
3 = Zz ay S = = <|
eae a Bia ae ee a |
|} LIBRARI ES SMITA INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS | S3 tyVUGity
a u 3 = GW =
+ o . = a ne ox
= < % — <t — <x
c ra an & oc — or
4 co MP. roa) a oO
oO ai oO _ oO i _
= ee’ z ond Pos i = |
NOILNLILSNI S3'uYvyudit LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
ra i = ot = : “
oO ow = oo ~ wo
I~ wa a a se , w
t= = re i epee
| oe A “5 Pe) — aA
Ee = o - n° r=
iz % oe > z is :
| LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31Y¥VYsIT
= ” rn wn rs Ce 5 ?
< ; = < = lity = =
l= a =f | | ee -
3 zs 9 z yr, 2 az :
| ™ : Oo 2 Uf, ie Yi Oo
E Nor z = 2 7 f= ="
2h ewe = =" = : |
w w” = 7) =
| NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
” = ae > ” S
ieee 7) 7) we 7)
Pe Pi a am ow soe
|< Se \\ pe = = oe
re a NO a a
ks Oi ae eae S = 3 ;
= 2 a 2 a = 1
| lgh BRARIES _ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _NOLLALILSNI NVINOSHLHAS ii Iuvudil |
| aE 8 ae .
|a ee a 5 aD & < > i
> kK % > fod > nd .
\|\2 i o = ce i
= 2 m S m y |
NOILNLILSNI SJIUVUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO
ES Zz ” oF ” as Ne QD
= = = Ws = <a = i
ie z 3 hh ee A = Qa YS #
E 2 2) & NE 3) 3 Vas

(RIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uVUugi7a LIBRAF
" ” ye wn i no Bea
| } = < , = < = a ;
4 z 4 Gai A Zz
a CS cr 2 O pe Oo
” ”) uW) Y Ww ” S
oO pe Be yy a Ke take oO ake X
> = ~ > = >" = AS
<= 77) Hades z 77) z n .
_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLI
=z i 2 ” “”
= o e, a oc
| am pear te oa
5 a 5 os 2
z J 2 ne si
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS LIBRAF
a Ja z a ran = a
E : Dai = ee) A aa w
= Sh. p98 | 23 0 y - 8)
EKG ca a Pe ra of
- ; Mh, ca a a aa
n “Wy Ea a ee tn Ee
. 2 Ww = w . £ w”
ISNI_NVINOSHLINS | Sa luvuag Tol BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILLNL
Lid: = any a eee, <=
ma = Zz WN GS > =
y By BRE 2 3 z
. x RAY _ | :
: ‘f ES Z = 3
1E£S SMITHSONIAN _ NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRA
a Z le 2 us 2
rs aM ees wn cm w
we. a oc ti oc aa
”, ~—{
na = a 7 co a
as oO _ oO ~ oO
sal = ot z a =
SJIUVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOL
oe 5 a a ” ce S
& : : E 3 :
> Ee > a i> -
. Ee 2 =e = :
RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS SatuvudIT LIBRA
ee a. Z < . o_ RN
os Se ar = 4 = .
\ f,
3 s Nw P72: 7a aN
zZ FE NS 2, = Zz ei)
2 =e es 5 s a
L. SJIYVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILnt
z hd S u”) = ”
[ = n = uw a
~ oe a w es a
c . Pa < " = <
= MWA & 4 = a vm
Oo » MS oO ae OO - aoe a8)
r 2 MS 3 es an = a
! ES _ SMITHSONIAN _ ANOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS_ Sa luvuaiT LIBRA
ihe oO a oO mies Oa Oo —
ame ‘oo pat ow ad oq
oS ptf PY deg =r) ~~ be 0 e Ww
EG > ve > ' = >
= Wy 2» re ee) = ie
‘ip = oe) — 27) ;. & 77)
HILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3INYVUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
< z= aS 2
< “<A SOW, = ax ae
5 — aS a posses Qu“ \S Oe ~— —
Zz fe BN ee Wy, ra NS = =
5 AM A JY ENN F =

wii NN

9088 01303 2065